Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 14, 2012

Registration Statement No. 333-177933

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Amendment No. 2

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

PBF ENERGY INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware   2911   45-3763855

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

One Sylvan Way

Parsippany, New Jersey 07054

Telephone: (973) 455-7500

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Michael D. Gayda

President

PBF Energy Inc.

One Sylvan Way

Parsippany, New Jersey 07054

Telephone: (973) 455-7500

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

Copies to:

Todd E. Lenson, Esq.   Jeffrey Dill, Esq.   William M. Hartnett, Esq.

Jordan M. Rosenbaum, Esq.

  PBF Energy Inc.   Douglas S. Horowitz, Esq.

Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP

180 Maiden Lane

New York, New York 10038

Telephone: (212) 806-5400

 

Senior Vice President, General Counsel

One Sylvan Way

Parsippany, New Jersey 07054

Telephone: (973) 455-7500

 

Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP

80 Pine Street

New York, New York 10005

Telephone: (212) 701-3000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large Accelerated Filer   ¨   Accelerated Filer   ¨   Non-accelerated Filer   þ   Smaller Reporting Company   ¨
    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of each class

of securities to be registered

  Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
price (1) (2)
 

Amount of

registration fee

Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share

  $100,000,000   $11,460.00 (3)

 

 

(1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.
(2)   Includes shares of Class A common stock subject to underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock.
(3)   Previously paid.

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

 

Prospectus (Subject to completion)

Issued May 14, 2012

 

         Shares

 

LOGO

Class A Common Stock

 

 

 

PBF Energy Inc. is offering shares of its Class A common stock. We intend to use a significant portion of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase equity interests in our business from our existing owners, including certain of our directors, executive officers and other employees. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock is expected to be between $         and $         per share.

 

Immediately following this offering, the holders of our Class A common stock will collectively own 100% of the economic interests in PBF Energy Inc., and have     % of the voting power of PBF Energy Inc. The holders of our Class B common stock will have the remaining     % of the voting power of PBF Energy Inc. As a result, we expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

 

 

 

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PBF”.

 

 

 

Investing in our Class  A common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 16.

 

 

 

Price $         Per Share

 

 

 

      

Price to

Public

    

Underwriting

Discounts

and

Commissions

    

Proceeds to

Company

Per Share

     $               $               $         

Total

     $                          $                          $                    

 

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to         additional shares of Class A common stock on the same terms as set forth above. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Use of Proceeds” and “Underwriting.”

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities nor passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares on or about                     , 2012.

 

 

 

Citigroup

  Morgan Stanley

Credit Suisse

 

Deutsche Bank Securities

 

 

UBS Investment Bank


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Glossary of Selected Terms

     ii   

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     16   

Forward-Looking Statements

     37   

Industry and Market Data

     38   

Organizational Structure

     39   

Use of Proceeds

     44   

Dividend Policy

     45   

Capitalization

     46   

Dilution

     47   

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

     49   

Selected Financial Data

     56   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     59   
     Page  

Industry Overview

     83   

Business

     92   

Management

     105   

Executive Compensation

     110   

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

     130   

Principal Stockholders

     137   

Description of Capital Stock

     140   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     145   

Certain U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     148   

Underwriting

     152   

Legal Matters

     158   

Experts

     158   

Where You Can Find More Information

     158   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   
 

 

 

 

Until                          , 2012 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our Class A common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 

We have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so.

 

For investors outside the United States: we have not and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of Class A common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

 

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all financial data presented in this prospectus reflects the consolidated business and operations of PBF Energy Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, and has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, or GAAP.

 

i


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY OF SELECTED TERMS

 

Unless otherwise noted or indicated by context, the following terms used in this prospectus have the following meanings:

 

“API gravity” refers to American Petroleum Institute gravity.

 

“ASCI” refers to the Argus Sour Crude Index, a pricing index used to approximate market prices for sour, heavy crude oil.

 

“barrel” refers to a common unit of measure in the oil industry, which equates to 42 gallons.

 

“blendstocks” refers to various compounds that are combined with gasoline or diesel from the crude oil refining process to make finished gasoline and diesel; these may include natural gasoline, FCC unit gasoline, ethanol, reformate or butane, among others.

 

“bpd” refers to an abbreviation for barrels per day.

 

“catalyst” refers to a substance that alters, accelerates, or instigates chemical changes, but is not produced as a product of the refining process.

 

“CBOB” refers to conventional blendstock for oxygenate blending.

 

“coke” refers to a coal-like substance that is produced from heavier crude oil fractions during the refining process.

 

“complexity” refers to the number, type and capacity of processing units at a refinery, measured by the Nelson complexity index, which is often used as a measure of a refinery’s ability to process lower quality crude in an economic manner.

 

“crack spread” refers to a simplified calculation that measures the difference between the price for light products and crude oil. For example, we reference (a) the 2-1-1 crack spread, which is a general industry standard that approximates the per barrel refining margin resulting from processing two barrels of crude oil to produce one barrel of gasoline and one barrel of heating oil or ULSD, and (b) the 4-3-1 crack spread, which is a benchmark utilized by our Toledo refinery that approximates the per barrel refining margin resulting from processing four barrels of crude oil to produce three barrels of gasoline and one-half barrel of jet fuel and one-half barrel of ULSD.

 

“Dated Brent” refers to Brent blend oil, a light, sweet North Sea crude oil, characterized by an API gravity of 38° and a sulfur content of approximately 0.4 weight percent that is used as a benchmark for other crude oils.

 

“distillates” refers primarily to diesel, kerosene and jet fuel.

 

“downstream” refers to the downstream sector of the energy industry generally describing oil refineries, marketing and distribution companies that refine crude oil and sell and distribute refined products. The opposite of the downstream sector is the upstream sector, which refers to exploration and production companies that search for and/or produce crude oil and natural gas underground or through drilling or exploratory wells.

 

EPA ” refers to the United States Environmental Protection Agency.

 

“ethanol” refers to a clear, colorless, flammable oxygenated liquid. Ethanol is typically produced chemically from ethylene, or biologically from fermentation of various sugars from carbohydrates found in agricultural crops and cellulosic residues from crops or wood. It is used in the United States as a gasoline octane enhancer and oxygenate.

 

“feedstocks” refers to crude oil and partially refined petroleum products that are processed and blended into refined products.

 

ii


Table of Contents

“FCC” refers to fluid catalytic cracking.

 

“FCU” refers to fluid coking unit.

 

“FOB” refers to free on board, a transportation term that pertains to the port of loading. The buyer assumes responsibility for the goods at the port of loading and is responsible for freight transport, insurance, and any other costs associated with moving goods to their final destination port.

 

“GHG” refers to greenhouse gas.

 

“Group I base oils or lubricants” refers to conventionally refined products characterized by a sulfur content less than 0.03% with a viscosity index between 80 and 120. Typically, these products are used in a variety of automotive and industrial applications.

 

“heavy crude oil” refers to a relatively inexpensive crude oil with a low API gravity characterized by high relative density and viscosity. Heavy crude oils require greater levels of processing to produce high value products such as gasoline and diesel.

 

“KV” refers to Kilovolts.

 

“light crude oil” refers to a relatively expensive crude oil with a high API gravity characterized by low relative density and viscosity. Light crude oils require lower levels of processing to produce high value products such as gasoline and diesel.

 

“light products” refers to the group of refined products with lower boiling temperatures, including gasoline and distillates.

 

“light-heavy differential” refers to the price difference between light crude oil and heavy crude oil.

 

Maya ” refers to Maya crude oil, a heavy, sour crude oil characterized by an API gravity of approximately 22° and a sulfur content of approximately 3.3 weight percent that is used as a benchmark for other heavy crude oils.

 

“LPG” refers to liquefied petroleum gas.

 

“MMbbls” refers to an abbreviation for million barrels.

 

“MMBTU” refers to million British thermal units.

 

“MMSCFD” refers to million standard cubic feet per day.

 

“MW” refers to Megawatt.

 

“Nelson complexity index” refers to the complexity of an oil refinery as measured by the Nelson Complexity Index, which is calculated on an annual basis by the Oil and Gas Journal. The Nelson Complexity Index assigns a complexity factor to each major piece of refinery equipment based on its complexity and cost in comparison to crude distillation, which is assigned a complexity factor of 1.0. The complexity of each piece of refinery equipment is then calculated by multiplying its complexity factor by its throughput ratio as a percentage of crude distillation capacity. Adding up the complexity values assigned to each piece of equipment, including crude distillation, determines a refinery’s complexity on the Nelson Complexity Index. A refinery with a complexity of 10.0 on the Nelson Complexity Index is considered ten times more complex than crude distillation for the same amount of throughput.

 

“NYH” refers to the New York Harbor market value of petroleum products.

 

“PADD 1” refers to the Petroleum Administration for Defense District 1 region of the United States, which covers the following states: Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Vermont, Virginia and West Virginia.

 

iii


Table of Contents

“PADD 2” refers to the Petroleum Administration for Defense District 2 region of the United States, which covers the following states: Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, South Dakota, Tennessee and Wisconsin.

 

Platts ” refers to Platts, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies.

 

“PPM” refers to parts per million.

 

“RBOB” refers to reformulated blendstock for oxygenate blending.

 

“refined products” refers to petroleum products, such as gasoline, diesel and jet fuel, that are produced by a refinery.

 

“sour crude oil” refers to a crude oil that is relatively high in sulfur content, requiring additional processing to remove the sulfur. Sour crude oil is typically less expensive than sweet crude oil.

 

sweet crude oil ” refers to a crude oil that is relatively low in sulfur content, requiring less processing to remove the sulfur than sour crude oil. Sweet crude oil is typically more expensive than sour crude oil.

 

“throughput” refers to the volume processed through a unit or refinery.

 

“turnaround” refers to a periodically required shutdown and comprehensive maintenance event to refurbish and maintain a refinery unit or units that involves the inspection of such units and occurs generally on a periodic cycle.

 

“ULSD” refers to ultra-low-sulfur diesel.

 

“WTI” refers to West Texas Intermediate crude oil, a light, sweet crude oil, typically characterized by an API gravity between 38° and 40° and a sulfur content of approximately 0.3 weight percent that is used as a benchmark for other crude oils.

 

“WTS” refers to West Texas Sour crude oil, a sour crude oil characterized by an API gravity between 30° and 33° and a sulfur content of approximately 1.28 weight percent that is used as a benchmark for other sour crude oils.

 

“yield” refers to the percentage of refined products that is produced from crude oil and other feedstocks.

 

iv


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the information set forth in “Risk Factors” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus before making an investment decision. In this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to the “Company,” “we,” “our,” “us” or “PBF” refer (1) prior to the consummation of the Offering Transactions described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions,” to PBF Energy Company LLC, or PBF LLC, and its consolidated subsidiaries, including PBF Holding Company LLC, or PBF Holding, and (2) after the Offering Transactions described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions,” to PBF Energy Inc., or PBF Energy, and, in each case, unless the context otherwise requires, its consolidated subsidiaries, including PBF LLC, PBF Holding, PBF Investments LLC, or PBF Investments, Toledo Refining Company LLC, or Toledo Refining, Paulsboro Refining Company LLC, or Paulsboro Refining, and Delaware City Refining Company LLC, or Delaware City Refining.

 

Our Company

 

We are one of the largest independent petroleum refiners and suppliers of unbranded transportation fuels, heating oil, petrochemical feedstocks, lubricants and other petroleum products in the United States. We were formed in 2008 to pursue acquisitions of crude oil refineries and downstream assets in North America. We currently own and operate three domestic oil refineries and related assets, which we acquired in 2010 and 2011. Our refineries have a combined processing capacity, known as throughput, of approximately 540,000 bpd, and a weighted average Nelson complexity index of 11.3.

 

Our History and Acquisitions

 

March 1, 2008

   PBF was formed.

June 1, 2010

   The idle Delaware City refinery and its related assets were acquired from Valero Energy Corporation, or Valero, for approximately $220.0 million.

December 17, 2010

   The Paulsboro refinery was acquired from Valero for approximately $357.7 million, excluding working capital.

March 1, 2011

   The Toledo refinery was acquired from Sunoco, Inc. (R&M), or Sunoco, for approximately $400.0 million, excluding working capital.

October 2011

   Delaware City became fully operational.

February 2012

   PBF Holding sold $675.5 million aggregate principal amount of 8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2020.

 

Delaware City Acquisition and Re-Start . We acquired the idle Delaware City refinery and its related assets, including a petroleum product terminal, a petroleum products pipeline and an electric generation facility, on June 1, 2010 from Valero for approximately $220.0 million in cash funded entirely by equity. In the fourth quarter of 2009, due to, among other reasons, financial losses caused by one of the worst recessions in recent history, the prior owner shut down the refinery. We were therefore able to acquire the refinery at an attractive price. In addition, at the time of acquisition, we reached an agreement with the State of Delaware that provided for a five-year operating permit and up to approximately $45.0 million of economic support to re-start the facility, and negotiated a new long-term contract with the relevant union at the refinery. We believe that the refinery’s ability to process lower quality crudes will allow us to capture a higher margin as these lower quality crudes trade at discounts to benchmark crudes, and to compete effectively in a region where product demand significantly exceeds refining capacity.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Since our acquisition through December 31, 2011, we invested approximately $465.0 million at the refinery in turnaround and re-start projects. We also decommissioned the gasifier unit located at the property, which will decrease emissions and, we believe, improve the reliability of the refinery. Through these capital investments and by restructuring certain operations, we have lowered the annual operating expenses of the Delaware City refinery relative to its pre-acquisition operating expense levels. Furthermore, we anticipate saving in excess of $100.0 million over approximately the next five years in capital expenditures we otherwise would have expected to make if not for our reconfiguration of the refinery and the terms of our environmental operating agreement issued by the State of Delaware.

 

Paulsboro Acquisition . We acquired the Paulsboro refinery (including an associated natural gas pipeline) on December 17, 2010 from affiliates of Valero for approximately $357.7 million, excluding working capital. The purchase price excludes inventory purchased on our behalf by Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc., or MSCG, and Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc., or Statoil. We invested approximately $62.8 million in capital in early 2011 to complete a scheduled turnaround at the refinery.

 

Toledo Acquisition . We acquired the Toledo refinery on March 1, 2011 from Sunoco for approximately $400.0 million, excluding working capital. We also purchased refined and certain intermediate products in inventory for approximately $299.6 million, and MSCG purchased the refinery’s crude oil inventory on our behalf. Additionally, included in the terms of the sale is a five-year participation payment of up to $125.0 million payable to Sunoco based on future earnings of Toledo. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Pro Forma Contractual Obligations and Commitments” for additional information regarding the terms of the participation payment to Sunoco.

 

Our Business

 

We produce a variety of products at each of our refineries, including gasoline, ULSD, heating oil, jet fuel, lubricants, petrochemicals and asphalt. Products are sold throughout the Northeast and Midwest United States, as well as in other regions of the United States and Canada. The majority of our finished products are sold through long-term offtake and supply agreements. For example, we sell the bulk of our gasoline, diesel and heating oil through long-term offtake agreements with MSCG and Sunoco.

 

The following table provides summary operating information concerning each of our three refineries:

 

Refinery

  Approximate
Throughput
Capacity  (bpd)
    Nelson
Complexity Index
   Estimated
Replacement Cost
     Benchmark
Crack Spread

Delaware City

    190,000      11.3    $3.5 billion      Dated Brent
(NYH) 2-1-1

Paulsboro

    180,000      13.2    $2.9 billion      Dated Brent
(NYH) 2-1-1

Toledo

    170,000        9.2    $2.6 billion      WTI

(Chicago) 4-3-1

 

 

 

   

 

  

 

    

Total

    540,000      11.3

(weighted average)

   $9.0 billion
    

 

For the year ended December 31, 2011, we had (a) pro forma total revenues of $16.0 billion and (b) pro forma Adjusted EBITDA of $480.7 million. Our pro forma results do not include any adjustments for Delaware City to reflect incremental revenue and operating expenses that we expect to generate in connection with the re-start because the refinery was not operational when it was acquired and the transaction was accounted for as an acquisition of assets, not a business combination. For a definition and reconciliation of pro forma Adjusted EBITDA to pro forma net income, see “—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Other Data.”

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Industry Overview and Market Outlook

 

The United States economy has historically been the largest consumer of petroleum-based products in the world. According to the U.S. Energy Information Administration’s, or EIA’s, 2011 Refinery Capacity Report, there were 137 operating oil refineries in the United States in January 2011, with a total refining capacity of approximately 16.9 million bpd.

 

Historically, the demand for refined petroleum products has generally followed industrial production. Demand was significantly impacted by the recent recession with demand in the United States for finished petroleum products reaching near-term lows in 2009. Demand for refined products has generally started to recover since 2009, as industrial production has slowly rebounded. This improvement, coupled with domestic refining capacity rationalization, led to an improvement in benchmark cracks in 2011. The Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1 benchmark crack, our proxy for Paulsboro and Delaware City, averaged $9.93 per barrel over the period from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011, a 20.5% improvement over the 2009 average. The WTI (Chicago) 4-3-1 benchmark crack, our proxy for Toledo, averaged $24.14 per barrel over the period from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011, a 180.1% increase versus the same average crack spread in 2009. In addition to the economic recovery, an additional driver for the improvement in the WTI (Chicago) 4-3-1 crack was a widened differential between WTI and Dated Brent, with WTI trading $16.22 below Dated Brent on average for the period from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011. The recent WTI price dynamic has been impacted by current supply bottlenecks and the announcement of future infrastructure projects in Cushing, Oklahoma, as well as other factors we discuss in “Industry Overview—Market Trends—Brent-WTI Differential Expansion.”

 

Petroleum refining is an industry that has seasonal influences as a result of differentiated consumer demand for key refined products during certain months of the year. Most importantly, demand for gasoline is generally higher during the summer months than during the winter months due to seasonal increases in highway traffic and construction work. Decreased demand during the winter months can lower gasoline prices. Consequently, refining margins and profitability have historically generally been stronger in the second and third calendar quarters of each year relative to the first and fourth calendar quarters.

 

Supply and demand dynamics can vary by region, creating differentiated margin opportunities at any given time for refiners depending on the location of their facilities. Our Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries are both located on the East Coast (PADD 1) and our Toledo refinery is located in the Midcontinent (PADD 2). In both of these regions, product demand exceeds refinery capacity. We expect that this demand/capacity imbalance may continue.

 

Light-heavy differentials were also significantly impacted by the recent recession and subsequent economic rebound. The Dated Brent/Maya differential averaged $13.02 per barrel in 2008, declined significantly to $5.00 per barrel in 2009 and subsequently increased to $9.27 per barrel in 2010 and then to $12.63 per barrel in 2011. As global economic demand for crude oil increases, the marginal barrel of crude oil produced is generally a heavier, more sour crude since the light sweet crude oil is produced first. The increased demand for crude oil results in the price of light sweet crude increasing relative to heavier, more sour crudes. As the price differential for such light, sweet crudes increases, the light-heavy differential expands. This differential expansion typically favors refiners with complex facilities, like our East Coast refineries, who are able to process a heavier crude slate.

 

Further, our midcontinent Toledo refinery benefits from the widening of the differential between Dated Brent and WTI. Historically, Dated Brent has traded at a slight discount to WTI domestically, due to its higher sulfur content and higher transportation costs. Recently, Dated Brent has traded at a significant premium to WTI. The primary driver of this recent phenomenon is increasing inland domestic/Canadian oil production leading to large inventories of WTI based crude oil being subject to logistics constraints in the Midcontinent, with the

 

 

3


Table of Contents

primary bottleneck occurring in Cushing, Oklahoma. The over-supply of WTI at Cushing has driven the price of WTI lower, while the price of Dated Brent has increased along with global demand and the loss of supply of light, sweet crude from Libya. The Dated Brent/WTI differential averaged ($2.81) per barrel in the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to ($0.25) per barrel in the same period in 2009 and $0.05 per barrel in 2010. The Dated Brent/WTI differential averaged $16.22 per barrel in 2011. We expect Dated Brent to continue to trade at a premium to WTI in the near-term due to continued logistics constraints, however infrastructure projects, if completed, such as the construction of the proposed Keystone XL pipeline and the pending Seaway pipeline reversal will likely alleviate the Cushing bottleneck in the longer term and reduce the favorable Dated Brent/WTI differential in the Midcontinent.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that we have the following competitive strengths:

 

Complex assets with a valuable product slate located in high-demand regions . Our refinery assets are located in regions where product demand exceeds refining capacity. Our refineries have a weighted average Nelson complexity index of 11.3, which allows us the flexibility to process a variety of crudes. Our East Coast refineries have the highest Nelson complexity indices on the East Coast. The complexity of our refining assets allows us to produce a higher percentage of more valuable light products. For example, our East Coast refineries produce a greater percentage of distillates versus gasoline than other East Coast refineries and have 100% of the East Coast’s heavy coking capacity. Similarly, our Toledo refinery is a high conversion refinery with high gasoline and distillate yields and also produces high-value petrochemical products.

 

Strategically located refineries with cost and supply advantages . Our Midcontinent Toledo refinery advantageously sources 100% of its WTI based crude slate through pipelines that are connected to sources in Canada and throughout the Midcontinent. Recent increases in production volumes of crudes from Canada and the Midcontinent combined with limitations on takeaway capacity in Cushing, Oklahoma have resulted in a price discount for WTI based crudes compared to Brent based crudes. While projects to increase takeaway capacity at Cushing may decrease the WTI/Brent price differential in the longer term, we believe that our access to WTI based crudes at Toledo provides us with a cost advantage versus facilities that do not have similar access to such crudes and must process Brent based feedstocks. Our Toledo refinery is also located in a region where production capacity is less than product demand and has logistical advantages over product imported from other areas. Our Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries have similar supply advantages given that they obtain 100% of their crude oil requirements via the Delaware River, which allows our refineries to source a variety of crudes from around the world. In addition, our East Coast refineries generally process lower cost, heavier, more sour crude oils which gives us a cost advantage over other refineries in the same region. As the two most complex refineries on the East Coast, our Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries are well positioned to benefit from the continued rationalization of refining capacity in the Atlantic Basin. Additionally, future crude supply may emerge from the development of the Utica Shale play (located in portions of the Appalachian Basin and Canada), which could potentially bring significant oil production online in regional proximity to all three of our refineries, providing an attractive feedstock source with low associated transportation cost.

 

Significant scale and diversification . We currently operate three refineries with a combined crude throughput of 540,000 bpd making us the fifth largest independent refiner in the United States. Our refineries provide us diversification through crude slates, end products, customers and geographic locations. Our scale provides us buying power advantages, and we benefit from the cost efficiencies that result from operating three large refineries.

 

Recent capital investments and restructuring initiatives to improve financial returns . Prior owners of our refineries made over $2.5 billion of capital investments in the assets since 2006, improving their operating performance and minimizing the need for near-term capital expenditures. Since our acquisition through December 31, 2011, we invested approximately $465.0 million at the Delaware City refinery in turnaround and re-start projects that will

 

 

4


Table of Contents

improve the cost structure and profitability of the refinery, as well as a complete turnaround of the fluid catalytic cracking unit. We have also undertaken a significant restructuring of the operations at Delaware City to improve its operating cost position, including reductions in labor costs compared to operations before shutdown by Valero, reductions in energy costs and reductions in other ongoing operating and maintenance expenses. Management estimates that the Delaware City restructuring has reduced the refinery’s annual operating expenses by over $200.0 million relative to pre-acquisition operating expense levels. Additionally, we invested approximately $62.8 million to complete a scheduled turnaround at Paulsboro in early 2011. The resulting combination of limited near-term capital requirements and improved operating cost structure will help maximize future financial performance.

 

Limited exposure to historical environmental claims . We believe we have limited exposure to historical environmental claims at our refineries. In connection with the acquisitions of our refineries, subject to certain limitations, the prior owners generally have retained responsibility for environmental liabilities for all periods prior to our ownership. Accordingly, with certain exceptions, we should only be responsible for environmental liabilities starting from when we acquired these refineries, or to the extent the prior owners fail to satisfy their obligations to us with respect thereto.

 

Advantageous crude supply and product offtake agreements . We maintain strong commercial relationships, including with MSCG and Statoil. We have entered into a crude oil acquisition agreement with MSCG for our Toledo refinery and product offtake agreements with MSCG for our Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries. We have also entered into crude and feedstock supply agreements with Statoil for our Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries. These agreements, which were put in place to facilitate our rapid growth and transition from a development stage organization to an operating entity, enable us to leverage each of MSCG’s and Statoil’s global scale and infrastructure, as well as each of their respective expertise in the sourcing of crude oil and the sale of finished products. These financing arrangements with MSCG and Statoil, which include advantageous payment terms, have enabled us to maintain relatively low working capital requirements and provided financial flexibility across our capital structure as we executed our rapid growth in 2010 and 2011. Our agreements with MSCG expire in June 2013 (subject to annual renewals and certain early termination rights) and with Statoil for Delaware City in December 2012 (subject to Statoil having an option to extend for up to three additional years) and for Paulsboro by either party at any time upon six months prior notice to the other party.

 

Experienced management team with a demonstrated track record of acquiring, integrating and operating refining assets. Our management team is led by our Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, Thomas D. O’Malley, who has more than 30 years experience in the refining industry. In addition, our executive management team, including our Chief Executive Officer, Thomas J. Nimbley, our President, Michael D. Gayda, and our head of Commercial Operations, Donald F. Lucey, has a proven track record of successfully operating refining assets in the United States and Europe. Our core management team has significant experience working together, including while at Tosco Corporation and Premcor Inc. These executives have a long history of acquiring refineries at attractive prices and integrating these operations into a single, consolidated platform. For example, we believe we acquired the Paulsboro, Delaware City and Toledo refineries at or near the bottom of the refining cycle at a small fraction of replacement cost. These acquisitions were made at lower prices on a per barrel basis and significantly lower prices on a complexity barrel basis than other comparable acquisitions over the past five years.

 

Support from strong financial sponsors and management with a substantial investment . Our financial sponsors, funds affiliated with The Blackstone Group L.P., or Blackstone, and First Reserve Management, L.P., or First Reserve, have a long history of successful investments across the energy industry. Together, our financial sponsors and management have invested approximately $922.6 million of equity in PBF LLC to date, with management investing over $25.0 million. In addition, Thomas D. O’Malley, our Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, certain of his affiliates and family members, and certain of our other executives, purchased $25.5 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured notes in the notes offering described under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Senior Secured Notes Offering.”

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Our Business Strategy

 

Our primary goal is to create stockholder value by improving our market position as one of the largest independent refiners and suppliers of petroleum products in the United States. We intend to execute the following strategies to achieve our goal:

 

Maintain efficient refinery operations . We intend to operate our refineries as reliably and efficiently as possible and further improve our operations by maintaining our costs at competitive levels, seeking to optimize utilization of our refinery asset base, and making focused high-return capital improvements designed to generate incremental profits.

 

Continue to improve overall operating efficiencies . We are continuously looking for ways to improve our overall operating efficiencies. For example, our refineries in Paulsboro and Delaware City are located approximately 30 miles apart from one another on the Delaware River. Both refineries have the capability to process heavy, sour crudes and have complementary operating units, and we intend to exchange certain feedstocks and intermediates between the refineries in an effort to optimize profitability. In addition, we expect to recognize cost savings associated with the sharing of crude oil cargoes for these refineries. We employ a small, centralized corporate staff that provides capital control and oversight and have experienced managers making operational decisions at our refineries.

 

Continue to grow through acquisitions and internal projects . We believe that the continuing consolidation in our industry, the strategic divestitures by major integrated oil companies and the rationalization of specific refinery assets by merging companies will present us with attractive acquisition opportunities. In selecting future acquisitions and internal projects, we intend to consider, among other things, the following criteria: performance through the cycle, access to advantageous crude supplies, attractive refined product end market fundamentals, access to storage, distribution and logistics infrastructure, acquisition price and our ability to maintain a conservative capital structure, and synergies with existing assets.

 

Promote operational excellence in reliability and safety. We will continue to devote significant time and resources toward improving the reliability and safety of our operations. We will seek to improve operating performance through our commitment to our preventive maintenance program and to employee training and development programs. We will continue to emphasize safety in all aspects of our operations. We believe that a superior reliability record, which can be measured and managed like all other aspects of our business, is inherently tied to safety and profitability.

 

Create an organization highly motivated to maintain earnings and improve return on capital. We have created an organization in which employees are highly motivated to maintain earnings and improve return on capital. Our cash incentive compensation plan, which covers all non-unionized employees, is solely based on achieving earnings above designated levels. Our equity incentive plan provides participating employees with an equity stake in us and aligns their interests with our investors’ interests.

 

Risk Factors

 

An investment in our Class A common stock involves a number of risks, including changes in industry-wide refining margins and crude oil price differentials, competition and other material factors, that could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, and cause the trading price of our Class A common stock to decline. For a discussion of these risks and other considerations that could negatively affect us, including risks related to this offering and our Class A common stock, see “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Corporate Structure and Financial Sponsors

 

Following this offering we will be a holding company and our sole asset will be an equity interest in PBF LLC. We will be the sole managing member of PBF LLC and operate and control all of the business and affairs and consolidate the financial results of PBF LLC and its subsidiaries. PBF LLC is a holding company for the companies that directly or indirectly own and operate our business. Prior to this offering, each of Blackstone and First Reserve owned approximately 48% of the outstanding capital interests in PBF LLC (which we refer to as the “PBF LLC Series A Units”), and Mr. O’Malley, our other executive officers and directors and certain employees beneficially owned the remaining outstanding PBF LLC Series A Units (we refer to all of the holders of the PBF LLC Series A Units as “our existing owners”). In addition, certain of our officers hold interests in PBF LLC, which were initially structured as profits interests (which we refer to as the “PBF LLC Series B Units”) and certain of our existing owners and other employees hold options and warrants to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units.

 

Immediately prior to this offering, the limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC will be amended and restated to, among other things, designate PBF Energy as the sole managing member of PBF LLC and establish a new series of membership interests (which we refer to as the “PBF LLC Series C Units”) which will be held by PBF Energy. Profits and losses of PBF LLC will be allocated, and all distributions generally will be made, pro rata to the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units (subject to the rights of the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units) and PBF LLC Series C Units. The PBF LLC Series A Units and the PBF LLC Series C Units are generally identical in all respects, except that the PBF LLC Series B Units share in the allocations of income and distributions that would otherwise be made to the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units (our existing owners), and therefore do not dilute the interests of the holders of PBF LLC Series C Units (PBF Energy) or the direct holders of our Class A common stock.

 

We also will enter into an exchange agreement with each of the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units and PBF LLC Series B Units. Pursuant to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC and the exchange agreement, our existing owners will have the right to exchange their PBF LLC Series A Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to equitable adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, and further subject to the rights of the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units to receive a portion of the shares of Class A common stock that would otherwise be received by our existing owners upon such exchange. See “Organizational Structure.”

 

Blackstone. Blackstone is one of the world’s leading investment and advisory firms and is an experienced and active investor in the energy and natural resources sector. Blackstone has substantial prior experience as an acquiror and owner of petroleum refineries, having acquired Premcor in 1997 and overseen several acquisitions and capital projects to expand and upgrade refining capacity of that company until its acquisition by Valero in 2005 for total consideration of approximately $6.9 billion. Blackstone has a long-standing relationship with Thomas D. O’Malley, having recruited him to serve as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Premcor in early 2002. Blackstone seeks to create positive economic impact and long-term value for its investors, the companies it invests in, the companies it advises and the broader global economy. Blackstone does this through the commitment of its extraordinary people and flexible capital. Blackstone’s alternative asset management businesses include the management of private equity funds, real estate funds, hedge fund solutions, credit-oriented funds and closed-end mutual funds. Through its different investment businesses, as of March 31, 2012, Blackstone had total assets under management of approximately $190.1 billion. Blackstone also provides various financial advisory services, including financial and strategic advisory, restructuring and reorganization advisory and fund placement services.

 

First Reserve. With over $23.0 billion of raised capital dedicated exclusively to the energy and natural resources industries, First Reserve is a premier private investment firm, making both private equity and infrastructure investments throughout the energy value chain. For 29 years, it has invested solely in the global energy industry, and has developed a preeminent franchise, utilizing its broad base of specialized energy industry

 

 

7


Table of Contents

knowledge as a competitive advantage. First Reserve is currently investing its most recent private equity fund, which closed in 2009 at approximately $9.0 billion and its most recent infrastructure fund, which closed in 2011 at approximately $1.2 billion. First Reserve invests strategically across a wide range of energy industry sectors, backing talented management teams and building value by building companies.

 

* * *

 

PBF Energy is a Delaware corporation incorporated on November 7, 2011 with its principal executive offices located at One Sylvan Way, Parsippany, NJ 07054 and our telephone number is (973) 455-7500. Our website address is http://www.pbfenergy.com . The information on our website is not part of this prospectus.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Class A common stock to be offered by PBF Energy

         shares

 

Over-allotment option

         shares

 

Class A common stock outstanding after the offering

         shares (or          shares if all outstanding PBF LLC Series A Units held by our existing owners were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis).

 

Class B common stock outstanding after the offering

         shares, or one share for each holder of PBF LLC Series A Units.

 

Voting power held by holders of Class A common stock after the offering

    % (or 100% if all outstanding PBF LLC Series A Units held by our existing owners were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis).

 

Voting power held by holder of Class B common stock after the offering

    % (or 0% if all outstanding PBF LLC Series A Units held by our existing owners were exchanged for newly issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis).

 

Use of proceeds

The proceeds to PBF Energy from this offering, before deducting underwriting discounts, will be approximately $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).

 

  PBF Energy intends to use $         million of the proceeds from this offering to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units (which will be reclassified as PBF LLC Series C Units immediately prior to such acquisition) from our existing owners, including Blackstone and First Reserve and certain of our directors, executive officers and other employees, as described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions.” Accordingly, we will not retain any of these proceeds. See “Principal Stockholders” for further information.

 

 

PBF Energy intends to use all of the remaining proceeds from this offering, or $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), to purchase newly-issued PBF LLC Series C Units from PBF LLC, as described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions.” We intend to cause PBF LLC to use these proceeds to

 

 

9


Table of Contents

pay the expenses of this offering, including aggregate underwriting discounts of $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) and other offering expenses estimated at $         million. Any remaining proceeds, including proceeds from the exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock, will be used for general corporate purposes, including to potentially repay amounts outstanding under our ABL Revolving Credit Facility. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Voting rights

Each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally.

 

  Our existing owners hold all of the shares of Class B common stock. The shares of Class B common stock have no economic rights but entitle the holder, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held, to a number of votes on matters presented to stockholders of PBF Energy that is equal to the aggregate number of PBF LLC Series A Units held by such holder. See “Description of Capital Stock—Class B Common Stock.”

 

  Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

Dividend policy

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

Exchange rights of holders of New Holdings Units

Prior to this offering, we will enter into an exchange agreement with the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units and PBF LLC Series B Units. Pursuant to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC and the exchange agreement, our existing owners will have the right to exchange their PBF LLC Series A Units for shares of Class A common stock of PBF Energy on a one-for-one basis, subject to equitable adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, and further subject to the rights of the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units to receive a portion of the shares of Class A common stock that would otherwise be received by our existing owners upon such exchange.

 

Risk factors

For a discussion of factors you should consider before buying the shares, see “Risk Factors.”

 

New York Stock Exchange symbol

“PBF”

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Unless we specifically state otherwise, all information in this prospectus:

 

   

assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option to purchase          additional shares of our Class A common stock;

 

   

does not reflect          shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of PBF LLC Series A Units (or, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock,          shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of PBF LLC Series A Units) that will be held by our existing owners immediately following this offering;

 

   

gives effect to the senior secured notes offering in February 2012 and the use of the proceeds therefrom to repay our (a) $200.0 million secured promissory note in favor of Sunoco from our acquisition of Toledo, or the Toledo Promissory Note, (b) $160.0 million secured promissory note in favor of Valero from our acquisition of Paulsboro, or the Paulsboro Promissory Note, and (c) $125.0 million Term Loan Credit Agreement with UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative and collateral agent and certain other lenders, or the Term Loan Facility, as described under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Senior Secured Notes Offering.”

 

   

excludes (a) outstanding options and warrants to purchase 4,576,297 PBF LLC Series A Units, all at an exercise price of $10.00 per unit, and (b) an additional          shares authorized and reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans, including          shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options that we intend to grant to our officers and employees at the time of this offering. See “Executive Compensation — Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Equity Compensation,” “Executive Compensation — Compensation Discussion and Analysis — 2012 Equity Incentive Plan” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Investments in PBF LLC.”

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Other Data

 

The following table sets forth our summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial data at the dates and for the periods indicated. The historical financial data is that of PBF LLC. PBF LLC will be considered our predecessor for accounting purposes, and its consolidated financial statements will be our historical consolidated financial statements following this offering.

 

The summary historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 have been derived from audited financial statements of PBF LLC included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data for the period from March 1, 2008 (date of inception) through December 31, 2008 and as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 have been derived from audited financial statements of PBF LLC not included in this prospectus. As a result of the Paulsboro and Toledo acquisitions, the historical consolidated financial results of PBF LLC only include the results of operations for Paulsboro and Toledo from December 17, 2010 and March 1, 2011, respectively.

 

The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data have been derived by the application of pro forma adjustments to the historical consolidated financial statements of PBF LLC included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2011 give effect to the acquisition of Toledo, the senior secured notes offering, the Offering Transactions (as described under “Organizational Structure”), and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as if they had occurred on January 1, 2011. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 gives effect to the senior secured notes offering, the Offering Transactions and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as if they had occurred on December 31, 2011.

 

You should read this information in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of PBF LLC and the related notes thereto, and the statements of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and the related statements of revenues and direct expenses of Toledo and the related notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus, and the sections entitled “Organizational Structure,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Selected Financial Data.” Our summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is presented for informational purposes only. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable. Our summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information does not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial position would have been if we operated as a public company during the periods presented and may not be indicative of our future performance.

 

 

12


Table of Contents
    Period from
March 1, 2008
(Date of  Inception)
through
December  31,
2008 (3)
    Year Ended
December 31,
2009 (3)
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
          Pro Forma  
        Year
Ended
December  31,
2011
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
 
    (in thousands)  

Statement of operations data:

         

Revenues (1)

  $ 134      $ 228      $ 210,671      $ 14,960,338      $ 15,961,529   

Cost and expenses

         

Cost of sales, excluding depreciation

                  203,971        13,855,163        14,719,566   

Operating expenses, excluding depreciation

                  25,140        658,831        699,557   

General and administrative expenses

    6,378        6,294        15,859        86,183        89,857   

Acquisition related expenses (2)

                  6,051        728        172   

Depreciation and amortization expense

    18        44        1,402        53,743        57,952   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    6,396        6,338        252,423        14,654,648        15,567,104   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

    (6,262     (6,110     (41,752     305,690        394,425   

Other (expense) income

         

Change in fair value of catalyst lease obligation

                  (1,217     7,316        7,316   

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

                         (5,215     (5,215

Interest income (expense), net

    198        10        (1,388     (65,120     (95,662

Other income

                                59   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

  $ (6,064   $ (6,100   $ (44,357   $ 242,671      $ 300,923   

Less—Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest

    (165                            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to PBF Energy Company LLC

  $ (6,229   $ (6,100   $ (44,357   $ 242,671      $ 300,923   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance sheet data (at end of period):

         

Total assets

  $ 25,040      $ 19,150      $ 1,274,393      $ 3,621,109      $ 3,634,590   

Total long-term debt (4)

                  325,064        804,865        824,260   

Total equity

    24,810        18,694        456,739        1,107,615        1,103,096   

Selected financial data:

         

Adjusted EBITDA (5)

  $ (6,244   $ (6,066   $ (28,699   $ 388,219      $ 480,666   

Capital expenditures (6)

  $ 118      $ 70      $ 72,118      $ 551,544        551,544   

 

  (1)   $4.8 million of the year ended December 31, 2010 revenues was directly related to terminalling revenues at our Delaware City refinery. Consulting services income provided to a related party was $0, $221 and $98 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
  (2)   Acquisition related expenses consist of consulting and legal expenses related to the Paulsboro and Toledo acquisitions as well as non-consummated acquisitions.
  (3)   December 31, 2008 and 2009 balance sheet data is that of PBF LLC. See footnote 1, Description of Business and Basis of Presentation, in the PBF LLC consolidated financial statements.
  (4)   Total long-term debt includes our Delaware Economic Development Authority loan of $20.0 million.
  (5)   We believe Adjusted EBITDA is an important measure of operating performance and provides useful information to investors because it highlights trends in our business that may not otherwise be apparent when relying solely on GAAP measures and eliminates items that have less bearing on our operating performance.

 

         Adjusted EBITDA, as presented herein, is a supplemental measure of performance that is not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. We use this non-GAAP financial measure as a supplement to our GAAP results in order to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting our business. Adjusted EBITDA is a measure of operating performance that is not defined by GAAP and should not be considered a substitute for net income as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

 

13


Table of Contents
         Also, because Adjusted EBITDA is not calculated in the same manner by all companies, it is not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled measures used by other companies. Adjusted EBITDA has its limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA are:

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements, for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

   

Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the asset being depreciated or amortized often will have to be replaced and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the cash requirements for such replacements;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital requirements; and

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to make payments of interest or principal on our indebtedness.

 

The following table reconciles net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA:

 

          Year  Ended
December 31,
2009
    Year  Ended
December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Pro Forma  
    Year Ended
December 31,
2008
          Year Ended
December 31,
2011
 
          (in thousands)  

Net income (loss)

    (6,064   $ (6,100   $ (44,357   $ 242,671      $ 301,077   

Interest (income) expense, net

    (198     (10     1,388        65,120        95,508   

Depreciation and amortization

    18        44        1,402        53,743        57,952   

Stock based compensation

    —          —          2,300        2,516        2,516   

Acquisition related expenses(a)

    —          —          6,051        728       
172
  

Non-cash change in market value of inventory repurchase obligation(b)

    —          —          2,043        18,771        18,771   

Non-cash deferral of gross profit on finished product
sales(c)

    —          —          1,257        6,771        6,771   

Change in fair value of catalyst lease obligation(d)

    —          —          1,217        (7,316     (7,316

Change in fair value of contingent consideration(e)

    —          —          —          5,215        5,215   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

    (6,244   $ (6,066   $ (28,699   $ 388,219      $ 480,666   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a) See footnote 2.
  (b) Certain of our crude and feedstock supply agreements require that we repurchase inventory held by our counterparties at a future date at the then fair market value. We are required to record these repurchase obligations at their fair market value at the end of each reporting period. The change in fair market value based on changes in commodity prices is a non-cash charge or benefit included in cost of sales. We add back the impact of the change in market value of these future inventory repurchase obligations in arriving at Adjusted EBITDA to better reflect Adjusted EBITDA on a cash-basis.
  (c) We sell our production of light finished products at our Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries to a single counterparty. On a daily basis, the counterparty purchases and pays for the products as they are produced, delivered to the refineries’ storage tanks, and legal title passes to the counterparty. Revenue and gross profit on these product sales are deferred until the products are shipped out of our storage facility, which typically occurs within an average of six days. We add back the non-cash deferral of the gross profit on these product sales in arriving at Adjusted EBITDA to better reflect Adjusted EBITDA on a cash-basis.
  (d) We entered into agreements pursuant to which certain precious metals catalyst located at our Delaware City and Toledo refineries were sold and leased back for three one-year periods. We have recorded these transactions as capital leases as we are required to repurchase the precious metals catalyst at its market value at lease termination. We elected the fair value option for accounting for the catalyst repurchase obligations and the change in fair value of the underlying precious metals is recorded in the income statement as a non-cash charge or benefit each reporting period. We add back the impact of the change in fair value of these future precious metal catalyst repurchase obligations in arriving at Adjusted EBITDA to better reflect Adjusted EBITDA on a cash-basis.
  (e)

In connection with the Toledo acquisition, the seller will be paid an amount equal to 25% of the amount by which the purchased assets’ EBITDA exceeds $125.0 million in a given calendar year through 2016 (pro-rated for 2011 and 2016). The aggregate amount of such payments cannot exceed $125.0 million. The purchased assets’ EBITDA is calculated using calendar year earnings we have earned solely from the purchase of Toledo including reasonable direct and allocated overhead expenses, less any significant extraordinary or non-recurring expenses, and any fees or expenses incurred by us in connection with the Toledo

 

 

14


Table of Contents
  acquisition. A charge or benefit is recorded each reporting period reflecting the change in the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration we expect to pay in connection with our acquisition of the Toledo refinery. We add back the impact of the change in fair value of the contingent consideration in arriving at Adjusted EBITDA to better reflect Adjusted EBITDA on a cash-basis.

 

  (6)   Includes expenditures for construction in progress, property, plant and equipment and deferred turnaround costs.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in our Class A common stock involves a number of risks. You should carefully consider, in addition to the other information contained in this prospectus (including “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes), the following risks before investing in our Class A common stock. These risks could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, and cause the trading price of our Class A common stock to decline. You could lose part or all of your investment. You should bear in mind, in reviewing this prospectus, that past experience is no indication of future performance. You should read the section titled “Forward-Looking Statements” immediately following these risk factors for a discussion of what types of statements are forward-looking statements, as well as the significance of such statements in the context of this prospectus.

 

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

 

We have incurred losses in the past and may incur losses in the future. If we incur losses over an extended period of time, the value of our Class A common stock could decline.

 

We experienced losses during our time as a development company. We reported a net loss for the year ended December 31, 2010. We only had substantial operations for a short period at the end of the year, following the acquisition of Paulsboro. We may not be able to realize profits. A lack of profitability could adversely affect the price of our Class A common stock. We may not continue to remain profitable, which could impair our ability to complete future financings and have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects. If we are unsuccessful in executing our business model, our business and operating results will be adversely affected.

 

We were formed in March 2008 and we acquired our first oil refinery in June 2010. Therefore, we have a limited operating history and track record in executing our business model. Our future success depends on our ability to execute our business strategy effectively. Our limited operating history may make it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects. We may not be successful in operating any of our refineries or any other properties we may acquire in the future. In addition, we have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by new companies, and specifically companies in the oil refining industry. If we do not manage these risks successfully, our business, results of operations and financial condition will be adversely affected.

 

The price volatility of crude oil, other feedstocks, blendstocks, refined products and fuel and utility services may have a material adverse effect on our revenues, profitability, cash flows and liquidity.

 

Our revenues, profitability, cash flows and liquidity from operations depend primarily on the margin above operating expenses (including the cost of refinery feedstocks, such as crude oil, intermediate partially refined petroleum products, and natural gas liquids that are processed and blended into refined products) at which we are able to sell refined products. Refining is primarily a margin-based business and, to increase profitability, it is important to maximize the yields of high value finished products while minimizing the costs of feedstock and operating expenses. When the margin between refined product prices and crude oil and other feedstock costs contracts, our earnings, profitability and cash flows are negatively affected. Refining margins historically have been volatile, and are likely to continue to be volatile, as a result of a variety of factors, including fluctuations in the prices of crude oil, other feedstocks, refined products and fuel and utility services. An increase or decrease in the price of crude oil will likely result in a similar increase or decrease in prices for refined products; however, there may be a time lag in the realization, or no such realization, of the similar increase or decrease in prices for refined products. The effect of changes in crude oil prices on our refining margins therefore depends in part on how quickly and how fully refined product prices adjust to reflect these changes.

 

16


Table of Contents

In addition, the nature of our business requires us to maintain substantial crude oil, feedstock and refined product inventories. Because crude oil, feedstock and refined products are commodities, we have no control over the changing market value of these inventories. Our crude oil, feedstock and refined product inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market value under the last-in-first-out (“LIFO”), inventory valuation methodology. If the market value of our crude oil, feedstock and refined product inventories were to decline to an amount less than our LIFO cost, we would record a write-down of inventory and a non-cash charge to cost of sales.

 

Prices of crude oil, other feedstocks, blendstocks, and refined products depend on numerous factors beyond our control, including the supply of and demand for crude oil, other feedstocks, gasoline, diesel, ethanol, asphalt and other refined products. Such supply and demand are affected by a variety of economic, market, environmental and political conditions.

 

Our direct operating expense structure also impacts our profitability. Our major direct operating expenses include employee and contract labor, maintenance and energy. Our predominant variable direct operating cost is energy, which is comprised primarily of fuel and other utility services. The volatility in costs of fuel, principally natural gas, and other utility services, principally electricity, used by our refineries and other operations affect our operating costs. Fuel and utility prices have been, and will continue to be, affected by factors outside our control, such as supply and demand for fuel and utility services in both local and regional markets. Natural gas prices have historically been volatile and, typically, electricity prices fluctuate with natural gas prices. Future increases in fuel and utility prices may have a negative effect on our revenues, profitability and cash flows.

 

Our historical financial statements may not be helpful in predicting our future performance.

 

We have grown rapidly since our inception and have not owned or operated our refineries for a substantial period of time. Accordingly, our historical financial information may not be useful either as a means of understanding our current financial situation or as an indicator of our future results. For the period from March 1, 2008 to December 16, 2010, we were considered to be in the development stage. Our historical financial information for that period reflects our activities principally in connection with identifying acquisition opportunities; acquiring the Delaware City refinery assets and commencing a reconfiguration of the refinery; and acquiring the Paulsboro refinery. As a result of the Paulsboro and Toledo acquisitions, our historical consolidated financial results include the results of operations for Paulsboro and Toledo from December 17, 2010 and March 1, 2011 forward, respectively. Certain information in our financial statements and certain other financial data included in this prospectus are based in part on financial data related to, and the operations of, those companies that previously owned and operated our refineries. For example, at the time of its acquisition, Paulsboro represented the major portion of our business and assets. As a result, we separately present the financial statements of Paulsboro for periods prior to the acquisition date of December 17, 2010 as PBF LLC’s “Predecessor” entity. Such information is not necessarily indicative of our future results of operations and financial performance. In addition, the financial statements presented in this prospectus for our Toledo refinery reflect a more limited “Statement of Revenues and Direct Expenses” and a “Statement of Net Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed” as opposed to full audited carve-out financial statements, which may not be indicative of the operating results and financial condition of the refinery had we been operating the refinery during the periods presented. As has been the case in our acquisitions to date, it is likely that, when we acquire refineries, we will not have access to the type of historical financial information that we will report regarding the prior operation of the refineries. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to evaluate the probable impact of major acquisitions on our financial performance until we have operated the acquired refineries for a substantial period of time.

 

Our profitability is significantly affected by crude oil differentials, which fluctuate substantially.

 

A significant portion of our profitability is derived from the ability to purchase and process crude oil feedstocks that historically have been cheaper than benchmark crude oils, such as the heavy, sour crude oils processed at our Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries and the WTI based crude oils processed at our Toledo

 

17


Table of Contents

refinery. These crude oil differentials vary significantly from quarter to quarter depending on overall economic conditions and trends and conditions within the markets for crude oil and refined products. Any change in these crude oil differentials may have an impact on our earnings. For example, the Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1 benchmark crack, our proxy for the Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries, has averaged $9.93 per barrel over the period from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011, a 20.5% improvement over the 2009 average, which benefitted refineries, such as Delaware City and Paulsboro, which have the ability to process a heavier crude slate. Conversely, a narrowing of the light-heavy differential may reduce our refining margins and adversely affected our recent profitability and earnings. In addition, while our Toledo refinery benefits from a widening of the Dated Brent/WTI differential, a narrowing of this differential may result in our Toledo refinery losing a portion of its crude price advantage over certain of our competitors, which negatively impacts our profitability. Any further narrowing of these differentials could have a material adverse effect on our business and profitability.

 

A significant interruption or casualty loss at any of our refineries and related assets could reduce our production, particularly if not fully covered by our insurance. Failure by one or more insurers to honor its coverage commitments for an insured event could materially and adversely affect our future cash flows, operating results and financial condition.

 

Our business currently consists of owning and operating three refineries and related assets. Our Delaware City refinery has recently been opened after a substantial shutdown period. As a result, our operations could be subject to significant interruption if any of our refineries were to experience a major accident, be damaged by severe weather or other natural disaster, or otherwise be forced to shut down or curtail production due to unforeseen events, such as acts of God, nature, power outages, acts of terrorism, fires, toxic emissions and maritime hazards. Any such shutdown would reduce the production from that refinery. There is also risk of mechanical failure and equipment shutdowns both general and following unforeseen events. Further, in such situations, undamaged refinery processing units may be dependent on or interact with damaged sections of our refineries and, accordingly, are also subject to being shut down. In the event any of our refineries is forced to shut down for a significant period of time, it would have a material adverse effect on our earnings, our other results of operations and our financial condition as a whole.

 

As protection against these hazards, we maintain insurance coverage against some, but not all, such potential losses and liabilities. We may not be able to maintain or obtain insurance of the type and amount we desire at reasonable rates. As a result of market conditions, premiums and deductibles for certain of our insurance policies may increase substantially. In some instances, certain insurance could become unavailable or available only for reduced amounts of coverage. For example, coverage for hurricane damage can be limited, and coverage for terrorism risks can include broad exclusions. If we were to incur a significant liability for which we were not fully insured, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial position.

 

Our insurance program includes a number of insurance carriers. Significant disruptions in financial markets could lead to a deterioration in the financial condition of many financial institutions, including insurance companies and, therefore, we may not be able to obtain the full amount of our insurance coverage for insured events.

 

Our Toledo refinery is subject to interruptions of supply and distribution as a result of our reliance on pipelines for transportation of crude oil and refined products.

 

Our Toledo refinery receives all of its crude oil and delivers a portion of its refined products through pipelines. The Enbridge system is our primary supply route for crude oil from Canada, the Bakken region and Michigan, and supplies approximately 55% to 60% of the crude oil used at our Toledo refinery. In addition, we source domestic crude oil through our connections to the Capline and Mid-Valley pipelines. We also distribute a portion of our transportation fuels through pipelines owned and operated by Sunoco Logistics Partners L.P. and Buckeye Partners L.P. We could experience an interruption of supply or delivery, or an increased cost of

 

18


Table of Contents

receiving crude oil and delivering refined products to market, if the ability of these pipelines to transport crude oil or refined products is disrupted because of accidents, weather interruptions, governmental regulation, terrorism, other third party action or any of the types of events described in the preceding risk factor.

 

In addition, due to the common carrier regulatory obligation applicable to interstate oil pipelines, capacity is prorated among shippers in accordance with the tariff then in effect in the event there are nominations in excess of capacity. Therefore, nominations by new shippers or increased nominations by existing shippers may reduce the capacity available to us. Any prolonged interruption in the operation or curtailment of available capacity of the pipelines that we rely upon for transportation of crude oil and refined products could have a further material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

We rely on our crude oil supply agreements with MSCG and Statoil for all of our crude oil supply, and on MSCG to purchase a significant portion of our offtake. If these financing agreements are no longer in place or our counterparties do not perform their obligations in a timely manner, our liquidity may be reduced.

 

We rely on a single supplier to provide us with crude and other feedstocks at each of our refineries. Statoil supplies 100% of the crude and other feedstocks at Paulsboro and Delaware City, and MSCG supplies 100% of the crude at Toledo. We also rely on a single customer, MSCG, to purchase a significant portion of the clean products and intermediates at our Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries. Additionally, Sunoco purchases approximately one-third of our gasoline and diesel production at our Toledo refinery. These supply and offtake agreements are governed by long-term agreements. Accordingly, we are substantially dependent on the continued performance by MSCG, Statoil and Sunoco of their contractual obligations to us under these agreements.

 

If we were required to obtain our crude oil supply without the benefit of these or similar supply arrangements or the applicable counterparty defaults in its obligations, our crude oil pricing costs may increase as the number of days between when we pay for the crude oil and when the crude oil is delivered to us increases. Such increased exposure could negatively impact our liquidity due to our increased working capital needs as a result of the increase in the amount of crude oil inventory we would have to carry on our balance sheet.

 

In addition, failure by any one of these customers to meet its obligations under these agreements could cause us to enter the spot market or seek to enter into new contracts for some products earlier than we currently anticipate. Our suppliers may not continue to so supply us, particularly in those cases where we do not have a supply contract in place. If one or more of our supply relationships is terminated for whatever reason or MSCG or Statoil fails to perform its obligations to us, it is possible that we would be unable to find alternative sources of crude oil supply in a timely fashion or on attractive terms.

 

We have historically relied on the sellers of our refineries to perform certain critical transition services following the acquisitions, and such services may not be performed timely or effectively or we may not be able to replace such services with our own stand-alone systems, which we are currently in the process of implementing, following the transition period.

 

Following the acquisitions of both Paulsboro and Toledo, we were relying upon Valero and Sunoco, respectively, for certain transition services related to the operation and continuity of the refineries as we continued to build the infrastructure required to operate these functions independently. These services included, among others, critical functions relating to finance and accounting, commercial and information systems support. We may also enter into similar agreements in the future with sellers of any additional refineries we acquire. Such services may not be performed timely and effectively. Significant disruption in these transition services or unanticipated costs related to such services could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Our arrangement with Valero for Paulsboro expired on December 31, 2011, and our arrangement with Sunoco for Toledo expired on April 30, 2012. If we cannot successfully transition these services to our own stand-alone systems, which we are currently in the process of implementing, we may be unable to continue running the refineries as presently or historically operated, which would adversely and negatively impact our business and

 

19


Table of Contents

results of operations. After the termination of these arrangements, we may encounter obstacles in becoming fully independent and may encounter difficulty in replacing certain of these transition services on substantially the same terms and conditions, including cost, as were in place prior to termination of the transition services.

 

We may not be able to obtain funding on acceptable terms or at all because of volatility and uncertainty in the credit and capital markets. This may hinder or prevent us from meeting our future capital needs.

 

Global financial markets and economic conditions have been, and continue to be, disrupted and volatile due to a variety of factors, including uncertainty in the financial services sector, low consumer confidence, continued high unemployment, geopolitical issues and the current weak economic conditions. In addition, the fixed income markets have experienced periods of extreme volatility that have negatively impacted market liquidity conditions. As a result, the cost of raising money in the debt and equity capital markets has increased substantially at times while the availability of funds from those markets diminished significantly. In particular, as a result of concerns about the stability of financial markets generally and the solvency of lending counterparties specifically, the cost of obtaining money from the credit markets may increase as many lenders and institutional investors increase interest rates, enact tighter lending standards, refuse to refinance existing debt on similar terms or at all and reduce or, in some cases, cease to provide funding to borrowers. Due to these factors, we cannot be certain that new debt or equity financing will be available on acceptable terms. If funding is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to meet our obligations as they come due. Moreover, without adequate funding, we may be unable to execute our growth strategy, complete future acquisitions, take advantage of other business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations.

 

Competition from companies who produce their own supply feedstocks, have extensive retail outlets, make alternative fuels or have greater financial and other resources than we do could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

Our refining operations compete with domestic refiners and marketers in regions of the United States in which we operate, as well as with domestic refiners in other regions and foreign refiners that import products into the United States. In addition, we compete with producers and marketers in other industries that supply alternative forms of energy and fuels to satisfy the requirements of our industrial, commercial and individual consumers. Certain of our competitors have larger and more complex refineries, and may be able to realize lower per-barrel costs or higher margins per barrel of throughput. Several of our principal competitors are integrated national or international oil companies that are larger and have substantially greater resources than we do and access to proprietary sources of controlled crude oil production. Unlike these competitors, we obtain substantially all of our feedstocks from unaffiliated sources. We are not engaged in the petroleum exploration and production business and therefore do not produce any of our crude oil feedstocks. We do not have a retail business and therefore are dependent upon others for outlets for our refined products. Because of their integrated operations and larger capitalization, these companies may be more flexible in responding to volatile industry or market conditions, such as shortages of crude oil supply and other feedstocks or intense price fluctuations.

 

Newer or upgraded refineries will often be more efficient than our refineries, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage. We have taken significant measures to maintain our refineries including the installation of new equipment and redesigning older equipment to improve our operations. However, these actions involve significant uncertainties, since upgraded equipment may not perform at expected throughput levels, the yield and product quality of new equipment may differ from design specifications and modifications may be needed to correct equipment that does not perform as expected. Any of these risks associated with new equipment, redesigned older equipment or repaired equipment could lead to lower revenues or higher costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on future results of operations and financial condition. Over time, our refineries may become obsolete, or be unable to compete, because of the construction of new, more efficient facilities by our competitors.

 

20


Table of Contents

Any political instability, military strikes, sustained military campaigns, terrorist activity, or changes in foreign policy could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Any political instability, military strikes, sustained military campaigns, terrorist activity, or changes in foreign policy in areas or regions of the world where we acquire crude oil and other raw materials or sell our refined petroleum products may affect our business in unpredictable ways, including forcing us to increase security measures and causing disruptions of supplies and distribution markets. We may also be subject to United States trade and economic sanctions laws, which change frequently as a result of foreign policy developments, and which may necessitate changes to our crude oil acquisition activities. Further, like other industrial companies, our facilities may be the target of terrorist activities. Any act of war or terrorism that resulted in damage to any of our refineries or third-party facilities upon which we are dependent for our business operations could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

The recent recession and credit crisis and related turmoil in the global financial system has had and may continue to have an adverse impact on the refining industry.

 

Our business and profitability are affected by the overall level of demand for our products, which in turn is affected by factors such as overall levels of economic activity and business and consumer confidence and spending. Declines in global economic activity and consumer and business confidence and spending during the recent global downturn have significantly reduced the level of demand for our products. Reduced demand for our products has had and may continue to have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, continued downturns in the economy impact the demand for refined fuels and, in turn, result in excess refining capacity. Refining margins are impacted by changes in domestic and global refining capacity, as increases in refining capacity can adversely impact refining margins, earnings and cash flows.

 

Our business is indirectly exposed to risks faced by our suppliers, customers and other business partners. The impact on these constituencies of the risks posed by the recent recession and credit crisis and related turmoil in the global financial system have included or could include interruptions or delays in the performance by counterparties to our contracts, reductions and delays in customer purchases, delays in or the inability of customers to obtain financing to purchase our products and the inability of customers to pay for our products. Any of these events may have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

The geographic concentration of our East Coast refineries creates a significant exposure to the risks of the local economy and other local adverse conditions.

 

Our East Coast refineries are both located in the mid-Atlantic region on the East Coast and therefore are vulnerable to economic downturns in that region. These refineries are located within a relatively limited geographic area and we primarily market our refined products in that area. As a result, we are more susceptible to regional conditions than the operations of more geographically diversified competitors and any unforeseen events or circumstances that affect the area could also materially adversely affect our revenues and profitability. These factors include, among other things, changes in the economy, weather conditions, demographics and population.

 

We must make substantial capital expenditures on our operating facilities to maintain their reliability and efficiency. If we are unable to complete capital projects at their expected costs and/or in a timely manner, or if the market conditions assumed in our project economics deteriorate, our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Delays or cost increases related to capital spending programs involving engineering, procurement and construction of new facilities (or improvements and repairs to our existing facilities and equipment) could adversely affect our ability to achieve targeted internal rates of return and operating results. Such delays or cost increases may arise as a result of unpredictable factors in the marketplace, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

denial or delay in issuing regulatory approvals and/or permits;

 

   

unplanned increases in the cost of construction materials or labor;

 

21


Table of Contents
   

disruptions in transportation of modular components and/or construction materials;

 

   

severe adverse weather conditions, natural disasters or other events (such as equipment malfunctions, explosions, fires or spills) affecting our facilities, or those of vendors and suppliers;

 

   

shortages of sufficiently skilled labor, or labor disagreements resulting in unplanned work stoppages;

 

   

market-related increases in a project’s debt or equity financing costs; and/or

 

   

non-performance or force majeure by, or disputes with, vendors, suppliers, contractors or sub-contractors involved with a project.

 

Our refineries contain many processing units, a number of which have been in operation for many years. Equipment, even if properly maintained, may require significant capital expenditures and expenses to keep it operating at optimum efficiency. One or more of the units may require unscheduled downtime for unanticipated maintenance or repairs that are more frequent than our scheduled turnarounds for such units. Scheduled and unscheduled maintenance could reduce our revenues during the period of time that the units are not operating.

 

Our forecasted internal rates of return are also based upon our projections of future market fundamentals, which are not within our control, including changes in general economic conditions, available alternative supply and customer demand. Any one or more of these factors could have a significant impact on our business. If we were unable to make up the delays associated with such factors or to recover the related costs, or if market conditions change, it could materially and adversely affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Our operating results are seasonal and generally lower in the first and fourth quarters of the year for our refining business.

 

Demand for gasoline is generally higher during the summer months than during the winter months due to seasonal increases in highway traffic and construction work. Decreased demand during the winter months can lower gasoline prices. As a result, our operating results for the first and fourth calendar quarters may be lower than those for the second and third calendar quarters of each year.

 

We may not be able to successfully execute our strategy of growth within the refining industry through acquisitions.

 

A component of our growth strategy is to selectively consider strategic acquisitions within the refining sector based on performance through the cycle, advantageous access to crude oil supplies, attractive refined products market fundamentals and access to distribution and logistics infrastructure. Our ability to do so will be dependent upon a number of factors, including our ability to identify acceptable acquisition candidates, consummate acquisitions on acceptable terms, successfully integrate acquired assets and obtain financing to fund acquisitions and to support our growth and many other factors beyond our control. Risks associated with acquisitions include those relating to the diversion of management time and attention from our existing business, liability for known or unknown environmental conditions or other contingent liabilities and greater than anticipated expenditures required for compliance with environmental, safety or other regulatory standards or for investments to improve operating results, and the incurrence of additional indebtedness to finance acquisitions or capital expenditures relating to acquired assets.

 

We may not be successful in acquiring additional assets, and any acquisitions that we do consummate may not produce the anticipated benefits or may have adverse effects on our business and operating results.

 

Our business may suffer if any of our key senior executives or other key employees discontinues employment with us. Furthermore, a shortage of skilled labor or disruptions in our labor force may make it difficult for us to maintain labor productivity.

 

Our future success depends to a large extent on the services of our key senior executives and other key employees. Our business depends on our continuing ability to recruit, train and retain highly qualified employees

 

22


Table of Contents

in all areas of our operations, including engineering, accounting, business operations, finance and other key back-office and mid-office personnel. Furthermore, our operations require skilled and experienced employees with proficiency in multiple tasks. The competition for these employees is intense, and the loss of these executives or employees could harm our business. If any of these executives or other key personnel resigns or becomes unable to continue in his or her present role and is not adequately replaced, our business operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

A portion of our workforce is unionized, and we may face labor disruptions that would interfere with our operations.

 

As of December 31, 2011, approximately 287 of our 446 employees at Paulsboro are covered by a collective bargaining agreement that expires in March of 2015. In addition, 608 of our 936 employees at Delaware City and Toledo are covered by a collective bargaining agreement that is currently anticipated to expire in February of 2015. We may not be able to renegotiate our collective bargaining agreements on satisfactory terms or at all when such agreements expire. A failure to do so may increase our costs. Other employees of ours who are not presently represented by a union may become so represented in the future as well. In addition, our existing labor agreements may not prevent a strike or work stoppage at any of our facilities in the future, and any work stoppage could negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our hedging activities may limit our potential gains, exacerbate potential losses and involve other risks.

 

We may enter into commodity derivatives contracts to hedge our crack spread risk with respect to a portion of our expected gasoline and diesel production on a rolling basis. Consistent with that policy, at our request, MSCG may hedge some percentage of future gasoline and diesel production. We may enter into hedging arrangements with the intent to secure a minimum fixed cash flow stream on the volume of products hedged during the hedge term and to protect against volatility in commodity prices. Our hedging arrangements may fail to fully achieve these objectives for a variety of reasons, including our failure to have adequate hedging arrangements, if any, in effect at any particular time and the failure of our hedging arrangements to produce the anticipated results. We may not be able to procure adequate hedging arrangements due to a variety of factors. Moreover, such transactions may limit our ability to benefit from favorable changes in crude oil and refined product prices. In addition, our hedging activities may expose us to the risk of financial loss in certain circumstances, including instances in which:

 

   

the volumes of our actual use of crude oil or production of the applicable refined products is less than the volumes subject to the hedging arrangement;

 

   

accidents, interruptions in feedstock transportation, inclement weather or other events cause unscheduled shutdowns or otherwise adversely affect our refineries, or those of our suppliers or customers;

 

   

changes in commodity prices have a material impact on collateral and margin requirements under our hedging arrangements, including resulting in our being subject to margin calls;

 

   

the counterparties to our futures contracts fail to perform under the contracts; or

 

   

a sudden, unexpected event materially impacts the commodity or crack spread subject to the hedging arrangement.

 

As a result, the effectiveness of our hedging strategy could have material impact on our financial results. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

 

In addition, these hedging activities involve basis risk. Basis risk in a hedging arrangement occurs when the price of the commodity we hedge is more or less variable than the index upon which the hedged commodity is

 

23


Table of Contents

based, thereby making the hedge less effective. For example, a NYMEX index used for hedging certain volumes of crude oil or refined products may have more or less variability than the cost or price for such crude oil or refined products. We generally do not expect to hedge the basis risk inherent in our derivatives contracts.

 

Our commodity derivative activities could result in period-to-period earnings volatility.

 

We do not apply hedge accounting to all of our commodity derivative contracts and, as a result, unrealized gains and losses will be charged to our earnings based on the increase or decrease in the market value of the unsettled position. These gains and losses may be reflected in our income statement in periods that differ from when the underlying hedged items (i.e., gross margins) are reflected in our income statement. Such derivative gains or losses in earnings may produce significant period-to-period earnings volatility that is not necessarily reflective of our underlying operational performance.

 

The recent adoption of derivatives legislation by the United States Congress could have an adverse effect on our ability to use derivatives contracts to reduce the effect of commodity price, interest rate and other risks associated with our business.

 

The United States Congress in 2010 adopted comprehensive financial reform legislation that establishes federal oversight and regulation of the over-the-counter derivatives market and entities that participate in that market. In November 2011, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or the CFTC, finalized regulations to set position limits for certain futures and option contracts in the major energy markets. The financial reform legislation may require us to comply with margin requirements and with certain clearing and trade-execution requirements. The financial reform legislation may also require the counterparties to our derivatives contracts to transfer or assign some of their derivatives contracts to a separate entity, which may not be as creditworthy as the current counterparty. The new legislation and any new regulations could significantly increase the cost of derivatives contracts (including through requirements to post collateral), materially alter the terms of derivatives contracts, reduce the availability of derivatives to protect against risks we encounter, reduce our ability to monetize or restructure our existing derivatives contracts, and increase our exposure to less creditworthy counterparties. If we reduce our use of derivatives as a result of the legislation and regulations, our results of operations may become more volatile and our cash flows may be less predictable, which could adversely affect our ability to plan for and fund capital expenditures. Any of these consequences could have a material adverse effect on us, our financial condition and our results of operations.

 

Our operations could be disrupted if our information systems fail, causing increased expenses and loss of sales.

 

Our business is highly dependent on financial, accounting and other data processing systems and other communications and information systems, including our enterprise resource planning tools. We process a large number of transactions on a daily basis and rely upon the proper functioning of computer systems. If a key system was to fail or experience unscheduled downtime for any reason, even if only for a short period, our operations and financial results could be affected adversely. Our systems could be damaged or interrupted by a security breach, fire, flood, power loss, telecommunications failure or similar event. We have a formal disaster recovery plan in place, but this plan may not prevent delays or other complications that could arise from an information systems failure. Further, our business interruption insurance may not compensate us adequately for losses that may occur.

 

We may have difficulty implementing our enterprise-wide information systems.

 

We are making a substantial investment in new enterprise-wide information systems, which we are in the process of completing. The systems may not function as we expect when subjected to the demands of our operations and our employees may have problems adapting to the new processes and procedures necessary to operate the new systems. If these systems do not function as expected during the implementation period or our employees are not able to comply with the process and procedural demands of the new systems, we could have

 

24


Table of Contents

difficulty, for example, procuring products, scheduling deliveries to our customers, invoicing our customers, paying our suppliers, managing our inventories, analyzing our performance and preparing financial statements. In addition, we could incur substantial additional expense if the implementation takes longer than currently planned. If we experience difficulty implementing our new enterprise-wide information systems, it could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Product liability claims and litigation could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

Product liability is a significant commercial risk. Substantial damage awards have been made in certain jurisdictions against manufacturers and resellers based upon claims for injuries and property damage caused by the use of or exposure to various products. Failure of our products to meet required specifications or claims that a product is inherently defective could result in product liability claims from our shippers and customers, and also arise from contaminated or off-specification product in commingled pipelines and storage tanks and/or defective fuels. Product liability claims against us could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

 

We may incur significant liability under or costs and capital expenditures to comply with environmental, product specification, health and safety regulations, which are complex and change frequently.

 

Our refinery and pipeline operations are subject to federal, state and local laws regulating, among other things, the generation, storage, handling, use and transportation of petroleum and other regulated materials, the emission and discharge of materials into the environment, waste management, remediation of contaminated sites, characteristics and composition of gasoline and diesel and other matters otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. Our operations are also subject to various laws and regulations relating to occupational health and safety.

 

Compliance with the complex array of federal, state and local laws relating to the protection of the environment, product specification, health and safety is difficult. We may not be able to operate in compliance with all environmental, product specification, health and safety requirements at all times. Violations of applicable requirements could result in substantial fines and penalties, criminal sanctions, permit revocations, injunctions and/or facility shutdowns, or claims for alleged personal injury, property damage or damage to natural resources. Moreover, our business is subject to accidental spills, discharges or other releases of petroleum or other regulated materials into the environment including at neighboring areas or third party storage, treatment or disposal facilities. Certain environmental laws impose strict, and in certain circumstances, joint and several, liability for costs of investigation and cleanup of such spills, discharges or releases on owners and operators of, as well as persons who arrange for treatment or disposal of regulated materials at, contaminated sites. Under these laws, we may be required to pay more than our fair share of any required investigation or cleanup of such sites.

 

We cannot predict what additional environmental, product specification, health and safety legislation or regulations will be adopted in the future, or how existing or future laws or regulations will be administered or interpreted with respect to our operations. Many of these laws and regulations are becoming increasingly stringent, and the cost of compliance with these requirements can be expected to increase over time. For example, in 2010 New York State adopted a Low-Sulfur Heating Oil mandate that beginning July 1, 2012 will require all heating oil sold in New York State to contain no more than 15 PPM sulfur. We currently do not produce heating oil that meets this specification. Expenditures or costs for environmental, product specification, health and safety compliance could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and profitability.

 

We may also incur liability or be required to pay penalties for past contamination, and third parties may assert claims against us for damages allegedly arising out of any past or future contamination. The potential penalties and clean-up costs for past or future releases or spills, the failure of prior owners of our facilities to complete their clean-up obligations, the liability to third parties for damage to their property, or the need to address newly-discovered information or conditions that may require a response could be significant, and the payment of these amounts could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

25


Table of Contents

Furthermore, we operate in environmentally sensitive coastal waters where tanker, pipeline and refined product transportation operations are closely regulated by federal, state and local agencies and monitored by environmental interest groups.

 

Finally, transportation of crude oil and refined products over water involves inherent risk and subjects us to the provisions of the Federal Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and the laws of various states. Among other things, these laws require us to demonstrate in some situations our capacity to respond to a “worst case discharge” to the maximum extent possible. There may be accidents involving tankers transporting crude oil or refined products, and response service companies that we have contracted with, in the areas in which we transport crude oil and refined products, may not respond to a “worst case discharge” in a manner that will adequately contain that discharge, and we may be subject to liability in connection with a discharge.

 

Environmental clean-up and remediation costs of our sites and environmental litigation could decrease our net cash flow, reduce our results of operations and impair our financial condition.

 

We are subject to liability for the investigation and clean-up of environmental contamination at each of the properties that we own or operate and at off-site locations where we arrange for the treatment or disposal of regulated materials. We may become involved in future litigation or other proceedings. If we were to be held responsible for damages in any litigation or proceedings, such costs may not be covered by insurance and may be material. Historical soil and groundwater contamination has been identified at each of our refineries. Currently remediation projects are underway in accordance with regulatory requirements at the Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries. In connection with the acquisitions of our refineries, the prior owners have retained certain liabilities or indemnified us for certain liabilities, including those relating to pre-acquisition soil and groundwater conditions, and in some instances we have assumed certain liabilities and environmental obligations, including certain remediation obligations at the Paulsboro refinery. If the prior owners fail to satisfy their obligations for any reason, or if significant liabilities arise in the areas in which we assumed liability, we may become responsible for remediation expenses and other environmental liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. As a result, in addition to making capital expenditures or incurring other costs to comply with environmental laws, we also may be liable for significant environmental litigation or for investigation and remediation costs and other liabilities arising from the ownership or operation of these assets by prior owners, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Pro Forma Contractual Obligations and Commitments” and “Business—Environmental, Health and Safety Matters.”

 

We may also face liability arising from current or future claims alleging personal injury or property damage due to exposure to chemicals or other regulated materials, such as asbestos, benzene, MTBE and petroleum hydrocarbons, at or from our facilities. We may also face liability for personal injury, property damage, natural resource damage or clean-up costs for the alleged migration of contamination from our properties. A significant increase in the number or success of these claims could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

 

Regulation of emissions of greenhouse gases could force us to incur increased capital and operating costs and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Both houses of Congress have actively considered legislation to reduce emissions of GHGs, such as carbon dioxide and methane, including proposals to: (i) establish a cap and trade system, (ii) create a federal renewable energy or “clean” energy standard requiring electric utilities to provide a certain percentage of power from such sources, and (iii) create enhanced incentives for use of renewable energy and increased efficiency in energy supply and use. In addition, the EPA is taking steps to regulate GHGs under the existing federal Clean Air Act, or CAA. The EPA has already adopted regulations limiting emissions of GHGs from motor vehicles, addressing the permitting of GHG emissions from stationary sources, and requiring the reporting of GHG emissions from specified large GHG emission sources, including refineries. These and similar regulations could require us to incur costs to monitor and report GHG emissions or reduce emissions of GHGs associated with our operations. In

 

26


Table of Contents

addition, various states, individually as well as in some cases on a regional basis, have taken steps to control GHG emissions, including adoption of GHG reporting requirements, cap and trade systems and renewable portfolio standards. Efforts have also been undertaken to delay, limit or prohibit EPA and possibly state action to regulate GHG emissions, and it is not possible at this time to predict the ultimate form, timing or extent of federal or state regulation. In the event we do incur increased costs as a result of increased efforts to control GHG emissions, we may not be able to pass on any of these costs to our customers. Such requirements also could adversely affect demand for the refined petroleum products that we produce. Any increased costs or reduced demand could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operation.

 

Renewable fuels mandates may reduce demand for the refined fuels we produce, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Pursuant to the Energy Policy Act of 2005 and the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007, the EPA has issued Renewable Fuel Standards, or RFS, implementing mandates to blend renewable fuels into the petroleum fuels produced and sold in the United States. Under RFS, the volume of renewable fuels that obligated refineries must blend into their finished petroleum fuels increases annually over time until 2022. In addition, certain states have passed legislation that requires minimum biodiesel blending in finished distillates. On October 13, 2010, the EPA raised the maximum amount of ethanol allowed under federal law from 10% to 15% for cars and light trucks manufactured since 2007. The maximum amount allowed under federal law currently remains at 10% ethanol for all other vehicles. Existing laws and regulations could change, and the minimum volumes of renewable fuels that must be blended with refined petroleum fuels may increase. Because we do not produce renewable fuels, increasing the volume of renewable fuels that must be blended into our products displaces an increasing volume of our refinery’s product pool, potentially resulting in lower earnings and profitability. In addition, in order to meet certain of these EPA requirements, we must purchase credits, known as “RINS,” which have fluctuating costs.

 

Our pipelines are subject to federal and/or state regulations, which could reduce the amount of cash we generate.

 

Our transportation activities are subject to regulation by multiple governmental agencies. The regulatory burden on the industry increases the cost of doing business and affects profitability. Additional proposals and proceedings that affect the oil industry are regularly considered by Congress, the states, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, the United States Department of Transportation, and the courts. We cannot predict when or whether any such proposals may become effective or what impact such proposals may have. Projected operating costs related to our pipelines reflect the recurring costs resulting from compliance with these regulations, and these costs may increase due to future acquisitions, changes in regulation, changes in use, or discovery of existing but unknown compliance issues.

 

We are subject to strict laws and regulations regarding employee and process safety, and failure to comply with these laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and profitability.

 

We are subject to the requirements of the Occupational Safety & Health Administration, or OSHA, and comparable state statutes that regulate the protection of the health and safety of workers. In addition, OSHA requires that we maintain information about hazardous materials used or produced in our operations and that we provide this information to employees, state and local governmental authorities, and local residents. Failure to comply with OSHA requirements, including general industry standards, process safety standards and control of occupational exposure to regulated substances, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and the cash flows of the business if we are subjected to significant fines or compliance costs.

 

Compliance with and changes in tax laws could adversely affect our performance.

 

We are subject to extensive tax liabilities, including federal, state, local and foreign taxes such as income, excise, sales/use, payroll, franchise, property, gross receipts, withholding and ad valorem taxes. New tax laws

 

27


Table of Contents

and regulations and changes in existing tax laws and regulations are continuously being enacted or proposed that could result in increased expenditures for tax liabilities in the future. Certain of these liabilities are subject to periodic audits by the respective taxing authorities, which could increase our tax liabilities. Subsequent changes to our tax liabilities as a result of these audits may also subject us to interest and penalties. There can be no certainty that our federal, state, local or foreign taxes could be passed on to our customers.

 

Our rapid growth may strain our resources and divert management’s attention.

 

We were a development stage enterprise prior to our acquisition of Paulsboro on December 17, 2010. With the further acquisition of Toledo and the re-start of Delaware City, we have experienced rapid growth in a short period of time. Continued expansion may strain our resources and force management to focus attention from other business concerns to the development of incremental internal controls and procedures, which could harm our business and operating results. We may also need to hire more employees, which will increase our costs and expenses.

 

We rely on Statoil and MSCG, over whom we may have limited control, to provide us with certain volumetric and pricing data used in our inventory valuations.

 

We rely on Statoil and MSCG to provide us with certain volumetric and pricing data used in our inventory valuations. Our limited control over the accuracy and the timing of the receipt of this data could materially and adversely affect our ability to produce financial statements in a timely manner.

 

Changes in our credit profile could adversely affect our business.

 

Changes in our credit profile could affect the way crude oil suppliers view our ability to make payments and induce them to shorten the payment terms for our purchases or require us to post security or letters of credit prior to payment. Due to the large dollar amounts and volume of our crude oil and other feedstock purchases, any imposition by our suppliers of more burdensome payment terms on us may have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and our ability to make payments to our suppliers. This, in turn, could cause us to be unable to operate one or more of our refineries at full capacity.

 

We could incur substantial costs or disruptions in our business if we cannot obtain or maintain necessary permits and authorizations.

 

Our operations require numerous permits and authorizations under various laws and regulations, including environmental and health and safety laws and regulations. These authorizations and permits are subject to revocation, renewal or modification and can require operational changes, which may involve significant costs, to limit impacts or potential impacts on the environment and/or health and safety. A violation of these authorizations or permit conditions or other legal or regulatory requirements could result in substantial fines, criminal sanctions, permit revocations, injunctions and/or refinery shutdowns. In addition, major modifications of our operations could require changes to our existing permits or expensive upgrades to our existing pollution control equipment, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

 

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our indebtedness.

 

Our substantial indebtedness may significantly affect our financial flexibility in the future. As of December 31, 2011, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the senior secured notes offering, we would have had total long-term debt, including current maturities and the Delaware Economic Development Authority Loan, of $824.3 million, all of which would have been secured, and we could have incurred an additional $396.4 million of senior secured indebtedness under our ABL Revolving Credit Facility. We may incur additional

 

28


Table of Contents

indebtedness in the future. Our strategy includes executing future refinery acquisitions. Any significant acquisition would likely require us to incur additional indebtedness in order to finance all or a portion of such acquisition. The level of our indebtedness has several important consequences for our future operations, including that:

 

   

a significant portion of our cash flow from operations will be dedicated to the payment of principal of, and interest on, our indebtedness and will not be available for other purposes;

 

   

covenants contained in our existing debt arrangements require us to meet or maintain certain financial tests, which may affect our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in our industry, such as being able to take advantage of acquisition opportunities when they arise;

 

   

our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate and other purposes may be limited; and

 

   

we may be at a competitive disadvantage to those of our competitors that are less leveraged; and we may be more vulnerable to adverse economic and industry conditions.

 

Our substantial indebtedness increases the risk that we may default on our debt obligations, certain of which contain cross-default and/or cross-acceleration provisions. We have significant principal payments due under our debt instruments. Our subsidiaries’ ability to meet their principal obligations will be dependent upon our future performance, which in turn will be subject to general economic conditions, industry cycles and financial, business and other factors affecting our operations, many of which are beyond our control. Our business may not continue to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to repay our substantial indebtedness. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations, we may be required to sell assets, to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness or to obtain additional financing. Refinancing may not be possible and additional financing may not be available on commercially acceptable terms, or at all.

 

Despite our level of indebtedness, we and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantially more debt, which could exacerbate the risks described above.

 

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future including additional secured debt. Although our debt instruments and financing arrangements contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. To the extent new debt is added to our currently anticipated debt levels, the substantial leverage risks described above would increase. Also, these restrictions do not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness.

 

Restrictive Covenants in our debt instruments may limit our ability to undertake certain types of transactions.

 

Various covenants in our debt instruments and other financing arrangements may restrict our and our subsidiaries’ financial flexibility in a number of ways. Our indebtedness subjects us to significant financial and other restrictive covenants, including restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, place liens upon assets, pay dividends or make certain other restricted payments and investments, consummate certain asset sales or asset swaps, conduct businesses other than our current businesses, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets. Some of these debt instruments also require our subsidiaries to satisfy or maintain certain financial condition tests in certain circumstances. Our subsidiaries’ ability to meet these financial condition tests can be affected by events beyond our control and they may not meet such tests.

 

We are a holding company that depends upon cash from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations or to pay dividends in the future.

 

We are a holding company and all of our operations are conducted through subsidiaries of PBF Holding. We have no independent means of generating revenue and no material assets other than our ownership interest in

 

29


Table of Contents

PBF LLC. Therefore, we depend on the earnings and cash flow of our subsidiaries to meet our obligations, including our indebtedness, tax liabilities and obligations to make payments under the tax receivable agreement. If we or PBF LLC do not receive such cash distributions, dividends or other payments from our subsidiaries, we and PBF LLC may be unable to meet our obligations or pay dividends.

 

We intend to cause PBF LLC to make distributions to its members in an amount sufficient to enable us to cover all applicable taxes at assumed tax rates, make payments owed by us under the tax receivable agreement, and to pay other obligations and dividends, if any, declared by us. To the extent we need funds and PBF LLC or any of its subsidiaries is restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of our financing arrangements, or is otherwise unable to provide such funds, such restrictions could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.

 

Our ABL Revolving Credit Facility, senior secured notes and certain of our other outstanding debt arrangements include a restricted payment covenant, which restricts the ability of PBF Holding to make distributions to us, and we anticipate our future debt will contain a similar restriction. In addition, there may be restrictions on payments by our subsidiaries under applicable laws, including laws that require companies to maintain minimum amounts of capital and to make payments to stockholders only from profits. For example, PBF Holding is generally prohibited under Delaware law from making a distribution to a member to the extent that, at the time of the distribution, after giving effect to the distribution, liabilities of the limited liability company (with certain exceptions) exceed the fair value of its assets. As a result, we may be unable to obtain that cash to satisfy our obligations and make payments to our stockholders, if any.

 

We may have capital needs for which our internally generated cash flows and other sources of liquidity may not be adequate.

 

If we cannot generate sufficient cash flows or otherwise secure sufficient liquidity to support our short-term and long-term capital requirements, we may not be able to meet our payment obligations in connection with the acquisitions of our refineries (including any earn-outs), or our future debt obligations, comply with certain deadlines related to environmental regulations and standards, or pursue our business strategies, in which case our operations may not perform as we currently expect. We have substantial short-term capital needs and may have substantial long term capital needs. Our short-term working capital needs are primarily related to financing certain of our refined products inventory not covered by our various clean products offtake agreements. Our long-term needs for cash include those to support ongoing capital expenditures for equipment maintenance and upgrades during turnarounds at our refineries and to complete our routine and normally scheduled maintenance, regulatory and security expenditures. In addition, from time to time, we are required to spend significant amounts for repairs when one or more processing units experiences temporary shutdowns. We continue to utilize significant capital to upgrade equipment, improve facilities, and reduce operational, safety and environmental risks. In connection with the Paulsboro acquisition, we assumed certain significant environmental obligations, and may similarly do so in future acquisitions. We will likely incur substantial compliance costs in connection with new or changing environmental, health and safety regulations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Pro Forma Contractual Obligations and Commitments.” Our liquidity will affect our ability to satisfy any of these needs or obligations.

 

Risks Relating to This Offering and Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock

 

You will experience an immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the Class A common stock you purchase in this offering.

 

The initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock immediately after this offering. As a result, you may pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our assets after subtracting our liabilities. Investors who purchase Class A common stock in this offering will be diluted by $         per share after giving effect to the sale of shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering

 

30


Table of Contents

price of $         per share, the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If we grant options in the future to our employees, and those options are exercised or other issuances of Class A common stock are made, there will be further dilution. See “Dilution.”

 

A significant portion of the proceeds from this offering will be used to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units from our existing owners.

 

We intend to use a significant portion of the proceeds from this offering to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units (which will be reclassified as PBF LLC Series C Units immediately prior to such acquisition) from our existing owners as described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions.” Accordingly, we will not retain any of these proceeds. See “Use of Proceeds” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

There is no existing market for our Class A common stock, and we do not know if one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity.

 

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our Class A common stock. We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the NYSE. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of a trading market on the NYSE or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our Class A common stock that you buy. The initial public offering price for the shares was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters based on numerous factors that we discuss in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering.

 

Consequently, you may not be able to sell our Class A common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid in this offering.

 

The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock may not be indicative of the market price of our Class A common stock after this offering and our stock price may be highly volatile.

 

The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock is based on numerous factors and may not be indicative of the market price of our Class A common stock after this offering. The market price may be affected by such factors as:

 

   

variations in actual or anticipated operating results;

 

   

changes in, or failure to meet, earnings estimates of securities analysts;

 

   

market conditions in the oil refining industry;

 

   

regulatory actions;

 

   

general economic and stock market conditions; and

 

   

the availability for sale, or sales, of a significant number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market.

 

These and other factors may cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline below the initial public offering price, which in turn would adversely affect the value of your investment.

 

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, stockholders have often instituted class action securities litigation against those companies. Such litigation, if instituted, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could significantly harm our profitability and reputation.

 

31


Table of Contents

Future sales of our shares could depress the market price of our Class A common stock.

 

The market price of our Class A common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of Class A common stock in the market after the offering or the perception that such sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

 

The shares of Class A common stock we are offering will be freely tradable without restriction in the United States, unless purchased by one of our affiliates. In connection with this offering, we, our executive officers and directors and Blackstone and First Reserve have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, dispose of or hedge any of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. See “Underwriting.” After the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period, we are required to register the issuance and resale of the shares of Class A common stock that may be issued to the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units and PBF LLC Series B Units pursuant to the exchange agreement. These shares also may be sold under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, depending on the holding period and subject to restrictions in the case of shares held by persons deemed to be our affiliates. As restrictions on resale end or if we register additional shares, the market price of our stock could decline if the holders of restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.

 

We do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future, which may depress the price of our Class A common stock.

 

We intend to reinvest any earnings in the growth of our business. Payments of future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our business, operating results and financial condition, current and anticipated cash needs, plans for expansion and any legal or contractual limitations on our ability to pay dividends. Our ability to pay dividends is limited by restrictions contained in our ABL Revolving Credit Facility and senior secured notes. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our Class A common stock unless you sell our Class A common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they downgrade their recommendations regarding our Class A common stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our Class A common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If any of the analysts who cover us downgrade our Class A common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our Class A common stock price would likely decline. If analysts cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our Class A common stock price or trading volume to decline and our Class A common stock to be less liquid.

 

As a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

 

Upon completion of this offering, investment funds affiliated with Blackstone and First Reserve will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of all classes of our voting stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including (1) the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors, (2) the

 

32


Table of Contents

requirement that we have a corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, (3) the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities and (4) the requirement that there be an annual performance evaluation of the corporate governance and compensation committees. If available, we intend to utilize some or all of these exemptions. As a result, we will not be required to have a majority of independent directors nor will our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees be required to consist entirely of independent directors. We will rely on the phase-in rules of the SEC and NYSE with respect to the independence of our audit committee. These rules permit us to have an audit committee that has one member that is independent upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, a majority of members that are independent within 90 days thereafter and all members that are independent within one year thereafter. Accordingly, you would not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

 

Our internal controls over financial reporting currently do not meet all of the standards contemplated by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business and share price.

 

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to reporting and other obligations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Beginning with the year ending December 31, 2013, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we will be required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting, and our auditors will be required to deliver an attestation report on the operating effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The report by our management must contain, among other things, an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and audited consolidated financial statements as of the end of our fiscal year. This assessment must include disclosure of any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting identified by management.

 

As an organization that recently exited the development stage and has grown rapidly through the acquisition of significant operations, we are currently in the process of developing our internal controls over financial reporting and establishing formal policies, processes and practices related to financial reporting and to the identification of key financial reporting risks, assessment of their potential impact and linkage of those risks to specific areas and activities within our organization. Our internal controls over financial reporting currently do not meet all of the standards contemplated by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act that we will eventually be required to meet.

 

In connection with the preparation of our financial statements during 2011, we identified a material weakness relating to controls over critical business and accounting functions performed by third party service providers and significant deficiencies regarding spreadsheet controls and the timely completion and review of account reconciliations and other analyses as part of our financial closing process. Management has taken the following steps to remediate these issues:

 

   

In August 2011, we retained a nationally recognized certified public accounting firm to assist us with assessing, designing and documenting our internal control procedures to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

   

We have hired additional resources (and expect to continue to hire additional resources) to assist with completing the financial statement closing process on a more timely basis;

 

   

We are in the process of documenting our financial statement closing process, including establishing more comprehensive account reconciliation and review procedures and spreadsheet controls;

 

   

We are in the process of implementing additional oversight controls over the significant business and accounting processes performed by third parties; and

 

33


Table of Contents
   

We are in the process of developing and implementing information technology systems, accounting processes and procedures, and hiring commercial, accounting and information technology personnel in order to bring in-house the business and accounting processes currently performed by third parties.

 

We may not be able to successfully remediate these matters on or before December 31, 2013, the date by which we must comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and we may have additional deficiencies or material weaknesses in the future. We have not yet determined the costs directly associated with these remediation activities, but they could be substantial.

 

If we are not able to complete our initial assessment of our internal controls and otherwise implement the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, management may not be able to certify as to the adequacy of our internal controls over financial reporting. Matters impacting our internal controls may cause us to be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis and thereby subject us to adverse regulatory consequences, including sanctions by the SEC or violations of applicable stock exchange listing rules, and result in a breach of the covenants under our debt agreements. There also could be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and the reliability of our financial statements. Confidence in the reliability of our financial statements also could suffer if our independent registered public accounting firm were to report a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting in the future. This could materially adversely affect us and lead to a decline in our Class A common stock price.

 

We are controlled by our existing owners, whose interests may differ from those of our public stockholders.

 

We are controlled, and after this offering will continue to be controlled, by funds associated with Blackstone and First Reserve. After the completion of this offering, each of Blackstone and First Reserve will continue to beneficially own in the aggregate approximately     % of the combined voting power of our common stock (or         % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). As a result, Blackstone and First Reserve will have the ability to elect all of our directors and thereby control our policies and operations, including the appointment of management, future issuances of our Class A common stock or other securities, the payment of dividends, if any, on our Class A common stock, the incurrence of debt by us, amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the entering into of extraordinary transactions, and their interests may not in all cases be aligned with your interests.

 

Our existing owners, including Blackstone and First Reserve, hold all of the outstanding PBF LLC Series A Units. Because our existing owners hold their economic interest in our business through PBF LLC, rather than through the public company, they may have conflicting interests with holders of shares of our Class A common stock. For example, our existing owners may have different tax positions from us which could influence their decisions regarding whether and when to dispose of assets, whether and when to incur new or refinance existing indebtedness, especially in light of the existence of the tax receivable agreement that we will enter into in connection with this offering, and whether and when we should undergo certain changes of control within the meaning of the tax receivable agreement or terminate the tax receivable agreement, which would accelerate our obligations thereunder. In addition, the structuring of future transactions may take into consideration these tax or other considerations even where no similar benefit would accrue to us. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

In addition, Blackstone and First Reserve may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you. For example, they could cause us to make acquisitions that increase our indebtedness or to sell revenue-generating assets. So long as they continue to beneficially own a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock, they will have the ability to control the vote in any election of directors. See “Management,” “Principal Stockholders” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.” This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their Class A common stock as

 

34


Table of Contents

part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our Class A common stock. Lastly, Blackstone and First Reserve are in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. They may also pursue acquisition opportunities that are complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.

 

We will be required to pay the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units and PBF LLC Series B Units for certain tax benefits we may claim arising in connection with this offering and future exchanges of PBF LLC Series A Units for shares of our Class A Common Stock and related transactions, and the amounts we may pay could be significant.

 

As described in “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions,” we intend to use a significant portion of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units from our existing owners, with the balance used to purchase newly issued PBF LLC Series C Units from PBF LLC. We will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units and PBF LLC Series B Units that will provide for the payment from time to time by PBF Energy to such persons of 85% of the benefits, if any, that PBF Energy is deemed to realize as a result of (i) the increases in tax basis resulting from its acquisitions of PBF LLC Series A Units as part of the Offering Transactions or in the future and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

We expect that the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. Assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law, and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize all tax benefits that are subject to the tax receivable agreement, we expect future payments under the tax receivable agreement relating to the purchase by PBF Energy of PBF LLC Series A Units as part of the Offering Transactions to aggregate $         (or $         if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares) and to range over the next 15 years from approximately $         million to $         million per year (or approximately $         million to $         million per year if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares) and decline thereafter. Future payments by us in respect of subsequent exchanges of PBF LLC Series A Units would be in addition to these amounts and are expected to be substantial as well. The foregoing numbers are merely estimates—the actual payments could differ materially. It is possible that future transactions or events could increase or decrease the actual tax benefits realized and the corresponding tax receivable agreement payments. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement, and/or distributions to PBF Energy by PBF LLC are not sufficient to permit PBF Energy to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after it has paid its taxes and other obligations. The payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon any recipient’s continued ownership of us.

 

In certain cases, payments by us under the tax receivable agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.

 

The tax receivable agreement will provide that upon certain changes of control, or if, at any time, PBF Energy elects an early termination of the tax receivable agreement, PBF Energy’s (or its successor’s) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired PBF LLC Series A Units (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such transaction) would be based on certain assumptions, including that PBF Energy would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement. As a result, (i) we could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that are greater than the specified percentage of the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and (ii) if we elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early or if we undergo certain changes of control, we would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits, which upfront payment may

 

35


Table of Contents

be made years in advance of the actual realization, if any, of such future benefits. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity. We may not be able to finance our obligations under the tax receivable agreement and our existing indebtedness may limit our subsidiaries’ ability to make distributions to us to pay these obligations.

 

Payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine in accordance with the tax receivable agreement. We will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreement in excess of the benefits that we actually realize in respect of (a) the increases in tax basis resulting from our purchases or exchanges of PBF LLC Series A Units and (b) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement.

 

Anti-takeover and certain other provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law may discourage or delay a change in control.

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions which could make it more difficult for stockholders to effect certain corporate actions. Among other things, these provisions:

 

   

authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval;

 

   

prohibit stockholder action by written consent after the date on which Blackstone and First Reserve collectively cease to beneficially own at least a majority of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote;

 

   

restrict certain business combinations with stockholders who obtain beneficial ownership of a certain percentage of our outstanding common stock after the date Blackstone and First Reserve and their affiliates collectively cease to beneficially own at least 25% of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote;

 

   

provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the board of directors, and establish advance notice procedures for the nomination of candidates for election as directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings;

 

   

provide that on and after the date Blackstone and First Reserve and their affiliates collectively cease to beneficially own a majority of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote, (a) directors may be removed only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least 75% of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote, and (b) certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation may only be amended upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least 75% of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote; and

 

   

provide that our stockholders may only amend our bylaws with the approval of 75% or more of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote.

 

These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions of Delaware law may have the effect of delaying or deterring a change of control of our company. Certain provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. These provisions could limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our Class A common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

36


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements” that involve risks and uncertainties. You can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “should,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” or “anticipates” or similar expressions that relate to our strategy, plans or intentions. All statements we make relating to our estimated and projected earnings, margins, costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates and financial results or to our expectations regarding future industry trends are forward-looking statements. In addition, we, through our senior management, from time to time make forward-looking public statements concerning our expected future operations and performance and other developments. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may change at any time, and, therefore, our actual results may differ materially from those that we expected. We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and, of course, it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results.

 

Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations, which we refer to as “cautionary statements,” are disclosed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, including, without limitation, in conjunction with the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus. All forward-looking information in this prospectus and subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us, or persons acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements. Some of the factors that we believe could affect our results include:

 

   

supply, demand, prices and other market conditions for our services;

 

   

the effects of competition in our markets;

 

   

changes in currency exchange rates, interest rates and capital costs;

 

   

adverse developments in our relationship with both our key employees and unionized employees;

 

   

our ability to operate our businesses efficiently, manage capital expenditures and costs (including general and administrative expenses) tightly and generate earnings and cash flow;

 

   

our substantial indebtedness described in this prospectus;

 

   

restrictive covenants in our indebtedness that may adversely affect our operational flexibility;

 

   

our expectations with respect to our acquisition activity;

 

   

our ability to retain key employees; and

 

   

the costs of being a public company, including Sarbanes-Oxley Act compliance.

 

We caution you that the foregoing list of important factors may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. In addition, in light of these risks and uncertainties, the matters referred to in the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus may not in fact occur. Accordingly, investors should not place undue reliance on those statements.

 

Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus or as of the date as of which they are made. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States, we do not intend to update or revise any forward-looking statements.

 

37


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

 

This prospectus includes industry data and forecasts that we obtained from industry publications and surveys, public filings and internal company sources. Statements as to our ranking, market position and market estimates are based on independent industry publications, government publications, third party forecasts and management’s good faith estimates and assumptions about our markets and our internal research. Although industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, we have not independently verified such third party information. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding our market, industry or similar data presented herein, such data involves risks and uncertainties and is subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the headings “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

 

This prospectus contains certain information regarding refinery complexity as measured by the Nelson Complexity Index, which is calculated on an annual basis by data from the Oil and Gas Journal. Certain data presented in this prospectus is from the Oil and Gas Journal Report dated December 6, 2010.

 

38


Table of Contents

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

 

The diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately following this offering:

 

LOGO

 

39


Table of Contents

Reorganization Transactions at PBF LLC

 

PBF LLC is a holding company for the companies that directly or indirectly own and operate our business. Prior to this offering, there were 92,257,812 PBF LLC Series A Units issued and outstanding, of which 44,861,169.5 units were owned by each of Blackstone and First Reserve and 2,535,473 units were owned by our remaining existing owners, including Mr. O’Malley. In addition, there are 1,000,000 PBF LLC Series B Units issued and outstanding, all of which are held by certain of our officers. The PBF LLC Series B Units are profits interests which entitle the holders to participate in the profits of PBF LLC after the date of issuance. Certain of our existing owners and other employees hold options and warrants to purchase an additional 4,576,297 PBF LLC Series A Units at an exercise price of $10.00 per unit,                      of which will be vested and exercisable as of the date of the closing of this offering.

 

Immediately prior to this offering, PBF LLC’s limited liability company agreement will be amended and restated to, among other things, designate PBF Energy as the sole managing member of PBF LLC and establish the PBF LLC Series C Units which will be held by PBF Energy. Following this offering, PBF Energy will have the right to determine the timing and amount of any distributions (other than tax distributions) to be made to holders of PBF LLC Series A Units and PBF LLC Series C Units. Profits and losses of PBF LLC will be allocated, and all distributions generally will be made, pro rata to the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units (subject to the rights of the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units) and PBF LLC Series C Units. The PBF LLC Series A Units and the PBF LLC Series C Units are generally identical in all respects, except that the PBF LLC Series B Units share in the allocations of income and distributions that would otherwise be made to the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units (our existing owners), and therefore do not dilute the interests of the holder of PBF LLC Series C Units (PBF Energy) or the direct holders of our Class A common stock. In addition, the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC provides that any PBF LLC Series A Units acquired by PBF Energy from our existing owners, whether at the time of this initial public offering or thereafter in accordance with the exchange agreement, will automatically, and without any further action, be reclassified as PBF LLC Series C Units immediately prior to such acquisition.

 

We refer to the foregoing transactions, collectively, as the “Reorganization Transactions.”

 

Incorporation of PBF Energy

 

PBF Energy was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on November 7, 2011. PBF Energy has not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation. The certificate of incorporation of PBF Energy at the time of the offering will authorize two classes of common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each having the terms described in “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

Prior to completion of this offering,             shares of Class B common stock of PBF Energy will be issued to our existing owners, providing them with no economic rights but entitling them, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such holder, to one vote on matters presented to stockholders of PBF Energy for each PBF LLC Series A Unit held by such holder, as described in “Description of Capital Stock—Class B Common Stock.” Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

We also will enter into an exchange agreement with each of the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units and PBF LLC Series B Units. Pursuant to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC and the exchange agreement, each of our existing owners (and certain of their permitted assignees and other holders who acquire PBF LLC Series A Units upon the exercise of certain warrants and options) will have the right to exchange their PBF LLC Series A Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to equitable adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, and further subject to the rights of the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units to receive a portion of the shares of Class A common stock that would otherwise be received by our existing owners upon such exchange. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Exchange Agreement.”

 

40


Table of Contents

Offering Transactions

 

At the time of this offering, PBF Energy intends to use the net proceeds from this offering to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units (which will be reclassified as PBF LLC Series C Units immediately prior to such acquisition) from our existing owners and newly-issued PBF LLC Series C Units from PBF LLC, at a purchase price per unit equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering. PBF Energy will purchase                      PBF LLC Series A Units from our existing owners for an aggregate of $           million, and will use the remaining proceeds of this offering to purchase              newly-issued PBF LLC Series C Units from PBF LLC in an amount equal to $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). PBF LLC will bear or reimburse PBF Energy for all of the expenses of this offering, including underwriting discounts. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Principal Stockholders” for further information regarding the proceeds from this offering that will be paid to Blackstone and First Reserve and certain of our directors, executive officers and other employees.

 

Following this offering, our existing owners may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their remaining PBF LLC Series A Units for shares of Class A common stock of PBF Energy on a one-for-one basis, subject to equitable adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, and further subject to the rights of the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units to receive a portion of the shares of Class A common stock that would otherwise be received by our existing owners upon such exchange. The purchase of PBF LLC Series A Units by PBF Energy from the existing owners at the closing of this offering and subsequent exchanges are expected to result, with respect to PBF Energy, in increases in the tax basis of the assets of PBF LLC that otherwise would not have been available. These increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of tax that PBF Energy would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those assets.

 

We will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units and PBF LLC Series B Units (and certain permitted assignees thereof and other holders who acquire PBF LLC Series A Units upon the exercise of certain warrants and options) that will provide for the payment from time to time by PBF Energy to such persons of 85% of the amount of the benefits, if any, that PBF Energy is deemed to realize as a result of (i) these increases in tax basis and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. These payment obligations are obligations of PBF Energy and not of PBF LLC. We estimate that the incremental tax basis of the assets of PBF LLC that will be attributable to PBF Energy at the time of this offering will be approximately $         million. The tax receivable agreement also will provide that upon certain changes of control or if, at any time, PBF Energy elects an early termination of the tax receivable agreement, payments due under the tax receivable agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock—In certain cases, payments by us under the tax receivable agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

In connection with its acquisition of PBF LLC Series C Units, PBF Energy will become the sole managing member of PBF LLC at the closing of this offering. Accordingly, although PBF Energy will initially have a minority economic interest in PBF LLC, PBF Energy will have 100% of the voting power and control the management of PBF LLC.

 

We refer to the foregoing transactions as the “Offering Transactions.”

 

As a result of the transactions described above:

 

   

the investors in this offering will collectively own              shares of our Class A common stock (or              shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) and PBF Energy will hold          PBF LLC Series C Units

 

41


Table of Contents
 

(or          PBF LLC Series C Units if the underwriters exercise in full their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), representing     % of the total economic interest of PBF LLC;

 

   

our existing owners will hold          PBF LLC Series A Units, representing     % of the total economic interest of PBF LLC (or     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), subject to potential dilution by the profits interest of the PBF LLC Series B Units;

 

   

the investors in this offering will collectively have     % of the voting power in PBF Energy (or     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock); and

 

   

our existing owners, through their holdings of our Class B common stock, will have     % of the voting power in PBF Energy (or     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).

 

Our post-offering organizational structure will allow our existing owners to retain their equity ownership in PBF LLC, an entity that is classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes, in the form of PBF LLC Series A Units. Investors in this offering will, by contrast, hold their equity ownership in PBF Energy, a Delaware corporation that is a domestic corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, in the form of shares of Class A common stock. We believe that our existing owners generally find it advantageous to hold their equity interests in an entity that is not taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes. We do not believe that our organizational structure gives rise to any significant benefit or detriment to our business or operations.

 

As noted above, we will enter into an exchange agreement with the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units and PBF LLC Series B Units that, in conjunction with the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC, will entitle an existing owner to exchange its PBF LLC Series A Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to equitable adjustments, and further subject to the rights of the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units to receive a portion of the shares of Class A common stock that would otherwise be received by our existing owners upon such exchange. The exchange agreement provides, however, exchanges may not be made more frequently than once per calendar quarter and any exchanges must be for a minimum of the lesser of 1,000 PBF LLC Series A Units or all of the PBF LLC Series A Units held by such holder. The exchange agreement will also provide that holders will not have the right to exchange PBF LLC Series A Units if PBF Energy determines that such exchange would be prohibited by law or regulation or would violate other agreements to which PBF Energy may be subject. PBF Energy may impose additional restrictions on exchange that it determines to be necessary or advisable so that PBF LLC is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

Our existing owners also hold shares of Class B common stock of PBF Energy. Although the shares of Class B common stock have no economic rights, they allow our existing owners to exercise voting power at PBF Energy, the managing member of PBF LLC, at a level that is consistent with their overall equity ownership of the business of PBF LLC and its subsidiaries. Under the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of PBF Energy, following the offering, each holder of Class B common stock will be entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such holder, to one vote for each PBF LLC Series A Unit held by such holder. Accordingly, as our existing owners sell PBF LLC Series A Units to us as part of the Offering Transactions or subsequently exchange PBF LLC Series A Units for shares of Class A common stock of PBF Energy pursuant to the exchange agreement, the voting power afforded to our existing owners by their shares of Class B common stock is automatically and correspondingly reduced.

 

Holding Company Structure

 

PBF Energy will be a holding company, and its sole material asset will be an equity interest in PBF LLC. As the sole managing member of PBF LLC, PBF Energy will control all of the business and affairs of PBF Holding and its subsidiaries.

 

42


Table of Contents

PBF Energy will consolidate the financial results of PBF LLC and its subsidiaries, and the ownership interest of our existing owners in PBF LLC will be reflected as a noncontrolling interest in PBF Energy’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC, PBF Energy has the right to determine when distributions (other than tax distributions) will be made to the members of PBF LLC and the amount of any such distributions. If PBF Energy authorizes a distribution, such distribution will be made to the members of PBF LLC pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited liability company interests.

 

The holders of limited liability company interests in PBF LLC, including PBF Energy, will generally have to include for purposes of calculating their U.S. federal, state and local income taxes their share of any taxable income of PBF LLC. Taxable income of PBF LLC generally will be allocated to the holders of units (including PBF Energy) pro rata in accordance with their respective share of the net profits and net losses of PBF LLC. The amended and restated limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC will provide for mandatory cash distributions, which we refer to as “tax distributions,” to the members of PBF LLC, including PBF Energy, based on certain assumptions. Generally, these tax distributions will be an amount equal to our estimate of the taxable income of PBF LLC multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual or corporate resident in New York, New York (taking into account the nondeductibility of certain expenses).

 

See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—PBF LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement.”

 

43


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

The proceeds to PBF Energy from this offering, before deducting underwriting discounts, will be approximately $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).

 

PBF Energy intends to use $         million of the proceeds from this offering to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units (which will be reclassified as PBF LLC Series C Units immediately prior to such acquisition) from our existing owners, including Blackstone and First Reserve and certain of our directors, executive officers and other employees, as described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions.” Accordingly, we will not retain any of these proceeds. See “Principal Stockholders” for further information regarding the proceeds from this offering.

 

PBF Energy intends to use all of the remaining proceeds from this offering, or $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), to purchase newly-issued PBF LLC Series C Units from PBF LLC, as described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions.” We intend to cause PBF LLC to use these proceeds to pay the expenses of this offering, including aggregate underwriting discounts of $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) and other offering expenses estimated at $         million. Any remaining proceeds, including proceeds from the exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock, will be used by PBF LLC for general corporate purposes, including to potentially repay outstanding indebtedness under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility.

 

The ABL Revolving Credit Facility is scheduled to expire on May 31, 2016. As of December 31, 2011, the annual interest rate was 4.3%, payable quarterly.

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price $         per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to PBF Energy from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by PBF Energy, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by PBF Energy.

 

Pending specific application of these proceeds, the proceeds will be invested primarily in cash.

 

44


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. Our future decisions concerning the payment of dividends on our Class A common stock will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other things, general and economic conditions, our financial condition and operating results, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, statutory and contractual restrictions, including under our outstanding debt documents, and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

PBF Energy is a holding company and has no material assets other than its ownership interests of PBF LLC. In order for us to pay any dividends, we will need to cause PBF LLC to make distributions to us and the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units, and PBF LLC will need to cause PBF Holding to make distributions to it.

 

The ability of PBF Holding to pay dividends and make distributions is and in the future may be limited by covenants in its ABL Revolving Credit Facility, the senior secured notes and other debt instruments.

 

PBF LLC has not made any distributions since its formation. However, prior to the completion of this offering, PBF LLC anticipates making tax-related distributions to our existing owners of $             million.

 

45


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and total capitalization as of December 31, 2011:

 

   

on a historical basis for PBF LLC;

 

   

on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the senior secured notes offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as further adjusted basis for PBF Energy, giving effect to the transactions described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements,” including the application of the proceeds from this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

 

This information should be read in conjunction with sections entitled “Organizational Structure,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements,” and the historical consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included in this prospectus.

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Actual     As Adjusted     Pro Forma
As  Further
Adjusted
 
    

(in thousands, except share and

per share data)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 50,166      $  50,166      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt:

      

Long-term debt (including current portion)

   $ 804,865      $ 824,260 (a)   

PBF LLC Series B Units

   $ 3,303      $ 3,303     

Equity:

      

Series A Units

     923,841        923,841     

Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share,                  shares to be authorized,                  shares to be issued and outstanding, actual;                  shares to be authorized,                  shares to be issued and outstanding, on a pro forma basis

                

Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share,                  shares to be authorized,                  shares to be issued and outstanding, actual;                  shares to be authorized,                  shares to be issued and outstanding, on a pro forma basis

                

Additional paid-in capital

                

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     (2,376     (2,376  

Retained earnings

     186,150        181,631     

Noncontrolling interest

                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     1,107,615        1,103,096     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 1,915,783      $ 1,930,659      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a)   Actual and as adjusted long-term debt includes our Delaware Economic Development Authority Loan of $20.0 million and unamortized original issue discount of $9.7 million related to the senior secured notes.

 

46


Table of Contents

DILUTION

 

Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by purchasers of shares of Class A common stock in this offering will exceed the net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. Net tangible book value per share as of a particular date represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities divided by the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding as of such date. The net tangible book value of our Class A common stock as of December 31, 2011 was $        , or approximately $         per share. On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the transactions described under “Organizational Structure,” including the sale of shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         (the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), assuming that our existing owners exchanged all of their PBF LLC Series A Units for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2011 would have been $        , or approximately $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors.

 

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share of Class A common stock basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Net tangible book value as of December 31, 2011

   $                   

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors

      $                
     

 

 

 

 

Because our existing owners do not own any Class A common stock or other economic interest in us, we have presented dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock to investors in this offering assuming that our existing owners exchanged their PBF LLC Series A Units for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis in order to more meaningfully present the dilutive impact on the investors in this offering.

 

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to the offering would be $         per share. This represents an increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to new investors.

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering and the dilution to new investors by $        , assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

47


Table of Contents

The following table presents, on a pro forma basis, as of December 31, 2011, the differences among the number of shares of Class A common stock purchased, the total consideration paid or exchanged and the average price per share paid by our existing owners and by new investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, assuming that our existing owners exchanged all of their PBF LLC Series A Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The table assumes an initial public offering price of $         per share, as specified above, and excludes underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by PBF Energy:

 

     Shares Purchased    Total Consideration    Average
Price
Per
Share
     Number    Percent    Amount    Percent   

Existing owners

              

New investors

              
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Total

              
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

48


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements are presented to show how we might have looked if the Toledo acquisition, the senior secured notes offering, the Offering Transactions described under “Organizational Structure,” and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds” had occurred on the dates and for the periods indicated below. We derived the following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements by applying pro forma adjustments to the historical consolidated financial statements of PBF LLC and the statements of revenues and direct expenses of Toledo, each included elsewhere in this prospectus. PBF LLC will be considered our predecessor for accounting purposes, and its consolidated financial statements will be our historical consolidated financial statements following this offering.

 

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 have been derived by starting with PBF LLC’s financial data and giving pro forma effect to the consummation of the Toledo acquisition, the senior secured notes offering, the Offering Transactions, and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as if they had occurred on January 1, 2011. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 gives effect to the senior secured notes offering, the Offering Transactions and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as if they had occurred on December 31, 2011. As a result of the Toledo acquisition, our historical financial results include the results of operations for Toledo from March 1, 2011 forward.

 

Sunoco did not manage Toledo as a stand-alone business as either a subsidiary or division, and therefore complete historical financial statements are not available. The statements of revenue and expenses reflect items specifically identified to the refinery and therefore exclude certain other items such as interest income, interest expenses and income taxes not directly related to the refinery. They also reflect certain allocations Sunoco made for shared resources utilized prior to the acquisition which were considered reasonable.

 

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is presented for informational purposes only. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information does not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial condition would have been had the transactions to which the pro forma adjustments relate actually occurred on the dates indicated, and they do not purport to project our results of operations or financial condition for any future period or as of any future date. Further, the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements do not reflect the impact of restructuring activities, cost savings, non-recurring charges, employee termination costs and other exit costs that may result from or in connection with the Toledo acquisition. For example, the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data does not give effect to the anticipated termination of employees deemed redundant or the reconfiguration of facilities.

 

The pro forma adjustments principally give effect to:

 

   

the acquisition of Toledo;

 

   

the use of proceeds from the senior secured notes offering to repay or reduce certain of our existing indebtedness;

 

   

the consummation of the Offering Transactions described in “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions” and the related effects of the tax receivable agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement”; and

 

   

a provision for corporate income taxes on the income of PBF Energy at an effective rate of     %, which includes a provision for U.S. federal income taxes and assumes the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state, local and/or foreign jurisdiction.

 

The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet and statements of operations should be read in conjunction with the sections entitled “Organizational Structure,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Selected Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations—PBF LLC,” our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto, and the historical financial information and related notes thereto of Toledo, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

49


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2011

 

    PBF Energy
Company  LLC

Actual
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    (a)   PBF Energy
Company  LLC
Pro Forma
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    (b)    PBF Energy
Inc.

Pro Forma
 
          (in thousands)                             

ASSETS

              

Current Assets

              

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 50,166             (c)   $ 50,166      $                      $     

Accounts receivable, net

    316,252                 316,252          

Inventories

    1,516,727                 1,516,727          

Other current assets

    63,359                 63,359          
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

    1,946,504                 1,946,504          

Property, plant and equipment, net

    1,513,947                 1,513,947          

Deferred tax asset

                           (d)   

Deferred charges and other assets, net

    160,658        13,481      (e)     174,139          
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $ 3,621,109      $ 13,481        $ 3,634,590      $           $                
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

              

Current Liabilities

              

Accounts payable

  $ 286,067      $        $ 286,067      $          

Accrued expenses

    1,180,812        (1,395   (f)     1,179,417          

Current portion of long-term debt

    4,014        (1,250   (g)     2,764          

Deferred revenue

    189,234                 189,234          
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

    1,660,127        (2,645       1,657,482          

Economic Development Authority Loan

    20,000                 20,000          

Long-term debt

    780,851        20,645      (h)     801,496          

Payable to related parties pursuant to tax receivable agreement

                           (d)   

Other long-term liabilities

    49,213                 49,213          
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

    2,510,191        18,000          2,528,191          

Commitments and Contingencies

              

Series B Units

    3,303                 3,303          

Members’/Stockholders’ Equity

              

Series A Units

    923,841                 923,841        (i)   

Class A common stock

                           (i)   

Class B common stock

                           (i)   

Additional paid-in capital

                           (i)   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (2,376              (2,376       

Retained earnings

    186,150        (4,519   (j)     181,631          
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Members’ equity/stockholders’ equity attributable to PBF Energy Inc.

    1,107,615        (4,519       1,103,096          

Noncontrolling interest

                           (k)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total Liabilities, Series B Units, and Equity

  $ 3,621,109      $ 13,481        $ 3,634,590      $           $                
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

50


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

 

(a)   These pro forma adjustments give effect to the senior secured notes offering.

 

(b)   These pro forma adjustments give effect to the Offering Transactions.

 

(c)   Represents the adjustment to cash and cash equivalents for sources and uses of funds from the senior secured notes offering as summarized below:

 

     (In thousands)  

Sources of funds:

  

Senior secured notes

   $ 665,807   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 665,807   
  

 

 

 

Use of funds:

  

Repay Paulsboro Promissory Note

   $ 160,000   

Repay Toledo Promissory Note

     181,655   

Repay Term Loan Facility

     123,750   

Repay outstandings under ABL Revolving Credit Facility

     181,007   

Pay accrued interest expense associated with debt to be retired

     1,395   

Estimated fees and expenses

     18,000   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 665,807   
  

 

 

 

Adjustment to pro forma cash

       
  

 

 

 

 

(d)   Reflects adjustments to give effect to the tax receivable agreement (as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement”) based on the following assumptions:

 

   

we will record an increase of $         million in deferred tax assets for estimated income tax effects of the increase in the tax basis of the purchased interests, based on an effective income tax rate of     % (which includes a provision for U.S. federal, state, and local income taxes);

 

   

we will record $         million, representing     % of the estimated realizable tax benefit resulting from (i) the increase in the tax basis of the purchased interests as noted above and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement as an increase to the liability under the tax receivable agreement;

 

   

we will record an increase of $             million to additional paid-in-capital, which is an amount equal to the difference between the increase in deferred tax assets and the increase in the liability due to existing owners under the tax receivable agreement; and

 

   

there are no material changes in the relevant tax law and that we earn sufficient taxable income in each year to realize the full tax benefit of the amortization of our assets.

 

(e)   Represents the elimination of historical deferred financing costs of approximately $4.5 million related to our outstanding debt that has been repaid with a portion of the proceeds of the senior secured notes offering, and the recording of estimated deferred financing costs of approximately $18.0 million in relation to the notes offered in connection with the senior secured notes offering.

 

(f)   Represents the payment of $1.4 million of accrued interest related to the refinanced debt that was retired with the proceeds from the senior secured notes offering as detailed in Note (c) above.

 

(g)   Represents the retirement of the $1.3 million of our outstanding debt that we have repaid with a portion of the proceeds of the senior secured notes offering (included in current portion of long-term debt).

 

(h)  

Represents the net increase in long term debt from the issuance of the notes offered in connection with the senior secured notes offering. The pro forma balance of $801.5 million, together with the current portion of

 

51


Table of Contents
  $2.8 million, consists of the indebtedness incurred in connection with the senior secured notes offering of $665.8 million, net of $9.7 million of original issue discount, our catalyst lease obligations of $30.3 million, construction financing of $19.2 million and remaining borrowings under our ABL Revolving Credit Facility of $89.0 million ($270.0 million outstanding at December 31, 2011 less $181.0 million as shown in Note (c)).

 

(i)   Represents an adjustment to stockholders’ equity reflecting (i) par value for Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding following this offering, (ii) an increase of $         million of additional paid-in capital as a result of net proceeds from this offering, (iii) a decrease of $         million to allocate a portion of PBF Energy’s equity to the noncontrolling interest, (iv) an increase of $         million due to the tax receivable agreement as described in footnote (b) above, and (v) the elimination of members’ equity of $923.8 million upon consolidation.

 

(j)   Represents the adjustment to equity for the elimination of $4.5 million of deferred financing costs related to the refinancing of the Term Loan Facility in connection with the senior secured notes offering.

 

(k)   As described in “Organizational Structure,” PBF Energy will become the sole managing member of PBF LLC. PBF Energy will initially own less than 100% of the economic interest in PBF LLC, but will have 100% of the voting power and control the management of PBF LLC. As a result, we will consolidate the financial results of PBF LLC and will record a noncontrolling interest. Immediately following this offering, the noncontrolling interest, based on the assumptions to the pro forma information, will be     %. Pro forma noncontrolling interest represents     % of the pro forma equity of PBF LLC of $        , which differs from the pro forma equity of PBF Energy as the former is not affected by the adjustments related to the tax receivable agreement described in footnote (b).

 

52


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

    PBF Energy
Company LLC

Actual
    Toledo
Period from
January 1,
2011
through
February 28,
2011(t)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments(l)
        PBF Energy
Company LLC
Pro Forma
    Pro Forma
Adjustments(m)
        PBF Energy
Inc.
 
    (in thousands)  

Revenues

  $ 14,960,338      $ 1,053,206      $ (52,015   (r)   $  15,961,529         

Cost and expenses

               

Cost of sales, excluding depreciation

    13,855,163        916,418        (52,015   (r)     14,719,566         

Operating expenses, excluding depreciation

    658,831        40,726                 699,557         

General and administrative expenses (q)

    86,183        3,674                 89,857         

Acquisition related expenses

    728               (556   (n)     172         

Depreciation and amortization expense

    53,743               4,209      (o)     57,952         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 
    14,654,648        960,818        (48,362       15,567,104         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    305,690        92,388        (3,653       394,425         

Other income (expense)

               

Change in fair value of catalyst lease obligation

    7,316                        7,316         

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

    (5,215                     (5,215)         

Interest expense, net

    (65,120            (30,542   (p)     (95,662)         

Other income

           59                 59         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 
    242,671        92,447        (34,195       300,923         

Income tax expense (benefit)

                                    (s)     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 242,671      $ 92,447      $ (34,195     $ 300,923         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

       

Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

                (u)     
           

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to PBF Energy Inc.

                $            
           

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted Average Shares of Class A common stock outstanding (v)

               

Basic

               

Diluted

               

Net income available to Class A common stock per share (v)

               

Basic

               

Diluted

               

Pro forma net income available to Class A common stock per share (v)

               

Basic

               

Diluted

               

 

53


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

 

(l)   These pro forma adjustments give effect to the acquisition of Toledo and the senior secured notes offering.

 

(m)   These pro forma adjustments give effect to the Offering Transactions.

 

(n)   To eliminate the acquisition related expenses that relate to the Toledo acquisition.

 

(o)   To reflect the change in depreciation and amortization arising from the Toledo acquisition as a result of the pro forma depreciation and amortization expense for the two months prior to our acquisition of Toledo on March 1, 2011.

 

(p)   Estimates the impact of the senior secured notes offering and the refinancing of existing senior debt described in “Use of Proceeds” as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2011
 

Estimated interest expense for the notes issued in connection with the senior secured notes offering (1)

   $ (57,393

Estimated amortization of deferred financing fees related to the notes issued in connection with the senior secured notes offering (2)

     (2,250

Eliminate historical interest expense and amortization of deferred financing fees for refinanced debt (3)

     29,101   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma adjustment

   $ (30,542
  

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Reflects pro forma cash interest expense related to the notes issued in connection with the senior secured notes offering.
  (2)   Amortization expense related to the estimated deferred financing fees capitalized in connection with the indebtedness to be incurred in connection with the senior secured notes offering, which are being amortized over 8 years.
  (3)   Reflects the elimination of historical interest expense and amortization of deferred financing fees, net of the unused commitment fee, arising from debt instruments paid off in connection with the notes issued in connection with the senior secured notes offering.

 

(q)   General and administrative expenses represent historical costs from PBF LLC and Toledo. Toledo’s historical financial information includes certain general and administrative costs incurred by Sunoco that were subsequently allocated to Toledo as direct and indirect costs attributable to the refinery. These costs are not necessarily indicative of what would have been incurred had the refinery been a standalone entity or operated as a subsidiary of PBF LLC nor are these costs necessarily indicative of what general and administration costs will be in the future. In addition, under various transition service agreements with Sunoco, we have incurred a total of $13.7 million of expense for the ten month period ended December 31, 2011.
(r)   To adjust consumer excise taxes reported gross within the historical Toledo statement of operations to net which conforms to PBF LLC accounting policy and statement of operations presentation.

 

(s)   Following the Offering Transactions, PBF Energy will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local and foreign taxes, with respect to its allocable share of any taxable income of PBF LLC. As a result, the pro forma consolidated statement of operations reflects an adjustment to our provision for corporate income taxes to reflect an effective rate of         %, which includes provision for U.S. federal income taxes and assumes the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state and local jurisdictions.

 

(t)  

Reflects the historical revenues and direct expenses of Toledo. The statements of revenue and expenses reflect items specifically identified to the refinery and therefore exclude certain other items such as interest

 

54


Table of Contents
  income, interest expenses and income taxes not directly related to the refinery. They also reflect certain allocations Sunoco made for shared resources utilized prior to the acquisition which were considered reasonable.

 

(u)   As described in “Organizational Structure,” PBF Energy will become the sole managing member of PBF LLC. PBF Energy will initially own less than 100% of the economic interest in PBF LLC, but will have 100% of the voting power and control the management of PBF LLC. Immediately following this offering, the noncontrolling interest will be     %. Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest represents     %, $         of income before income taxes of $        . These amounts have been determined based on an offering price of $         and the assumption that the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares is not exercised. If the assumed offering price increased by $1.00 to $         per share, the ownership percentage held by the noncontrolling interest would decrease to     %, or     % if the over-allotment is exercised. If the assumed offering price decreased by $1.00 to $         per share, the ownership percentage held by the noncontrolling interest would increase to     % or     % if the over-allotment is exercised. Net income available to Class A common stock per share would not be significantly different if the assumed offering price changed by $1.00.

 

(v)   The shares of Class B common stock do not share in our earnings and are therefore not included in the weighted average shares outstanding or net income (loss) available per share.

 

55


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data of PBF LLC

 

The following table presents the selected historical consolidated financial data of PBF LLC. PBF LLC will be considered our predecessor for accounting purposes, and its consolidated financial statements will be our historical consolidated financial statements following this offering. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 have been derived from audited financial statements of PBF LLC, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data for the period from March 1, 2008 (date of inception) through December 31, 2008 and as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 have been derived from the audited financial statements of PBF LLC not included in this prospectus. As a result of the Paulsboro and Toledo acquisitions, the historical consolidated financial results of PBF LLC only include the results of operations for Paulsboro and Toledo from December 17, 2010 and March 1, 2011 forward, respectively.

 

The historical consolidated financial data and other statistical data presented below should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of PBF LLC and the related notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus, and the sections entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The consolidated financial information may not be indicative of our future performance.

 

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

     Period From
March 1, 2008
(Date of Inception)
through December  31,
2008 (3)
    Year Ended
December 31,
2009 (3)
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
 
           (in thousands)        

Statement of operations data:

        

Revenues (1)

   $ 134      $ 228      $ 210,671      $ 14,960,338   

Cost and expenses

        

Cost of sales, excluding depreciation

                   203,971        13,855,163   

Operating expenses, excluding depreciation

                   25,140        658,831   

General and administrative expenses

     6,378        6,294        15,859        86,183   

Acquisition related expenses (2)

                   6,051        728   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     18        44        1,402        53,743   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (6,262     6,338        252,423        14,654,648   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (6,262     (6,110     (41,752     305,690   

Other (expense) income

        

Change in fair value of catalyst lease obligation

                   (1,217     7,316   

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

                          (5,215

Interest income (expense), net

     198        10        (1,388     (65,120
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (6,064   $ (6,100   $ (44,357   $ 242,671   

Less—Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest

     (165                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to PBF Energy Company LLC

   $ (6,229   $ (6,100   $ (44,357   $ (242,671
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance sheet data (at end of period):

        

Total assets

   $ 25,040      $ 19,150      $ 1,274,393      $ 3,621,109   

Total long-term debt (4)

                   325,064        804,865   

Total equity

     24,810        18,694        456,739        1,107,615   

Other financial data:

        

Capital expenditures (5)

   $ 118      $ 70      $ 72,118      $ 551,544   

 

56


Table of Contents

 

  (1)   $4.8 million of the year ended December 31, 2010 revenues was directly related to terminalling revenues at our Delaware City refinery. Consulting services income provided to a related party was $0, $221 and $98 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
  (2)   Acquisition related expenses consist of consulting and legal expenses related to the Paulsboro and Toledo acquisitions as well as non-consummated acquisitions.
  (3)   December 31, 2008 and 2009 balance sheet data is that of PBF Investments LLC. See footnote 1, Description of Business and Basis of Presentation, in the PBF LLC consolidated financial statements.
  (4)   Total long-term debt includes our Delaware Economic Development Authority Loan of $20.0 million.
  (5)   Includes expenditures for construction in progress, property, plant and equipment and deferred turnaround costs.

 

Selected Historical Financial Data of Paulsboro, PBF LLC’s Predecessor

 

The following table presents Paulsboro’s selected historical financial data. We refer to Paulsboro as PBF LLC’s “Predecessor” or “Predecessor Paulsboro”, as prior to its acquisition PBF LLC generated substantially no revenues and prior to the acquisition of Paulsboro and the Delaware City assets, was a new company formed to pursue acquisitions of crude oil refineries and downstream assets in North America. At the time of its acquisition, Paulsboro represented the major portion of PBF LLC’s business and assets.

 

The financial statements and supplementary data of Predecessor Paulsboro, are presented as of, and for the years ended, December 31, 2008 and 2009 and for the period from January 1, 2010 through December 16, 2010 and as of December 16, 2010, periods prior to PBF LLC’s acquisition. These financial statements were prepared by the former management of Predecessor Paulsboro and audited by Predecessor Paulsboro’s independent registered public accounting firm. The financial statements and supplementary data of Predecessor Paulsboro presented herein may not be representative of the operations of PBF going forward for the following reasons, among others:

 

   

Both PBF LLC’s financial statements and Paulsboro’s financial statements contain items which require management to make considerable judgments and estimates. There can be no assurance that the judgments and estimates made by PBF LLC’s management will be identical or even similar to the historical judgments and estimates made by Paulsboro’s former management.

 

   

The financial statements of Paulsboro contain allocations of certain general and administrative expenses and income taxes specific to Valero.

 

   

The financial statements of Paulsboro reflect depreciation and amortization expense and asset impairment losses based on Valero’s historical cost basis for the applicable assets. PBF LLC’s cost basis in such assets is different.

 

The historical financial data and other statistical data presented below should be read in conjunction with Paulsboro’s financial statements and the related notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2009 and for the period from January 1, 2010 through December 16, 2010 and as of December 16, 2010, included elsewhere in this prospectus, and the sections entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations—Predecessor Paulsboro.” The historical financial data for Paulsboro for the year ended December 31, 2008 and as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 has been derived from audited financial statements not included in this prospectus.

 

57


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS—PBF LLC’S PREDECESSOR

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Period from
January 1,
2010 through
December 16,
2010
 
     2008      2009    
            (in thousands)  

Statement of operations data:

       

Operating revenues (1)

   $ 6,448,379       $ 3,549,517      $ 4,708,989   

Cost and expenses:

       

Cost of sales (2)

     5,718,685         3,419,460        4,487,825   

Operating expenses

     317,093         266,319        259,768   

General and administrative expenses (3)

     15,619         15,594        14,606   

Asset impairment loss

     705         8,478        895,642   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     56,634         65,103        66,361   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     6,108,736         3,774,954        5,724,202   

Operating income (loss)

     339,643         (225,437     (1,015,213

Interest and other income and expense, net

     551         1,249        500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

     340,194         (224,188     (1,014,713

Income tax expense (benefit) (4)

     131,445         (86,586     (322,962
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 208,749       $ (137,602   $ (691,751
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance sheet data (at end of period):

       

Total assets

   $ 1,434,980       $ 1,440,557      $ 510,205   

Total liabilities

     392,099         357,289        42,582   

Net parent investment

     1,042,881         1,083,268        467,623   

Selected financial data:

       

Capital expenditures

   $ 198,647       $ 96,754      $ 20,122   

 

  (1)   Operating revenues consist of refined products sold from Paulsboro to Valero that were recorded at intercompany transfer prices, which were market prices adjusted by quality, location, and other differentials on the date of the sale.
  (2)   Cost of sales consist of the cost of feedstock acquired for processing, including transportation costs to deliver the feedstock to Paulsboro. Purchases of feedstock by Paulsboro from Valero were recorded at the cost paid to independent third parties by Valero.
  (3)   General and administrative expenses include allocations and estimates of general and administrative costs of Valero that were attributable to the operations of Paulsboro.
  (4)   The income tax provision represented the current and deferred income taxes that would have resulted if Paulsboro were a stand-alone taxable entity filing its own income tax returns. Accordingly, the calculations of current and deferred income tax provision require certain assumptions, allocations, and estimates that Paulsboro management believed were reasonable to reflect the tax reporting for Paulsboro as a stand-alone taxpayer.

 

The selected financial data as of December 31, 2007 and for the year ended December 31, 2007 has been omitted because it is not available without the expenditure of unreasonable effort and expense. We believe the omission of this financial data does not have a material impact on the understanding of our results of operations, financial performance and related trends.

 

58


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL

CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis together with “Selected Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other things, those historical financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the financial data included in the following discussion. This discussion contains forward-looking statements about our business, operations and industry that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements regarding our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus particularly in the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is divided into sections entitled “Executive Summary,” “Factors Affecting Comparability,” “Factors Affecting Operating Results,” “Results of Operations—PBF LLC” “Results of Operations—Paulsboro Refining Business—PBF LLC’s Predecessor,” “Liquidity and Capital Resources,” “Cash Flows Analysis of Paulsboro Refining Business—PBF LLC’s Predecessor,” “Senior Secured Notes Offering,” “Credit Facilities,” “Cash Balances,” “Liquidity,” “Working Capital,” “Pro Forma Contractual Obligations and Commitments,” “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements,” “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk,” “Critical Accounting Policies” and “Recent Accounting Pronouncements.” Information therein should help provide a better understanding of the major factors and trends that affect our earnings performance and financial condition, and how our performance during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 compare to the applicable prior periods. The historical results of operations for PBF LLC’s Predecessor is presented and discussed separately to allow the readers of our prospectus to better evaluate the historical operating performance of our current business.

 

Executive Summary

 

We were formed in 2008 to pursue acquisitions of crude oil refineries and downstream assets in North America. We currently own and operate three domestic oil refineries and related assets located in Delaware City, Delaware, Paulsboro, New Jersey, and Toledo, Ohio, which we acquired in 2010 and 2011. Our refineries have a combined processing capacity, known as throughput, of approximately 540,000 bpd, and a weighted average Nelson complexity index of 11.3.

 

The following table summarizes our history and acquisitions:

 

March 1, 2008

   PBF was formed.

June 1, 2010

   The idle Delaware City refinery and its related assets were acquired from Valero for approximately $220.0 million.

December 17, 2010

   The Paulsboro refinery was acquired from Valero for approximately $357.7 million, excluding working capital.

March 1, 2011

   The Toledo refinery was acquired from Sunoco for approximately $400.0 million, excluding working capital.

October 2011

   Delaware City became fully operational.

February 2012

   PBF Holding sold $675.5 million aggregate principal amount of 8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2020.

 

Throughout this prospectus we include financial statements and other financial and operating data for the Paulsboro Refining Business for periods prior to its acquisition date of December 17, 2010. We refer to Paulsboro as PBF LLC’s “Predecessor” or “Predecessor Paulsboro,” because we generated substantially no revenues and prior to our acquisition of Paulsboro and the Delaware City assets, we were a new company formed to pursue acquisitions of crude oil refineries and downstream assets in North America. At the time of its acquisition, Paulsboro represented the major portion of our business and assets.

 

59


Table of Contents

Factors Affecting Comparability

 

Our results over the past three years have been affected by the following events, which must be understood in order to assess the comparability of our period to period financial performance and condition.

 

Acquisition of Delaware City Refinery

 

Through our subsidiaries, Delaware City Refining and Delaware Pipeline Company LLC, we acquired the idle Delaware City refinery and its related assets, including a petroleum product terminal, a petroleum products pipeline and an electric generation facility, on June 1, 2010 from Valero for approximately $220.0 million in cash funded entirely by equity. We also incurred approximately $4.3 million in acquisition costs. The acquisition of the Delaware City refinery and its related assets was accounted for as an acquisition of assets. The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair value. The results of operations have been included in our consolidated financial statements since June 1, 2010. For the period from June 1, 2010 until June 2011, when we began re-starting refinery operations, our results of operations included only certain minor terminal operations and substantial capital improvement activities to prepare the refinery and power plant for re-start. The refinery became fully operational in October 2011 and the results of operations prior to re-start and during the re-start period may not be indicative of our future performance.

 

The prior owner shut down the Delaware City refinery in the fourth quarter of 2009 due to, among other reasons, financial losses caused by one of the worst recessions in recent history. We were therefore able to acquire the refinery at an attractive price, obtain economic support from the State of Delaware to re-start the refinery, and enter into a new contract with the relevant union at the refinery.

 

On June 1, 2010, we hired 63 employees of the prior owner to assist us with implementing our refinery turnaround/reconfiguration plan and to conduct terminal operations at the refinery. These employees primarily held positions as engineers, refinery operators, terminal operators, dockworkers, maintenance workers and administrative staff prior to our acquisition of the refinery assets. In connection with our acquisition, we were able to negotiate a new contract with the union including: (1) reopening of the refinery with approximately 470 employees, compared to approximately 700 prior to shutdown by Valero; (2) flexibility with respect to which workers are hired (i.e., no seniority clause); (3) different benefits packages; and (4) more flexible work rules.

 

Since our acquisition through December 31, 2011, we invested approximately $465.0 million at the refinery in turnaround and re-start projects. We also decommissioned the gasifier unit located at the property, which will decrease emissions and, we believe, improve the reliability of the refinery. In addition, we have completed a cogeneration project to convert the electric generation units at the refinery to use natural gas as a fuel and a hydrocracker corrosion control project aimed at increasing throughput. Through these capital investments and by restructuring certain operations, we have lowered the annual operating expenses of the Delaware City refinery relative to its pre-acquisition operating expense levels.

 

In connection with our re-start of the refinery, we received a $20.0 million loan from the State of Delaware which converts to a grant contingent upon our continued operation of the refinery and certain other conditions. The State of Delaware also agreed to reimburse us $12.0 million in the aggregate for the dredging of the Delaware River near the refinery over the next six years, granted us $1.5 million to fund employee training programs, and granted us $10.0 million towards the conversion of the gas turbines at the refinery to run on natural gas.

 

We also obtained a new operating agreement for the Delaware City refinery that does not require construction of previously scheduled cooling water towers that the prior owner planned to spend approximately $120.0 million to install. A decision on the cooling water tower requirement has been deferred until the next permitting cycle, approximately five years from the date of the existing permit. The permits, issued pursuant to the new operating agreement, also provide a plant-wide limit for certain emissions rather than source specific limits. Based on our shutdown of the gasifier unit and the resulting reduction of certain emissions by converting

 

60


Table of Contents

the combustion turbines to natural gas, we avoided additional controls on specific sources that the prior owner anticipated spending approximately $200.0 million to install. As a result of these negotiations, we now have the operational flexibility to manage our emissions in a cost effective manner.

 

The Delaware City refinery has a throughput capacity of 190,000 bpd and a Nelson complexity index of 11.3. It is located on a 5,000-acre site, with access to waterborne cargoes and an extensive distribution network of pipelines, barges and tankers, truck and rail. Delaware City is a fully integrated operation that receives crude via ship or barge at its docks located on the Delaware River. The crude and other feedstocks are transported, via pipes, to an extensive tank farm where they are stored until processing. In addition, there is a 17-bay, 50,000 bpd capacity truck loading rack located adjacent to the refinery, and a 23-mile interstate pipeline that is used to distribute clean products.

 

Acquisition of Paulsboro Refinery

 

We acquired the entities that owned the Paulsboro refinery (including an associated natural gas pipeline) on December 17, 2010, from Valero for approximately $357.7 million, excluding working capital. We paid the purchase price with the $160.0 million Paulsboro Promissory Note and cash funded with equity. The purchase price excludes inventory purchased on our behalf by MSCG and Statoil. The acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The results of operations of the Paulsboro refinery have been included in our combined and consolidated financial statements as of December 17, 2010. We invested approximately $62.8 million in capital in early 2011 to complete a scheduled turnaround at the refinery.

 

Paulsboro has a throughput capacity of 180,000 bpd and a Nelson complexity index of 13.2. The Paulsboro refinery is located on approximately 950 acres on the Delaware River in Paulsboro, New Jersey, just south of Philadelphia, and approximately 30 miles away from Delaware City. The refinery processes a variety of medium and heavy, sour crude oils.

 

Acquisition of Toledo Refinery

 

Through our subsidiary, Toledo Refining, we acquired the Toledo refinery on March 1, 2011, from Sunoco for approximately $400.0 million, excluding working capital. We paid the purchase price with the $200.0 million Toledo Promissory Note and cash funded with equity. We also purchased refined and certain intermediate products in inventory for approximately $299.6 million with the proceeds from a note provided by Sunoco that we subsequently repaid on May 31, 2011 with proceeds from our ABL Revolving Credit Facility, and MSCG purchased the refinery’s crude oil inventory on our behalf. Additionally, included in the terms of the sale is a five-year participation payment of up to $125.0 million payable to Sunoco based on future earnings of Toledo. See “—Pro Forma Contractual Obligations and Commitments.”

 

The acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting with the preliminary purchase price allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The results of operations of the Toledo refinery have been included in our consolidated financial statements as of March 1, 2011.

 

Toledo has a throughput capacity of 170,000 bpd and a Nelson complexity index of 9.2. Toledo processes a slate of light, sweet crudes from Canada, the Midcontinent, the Bakken region and the U.S. Gulf Coast. The Toledo refinery is located on a 282-acre site near Toledo, Ohio, 60 miles from Detroit.

 

Amended and Restated ABL Revolving Credit Facility

 

On May 31, 2011, we amended the terms of our ABL Revolving Credit Facility to increase its size to $500.0 million and included certain inventory and accounts receivable of the Toledo refinery in the borrowing base. In addition, the interest rate was changed to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate plus 2.00% to 2.50%, depending on

 

61


Table of Contents

the excess availability, as defined, and the maturity date was extended to May 31, 2016. On an ongoing basis, the ABL Revolving Credit Facility is available to be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes. On March 13, 2012, we amended the ABL Revolving Credit Facility again to increase the aggregate size from $500.0 million to $750.0 million.

 

Letter of Credit Facility

 

On January 25, 2011, we entered into a short-term letter of credit facility, which was subsequently amended on April 26, 2011 and April 24, 2012, under which we can obtain letters of credit up to $750.0 million composed of a committed maximum amount of $500.0 million and an uncommitted maximum amount of $250.0 million to support certain of our crude oil purchases. We are charged letter of credit issuance fees and a fee for the unused portion of the committed letter of credit facility. The facility matures on April 23, 2013.

 

Factors Affecting Operating Results

 

Overview

 

Our earnings and cash flows from operations are primarily affected by the relationship between refined product prices and the prices for crude oil and other feedstocks. The cost to acquire crude oil and other feedstocks and the price of refined petroleum products ultimately sold depend on numerous factors beyond our control, including the supply of, and demand for, crude oil, gasoline, diesel and other refined petroleum products, which, in turn, depend on, among other factors, changes in global and regional economies, weather conditions, global and regional political affairs, production levels, the availability of imports, the marketing of competitive fuels, pipeline capacity, prevailing exchange rates and the extent of government regulation. Our revenue and operating income fluctuate significantly with movements in industry refined petroleum product prices, our materials cost fluctuate significantly with movements in crude oil prices and our other operating expenses fluctuate with movements in the price of energy to meet the power needs of our refineries. In addition, the effect of changes in crude oil prices on our operating results is influenced by how the prices of refined products adjust to reflect such changes.

 

Crude oil and other feedstock costs and the prices of refined petroleum products have historically been subject to wide fluctuation. Expansion and upgrading of existing facilities and installation of additional refinery distillation or conversion capacity, price volatility, international political and economic developments and other factors beyond our control are likely to continue to play an important role in refining industry economics. These factors can impact, among other things, the level of inventories in the market, resulting in price volatility and a reduction or increase in product margins. Moreover, the industry typically experiences seasonal fluctuations in demand for refined petroleum products, such as for gasoline and diesel, during the summer driving season and for home heating oil during the winter.

 

Benchmark Refining Margins

 

In assessing our operating performance, we compare the refining margins (revenue less materials cost) of each of our refineries against a specific benchmark industry refining margin based on a crack spread. Benchmark refining margins take into account both crude and refined petroleum product prices. When these prices are combined in a formula they provide a single value—a gross margin per barrel—that, when multiplied by a throughput number, provides an approximation of the gross margin generated by refining activities.

 

The performance of our East Coast refineries follows the currently published Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1 benchmark refining margins. For our Toledo refinery, we utilize a composite benchmark refining margin, the WTI (Chicago) 4-3-1, that is based on publicly available pricing information for products trading in the Chicago and United States Gulf Coast markets.

 

62


Table of Contents

While the benchmark refinery margins presented below under “Results of Operations—PBF LLC—Market Indicators” and “—Results of Operations—Paulsboro Refining Business—PBF LLC’s Predecessor—Market Indicators,” are representative of the results of our refineries, each refinery’s realized gross margin on a per barrel basis will differ from the benchmark due to a variety of factors affecting the performance of the relevant refinery to its corresponding benchmark. These factors include the refinery’s actual type of crude oil throughput, product yield differentials and any other factors not reflected in the benchmark refining margins, such as transportation costs, storage costs, credit fees, fuel consumed during production and any product premiums or discounts, as well as inventory fluctuations, timing of crude oil and other feedstock purchases, a rising or declining crude and product pricing environment and commodity price management activities. As discussed in more detail below, each of our refineries, depending on market conditions, has certain feedstock-cost and product-value advantages and disadvantages as compared to the refinery’s relevant benchmark.

 

Credit Risk Management

 

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to us. Our exposure to credit risk is reflected in the carrying amount of the receivables that are presented in our balance sheet. To minimize credit risk, all customers are subject to extensive credit verification procedures and extensions of credit above defined thresholds are to be approved by the senior management. Our intention is to trade only with recognized creditworthy third parties. In addition, receivable balances are monitored on an ongoing basis. We also limit the risk of bad debts by obtaining bank securities such as guarantees or letters of credit.

 

Other Factors

 

We currently source our crude oil for Paulsboro and Delaware City on a global basis through a combination of market purchases and short-term purchase contracts through our crude supply contracts with Statoil. In addition, we have a long-term contract with the Saudi Arabian Oil Company (“SAOC”) pursuant to which we purchase a significant volume of crude oil that is processed at Paulsboro. Our Toledo refinery sources domestic and Canadian crude oil through similar market purchases through our crude supply contract with MSCG. We believe purchases based on market pricing has given us flexibility in obtaining crude oil at lower prices and on a more accurate “as needed” basis. Since our Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries access 100% of their crude slates from the Delaware River via ship or barge, these refineries have the flexibility to purchase crude oils from a number of different countries.

 

Our operating cost structure is also important to our profitability. Major operating costs include costs relating to employees and contract labor, energy, maintenance and environmental compliance. The predominant variable cost is energy, in particular, the price of utilities, natural gas and chemicals.

 

Our operating results are also affected by the reliability of our refinery operations. Unplanned downtime of our refinery assets generally results in lost margin opportunity and increased maintenance expense. The financial impact of planned downtime, such as major turnaround maintenance, is managed through a planning process that considers such things as the margin environment, the availability of resources to perform the needed maintenance and feedstock logistics, whereas unplanned downtime does not afford us this opportunity.

 

Refinery-Specific Information

 

The following section includes refinery-specific information related to crude differentials, ancillary costs, and local premiums and discounts. For actual charge yields, including fuel consumed, by refinery, see “—Results of Operations—PBF LLC.”

 

Delaware City Refinery. The benchmark refining margin for the Delaware City refinery is calculated by assuming that two barrels of the benchmark Dated Brent crude oil are converted into one barrel of gasoline and one barrel of heating oil. We calculate this refining margin using the New York Harbor market value of gasoline

 

63


Table of Contents

and heating oil against the market value of Dated Brent crude oil and refer to the benchmark as the Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1 benchmark refining margin. Our Delaware City refinery has a product slate of approximately 50% gasoline, 40% distillate and 10% petroleum coke and other low-value products. For this reason, we believe the Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1 is an appropriate benchmark industry refining margin. The Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1 benchmark crack has averaged $9.93 per barrel over the period from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011. The majority of Delaware City revenues are generated off NYH-based market prices.

 

The Delaware City refinery’s realized gross margin on a per barrel basis has historically differed from the Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1 benchmark refining margin due to the following factors:

 

   

the Delaware City refinery processes a slate of primarily medium and heavy, and sour crude oil, which has constituted approximately 70% to 80% of total throughput. The remaining throughput consists of sweet crude oil and other feedstocks and blendstocks. Our total throughput costs have historically priced at a discount to Dated Brent; and

 

   

as a result of the heavy, sour crude slate processed at Delaware City, we produce low value products including sulfur, petroleum coke and fuel oil. These products are priced at a significant discount to gasoline, ULSD and heating oil and represent approximately 5% to 10% of our total production volume.

 

Paulsboro Refinery. The benchmark refining margin for the Paulsboro refinery is calculated by assuming that two barrels of the benchmark Dated Brent crude oil are converted into one barrel of gasoline and one barrel of heating oil. We calculate this refining margin using the New York Harbor market value of gasoline and heating oil against the market value of Dated Brent crude oil and refer to the benchmark as the Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1 benchmark refining margin. Our Paulsboro refinery has a product slate of approximately 40% gasoline, 40% distillate, 5% Group I lubricants and 15% petroleum coke and other low-value products. For this reason, we believe the Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1 is an appropriate benchmark industry refining margin. The Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1 benchmark crack has averaged $9.93 per barrel over the period from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011. The majority of Paulsboro revenues are generated off NYH-based market prices.

 

The Paulsboro refinery’s realized gross margin on a per barrel basis has historically differed from the Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1 benchmark refining margin due to the following factors:

 

   

the Paulsboro refinery processes a slate of primarily medium and heavy, and sour crude oil, which has historically constituted approximately 70% to 80% of total throughput. These feedstocks historically have priced at a discount to Dated Brent;

 

   

as a result of the heavy, sour crude slate processed at Paulsboro, we produce low value products including sulfur, petroleum coke and fuel oil. These products are priced at a significant discount to gasoline and heating oil and represent approximately 10% to 15% of our total production volume; and

 

   

the Paulsboro refinery produces Group I lubricants which, through an extensive production process, has a low volume yield which limits the volume expansion on crude inputs.

 

Toledo Refinery. The benchmark refining margin for the Toledo refinery is calculated by assuming that four barrels of benchmark WTI crude oil are converted into three barrels of gasoline, one-half barrel of ULSD and one-half barrel of jet fuel. We calculate this refining margin using the Chicago market values of gasoline and ULSD and the United States Gulf Coast value of jet fuel against the market value of WTI crude oil and refer to this benchmark as the WTI (Chicago) 4-3-1 benchmark refining margin. Our Toledo refinery has a product slate of approximately 55% gasoline, 35% distillate, 5% petrochemicals and 5% other low-value products. For this reason, we believe the WTI (Chicago) 4-3-1 is an appropriate benchmark industry refining margin. The majority of Toledo revenues are generated off Chicago-based market prices. The WTI (Chicago) 4-3-1 benchmark crack has averaged $24.14 per barrel over the period from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011.

 

64


Table of Contents

The Toledo refinery’s realized gross margin on a per barrel basis has historically differed from the WTI (Chicago) 4-3-1 benchmark refining margin due to the following factors:

 

   

the Toledo refinery processes a slate of domestic sweet and Canadian synthetic crude oil. Historically, Toledo’s blended average crude costs have been higher than the market value of WTI crude oil;

 

   

the Toledo refinery is connected to its distribution network through a variety of third party product pipelines. While lower in cost when compared to barge or rail transportation, the inclusion of transportation costs increases our overall cost relative to the 4-3-1 benchmark refining margin; and

 

   

the Toledo refinery generates a pricing benefit on some of its products, primarily its petrochemicals.

 

Results of Operations—PBF LLC

 

The tables below summarize certain information relating to our operating results derived from our audited consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011. This data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

PBF LLC and Subsidiaries

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2009
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
 
    

(in thousands)

 

Revenues

   $ 228      $ 210,671      $ 14,960,338   

Cost of sales, excluding depreciation

            203,971        13,855,163   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin, excluding depreciation (1)

     228        6,700        1,105,175   

Operating expenses, excluding depreciation

            25,140        658,831   

General and administrative expenses

     6,294        15,859        86,183   

Acquisition related expenses

            6,051        728   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     44        1,402        53,743   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     6,338        48,452        799,485   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (6,110     (41,752     305,690   

Change in fair value of catalyst leases

            (1,217     7,316   

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

                   (5,215

Interest income (expense), net

     10        (1,388     (65,120
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (6,100   $ (44,357   $ 242,671   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1)   In order to assess our operating performance, we compare our actual gross margin (revenue less cost of sales) to industry refining margin benchmarks and crude oil prices as defined in the table below. Information is shown only for the periods during which we had refining operations. Our gross margin is a non-GAAP financial measure because it excludes depreciation expense related to the refineries ($1.0 million and $51.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, all other periods were not material).

 

65


Table of Contents
       Year Ended
December 31,
2010(b)
     Year Ended
December 31,
2011
 

Market Indicators (a)

(dollars per barrel, except as noted)

     

Dated Brent crude oil

   $ 92.77       $ 111.26   

West Texas Intermediate (WTI) crude oil

   $ 90.03       $ 95.04   

Crack Spreads

     

Dated Brent (NYH)2-1-1

   $ 10.41       $ 9.93   

WTI (Chicago) 4-3-1

   $ 10.30       $ 24.14   

Crude Oil Differentials

     

Dated Brent (foreign) less WTI

   $ 2.74       $ 16.22   

Dated Brent less Maya (heavy, sour)

   $ 13.19       $ 12.63   

Dated Brent less WTS (sour)

   $ 5.22       $ 18.28   

Natural gas (dollars per MMBTU)

   $ 4.17       $ 4.00   

Key Operating Information

     

Production (barrels per day in thousands)

     146.5         427.9   

Crude oil and feedstocks throughput (barrels per day in thousands)

     143.8         429.4   

Total crude oil and feedstocks throughput (millions of barrels)

     2.2         128.7   

 

  (a)   As reported by Platts.
  (b)   Data is for the period from December 17, 2010 to December 31, 2010.

 

2011 Compared to 2010

 

Overview— Net income was $242.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to a net loss of $44.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. During most of 2010, we were a development stage company focused on the acquisition of oil refineries and other downstream assets in North America and activities to turnaround, reconfigure and re-start our Delaware City refinery. Our net loss in 2010 was related to those activities, plus the results of operations of our Paulsboro refinery for the period from December 17, 2010 to December 31, 2010. Our 2011 net income primarily reflects a full year’s operation of our Paulsboro refinery, the results of our Toledo refinery, which we acquired on March 1, 2011, and the results of our Delaware City refinery, which we began re-starting in June 2011 and which was fully operational in October 2011.

 

Revenues— Revenues totaled $15.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $210.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2010. The revenue increase was primarily due to the operations of our Paulsboro and Toledo refineries, and the commencement of refining operations at our Delaware City refinery, which became fully operational in October 2011. The total throughput rate at our Paulsboro refinery averaged approximately 151,400 bpd during the year ended December 31, 2011 and our Toledo refinery averaged approximately 151,400 bpd during the period from March 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011. We began re-starting our Delaware City refinery during June 2011 and it became fully operational in October 2011. Its throughput rate averaged approximately 126,600 bpd for the period from June 2011 through December 31, 2011. Our 2010 revenues were primarily related to consulting services that we provided to third parties, minor terminaling operations at our Delaware City refinery beginning June 1, 2010, and revenue from our Paulsboro refinery from December 17, 2010 to December 31, 2010. During this period, the refinery had an average throughput rate of approximately 143,800 bpd.

 

Gross Margin— Gross margin, excluding depreciation, totaled $1,105.2 million, or $8.59 per barrel of throughput, for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $6.7 million, or $3.05 per barrel of throughput for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $1,098.5 million. The increase in gross margin in 2011 was due to the acquisition of the Toledo refinery, a full year of operations at the Paulsboro refinery, and the re-start of the Delaware City refinery during the year. Additionally, the increase in gross margin was also driven by strong margins for most of the products we produce and wider crude oil price differentials.

 

66


Table of Contents

Average industry refining margins and crude oil price differentials were stronger in 2011 as compared to 2010. The WTI (Chicago) 4-3-1 industry crack spread was approximately 169.1% higher in 2011 compared to 2010. The Dated Brent/WTI differential and Dated Brent/Maya differentials were $16.17 per barrel and $3.36 per barrel higher, respectively, in 2011 than in 2010. In 2011, we believe these industry refining margins and crude oil price differentials were impacted by supply limitations of WTI crude stored at Cushing, Oklahoma which depressed the price of WTI. In addition, the demand for crude oil increased which, in turn, increased prices for non-WTI crude worldwide. As a result, the differential between light and heavy barrels widened. A strong Dated Brent/WTI crude differential has a significant positive impact on Toledo’s gross margin because its primary feedstock is mainly WTI and WTI-linked light, sweet crude oil. A wide Dated Brent/Maya crude differential, our proxy for the light/heavy differential, has a positive impact on Paulsboro and Delaware City as both refineries process a large slate of medium and heavy, sour crude oil that is priced at a discount to light, sweet crude oil.

 

Demand for transportation fuels has generally been higher in the spring and summer months than during the fall and winter months. As a result, we expect our operating results for the second and third quarters will generally be higher than for the first and fourth quarters.

 

Operating Expenses —Operating expenses totaled $658.8 million, or $5.12 per barrel of throughput, for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $25.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $633.7 million. Our operating expenses principally consist of salaries and employee benefits, maintenance, energy and catalyst and chemicals. Operating expenses for 2011 include our Paulsboro refinery for the entire year and our Toledo refinery from March 1, 2011 through December 31, 2011. During 2011, our Delaware City refinery was undergoing a turnaround and reconfiguration and we began re-starting the refinery in June 2011. It was fully operational in October 2011. During 2010, our operating expenses included expenses associated with the Delaware City turnaround and reconfiguration projects, minor terminaling operations, and the operating expenses of our Paulsboro refinery from December 17, 2010 to December 31, 2010. Our consolidated operating expense per barrel of $5.12 for the year ended December 31, 2011 may not be indicative of our future performance, primarily because it included the operating expenses of Delaware City prior to the period we began re-starting the refinery and during the re-start period which began in June 2011.

 

General and Administrative Expenses —General and administrative expenses totaled $86.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $15.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $70.3 million or 443.4%. The increase is primarily attributable to increased personnel, facilities and other infrastructure costs necessary to support our three operating oil refineries in 2011. During 2010, we were primarily focused on completing the acquisitions of our three refineries and starting the process of building out our infrastructure to support our transition from a development stage company to an operating entity.

 

Acquisition-related Expenses —Acquisition-related expenses totaled $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, a decrease of $5.4 million or 88.0%. Acquisition related expense in 2010 represented consulting and legal expenses related to the Paulsboro and Toledo acquisitions and other pending or non-consummated acquisitions. In addition, we capitalized $4.3 million in acquisition related costs associated with our acquisition of the Delaware City assets. Our acquisition related expenses in 2011 were primarily related to Toledo.

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense —Depreciation and amortization expense totaled $53.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $52.3 million. The increase was principally due to a year of Paulsboro activity, the acquisition of Toledo in March 2011, commencement of depreciation in July 2011 related to the beginning of re-start activity for Delaware City, and capital expenditure activity. In the comparable period in 2010, depreciation expense related primarily to our Paulsboro refinery for the period from December 17, 2010 to December 31, 2010.

 

Change in Fair Value of Catalyst Leases —Change in the fair value of catalyst leases represented a gain of $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to a loss of $1.2 million for the year ended

 

67


Table of Contents

December 31, 2010. This gain or loss relates to the change in value of the precious metals underlying the sale leaseback of the Delaware City refinery and Toledo refinery precious metals catalyst, which we are obligated to repurchase at fair market value at the lease termination date.

 

Change in Fair Value of Contingent Consideration —Change in the fair value of contingent consideration was $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to zero in 2010. This change represents the increase in the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration we expect to pay in connection with our acquisition of the Toledo refinery.

 

Interest (Expense) Income —Interest expense totaled $65.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. We incurred long-term debt in connection with our acquisitions of Delaware City, Paulsboro and Toledo, giving rise to interest expense. We also incurred interest expense in connection with our crude and feedstock supply agreements with Statoil and MSCG and letter of credit fees associated with the purchase of certain crude oils.

 

2010 Compared to 2009

 

Overview —Our net loss was $44.4 million in 2010 compared to a net loss of $6.1 million in 2009, an increase of $38.3 million or 627.9%. During 2009 and throughout most of 2010, we were a development stage company focused on the acquisition of oil refineries and downstream assets in North America. Our net loss in 2009 related to costs associated with those activities. In 2010, our net loss results from acquisition activities, terminal operations and non-capitalizable maintenance activities at our Delaware City refinery, which we acquired on June 1, 2010, and the operating results of our Paulsboro refinery, which we acquired on December 17, 2010.

 

Revenues— Revenues totaled $210.7 million in 2010 compared to $0.2 million in 2009, an increase of $210.5 million. The increase was principally due to $4.8 million in terminal revenues at our Delaware City refinery for the period from June 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010 and $205.9 million in revenue at our Paulsboro refinery for the period from December 17, 2010 to December 31, 2010. Total throughput averaged 143,800 bpd at Paulsboro from December 17, 2010 to December 31, 2010. Our revenue in 2009 related primarily to consulting services that we provided to third parties.

 

Gross Margin— Gross margin, excluding depreciation, totaled $6.7 million in 2010 and $0.2 million in 2009. Our gross margin in 2009 related to consulting activities. In 2010, we reported gross margin of $4.8 million related to our terminal operations at our Delaware City refinery for the period from June 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010 and $1.9 million in gross margin for our Paulsboro refinery for the period from December 17, 2010 to December 31, 2010. Gross margin at our Paulsboro refinery for December 17, 2010 through December 31, 2010 totaled $0.98 per barrel of crude oil throughput.

 

Operating Expenses —Operating expenses totaled $25.1 million in 2010 compared to zero in 2009. We did not incur any operating expenses in 2009 as we were a development stage company without any operations. We began to incur operating expenses concurrent with our acquisition of Delaware City in June 2010, where we reported $14.1 million in operating expenses related to terminal operations and non-capitalizable maintenance expenses incurred while the refinery was undergoing a major turnaround and reconfiguration project. Operating expenses at our Paulsboro refinery for December 17, 2010 through December 31, 2010 totaled $11.0 million, or $5.01 per barrel of crude oil throughput.

 

General and Administrative Expenses —General and administrative expenses totaled $15.9 million in 2010 compared to $6.3 million in 2009, an increase of $9.6 million or 152.0%. The increase is principally attributable to increased personnel, facilities and other infrastructure costs as we began to build-out our back office administrative functions to support our acquisitions.

 

68


Table of Contents

Acquisition-related Expenses —Acquisition-related expenses totaled $6.1 million in 2010 compared to zero in 2009. Acquisition-related expenses in 2010 represented consulting and legal expenses related to the Paulsboro and Toledo acquisitions and other pending or non-consummated acquisitions.

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense —Depreciation and amortization expense totaled $1.4 million in 2010 compared to $44 thousand in 2009, an increase of $1.4 million. This increase was principally due to our commencing operations in 2010 following the acquisitions of Delaware City and Paulsboro. In 2009, we had de minimis depreciable assets.

 

Change in Fair Value of Catalyst Lease Obligation —Change in the fair value of catalyst lease totaled $1.2 million in 2010 compared to zero in 2009. This charge relates to the change in value of the precious metals underlying the sale leaseback of the Delaware City precious metals catalyst, which we are obligated to repurchase at fair market value at the lease termination date.

 

Interest Income (Expense)— Interest expense totaled $1.4 million in 2010 compared to $10 thousand of interest income in 2009. We incurred long-term debt in 2010 in connection with our acquisitions of Delaware City and Paulsboro, giving rise to interest expense. In 2009, we had no long-term debt.

 

Paulsboro Refining Business—PBF LLC’s Predecessor

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2009
    Period from
January 1, 2010
through
December 16, 2010
 
     (in thousands)  

Operating revenues

   $ 3,549,517      $ 4,708,989   

Cost of sales, excluding depreciation

     3,419,460        4,487,825   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Margin, excluding depreciation (1)

     130,057        221,164   

Operating expenses, excluding depreciation

     266,319        259,768   

General and administrative expenses

     15,594        14,606   

Asset impairment loss

     8,478        895,642   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     65,103        66,361   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     (225,437     (1,015,213

Interest and other income, net

     1,249        500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

     (224,188     (1,014,713

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (86,586     (322,962
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (137,602   $ (691,751
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1)   In order to assess our operating performance, we compare our actual gross margin (revenue less cost of sales) to industry refining margin benchmarks and crude oil prices as defined in the table below. PBF LLC’s Predecessor’s gross margin is a non-GAAP financial measure because it excludes depreciation expense related to the refinery. Total depreciation expense for the period from January 1, 2010 through December 16, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009 was $52.1 million and $52.1 million, respectively.

 

69


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
December 31, 2009
    Period from
January 1, 2010
through
December 16, 2010
 
     (in thousands)  

Market Indicators (a)

    

(dollars per barrel, except as noted)

    

Dated Brent crude oil

   $ 61.67      $ 79.01   

West Texas Intermediate (WTI) crude oil

     61.92        79.01   

Crack Spreads

    

Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1

     8.24        9.40   

WTI (Chicago) 4-3-1

     8.62        8.92   

Crude Oil Differentials

    

Dated Brent (foreign) less WTI

     (0.25     0.00   

Dated Brent less Maya (heavy, sour)

     5.00        9.20   

Dated Brent less WTS (sour)

     1.27        2.13   

Natural gas (dollars per MMBTU)

     4.16        4.39   

Key Operating Information

    

Production (barrels per day in thousands)

     147.0        153.0   

Crude oil and feedstocks throughput (barrels per day in thousands)

     148.6        154.0   

Total crude oil and feedstocks throughput (millions of barrels)

     54.2        53.9   

Per barrel of throughput:

    

Gross Margin

   $ 2.40      $ 4.10   

Operating expenses

     4.91        4.82   

 

  (a)   As reported by Platts.

 

Paulsboro Refining Business—PBF LLC’s Predecessor

 

Period from January 1, 2010 through December 16, 2010 Compared to 2009

 

Overview —Net loss was $691.8 million in the period from January 1, 2010 through December 16, 2010 compared to a net loss of $137.6 million in 2009, an increase of $554.2 million or 402.8%. The net loss in 2010 was driven primarily by the $895.6 million impairment charge discussed below. Excluding the charge, the pretax loss would have been $119.1 million as compared to a reported pretax loss of $1.0 billion in 2010. The operating losses in both periods resulted from narrow margins on refined products and high operating costs to maintain the refinery.

 

Operating Revenues —Operating revenues totaled $4.7 billion in the 2010 period compared to $3.5 billion in 2009, an increase of $1.2 billion or 34.3%. The increase was principally due to an increase in average finished product prices. The spot prices of conventional gasoline and diesel increased approximately 27% over the period, while throughput increased 3.6%. Total throughput averaged 154,000 bpd over the 2010 period compared to 148,600 bpd in 2009.

 

Cost of Sales —Cost of sales totaled $4.5 billion in the 2010 period compared to $3.4 billion in 2009, an increase of $1.1 billion or 32.4%. The increase was principally due to a rise in average crude prices. The Dated Brent crude average price increased 28% from period to period, while throughput increased 3.6%. Gross margin per barrel averaged $4.10 in 2010 versus $2.40 per barrel in 2009.

 

Expenses —Operating expenses totaled $259.8 million in the 2010 period compared to $266.3 million in 2009, a decrease of $6.5 million or 2.4%. General and administrative expenses totaled $14.6 million in the 2010 period compared to $15.6 million in 2009, a decrease of $1.0 million or 6.4%. The decreases were principally due to there being 14 fewer days in 2010 as compared to a full year of 2009.

 

70


Table of Contents

Asset Impairment Loss— Asset impairment loss totaled $895.6 million in the 2010 period compared to $8.5 million in 2009, an increase of $887.1 million . The impairment loss in 2010 is due to the write-down of assets to their fair value in connection with the sale of the refinery to PBF. The impairment loss in 2009 related to capital projects in progress that were permanently cancelled in light of deteriorating economic conditions.

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense —Depreciation and amortization expense totaled $66.4 million in the 2010 period compared to $65.1 million in 2009, an increase of $1.3 million or 2.0%. This increase was principally due to a slight increase in capital expenditures in 2010 following the decline in spending in 2009.

 

Interest and Other Income and Expense —Interest and other income totaled $0.5 million in the 2010 period compared to $1.2 million in 2009, a decrease of $0.7 million or 58.3%. The decrease is mainly attributable to the reversal of tax related accruals that were reversed upon expiration of the statutory audit period in 2010.

 

Income Tax Expense (Benefit) —Income tax benefit totaled $323.0 million in the 2010 period compared to income tax benefit of $86.6 million in 2009, an increase of $236.4 million or 273.0%. The increase was primarily due to the larger pre-tax loss in 2010 as compared to 2009.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Overview

 

Our primary source of liquidity is our cash flows from operations and borrowing availability under our credit facilities, as more fully described below. We believe that our cash flows from operations and available capital resources will be sufficient to meet our capital expenditure, working capital, including payment of the Toledo refinery contingent consideration, and debt service requirements for the next twelve months. However, our ability to generate sufficient cash flow from operations depends, in part, on oil market pricing and general economic, political and other factors beyond our control. We believe we could, during periods of economic downturn, access the capital markets and/or other available financial resources or reduce our capital and discretionary expenditure plans to strengthen our financial position.

 

Cash Flows Analysis—PBF LLC

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $249.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to net cash used in operating activities of $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. During 2011, our operations were comprised primarily of a full year of operations of our Paulsboro refinery, ten months of operations of our Toledo refinery, which was acquired on March 1, 2011, and activities to turnaround, reconfigure and re-start our Delaware City refinery. We began re-starting our Delaware City refinery in June 2011 and it was fully operational in October 2011. During most of 2010, we were a development stage company focused on the acquisition of oil refineries and other downstream assets in North America and activities to turnaround, reconfigure and re-start our Delaware City refinery. Our cash flow in 2010 was related to those activities, plus the results of operations of our Paulsboro refinery for the period from December 17, 2010 to December 31, 2010. Our operating cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2011 included our net income of $242.7 million, plus net non-cash charges relating to depreciation and amortization of $56.9 million, stock-based compensation of $2.5 million, pension and other post retirement benefit costs of $9.8 million, an increase in the fair value of our inventory repurchase obligations of $25.3 million, an increase in the fair value of the contingent consideration liability for our Toledo refinery of $5.2 million, less a decrease in the fair value of our catalyst lease obligations of $7.3 million. In addition, net working capital changes used $85.8 million in cash, primarily related to the acquisition of our Toledo refinery. During 2010, our net loss of $44.4 million was partially offset by non-cash charges totaling $7.4 million and net cash from working capital of $35.8 million.

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the net cash flows used in operating activities of $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. During

 

71


Table of Contents

2010, our operating cash flows were comprised of our net loss of $44.4 million, which was partially offset by net cash provided by working capital of $35.8 million, as well as non-cash charges relating to depreciation and amortization of $1.5 million, stock based compensation expense of $2.3 million and the $1.2 million change in the fair value of our catalyst lease obligation, the $2.0 million change in the value of inventory repurchase obligations and other changes totaling $0.4 million. During 2009, our net loss of $6.1 million was primarily offset by the net impact of a non-cash charge relating to pension and other post retirement benefits and working capital changes of $0.3 million.

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $739.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to net cash used in investing activities of $501.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The net cash flows used in investing activities in 2011 were comprised of the acquisition of the Toledo refinery of $168.2 million, capital expenditures totaling $488.7 million related to the reconfiguration and re-start of our Delaware City refinery, expenditures for turnarounds, primarily at our Paulsboro refinery, of $62.8 million and expenditures for other assets of $23.3 million, partially offset by $4.7 million in proceeds from the sale of assets, and $0.8 million for other investing activities. Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 were comprised of cash paid for the acquisition of Delaware City for $224.3 million, cash paid for the acquisition of the Paulsboro refinery of $204.9 million, $69.1 million in expenditures primarily for the reconfiguration and re-start of the Delaware City refinery, and $3.0 million for other capital expenditures.

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $501.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the net cash flows used in investing activities of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The cash flows used in investing activities in 2010 reflect the acquisition of the Paulsboro refinery and pipeline and Delaware City refinery and pipeline assets totaling $204.9 million and $224.3 million, respectively. In addition, $69.1 million was expended during 2010 relating to the reconfiguration of the Delaware City refinery in order to bring it back into working condition with improved reliability and efficiency. In 2010, $3.0 million was used for other capital expenditures while, in 2009, $0.1 million was used for other capital expenditures.

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

 

Net cash provided by financing activities was $384.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $639.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. For 2011, net financing cash flows were comprised of capital contributions from PBF LLC of $408.4 million; net borrowings on our ABL Revolving Credit Facility of $270.0 million, which was used primarily to repay our $299.6 million seller note for Toledo inventory; proceeds totaling $18.9 million for Delaware City construction financing which was used to fund a portion of that refinery’s turnaround and re-start activity; proceeds of $18.6 million for the sale and leaseback of Toledo’s precious metals catalyst which was used to partially repay $18.3 million of the Toledo Promissory Note; other principal repayments totaling $2.2 million; and payments of $11.2 million for deferred financing costs. Net cash provided by financing activities was $639.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Cash provided by financing activities consisted of capital contributions of $483.1 million; proceeds from the Delaware Economic Development Authority Loan in connection with the Delaware City acquisition of $20.0 million; proceeds from the Delaware City catalyst sale and leaseback of $17.7 million; proceeds from a term loan of $125.0 million; less the payment of deferred financing fees totaling $6.6 million.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities was $639.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to $8 thousand used for the year ended December 31, 2009. In 2010, net cash provided by financing was comprised of contributions totaling $483.1 million from PBF LLC; proceeds from an interest free loan in connection with the Delaware City acquisition of $20.0 million; proceeds from the Delaware City catalyst sale and leaseback of $17.7 million; proceeds from the Term Loan Facility of $125.0 million; less the payment of deferred financing fees totaling $6.6 million.

 

72


Table of Contents

Cash Flows Analysis of Paulsboro Refining Business—PBF LLC’s Predecessor

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $33.7 million for the period from January 1, 2010 to December 16, 2010 as compared to the net cash used in operating activities of $61.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. During the 2010 period, Paulsboro’s operating cash flows were comprised of its net loss of $691.8 million, adjusted for non-cash charges (benefits) related to depreciation and amortization expense of $66.4 million, an asset impairment loss of $895.6 million and a deferred tax benefit of ($283.5) million and cash used in working capital and other changes of $20.5 million. During 2009, net cash used in operating activities was comprised of Paulsboro’s net loss of $137.6 million, adjusted for depreciation and amortization expense of $65.1 million, asset impairment loss of $8.5 million and deferred tax expense of $13.8 million and cash used in working capital and other changes of $11.7 million.

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $42.4 million for the period from January 1, 2010 to December 16, 2010 as compared to the net cash flows used in investing activities of $116.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The cash flows used in investing activities in the 2010 period reflect capital expenditures of $20.1 million, deferred turnaround and catalyst costs of $17.0 million and other investing activities, net of $5.2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2009, cash flows used in investing activities included capital expenditures of $96.8 million and deferred turnaround and catalyst costs of $19.3 million.

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

 

Net cash provided by financing activities was $76.1 million for the period from January 1, 2010 to December 16, 2010 as compared to the net cash flows provided by financing activities of $178.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. In both periods, cash provided by financing activities represented net cash advances from Paulsboro’s parent, Valero.

 

Senior Secured Notes Offering

 

On February 9, 2012, PBF Holding completed an offering of $675.5 million aggregate principal amount of 8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2020 (which we refer to as the “senior secured notes offering”). The net proceeds from the offering of approximately $647.8 million were used to repay our Paulsboro Promissory Note in the amount of $160.0 million, our Term Loan Facility in the amount of $123.8 million, our Toledo Promissory Note in the amount of $181.7 million, and to reduce indebtedness under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. As a result of the senior secured notes offering, with the exception of our catalyst leases and construction financing, we have no long-term debt maturing before 2016. Our Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, and certain of our other executives, purchased $25.5 million aggregate principal amount of the senior secured notes. The senior secured notes were offered pursuant to exemptions under the Securities Act, and have not been registered under the Securities Act or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction and may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

Credit Facilities

 

ABL Revolving Credit Facility

 

On May 31, 2011, we amended our ABL Revolving Credit Facility with UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent and co-collateral agent and certain other lenders to increase its size to $500.0 million by including certain inventory and accounts receivable of the Toledo refinery in the borrowing base. A portion of the proceeds of the ABL Revolving Credit Facility was used on the closing date thereof to repay in full all amounts then outstanding under and to terminate the Products and Intermediates Inventory Promissory Note, dated as of March 1, 2011, in an aggregate principal amount equal to $299.6 million, issued by Toledo Refining in favor of Sunoco. On March 13, 2012, we amended the ABL Revolving Credit Facility again to increase the

 

73


Table of Contents

aggregate size to $750.0 million. On an ongoing basis, the ABL Revolving Credit Facility is available to PBF Holding and its subsidiaries for working capital and other general corporate purposes and is scheduled to expire on May 31, 2016.

 

The ABL Revolving Credit Facility contains customary covenants and restrictions on the activities of PBF Holding and its subsidiaries, including, but not limited to, limitations on the incurrence of additional indebtedness; liens, negative pledges, guarantees, investments, loans, asset sales, mergers, acquisitions and prepayment of other debt; distributions, dividends and the repurchase of capital stock; transactions with affiliates; the ability to change the nature of our business or our fiscal year; the ability to amend the terms of the Term Loan Facility, or the senior secured note facility documents; and sale and leaseback transactions. As of December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with these covenants.

 

The ABL Revolving Credit Facility currently provides for revolving loans of up to an aggregate of $750.0 million, all of which is available in the form of letters of credit. The amount available for borrowings under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility is calculated according to a “borrowing base” formula based on (1) 90% of the book value of eligible accounts receivable with respect to investment grade obligors plus (2) 85% of the book value of eligible accounts receivable with respect to non-investment grade obligors plus (3) 80% of the cost of eligible hydrocarbon inventory plus (4) 100% of cash and cash equivalents in deposit accounts subject to a control agreement and is subject to customary reserves and eligibility criteria and in any event cannot exceed $750.0 million. As of December 31, 2011, $270.0 million was outstanding under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility, which is reflected as a long-term liability on our balance sheet. Additionally, we had $39.8 million in standby letters of credit issued and outstanding as of that date.

 

All obligations under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility are guaranteed (solely on a limited recourse basis to the extent required to support the lien described in clause (y) below by PBF LLC, PBF Finance Corporation, or PBF Finance, and each of our domestic operating subsidiaries and secured by a lien on (y) PBF LLC’s equity interests in PBF Holding and (z) substantially all of the assets of the borrowers and the subsidiary guarantors (subject to certain exceptions). The lien of the ABL Revolving Credit Facility lenders ranks first in priority with respect to the following: all deposit accounts (other than zero balance accounts, cash collateral accounts, trust accounts and/or payroll accounts, all of which are excluded from the collateral); all accounts receivables; all hydrocarbon inventory (other than the Saudi crude oil pledged under the letter of credit facility); to the extent evidencing, governing, securing or otherwise related to the foregoing, all general intangibles, chattel paper, instruments, documents, letter of credit rights and supporting obligations; and all products and proceeds of the foregoing, collectively, the Revolving Loan Priority Collateral. As a result of the payment in full of the Term Loan Facility, the Paulsboro Promissory Note and the Toledo Promissory Note with the net cash proceeds of the senior secured notes offering in February 2012, the ABL Revolving Credit Facility is now secured solely by the Revolving Loan Priority Collateral and the lien on the other assets previously part of the ABL Revolving Credit Facility collateral was released.

 

Letter of Credit Facility

 

PBF Holding, Paulsboro Refining and Delaware City Refining are party to a letter of credit facility with BNP Paribas (Suisse) SA, or BNP, consisting of (1) a committed portion of the facility in which BNP and other committed participants agreed to provide a committed letter of credit facility up to $500.0 million, or the Maximum Committed L/C Facility Amount, and (2) an uncommitted portion of the facility up to $250.0 million, or the Maximum Uncommitted L/C Facility Amount, and together with the Maximum Committed L/C Facility Amount, the L/C Facility, under which letters of credit are issued from time to time at the request of and on behalf of PBF Holding in favor of Saudi Arabian Oil Company, or the Beneficiary, in connection with a crude oil sales agreement between PBF Holding and Beneficiary for the purchase of Saudi crude oil. As of December 31, 2011, there were $241.5 million standby letters of credit issued under the letter of credit facility.

 

The validity period for each letter of credit is limited to three months. Each letter of credit will be issued in either United States Dollars or Euros, at our option. The letter of credit facility contains covenants and

 

74


Table of Contents

restrictions on PBF Holding’s and Paulsboro Refining’s activities, including, but not limited to, limitations on their main business purpose; modifications to purchase contracts; and affirmative obligations to notify BNP of certain material events. As of December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with these covenants. The letter of credit facility matures on April 23, 2013.

 

An unused commitment fee payable under the letter of credit facility is equal to 0.375% per annum on the unused portion of the Maximum Committed L/C Facility Amount. Such unused commitment fee is due and payable on a quarterly basis in arrears. Each letter of credit that is issued is subject to an issuance commission calculated on the maximum amount of each such letter of credit issued at the rate of 1.50% per annum. Such issuance commission is due and payable on a monthly basis in arrears and shall accrue from the date of issuance of each letter of credit until the earlier of its expiration date and the date of BNP’s disbursement thereunder (but in any event, such commission shall not be less than the amount that would be due if the letter of credit were outstanding for a period of no less than 30 days). Additionally, letters of credit are subject to certain other customary charges of BNP for amendments and/or extensions and confirmation fees.

 

The letter of credit facility is secured by a lien on and security interest in PBF Holding’s, Paulsboro Refining’s and Delaware City Refining’s right, title and interest in and to the Saudi crude oil, receivables arising from the sale or other disposition of Saudi crude oil, all contracts, bills of lading and other documents of title pertaining to the foregoing and all proceeds and products of each of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions, and replacements for, and rents, profits and products of each of the foregoing, all of which collateral is excluded from the Revolving Loan Priority Collateral.

 

Cash Balances

 

As of December 31, 2011, our cash and cash equivalents totaled $50.2 million. We also had $12.1 million in restricted cash, which was included within deferred charges and other assets, net on our balance sheet. The restricted cash represents a trust fund we acquired in connection with the Paulsboro refinery acquisition and represents the estimated cost of environmental remediation obligations assumed.

 

Liquidity

 

As of December 31, 2011, our total liquidity, which is the sum of our cash and cash equivalents plus the amount of availability under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility, totaled approximately $215.4 million and on a pro forma basis, giving effect to the senior secured notes offering, would have been approximately $396.4 million.

 

Working Capital

 

Working capital at December 31, 2011 was $286.4 million, consisting of $1,946.5 million in total current assets and $1,660.1 million in total current liabilities. Our working capital for financial reporting purposes is significantly impacted by the way we account for our crude and feedstock and product offtake agreements as more fully described below.

 

Crude and Feedstock Supply Agreements

 

We acquire crude oil for our Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries under supply agreements whereby Statoil purchases the crude oil requirements for each refinery on our behalf and under our direction. Statoil provides transportation and logistics services, risk management services and holds title to the crude oil until we purchase it as it enters the refinery process units. For our purchases of Saudi crude oil, we post letters of credit and Statoil arranges for shipment. Statoil pays for the crude when we are invoiced, the letter of credit is lifted, Statoil takes title and then we re-purchase the crude as it enters the refinery process units just as we do with our other crudes. We reimburse Statoil for its cost of insurance, shipping and storage and pay them an administrative

 

75


Table of Contents

fee and a time value of money charge for these services. We purchase and take title to the crude oil as it enters the refineries’ processing units. We do not have to post letters of credit for these purchases as the supply agreements allow us to price and pay for our crude oil as it is processed, as opposed to owning the crude oil from its origination point. As a result, the amount of crude oil we own and the time we are exposed to market fluctuations is substantially reduced. Under generally accepted accounting principles we record the inventory owned by Statoil on our behalf as inventory with a corresponding accrued liability on our balance sheet because we have risk of loss while the Statoil inventory is in our storage tanks and because we have an obligation to repurchase Statoil’s inventory upon termination of the agreements at the then market value.

 

We have a similar agreement with MSCG to supply the crude oil requirements for our Toledo refinery. Under the Toledo agreement, for the period from March 1, 2011 through May 31, 2011, MSCG held title to the crude oil until we purchased it as it entered the refinery process units. Beginning June 1, 2011, under a new agreement we take title to MSCG’s crude oil at the out-of-state pipeline delivery locations. Payment for the crude oil under the Toledo agreement is due three days after it is processed by us or sold to third parties. We do not have to post letters of credit for these purchases and the Toledo agreement allows us to price and pay for our crude oil as it is processed, which reduces the time we are exposed to market fluctuations. We record an accrued liability at each period-end for the amount we owe MSCG for the crude oil that we own but have not processed. The accrued liability is based on the period-end market value, as it represents our best estimate of what we will pay for the crude oil.

 

In connection with the crude and feedstock supply agreements for our Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries, Statoil also purchases the refineries’ production of certain feedstocks or purchases feedstocks from third parties on the refineries’ behalf. Legal title to the feedstocks is held by Statoil and stored in the refineries’ storage tanks until they are needed for further use in the refining process. At that time, the feedstocks are drawn out of the storage tanks and purchased by the refineries. These purchases and sales are netted at cost and reported within cost of sales. The feedstock inventory owned by Statoil remains on our balance sheet with a corresponding accrued liability.

 

At December 31, 2011, the LIFO value of crude oil and feedstocks owned by Statoil included within inventory on our balance sheet was $317.7 million. The corresponding accrued liability for such crude oil and feedstocks was $333.8 million at that date.

 

Product Offtake Agreements

 

Our Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries sell their light finished products, certain intermediates and lube base oils to MSCG under a products offtake agreement. Legal title transfers to MSCG as the products leave the process units and enter the refinery storage facilities. On a daily basis MSCG, under a payment direction agreement, pays the purchase price of certain finished products directly to Statoil, the counterparty to our crude oil and feedstocks supply agreement, effectively netting our liability for crude and feedstock purchases. Any shortfall or overage in the netting process is trued up between us and Statoil. Under generally accepted accounting principles, we defer the revenue on finished product sales and retain the inventory owned by MSCG on our balance sheet until MSCG ships the products out of our refinery storage facilities, which typically occurs within an average of six days.

 

In addition, MSCG purchases the daily production of certain intermediates and lube products. When needed for additional blending or sales to third parties, the Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries repurchase the intermediates or lubes from MSCG. These purchases and sales occur at the daily market price for the related products and are netted in cost of sales at cost. The inventory of intermediates and lubes owned by MSCG remain in inventory on our balance sheet and the net cash receipts result in a liability that is recorded at market price for the volumes held in storage with any change in the market price being recorded in cost of sales.

 

At December 31, 2011, the LIFO value of light finished products, intermediates and lubes owned by MSCG included within inventory on our balance sheet was $419.6 million. The corresponding deferred revenue for light finished products and accrued liability for intermediates and lubes was $189.2 million and $298.0 million, respectively.

 

76


Table of Contents

Pro Forma Contractual Obligations and Commitments

 

The following table summarizes our material contractual pro forma payment obligations as of December 31, 2011, after giving effect to the senior secured notes offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, as if they had occurred on that date.

 

     Payments due by period  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3
Years
     3-5 Years      More than 5
years
 
     (in thousands)  

Long-term debt (a)

   $ 812,660       $ 2,765       $ 37,740       $ 96,655       $ 675,500   

Interest payments on debt facilities (a)

     490,674         40,242         132,585         122,797         195,050   

Delaware Economic Development Authority Loan (b)

                                       

Operating leases (c)

     54,640         17,341         18,617         11,621         7,061   

Purchase obligations (d) :

              

Crude Supply and Offtake Agreements

     641,588         641,588                           

Other Supply and Capacity Agreements

     515,255         39,483         88,026         88,452         299,294   

Delaware City construction obligations

     5,909         5,909                           

Refinery contingent consideration (e)

     125,000         103,643         21,357                   

Environmental obligations (f)

     18,202         2,915         3,530         1,920         9,837   

Pension and post-retirement obligations (g)

     53,020         338         4,154         7,320         41,208   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual cash obligations

   $ 2,716,948       $ 854,224       $ 306,009       $ 328,765       $ 1,227,950   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (a)   Long-term Debt and Interest Payments on Debt Facilities

 

Long-term obligations represent (i) the repayment of any indebtedness incurred in connection with the senior secured notes offering; (ii) the repayment of our catalyst lease obligations on their maturity dates; (iii) repayment of our Delaware City construction loan; and (iv) repayment of the pro forma balance of our ABL Revolving Credit Facility in the amount of $87.7 million.

 

Interest payments on debt facilities include pro forma cash interest payments on the senior secured notes, catalyst lease obligations, the Delaware City construction loan, ABL Revolving Credit Facility, plus cash payments for the commitment fee on the unused ABL Revolving Credit Facility and letter of credit fees on the letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2011.

 

  (b)   Delaware Economic Development Authority Loan

 

The Delaware Economic Development Authority Loan converts to a grant in tranches of $4.0 million annually, starting at the one year anniversary of the Delaware City refinery’s “certified re-start date” provided we meet certain criteria, all as defined in the loan agreement. We expect that we will meet the requirements to convert the loan to a grant and that we will ultimately not be required to repay the $20.0 million loan. Our Delaware Economic Development Authority Loan is further explained at Note 8 to our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

  (c)   Operating Leases

 

We enter into operating leases in the normal course of business, some of these leases provide us with the option to renew the lease or purchase the leased item. Future operating lease obligations would change if we chose to exercise renewal options and if we enter into additional operating lease agreements. Certain of our lease obligations contain a fixed and variable component. The table above reflects the fixed component of our lease obligations. The variable component could be significant. Our operating lease obligations are further explained at the Commitments and Contingencies footnote to our financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

77


Table of Contents
  (d)   Purchase Obligations

 

We have obligations to repurchase crude oil, feedstocks, certain intermediates and lube oils under various crude supply and product offtake agreements with MSCG and Statoil as further explained at the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Inventories and Accrued Expenses footnotes to our financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Payments under Other Supply and Capacity Agreements include contracts for the supply of hydrogen, steam, or natural gas to certain of our refineries, contracts for the treatment of wastewater, and contracts for pipeline capacity. We enter into these contracts to ensure an adequate supply of energy or essential services to support our refinery operations. Substantially all of these obligations are based on fixed prices. Certain agreements include fixed or minimum volume requirements, while others are based on our actual usage. The amounts included in this table are based on fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased and the fixed or estimated costs based on market conditions as of December 31, 2011.

 

  (e)   Refinery Contingent Consideration

 

In connection with the Toledo acquisition, the seller will be paid an amount equal to 25% of the amount by which the purchased assets’ EBITDA exceeds $125.0 million in a given calendar year through 2016. The purchased assets’ EBITDA is calculated using calendar year earnings we have earned solely from the purchase of Toledo including reasonable direct and allocated overhead expenses, not to exceed a fixed amount in any calendar year, less interest expense, income tax expense and depreciation and amortization expense as well as any significant extraordinary or non-recurring expenses, such as an asset impairment loss and any fees or expenses incurred by us in connection with the Toledo acquisition. We paid $103.6 million in April 2012 to Sunoco related to the amount of contingent consideration earned in 2011. The aggregate amount of all payments to be made shall not exceed $125.0 million.

 

  (f)   Environmental Obligations

 

In connection with the Paulsboro acquisition, we assumed certain environmental remediation obligations to address existing soil and groundwater contamination at the site and acquired a trust fund established to meet the state’s related financial assurance requirement, recorded as a liability in the amount of $12.1 million which reflects the present value of the current estimated cost of the remediation obligations assumed based on investigative work to-date. The undiscounted estimated costs related to these environmental remediation obligations were $18.2 million as of December 31, 2011.

 

In connection with the acquisition of the Delaware City assets, the prior owners remain responsible, subject to certain limitations, for certain pre-acquisition environmental obligations, including ongoing soil and groundwater remediation at the site.

 

In connection with the Delaware City assets and Paulsboro refinery acquisitions, we, along with the seller, purchased two individual ten year, $75.0 million environmental insurance policies to insure against unknown environmental liabilities at each site.

 

In connection with the acquisition of Toledo, the seller initially retains, subject to certain limitations, remediation obligations which will transition to us over a 20-year period.

 

In connection with the acquisition of all three of our refineries, we assumed certain environmental obligations under regulatory orders unique to each site, including orders regulating air emissions from each facility.

 

  (g)   Pension and Post-retirement Obligations

 

Pension and post-retirement obligations include only those amounts we expect to pay out in benefit payments and are further explained at the Employee Benefit Plans footnote to our financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

78


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2011, other than outstanding letters of credit in the amount of approximately $281.3 million.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

We are exposed to market risks, including changes in commodity prices and interest rates. Our primary commodity price risk is associated with the difference between the prices we sell our refined products and the prices we pay for crude oil and other feedstocks. We may use derivative instruments to manage the risks from changes in the prices of crude oil and refined products, interest rates, or to capture market opportunities.

 

Commodity Price Risk

 

In order to realize value from our processing capacity, we must achieve a positive spread between the cost of raw materials and the value of finished products (i.e., refinery gross product margin or crack spread). The physical commodities that comprise our raw materials and finished goods are typically bought and sold at a spot or index price that can be highly variable.

 

The prices of crude oil, refined products and other commodities are subject to fluctuations in response to changes in supply, demand, market uncertainty and a variety of additional factors that are beyond our control. The crude and feedstock supply agreements for our Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries allow us to take title to and price our crude oil at locations in close proximity to our refineries, as opposed to the crude oil origination point, reducing the time we are exposed to market fluctuations before the finished refined products are sold. Our offtake agreements with MSCG for our Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries allow us to sell our light finished products and certain intermediates and lube base oils as they are produced.

 

We carry inventories of crude oil, intermediates and refined products (“hydrocarbon inventories”) on our balance sheet, the values of which are subject to fluctuations in market prices. Our hydrocarbon inventories totaled approximately 14.7 million barrels and the average cost of our hydrocarbon inventories was approximately $103.27 per barrel on a LIFO basis at December 31, 2011. If market prices decline to a level below the average cost, we may be required to write down the carrying value of our hydrocarbon inventories to market.

 

We periodically use non-trading derivative instruments to manage exposure to commodity price risks associated with the purchase or sale of crude oil, finished products and natural gas to fuel our refinery operations. We may also use non-trading derivative instruments to manage price risks associated with inventories above or below a baseline we set for our target levels of hydrocarbon inventories. We may engage in the purchase and sale of physical commodities, derivatives, options, over-the-counter products and various exchange-traded instruments. We mark-to-market our derivative instruments and recognize the changes in their fair value in our statements of operations.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

In March 2012, we amended the terms of our ABL Revolving Credit Facility to increase the size of our asset-based revolving credit facility from $500.0 million to $750.0 million. Borrowings under our ABL Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at the Adjusted LIBOR Rate plus 2.00% to 2.50%, depending on excess availability. If this facility were fully drawn, a one percent change in the interest rate would increase our interest expense by $7.5 million annually.

 

We also have interest rate exposure in connection with our Statoil and MSCG crude oil and offtake agreements under which we pay a time value of money charge based on LIBOR.

 

79


Table of Contents

Credit Risk

 

We are subject to risk of losses resulting from nonpayment or nonperformance by our customers. We will continue to closely monitor the creditworthiness of customers to whom we grant credit and establish credit limits in accordance with our credit policy.

 

Concentration Risk

 

MSCG and Sunoco accounted for 52% and 12%, respectively, of our total sales for the year ended December 31, 2011. Sunoco and Statoil accounted for 19% and 11% of total trade accounts receivable as of December 31, 2011.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The following summary provides further information about our critical accounting policies that involve critical accounting estimates and should be read in conjunction with Note 2 to our financial statements, which summarizes our significant accounting policies.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Revenue and Deferred Revenue

 

We sell various refined products and recognize revenue related to the sale of products when there is persuasive evidence of an agreement, the sales prices are fixed or determinable, collectability is reasonably assured and when products are shipped or delivered in accordance with their respective agreements. Revenue for services is recorded when the services have been provided.

 

Our Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries sell their light finished products, certain intermediates and lube base oils to MSCG under products offtake agreements. On a daily basis, MSCG purchases and pays for the refineries’ production of these products as they are produced, delivered to the refineries’ storage tanks and legal title passes to MSCG. The inventory associated with these sales remains on our balance sheet and the revenue is deferred until the products are shipped out of our storage facilities by MSCG, which typically occurs within an average of six days. As a result, gross margin on these product sales is deferred until shipment occurs.

 

Under the offtake agreements, our Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries also enter into purchase and sale transactions of certain of their intermediates and lube base oils whereby MSCG purchases and pays for the refineries’ production of certain intermediates and lube products as they are produced and legal title passes to MSCG. The intermediate products are held in the refineries’ storage tanks until they are needed for further use in the refining process. The refineries have the right to repurchase lube products and do so to supply other third parties with that product. When the refineries need intermediates or when they repurchase lube products, the products are drawn out of their storage tanks, title passes back to the refineries and MSCG is paid for those products. These transactions are considered to be made in contemplation of each other and, accordingly, do not result in the recognition of a sale when title passes from the refineries to the counterparty. Inventory remains at cost, valued on a LIFO basis and the net cash receipts result in a liability that is recorded at market price for the volumes held in storage with any change in the market price being recorded in costs of sales. The liability represents the amount we expect to pay to repurchase the volumes in storage.

 

Our Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries sell and purchase feedstocks under supply agreements with Statoil. Statoil purchases the refineries’ production of certain feedstocks or purchases feedstocks from third

 

80


Table of Contents

parties on the refineries’ behalf. Legal title to the feedstocks is held by Statoil and the feedstocks are held in the refineries’ storage tanks until they are needed for further use in the refining process. At that time the feedstocks are drawn out of the storage tanks and purchased by us. These purchases and sales are settled monthly at the daily market prices related to those feedstocks. These transactions are considered to be made in the contemplation of each other and, accordingly, do not result in the recognition of a sale when title passes from the refineries to the counterparty. Inventory remains at cost and the net cash receipts result in a liability.

 

Inventory

 

Inventories are carried at the lower of cost or market. The cost of crude oil, feedstocks, blendstocks and refined products is determined under the LIFO method using the dollar value LIFO method with increments valued based on average cost during the year. The cost of supplies and other inventories is determined principally on the weighted average cost method.

 

Our Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries acquire substantially all of their crude oil from Statoil under our crude supply agreements whereby we take title to the crude oil as it is delivered to our processing units. We have risk of loss while the Statoil inventory is in our storage tanks. We are obligated to purchase all the crude oil held by Statoil on our behalf upon termination of the agreements. In addition, we are obligated to purchase a fixed volume of the Paulsboro feedstocks from Statoil when the arrangement is terminated. As a result of the purchase obligations, we record the inventory of crude oil and feedstocks in the refineries’ storage facilities. The purchase obligations contain derivatives that change in value based on changes in commodity prices. Such changes are included in our cost of sales.

 

For the period from March 1, 2011 through May 31, 2011, our Toledo refinery acquired substantially all of its crude oil from MSCG under a crude oil supply agreement whereby we took title to the crude oil as it was delivered to the refinery processing units. We had custody and risk of loss for MSCG’s crude oil stored on the refinery premises. As a result, we recorded the crude oil in the Toledo refinery’s storage facilities as inventory with a corresponding accrued liability. Effective June 1, 2011 we entered into a new supply agreement with MSCG under which we take legal title to the crude oil at out-of-state pipeline delivery locations. We record an accrued liability at each period-end for the amount we owe MSCG for the crude oil that we own but have not processed. The accrued liability is based on the period-end market value, as it represents our best estimate of what we will pay for the crude oil.

 

Environmental Matters

 

Liabilities for future clean-up costs are recorded when environmental assessments and/or clean-up efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Other than for assessments, the timing and magnitude of these accruals generally are based on the completion of investigations or other studies or a commitment to a formal plan of action. Environmental liabilities are based on best estimates of probable future costs using currently available technology and applying current regulations, as well as our own internal environmental policies. The actual settlement of our liability for environmental matters could materially differ from our estimates due to a number of uncertainties such as the extent of contamination, changes in environmental laws and regulations, potential improvements in remediation technologies and the participation of other responsible parties.

 

Long-Lived Assets and Definite-Lived Intangibles

 

We review our long and finite lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. Impairment is evaluated by comparing the carrying value of the long and finite lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their ultimate disposition. If such analysis indicates that the carrying value of the long and finite lived assets is not considered to be recoverable, the carrying value is reduced to the fair value. There have been no impairment indicators and therefore, no impairment reviews were performed in the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

81


Table of Contents

Impairment assessments inherently involve judgment as to assumptions about expected future cash flows and the impact of market conditions on those assumptions. Although management would utilize assumptions that it believes are reasonable, future events and changing market conditions may impact management’s assumptions, which could produce different results.

 

Indefinite-lived Assets

 

We consider precious metals catalyst and linefill to be indefinite-lived assets as they are not expected to deteriorate in their prescribed functions. These assets are not depreciated, but will be assessed for impairment in connection with our review of our long-lived assets.

 

Deferred Maintenance

 

Refinery turnaround costs, which are incurred in connection with planned major maintenance activities at our refineries are capitalized when incurred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the period of time estimated until the next turnaround occurs (generally three to five years).

 

Derivative Instruments

 

We are exposed to market risk, primarily related to changes in commodity prices for the crude oil and feedstocks we use in the refining process as well as the prices of the refined products we sell. The accounting treatment for commodity contracts depends on the intended use of the particular contract and on whether or not the contract meets the definition of a derivative. Non-derivative contracts are recorded at the time of delivery.

 

All derivative instruments that are not designated as normal purchase or sales are recorded in our balance sheet as either assets or liabilities measured at their fair values. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments that either are not designated or do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment or normal purchase or normal sale accounting are recognized in income. Contracts qualifying for the normal purchase and sales exemption are accounted for upon settlement. Prior to June 30, 2011 we did not apply hedge accounting to any of our derivative instruments. Effective July 1, 2011, we elected fair value hedge accounting for certain derivatives associated with our inventory repurchase obligations.

 

Derivative accounting is complex and requires management judgment in the following respects: identification of derivatives and embedded derivatives; determination of the fair value of derivatives; identification of hedge relationships; assessment and measurement of hedge ineffectiveness; and election and designation of the normal purchases and sales exception. All of these judgments, depending upon their timing and effect, can have a significant impact on earnings.

 

Income Taxes

 

As PBF LLC is a limited liability company treated as a “flow-through” entity for income tax purposes, there is no benefit or provision for federal or state income tax in the accompanying financial statements.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

There are no recently issued accounting pronouncements requiring adoption subsequent to December 31, 2011 that would have a significant impact on our results of operations or financial position.

 

82


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

 

Introduction

 

Oil refining is the process of separating hydrocarbon molecules present in crude oil and converting them into marketable, finished petroleum products, such as diesel fuel, gasoline, home heating oil, lubricants and petrochemicals. Refining is primarily a margin-based business where both the feedstock (primarily crude oil) and refined petroleum products are commodities with fluctuating prices. Refiners create value by selling refined petroleum products at prices higher than the costs of acquiring crude oil and other feedstocks. It is important for a refinery to maximize the yields of high value finished products and to minimize the costs of feedstock and operating expenses.

 

Petroleum refining is an industry that has seasonal influences as a result of differentiated consumer demand for key refined products during certain months of the year. Most importantly, demand for gasoline is generally higher during the summer months than during the winter months due to seasonal increases in highway traffic and construction work. Decreased demand during the winter months can lower gasoline prices. Consequently, refining margins and profitability have historically generally been stronger in the second and third calendar quarters of each year relative to the first and fourth calendar quarters.

 

The United States economy has historically been the largest consumer of petroleum-based products in the world. According to the EIA’s 2011 Refinery Capacity Report, there were 137 operating oil refineries in the United States in January 2011, with a total refining capacity of approximately 16.9 million bpd. Historically, the demand for refined petroleum products has generally followed industrial production. Demand was significantly impacted by the recent recession with demand in the United States for finished petroleum products reaching near-term lows in 2009. Demand for refined products has generally started to recover since 2009, as industrial production has slowly rebounded.

 

This improvement, coupled with domestic refining capacity rationalization, led to an improvement in benchmark cracks in 2011. The Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1 benchmark crack, our proxy for Paulsboro and Delaware City, averaged $9.93 per barrel over the period from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011, a 20.5% improvement over the 2009 average. The WTI (Chicago) 4-3-1 benchmark crack, our proxy for Toledo, averaged $24.14 per barrel over the period from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011, a 180.1% increase versus the same average crack spread in 2009. In addition to the economic recovery, an additional driver for the improvement in the WTI (Chicago) 4-3-1 crack was a widened differential between WTI and Dated Brent, with WTI trading $16.22 below Dated Brent on average for the period from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011. The recent WTI price dynamic has been impacted by current supply bottlenecks and the announcement of future infrastructure projects in Cushing, Oklahoma, as well as other factors we discuss in “—Brent-WTI Differential Expansion.”

 

Light-heavy differentials were also significantly impacted by the recent recession and subsequent economic rebound. The Dated Brent/Maya differential averaged $13.02 per barrel in 2008, declined significantly to $5.00 per barrel in 2009 and subsequently increased to $9.27 per barrel in 2010 and then to $12.63 per barrel in 2011. As global economic demand for crude oil increases, the marginal barrel of crude oil produced is generally a heavier, more sour crude since the light sweet crude oil is produced first. The increased demand for crude oil results in the price of light sweet crude increasing relative to heavier, more sour crudes. As the price differential for such light, sweet crudes increases, the light-heavy differential expands. This differential expansion typically favors refiners with complex facilities, like our East Coast refineries, who are able to process a heavier crude slate.

 

Further, our midcontinent Toledo refinery benefits from the widening of the differential between Dated Brent and WTI. Historically, Dated Brent has traded at a slight discount to WTI domestically, due to its higher sulfur content and higher transportation costs. Recently, Dated Brent has traded at a significant premium to WTI.

 

83


Table of Contents

The primary driver of this recent phenomenon is increasing inland domestic/Canadian oil production leading to large inventories of WTI based crude oil being subject to logistics constraints in the Midcontinent, with the primary bottleneck occurring in Cushing, Oklahoma. The over-supply of WTI at Cushing has driven the price of WTI lower, while the price of Dated Brent has increased along with global demand and the loss of supply of light, sweet crude from Libya. The Dated Brent/WTI differential averaged ($2.81) per barrel in the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to ($0.25) per barrel in the same period in 2009 and $0.05 per barrel in 2010. The Dated Brent/WTI differential averaged $16.22 per barrel in the twelve months ended December 31, 2011. We expect Dated Brent to continue to trade at a premium to WTI in the near-term due to continued logistics constraints, however infrastructure projects, if completed, such as the construction of the proposed Keystone XL pipeline and the pending Seaway pipeline reversal will likely alleviate the Cushing bottleneck in the longer term and reduce the favorable Dated Brent/WTI differential in the Midcontinent.

 

The refining industry is characterized by swings in profitability due to a variety of factors, including seasonality, crude supply and related pricing, product demand, weather, changes in crude quality differentials and offline refining capacity. As such, product cracks can change quickly. The cracks realized in our markets during the fourth quarter of 2011 declined, impacted by a variety of industry factors. See “—Market Trends—U.S. Supply and Demand Dynamics” for a more detailed discussion.

 

Refining Basics

 

Refineries are uniquely designed to process specific crude oils into selected products. In general, each of a refinery’s different process units performs one of three functions:

 

   

separate through distillation the many types of hydrocarbons present in crude oil into a number of different components, ranging from light to heavy;

 

   

catalytically or thermally convert the separated hydrocarbons into more desirable products; and

 

   

treat the products by removing unwanted elements and compounds.

 

Each function in the refining process is designed to maximize the value of the refined petroleum products produced. Below is a general description of refinery process units. Not all refineries possess each of these units.

 

Distillation. Typically crude oil is initially processed at a refinery in the atmospheric and vacuum distillation units. Crude oil is separated by boiling point in the distillation units under high heat and low pressure and recovered as hydrocarbon fractions. The lowest boiling fractions, including gasoline and LPG, vaporize and exit the top part of the atmospheric distillation unit. Medium boiling liquids, including jet fuel, kerosene and distillates such as gasoil, heating oil and diesel fuel, are drawn from the middle of the distillation unit. Higher boiling liquids, such as fuel oils and the highest boiling liquids, called residuum, are drawn together from the bottom of the atmospheric distillation unit and separated further in the vacuum distillation unit. Vacuum residues can be used for fuel oil or bitumen production. The various fractions are then pumped to the next appropriate unit in the refinery for further processing into higher value products or are sent to storage tanks for sale to customers.

 

Conversion. The next step in the refining process is to convert the hydrocarbon fractions into distinct products. One of the ways of accomplishing this is through “cracking,” a process that breaks or cracks higher boiling fractions into more valuable products, such as gasoline, distillates and gasoil. The most important conversion units are the crude unit, the hydrocracker, the FCC unit and the coker. Thermal cracking is accomplished in the visbreaking unit and/or the coker. The visbreaking unit receives heavy residuum feedstock from the crude distillation units and transforms it at high temperature into lighter products such as gasoline, naphtha, kerosene and distillates. The remaining heavy residuum from the visbreaker has a lower viscosity than the heavy residuum from the crude distillation unit, which means that fewer diluents have to be added to be able to use the residuum as fuel oil. The coker upgrades residuum into naphtha, distillate and gasoil and produces coke as a residual. Catalytic cracking is accomplished in the hydrocracker and/or FCC unit. Hydrocrackers

 

84


Table of Contents

receive feedstocks from cokers, FCCs and crude distillation units and convert lower value intermediate products into gasoline, naphtha, kerosene and distillates under very high pressure in the presence of hydrogen and a catalyst. The FCC unit converts gasoil and some residual from the crude distillation units into LPG, gasoline and distillates by applying heat in the presence of a catalyst. An FCC unit produces a higher percentage of gasoline, whereas a hydrocracker produces a higher percentage of diesel.

 

Reforming. The reformer converts naphtha, or low-octane gasoline fractions, into higher octane gasoline blendstocks, which are used to increase the overall octane level of the gasoline pool. The alkylation unit reduces the vapor pressure and enhances the octane of gasoline blendstocks produced by the FCC and coker units through the conversion of light olefins to heavier, high-octane paraffins.

 

Removal of Impurities. Lastly, the intermediate products from the distillation and conversion processes are treated to remove impurities, such as sulfur, nitrogen and heavy metals and are processed to enhance octane, reduce vapor pressure and to meet other product specifications. Treatment for sulfur, nitrogen and metals is most commonly accomplished in hydrotreating units by heating the intermediates under high pressure in the presence of hydrogen and catalysts.

 

Crude Oil

 

The quality of crude oil dictates the level of processing and conversion necessary to achieve the optimal mix of finished products. Crude oils are classified by their density (light to heavy) and sulfur content (sweet to sour).

 

Density. The less dense the crude, the lighter and thinner it is. Conversely, the more dense the crude, the heavier and thicker it is. Density is technically classified by the American Petroleum Institute in terms of “API degrees.” The higher the API degree, the lighter the crude oil. Light crude oils generally exceed 35° API, while heavy crude oils feature densities of 28° API or less. Crude oil varieties within the range of 28° API and 35° API are commonly known as medium crude oils.

 

Sulfur content. Crude is considered sweet, or low-sulfur, if its sulfur content is less than 1.0% and sour, or high-sulfur, if its sulfur content is 1.0% or more. The terms light, medium and heavy when used in reference to crude oils refer to their API gravity and the terms sweet and sour refer to their sulfur content. These terms are often used in conjunction with each other to describe the qualities of crude oil. Light sweet crude oils typically are more expensive than heavy, sour crude oils because they require less treatment and, therefore, lower operating costs to produce a slate of products with a greater percentage of higher value, light refined products. Heavy and sour crude oils produce a greater percentage of lower value products with simple distillation and require additional processing and higher operating costs to produce the higher value, light refined products. In seeking to maximize their refining margins, refiners strive to process the optimal mix or slate of crude oils through their refineries, depending on their refinery’s conversion and treating equipment, the desired product output and the relative price of available crude oils.

 

Industry Terminology

 

Crack Spreads

 

Crack spreads are a proxy for refining margins and refer to the margin that would be derived from the simultaneous purchase of crude oil and the sale of refined petroleum products, in each case at the then-prevailing price. The 2-1-1 crack spread assumes two barrels of crude oil will be converted, or “cracked,” into one barrel of gasoline and one barrel of heating oil or diesel fuel. Average 2-1-1 crack spreads vary from region to region throughout the United States, depending on the supply and demand balances of crude oils and refined products. For example, our Toledo refinery utilizes a compound 4-3-1 crack spread as a benchmark. In this example, four barrels of crude oil will be converted to three barrels of gasoline, one-half barrel of jet fuel and one-half barrel of ULSD.

 

85


Table of Contents

Actual refinery margins vary from benchmark crack spreads due to the actual crude oils used and products produced, transportation costs, regional differences and the timing of the purchase of the feedstock and sale of light products.

 

Benchmark Crudes

 

Oil prices and quality are usually stated by reference to certain benchmarks, including:

 

   

WTI, the benchmark for North American crude oil, is lighter and sweeter than Brent. WTI typically has a gravity of approximately 38° to 40° API and sulfur content of approximately 0.3%. WTI is typically priced FOB Cushing, Oklahoma, which is a price settlement point for trades on the NYMEX.

 

   

Dated Brent is the price of all ready shipments of Brent blend, a light sweet North Sea crude oil. Brent blend has a gravity of approximately 38° API and sulfur content of approximately 0.4%. Most of the Brent blend is refined in northwest Europe, but significant volumes are also shipped to the United States and the Mediterranean region. Oil production from Europe, Africa and the Middle East flowing west tends to be priced off the Dated Brent benchmark. According to the Intercontinental Exchange, this benchmark is currently used for pricing two-thirds of the world’s internationally traded crude oil supplies. Brent blend has a rolling price assessment based on the physical Brent Forties Oseberg crude oil cargoes loading not less than ten days forward and loaded FOB at the named port of shipment.

 

Light-Heavy Differential

 

The light-heavy differential is the price differential between heavy (high density), sour (high sulfur) and light (low density), sweet (low sulfur) crude oils. In general, the heavier, sour crude blends trade at a discount to lighter, sweet crudes that are easier for refiners to process.

 

Product Differentials

 

Because refineries produce many other products that are not reflected in crack spreads, product differentials relative to the products reflected in the crack spreads are calculated to analyze a given refinery’s product mix advantage. Refineries that have an economic advantage are those that produce relatively high volumes of premium products, such as premium and reformulated gasoline, low-sulfur diesel fuel and jet fuel and relatively low volumes of lesser valued products, such as LPG, residual fuel oil, petroleum coke and sulfur.

 

Operating Costs

 

Major operating costs for refineries include employee labor, maintenance and energy. Employee labor and maintenance are relatively fixed costs that generally increase proportional to inflation. By far, the predominant variable cost is energy such as refinery fuel gas, natural gas, hydrogen, electricity and water.

 

Refinery Products

 

The main refinery products, not all of which we produce, are as follows:

 

Petroleum Gases. Petroleum gases are the lightest products of the refining process, primarily consisting of methane, ethane, propane and butane. Their primary uses include heating and use as an intermediary in petrochemical manufacturing processes. Petroleum gases are often liquefied under pressure to create LPG, consisting primarily of propane and butane, for use as a fuel and an intermediate material in the petrochemical manufacturing process.

 

Petrochemicals. Many products derived from crude oil refining, such as ethylene, propylene, butylene, isobutylene, tetramer, nonene, toluene, xylene and benzene are primarily intended for use as petrochemical feedstocks in the production of plastics, synthetic fibers, synthetic rubbers and other products. A variety of petrochemicals are produced for use as solvents, including benzene, toluene and xylene.

 

86


Table of Contents

Gasoline. One of the most significant refinery products is motor gasoline. Various gasoline blendstocks, including RBOB and CBOB, are blended to achieve specifications for regular and premium grades in both summer and winter gasoline formulations. Additives are often used to enhance performance and provide protection against oxidation and rust formation.

 

Naphtha. Naphtha is a low-octane gasoline product used as a feedstock by the chemicals industry and for catalytic reforming and the production of hydrogen.

 

Middle Distillates. Middle distillates are diesel fuels, heating oil and kerosene. Diesel fuels are used for on-road vehicles, construction equipment, locomotives and stationary and marine engines. Heating oil fuels are used for home heating, oil-fired heating plants and boilers. Kerosene is used for jet fuel, cooking, space heating, lighting and solvents and for blending into diesel fuel.

 

Fuel Oil. Fuel oils are petroleum products that are used as fuels for industrial and utility boilers.

 

Residual Fuels. Many marine vessels, power plants, commercial buildings and industrial facilities use residual fuels or combinations of residual and distillate fuels for heating and power generation. Bitumen, a low-value residual product, is used primarily for asphalt coating of roads and roofing materials.

 

Petroleum Coke. Petroleum coke, a co-product of the coking process, is almost pure carbon and has a variety of uses. Fuel-grade coke is used primarily by power plants as fuel for producing electricity. Premium grades of coke, low in sulfur and metal content, are used as anodes for the manufacture of aluminum.

 

Niche Refined Petroleum Products. Various refined petroleum products are produced in relatively small quantities such as lubricant base oils, biofuels and other refined petroleum products. These products are commonly used as blending components for transportation fuels or as lubricants.

 

Industry Characteristics

 

Refinery Complexity

 

Refinery complexity refers to an oil refinery’s ability to process feedstocks, such as heavier and higher sulfur content crude oils, into value-added products. Refinery complexity is commonly measured by the Nelson Complexity Index. The Nelson Complexity Index assigns a complexity factor to each major piece of refinery equipment based on its complexity and cost in comparison to crude distillation, which is assigned a complexity factor of 1.0. The complexity of each piece of refinery equipment is then calculated by multiplying its complexity factor by its throughput ratio as a percentage of crude distillation capacity. Adding up the complexity values assigned to each piece of equipment, including crude distillation, determines a refinery’s complexity on the Nelson Complexity Index. A refinery with a complexity of 10.0 on the Nelson Complexity Index is considered ten times more complex than crude distillation for the same amount of throughput. The average Nelson complexity index for refineries on the East Coast and in the Midcontinent is 9.3 and 10.1, respectively.

 

Refinery Locations

 

The location of an oil refinery has an important impact on its refining margin since the location influences its ability to access feedstocks and distribute its products efficiently. The location also dictates whether the feedstocks and products can be transported via sea tanker vessels, pipelines, rail or tank trucks. Refiners seek to maximize their profits by placing their products in the markets where they receive the highest margins. Due to their lower logistics costs, oil refineries located in coastal areas typically have a competitive advantage over oil refineries located inland in sourcing crude oil supplies. Nevertheless, certain inland refineries with niche market positions may also have significant competitive advantages. For example, refiners whose refineries and logistics systems are situated in areas of high petroleum consumption enjoy a competitive advantage over other suppliers

 

87


Table of Contents

in product distribution and in satisfying local demand. The map below shows the five regions in the U.S. (called Petroleum Administration for Defense Districts, or PADDs), which have historically experienced varying levels of refining profitability due to regional market conditions.

 

LOGO

 

Our Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries are located within 30 miles of each other on the East Coast in PADD 1, and our Toledo refinery is located in the Northeastern portion of PADD 2.

 

Ownership of Refineries

 

Refineries typically are owned by either integrated oil companies or independent entities.

 

Integrated oil companies have upstream operations, which are concerned with the exploration and production of crude oil, combined with downstream activities, or refining, marketing and other operations; such as gas, petrochemicals, power and transportation operations.

 

An independent refiner has no source of proprietary crude oil production; it purchases its feedstocks on the open market under term or spot contracts.

 

Refiners primarily distribute their products through either wholesale or retail channels. Oil refining companies that operate as wholesalers principally sell their refined petroleum products under term and spot contracts to their customers. Many refiners, both integrated and independent, distribute part of their refined products through retail outlets.

 

In recent years, integrated oil companies have sought to lower their exposure to the refining sector through divestments and rationalization of their refining portfolio. We believe this trend will continue.

 

Market Trends

 

U.S. Supply and Demand Dynamics . Petroleum refining is an industry that has seasonal influences as a result of differentiated consumer demand for key refined products during certain months of the year. Most importantly, demand for gasoline is generally higher during the summer months than during the winter months due to seasonal increases in highway traffic and construction work. Decreased demand during the winter months can lower gasoline prices. Consequently, refining margins and profitability have historically generally been stronger in the second and third calendar quarters of each year relative to the first and fourth calendar quarters.

 

88


Table of Contents

Supply and demand dynamics can vary greatly by region, creating differentiated margin opportunities at any given time for refiners depending on the location of their facilities. The refined product volumes necessary to satisfy demand in excess of production in areas where we operate are sourced from refineries located outside of such areas, including the United States Gulf Coast. Our Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries are both located on the East Coast (PADD 1) where product demand exceeds refinery capacity. We expect that this demand/capacity imbalance may continue in PADD 1. Our Toledo refinery is located in the Midcontinent (PADD 2). According to the EIA, total demand for refined products in the Midcontinent has represented approximately 25% of refined products demand in the United States for the past decade. Within the Midcontinent, refined product production capacity currently is insufficient to meet demand, so significant volumes are imported from other areas. The recent demand and capacity dynamic by PADD is outlined in the following chart:

 

LOGO

 

Increasing Demand for Products Meeting Tighter Specifications. We expect that products meeting new and evolving stricter fuel specifications could account for an increasing share of total fuel demand, which may benefit refiners that possess the capabilities to blend and process these fuels. Tightened petroleum product specifications and the increased role of renewable raw materials have resulted in increasing demand for new high-quality transportation fuels and other products, such as ULSD and biodiesel. Demand for low-sulfur products in the United States is expected to increase further as the mandatory maximum sulfur limit for certain distillates is lowered from the current limit of 50 PPM to 15 PPM.

 

89


Table of Contents

Refined Product Cracks. During the course of 2011, as the world-wide and domestic economic outlook and performance continued to recover from the credit crisis, the demand for refined products improved. This improvement, coupled with refining capacity rationalization, has led to a positive refining margin environment for the industry. The charts below show the Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1 spread, the benchmark crack spread for our Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries, and the WTI (Chicago) 4-3-1 spread, the benchmark crack spread for our Toledo refinery, over the last two years.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

Light-Heavy Differential Expansion. Recently the light-heavy differential has expanded. This differential expansion typically favors complex refiners, like our East Coast refineries, who are able to process the heavier crude varieties. As global economic demand for crude oil increases, the marginal barrel of crude oil produced is a heavier, more sour crude. The following chart shows the price differential between Dated Brent and Maya over the last two years.

 

LOGO

 

 

90


Table of Contents

Brent—WTI Differential Expansion. Historically, Dated Brent has traded at a slight discount to WTI domestically, due to its higher sulfur content and higher transportation costs. Recently, Dated Brent has traded at a significant premium to WTI. The primary driver of this recent phenomenon is increasing inland domestic/Canadian oil production leading to large inventories of WTI based crude oil being subject to logistics constraints in the Midcontinent, with the primary bottleneck occurring in Cushing, Oklahoma. The over-supply of WTI at Cushing has driven the price of WTI lower, while the price of Dated Brent has increased along with global demand and the loss of supply of light, sweet crude from Libya. The following chart shows the price differential between WTI and Dated Brent over the last two years, a key determinant of margins at our Toledo refinery. We expect Dated Brent to continue to trade at a premium to WTI in the near term due to continued logistics constraints, however infrastructure projects, if completed, such as the construction of the proposed Keystone XL pipeline and the pending Seaway pipeline reversal will likely alleviate the Cushing bottleneck in the longer term and reduce the favorable Dated Brent/WTI differential in the Midcontinent.

 

LOGO

 

91


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

We are one of the largest independent petroleum refiners and suppliers of unbranded transportation fuels, heating oil, petrochemical feedstocks, lubricants and other petroleum products in the United States. We were formed in 2008 to pursue acquisitions of crude oil refineries and downstream assets in North America. We currently own and operate three domestic oil refineries and related assets, which we acquired in 2010 and 2011. Our refineries have a combined processing capacity, known as throughput, of approximately 540,000 bpd.

 

March 1, 2008

   PBF was formed.

June 1, 2010

   The idle Delaware City refinery and its related assets were acquired from Valero for approximately $220.0 million.

December 17, 2010

   The Paulsboro refinery was acquired from Valero for approximately $357.7 million, excluding working capital.

March 1, 2011

   The Toledo refinery was acquired from Sunoco for approximately $400.0 million, excluding working capital.

October 2011

   Delaware City became fully operational.

February 2012

   PBF Holding sold $675.5 million aggregate principal amount of 8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2020.

 

Our three refineries are located in Delaware City, Delaware, Paulsboro, New Jersey and Toledo, Ohio. Our East Coast refineries at Delaware City and Paulsboro have a combined refining capacity of 370,000 bpd and Nelson complexity indices of 11.3 and 13.2, respectively. These refineries process primarily medium, sour crudes and receive the bulk of their feedstock via ships and barges on the Delaware River. Our Midcontinent refinery at Toledo processes light, sweet crude, has a throughput capacity of 170,000 bpd and a Nelson complexity index of 9.2.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that we have the following competitive strengths:

 

Complex assets with a valuable product slate located in high-demand regions . Our refinery assets are located in regions where product demand exceeds refining capacity. Our refineries have a weighted average Nelson complexity index of 11.3, which allows us the flexibility to process a variety of crudes. Our East Coast refineries have the highest Nelson complexity indices on the East Coast. The complexity of our refining assets allows us to produce a higher percentage of more valuable light products. For example, our East Coast refineries produce a greater percentage of distillates versus gasoline than other East Coast refineries and have 100% of the East Coast’s heavy coking capacity. Similarly, our Toledo refinery is a high conversion refinery with high gasoline and distillate yields and also produces high-value petrochemical products.

 

Strategically located refineries with cost and supply advantages . Our Midcontinent Toledo refinery advantageously sources 100% of its WTI based crude slate through pipelines that are connected to sources in Canada and throughout the Midcontinent. Recent increases in production volumes of crudes from Canada and the Midcontinent combined with limitations on takeaway capacity in Cushing, Oklahoma have resulted in a price discount for WTI based crudes compared to Brent based crudes. While projects to increase takeaway capacity at Cushing may decrease the WTI/Brent price differential in the longer term, we believe that our access to WTI based crudes at Toledo provides us with a cost advantage versus facilities that do not have similar access to such crudes and must process Brent based feedstocks. Our Toledo refinery is also located in a region where production capacity is less than product demand and has logistical advantages over product imported from other areas. Our Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries have similar supply advantages given that they obtain 100% of their crude oil requirements via the Delaware River, which allows our refineries to source a variety of crudes from

 

92


Table of Contents

around the world. In addition, our East Coast refineries generally process lower cost, heavier, more sour crude oils which gives us a cost advantage over other refineries in the same region. As the two most complex refineries on the East Coast, our Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries are well positioned to benefit from the continued rationalization of refining capacity in the Atlantic Basin. Additionally, future crude supply may emerge from the development of the Utica Shale play (located in portions of the Appalachian Basin and Canada), which could potentially bring significant oil production online in regional proximity to all three of our refineries, providing an attractive feedstock source with low associated transportation cost.

 

Significant scale and diversification . We currently operate three refineries with a combined crude throughput of 540,000 bpd making us the fifth largest independent refiner in the United States. Our refineries provide us diversification through crude slates, end products, customers and geographic locations. Our scale provides us buying power advantages, and we benefit from the cost efficiencies that result from operating three large refineries.

 

Recent capital investments and restructuring initiatives to improve financial returns . Prior owners of our refineries made over $2.5 billion of capital investments in the assets since 2006, improving their operating performance and minimizing the need for near-term capital expenditures. Since our acquisition through December 31, 2011, we invested approximately $465.0 million at the Delaware City refinery in turnaround and re-start projects that will improve the cost structure and profitability of the refinery, as well as a complete turnaround of the fluid catalytic cracking unit. We have also undertaken a significant restructuring of the operations at Delaware City to improve its operating cost position, including reductions in labor costs compared to operations before shutdown by Valero, reductions in energy costs and reductions in other ongoing operating and maintenance expenses. Management estimates that the Delaware City restructuring has reduced the refinery’s annual operating expenses by over $200.0 million relative to pre-acquisition operating expense levels. Additionally, we invested approximately $62.8 million to complete a scheduled turnaround at Paulsboro in early 2011. The resulting combination of limited near-term capital requirements and improved operating cost structure will help maximize future financial performance.

 

Limited exposure to historical environmental claims . We believe we have limited exposure to historical environmental claims at our refineries. In connection with the acquisitions of our refineries, subject to certain limitations, the prior owners generally have retained responsibility for environmental liabilities for all periods prior to our ownership. Accordingly, with certain exceptions, we should only be responsible for environmental liabilities starting from when we acquired these refineries, or to the extent the prior owners fail to satisfy their obligations to us with respect thereto.

 

Advantageous crude supply and product offtake agreements . We maintain strong commercial relationships, including with MSCG and Statoil. We have entered into a crude oil acquisition agreement with MSCG for our Toledo refinery and product offtake agreements with MSCG for our Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries. We have also entered into crude and feedstock supply agreements with Statoil for our Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries. These agreements, which were put in place to facilitate our rapid growth and transition from a development stage organization to an operating entity, enable us to leverage each of MSCG’s and Statoil’s global scale and infrastructure, as well as each of their respective expertise in the sourcing of crude oil and the sale of finished products. These financing arrangements with MSCG and Statoil, which include advantageous payment terms have enabled us to maintain relatively low working capital requirements and provided financial flexibility across our capital structure as we executed our rapid growth in 2010 and 2011. Our agreements with MSCG expire in June 2013 (subject to annual renewals and certain early termination rights) and with Statoil for Delaware City in December 2012 (subject to Statoil having an option to extend for up to three additional years) and for Paulsboro by either party at any time upon six months prior notice to the other party.

 

Experienced management team with a demonstrated track record of acquiring, integrating and operating refining assets. Our management team is led by our Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, Thomas D. O’Malley, who has more than 30 years experience in the refining industry. In addition, our executive

 

93


Table of Contents

management team, including our Chief Executive Officer, Thomas J. Nimbley, our President, Michael D. Gayda, and our head of Commercial Operations, Donald F. Lucey, has a proven track record of successfully operating refining assets in the United States and Europe. Our core management team has significant experience working together, including while at Tosco Corporation and Premcor. These executives have a long history of acquiring refineries at attractive prices and integrating these operations into a single, consolidated platform. For example, we believe we acquired the Paulsboro, Delaware City and Toledo refineries at or near the bottom of the refining cycle at a small fraction of replacement cost. These acquisitions were made at lower prices on a per barrel basis and significantly lower prices on a complexity barrel basis than other comparable acquisitions over the past five years.

 

Support from strong financial sponsors and management with a substantial investment . Our financial sponsors, funds affiliated with Blackstone and First Reserve, have a long history of successful investments across the energy industry. Together, our financial sponsors and management have invested approximately $922.6 million of equity in PBF LLC to date, with management investing over $25.0 million. In addition, Thomas D. O’Malley, our Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, certain of his affiliates and family members, and certain of our other executives, purchased $25.5 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured notes in the notes offering.

 

Our Business Strategy

 

Our primary goal is to create stockholder value by improving our market position as one of the largest independent refiners and suppliers of petroleum products in the United States. We intend to execute the following strategies to achieve our goal:

 

Maintain efficient refinery operations. We intend to operate our refineries as reliably and efficiently as possible and further improve our operations by maintaining our costs at competitive levels, seeking to optimize utilization of our refinery asset base, and making focused high-return capital improvements designed to generate incremental profits.

 

Continue to improve overall operating efficiencies. We are continuously looking for ways to improve our overall operating efficiencies. For example, our refineries in Paulsboro and Delaware City are located approximately 30 miles apart from one another on the Delaware River. Both refineries have the capability to process heavy, sour crudes and have complementary operating units and we intend to exchange certain feedstocks and intermediates between the refineries in an effort to optimize profitability. In addition, we expect to recognize cost savings associated with the sharing of crude oil cargoes for these refineries. We employ a small, centralized corporate staff that provides capital control and oversight and have experienced managers making operational decisions at our refineries.

 

Continue to grow through acquisitions and internal projects. We believe that the continuing consolidation in our industry, the strategic divestitures by major integrated oil companies and the rationalization of specific refinery assets by merging companies will present us with attractive acquisition opportunities. In selecting future acquisitions and internal projects, we intend to consider, among other things, the following criteria: performance through the cycle, access to advantageous crude supplies, attractive refined product end market fundamentals, access to storage, distribution and logistics infrastructure, acquisition price and our ability to maintain a conservative capital structure, and synergies with existing assets.

 

Promote operational excellence in reliability and safety. We will continue to devote significant time and resources toward improving the reliability and safety of our operations. We will seek to improve operating performance through our commitment to our preventive maintenance program and to employee training and development programs. We will continue to emphasize safety in all aspects of our operations. We believe that a superior reliability record, which can be measured and managed like all other aspects of our business, is inherently tied to safety and profitability.

 

94


Table of Contents

Create an organization highly motivated to maintain earnings and improve return on capital. We have created an organization in which employees are highly motivated to maintain earnings and improve return on capital. Our cash incentive compensation plan, which covers all non-unionized employees, is solely based on achieving earnings above designated levels. Our equity incentive plan provides participating employees with an equity stake in us and aligns their interests with our investors’ interests.

 

Refining Operations

 

We currently own and operate three refineries, all located in regions with favorable market dynamics where finished product demand exceeds operating refining capacity. We produce a variety of products at each of our refineries, including gasoline, ULSD, heating oil, jet fuel, lubricants, petrochemicals and asphalt. The products are sold throughout the Northeast and Midwest United States, as well as in other regions of the United States and Canada.

 

Delaware City Refinery

 

Acquisition and Re-Start. Through our subsidiaries, Delaware City Refining and Delaware Pipeline Company LLC, we acquired the idle Delaware City refinery and its related assets, including a petroleum product terminal, a petroleum products pipeline and an electric generation facility, on June 1, 2010 from affiliates of Valero for approximately $220.0 million in cash funded entirely by equity; consisting of approximately $170.0 million for the refinery, terminal and pipeline assets and $50.0 million for the power plant complex located on the property. We also incurred approximately $4.3 million in acquisition costs.

 

The refinery was commissioned in 1956, and was most recently operated, and ultimately shut down in November 2009, by affiliates of Valero. The Delaware City refinery began production in 1957 as part of the Tidewater Oil Company. In 1967, the Tidewater Oil Company merged into Getty Oil Company. The refinery became an important part of Texaco’s domestic refining portfolio when Texaco acquired Getty in 1984. The Delaware City refinery was part of Star Enterprise, a joint venture between Texaco and Saudi Refining from 1989 until 1998, when it became one of Motiva Enterprises LLC’s refineries. A subsidiary of Premcor, which later merged with Valero in August 2005, purchased Delaware City from Motiva in 2004.

 

In the fourth quarter of 2009, due to, among other reasons, financial losses caused by one of the worst recessions in recent history, the prior owner shut down the Delaware City refinery. We were therefore able to acquire the refinery at an attractive price. In addition, at the time of acquisition, we reached an agreement with the State of Delaware that provided for a five-year operating permit and up to approximately $45.0 million of economic support to re-start the facility, and negotiated a new long-term contract with the relevant union at the refinery. We believe that the refinery’s ability to process lower quality crudes will allow us to capture a higher margin as these lower quality crudes trade at discounts to benchmark crudes, and to compete effectively in a region where product demand significantly exceeds refining capacity.

 

Since our acquisition through December 31, 2011, we invested approximately $465.0 million at the refinery in turnaround and re-start projects. We also decommissioned the gasifier unit located at the property, which will decrease emissions and, we believe, improve the reliability of the refinery. In addition, we have completed a cogeneration project to convert the electric generation units at the refinery to use natural gas as a fuel and a hydrocracker corrosion control project aimed at increasing throughput. Through these capital investments and by restructuring certain operations, management estimates that we have lowered the annual operating expenses of the Delaware City refinery by approximately $         million. This estimate includes operating expense reductions (maintenance, labor, etc.) of approximately $         million, reduced annual energy costs of $         million, $         million of savings from decommissioning the gasifier and approximately $         million of additional savings from improved reliability of the refinery and decreased operating expenses.

 

In connection with our re-start of the refinery, we received a $20.0 million loan from the State of Delaware which converts to a grant contingent upon our continued operation of the refinery and certain other conditions.

 

95


Table of Contents

The State of Delaware has also agreed to reimburse us $12.0 million in the aggregate for the dredging of the Delaware River near the refinery over the next six years, granted us $1.5 million to fund employee training programs and granted us $10.0 million towards the conversion of the gas turbines at the refinery to run on natural gas. Furthermore, we anticipate saving in excess of $100.0 million over approximately the next five years in capital expenditures we otherwise would have expected to make if not for our reconfiguration of the refinery and the terms of our environmental operating agreement issued by the State of Delaware.

 

Overview. The Delaware City refinery is located on a 5,000-acre site, with access to waterborne cargoes and an extensive distribution network of pipelines, barges and tankers, truck and rail. Delaware City is a fully integrated operation that receives crude via ship or barge at its docks located on the Delaware River. The crude and other feedstocks are transported, via pipes, to an extensive tank farm where they are stored until processing. In addition, there is a 17-bay, 50,000 bpd capacity truck loading rack located adjacent to the refinery and a 23-mile interstate pipeline that is used to distribute clean products.

 

The Delaware City refinery has a throughput capacity of 190,000 bpd and a Nelson complexity index of 11.3. As a result of its configuration and process units, Delaware City has the capability of processing a heavy slate of crudes with a high concentration of high sulfur crudes and is one of the largest and most complex refineries on the East Coast. The Delaware City refinery is one of two heavy coking refineries, in addition to Paulsboro, on the East Coast of the United States with coking capacity equal to approximately 25% of crude capacity.

 

The Delaware City refinery processes a variety of medium to heavy, sour crude oils. The refinery has large conversion capacity with its 82,000 bpd FCC unit, 47,000 bpd FCU and 18,000 bpd hydrocracking unit with vacuum distillation. Hydrogen is provided via the refinery’s steam methane reformer and continuous catalytic reformer.

 

Delaware City Process Flow Diagram

 

LOGO

 

96


Table of Contents

The following table approximates the Delaware City refinery’s major process unit capacities. Unit capacities are shown in barrels per stream day.

 

Refinery Units

   Nameplate
Capacity
 

Crude Distillation Unit

     190,000   

Vacuum Distillation Unit

     102,000   

Fluid Catalytic Cracking Unit (FCC)

     82,000   

Hydrotreating Units

     160,000   

Hydrocracking Unit

     18,000   

Catalytic Reforming Unit (CCR)

     43,000   

Benzene / Toluene Extraction Unit

     15,000   

Butane Isomerization Unit (ISOM)

     6,000   

Alkylation Unit (Alky)

     11,000   

Polymerization Unit (Poly)

     16,000   

Fluid Coking Unit (Fluid Coker)

     47,000   

 

Feedstocks and Supply Arrangements. In April 2011, we entered into a crude and feedstock supply agreement with Statoil that expires in December 2012, subject to Statoil having an option to extend the term for a period of up to three additional years. Pursuant to the agreement, we direct Statoil to purchase crude and other feedstocks for Delaware City and Statoil purchases these products on the spot market. Accordingly, Statoil enters into, on our behalf, hedging arrangements to protect against changes in prices between the time of purchase and the time of processing the feedstocks. In addition to procurement, Statoil arranges transportation and insurance for the crude and feedstock supply and we pay Statoil a per barrel fee for their procurement and logistics services. Statoil holds title to the crude and feedstocks until we run the crude or feedstocks through our process units. We pay Statoil on a daily basis for the corresponding volume of crude or feedstocks that are consumed in conjunction with the refining process. This crude supply and feedstock arrangement helps us reduce the amount of investment we are required to maintain in crude inventories and, as a result, helps us manage our working capital.

 

Product Offtake. We sell the bulk of Delaware City’s clean products to MSCG through our long-term offtake agreement, which has an initial term expiring in June 2013, subject to certain early termination rights and automatic one-year renewals unless otherwise terminated by either party. MSCG purchases 100% of our finished clean products at Delaware City, which includes gasoline, heating oil and jet fuel, as well as 100% of our intermediates. The remainder of our products are sold to a variety of customers on the spot market.

 

Tankage Capacity. The Delaware City refinery has total storage capacity of approximately 10.0 MMbbls. Of the total, 18 tanks with approximately 3.6 million barrels of storage capacity are dedicated to crude oil and other feedstock storage with the remaining approximately 6.4 million barrels allocated to finished products, intermediates and other products.

 

Energy and Other Utilities. The Delaware City refinery has a 280 MW power plant located on-site that consists of two natural gas-fueled turbines with combined capacity of approximately 140 MW and four turbo-generators with combined nameplate capacity of approximately 140 MW. Collectively, this power plant produces electricity in excess of Delaware City’s refinery load of approximately 90 MW. Excess electricity is sold into the Pennsylvania-New Jersey-Maryland, or PJM, grid. Steam is primarily produced by a combination of three dedicated boilers and supplemented by secondary boilers at the FCC and coker.

 

Contemplated Hydrocracker Project. In December 2011, we announced that our board of directors conditionally approved the continued development of a construction project consisting of a mild hydrocracker and hydrogen plant which would be built at our Delaware City refinery. We estimate that the construction of the project, if commenced, will take approximately three years from commencement and when completed will process streams from both Delaware City and Paulsboro. The mild hydrocracker is expected to result in the sulfur content being reduced by 99% in approximately 65,000 bpd of distillate production from 2,000 PPM of sulfur to

 

97


Table of Contents

less than 15 PPM of sulfur, resulting in an anticipated reduction of over 6,500 tons per year of sulfur dioxide emissions. In addition, the mild hydrocracker will enable the Delaware City refinery to process a heavier crude slate while producing a greater volume of clean transportation fuels with an emphasis on increasing distillate production. Approximately $300.0 million to $400.0 million of the $1.0 billion total estimated project cost is expected to be funded by third parties for the construction of a hydrogen plant. Final funding approval and commencement of the construction of the project is contingent upon the issuance of timely and appropriate federal and state environmental and other permits that will not increase the cost to build or operate the project, as well as acceptable labor agreements that will enable the project to be built in an efficient and cost effective manner. We may not complete the hydrocracker project on these terms or at all, and even if we do complete the project, we may not realize the anticipated benefits described.

 

Paulsboro Refinery

 

Acquisition. We acquired the entities that owned the Paulsboro refinery (including an associated natural gas pipeline) on December 17, 2010, from affiliates of Valero for approximately $357.7 million, excluding working capital. The purchase price excludes inventory purchased on our behalf by MSCG and Statoil. We invested approximately $62.8 million in capital in early 2011 to complete a scheduled turnaround at the refinery. The refinery was commissioned in 1917 and was purchased by Valero from Mobil Oil Corporation in 1998.

 

Overview. Paulsboro has a throughput capacity of 180,000 bpd and a Nelson complexity index of 13.2. The Paulsboro refinery is located on approximately 950 acres on the Delaware River in Paulsboro, New Jersey, just south of Philadelphia and approximately 30 miles away from Delaware City. Paulsboro is one of two operating refineries on the East Coast with coking capacity, the other being Delaware City. Major units at the Paulsboro refinery include crude distillation units, vacuum distillation units, an FCC unit, a delayed coking unit, a lube oil processing unit and a propane deasphalting unit.

 

The Paulsboro refinery processes a variety of medium and heavy, sour crude oils. The Paulsboro refinery predominantly produces gasoline, heating oil and jet fuel and also manufactures Group I base oils or lubricants. In addition to its finished clean products slate, Paulsboro produces asphalt and petroleum coke.

 

Paulsboro Refinery Process Flow Diagram

 

LOGO

 

98


Table of Contents

The following table approximates the Paulsboro refinery’s major process unit capacities. Unit capacities are shown in barrels per stream day.

 

Refinery Units

   Nameplate
Capacity
 

Crude Distillation Units

     168,000   

Vacuum Distillation Units

     83,000   

Fluid Catalytic Cracking Unit (FCC)

     55,000   

Hydrotreating Units

     141,000   

Catalytic Reforming Unit (CCR)

     32,000   

Alkylation Unit (Alky)

     11,000   

Lube Oil Processing Unit

     12,000   

Delayed Coking Unit (Coker)

     27,000   

Propane Deasphalting Unit

     11,000   

 

Feedstocks and Supply Arrangements . In December 2010, we entered into a crude and feedstock supply agreement with Statoil that expires in September 2012, subject to certain early termination rights and automatic one-year renewals unless otherwise terminated by either party. Pursuant to the agreement, we direct Statoil to purchase crude and other feedstocks for Paulsboro and Statoil purchases these products on the spot market. Accordingly, Statoil enters into, on our behalf, hedging arrangements to protect against changes in prices between the time of purchase and the time of processing the feedstocks. In addition to procurement, Statoil arranges transportation and insurance for the crude and feedstock supply and we pay Statoil a per barrel fee for their procurement and logistics services. Statoil holds title to the crude and feedstocks until we run the crude or feedstocks through our process units. We pay Statoil on a daily basis for the corresponding volume of crude or feedstocks that are consumed in conjunction with the refining process. This crude supply and feedstock arrangement helps us reduce the amount of investment we are required to maintain in crude inventories and, as a result, helps us manage our working capital.

 

In addition, we have a one-year contract (with annual renewals) with SAOC pursuant to which we purchase a significant volume of crude that is processed at Paulsboro. The crude purchased under the terms of this contract is priced off ASCI. We also from time to time purchase additional spot cargoes of crude from SAOC as they become available.

 

Product Offtake. We sell the bulk of Paulsboro’s clean products to MSCG through our offtake agreement which has an initial term expiring in June 2013, subject to certain early termination rights and automatic one-year renewals, unless otherwise terminated by either party. With the exception of certain jet fuel sales, MSCG purchases 100% of our finished clean products and intermediates. In addition to the finished products offtake agreement with MSCG, we sell the remaining products produced at Paulsboro to third parties under various long-term contracts and on the spot market.

 

Tankage Capacity. The Paulsboro refinery has total storage capacity of approximately 7.5 MMbbls. Of the total, approximately 2.1 million barrels are dedicated to crude oil storage with the remaining 5.4 million barrels allocated to finished products, intermediates and other products. Paulsboro has a remote gauging system to monitor tank levels and all storage tanks are diked through either individual or common dikes.

 

Energy and Other Utilities. The Paulsboro refinery is virtually self-sufficient for its electrical power requirements. The refinery supplies approximately 90% of its 63 MW load through a combination of four generators with a nameplate capacity of 78 MW, in addition to a 30 MW gas turbine generator and two 15 MW steam turbine generators located at the Paulsboro utility plant. In the event that Paulsboro requires additional electricity to operate the refinery, supplemental power is available through a local utility. Paulsboro is connected to the grid via three separate 69 KV aerial feeders and has the ability to run entirely on imported power. Steam is primarily produced by three boilers, each with continuous rated capacity of 300,000-lb/hr at 900-psi. In addition, Paulsboro has a heat recovery steam generator and a number of waste heat boilers throughout the refinery that

 

99


Table of Contents

supplement the steam generation capacity. Paulsboro’s current hydrogen needs are met by the hydrogen supply from the reformer. In addition, the refinery employs a standalone steam methane reformer that is capable of producing 10 MMSCFD of 99% pure hydrogen. This ancillary hydrogen plant is utilized as a back-up source of hydrogen for the refinery’s process units.

 

Toledo Refinery

 

Acquisition. Through our subsidiary, Toledo Refining, we acquired the Toledo refinery on March 1, 2011, from Sunoco for approximately $400.0 million, excluding working capital. We also purchased refined and certain intermediate products in inventory for approximately $299.6 million, and MSCG purchased the refinery’s crude oil inventory on our behalf. Additionally, included in the terms of the sale is a five-year participation payment of up to $125.0 million payable to Sunoco based on future earnings of Toledo.

 

Overview . Toledo has a throughput capacity of approximately 170,000 bpd and a Nelson complexity index of 9.2. Toledo processes a slate of light, sweet crudes from Canada, the Midcontinent, the Bakken region and the U.S. Gulf Coast. Toledo produces a high percentage of finished products including gasoline and ULSD, in addition to a variety of high-value petrochemicals including nonene, xylene, tetramer and toluene.

 

The Toledo refinery is located on a 282-acre site near Toledo, Ohio, 60 miles from Detroit. Major units at the Toledo refinery include an FCC unit, a hydrocracker, an alkylation unit and a UDEX unit. Crude is delivered to the Toledo refinery through three primary pipelines: (1) Enbridge from the north, (2) Capline from the south and (3) Mid-Valley from the south.

 

Toledo Refinery Process Flow Diagram

 

LOGO

 

100


Table of Contents

The following table approximates the Toledo refinery’s major process unit capacities. Unit capacities are shown in barrels per stream day.

 

Refinery Units

   Nameplate
Capacity
 

Crude Distillation Unit

     170,000   

Fluid Catalytic Cracking Unit (FCC)

     79,000   

Hydrotreating Units

     95,000   

Hydrocracking Unit (HCC)

     45,000   

Catalytic Reforming Units

     45,000   

Alkylation Unit (Alky)

     10,000   

Polymerization Unit (Poly)

     7,000   

UDEX Unit (BTX)

     16,300   

 

Feedstocks and Supply Arrangements. In May 2011, we entered into a crude oil acquisition agreement with MSCG that expires in June 2013, subject to certain early termination rights and automatic one-year renewals unless otherwise terminated by either party. Pursuant to the agreement, we direct MSCG to purchase crude and other feedstocks for Toledo and MSCG purchases these products on the spot market. Accordingly, MSCG enters into, on our behalf, hedging arrangements to protect against changes in prices between the time of purchase and the time of processing the feedstocks. In addition to procurement, MSCG arranges transportation and insurance for the crude and feedstock supply and we pay MSCG a per barrel fee for their procurement and logistics services. We pay MSCG on a daily basis for the corresponding volume of crude or feedstocks two days after they are consumed in conjunction with the refining process. This arrangement helps us reduce the amount of investment we are required to maintain in crude inventories and, as a result, helps us manage our working capital.

 

Product Offtake. Toledo is connected, via pipelines, to an extensive distribution network throughout Ohio, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Michigan, Pennsylvania and West Virginia. The finished products are transported on pipelines owned by Sunoco Logistics Partners L.P. and Buckeye Partners. In addition, we have proprietary connections to a variety of smaller pipelines and spurs that help us optimize our clean products distribution. A significant portion of Toledo’s gasoline and ULSD are distributed through the 28 terminals in this network.

 

In March 2011, we entered into an agreement with Sunoco whereby Sunoco purchases gasoline and distillates products representing approximately one-third of the Toledo refinery’s gasoline and diesel production. The agreement has a three year term, subject to certain early termination rights. We sell the bulk of the petrochemicals produced at the Toledo refinery through short-term contracts or on the spot market and the majority of the product distribution is done via rail.

 

Tankage Capacity. The Toledo refinery has total storage capacity of approximately 4.0 MMbbls. The Toledo refinery receives its crude through pipeline connections. Of the total, approximately 0.4 million barrels are dedicated to crude oil storage with the remaining 3.6 million barrels in the pipeline systems.

 

Energy and Other Utilities. The Toledo refinery purchases its electricity from a local utility and has a long-term contract to purchase hydrogen and steam from a local third party supplier. In addition to the third party steam supplier, Toledo consumes a portion of the steam that is generated by its various process units.

 

Competition

 

The refining business is very competitive. We compete directly with various other refining companies both on the East Coast and in the Midcontinent, with integrated oil companies, with foreign refiners that import products into the United States and with producers and marketers in other industries supplying alternative forms of energy and fuels to satisfy the requirements of industrial, commercial and individual consumers. Some of our competitors have expanded the capacity of their refineries and internationally new refineries are coming on line which could also affect our competitive position.

 

101


Table of Contents

Profitability in the refining industry depends largely on refined product margins, which can fluctuate significantly, as well as operating efficiency and reliability, product mix and costs of product distribution and transportation. Certain of our competitors that have larger and more complex refineries may be able to realize lower per-barrel costs or higher margins per barrel of throughput. Several of our principal competitors are integrated national or international oil companies that are larger and have substantially greater resources. Because of their integrated operations and larger capitalization, these companies may be more flexible in responding to volatile industry or market conditions, such as shortages of feedstocks or intense price fluctuations. Refining margins are frequently impacted by sharp changes in crude oil costs, which may not be immediately reflected in product prices.

 

The refining industry is highly competitive with respect to feedstock supply. Unlike certain of our competitors that have access to proprietary controlled sources of crude oil production available for use at their own refineries, we obtain substantially all of our crude oil and other feedstocks from unaffiliated sources. The availability and cost of crude oil is affected by global supply and demand. We have no crude oil reserves and are not engaged in the exploration or production of crude oil. We believe, however, that we will be able to obtain adequate crude oil and other feedstocks at generally competitive prices for the foreseeable future.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately 1,475 employees. At Paulsboro, 287 of our 446 employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement that expires in March 2015. In addition, 608 of our 936 employees at Delaware City and Toledo are covered by a collective bargaining agreement that is currently anticipated to expire in February of 2015. None of our corporate employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relations with the represented employees to be satisfactory.

 

Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

 

Refinery and pipeline operations are subject to federal, state and local laws regulating the discharge of matter into the environment or otherwise relating to human health and safety or the protection of the environment. These laws regulate among other things, the generation, storage, handling, use and transportation of petroleum and other regulated materials, the emission and discharge of materials into the environment, waste management, remediation of contaminated sites, characteristics and composition of gasoline and diesel and other matters otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. Permits are also required under these laws for the operation of our refineries, pipelines and related operations and these permits are subject to revocation, modification and renewal. Compliance with applicable environmental laws, regulations and permits will continue to have an impact on our operations, results of operations and capital requirements. We believe that our current operations are in substantial compliance with existing environmental laws, regulations and permits.

 

Our operations and many of the products we manufacture are subject to certain specific requirements of the CAA, and related state and local regulations. The CAA contains provisions that require capital expenditures for the installation of certain air pollution control devices at our refineries. Subsequent rule making authorized by the CAA or similar laws or new agency interpretations of existing rules, may necessitate additional expenditures in future years.

 

Additionally, as of January 1, 2011 we are required to meet an EPA regulation limiting the average sulfur content in gasoline to 30 PPM. Also as of January 1, 2011, we are required to comply with the EPA’s new Control of Hazardous Air Pollutants From Mobile Sources, or MSAT2, regulations on gasoline that impose reductions in the benzene content of our produced gasoline. We purchase benzene credits to meet these requirements. Our planned capital projects will reduce the amount of benzene credits that we need to purchase and we could implement additional benzene reduction projects to completely eliminate our benzene credit purchase requirements if we can justify such a project from a cost benefit standpoint. In addition, the renewable fuel standards will mandate the blending of prescribed percentages of renewable fuels (e.g., ethanol and biofuels)

 

102


Table of Contents

into our produced gasoline and diesel. These new requirements, other requirements of the CAA and other presently existing or future environmental regulations may cause us to make substantial capital expenditures as well as the purchase of credits at significant cost, to enable our refineries to produce products that meet applicable requirements.

 

Our operations are also subject to the federal Clean Water Act, or the CWA, the federal Safe Drinking Water Act, or the SDWA, and comparable state and local requirements. The CWA, the SDWA and analogous laws prohibit any discharge into surface waters, ground waters, injection wells and publicly-owned treatment works except in strict conformance with permits, such as pre-treatment permits and discharge permits, issued by federal, state and local governmental agencies. Federal waste-water discharge permits and analogous state waste-water discharge permits are valid for a maximum of five years and must be renewed.

 

We generate wastes that may be subject to the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, or RCRA, and comparable state and local requirements. The EPA and various state agencies have limited the approved methods of disposal for certain hazardous and non-hazardous wastes.

 

The federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, or CERCLA, also known as “Superfund,” imposes liability, without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct, on certain classes of persons who are considered to be responsible for the release of a “hazardous substance” into the environment. These persons include the current or former owner or operator of the disposal site or sites where the release occurred and companies that disposed of or arranged for the disposal of the hazardous substances. Under CERCLA, such persons may be subject to joint and several liability for investigation and the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances that have been released into the environment, for damages to natural resources and for the costs of certain health studies. As discussed more fully below, certain of our sites are subject to these laws and we may be held liable for investigation and remediation costs or claims for natural resource damages. It is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by hazardous substances or other pollutants released into the environment. Analogous state laws impose similar responsibilities and liabilities on responsible parties. In our current normal operations, we have generated waste, some of which falls within the statutory definition of a “hazardous substance” and some of which may have been disposed of at sites that may require cleanup under Superfund.

 

As is the case with all companies engaged in industries similar to ours, we face potential exposure to future claims and lawsuits involving environmental matters. These matters include soil and water contamination, air pollution, personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by substances which we manufactured, handled, used, released or disposed of.

 

Current and future environmental regulations are expected to require additional expenditures, including expenditures for investigation and remediation, which may be significant, at our refineries and at pipeline transportation facilities. To the extent that future expenditures for these purposes are material and can be reasonably determined, these costs are disclosed and accrued.

 

Our operations are also subject to various laws and regulations relating to occupational health and safety. We maintain safety, training and maintenance programs as part of our ongoing efforts to ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Compliance with applicable health and safety laws and regulations has required and continues to require substantial expenditures.

 

In connection with each of our acquisitions, we assumed certain environmental remediation obligations. In the case of Paulsboro, a trust fund established to meet state financial assurance requirements, in the amount of approximately $12.1 million, the current estimated cost of the remediation obligations assumed based on investigation undertaken to date, was acquired as part of the acquisition. The short term portion of the trust fund and corresponding liability are recorded as restricted cash and accrued expenses, the long term portion is recorded in other assets and other long-term liabilities. In connection with the acquisition of Delaware City, the

 

103


Table of Contents

prior owners remain responsible subject to certain limitations, for certain environmental obligations including ongoing remediation of soil and groundwater contamination at the site. Further, in connection with the Delaware City and Paulsboro acquisitions, we purchased two individual ten-year, $75.0 million environmental insurance policies to insure against unknown environmental liabilities at each refinery. In connection with the acquisition of Toledo, the seller, subject to certain limitations, initially retains remediation obligations which will transition to us over a 20-year period. However, there can be no assurance that any available indemnity, trust fund or insurance will be sufficient to cover any ultimate environmental liabilities we may incur with respect to our refineries which could be significant.

 

We cannot predict what additional health and environmental legislation or regulations will be enacted or become effective in the future or how existing or future laws or regulations will be administered or interpreted with respect to our operations. Compliance with more stringent laws or regulations or adverse changes in the interpretation of existing requirements or discovery of new information such as unknown contamination could have an adverse effect on the financial position and the results of our operations and could require substantial expenditures for the installation and operation of systems and equipment that we do not currently possess.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We are not currently a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely against us, individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Our subsidiary, Paulsboro Refining, formerly known as Valero Refining Company—New Jersey, is party to certain legal proceedings that arose prior to our acquisition of the entity, for which we are indemnified by Valero.

 

104


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our current directors and executive officers. Each director and executive officer will hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Thomas D. O’Malley

     70       Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors

Thomas J. Nimbley

     60       Chief Executive Officer

Michael D. Gayda

     57       President

Donald F. Lucey

     59       Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer

Matthew C. Lucey

     38       Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Jeffrey Dill

     51       Senior Vice President, General Counsel

Jefferson F. Allen

     67       Director

Martin J. Brand

     36       Director

Timothy H. Day

     41       Director

David I. Foley

     44       Director

Dennis Houston

     60       Director

Neil A. Wizel

     34       Director

 

Thomas D. O’Malley has served as Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of PBF since 2008 and was our Chief Executive Officer from inception until June 2010. Mr. O’Malley has more than 30 years experience in the refining industry. He served as Chairman of the Board of Petroplus Holdings A.G., listed on the Swiss Exchange, from May 2006 until February 2011, and was Chief Executive Officer from May 2006 until September 2007. Mr. O’Malley was Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Premcor, a domestic oil refiner and Fortune 250 company listed on the NYSE, from February 2002 until its sale to Valero in August 2005. Before joining Premcor, Mr. O’Malley was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Tosco Corporation. This Fortune 100 company, listed on the NYSE, was the largest independent oil refiner and marketer of oil products in the United States, with annualized revenues of approximately $25.0 billion when it was sold to Philips Petroleum Company in September 2001.

 

Mr. O’Malley’s extensive experience in and knowledge of the refining industry, as well as his proven leadership skills and management experience provides the board with valuable leadership, and for these reasons we believe Mr. O’Malley is qualified to serve as Chairman of our board of directors.

 

Thomas J. Nimbley has served as our Chief Executive Officer since June 2010 and was our Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer from March 2010 through June 2010. Prior thereto, he served as a Principal for Nimbley Consultants LLC from June 2005 to April 2010, where he provided consulting services and assisted on the acquisition of two refineries. He previously served as Senior Vice President and head of Refining for Phillips Petroleum Company and subsequently Senior Vice President and head of Refining for ConocoPhillips domestic refining system (13 locations) following the merger of Phillips and Conoco. Before joining Phillips at the time of its acquisition of Tosco in September 2001, Mr. Nimbley served in various positions with Tosco Corporation and its subsidiaries starting in April 1993.

 

Michael D. Gayda joined us as our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in April 2010 and has served as our President since June 2010 and was a director from inception until October 2009. Prior thereto, from May 2006 until January 2010 Mr. Gayda served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Petroplus, for whom Mr. Gayda is currently obligated to perform limited consulting services. Prior to Petroplus, he served as an executive officer of Premcor until its sale to Valero in August 2005 and as General

 

105


Table of Contents

Counsel—Refining for Phillips 66 Company, a division of Phillips Petroleum Company, following Phillips Petroleum’s acquisition of Tosco in September 2001. Mr. Gayda previously served as a Vice President of certain of Tosco’s subsidiaries.

 

Donald F. Lucey joined us as our Senior Vice President, Commercial Operations in April 2008 and has served as our Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer since April 2010. From 2005 until April 2008, Mr. Lucey provided consulting services to a variety of energy companies. Prior thereto, Mr. Lucey served as Senior Vice President, Commercial for Premcor from April 2002 until August 2005. Prior to that, Mr. Lucey worked at both Tosco and Phillips Petroleum Company, where he managed Atlantic Basin fuel oil activities. Before joining Tosco, Mr. Lucey worked with Phibro Energy in its fuel oil products and solid fuels departments throughout the United States and abroad.

 

Matthew C. Lucey joined us as our Vice President, Finance in April 2008 and has served as our Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer since April 2010. Prior thereto, Mr. Lucey served as a Managing Director of M.E. Zukerman & Co., a New York-based private equity firm specializing in several sectors of the broader energy industry, from 2001 to 2008. While at M.E. Zukerman & Co., Mr. Lucey participated in all aspects of the firm’s energy investment activities and served on the Management Committee of Penreco, a manufacturer of specialty petroleum products; Cortez Pipeline Company, a 500 mile CO2 pipeline; and Venture Coke Company, a merchant petroleum coke calciner. Before joining M.E. Zukerman & Co., Mr. Lucey spent six years in the banking industry.

 

Jeffrey Dill has served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since May 2010 and from March 2008 until September 2009. Mr. Dill served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary for Maxum Petroleum, Inc., a national marketer and logistics company for petroleum products, from September 2009 to May 2010 and as Consulting General Counsel and Secretary for NTR Acquisition Co., a special purpose acquisition company focused on downstream energy opportunities, from April 2007 to February 2008. Previously he served as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary at Neurogen Corporation, a drug discovery and development company, from March 2006 to December 2007. Mr. Dill has over 15 years experience providing legal support to refining, transportation and marketing organizations in the petroleum industry, including positions at Premcor, ConocoPhillips, Tosco and Unocal.

 

Jefferson F. Allen serves as Chairman of the Audit Committee for PBF. Mr. Allen has over 35 years experience in the oil industry. Before his retirement in 2005, Mr. Allen most recently served as the Chief Executive Officer of Premcor at the time of its sale to Valero in 2005. In addition, from 2002 until 2005 Mr. Allen served on Premcor’s Board of Directors and from 2002 until 2004 was Chairman of its Audit Committee. Prior to his service with Premcor, Mr. Allen was the Chief Financial Officer and a director of Tosco Corporation from 1990, and served as its President from 1995, until its merger with Phillips Petroleum Company in September 2001. Before joining Tosco, his previous energy industry experience was in the international exploration and production business for 14 years.

 

Mr. Allen’s industry specific experience as a financial expert and board member of a public company, provides our board with a unique perspective and insight, and for these reason we believe Mr. Allen is a valuable addition to our board of directors.

 

Martin J. Brand is a Managing Director in the Private Equity Group at Blackstone. Mr. Brand joined Blackstone in 2003 in the London office and transferred to the New York office in 2005. Mr. Brand currently serves as a director of Bayview Financial, Travelport Limited, Performance Food Group and Orbitz Worldwide. Before joining Blackstone, Mr. Brand worked as a derivatives trader with the FICC division of Goldman, Sachs & Co. in New York and Tokyo and with McKinsey & Company in London.

 

Mr. Brand brings extensive financial expertise and broad-based international experience with private equity firms that invest in growing companies to our board. These attributes provide the board with critical insight into what is needed to successfully compete in the global marketplace, and for these reasons we believe Mr. Brand is a valuable addition to our board.

 

106


Table of Contents

Timothy H. Day serves as Chairman of the Corporate Governance Committee and is a Managing Director at First Reserve. Mr. Day is one of three Managing Directors overseeing the firm’s buyout funds. Mr. Day’s responsibilities include investment origination, structuring, execution, monitoring and exit strategy, with particular emphasis on the global natural gas chain and related services for the hydrocarbon processing industry as well as midstream and downstream assets. Prior to joining First Reserve in 2000, Mr. Day spent three years with SCF Partners, a private equity investment group specializing in the energy industry and three years with Credit Suisse First Boston and Salomon Brothers. Mr. Day serves as a director of Brand Energy & Infrastructure Services, Crestwood Midstream Partners, Diamond S Management and KA First Reserve.

 

Mr. Day’s affiliation with First Reserve, his extensive financial expertise and his significant experience in the energy industry working with companies controlled by private equity sponsors make him a valuable addition to our board.

 

David I. Foley serves as Chairman of the Compensation Committee and is a Senior Managing Director in the Private Equity Group at Blackstone where he currently leads all of Blackstone’s investment activities in the energy and natural resource sector on a global basis. Since joining Blackstone in 1995, Mr. Foley has been responsible for building Blackstone’s energy and natural resources practice and has played an integral role in every private equity energy deal that the firm has invested in, including: Premcor, Kosmos Energy, Foundation Coal, Texas Genco, Sithe Global Power, OSUM Oil Sands Company, Meerwind, Moser Baer, Monnet, GeoSouthern and Alta Resources. Before joining Blackstone, Mr. Foley worked with AEA Investors in the firm’s private equity business and prior to that served as a consultant for the Monitor Company. Mr. Foley serves as a director of Kosmos Energy, Sithe Global Power, American Petroleum Tankers, OSUM Oil Sands Company, Meerwind, Moser Baer, GeoSouthern and Alta Resources.

 

Mr. Foley’s affiliation with Blackstone, his financial expertise and his vast experience in the energy industry working with companies controlled by private equity sponsors make him a valuable addition to our board.

 

Dennis Houston has approximately 40 years experience in the oil and gas industry, including over 35 years with ExxonMobil and its related companies. At the time of his retirement from ExxonMobil in May 2010, Mr. Houston held the positions of Executive Vice President Refining & Supply Company, Chairman and President of ExxonMobil Sales & Supply LLC and Chairman of Standard Tankers Bahamas Limited. Mr. Houston’s experience also includes engineering and management positions in Exxon’s refining organization and positions in Lubes and Supply.

 

Mr. Houston’s extensive operational experience in the oil and gas industry, including as a manager of a global refining organization, provides him with valuable insight into the markets in which we operate and provides a unique perspective to our board, and for these reasons we believe that Mr. Houston is qualified to serve on our board.

 

Neil A. Wizel is a Director at First Reserve. Mr. Wizel’s responsibilities include investment origination, structuring, execution, monitoring and exit strategy, with particular emphasis on the equipment, manufacturing and services sector as well as the reserves sector and downstream assets. Prior to joining First Reserve in April 2007, Mr. Wizel worked for five years at Greenbriar Equity Group, a transportation—focused private equity firm. Prior to Greenbriar, he was a Financial Analyst in the Leveraged Finance/Financial Sponsor Group at Credit Suisse First Boston. Mr. Wizel serves as a director of the Deep Gulf Energy companies and Saxon Energy Services.

 

Mr. Wizel’s affiliation with First Reserve, his financial expertise and his investment experience across the entire energy value chain make him a valuable addition to our board.

 

Mr. O’Malley, by marriage, is the uncle of Mr. M. Lucey and the first cousin of Mr. D. Lucey.

 

107


Table of Contents

Board of Directors Composition

 

Our board of directors currently has seven members, two of whom were nominated by Blackstone, two of whom were nominated by First Reserve, one of whom is our Executive Chairman and two of whom are independent directors nominated by the other five directors. Members of the board of directors will be elected at our annual meeting of stockholders to serve for a term of one year or until their successors have been elected and qualified, subject to prior death, resignation, retirement or removal from office. Each election of directors will be by plurality vote of the stockholders.

 

Corporate Governance Principles and Board Matters

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” under the NYSE corporate governance rules for so long as Blackstone, First Reserve and their affiliated investment funds continue to own more than 50% of the combined voting power of our Class A and Class B common stock after the completion of this offering. As a result, we will be eligible for exemptions from provisions of the NYSE corporate governance standards, including (1) the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors, (2) the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, (3) the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities and (4) the requirement that there be an annual performance evaluation of the corporate governance and compensation committees.

 

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we will not be required to have a majority of independent directors nor will our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees be required to consist entirely of independent directors. In addition, although we will have adopted charters for our audit, nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees and intend to conduct annual performance evaluations for these committees, none of these committees will be required to be composed entirely of independent directors immediately following the completion of this offering. Accordingly, you would not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements. In the event that we are not, or cease to be, a controlled company within the meaning of these rules, we will be required to comply with these provisions within the transition periods specified in the NYSE corporate governance rules.

 

Board Committees

 

Our board of directors currently has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee.

 

Audit Committee

 

Our audit committee consists of Messrs. Allen, Brand and Wizel. Mr. Allen serves as the audit committee chairman and qualifies as independent as defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. We will rely on the phase-in rules of the SEC and NYSE with respect to the independence of our audit committee. These rules permit us to have an audit committee that has one member that is independent upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, a majority of members that are independent within 90 days thereafter and all members that are independent within one year thereafter.

 

The purpose of the audit committee is to assist our board of directors in overseeing and monitoring (1) the quality and integrity of our financial statements; (2) our independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence; (3) the performance of our internal audit function; (4) the performance of our independent registered public accounting firm; and (5) our compliance with applicable laws and regulations, our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, and our related policies and procedures, including our company-wide compliance and ethics program, with the committee to make regular reports to the board of directors regarding these compliance and ethics related responsibilities.

 

108


Table of Contents

Our audit committee has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for all employees and an additional Officer Code of Ethics for all of our executives and financial officers, copies of which will be available on our website as soon as practicable upon the completion of this offering.

 

Compensation Committee

 

Our compensation committee consists of Messrs. Foley, Day and Allen. Mr. Foley serves as the compensation committee chairman. The compensation committee is responsible for assisting our board of directors in discharging its responsibilities relating to (1) setting our compensation program and compensation of our executive officers and directors; (2) monitoring our incentive and equity-based compensation plans; and (3) preparing the compensation committee report required to be included in our proxy statement under the rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the compensation committee, copies of which will be available on our website as soon as practicable upon the completion of this offering.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

We do not anticipate any interlocking relationships between any member of our compensation committee and any of our executive officers that would require disclosure under the applicable rules promulgated under federal securities laws.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Messrs. Day, Foley and O’Malley. Mr. Day serves as the nominating and corporate governance committee chairman. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for (1) identifying individuals qualified to become new board members, consistent with criteria approved by the board of directors; (2) reviewing the qualifications of incumbent directors to determine whether to recommend them for reelection and selecting, or recommending that the board select, the director nominees for the next annual meeting of stockholders; (3) identifying board members qualified to fill vacancies on any board committee and recommending that the board appoint the identified member or members to the applicable committee; (4) reviewing and recommending to the board of directors corporate governance guidelines; (5) overseeing the evaluation of the board of directors and executive officers; and (6) handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the committee by the board of directors from time to time.

 

Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the nominating and corporate governance committee which will be available on our website as soon as practicable upon completion of this offering.

 

Our chief executive officer and other executive officers will regularly report to the non-executive directors and the audit, the compensation and the nominating and corporate governance committees to ensure effective and efficient oversight of our activities and to assist in proper risk management and the ongoing evaluation of management controls. The director of internal audit will report functionally and administratively to our chief financial officer and directly to the audit committee. We believe that the board’s leadership structure provides appropriate risk oversight of our activities.

 

109


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

 

The following discussion and analysis of compensation arrangements of our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 should be read together with the compensation tables and related disclosures about our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt may differ materially from currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

 

Background and Overview

 

This section discusses the principles underlying our executive compensation policies and decisions. It provides qualitative information regarding the manner in which compensation is earned by our executive officers and places in context the data presented in the tables that follow. Our named executive officers for 2011 were Thomas D. O’Malley, Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, Thomas J. Nimbley, Chief Executive Officer, Matthew C. Lucey, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Donald F. Lucey, Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer, and Michael D. Gayda, President.

 

Since our formation, our named executive officers have not received any compensation directly from PBF. All of our named executive officers have employment agreements with PBF Investments LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of PBF, which currently pays the salaries of, and provides benefits to, these employees.

 

Our Compensation Committee

 

Prior to this offering, our entire board of directors approved each of the employment agreements with our named executive officers, including incentive compensation arrangements and eligibility for long-term equity compensation. Our board of directors has also approved our equity incentive plans and individual grants of equity to members of the board of directors, our named executive officers and other employees. Following this offering, our compensation policies and objectives will be established by our compensation committee.

 

In order to ensure that compensation programs are aligned with appropriate performance goals and strategic direction, management works with the compensation committee in the compensation-setting process. Specifically, management will recommend to the compensation committee its opinion of executive performance, recommend business performance targets and objectives, and recommend salary levels and annual and long-term incentive levels. However, in the future, all decisions regarding executive compensation will be made by the compensation committee.

 

Our compensation committee determines and approves the compensation arrangements for our named executive officers and senior management, the appropriate annual salary, as well as applicable incentive compensation arrangements.

 

Compensation Philosophy

 

Our compensation arrangements are designed to ensure that our executives are rewarded appropriately for their contributions to our growth and profitability, and that the compensation is demonstrably contingent upon and linked to our sustainable success. This linkage encourages the commonality of interest between our executives and our stockholders.

 

The following are the principal objectives in the design of our executive compensation arrangements:

 

   

our ability to attract, retain and motivate superior management talent critical to our long-term success with compensation that is competitive within the marketplace;

 

110


Table of Contents
   

linking executive compensation to the creation and maintenance of long-term equity value;

 

   

the maintenance of a reasonable balance among base salary, annual cash incentive payments and long-term equity-based incentive compensation, and other benefits;

 

   

promoting equity ownership by executives to align their interests with the interests of our equity holders; and

 

   

ensuring that incentive compensation is linked to the achievement of specific financial and strategic objectives, which are established in advance and approved by the board of directors.

 

Compensation Elements and Mix

 

We believe that compensation to our executive officers should be aligned closely with our short-term and long-term financial performance goals. As a result, a portion of executive compensation will be “at risk” and will be tied to the attainment of previously established financial goals. However, we also believe that it is prudent to provide competitive base salaries and benefits to attract and retain superior talent in order to achieve our strategic objectives.

 

For 2011, the principal elements of our compensation for our named executive officers were:

 

   

Base salaries;

 

   

Annual cash incentive plan;

 

   

Long-term equity-based incentives; and

 

   

Benefits and executive perquisites.

 

Annual Base Salary

 

In general, base salary is used as a principal means of providing cash compensation for performance of a named executive officer’s essential duties. Base salaries for our named executive officers are determined on an individual basis and are based on the level of job responsibility in the organization, past experience and market comparisons and are intended to provide our named executive officers with a stable income. The base salaries are designed to compensate the named executive officer for daily duties provided to the Company. Salaries are reviewed from time to time by the board of directors, and all proposed adjustments to the base salaries of our named executive officers are reviewed and approved by the board of directors and in the future will be reviewed and approved by the compensation committee. The base salary for each named executive officer for 2011 is reported in the Summary Compensation Table below.

 

Annual Cash Incentive Plan

 

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our annual cash incentive compensation plan on the same basis as our other members of management. The cash incentive compensation plan and any amounts thereunder to be paid to a named executive officer are determined in the discretion of our compensation committee.

 

In 2011, the cash incentive plan was designed to align our named executive officers and other members of management’s short-term cash compensation opportunities with our 2011 financial goals. Awards under the 2011 cash incentive plan are based on earnings thresholds determined by our compensation committee, based on recommendations provided by our Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. For 2011, the cash incentive plan was established using minimum earnings thresholds with graduated increments and a total dollar limit on the amount available for awards. The earnings thresholds are designed to be realistic and attainable though slightly aggressive, requiring strong performance and execution that in our view provides an incentive firmly aligned with stockholder interests.

 

111


Table of Contents

We retain the discretion to amend or discontinue the cash incentive plan and/or any award granted under the plan in the future, subject to the terms of the existing awards and the requirements of applicable law.

 

Equity Compensation

 

Our executive officer compensation has a substantial equity component as we believe superior equity investors’ returns are achieved through a culture that focuses on long-term performance by our named executive officers and other key employees. By providing our executives with an equity stake, we are better able to align the interests of our named executive officers and our other equity holders. In addition, because employees are able to profit from stock options only if our stock price increases relative to the stock option’s exercise price, we believe stock options provide meaningful incentives to our named executive officers and other employees to achieve increases in the value of our stock over time.

 

As discussed under “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Investments in PBF LLC,” since our formation in 2008, our named executive officers, one of our directors and certain other employees were provided the opportunity to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units and warrants to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units, and were granted additional compensatory warrants to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units. In addition, certain of our officers, including our named executive officers, were granted PBF LLC Series B Units, which are profits interests in PBF LLC.

 

Since March 2011, PBF LLC has maintained the PBF Energy Company LLC 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, pursuant to which options to purchase Series A Units of PBF LLC have been granted to one of our named executive officers and certain of our employees. The options to purchase Series A Units vest in equal annual installments over three years, subject to accelerated vesting upon certain events. The options cannot be exercised more than 10 years after the date of grant. In making equity grants to our named executive officers, we considered a number of factors, including the position the executive has or is taking with us, individual performance of the executive, the present equity ownership levels of the executive, internal pay equity and the level of the executive’s total annual compensation package compared to similar positions at other refiners and energy companies. Following this offering PBF LLC does not intend to grant any additional equity awards under its 2011 Equity Incentive Plan. Our board of directors has adopted the PBF Energy Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, which will be the source of new equity-based awards for us following this offering. See “—2012 Equity Incentive Plan.”

 

We do not have a formal policy requiring stock ownership by our executives. Notwithstanding the absence of a requirement, our executives have invested personal capital in us in connection with the formation of PBF LLC. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Investments in PBF LLC” and “ —Private Placement of Senior Secured Notes” and the beneficial ownership chart under “Principal Stockholders.”

 

Other Benefits

 

All executive officers, including the named executive officers, are eligible for other benefits including: medical, dental, short-term disability and life insurance. The executives participate in these plans on the same basis, terms and conditions as other administrative employees. In addition, we provide long-term disability insurance coverage on behalf of the named executive officers at an amount equal to 65% of current base salary (up to $10,000 per month). The named executive officers also participate in our vacation, holiday and sick day program which provides paid leave during the year at various amounts based upon the executive’s position and length of service.

 

Clawback Policies

 

If required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements, any incentive or equity-based award provided to one of our employees shall be conditioned on repayment or forfeiture in accordance with applicable law, any company policy, and any relevant provisions in the applicable award agreement.

 

112


Table of Contents

Pension and Other Retirement Benefits

 

Defined Contribution Plan . Our defined contribution plan covers all employees, including our named executive officers. Employees are eligible to participate as of the first day of the month following 30 days of service. Participants can make basic contributions up to 50 percent of their annual salary subject to Internal Revenue Service limits. We match participants’ contributions at the rate of 200 percent of the first 3 percent of each participant’s total basic contribution based on the participant’s total annual salary. Employee contributions to the defined contribution plan are fully vested immediately. Our matching contributions to the defined contribution plan vest to the employee’s account over time. Participants may receive distributions from the vested portion of their defined contribution plan accounts any time after they cease service with us.

 

PBF Energy Pension Plan . We sponsor a qualified defined benefit plan for all employees, including our named executive officers, with a policy to fund pension liabilities in accordance with the limits imposed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or ERISA, and Federal income tax laws. Annual contributions are made to an individual employee’s pension account based on their length of service with us and base salary, up to certain limits imposed by Federal and state income tax laws. Employees become eligible to participate in the defined benefit plan after their first 30 days of employment and an employee’s interest in their plan account vests after three years of employment, with the exception of certain circumstances.

 

PBF Energy Restoration Plan . We sponsor a non-qualified plan for non-union employees, including our named executive officers. Contributions, which are made at our discretion, are made to an individual employee’s pension restoration account based on their total cash compensation over a defined period of time. Employees become eligible to participate in the non-qualified plan after their first 30 days of employment and an employee’s interest in their plan account vests after one year of employment, with the exception of certain circumstances. An employee’s pension restoration account vests immediately and is non-forfeitable upon the attainment of age 65.

 

Summary of PBF LLC Series B Units

 

Certain of our officers currently hold PBF LLC Series B Units, which were initially structured as profits interests. Profits interests have no taxable value at the date of grant, and are designed to be an interest in the profits of PBF LLC after the date of issuance. The holders of PBF LLC Series B Units are entitled to share in distributions and other payments only after the equity owners of PBF LLC achieve certain levels of return on their investment. Following this offering, the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units will continue to have the right to share in any profits of our existing owners (including any profits realized from any exchange and subsequent sale of our Class A common stock by our existing owners). Accordingly, the PBF LLC Series B Units only dilute the interests of the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units (our existing owners), and do not dilute the interests of the holder of PBF LLC Series C Units (PBF Energy) or the direct holders of our Class A common stock. However, our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) reflect non-cash charges for compensation related to the PBF LLC Series B Units.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, there are 1,000,000 PBF LLC Series B Units issued and outstanding, which are held as follows: Thomas O’Malley—350,000 (35%); Thomas Nimbley—160,000 (16%); Matthew Lucey—60,000 (6%); Donald Lucey—160,000 (16%); Michael Gayda—160,000 (16%); and other officers—110,000 (11%). All distributions to the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units will be made pro rata, subject to vesting.

 

The amended and restated limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC provides that no holder of PBF LLC Series B Units will receive any distributions made by PBF LLC (other than certain tax distributions) until a holder of PBF LLC Series A Units receives the aggregate amount invested for such PBF LLC Series A Units. Following the return to a holder of the aggregate amount invested for such holder’s PBF LLC Series A Units, the PBF LLC Series B Units will be entitled to share in all distributions (including prior distributions other than return of amounts invested) made to such holder of PBF LLC Series A Units in amounts ranging from 0% up to 10% based on the aggregate amount of distributions made to such holder of PBF LLC Series A Units. If the

 

113


Table of Contents

aggregate amounts distributed to such holder of PBF LLC Series A Units is greater than four times the aggregate amount invested for such PBF LLC Series A Units, the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units will be entitled to receive 10% of all distributions (including prior distributions) made to such holder of PBF LLC Series A Units. If any amounts (other than tax distributions) are to be distributed in respect of any unvested PBF LLC Series B Units, such amounts shall be set aside for distribution to such holder at the time that such units vest. If such unvested PBF LLC Series B Units shall be forfeited by or repurchased from a holder without having vested, such amounts shall revert to the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units. All amounts received, directly or indirectly, by the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units and PBF LLC Series B Units (and each of their successors and permitted transferees) in connection with their holding of units, including amounts received upon the sale of shares of Class A common stock following an exchange of units pursuant to the exchange agreement, upon a transfer of units to an unrelated third party, upon any tax distributions or otherwise as a result of such holder’s ownership of PBF LLC Series A Units or PBF LLC Series B Units, as applicable, are treated as being distributed, and treated as a distribution, for purposes of the amounts payable to the holders of PBF LLC Class B Units. Payments made to any of the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units pursuant to the tax receivable agreement shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the applicable sharing thresholds of the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units under the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC. All distributions under the amended and restated limited liability company agreement are treated as being distributed in a single distribution. Accordingly, if multiple distributions are made, the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units shall be entitled to share in the distributions at the highest then applicable sharing percentage, and if such holders have received prior distributions at a lower sharing percentage, such holders shall be entitled to a priority catch-up distribution at the applicable higher sharing percentage before any further amounts are distributed to the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units. Any amounts received as tax distributions made by PBF LLC shall be treated as an advance on and shall reduce further distributions to which such holder otherwise would be entitled to under the agreement.

 

One quarter of the PBF LLC Series B Units vested at the time of grant in June 2010 and the remaining three-quarters vest in equal annual installments on the first, second and third anniversary of grant, subject to accelerated vesting upon certain events described below. Any unvested PBF LLC Series B Units of a holder automatically vest upon a change of control or upon such holder’s death or disability, and all vested and unvested PBF LLC Series B Units of a holder are automatically forfeited upon such holder’s termination for cause. In addition, if a holder’s employment is terminated by us without cause or by the holder for good reason, PBF Energy, in consultation with the Executive Chairman, may accelerate the vesting of all or a portion of such holder’s unvested PBF LLC Series B Units. See “—Potential Payments Upon Termination Occurring on December 31, 2011, Including in Connection With a Change In Control” for further information.

 

If the employment of a holder of PBF LLC Series B Units is terminated by us for any reason other than due to death, disability or retirement, the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units will have the right to purchase for cash all or part of the holder’s PBF LLC Series B Units for the fair market value of such units as of the purchase date. In addition, upon the death or disability of a holder of PBF LLC Series B Units, the holder (or his representatives) will have the right to sell to the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units, and the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units will be required to purchase (pro rata), all of the holder’s PBF LLC Series B Units for the fair market value of such units as of the purchase date, with the purchase price payable, at the election of the purchaser, in cash or by delivery of PBF LLC Series A Units held by the purchaser.

 

Our board of directors will adopt the PBF Energy Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, which will be the source of new equity-based awards for us following this initial public offering. See “—2012 Equity Incentive Plan.”

 

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

 

We intend to adopt and seek shareholder approval of the PBF Energy Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, prior to this offering. The following description of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan is a summary of the material features of the plan, and this summary is not complete and is qualified by reference to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will be the source of new equity-based awards

 

114


Table of Contents

permitting us to grant to our key employees, directors and consultants incentive stock options (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code), non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, other awards valued in whole or in part by reference to shares of our Class A common stock and performance based awards denominated in shares or cash.

 

Administration . The compensation committee of our board of directors will administer the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. The compensation committee may delegate its authority under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan in whole or in part as it determines, including to a subcommittee consisting solely of at least two non-employee directors within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, “independent directors” within the meaning of the NYSE listed company rules and, to the extent Section 162(m) of the Code is applicable to us and the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, “outside directors” within the meaning thereof. The compensation committee will determine who will receive awards under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as well as the form of the awards, the number of shares underlying the awards, and the terms and conditions of the awards consistent with the terms of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. The compensation committee will have full authority to interpret and administer the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, which determinations will be final and binding on all parties concerned.

 

Shares Subject to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan . The total number of shares of our Class A common stock which may be issued under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan is             . We will make available the number of shares of our Class A common stock necessary to satisfy the maximum number of shares that may be issued under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. The shares of our Class A common stock underlying any award granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan that expires, terminates or is cancelled or satisfied for any reason without the payment of consideration, withheld or tendered to satisfy tax withholding obligations, the aggregate exercise price on the exercise of stock options or the purchase price for any other award granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or repurchased by us, in each case, will again become available for awards under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. No award may be granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan after the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the plan, but awards granted prior to such date may extend beyond such tenth anniversary.

 

Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights . The compensation committee may award non-qualified or incentive stock options under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Stock options granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will become vested and exercisable at such times and upon such terms and conditions as may be determined by the compensation committee at the time of grant, but an option will generally not be exercisable for a period of more than ten years after it is granted.

 

Except with respect to substitute awards, the exercise price per share for any stock option awarded will not be less than the fair market value of a share of our Class A common stock on the day the stock option is granted. Except as otherwise provided in an award agreement, the purchase price for the shares as to which an option is exercised shall be paid in full at the time of exercise at the election of the grantee in cash or its equivalent (e.g., by check), under certain circumstances by transferring shares of Class A common stock, through cashless exercise, net exercise, or such other method as the compensation committee may determine.

 

The compensation committee may grant stock appreciation rights independent of or in conjunction with a stock option. The exercise price of a stock appreciation right will not be less than the fair market value of a share of our Class A common stock on the date the stock appreciation right is granted; except that, in the case of a stock appreciation right granted in conjunction with a stock option, the exercise price will not be less than the exercise price of the related stock option. Each stock appreciation right granted independent of a stock option shall entitle a participant upon exercise to an amount equal to (i) the excess of (A) the fair market value on the exercise date of one share of our Class A common stock over (B) the exercise price per share of our Class A common stock, multiplied by (ii) the number of shares of our Class A common stock covered by the stock appreciation right, and each stock appreciation right granted in conjunction with a stock option will entitle a participant to surrender to us the stock option and to receive such amount. Payment will be made in shares of our Class A common stock and/or cash, as determined by the compensation committee.

 

115


Table of Contents

Other Stock-Based Awards . The compensation committee, in its sole discretion, may grant or sell shares of our Class A common stock, restricted stock, restricted stock units and awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on the fair market value of, shares of our Class A common stock. Any of these other stock-based awards may be in such form, and dependent on such conditions, as the compensation committee determines, including, without limitation, the right to receive, or vest with respect to, one or more shares of our Class A common stock (or the equivalent cash value of such shares of our Class A common stock) upon the completion of a specified period of service, the occurrence of an event and/or the attainment of performance objectives. The compensation committee may in its discretion determine whether other stock-based awards will be payable in cash, shares of our Class A common stock, or a combination of both cash and shares.

 

Performance Based Awards . The compensation committee, in its sole discretion, may grant certain awards that are denominated in shares or cash, that are designed to be deductible by us under Section 162(m) of the Code. Such awards, “performance-based awards,” will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the compensation committee and will be based upon one or more objective performance criteria as determined by the compensation committee in its sole discretion. The foregoing criteria may relate to us, one or more of our subsidiaries or one or more of our divisions or units, or any combination of the foregoing, and may be applied on an absolute basis and/or be relative to one or more peer group companies or indices, or any combination thereof, as the compensation committee shall determine. The compensation committee will determine whether, with respect to a performance period, the applicable performance goals have been met with respect to a given participant and, if they have, during any period when Section 162(m) of the Code is applicable to us, will so certify and ascertain the amount of the applicable performance-based award. During any period when Section 162(m) of the Code is applicable to us, no performance-based awards will be paid to any participant for a given period of service until the compensation committee certifies that the objective performance goals (and any other material terms) applicable to such period have been satisfied. The amount of the performance-based award actually paid to a given participant may be less than the amount determined by the applicable performance goal formula, at the discretion of the compensation committee. The amount of the performance-based award determined by the compensation committee for a performance period will be paid to the participant at such time as determined by the compensation committee in its sole discretion after the end of such performance period; provided, however, that a participant may, if and to the extent permitted by the compensation committee and consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, elect to defer payment of a performance-based award. The maximum amount of performance-based awards that may be granted during a fiscal year to any participant will be (i) with respect to performance-based awards that are denominated in shares,              shares, and (ii) with respect to performance-based awards that are denominated in cash, $             million.

 

Adjustments upon Certain Events . In the event of any change in the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock by reason of any share dividend or split, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, combination or transaction or exchange of shares of our Class A common stock or other corporate exchange, or any distribution to shareholders other than regular cash dividends, or any transaction similar to the foregoing, the compensation committee in its sole discretion and without liability to any person shall make such substitution or adjustment, if any, as it deems to be equitable, as to (1) the number or kind of shares or other securities issued or reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan or pursuant to outstanding awards, (2) the maximum number of shares for which stock options or stock appreciation rights may be granted during a fiscal year to any participant, (3) the maximum amount of a performance-based award that may be granted during a calendar year to any participant, (4) the option price or exercise price of any option or stock appreciation right and/or (5) any other affected terms of such awards.

 

Change in Control . In the event of a change in control of us (as defined in the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan), the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan provides that (1) if determined by the compensation committee in the applicable award agreement or otherwise, any outstanding awards then held by participants which are unexercisable or otherwise unvested or subject to lapse restrictions will automatically be deemed exercisable or otherwise vested or no longer subject to lapse restrictions, as the case may be, as of immediately prior to such change in control and (2) the compensation committee shall take one or more of the following actions: (a) cancel the awards for

 

116


Table of Contents

fair value (as determined by the compensation committee), (b) provide for the issuance of substitute awards that will substantially preserve the otherwise applicable terms of any affected awards previously granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, including without limitation, any applicable vesting conditions, or (c) provide that, with respect to any awards that are stock options or stock appreciation rights, the awards will be exercisable for a period of at least 15 days prior to the change in control.

 

Forfeiture and Clawback . The compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, specify in an award that the participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to such award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions contained in such award. Such events may include, but are not limited to, termination of employment for cause, termination of the participant’s provision of services to us, breach of noncompetition, confidentiality, or other restrictive covenants that may apply to the participant, or restatement of our financial statements to reflect adverse results from those previously released financial statements as a consequence of errors, omissions, fraud, or misconduct.

 

Transferability . Unless otherwise determined by our compensation committee, no award granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will be transferable or assignable by a participant in the plan, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

 

Amendment and Termination . Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, but no amendment or termination will be made, (1) without the approval of our shareholders, to the extent such approval is required by or desirable to satisfy the requirements of any applicable law, regulation or other rule, including listing standards of the securities exchange that is the principal market for the shares of our Class A common stock or change the maximum number of shares for which awards may be granted to any participant or (2) without the consent of a participant, if such action would materially adversely affect any of the rights of the participant under any award theretofore granted to such participant under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan; provided, however, that the compensation committee may amend the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and/or any outstanding awards in such manner as it deems necessary to permit the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and/or any outstanding awards to satisfy applicable requirements of the Code or other applicable laws.

 

Impact of Tax and Accounting Principles

 

The forms of our executive compensation are largely dictated by our capital structure and have not been designed to achieve any particular accounting treatment. We do take tax considerations into account, both to avoid tax disadvantages and to obtain tax advantages, where reasonably possible consistent with our compensation goals (tax advantages for our executives benefit us by reducing the overall compensation we must pay to provide the same after-tax income to our executives), including the application of Sections 280G and 409A of the Code.

 

Section 162(m) of the Code (as interpreted by IRS Notice 2007-49) imposes a $1,000,000 cap on federal income tax deductions for compensation paid to our chief executive officer and to the three other most highly-paid executive officers (other than the principal financial officer) or such other persons which may be deemed covered persons under Section 162(m) during any fiscal year unless the compensation is “performance-based” under Section 162(m). Under a special Section 162(m) provision for newly public companies, compensation paid pursuant to a compensation plan or arrangement in existence before the effective date of this initial public offering, provided the arrangement is adequately described in this prospectus, will not be subject to the $1,000,000 limitation during a reliance period that ends on the earliest of: (1) the expiration of the compensation plan, (2) a material modification of the compensation plan (as determined under Section 162(m)), (3) the issuance of all the employer stock and other compensation allocated under the compensation plan, or (4) the first meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected after the close of the third calendar year following the year in which the public offering occurs. With respect to stock-based compensation, this provision applies to stock options, stock appreciation rights and the substantial vesting of restricted property granted before the end of the reliance period, even if not paid until after the end of the reliance period. While the compensation committee has

 

117


Table of Contents

not adopted a formal policy regarding tax deductibility of compensation paid to our named executive officers, following this initial public offering the compensation committee intends to consider the tax treatment of compensation pursuant to Section 162(m) and other applicable rules in determining the amounts of compensation for our named executive officers. However, to retain highly skilled executives and remain competitive with other employers, the compensation committee retains the right to authorize compensation on a purely discretionary basis, including compensation that would not be deductible under Section 162(m) or otherwise.

 

Employment Agreements

 

We believe that employment agreements with our executives are necessary to attract and retain key talent. They provide a minimum level of stability to our executives in the event of certain terminations and/or the occurrence of a change in control of our business, freeing the executive to focus on our business rather than personal financial concerns.

 

Thomas D. O’Malley

 

On April 1, 2010, we entered into an employment agreement with Thomas D. O’Malley, pursuant to which Mr. O’Malley serves as our Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors. The employment term is one year with automatic one year extensions thereafter, unless either we or Mr. O’Malley provide 30 days’ prior notice of an election not to renew the agreement.

 

Under the agreement, Mr. O’Malley is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $1,500,000. Mr. O’Malley is entitled to increases in his annual base salary at the sole discretion of our board. Mr. O’Malley is also eligible to participate in the 2011 cash incentive plan and earn an annual bonus award. Mr. O’Malley also participates in our incentive programs and is also entitled to grants of equity based compensation, as discussed above. Mr. O’Malley is also entitled to participate in our employee benefit plans in which our employees are eligible to participate, other than any severance plan generally offered to all of our employees, on the same basis as those benefits are generally made available to other senior executives, and is entitled to be indemnified for certain tax liabilities and expenses arising under Section 409A of the Code in connection with his equity grants at PBF LLC. Mr. O’Malley is also entitled to reimbursement for business travel using his personal aircraft. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Private Aircraft.”

 

The termination provisions in Mr. O’Malley’s employment agreement are discussed under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination Occurring on December 31, 2011, Including in Connection With a Change In Control” below.

 

Mr. O’Malley is also subject to a covenant not to disclose our confidential information during his employment term and at all times thereafter and covenants not to compete with us and not to solicit our employees during his employment term and for six months following termination of his employment for any reason, subject to certain exceptions.

 

Thomas J. Nimbley

 

On April 1, 2010, we entered into an employment agreement with Thomas J. Nimbley, pursuant to which Mr. Nimbley serves as our Chief Executive Officer. The employment term is one year with automatic one year extensions thereafter, unless either we or Mr. Nimbley provide 30 days’ prior notice of an election not to renew the agreement.

 

Under the agreement, Mr. Nimbley is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $700,000. Mr. Nimbley is entitled to increases in his annual base salary at the sole discretion of our board. Mr. Nimbley is also eligible to participate in the 2011 cash incentive plan. Mr. Nimbley also participates in our incentive programs and is also entitled to grants of equity based compensation, as discussed above. Mr. Nimbley is also entitled to participate in

 

118


Table of Contents

our employee benefit plans in which our employees are eligible to participate, other than any severance plan generally offered to all of our employees, on the same basis as those benefits are generally made available to other senior executives, and is entitled to be indemnified for certain tax liabilities and expenses arising under Section 409A of the Code in connection with his equity grants at PBF LLC.

 

The termination provisions in Mr. Nimbley’s employment agreement are discussed under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination Occurring on December 31, 2011, Including in Connection With a Change In Control” below.

 

Mr. Nimbley is also subject to a covenant not to disclose our confidential information during his employment term and at all times thereafter and covenants not to compete with us and not to solicit our employees during his employment term and for six months following termination of his employment for any reason, subject to certain exceptions.

 

Matthew C. Lucey

 

On April 1, 2010, we entered into an employment agreement with Matthew C. Lucey, pursuant to which Mr. Lucey serves as our Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer. The employment term is one year with automatic one year extensions thereafter, unless either we or Mr. Lucey provide 30 days’ prior notice of an election not to renew the agreement.

 

Under the agreement, Mr. Lucey is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $425,000. Mr. Lucey is entitled to increases in his annual base salary at the sole discretion of our board. Mr. Lucey is also eligible to participate in the 2011 cash incentive plan. Mr. Lucey also participates in our incentive programs and is also entitled to grants of equity based compensation, as discussed above. Mr. Lucey is also entitled to participate in our employee benefit plans in which our employees are eligible to participate, other than any severance plan generally offered to all of our employees, on the same basis as those benefits are generally made available to other senior executives, and is entitled to be indemnified for certain tax liabilities and expenses arising under Section 409A of the Code in connection with his equity grants at PBF LLC.

 

The termination provisions in Mr. Lucey’s employment agreement are discussed under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination Occurring on December 31, 2011, Including in Connection With a Change In Control” below.

 

Mr. Lucey is also subject to a covenant not to disclose our confidential information during his employment term and at all times thereafter and covenants not to compete with us and not to solicit our employees during his employment term and for six months following termination of his employment for any reason, subject to certain exceptions.

 

Donald. F. Lucey

 

On April 1, 2010, we entered into an employment agreement with Donald F. Lucey, pursuant to which Mr. Lucey serves as our Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer. The employment term is one year with automatic one year extensions thereafter, unless either we or Mr. Lucey provide 30 days’ prior notice of an election not to renew the agreement.

 

Under the agreement, Mr. Lucey is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $600,000. Mr. Lucey is entitled to increases in his annual base salary at the sole discretion of our board. Mr. Lucey is also eligible to participate in the 2011 cash incentive plan. Mr. Lucey also participates in our incentive programs and is also entitled to grants of equity based compensation, as discussed above. Mr. Lucey is also entitled to participate in our employee benefit plans in which our employees are eligible to participate, other than any severance plan

 

119


Table of Contents

generally offered to all of our employees, on the same basis as those benefits are generally made available to other senior executives, and is entitled to be indemnified for certain tax liabilities and expenses arising under Section 409A of the Code in connection with his equity grants at PBF LLC.

 

The termination provisions in Mr. Lucey’s employment agreement are discussed under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination Occurring on December 31, 2011, Including in Connection With a Change In Control” below.

 

Mr. Lucey is also subject to a covenant not to disclose our confidential information during his employment term and at all times thereafter and covenants not to compete with us and not to solicit our employees during his employment term and for six months following termination of his employment for any reason, subject to certain exceptions.

 

Michael D. Gayda

 

On April 1, 2010, we entered into an employment agreement with Michael D. Gayda, pursuant to which Mr. Gayda, commencing on June 2, 2010, serves as our President. The employment term is one year with automatic one year extensions thereafter, unless either we or Mr. Gayda provide 30 days’ prior notice of an election not to renew the agreement.

 

Under the agreement, Mr. Gayda is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $650,000. Mr. Gayda is entitled to increases in his annual base salary at the sole discretion of our board. Mr. Gayda is also eligible to participate in the 2011 cash incentive plan. Mr. Gayda also participates in our incentive programs and is also entitled to grants of equity based compensation, as discussed above. Mr. Gayda is also entitled to participate in our employee benefit plans in which our employees are eligible to participate, other than any severance plan generally offered to all of our employees, on the same basis as those benefits are generally made available to other senior executives, and is entitled to be indemnified for certain tax liabilities and expenses arising under Section 409A of the Code in connection with his equity grants at PBF LLC.

 

The termination provisions in Mr. Gayda’s employment agreement are discussed under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination Occurring on December 31, 2011, Including in Connection With a Change In Control” below.

 

Mr. Gayda is also subject to a covenant not to disclose our confidential information during his employment term and at all times thereafter and covenants not to compete with us and not to solicit our employees during his employment term and for six months following termination of his employment for any reason, subject to certain exceptions.

 

120


Table of Contents

2011 Summary Compensation Table

 

This Summary Compensation Table summarizes the total compensation paid or earned by each of our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.

 

Name and

Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Stock
Awards

($) (1)
    Options
Awards
($) (2)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
    Change in
Pension Value
And
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings

($) (3)
    All Other
Compensation
($) (4)
    Total
($)
 

Thomas D. O’Malley

    2011        1,500,000        [                543,000        [         220,711        10,950        [    

Executive Chairman of

                 

the Board of Directors

                 

Thomas J. Nimbley

    2011        700,000        [         51,100        108,600        [         77,504        14,700        [    

Chief Executive Officer

                 

(PEO)

                 

Matthew C. Lucey

    2011        425,000        [         51,100        59,150        [         46,717        14,700        [    

Senior Vice President,

                 

Chief Financial Officer (PFO)

                 

Donald F. Lucey

    2011        600,000        [         51,100        36,200        [         80,314        14,700        [    

Executive Vice President,

                 

Chief Commercial Officer

                 

Michael D. Gayda

    2011        650,000        [         51,100        36,200        [         77,186        14,700        [    

President

                 

 

  (1)   The amounts set forth in this column represent the grant date fair value of PBF LLC Series B Units allocated in 2011 as calculated pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718. The amounts have been determined based on the assumptions set forth in Note 12 to the PBF LLC Consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011.
  (2)   The amounts set forth in this column represent the grant date fair value of options for the purchase of PBF LLC Series A Units granted to Mr. M. Lucey and compensatory warrants for the purchase of PBF LLC Series A Units granted to the named executive officers in connection with their purchase of PBF LLC Series A Units. The grant date fair value was calculated pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718 based on the assumptions set forth in Note 12 to the PBF LLC Consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011.
  (3)   The amounts set forth in this column represent the aggregate change during the year in the actuarial present value of accumulated benefits under the PBF Energy Pension Plan and the PBF Energy Restoration Plan.
  (4)   The amounts set forth in this column consist of company matching contributions to our 401(k) Plan.

 

121


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2011

 

The following table provides information regarding the grants of plan-based awards to each of our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.

Name    Grant Date    All
Other
Stock
Awards:
Number of
Shares of
Stock or
Units (#) (1)
     All
Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options

(#) (2)
     Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh)
     Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and Option
Awards($) (3)
 
              

Thomas D. O’Malley

   January 31, 2011      —           300,000         10.00         543,000   

Thomas J. Nimbley

   March 1, 2011      —           60,000         10.00         108,600   
   May 19, 2011      10,000         —           —           51,100   

Matthew C. Lucey

   March 1, 2011      —           2,679         10.00         4,850   
   March 4, 2011      —           30,000         10.00         54,300   
   May 19, 2011      10,000         —           —           51,100   

Donald F. Lucey

   March 1, 2011      —           20,000         10.00         36,200   
   May 19, 2011      10,000         —           —           51,100   

Michael D. Gayda

   March 1, 2011      —           20,000         10.00         36,200   
   May 19, 2011      10,000         —           —           51,100   

 

  (1)   As described in Footnote 1 to the Summary Compensation Table, amounts in this column represent the number of PBF LLC Series B Units allocated to the named executive officers in 2011.
  (2)   As described in Footnote 2 to the Summary Compensation Table, amounts in this column represent compensatory warrants and options to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units.
  (3)   The amounts set forth in this column represent the total grant date fair value of (a) compensatory warrants and options to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units and (b) the PBF LLC Series B Units for each of the named executive officers, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.

 

Narrative Disclosure to 2011 Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2011 Table

 

PBF LLC Series A Compensatory Warrants and Options

 

In conjunction with the purchase of PBF LLC Series A Units and warrants to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units by our named executive officers and certain other employees, each purchaser of PBF LLC Series A Units and warrants received a grant of compensatory warrants to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units. The Series A Compensatory Warrants were fully vested at the time of grant and expire after ten years. 25% of the Series A Compensatory Warrants became exercisable at the grant date and the remaining 75% are exercisable over equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date, subject to acceleration upon the closing of this initial public offering or under certain other circumstances. In 2011, compensatory options to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units were also granted to Mr. M. Lucey and certain other employees. The Series A compensatory options vest and become exercisable over equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date. As of December 31, 2011, compensatory warrants and options to purchase 1,835,579 PBF LLC Series A Units were outstanding.

 

PBF LLC Series B Units

 

In 2011, our named executive officers and certain other officers were allocated equity incentive awards by PBF LLC in the form of PBF LLC Series B Units, which are profits interests in PBF LLC. One-quarter of the PBF LLC Series B Units vested at the time of grant in June 2010 and the remaining three-quarters vest in equal annual installments on the first, second and third anniversary of grant, subject to accelerated vesting upon certain events. As of December 31, 2011, there were 1,000,000 Series B Units allocated (of which 500,000 units were vested). Any unvested PBF LLC Series B Units of a holder automatically vest upon a change of control or upon such holder’s death or disability, and all vested and unvested PBF LLC Series B Units of a holder are automatically forfeited upon such holder’s termination for cause. In addition, if a holder’s employment is terminated by us without cause or by the holder for good reason, PBF Energy, in consultation with the Executive Chairman, may accelerate the vesting of all or a portion of such holder’s unvested PBF LLC Series B Units.

 

122


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards At 2011 Fiscal Year-End

 

The following table provides information regarding outstanding equity awards of PBF LLC interests made to our named executive officers as of December 31, 2011.

 

    Option Awards (1)     Stock Awards (2)  

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Exercise
Price
($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number
of Shares
or Units
of Stock
That Have
Not
Vested (#)
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That
Have Not
Vested
($) (3)
 

Thomas D. O’Malley

    86,010        86,010 (4)      10.00        6/1/2020        175,000        [    
    15,000        15,000 (4)      10.00        10/15/2020        —            
    123,000        123,000 (4)      10.00        12/17/2020        —            
    75,000        225,000 (4)      10.00        1/31/2021        —            

Thomas J. Nimbley

    22,500        22,500 (4)      10.00        6/1/2020        80,000        [    
    22,500        22,500 (4)      10.00        12/17/2020        —            
    15,000        45,000 (4)      10.00        3/1/2021        —            

Matthew C. Lucey

    1,950        1,950 (4)      10.00        6/1/2020        30,000        [    
    900        900 (4)      10.00        12/17/2020        —            
    670        2,009 (4)      10.00        3/1/2021        —            
    —          30,000        10.00        3/4/2021        —            

Donald F. Lucey

    7,500        7,500 (4)      10.00        6/1/2020        80,000        [    
    7,500        7,500 (4)      10.00        12/17/2020        —            
    5,000        15,000 (4)      10.00        3/1/2021        —            

Michael D. Gayda

    7,500        7,500 (4)      10.00        6/1/2020        80,000        [    
    7,500        7,500 (4)      10.00        12/17/2020        —            
    5,000        15,000 (4)      10.00        3/1/2021        —            

 

  (1)   The awards described in this table represent compensatory warrants and options to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units, as described in the narrative above.
  (2)   The awards described in this table represent PBF LLC Series B Units, as described in the narrative above.
  (3)   The market or payout value of the unvested awards of PBF LLC Series B Units is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share of Class A common stock (the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The PBF LLC Series B Units represent profits interests in PBF LLC. The PBF LLC Series B Units only dilute the interests of the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units, and do not dilute the interests of the holder of PBF LLC Series C Units or the direct holders of our Class A common stock. However, our statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss) reflects non-cash charges for compensation related to the profits interests.
  (4)   The compensatory warrants to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units become fully exercisable upon the closing of this initial public offering.

 

123


Table of Contents

Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2011

 

The following table provides information regarding the amounts received by our named executive officers upon exercise of options or similar instruments or the vesting of stock or similar instruments during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011. All of the awards described in this table were for equity interests in PBF LLC.

 

     Option Awards      Stock Awards  

Name

   Number of Shares Acquired
on Exercise

(#)
     Value Realized  on
Exercise

($)
     Number of Shares
Acquired on Vesting
(#)
     Value Realized  on
Vesting

($) (1)
 

Thomas D. O’Malley

     —           —           87,500         [    

Thomas J. Nimbley

     —           —           42,500         [    

Matthew C. Lucey

     —           —           17,500         [    

Donald F. Lucey

     —           —           42,500         [    

Michael D. Gayda

     —           —           42,500         [    

 

  (1)   The market or payout value of the unvested awards of PBF LLC Series B Units is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share of Class A common stock (the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The PBF LLC Series B Units represent profits interests in PBF LLC. The PBF LLC Series B Units only dilute the interests of the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units, and do not dilute the interests of the holder of PBF LLC Series C Units or the direct holders of our Class A common stock. However, our statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss) reflects non-cash charges for compensation related to the profits interests.

 

Pension Benefits

 

The following table provides information regarding our named executive officers’ participation in our pension plans as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.

 

Name

 

Plan Name

  Number of Years
Credited Service
(#)
    Present Value of
Accumulated
Benefit

($)
    Payments During
Last Fiscal Year
($)
 

Thomas D. O’Malley

 

PBF Energy Pension Plan

PBF Energy Restoration Plan

   

 

3

3

  

  

   

 

107,136

709,743

  

  

   

 

—  

—  

  

  

Thomas J. Nimbley

 

PBF Energy Pension Plan

PBF Energy Restoration Plan

   

 

1

1

  

  

   

 

47,940

67,875

  

  

   

 

—  

—  

  

  

Matthew C. Lucey

 

PBF Energy Pension Plan

PBF Energy Restoration Plan

   

 

3

3

  

  

   

 

79,105

37,515

  

  

   

 

—  

—  

  

  

Donald F. Lucey

 

PBF Energy Pension Plan

PBF Energy Restoration Plan

   

 

3

3

  

  

   

 

103,398

101,767

  

  

   

 

—  

—  

  

  

Michael D. Gayda

 

PBF Energy Pension Plan

PBF Energy Restoration Plan

   

 

1

1

  

  

   

 

49,550

65,183

  

  

   

 

—  

—  

  

  

 

The PBF Energy Pension Plan (the “Pension Plan”) is a funded, tax-qualified, non-contributory defined benefit plan covering all employees. The PBF Energy Restoration Plan (the “Restoration Plan”) is a non-qualified defined benefit plan designed to supplement the pension benefits for highly compensated employees. The Pension Plan and the Restoration Plan (collectively referred to as the “Plans”) are structured as cash balance plans wherein each participant’s account is credited monthly with an interest credit and annually with a pay credit. Changes in the value of the Plans’ investments do not directly impact the benefit amounts promised to each participant under the Plans.

 

124


Table of Contents

At the end of each plan year, the Pension Plan provides for an annual pay credit equal to between 7% and 11% of pensionable earnings below the Social Security Wage Base and a pay credit of 14% on pensionable earnings above the Social Security Wage Base but below the Internal Revenue Service benefit plan compensation limit. The Restoration Plan provides for an annual pay credit equal to 14% on pensionable earnings in excess of Internal Revenue Service benefit plan compensation limits. In addition, on a monthly basis, the Plans provide for an interest credit utilizing the prior year’s October 30-year Treasury Constant Maturity rate. For 2011, the interest crediting rate was 3.45%. Normal retirement age under the Plans is attained at age 65.

 

Potential Payments Upon Termination Occurring on December 31, 2011, Including in Connection With a Change In Control

 

The table below provides our best estimate of the amounts that would be payable (including the value of certain benefits) to each of our named executive officers had a termination hypothetically occurred on December 31, 2011 under various scenarios, including a termination of employment associated with a Change In Control. The table does not include payments or benefits under arrangements available on the same basis generally to all other eligible employees of PBF. The potential payments were determined under the terms of each named executive officer’s employment agreement in effect on December 31, 2011 and in accordance with our plans and arrangements in effect on December 31, 2011. We also retain the discretion to provide additional payments or benefits to any of our named executive officers upon any termination of employment or Change in Control. The estimates below exclude the value of any Accrued Rights, as described in footnote 1 below, as any such amounts have been assumed to have been paid current at the time of the termination event.

 

125


Table of Contents

Under the terms of each named executive officer’s employment agreement, the executive is precluded under certain circumstances from competing with us for a period of six months post-termination, and must enter into a release of claims in order to receive the severance described below.

 

     Termination (a)
for  Cause, (b)
without Good
Reason or (c)
due to non-renewal
by the executive
($) (1)
     Termination (a) during
the term of employment
(other than in
connection with a
Change in Control), (b)
without Cause (other
than by reason of death
or disability) by us, (c)
for Good Reason or (d)
due to non-renewal by us

($) (2)
     Termination in
connection with
a Change in
Control

($) (3)
    Death or
Disability
($) (4)
 

Thomas D. O’Malley

          

Cash severance payment

     —           2,250,000         4,485,000        750,000   

Cash bonus (5)

     —           —           —          [    

Continuation of health benefits (6)

     —           —           —          —     

Accelerated equity (7)

     —           —           [         [    

Thomas J. Nimbley

          

Cash severance payment

     —           1,050,000         2,093,000        350,000   

Cash bonus (5)

     —           —           —          [    

Continuation of health benefits (9)

     —           —           —          —     

Accelerated equity (7)

     —           —           [         [    

Matthew C. Lucey

          

Cash severance payment

     —           637,500         1,270,750        212,500   

Cash bonus (5)

     —           —           —          [    

Continuation of health benefits (8)

     —           36,253         70,492        —     

Accelerated equity (7)

     —           —           [     ]       [    

Donald F. Lucey

          

Cash severance payment

     —           900,000         1,794,000        300,000   

Cash bonus (5)

     —           —           —          [    

Continuation of health benefits (6)

     —           —           —          —     

Accelerated equity (7)

     —           —           [         [    

Michael D. Gayda

          

Cash severance payment

     —           975,000         1,943,500        325,000   

Cash bonus (5)

     —           —           —          [    

Continuation of health benefits (6)

     —           —           —          —     

Accelerated equity (7)

     —           —           [         [    

 

  (1)   Termination for Cause, without Good Reason or due to non-renewal by the executive . In the event the executive is terminated by us for Cause, the executive terminates his employment without Good Reason or the executive does not renew his employment with us at the end of his current term, the executive will be entitled to: (1) receive accrued, but unpaid salary through the date of termination; (2) receive any earned, but unpaid portion of the previous year’s cash bonus; (3) receive unreimbursed business expenses; (4) receive applicable benefits; and (5) except in the event of a termination for Cause, exercise any vested options in accordance with the terms of the long term incentive plan, or collectively, the Accrued Rights.

 

“Good Reason” as defined in the employment agreements means, without the executive’s consent (A) the failure of the company to pay or cause to be paid the executive’s base salary or cash bonus, if any, when due, (B) any adverse, substantial and sustained diminution in the executive’s authority or responsibilities by the company from those described in the employment agreement,

 

126


Table of Contents

(C) the company requiring a change in the location for performance of the executive’s employment responsibilities to a location more than 50 miles from the company’s office (not including ordinary travel during the regular course of employment) or (D) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the company of the employment agreement; provided, that the events described in clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) shall constitute “Good Reason” only if the company fails to cure such event within 20 days after receipt from the executive of written notice of the event which constitutes “Good Reason;” provided, further, that “Good Reason” shall cease to exist for an event described in clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) on the 90th day following the later of its occurrence or the executive’s knowledge thereof, unless the executive has given the company written notice thereof prior to such date.

 

“Cause” as defined in the employment agreements includes the following: (A) the executive’s continued willful failure to substantially perform his duties (other than as a result of a disability) for a period of 30 days following written notice by the company to the executive of such failure, (B) the executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to a crime constituting a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude or a felony, (C) the executive’s willful malfeasance or willful misconduct in connection with the executive’s duties under the employment agreement, including fraud or dishonesty against the company, or any of its affiliates, or any act or omission which is materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of the company, or any of its affiliates, other than an act or omission that was committed or omitted by the executive in the good faith belief that it was in the best interest of the company, (D) a breach of the executive’s representations and warranties in such employment agreement, or (E) the executive’s breach of the non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disparagement or non-disclosure provisions of the employment agreement.

 

  (2)   Termination during the term of employment (other than in connection with a Change in Control as described below), without Cause (other than by reason of death or disability) by us, for Good Reason or due to non-renewal by us . In the event the executive is terminated during the term of employment (other than in connection with a Change in Control as described in footnote (3) below), without Cause (other than by reason of death or disability) by us, for Good Reason or due to non-renewal by us, the executive will be entitled to: (1) the Accrued Rights; (2) a cash lump sum payment equal to 1.5 times base salary; and (3) the continuation of certain health benefits for 18 months.

 

  (3)   Termination in connection with a Change In Control . In the event the executive is terminated by us without Cause (other than by reason of death or disability) or resigns with Good Reason, in each case six months prior to or within one year subsequent to the consummation of a Change in Control, the executive will be entitled to: (1) the Accrued Rights; (2) a cash lump sum payment equal to 2.99 times the executive’s salary in effect on the date of termination; (3) immediate vesting and exercisability of outstanding options or other grants under the long term incentive plan, warrants and PBF LLC Series B Units; and (4) the continuation of certain health benefits for two years and 11 months.

 

A “Change In Control” as defined in the employment agreements, is deemed to have occurred if:

 

   

any of the following is consummated: (x) any consolidation, reorganization, merger or similar transaction (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) involving the company, other than a consolidation, reorganization, merger or similar transaction in which the voting power of the voting securities of the company immediately prior to such transaction constitute more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity, (y) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the company, or (z) the liquidation or dissolution of the company; or

 

127


Table of Contents
   

any person (as defined in sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting power of the company outstanding at the time (in one or more related or unrelated transactions).

 

  (4)   Death or Disability . In the event of death or disability, the named executive officer’s estate or the executive, as applicable, will be entitled to receive: (1) the Accrued Rights; (2) a pro rata portion of the executive’s cash bonus for the year in which such death or disability occurs; and (3) a cash lump sum payment equal to the greater of (A) one-half of the executive’s annual salary as in effect on the date of termination or (B) one-half of the aggregate amount of the executive’s salary that the executive would have received had the full term of employment occurred under the employment agreement. The amounts shown in this column as the cash severance payment represent one-half of the executive’s annual salary as of December 31, 2011. The actual amount payable upon death or disability could vary.

 

  (5)   These amounts are equal to the named executive officer’s cash bonus award for 2011. The actual pro rata portion of an executive’s cash bonus for the year in which death or disability occurs is likely to be different.

 

  (6)   Messrs. O’Malley, Nimbley, D. Lucey and Gayda would not have been eligible to receive any continued medical benefits from us as of December 31, 2011, as they were covered by previous employer’s medical plans. Our obligation to provide continuation coverage for these named executive officers may change in future years.

 

  (7)   These amounts reflect the accelerated value of non-vested options to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units and PBF LLC Series B Units as of December 31, 2011 based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share of Class A common stock (the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

 

  (8)   The continued health benefits cost for Mr. M. Lucey is based on our cost for his benefits as of December 31, 2011.

 

Compensation of Directors

 

Directors who are also our employees or representatives of our affiliates receive no separate compensation for service on our board of directors or committees thereof. We reimburse all of our directors for customary expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of our board of directors and committees thereof. Following the consummation of this offering, our non-executive directors will be entitled to receive director fees as determined by the compensation committee of our board of directors.

 

Our non-employee, independent directors, Mr. Allen and Mr. Houston, were paid in 2011 an annual retainer of $50,000 each and $1,500 for each board meeting attended. Effective April 2012, we increased the annual retainer to $75,000. Mr. Allen receives an additional annual retainer of $10,000 for his role as Chairman of the Audit Committee and $1,500 for presiding over each Audit Committee meeting. In addition, in 2011, our compensation committee granted each of Mr. Allen and Mr. Houston options to purchase 25,000 PBF LLC Series A Units for their continued service on our board of directors. The options granted to Mr. Allen were fully vested and exercisable upon grant and were exercised in full in December 2011, and the options granted to Mr. Houston vest in three equal annual installments starting on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

 

128


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes all compensation for our non-employee directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid  in
Cash($)
     Option
Awards($) (1)
     Total
($)
 

Jefferson F. Allen

     84,000         99,550         183,550   

Dennis Houston

     39,667         45,250         84,917   

 

 

  (1)   The amounts set forth in this column represent the grant date fair value of options for the purchase of Series A Units in PBF LLC. The grant date fair value was calculated pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718 based on the assumptions set forth in Note 12 to the PBF LLC Consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

129


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

Each of the related party transactions described below was negotiated on an arm’s length basis. We believe that the terms of such agreements are as favorable as those we could have obtained from parties not related to us.

 

Our Relationship with Blackstone and First Reserve

 

Blackstone and First Reserve control ownership interests in a broad range of companies. We have entered into commercial transactions on arm’s length terms in the ordinary course of business with certain of these companies, including for the purchase of goods and services.

 

PBF LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement

 

As a result of the Offering Transactions, PBF Energy will hold PBF LLC Series C Units and be the sole managing member of PBF LLC. Accordingly, PBF Energy will operate and control all of the business and affairs of PBF LLC and, through PBF LLC and its operating entity subsidiaries, conduct our business.

 

Prior to this offering, there were 92,257,812 PBF LLC Series A Units issued and outstanding, of which 44,861,169.5 units were owned by each of Blackstone and First Reserve and 2,535,473 units were owned by our remaining existing owners, including Mr. O’Malley. In addition, there are 1,000,000 PBF LLC Series B Units issued and outstanding, all of which are held by certain of our officers. The PBF LLC Series B Units are profits interests which entitle the holders to participate in the profits of PBF LLC after the date of issuance. Certain of our existing owners and other employees hold options and warrants to purchase an additional 4,576,297 PBF LLC Series A Units at an exercise price of $10.00 per unit,              of which will be vested and exercisable as of the date of the closing of this offering.

 

Immediately prior to this offering, the limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC will be amended and restated to, among other things, designate PBF Energy as the sole managing member of PBF LLC and establish the PBF LLC Series C Units which will be held by PBF Energy. Following this offering, PBF Energy will have the right to determine the timing and amount of any distributions (other than tax distributions) to be made to holders of PBF LLC Series A Units and PBF LLC Series C Units. Profits and losses of PBF LLC will be allocated, and all distributions generally will be made, pro rata to the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units (subject to the rights of the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units) and PBF LLC Series C Units. The PBF LLC Series A Units and the PBF LLC Series C Units are generally identical in all respects, except that the PBF LLC Series B Units share in the allocations of income and distributions that would otherwise be made to the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units (our existing owners), and therefore do not dilute the interests of the holder of PBF LLC Series C Units (PBF Energy) or the direct holders of our Class A common stock. In addition, the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC provides that any PBF LLC Series A Units acquired by PBF Energy from our existing owners, whether at the time of this initial public offering or thereafter in accordance with the exchange agreement, will automatically, and without any further action, be reclassified as PBF LLC Series C Units immediately prior to such acquisition.

 

The holders of limited liability company interests in PBF LLC, including PBF Energy, will generally have to include for purposes of calculating their U.S. federal, state and local income taxes their share of any taxable income of PBF LLC. Taxable income of PBF LLC generally will be allocated to the holders of units (including PBF Energy) pro rata in accordance with their respective share of the net profits and net losses of PBF LLC. The amended and restated limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC will provide for mandatory cash tax distributions to the members of PBF LLC, including PBF Energy, based on certain assumptions. Generally, these tax distributions will be an amount equal to our estimate of the taxable income of PBF LLC multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual or corporate resident in New York, New York (taking into account the nondeductibility of certain expenses).

 

130


Table of Contents

The limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC also will provide that substantially all expenses incurred by or attributable to PBF Energy (such as expenses incurred in connection with this offering), but not including obligations incurred under the tax receivable agreement by PBF Energy, income tax expenses of PBF Energy and payments on indebtedness incurred by PBF Energy, will be borne by PBF LLC.

 

Exchange Agreement

 

We will enter into an exchange agreement with each of the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units and PBF LLC Series B Units. Pursuant to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC and the exchange agreement, each of our existing owners (and certain permitted assignees thereof and holders who acquire PBF LLC Series A Units upon the exercise of certain warrants and options) may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), exchange its PBF LLC Series A Units for shares of Class A common stock of PBF Energy on a one-for-one basis, subject to equitable adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, and further subject to the rights of the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units to receive a portion of the shares of Class A common stock that would otherwise be received by our existing owners upon such exchange. The exchange agreement provides, however, that exchanges may not be made more frequently than once per calendar quarter and any exchanges must be for a minimum of the lesser of 1,000 PBF LLC Series A Units or all of the PBF LLC Series A Units held by such holder. The exchange agreement will also provide that holders will not have the right to exchange PBF LLC Series A Units if PBF Energy determines that such exchange would be prohibited by law or regulation or would violate other agreements to which PBF Energy may be subject. PBF Energy may impose additional restrictions on exchange that it determines to be necessary or advisable so that PBF LLC is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” for United States federal income tax purposes. As a holder exchanges its PBF LLC Series A Units, PBF Energy’s interest in PBF LLC will be correspondingly increased.

 

Registration Rights Agreement

 

In connection with this offering, we will enter into an amended and restated registration rights agreement with each of our existing owners pursuant to which we will grant them and their affiliates and permitted transferees the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, to require us to register under the Securities Act shares of Class A common stock delivered in exchange for PBF LLC Series A Units or otherwise beneficially owned by them. Under the registration rights agreement, we will agree following the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period described in this prospectus, to make available a shelf registration statement to register the exchange by our existing owners of PBF LLC Series A Units for shares of Class A common stock and the resale by them of shares of Class A common stock into the market from time to time, provided that existing owners who beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock shall not publicly sell their shares pursuant to the shelf registration statement more than two times in any 365-day period and then only in public sales of at least $50 million. In addition, each of our existing owners will have the ability to exercise certain piggyback registration rights in respect of shares of Class A common stock held by them in connection with registered offerings requested by other registration rights holders or initiated by us. Finally, our existing owners have the right to require us to cooperate with them in disposing of their shares of Class A common stock in an underwritten public offering if the gross proceeds from such offering is reasonably anticipated to be at least $25 million, provided that we shall not have to undertake an underwritten public offering more than twice in any 365-day period or sooner than 120 days from the closing of any other underwritten public offering for which the existing owners had piggyback registration rights, and each of Blackstone and First Reserve shall be entitled to request no more than four underwritten public offerings in the aggregate.

 

Tax Receivable Agreement

 

As described in “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions,” we intend to use a significant portion of the proceeds from this offering to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units from PBF LLC, which is owned by our existing owners. In addition, our existing owners may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their PBF LLC Series A Units for shares of Class A common stock of PBF Energy on a one-for-one basis. PBF

 

131


Table of Contents

LLC (and each of its subsidiaries classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes) intends to make an election under Section 754 of the Code effective for each taxable year in which an exchange of PBF LLC Series A Units for shares of Class A common stock occurs. The purchase of PBF LLC Series A Units and subsequent exchanges are expected to result, with respect to PBF Energy in increases in the tax basis of the assets of PBF LLC that otherwise would not have been available. These increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of tax that the corporate taxpayer would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those assets.

 

We will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units and PBF LLC Series B Units (and certain permitted assignees thereof and holders who acquire PBF LLC Series A Units upon the exercise of certain warrants and options) that will provide for the payment from time to time by PBF Energy to such persons of 85% of the amount of the benefits, if any, that PBF Energy is deemed to realize as a result of (i) these increases in tax basis and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. These payment obligations are obligations of PBF Energy and not of PBF LLC. For purposes of the tax receivable agreement, the benefit deemed realized by PBF Energy generally will be computed by comparing the actual income tax liability of PBF Energy (calculated with certain assumptions) to the amount of such taxes that PBF Energy would have been required to pay had there been no increase to the tax basis of the assets of PBF LLC as a result of the purchase or exchanges and had PBF Energy not entered into the tax receivable agreement. The term of the tax receivable agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless PBF Energy exercises its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement for an amount based on the agreed payments remaining to be made under the agreement or PBF Energy breaches any of its material obligations under the tax receivable agreement in which case all obligations will generally be accelerated and due as if PBF Energy had exercised its right to terminate the agreement. Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the tax receivable agreement is by its nature imprecise, insofar as the calculation of amounts payable depends on a variety of factors. The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including:

 

   

the timing of exchanges—for instance, the increase in any tax deductions will vary depending on the fair value, which may fluctuate over time, of the depreciable or amortizable assets of PBF LLC at the time of each exchange;

 

   

the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange—the increase in any tax deductions, as well as the tax basis increase in other assets, of PBF LLC is affected by the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange;

 

   

the extent to which such exchanges are taxable—if an exchange is not taxable for any reason, increased deductions will not be available; and

 

   

the amount and timing of our income—PBF Energy generally will be required to pay 85% of the deemed benefits as and when deemed realized. If PBF Energy does not have taxable income, PBF Energy generally is not required (absent a change of control or circumstances requiring an early termination payment) to make payments under the tax receivable agreement for that taxable year because no benefit will have been actually realized. However, any tax benefits that do not result in realized benefits in a given tax year will likely generate tax attributes that may be utilized to generate benefits in previous or future tax years. The utilization of such tax attributes will result in payments under the tax receivable agreement.

 

We expect that the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. Assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law, and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize all tax benefits that are subject to the tax receivable agreement, we expect that future payments under the tax receivable agreement relating to the purchase by us of PBF LLC Series A Units as part of the offering transactions to aggregate $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase

 

132


Table of Contents

additional shares) and to range over the next 15 years from approximately $         million to $         million per year (or range from approximately $         million to $         million per year if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares) and decline thereafter. Future payments under the agreement by us in respect of subsequent exchanges would be in addition to these amounts and are expected to be substantial. The foregoing numbers are merely estimates—the actual payments could differ materially. It is possible that future transactions or events could increase or decrease the actual tax benefits realized and the corresponding tax receivable agreement payments. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, (a) the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and/or (b) distributions to PBF Energy by PBF LLC are not sufficient to permit PBF Energy to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after it has paid its taxes and other obligations. The payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon any persons continued ownership of us.

 

The effects of the tax receivable agreement on our consolidated balance sheet as a result of our purchase of PBF LLC Series A Units with our proceeds from this offering are as follows:

 

   

we will record an increase of $         million in deferred tax assets (or $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares) for the estimated income tax effects of the increase in the tax basis of the assets owned by PBF Energy based on enacted federal, state and local income tax rates at the date of the transaction. To the extent we estimate that we will not realize the full benefit represented by the deferred tax asset, based on an analysis of expected future earnings, we will reduce the deferred tax asset with a valuation allowance;

 

   

we will record         % of the estimated realizable tax benefit resulting from (i) the increase in the tax basis of the purchased interests as noted above and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement as an increase of $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares) payable to a related party pursuant to tax receivable agreement; and

 

   

we will record an increase to additional paid-in capital in an amount equal to the difference between the increase in deferred tax assets and the increase in liability due to our existing owners under the tax receivable agreement.

 

The amounts to be recorded for both the deferred tax assets and the liability for our obligations under the tax receivable agreement have been estimated. All of the effects of changes in any of our estimates after the date of the purchase will be included in our net income. Similarly, the effect of subsequent changes in the enacted tax rates will be included in net income.

 

In addition, the tax receivable agreement provides that upon certain changes of control, or if, at any time, we elect an early termination of the tax receivable agreement, our (or our successor’s) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired PBF LLC Series A Units (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such transaction) would be based on certain assumptions, including that we would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement. As a result, (i) we could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that are greater than or less than the specified percentage of the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and (ii) if we elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early or if we undergo certain changes of control, we would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits, which upfront payment may be made years in advance of the actual realization of such future benefits. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity.

 

Decisions made by our existing owners in the course of running our business, such as with respect to mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes in control, may influence the timing and amount of payments that are received by them under the tax receivable agreement. For example, the earlier

 

133


Table of Contents

disposition of assets following an exchange or acquisition transaction will generally accelerate payments under the tax receivable agreement and increase the present value of such payments, and the disposition of assets before an exchange or acquisition transaction will increase our existing owners’ tax liability without giving rise to any rights of our existing owners to receive payments under the tax receivable agreement.

 

Payments are generally due under the tax receivable agreement within a specified period of time following the filing of our tax return for the taxable year with respect to which the payment obligation arises, although interest on such payments will begin to accrue at a rate of LIBOR plus 50 basis points from the due date (without extensions) of such tax return, however we may defer payments under the tax receivable agreement to the extent we do not have available cash to satisfy our payment obligations under the tax receivable agreement. Such deferred payments would accrue interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 250 basis points.

 

Payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we will determine in accordance with such agreement. Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the IRS to challenge a tax basis increase, the corporate taxpayer will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreement in excess of the benefits that PBF Energy actually realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.

 

Investments in PBF LLC

 

Each of our executive officers, one of our directors and certain other employees have been provided with the opportunity to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units and non-compensatory warrants to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units. The number of units and warrants offered for purchase were based upon the individual’s position and other relevant factors, and approved by the board of directors of PBF LLC. The following table sets forth the number of PBF LLC Series A Units and non-compensatory warrants to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units purchased and the price paid therefor by our named executive officers and one of our directors since the beginning of fiscal 2008.

 

Name

   Aggregate
Purchase
Price

($)
     Series A
Units

(#)
     Non-Compensatory
Warrants for the
Purchase of Series
A Units (1)(2)

(#)
 

Thomas D. O’Malley

     18,095,150         1,809,515         1,815,380   

Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors (3)

        

Thomas J. Nimbley

     2,225,000         225,000         300,000   

Chief Executive Officer

        

Matthew C. Lucey

     135,000         13,500         17,319   

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

        

Donald F. Lucey

     766,271         76,627         100,000   

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer

        

Michael D. Gayda

     750,000         75,000         100,000   

President

        

Jefferson F. Allen

     750,000         75,000         70,000   

Director

        

 

  (1)   Each non-compensatory warrant for the purchase of PBF LLC Series A Units has an exercise price of $10.00 per unit and is immediately exercisable for a ten-year period.
  (2)   In connection with the purchase of PBF LLC Series A Units and warrants, compensatory warrants for the purchase of PBF LLC Series A Units were also granted to each of these persons. See “Executive Compensation—Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2011” and “ Outstanding Equity Awards at 2011 Fiscal Year-End.”

 

134


Table of Contents
  (3)   Thomas D. O’Malley owns 1,649,700 PBF LLC Series A Units and holds non-compensatory warrants for the purchase of 1,745,380 PBF LLC Series A Units. Thomas D. O’Malley, Jr., Thomas D. O’Malley’s son, owns 101,627 PBF LLC Series A Units. Horse Island Partners, of which Mr. O’Malley is the managing member, directly owns 58,188 PBF LLC Series A Units and non-compensatory warrants for the purchase of 70,000 PBF LLC Series A Units.

 

Consulting Agreement with Fuel Strategies International

 

Pursuant to a consulting agreement, Fuel Strategies International, Inc., the principal of which is James P. O’Malley, the brother of Thomas D. O’Malley, the Executive Chairman of our Board of Directors, provided us with monthly consulting services relating to our petroleum coke and commercial operations. The initial term of the agreement was effective from February 8, 2010 through May 1, 2010, after which time it became an evergreen contract. The agreement is automatically renewed for additional 30-day periods unless terminated by either party upon ten days notice prior to the expiration of any renewal term. During 2011 and 2010 we paid $487,925 and $276,302, respectively, to Fuel Strategies under this agreement.

 

Private Aircraft

 

We have an agreement with Thomas D. O’Malley, our Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, for the use of an airplane owned by 936MP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, owned by Mr. O’Malley. We pay a charter rate that is the lowest rate this aircraft is chartered to third-parties. The audit committee of the board of directors reviews such usage of the airplane annually. During 2011 and 2010, we incurred charges of $820,524 and $393,288, respectively, related to use of this plane.

 

Private Placement of Senior Secured Notes

 

On February 9, 2012, our subsidiary, PBF Holding, sold in a private placement $25.5 million aggregate principal amount of 8.25% senior secured notes due 2020 to Thomas D. O’Malley, our Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, certain of his affiliates and family members, and certain of our other executives, at a purchase price of 98.565% thereof. These notes are identical in all material respects to the $650.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.25% senior secured notes offered and sold by PBF Holding (but are not expected to trade, and are not fungible, with those notes) and were sold without registration under the securities laws. These purchasers have registration rights pursuant to which, under certain circumstances, PBF Holding will file and use commercially reasonable efforts to keep effective a shelf registration statement covering resales of these notes.

 

Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Persons

 

Our board of directors has adopted a written policy that applies to transactions with related persons. For purposes of the policy, related person transactions include transactions, arrangements or relationships involving amounts greater than $120,000 in the aggregate in which we are a participant and a related person has a direct or indirect material interest. Related persons are deemed to include directors, director nominees, executive officers, owners of more than five percent of our common stock, or an immediate family member of the preceding group. The policy provides that our audit committee will be responsible for the review and approval or ratification of all related-person transactions.

 

Our audit committee will review the material facts of all related person transactions that require the committee’s approval and either approve or disapprove of the entry into the related person transaction, subject to certain exceptions described below. The policy prohibits any director from participating in any discussion or approval of a related person transaction for which such director is a related person, except that such director is required to provide all material information concerning the interested transaction to the committee. As part of its review and approval of a related person transaction, the committee will consider whether the transaction is made

 

135


Table of Contents

on terms no less favorable than terms that would be generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances, the extent of the related-person’s interest in the transaction and any other matters the committee deems appropriate.

 

Our related person transactions policy does not apply to: (1) employment of executive officers if the compensation is disclosed in the proxy statement or approved by the compensation committee; (2) director compensation that is disclosed in the proxy statement; (3) pro rata payments arising solely from the ownership of our equity securities; (4) certain indebtedness arising from ordinary course transactions or with owners of more than five percent of our common stock; (5) transactions where the rates or charges are determined by competitive bids; (6) certain charitable contributions; (7) regulated transactions; and (8) certain financial services.

 

136


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following tables set forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock by (1) each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of any class of the outstanding voting securities of PBF Energy, (2) each of our directors and named executive officers and (3) all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

 

Prior to this offering, PBF LLC owned 100% of our outstanding common stock. Following the closing of this offering, Blackstone and First Reserve, together with certain of our directors and executive officers, will beneficially own their interests in our Class A common stock set forth below through their ownership of PBF LLC. The number of shares of our Class A common stock and percentage of beneficial ownership before and after the Offering Transactions is presented after giving effect to the “Reorganization Transactions” and described under “Organizational Structure.” The number of shares of our Class A Common Stock and percentage of beneficial ownership after the Offering Transactions set forth below are based on shares of our Class A common stock and of PBF LLC Series A Units outstanding immediately after the Offering Transactions, and assumes that we will use $         million of the proceeds we receive from this offering to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units (which will be reclassified as PBF LLC Series C Units immediately prior to such acquisition) held by Blackstone and First Reserve and certain of our directors, executive officers and other employees.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. Except as otherwise indicated, the business address for each of the following persons is One Sylvan Way, Parsippany, New Jersey 07054.

 

    Class A Common Stock Beneficially Owned (1)   Combined Voting Power (2)(3)

Name

  Prior to the
Offering
Transactions
    After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is Not
Exercised
  After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is
Exercised in Full
  Prior to the
Offering
Transactions
    After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is Not
Exercised
  After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is
Exercised in
Full
    Number     %     Number   %   Number   %   %     %   %

Blackstone (4)

    44,861,169        48.6                48.6       

First Reserve (5)

    44,861,169        48.6                48.6       

Thomas D. O’Malley (6)

    4,301,288        4.5                4.5       

Thomas J. Nimbley (7)

    675,000        *                *       

Matthew C. Lucey (8)

    49,198        *                *       

Donald F. Lucey (9)

    226,627        *                *       

Michael D. Gayda (10)

    225,000        *                *       

Jefferson F. Allen (11)

    175,000        *                *       

Martin J. Brand (12)

    44,861,169        48.6                48.6       

Timothy H. Day (13)

    44,861,169        48.6                48.6       

David I. Foley (14)

    44,861,169        48.6                48.6       

Dennis Houston (15)

    8,333        *                *       

Neil A. Wizel (16)

    44,861,169        48.6                48.6       

All directors and executive officers as a group
(12 persons)
(17)

    95,419,597        99.6                99.6       

 

  *   Represents less than 1%.
  (1)  

Subject to the terms of the exchange agreement, the PBF LLC Series A Units are exchangeable at any time and from time to time for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to equitable adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications and further subject to the rights of the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units to receive a portion of the shares of

 

137


Table of Contents
  Class A common stock that would otherwise be received by our existing owners upon such exchange. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—PBF LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Exchange Agreement.”
  (2)   Represents percentage of voting power of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock of PBF Energy voting together as a single class. See “Description of Capital Stock.”
  (3)   Our existing owners will hold all of the shares of our Class B common stock. Each holder of Class B common stock shall be entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by it, to one vote for each PBF LLC Series A Unit held by it. Accordingly, our existing owners have a number of votes in PBF Energy that is equal to the aggregate number of PBF LLC Series A Units that it holds. See “Description of Capital Stock—Class B Common Stock.”
  (4)   Consists entirely of PBF LLC Series A Units. The Blackstone Vehicles (as hereinafter defined) are comprised of the following entities: Blackstone PB Capital Partners V Subsidiary L.L.C. (“BPBCP V”), Blackstone PB Capital Partners V-AC L.P. (“BPBCP V-AC”), Blackstone Family Investment Partnership V USS L.P. (“BFIP V”), Blackstone Family Investment Partnership V-A USS SMD L.P. (“BFIP V-A”), and Blackstone Participation Partnership V USS L.P. (“BPP V”, and together with BPBCP V, BPBCP V-AC, BFIP V and BFIP V-A, the “Blackstone Vehicles”). The Blackstone Vehicles beneficially own (i) 37,131,143 PBF LLC Series A Units, which are held by BPBCP V, (ii) 6,653,361 PBF LLC Series A Units, which are held by BPBCP V-AC, (iii) 204,804 PBF LLC Series A Units, which are held by BFIP V, (iv) 777,759 PBF LLC Series A Units, which are held by BFIP V-A, and (v) 94,100 PBF LLC Series A Units, which are held by BPP V. Blackstone Management Associates V USS L.L.C. (“BMA”) is a general partner of each of BPBCP V and BPBCP V-AC. BCP V USS Side-by-Side GP L.L.C. (“BCP V GP L.L.C.”) is a general partner of BFIP V and BPP V. Blackstone Holdings II L.P. holds the majority of membership interests in BMA and is the sole member of BCP V GP L.L.C. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings II L.P. is Blackstone Holdings I/II GP Inc. The sole shareholder of Blackstone Holdings I/II GP Inc. is The Blackstone Group L.P. The general partner of The Blackstone Group L.P. is Blackstone Group Management L.L.C., which is in turn, wholly owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman. The general partner of BFIP V-A is Blackstone Family GP L.L.C., which is in turn, wholly owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Mr. Schwarzman. Each of such Blackstone entities and Mr. Schwarzman may be deemed to beneficially own the shares beneficially owned by the Blackstone Vehicles directly or indirectly controlled by it or him, but each disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of its or his indirect pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of Mr. Schwarzman and each of the other entities listed in this footnote is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.
  (5)   Consists entirely of PBF LLC Series A Units. Owned collectively by FR PBF Holdings LLC and FR PBF Holdings II LLC, which in turn are wholly owned and managed by FR XII PBF Holdings LLC, which in turn is collectively owned and managed by FR XII PBF AIV, L.P. (“FR XII”) and FR XII-A PBF AIV, L.P. (“FR XII-A”). FR XII and FR XII-A are managed by First Reserve GP XII, L.P. which, in turn , is managed by First Reserve GP XII Limited. Decisions with respect to voting and investments are made by the Investment Committee of First Reserve GP XII Limited, which includes Timothy H. Day, Alex T. Krueger, William E. Macaulay and Mark A. McComiskey. The address of FR PBF Holdings LLC and First Reserve is c/o First Reserve Corporation, One Lafayette Place, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.
  (6)  

Consists of (a) 1,649,700 PBF LLC Series A Units held directly by Mr. O’Malley, (b) 58,188 PBF LLC Series A Units and warrants to purchase an additional 100,000 PBF LLC Series A Units held by Horse Island Partners, of which Mr. O’Malley is the Managing Member, and (c) an aggregate of 2,493,400 PBF LLC Series A Units that can be acquired within 60 days upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and options. In addition, does not include 350,000 PBF LLC Series B Units beneficially owned by Mr. O’Malley, 50% of which are currently vested. The PBF LLC Series B Units do not currently entitle the holders to any dividend payments or any rights upon liquidation or dissolution of PBF LLC but may in the future entitle them to certain interests in the profits of the

 

138


Table of Contents
  existing owners of PBF LLC after the passing of certain vesting dates and performance thresholds. For more information about the PBF LLC Series B Units, see “Executive Compensation — Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Summary of PBF LLC Series B Units.”
  (7)   Consists of 225,000 PBF LLC Series A Units and an aggregate of 450,000 PBF LLC Series A Units that can be acquired within 60 days upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and options. In addition, does not include 160,000 PBF LLC Series B Units beneficially owned by Mr. Nimbley, 50% of which are currently vested.
  (8)   Consists of 13,500 PBF LLC Series A Units and an aggregate of 35,698 PBF LLC Series A Units that can be acquired within 60 days upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and options. In addition, does not include 60,000 PBF LLC Series B Units beneficially owned by Mr. Lucey, 50% of which are currently vested.
  (9)   Consists of 76,627 PBF LLC Series A Units and an aggregate of 150,000 PBF LLC Series A Units that can be acquired within 60 days upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and options. In addition, does not include 160,000 PBF LLC Series B Units beneficially owned by Mr. Lucey, 50% of which are currently vested.
  (10)   Consists of 75,000 PBF LLC Series A Units and an aggregate of 150,000 PBF LLC Series A Units that can be acquired within 60 days upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and options. In addition, does not include 160,000 PBF LLC Series B Units beneficially owned by Mr. Gayda, 50% of which are currently vested.
  (11)   Consists of 75,000 PBF LLC Series A Units and an aggregate of 100,000 PBF LLC Series A Units that can be acquired within 60 days upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and options.
  (12)   Mr. Brand is a Managing Director of Blackstone. Mr. Brand disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of the issuer’s equity securities owned by the Blackstone Funds or their affiliates, except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein.
  (13)   Mr. Day is a Managing Director of First Reserve. Mr. Day disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of the issuer’s equity securities owned by such entities or their affiliates, except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein.
  (14)   Mr. Foley is a Senior Managing Director of Blackstone. Mr. Foley disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of the issuer’s equity securities owned by the Blackstone Funds or their affiliates, except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein.
  (15)   Consists of 8,333 PBF LLC Series A Units that can be acquired within 60 days upon the exercise of outstanding options.
  (16)   Mr. Wizel is a Director of First Reserve. Mr. Wizel disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of the issuer’s equity securities owned by First Reserve or its affiliates, except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein.
  (17)   Consists of 91,908,166 PBF LLC Series A Units and an aggregate of 3,511,431 of PBF LLC Series A Units that can be acquired within 60 days upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and options. In addition, does not include 1,000,000 PBF LLC Series B Units beneficially owned by the directors and officers as a group, 50% of which are currently vested.

 

139


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

The following is a description of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon consummation of this offering. We refer you to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

Authorized Capitalization

 

Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which              shares will be issued and outstanding,              shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which              shares will be issued and outstanding, and              shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, none of which will be issued and outstanding. Unless our board of directors determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.

 

Class A Common Stock

 

Voting Rights . Holders of shares of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. The holders of Class A common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

 

Dividend Rights . Subject to the rights of the holders of any preferred stock that may be outstanding and any contractual or statutory restrictions, holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to receive equally and ratably, share for share dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available to pay dividends. Dividends upon our Class A common stock may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any of our funds available for dividends, such sums as the board of directors deems proper as reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any of our property, or for any proper purpose, and the board of directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

Liquidation Rights . Upon liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or other winding up, the holders of Class A common stock are entitled to receive ratably the assets available for distribution to the stockholders after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any of our outstanding shares of preferred stock.

 

Other Matters . The shares of Class A common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights and are not subject to further calls or assessment by us. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A common stock. All outstanding shares of our Class A common stock, including the Class A common stock offered in this offering, are fully paid and non-assessable.

 

Class B Common Stock

 

Voting Rights . Holders of shares of Class B common stock are entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such holder, to one vote for each PBF LLC Series A Unit beneficially owned by such holder. Accordingly, our existing owners collectively have a number of votes in PBF Energy that is equal to the aggregate number of PBF LLC Series A Units that they hold. Holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

Dividend and Liquidation Rights . Holders of our Class B common stock do not have any right to receive dividends or to receive a distribution upon a liquidation or winding up of PBF Energy.

 

140


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

 

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of that series, including:

 

   

the designation of the series;

 

   

the number of shares of the series which our board may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase or decrease, but not below the number of shares then outstanding;

 

   

whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;

 

   

the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;

 

   

the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

 

   

the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;

 

   

the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of our company, or upon any distribution of assets of our company;

 

   

whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of our company or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made;

 

   

the preferences and special rights, if any, of the series and the qualifications and restrictions, if any, of the series;

 

   

the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series; and

 

   

such other rights, powers and preferences with respect to the series as our board of directors may deem advisable.

 

Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock

 

Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of the NYSE, which would apply so long as our Class A common stock is listed on the NYSE, require stockholder approval of certain issuances (other than a public offering) equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting power or then outstanding number of shares of Class A common stock, as well as for certain issuances of stock in compensatory transactions. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital or to facilitate acquisitions. One of the effects of the existence of unissued and unreserved Class A common stock may be to enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive the stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of Class A common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

 

Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Delaware Law and our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by stockholders.

 

141


Table of Contents

Undesignated Preferred Stock

 

The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock will make it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with super voting, special approval, dividend or other rights or preferences on a discriminatory basis that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us or otherwise effect a change in control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company.

 

No Cumulative Voting

 

The Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our certificate of incorporation prohibits cumulative voting.

 

Calling of Special Meetings of Stockholders

 

Our bylaws provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the board of directors.

 

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

 

The DGCL permits stockholder action by written consent unless otherwise provided by our certificate of incorporation. Our certificate of incorporation precludes stockholder action by written consent after the date on which Blackstone and First Reserve collectively cease to beneficially own at least a majority in voting power of all shares entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors.

 

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations

 

Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Our bylaws allow the presiding officer at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed.

 

These provisions may defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

Removal of Directors; Vacancies

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that (a) prior to the date on which Blackstone and First Reserve and their affiliates collectively cease to beneficially own at least a majority in voting power of all shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, and (b) on and after the date Blackstone and First Reserve and their affiliates collectively cease to beneficially own at least a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, directors may be removed only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least 75% of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. In addition, our bylaws provide that any newly-created directorship on the board of directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring on the board of directors shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

 

142


Table of Contents

Delaware Anti-takeover Statute

 

We have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL. However, in the event that Blackstone and First Reserve collectively cease to beneficially own at least 25% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of our capital stock, we will automatically become subject to Section 203 of the DGCL.

 

Subject to specified exceptions, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder. “Business combinations” include mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the “interested stockholder.” Subject to various exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who together with his or her affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock. These restrictions generally prohibit or delay the accomplishment of mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts.

 

Supermajority Provisions

 

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, at any time when Blackstone and First Reserve collectively are the beneficial owners of less than a majority in voting power of our outstanding common stock, the following provisions in our certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered or repealed or any provision inconsistent therewith may be adopted only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class:

 

   

the resignation and removal of directors;

 

   

the provisions regarding entering into business combinations with interested stockholders;

 

   

the provisions regarding stockholder action by written consent;

 

   

the provisions regarding calling special meetings of stockholders;

 

   

filling vacancies on our board and newly created directorships;

 

   

the advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations;

 

   

the selection of the Delaware Court of Chancery as the exclusive forum for certain stockholder lawsuits; and

 

   

the amendment provision requiring that the above provisions be amended only with a 75% supermajority vote.

 

In addition, our certificate of incorporation will grant our board of directors the authority to amend and repeal our bylaws without a stockholder vote in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or our certificate of incorporation but will require a 75% supermajority vote for the stockholders to amend any provision of our bylaws.

 

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

 

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties. Our certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except:

 

   

for breach of duty of loyalty;

 

   

for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law;

 

143


Table of Contents
   

under Section 174 of the DGCL (unlawful dividends); or

 

   

for transactions from which the director derived improper personal benefit.

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We are also expressly authorized to, and do, carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing coverage for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

 

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

 

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers providing for additional indemnification protection beyond that provided by the directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy. In the indemnification agreements, we have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, to indemnify and hold harmless the director or officer to the maximum extent then authorized or permitted by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, the DGCL, or by any amendment(s) thereto.

 

There is currently no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

 

Choice of Forum

 

Our certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for: (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (b) any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; (c) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or (d) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. However, several lawsuits involving other companies are currently pending challenging the validity of choice of forum provisions in certificates of incorporation, and it is possible that a court could rule that such provision is inapplicable or unenforceable.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock will be             .

 

New York Stock Exchange Listing

 

We have applied to have our Class A common stock approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “PBF.”

 

144


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Before this offering, there has not been any public market for our shares of Class A common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our Class A common stock or the availability of shares of Class A common stock for future sale will have on the market price of our Class A common stock. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will have a total of              shares of our Class A common stock outstanding (or              shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). All of the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares which may be held or acquired by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below and shares subject to the lock-up agreements described below.

 

Upon consummation of this offering, our existing owners will beneficially own      PBF LLC Series A Units, all of which will be exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to the terms of the exchange agreement on a one-for-one basis, subject to equitable adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, and further subject to the rights of the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units to receive a portion of the shares of Class A common stock that would otherwise be received by our existing owners upon such exchange. The shares of Class A common stock we issue upon such exchanges would be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 unless we register such issuances. However, we have entered into a registration rights agreement with our existing owners that will require us to register under the Securities Act these shares of Class A common stock. See “—Registration Rights Agreement” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

 

In addition, holders of outstanding options and warrants to purchase 4,576,297 PBF LLC Series A Units have the right, pursuant to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC and the exchange agreement described above and following exercise of such options and warrants, to exchange their PBF LLC Series A Units for up to an equivalent number of additional shares of Class A common stock. Finally,              shares of Class A Common Stock may be granted under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, including              shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options that we intend to grant to our directors, officers and employees at the time of consummation of this offering. See “Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Class A common stock issued under or covered by our equity incentive plans. Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares of Class A common stock registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market. We expect that the initial registration statement on Form S-8 will cover              shares of Class A common stock. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following the effective date, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions, Rule 144 restrictions applicable to our affiliates or the lock-up agreements described below.

 

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue additional shares of Class A common stock and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Class A common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion. In accordance with the DGCL and the provisions of our certificate of incorporation, we may also issue preferred stock that has designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties that are different from, and may be senior to, those applicable to shares of Class A common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.” Similarly, the limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC permits PBF LLC to issue an unlimited number of additional limited liability company interests of

 

145


Table of Contents

PBF LLC with designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties that are different from, and may be senior to, those applicable to the PBF LLC Series A Units and PBF LLC Series C Units, and which may be exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock.

 

Rule 144

 

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the effective date of this prospectus, a person, including any of our “affiliates” who has beneficially owned shares of our Class A common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              of the shares outstanding immediately after this offering; and

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of the Class A common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

 

Sales by affiliates under Rule 144 also are subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Under Rule 144, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our “affiliates” at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an “affiliate,” is entitled to sell its shares freely so long as current public information about us is available and after a one year holding period without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. The sale of these shares, or the perception that sales will be made, could adversely affect the price of our Class A common stock after this offering because a greater supply of shares would be, or would be perceived to be, available for sale in the public market.

 

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to the lock-up arrangements described below.

 

Lock-up Agreements

 

In connection with this offering, we, our executive officers and directors, and Blackstone and First Reserve have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, dispose of or hedge any of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. See “Underwriting.” We may, however, grant awards under our equity incentive plans and issue shares of Class A common stock upon the exercise of outstanding options and warrants, and we may issue or sell shares of Class A common stock under certain other circumstances.

 

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if (a) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (b) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.

 

Rule 701

 

Under Rule 701, any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchase shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock plan or other written agreement and are not deemed to be an affiliate of ours during the immediately preceding 90 days are eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with various restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

 

146


Table of Contents

Registration Rights Agreement

 

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with our existing owners pursuant to which we will grant them and their affiliates and certain of their transferees the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, to require us to register under the Securities Act shares of Class A common stock delivered in exchange for PBF LLC Series A Units or otherwise beneficially owned by them. Securities registered under any such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market unless restrictions apply. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

 

Effect of Sales of Shares

 

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our Class A common stock, and no prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of Class A common stock or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our Class A common stock. Nevertheless, sales of significant numbers of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market after the completion of this offering could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock and impair our future ability to raise capital through an offering of our equity securities.

 

147


Table of Contents

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

 

The following is a summary of certain United States federal income and estate tax consequences, as of the date hereof, of the purchase, ownership and sale or exchange of our Class A common stock by a non-U.S. holder. This summary deals only with Class A common stock that is purchased in this offering and is held as a capital asset by a non-U.S. holder.

 

Except as modified for United States federal estate tax purposes (as described below), a “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that, for United States federal income tax purposes, is an individual, corporation, estate or trust other than:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States if one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) was in existence on August 20, 1996, and has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations to continue to be treated as a United States person.

 

If a partnership holds our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partnership or a partner in a partnership considering an investment in our Class A common stock, you should consult your own tax advisor.

 

This summary is based upon provisions of the Code, and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in United States federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. This summary does not address all aspects of United States federal income and estate taxation and does not deal with other United States federal taxes (such as gift taxes or the recently enacted Medicare tax on investment income) or foreign, state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their personal circumstances. Further, this discussion does not describe all of the United States federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to holders subject to special rules, such as:

 

   

certain financial institutions;

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

dealers in securities;

 

   

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, “straddle,” integrated transaction or similar transaction;

 

   

partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for United States federal income tax purposes (or investors in such entities);

 

   

United States expatriates or certain long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

tax-exempt entities;

 

   

controlled foreign corporations;

 

   

passive foreign investment companies; or

 

   

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax.

 

148


Table of Contents

If you are considering an investment in our Class A common stock, you should consult your own tax advisor concerning the particular United States federal income and estate tax consequences to you of the purchase, ownership and sale or exchange of our Class A common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under other United States federal tax laws and the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

 

The following summary assumes that a non-U.S. holder will structure its ownership of Class A common stock so as to avoid the withholding taxes that otherwise would be imposed under recently enacted legislation, as described below under “—Additional Withholding Requirements Under Recently Enacted Legislation.”

 

Dividends

 

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by a non-U.S. holder within the United States are not subject to the withholding tax, provided such non-U.S. holder provides proper documentation, such as an applicable Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-8 or an appropriate substitute form. Instead, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise, such dividends are subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis in generally the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. In addition, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, it may be subject to a “branch profits tax” equal to 30% (or a lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of its effectively connected earnings and profits attributable to such dividends, subject to adjustments.

 

A non-U.S. holder who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty for dividends generally will be required (a) to complete IRS Form W-8BEN (or an appropriate substitute form) and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits or (b) if our Class A common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable United States Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals.

 

A non-U.S. holder eligible for a reduced rate of United States federal withholding tax pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

 

Gain on Sale or Exchange of Our Class A Common Stock

 

Any gain realized on the sale or exchange of our Class A common stock generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder);

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale or exchange, and certain other conditions are met; or

 

   

we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes at some time during the shorter of (a) the five-year period preceding the sale or exchange or (b) the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A common stock in question (such shorter period, the “Applicable Period”).

 

Unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise, a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale or exchange in generally the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. A non-U.S. holder

 

149


Table of Contents

that is a foreign corporation described in the first bullet point immediately above may also be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or a lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of its effectively connected earnings and profits attributable to such gain, subject to adjustments.

 

Unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise, an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale or exchange, which may be offset by United States source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States.

 

Although the matter is not free from doubt, we believe we are not and do not anticipate becoming a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes. If we are or become a “United States real property holding corporation,” so long as our Class A common stock continues to be regularly traded on an established securities market, only a non-U.S. holder who actually or constructively holds or held (at any time during the Applicable Period) more than 5% of our Class A common stock will be subject to United States federal income tax on the sale or exchange of our Class A common stock. Such a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to tax on any gain in the same manner as a non-U.S. holder whose gain is effectively connected income, except that such gain should not be included in effectively connected earnings and profits for purposes of the branch profits tax.

 

Federal Estate Tax

 

Class A common stock held or treated as held by an individual who, at the time of death, is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as specifically defined for United States federal estate tax purposes) will be included in such holder’s gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

 

Information returns will be filed with the IRS in connection with dividend payments. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividend payments and any withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which a non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

 

A non-U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

 

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding generally will apply to the proceeds of a sale or exchange of our Class A common stock within the United States or conducted through certain United States-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

 

The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a non-U.S. holder will be allowed as a credit against the non-U.S. holder’s United States federal income tax liability and may entitle the non-U.S. holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

 

150


Table of Contents

Additional Withholding Requirements Under Recently Enacted Legislation

 

Legislation was recently enacted into law that will materially change the requirements for obtaining an exemption from United States federal withholding tax and impose withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to “foreign financial institutions” and certain other non-U.S. entities. In general, and depending on the specific facts and circumstances, the failure to comply with certain certification, information reporting and other specified requirements will result in a 30% withholding tax being imposed on “withholdable payments” to such institutions and entities, including payments of dividends and proceeds from the sale or exchange of our common stock. The legislation generally applies to payments made after December 31, 2012, although recent guidance from the IRS provides that withholding obligations under the legislation will not begin until January 1, 2014. Each prospective investor should consult its tax advisor regarding this legislation and the potential implications of this legislation on its investment in our common stock.

 

151


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as the representatives of the underwriters named below. Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally the number of shares of Class A common stock indicated below:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares
 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

   $               

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

UBS Securities LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $                
  

 

 

 

 

The underwriters are offering the shares of Class A common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

 

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of Class A common stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $         a share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of Class A common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the underwriters including in connection with sales of unsold allotments of Class A common stock or subsequent sales of Class A common stock purchased by the underwriters in stabilizing and related transactions.

 

We granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to              additional shares of our Class A common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of Class A common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of Class A common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to              additional shares of our Class A common stock.

 

     Per Share    Total
        Without
Option
   With Option

Public offering price

        

Underwriting discounts and commissions

        

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

        

 

152


Table of Contents

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, are approximately $             million, which includes legal, accounting and printing costs and various other fees associated with the registration of the Class A common stock to be sold pursuant to this prospectus.

 

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed     % of the total number of shares of Class A common stock offered by them.

 

We have applied to have our Class A common stock approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PBF”.

 

We and all of our directors and executive officers have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters and subject to certain limited exceptions, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock;

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Class A common stock; or

 

   

file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any shares of Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A common stock;

 

whether any such transaction described in the first two bullet points above is to be settled by delivery of Class A common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, each such person will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock. We have been advised by Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC that they have no present intention, and there are no agreements, tacit or explicit, regarding the possible early release of the locked-up shares.

 

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraphs will be extended if:

 

   

during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or

 

   

prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period;

 

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraphs will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

 

In order to facilitate this offering of the Class A common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the Class A common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares

 

153


Table of Contents

in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. In addition, to stabilize the price of Class A common stock, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of Class A common stock in the open market. Finally, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the Class A common stock in this offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed Class A common stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the Class A common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the Class A common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the Class A common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

 

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in passive market making transactions in the Class A common stock on the NYSE in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act during the period before the commencement of offers or sales of Class A common stock and extending through the completion of distribution. A passive market maker must display its bids at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of the Class A common stock. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, that bid must be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

 

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full-service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments. The underwriters and their affiliates have in the past engaged, currently engage and may in the future engage, in transactions with and perform services for, including commercial banking, financial advisory and investment banking services, us and our affiliates in the ordinary course of business for which they have received or will receive customary fees and expenses. From time to time, certain of the underwriters and/or their respective affiliates may provide investment banking services to us. Affiliates of one or more of the underwriters act as lenders and/or agents under, and as consideration therefor received customary fees and expenses in connection with, the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. UBS AG, Stamford Branch, an affiliate of one of the underwriters, is the administrative agent under our ABL Revolving Credit Facility and receives fees in connection with such role. MSCG, an affiliate of one of our underwriters, is the counterparty to our product offtake agreements for the Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries, and the counterparty to our crude oil and feedstock agreement for our Toledo refinery. DB Energy, an affiliate of one of our underwriters, is the counterparty to our catalyst lease at our Delaware City and our Toledo refineries. In addition, affiliates of certain of the underwriters are participants under our L/C Facility. Affiliates of certain of the underwriters acted as initial purchasers, and received fees in connection with, our senior secured notes offering.

 

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distribution will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

 

154


Table of Contents

Selling Restrictions

 

European Economic Area

 

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant Dealer or Dealers nominated by the Issuer for any such offer; or

 

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

 

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Issuer or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

United Kingdom

 

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

(a) (i) it is a person whose ordinary activities involve it in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of its business and (ii) it has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell the shares other than to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or as agent) for the purposes of their businesses or who it is reasonable to expect will acquire, hold, manage or dispose of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses where the issue of the shares would otherwise constitute a contravention of Section 19 of the FSMA by the Issuer;

 

(b) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer; and

 

(c) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

155


Table of Contents

France

 

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares has been or will be:

 

   

released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or

 

   

used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the shares to the public in France.

 

Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:

 

   

to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) and/or to a restricted circle of investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with articles L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier;

 

   

to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or

 

   

in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-1°-or-2°-or 3° of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations (Règlement Général) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers, does not constitute a public offer (appel public à l’épargne).

 

The shares may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier.

 

Hong Kong

 

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

 

Singapore

 

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

 

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire

 

156


Table of Contents

share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

 

Japan

 

The shares offered in this prospectus have not been registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the account of any resident of Japan, (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except (i) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities and Exchange Law and (ii) in compliance with any other applicable requirements of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

Switzerland

 

This document as well as any other material relating to the shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this Prospectus (the “Shares”) do not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The Shares will not be listed on the SWX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the Shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SWX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SWX Swiss Exchange.

 

The Shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e. to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the Shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by the Company from time to time.

 

This document as well as any other material relating to the Shares is personal and confidential and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without express consent of the Company. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

 

Dubai International Financial Centre

 

This document relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with exempt offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this Prospectus (the “Shares”) may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale.

 

Prospective purchasers of the Shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the Shares. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

 

157


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the issuance of our shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP , New York, New York.

 

EXPERTS

 

The balance sheet of PBF Energy Inc. as of December 31, 2011 included in this prospectus has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such balance sheet is included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

The consolidated financial statements of PBF Energy Company LLC and subsidiaries (combined and consolidated with PBF Investments LLC and affiliates) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, included in this prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

The financial statements of the Paulsboro Refining Business as of December 16, 2010 and for the period from January 1, 2010 through December 16, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

The statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed of the Toledo Refinery as of December 31, 2010 and the related statements of revenues and direct expenses for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2010, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, or the exhibits and schedules which are part of the registration statement. For further information about us and our Class A common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and to its exhibits and schedules.

 

You may read and copy any document we file at the SEC’s public reference facility at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference facility. Our SEC filings are also available to the public from the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov, and at our website at http://www.pbfenergy.com. Information on our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

 

158


Table of Contents

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference rooms and the website of the SEC referred to above.

 

We intend to furnish our Class A common stockholders annual reports containing audited consolidated financial statements and will make available copies of quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each year containing unaudited interim consolidated financial information.

 

159


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Balance Sheet of PBF Energy Inc.

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2011

     F-3   

Notes to Balance Sheet

     F-4   

Consolidated Financial Statements of PBF Energy Company LLC and Subsidiaries

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-5   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December  31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-7   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity for the Years Ended December  31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-8   

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-9   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-11   

Financial Statements of Paulsboro Refining Business

  

Report of KPMG LLP Independent Auditors

     F-43   

Balance Sheet as of December 16, 2010

     F-44   

Statements of Income for the period from January 1, 2010 through December  16, 2010 and for the Year Ended December 31, 2009

     F-45   

Statements of Changes in Net Parent Investment for the period from January  1, 2010 through December 16, 2010 and for the Year Ended December 31, 2009

     F-46   

Statements of Cash Flows for the period from January 1, 2010 through December  16, 2010 and for the Year Ended December 31, 2009

     F-47   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-48   

Financial Statements of Toledo Refining Business

  

Report of Ernst & Young, LLP, Independent Auditors

     F-60   

Statements of Revenues and Direct Expenses for the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

     F-61   

Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed as of December 31, 2010

     F-62   

Notes to the Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed and the Related Statements of Revenues and Direct Expenses

     F-63   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

R EPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of

PBF Energy Inc.

Parsippany, New Jersey

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of PBF Energy Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PBF Energy Inc. as of December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

Parsippany, New Jersey

May 14, 2012

 

F-2


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY INC.

 

BALANCE SHEET

 

DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

ASSETS

  

Cash

   $   100   
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 100   
  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

  

STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

  

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, 1,000 shares authorized, 100 issued and outstanding

   $ —     

Additional paid-in capital

     100   
  

 

 

 

Total stockholder's equity

   $ 100   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

See notes to balance sheet

 

F-3


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY INC.

 

NOTES TO BALANCE SHEET

 

1—ORGANIZATION

 

PBF Energy Inc. (the “Corporation”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on November 7, 2011. Pursuant to a reorganization into a holding corporation structure, the Corporation intends to become a holding corporation and its sole assets are expected to be an equity interest in PBF Energy Company LLC. The Corporation expects to be the managing member of PBF Energy Company LLC and will operate and control all of the businesses affairs of PBF Energy Company LLC and, through PBF Energy Company LLC and its subsidiaries, continue to conduct the business now conducted by these subsidiaries.

 

2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of Accounting

 

The Balance Sheet has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Separate statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows have not been presented in the financial statement because there have been no activities of this entity other than those related to its formation.

 

3—STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue 1,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share. The Corporation has issued 100 shares of common stock in exchange for $100, all of which were held by PBF Energy Company LLC at December 31, 2011.

 

4—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Subsequent events have been evaluated through May 14, 2012, the date the financial statement was available to be issued.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Members of

PBF Energy Company LLC and subsidiaries:

 

We have audited the accompanying combined and consolidated balance sheets of PBF Energy Company LLC and subsidiaries (combined and consolidated with PBF Investments LLC and affiliates which are both under common ownership and common management) (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related combined and consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), changes in members’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such combined and consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PBF Energy Company LLC and subsidiaries (combined and consolidated with PBF Investments LLC and affiliates) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

Parsippany, New Jersey

May 14, 2012

 

F-5


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)

 

     December 31, 2011     December 31, 2010  
ASSETS     
Current assets     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 50,166      $ 155,457   

Accounts receivable, net

     316,252        36,937   

Inventories

     1,516,727        376,629   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     63,359        11,106   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,946,504        580,129   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     1,513,947        639,565   

Deferred charges and other assets, net

     160,658        54,699   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,621,109      $ 1,274,393   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 286,067      $ 36,302   

Accrued expenses

     1,180,812        366,515   

Current portion of long-term debt

     4,014        1,250   

Deferred revenue

     189,234        66,339   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,660,127        470,406   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Economic Development Authority loan

     20,000        20,000   

Long-term debt

     780,851        303,814   

Other long-term liabilities

     49,213        21,512   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     2,510,191        815,732   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

    

Series B Units, no par or stated value, 1,000,000 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

     3,303        1,922   

MEMBERS’ EQUITY

    

Series A Units, no par or stated value , 92,257,812 and 51,393,114 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

     923,841        514,309   

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

     186,150        (56,521

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (2,376     (1,049
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total members’ equity

     1,107,615        456,739   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, Series B Units, and members’ equity

   $ 3,621,109      $ 1,274,393   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

(IN THOUSANDS)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Revenues

   $ 14,960,338      $ 210,671      $ 228   

Costs and expenses

      

Cost of sales, excluding depreciation

     13,855,163        203,971          

Operating expenses, excluding depreciation

     658,831        25,140          

General and administrative expenses

     86,183        15,859        6,294   

Acquisition related expenses

     728        6,051          

Depreciation and amortization expense

     53,743        1,402        44   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     14,654,648        252,423        6,338   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     305,690        (41,752     (6,110

Other income (expense)

      

Change in fair value of catalyst leases

     7,316        (1,217       

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

     (5,215              

Interest (expense) income, net

     (65,120     (1,388     10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 242,671      $ (44,357   $ (6,100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss)

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 242,671      $ (44,357   $ (6,100

Unrealized gain (loss) on available for sale securities

     5        3        (13

Defined benefit plans unrecognized net gain (loss)

     (1,332     (1,034     5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 241,344      $ (45,388   $ (6,108
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS’ EQUITY

 

(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT UNIT DATA)

 

    PBF Energy Company LLC Members        
    Series A
Units
    Series A     PBF
Investments
LLC
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)
    Non
Controlling
Interest
    Total
Members’
Equity
 

Balance December 31, 2008

         $      $ 10,384      $ (10   $ (6,229   $ 20,665      $ 24,810   

Member distributions

                  (8                          (8

Net loss

                                (6,100            (6,100

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

                         (13                   (13

Defined benefit plan unrecognized net gain

                         5                      5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

                  10,376        (18     (12,329     20,665        18,694   

Equity reorganization

    3,087,600        30,876        (10,376            165        (20,665       

Member capital contributions

    48,305,514        483,055                                    483,055   

Stock based compensation

           378                                    378   

Net loss

                                (44,357            (44,357

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

                         3                      3   

Defined benefit plan unrecognized net loss

                         (1,034                   (1,034
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

    51,393,114        514,309               (1,049     (56,521            456,739   

Member capital contributions

    40,864,698        408,397                                    408,397   

Stock based compensation

           1,135                                    1,135   

Net income

                                242,671               242,671   

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

                         5                      5   

Defined benefit plan unrecognized net loss

                         (1,332                   (1,332
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

    92,257,812      $ 923,841      $      $ (2,376   $ 186,150      $      $ 1,107,615   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

(IN THOUSANDS)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 242,671      $ (44,357   $ (6,100

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash from operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     56,919        1,530        43   

Stock based compensation

     2,516        2,300          

Change in fair value of catalyst leases

     (7,316     1,217          

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

     5,215                 

Non-cash change in inventory repurchase obligations

     25,329        2,043          

Loss on disposition of property, plant and equipment

            56          

Pension and other post retirement benefit costs

     9,768        372        376   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions

      

Accounts receivable

     (279,315     (36,438     67   

Inventories

     (512,054     14,126          

Other current assets

     (56,953     (8,649     (74

Accounts payable

     249,765        23,294        22   

Accrued expenses

     395,093        40,474          

Deferred revenue

     122,895        3,000          

Other assets and liabilities

     (5,251     (176     (167
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from operating activities

     249,282        (1,208     (5,833
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Acquisition of Toledo refinery, net of cash received for sale of assets

     (168,156              

Acquisition of Paulsboro refinery and pipeline

            (204,911       

Acquisition of Delaware City refinery

            (224,275       

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment

     (488,721     (72,118     (70

Expenditures for deferred turnaround costs

     (62,823              

Expenditures for other assets

     (23,339    

Proceeds from sale of assets

     4,700                 

Other

     (854     (8     (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (739,193     (501,312     (78
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Proceeds from members’ capital contributions

     408,397        483,055          

Proceeds from long-term debt

     488,894        125,000          

Members’ contribution for purchase of Series A units held by Petroplus Marketing AG

            91,000          

Proceeds from catalyst lease

     18,624        17,740          

Proceeds from Economic Development Authority loan

            20,000          

Repayment of seller note for inventory

     (299,645              

Repayments of long-term debt

     (220,401              

Purchase of Series A units held by Petroplus Marketing AG on behalf of members

            (91,000       

Deferred financing costs and other

     (11,249     (6,589     (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     384,620        639,206        (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (105,291     136,686        (5,919

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     155,457        18,771        24,690   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 50,166      $ 155,457      $ 18,771   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)

 

(IN THOUSANDS)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Supplemental cash flow disclosures

        

Non-cash activities:

        

Promissory note issued for Toledo refinery acquisition

   $ 200,000       $       $   

Senior secured seller note issued for Paulsboro refinery acquisition

             160,000           

Seller note issued for acquisition of inventory

     299,645                   

Fair value of Toledo refinery contingent consideration

     117,017                   

Accrued construction in progress

     5,909         40,429           

Non-cash impact of inventory supply and offtake agreements on inventory and accrued expenses

     322,399         292,353           

Cash paid during the period for:

        

Interest (including capitalized interest of $13,027 in 2011)

     67,020                   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

1—DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

PBF Energy Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, together with its consolidated subsidiaries (the “Company” or “PBF”), owns and operates oil refineries and related facilities in North America. Delaware City Refining Company LLC, Delaware Pipeline Company LLC, PBF Power Marketing LLC, Paulsboro Refining Company LLC, Paulsboro Natural Gas Pipeline Company LLC and Toledo Refining Company LLC are PBF’s principal operating subsidiaries and are all wholly-owned subsidiaries of PBF Holding Company LLC (“Holdings”), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of PBF Energy Company LLC.

 

All of the Company’s operations are in the United States. The Company’s three oil refineries are all engaged in the refining of crude oil and other feedstocks into petroleum products, and have been aggregated to form one reportable segment. To generate earnings and cash flows from operations, the Company is primarily dependent upon processing crude oil and selling refined petroleum products at margins sufficient to cover fixed and variable costs and other expenses. Crude oil and refined petroleum products are commodities and factors largely out of the Company’s control can cause prices to vary over time. The potential margin volatility can have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, earnings and cash flow.

 

Reorganization

 

PBF Investments LLC (“PBFI”) was formed effective March 1, 2008 and served as the sole member of PBF GP LLC (the “General Partner”) and owner of Class B Units in PBF Energy Partners LP (the “Partnership”). The members of PBFI also owned Class A units of the Partnership, which was presented as a noncontrolling interest by PBFI. The entities were formed to pursue acquisitions of crude oil refineries in North America. During 2010, the entities were reorganized. In March 2010, Holdings was formed as a subsidiary of the Partnership. Effective June 1, 2010, the Partnership was converted to a limited liability company and renamed PBF Energy Company LLC. Also on June 1, 2010, the Partnership Class B Units owned by the members of PBFI were contributed to PBF and the Partnership Class B Units were cancelled. The Partnership Class A Units were also cancelled and the members of PBFI received Series A Units in PBF equal to the value of their original Class A and B Units in the Partnership. PBFI was then contributed by PBF to Holdings and PBFI became a subsidiary of Holdings. The reorganization represents a series of transactions among entities under common control of the members. Accordingly, the historical operations of PBFI are combined with Holdings for all periods presented and the transactions that affected the reorganization were reported at historical cost.

 

2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Principles of Consolidation and Presentation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PBFI, the General Partner, and the Partnership until June 1, 2010, the date of the reorganization and the accounts of PBF and its wholly-owned subsidiaries subsequent to the reorganization. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. For the period from March 1, 2008 to December 16, 2010, the Company was considered to be in the development stage. With the acquisition of the Paulsboro Refinery and commencement of refining operations on December 17, 2010, it ceased to be a development stage company.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the related disclosures. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The carrying amount of the cash equivalents approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity of those instruments.

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

For the year ended December 31, 2011, Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. (“MSCG”) and Sunoco, Inc. (R&M) (“Sunoco”) accounted for 52% and 12% of the Company’s revenues, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, Sunoco and Statoil Marketing and Trading (US) Inc. (“Statoil”) accounted for 19% and 11% of accounts receivables, respectively.

 

MSCG accounted for 90% of total sales for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 36% of total trade accounts receivable as of December 31, 2010.

 

Revenue, Deferred Revenue and Accounts Receivable

 

The Company sells various refined products through its refinery subsidiaries and recognizes revenue related to the sale of products when there is persuasive evidence of an agreement, the sales prices are fixed or determinable, collectability is reasonably assured and when products are shipped or delivered in accordance with their respective agreements. Revenue for services is recorded when the services have been provided. The Company’s Toledo refinery has a products offtake agreement with Sunoco under which Sunoco purchases approximately one-third of the refinery’s daily gasoline production. The Toledo refinery also sells its products through short-term contracts or on the spot market.

 

The Company’s Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries sell light finished products, certain intermediates and lube base oils to MSCG under products offtake agreements with each refinery (the “Offtake Agreements”). On a daily basis, MSCG purchases and pays for the refineries’ production of light finished products as they are produced, delivered to the refineries’ storage tanks, and legal title passes to MSCG. Revenue on these product sales is deferred until they are shipped out of the storage facility by MSCG.

 

Under the Offtake Agreements, the Company’s Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries also enter into purchase and sale transactions of certain intermediates and lube base oils whereby MSCG purchases and pays for the refineries’ production of certain intermediates and lube products as they are produced and legal title passes to MSCG. The intermediate products are held in the refineries’ storage tanks until they are needed for further use in the refining process. The intermediates may also be sold to third parties. The refineries have the right to repurchase lube products and do so to supply other third parties with that product. When the refineries need intermediates or repurchase lube products, the products are drawn out of the storage tanks, title passes back to the refineries and MSCG is paid for those products. These transactions occur at the daily market price for the related products. These transactions are considered to be made in contemplation of each other and, accordingly, do not result in the recognition of a sale when title passes from the refineries to MSCG. Inventory remains at cost and the net cash receipts result in a liability that is recorded at market price for the volumes held in storage with any change in the market price being recorded in costs of sales. The liability represents the amount the Company expects to pay to repurchase the volumes held in storage. The Company recorded a $22,082 non-cash charge related to this liability in 2011.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Revenue, Deferred Revenue and Accounts Receivable (Continued)

 

While MSCG has legal title, it has the right to encumber and/or sell these products and any such sales by MSCG result in sales being recognized by the refineries when products are shipped out of the storage facility. As the exclusive vendor of intermediate products to the refineries, MSCG has the obligation to provide the intermediate products to the refineries as they are needed. Accordingly, sales by MSCG to others have been limited and are only made with the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ approval.

 

The Company’s Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries sell and purchase feedstocks under a supply agreement with Statoil (the “Crude Supply Agreements”). Statoil purchases the refineries’ production of certain feedstocks or purchases feedstocks from third parties on the refineries’ behalf. Legal title to the feedstocks is held by Statoil and the feedstocks are held in the refineries’ storage tanks until they are needed for further use in the refining process. At that time, the products are drawn out of the storage tanks and purchased by the refineries. These purchases and sales are settled monthly at the daily market prices related to those products. These transactions are considered to be made in contemplation of each other and, accordingly, do not result in the recognition of a sale when title passes from the refineries to Statoil. Inventory remains at cost and the net cash receipts result in a liability which is discussed further in the Inventory note below.

 

Accounts receivable are carried at invoiced amounts. An allowance for doubtful accounts is established, if required, to report such amounts at their estimated net realizable value. In estimating probable losses, management reviews accounts that are past due and determines if there are any known disputes. There was no allowance for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

Excise taxes on sales of refined products that are collected from customers and remitted to various governmental agencies are reported on a net basis.

 

Inventory

 

Inventories are carried at the lower of cost or market. The cost of crude oil, feedstocks, blendstocks and refined products are determined under the last-in first-out (“LIFO”) method using the dollar value LIFO method with any increments valued based on average purchase prices during the year. The cost of supplies and other inventories is determined principally on the weighted average cost method.

 

The Company’s Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries acquire substantially all of their crude oil from Statoil under the Crude Supply Agreements whereby the Company takes title to the crude oil as it is delivered to the processing units, however, the Company is obligated to purchase all the crude oil held by Statoil on the Company’s behalf upon termination of the agreement at the then market price. The Company is also obligated to purchase a fixed volume of feedstocks from Statoil on the later of December 31, 2012 or when the arrangement is terminated based on a forward market price of West Texas Intermediate crude oil. As a result of the purchase obligations, the Company records the inventory of crude oil and feedstocks in the refineries’ storage facilities. The Company has deemed the purchase obligations to be contracts that contain derivatives that change in value based on changes in commodity prices. Such changes in the fair value of these derivatives are included in cost of sales.

 

The Company’s Toledo refinery acquires substantially all of its crude oil from MSCG under a crude oil supply agreement (the “Toledo Crude Oil Supply Agreement”). For the period from March 1, 2011 to May 31,

 

F-13


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Inventory (Continued)

 

2011, the Company took title to the crude oil as it was delivered to the refinery processing units. The Company had custody and risk of loss for MSCG’s crude oil stored on the refinery premises. As a result, the Company recorded the crude oil in the Toledo refinery’s storage facilities as inventory with a corresponding accrued liability. The Toledo Crude Oil Supply Agreement was replaced effective June 1, 2011. Under the new agreement, the Company takes title to crude oil at various pipeline locations for delivery to the refinery or sale to third parties. The Company records the crude oil inventory when it receives title. Payment for the crude oil is due to MSCG under the Toledo Crude Oil Supply Agreement three days after the crude oil is delivered to the Toledo refinery processing units or upon sale to a third party.

 

Property, Plant, and Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment additions are recorded at cost. The Company capitalizes costs associated with the preliminary, pre-acquisition and development/construction stages of a major construction project. The Company capitalizes the interest cost associated with major construction projects based on the effective interest rate of total borrowings. The Company also capitalizes costs incurred in the acquisition and development of software for internal use, including the costs of software, materials, consultants and payroll-related costs for employees incurred in the application development stage.

 

Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Process units and equipment

   5-25 years

Pipeline and equipment

   5-20 years

Buildings

   25-40 years

Computers, furniture and fixtures

   3-15 years

Leasehold improvements

   20 years

 

Maintenance and repairs are charged to operating expenses as they are incurred. Improvements and betterments, which extend the lives of the assets, are capitalized.

 

Deferred Charges and Other Assets, Net

 

Deferred charges and other assets include refinery turnaround costs, catalyst, precious metals catalyst, linefill, deferred financing costs and intangible assets.

 

Refinery turnaround costs, which are incurred in connection with planned major maintenance activities, are capitalized when incurred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the period of time estimated to lapse until the next turnaround occurs (generally 3 to 5 years).

 

Precious metals catalyst and linefill are considered indefinite-lived assets as they are not expected to deteriorate in their prescribed functions. Such assets are assessed for impairment in connection with the Company’s review of its long-lived assets as indicators of impairment develop.

 

Deferred financing costs are capitalized when incurred and amortized over the life of the loan (1 to 5 years).

 

F-14


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Deferred Charges and Other Assets, Net (Continued)

 

Intangible assets with finite lives primarily consist of catalyst, emission credits and permits and are amortized over their estimated useful lives of 3 to 10 years.

 

Long-Lived Assets and Definite-Lived Intangibles

 

The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Impairment is evaluated by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from use of the assets and their ultimate disposition. If such analysis indicates that the carrying value of the long-lived assets is not considered to be recoverable, the carrying value is reduced to the fair value. There have been no impairment indicators and therefore, no impairment reviews were performed in the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

Impairment assessments inherently involve judgment as to assumptions about expected future cash flows and the impact of market conditions on those assumptions. Although management would utilize assumptions that it believes are reasonable, future events and changing market conditions may impact management’s assumptions, which could produce different results.

 

Asset Retirement Obligations

 

The Company records an asset retirement obligation at fair value for the estimated cost to retire a tangible long-lived asset at the time the Company incurs that liability, which is generally when the asset is purchased, constructed, or leased. The Company records the liability when it has a legal or contractual obligation to incur costs to retire the asset and when a reasonable estimate of the fair value of the liability can be made. If a reasonable estimate cannot be made at the time the liability is incurred, the Company will record the liability when sufficient information is available to estimate the liability’s fair value. Certain of the Company’s asset retirement obligations are based on its legal obligation to perform remedial activity at its refinery sites when it permanently ceases operations of the long-lived assets. The Company therefore considers the settlement date of these obligations to be indeterminable. Accordingly, the Company cannot calculate an associated asset retirement liability for these obligations at this time. The Company will measure and recognize the fair value of these asset retirement obligations when the settlement date is determinable.

 

Environmental Matters

 

Liabilities for future remediation costs are recorded when environmental assessments and/or remedial efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Other than for assessments, the timing and magnitude of these accruals generally are based on the completion of investigations or other studies or a commitment to a formal plan of action. Environmental liabilities are based on best estimates of probable future costs using currently available technology and applying current regulations, as well as the Company’s own internal environmental policies. The measurement of environmental remediation liabilities may be discounted to reflect the time value of money if the aggregate amount and timing of cash payments of the liabilities are fixed or reliably determinable. The actual settlement of the Company’s liability for environmental matters could materially differ from its estimates due to a number of uncertainties such as the extent of contamination, changes in environmental laws and regulations, potential improvements in remediation technologies and the participation of other responsible parties.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

Stock-based compensation includes the accounting effect of Series A warrants issued to employees in connection with their acquisition of Series A units, options to acquire Series A units granted to certain employees, and Series B units that were granted to certain members of management. The estimated fair value of the Series A warrants and options is based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the fair value of the Series B units is estimated based on a Monte Carlo simulation model. The estimated fair value is amortized as stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line method over the vesting period and included in general and administration expense.

 

Income Taxes

 

As a limited liability company, the members are required to include their proportionate share of the Company’s taxable income or loss on their respective income tax returns. Accordingly, there is no benefit or provision for Federal or State income tax in the accompanying financial statements.

 

The Federal and state tax returns for all years since inception (March 1, 2008) are subject to examination by the respective tax authorities.

 

Pension and Other Post-Retirement Benefits

 

The Company recognizes an asset for the overfunded status or a liability for the underfunded status of its pension and post-retirement benefit plans. The funded status is recorded within other long-term liabilities. Changes in the plans’ funded status are recognized in other comprehensive income in the period the change occurs.

 

Fair Value Measurement

 

A fair value hierarchy (Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3) is used to categorize fair value amounts based on the quality of inputs used to measure fair value. Accordingly, fair values derived from Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Fair values derived from Level 2 inputs are based on quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs other than quoted prices that are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. The Company uses appropriate valuation techniques based on the available inputs to measure the fair values of its applicable assets and liabilities. When available, the Company measures fair value using Level 1 inputs because they generally provide the most reliable evidence of fair value. In some valuations, the inputs may fall into different levels in the hierarchy. In these cases, the asset or liability level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements.

 

Financial Instruments

 

The estimated fair value of financial instruments has been determined based on the Company’s assessment of available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. The Company’s non-derivative financial instruments that are included in current assets and current liabilities are recorded at cost in the consolidated balance sheets. The estimated fair value of these financial instruments approximates their carrying value due to their short-term nature. Derivative instruments are recorded at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Financial Instruments (Continued)

 

The Company’s catalyst lease obligation and derivatives related to the Company’s crude oil and feedstocks purchase obligations are measured and recorded at fair value using Level 2 inputs on a recurring basis, based on observable market prices.

 

At December 31, 2011, the fair values of the Company’s term loan, revolving loan, and promissory notes approximate their carrying value, as these borrowings bear interest based upon short-term floating market interest rates.

 

Derivative Instruments

 

The Company is exposed to market risk, primarily related to changes in commodity prices for the crude oil and feedstocks used in the refining process as well as the prices of the refined products sold. The accounting treatment for commodity contracts depends on the intended use of the particular contract and on whether or not the contract meets the definition of a derivative. Non-derivative contracts are recorded at the time of delivery.

 

All derivative instruments, not designated as normal purchases or sales, are recorded in the balance sheet as either assets or liabilities measured at their fair values. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments that either are not designated or do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment or normal purchase or normal sale accounting are recognized currently in earnings. Contracts qualifying for the normal purchase and sales exemption are accounted for upon settlement. Cash flows related to derivative instruments that are not designated or do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment are included in operating activities.

 

The Company designates certain derivative instruments as fair value hedges of a particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability. At the inception of the hedge transaction, the Company documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. Derivative gains and losses related to these fair value hedges, including hedge ineffectiveness, are recorded in cost of sales along with the change in fair value of the hedged asset or liability attributable to the hedged risk. Cash flows related to derivative instruments that are designated as fair value hedges are included in operating activities.

 

Economic hedges are hedges not designated as fair value or cash flow hedges for accounting purposes that are used to (i) manage price volatility in certain refinery feedstock and refined product inventories, and (ii) manage price volatility in certain forecasted refinery feedstock, refined product, and refined product sales. These instruments are recorded at fair value and changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments are recognized currently in cost of sales.

 

Derivative accounting is complex and requires management judgment in the following respects: identification of derivatives and embedded derivatives, determination of the fair value of derivatives, documentation of hedge relationships, assessment and measurement of hedge ineffectiveness and election and designation of the normal purchases and sales exception. All of these judgments, depending upon their timing and effect, can have a significant impact on the Company’s earnings.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

3—ACQUISITIONS

 

Toledo Acquisition

 

On March 1, 2011, a subsidiary of the Company completed the acquisition of the Toledo refinery in Ohio from Sunoco, Inc. (R&M). The Toledo refinery has a crude oil throughput capacity of 170,000 barrels per day. The purchase price for the refinery was $400,000, subject to certain adjustments, and was comprised of $200,000 in cash and a $200,000 promissory note provided by Sunoco. The note bears interest at the lower of LIBOR plus 8%, or 10% (8.5% at December 31, 2011) and is due in March 2013. The terms also include participation payments beginning in the year ending December 31, 2011 through the year ending December 31, 2016 not to exceed $125,000 in the aggregate. Participation payments are based on 25% of the purchased assets’ earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, as defined in the agreement (“EBITDA”) in excess of an annual threshold EBITDA of $125,000 (prorated for 2011 and 2016). Each participation payment is due no later than one hundred and twenty days after the close of the respective calendar year end for the years 2011 through 2016.

 

The Company purchased certain finished and intermediate products for approximately $299,645 with the proceeds from a note provided by Sunoco (the “Toledo Inventory Note Payable”). The note had an interest rate at the lower of LIBOR plus 5.5%, or 7.5% and was repaid on May 31, 2011. The Company also purchased crude oil inventory for $338,395, which it concurrently sold to MSCG for its market value of $369,999. The net cash received from this transaction was recorded as a reduction in the total purchase price.

 

The Toledo acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. The estimated purchase price of $784,818 includes the estimated fair value of future participation payments (contingent consideration). The fair value of the contingent consideration was estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis, a Level 3 measurement, as more fully described at Note 16. The following table summarizes the amounts recognized for assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date.

 

The total purchase price and the estimated fair values of the assets and liabilities at the acquisition date were as follows:

 

     Purchase
Price
 

Net cash

   $ 168,156   

Seller promissory note

     200,000   

Seller note for inventory

     299,645   

Estimated fair value of contingent consideration

     117,017   
  

 

 

 
   $ 784,818   
  

 

 

 

 

     Fair  Value
Allocation
 

Current assets

   $ 305,645   

Land

     8,065   

Property, plant and equipment

     452,084   

Other assets

     24,640   

Current liabilities

     (5,616
  

 

 

 
   $ 784,818   
  

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

3—ACQUISITIONS (Continued)

 

Toledo Acquisition (Continued)

 

The Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 include the results of operations of the Toledo refinery since March 1, 2011. The actual results for the Toledo refinery for the period from March 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011, are shown below. The revenues and net income of the Company assuming the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2010, are shown below on a pro forma basis. The pro forma information does not purport to present what the Company’s actual results would have been had the acquisition occurred on January 1, 2010, or is the financial information indicative of the results of future operations. The unaudited pro forma financial information includes the depreciation and amortization expense related to the acquisition and interest expense associated with the Toledo acquisition financing.

 

     Revenues      Net Income  

Actual results for March 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011

   $ 6,113,055       $ 489,243   

Supplemental pro forma for January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011

   $ 15,961,529       $ 328,142   

Supplemental pro forma for January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010

   $ 10,251,394       $ (53,199

 

Paulsboro Refinery Acquisition

 

In September 2010, subsidiaries of the Company entered into two stock purchase agreements with subsidiaries of Valero Energy Corporation (“Valero”) to acquire its Paulsboro, New Jersey refining business. The purchase price of $364,911 included $357,657 for the refinery, which has a crude oil throughput capacity of 180,000 barrels per day, and an associated natural gas pipeline and $7,254 in net working capital. The acquisition was completed on December 17, 2010 and financed with $204,911 in cash, and the issuance of a $160,000 promissory note with Valero. The note bears interest at LIBOR + 7% (8.3% at December 31, 2011) and was scheduled to mature in December 2011. The Company exercised its unilateral option to extend the note for six months at LIBOR + 9%.

 

The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The following summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets and liabilities at the acquisition date:

 

     Allocation  

Restricted cash

   $ 12,122   

Current assets

     27,990   

Land

     25,185   

Property, plant and equipment

     256,100   

Construction in progress

     62,298   

Other assets

     14,074   

Current liabilities

     (12,932

Environmental liabilities

     (12,653

Post retirement benefit obligation

     (7,273
  

 

 

 

Purchase price, excluding inventory

   $ 364,911   
  

 

 

 

 

In connection with the Paulsboro refinery acquisition, $130,344 of crude oil and feedstocks and $165,093 of certain light finished products, intermediates, and lube base oils were purchased by Statoil and MSCG on the

 

F-19


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

3—ACQUISITIONS (Continued)

 

Paulsboro Refinery Acquisition (Continued)

 

Company’s behalf in connection with the Crude Supply Agreement and the Offtake Agreement, respectively. As of the acquisition date, the Company recorded the inventory subject to these transactions and a corresponding liability for crude oil, feedstocks, intermediates, and lube base oils and deferred revenue for light finished products. No gain or loss was recognized on these transactions, nor did they result in the recognition of revenue. Although these transactions were entered into in contemplation of the acquisition of the Paulsboro refinery, they have been excluded from the table above as the Company did not consider them to be part of the acquisition itself.

 

Delaware City Acquisition

 

In April 2010, subsidiaries of the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with subsidiaries of Valero to acquire refining and pipeline assets of Valero’s Delaware City refinery. The acquired assets included the idled refinery, which has a crude oil throughput capacity of 190,000 barrels per day, associated terminal and pipeline, and a power plant complex. The acquisition was completed on June 1, 2010 for $220,000 in cash plus $4,275 in acquisition-related costs.

 

The acquisition of the Delaware City refining and pipeline assets was accounted for as an acquisition of assets. The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated relative fair value. The refinery and pipeline assets were idle at the time of the acquisition. The results of operations, which include certain minor terminal operations and substantial capital improvement activities to prepare the refinery and power plant for restart, have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since June 1, 2010. The Company commenced restarting the refinery in June 2011 and the refinery became fully operational in October 2011.

 

The following summarizes the purchase price allocation:

 

     Allocation  

Current assets

   $ 13,015   

Assets held for sale

     4,700   

Land

     28,600   

Property, plant and equipment

     156,006   

Other assets

     21,954   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 224,275   
  

 

 

 

 

The financial results of the Delaware City assets and the Paulsboro refinery have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since June 1, 2010 and December 17, 2010, respectively. As a result, the consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 include the results of both refineries for the entire period. The revenues and net loss associated with Paulsboro for the year ended December 31, 2010, and the consolidated pro forma revenue and net loss of the combined entity assuming the Paulsboro acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2009, are shown in the table below. The pro forma information does not purport to present what the Company’s actual results would have been had the acquisition occurred on January 1, 2009, nor is the financial information indicative of the results of future operations. This unaudited pro forma financial information includes depreciation and amortization expense related to the acquisition and interest

 

F-20


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

3—ACQUISITIONS (Continued)

 

Delaware City Acquisition (Continued)

 

expense associated with the Paulsboro acquisition financing. In addition, the 2010 unaudited supplementary pro forma loss was adjusted to exclude an $895,642 nonrecurring charge related to the impairment of refinery assets recorded in conjunction with the sale of Paulsboro to the Company.

 

     Revenues      Net Loss  

Actual results for December 17, 2010 to December 31, 2010

   $ 205,997       $ (10,606

Supplemental pro forma for January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010

   $ 4,919,660       $ (128,890

Supplemental pro forma for January 1, 2009 to December 31, 2009

   $ 3,549,745       $ (189,279

 

Acquisition Expenses

 

The Company incurred $728, $6,051 and $0 during 2011, 2010 and 2009 respectively for consulting and legal expenses related to acquisitions and non-consummated acquisitions.

 

4—INVENTORIES

 

Inventories consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Titled
Inventory
     Inventory
Supply and
Offtake
Arrangements
     Total  

Crude oil and feedstocks

   $ 369,377       $ 317,652       $ 687,029   

Refined products and blendstocks

     384,902         419,613         804,515   

Warehouse stock and other

     25,183                 25,183   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 779,462       $ 737,265       $ 1,516,727   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2010  
     Titled
Inventory
     Inventory
Supply and
Offtake
Arrangements
     Total  

Crude oil and feedstocks

   $       $ 167,271       $ 167,271   

Refined products and blendstocks

     13,196         180,284         193,480   

Warehouse stock and other

     15,878                 15,878   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 29,074       $ 347,555       $ 376,629   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Inventory under inventory supply and offtake arrangements includes crude oil stored at the Company’s Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries’ storage facilities that the Company will purchase as it is consumed in connection with the Crude Supply Agreements; feedstocks and blendstocks sold to counterparties that the Company will repurchase for further blending into finished products; lube products sold to a counterparty that the Company will repurchase; and light finished products sold to a counterparty in connection with the Offtake Agreement and stored in the Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries’ storage facilities pending shipment by the counterparty.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

4—INVENTORIES (Continued)

 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the replacement value of inventories exceeded the LIFO carrying value by approximately $115,624 and $6,800, respectively.

 

5—PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

Land

   $ 61,850      $ 53,785   

Process units, pipelines and equipment

     1,353,487        408,505   

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     2,836        2,628   

Computers, furniture and fixtures

     14,098        4,444   

Construction in progress

     122,904        171,463   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,555,175        640,825   

Less—Accumulated depreciation

     (41,228     (1,260
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 1,513,947      $ 639,565   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010, the Delaware City refinery and pipeline were not yet in service and, accordingly, depreciation relating to those assets, with the exception of assets relating to terminal services, had not commenced. The Company commenced the restart of the Delaware City refinery during June 2011 and began depreciating the assets placed in service effective July 1, 2011. Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $39,968, $1,259 and $44, respectively. The Company capitalized $13,027, $0 and $0 in interest during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, in connection with construction in progress.

 

6—DEFERRED CHARGES AND OTHER ASSETS, NET

 

Deferred charges and other assets, net consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 

Catalyst

   $ 68,201       $ 29,659   

Deferred turnaround costs, net

     56,338         554   

Deferred financing costs, net

     13,980         5,905   

Restricted cash

     12,104         12,122   

Linefill

     8,042         3,140   

Intangible assets, net

     1,703         3,072   

Other

     290         247   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 160,658       $ 54,699   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The Company recorded amortization expense related to deferred turnaround costs and catalyst of $11,922, $61 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

6—DEFERRED CHARGES AND OTHER ASSETS, NET (Continued)

 

Intangible assets, net consisted of the following as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Amount
 

Permits

   $ 3,585       $ (1,998   $ 1,587   

Emission credits

     116                116   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 3,701       $ (1,998   $ 1,703   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net consisted of the following as of December 31, 2010:

 

     Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Amount
 

Permits

   $ 3,100       $ (144   $ 2,956   

Emission credits

     116                116   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 3,216       $ (144   $ 3,072   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

7—ACCRUED EXPENSES

 

Accrued expenses consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 

Inventory supply and offtake arrangements

   $ 641,588       $ 294,396   

Inventory-related accruals

     203,636         19,324   

Current portion of fair value of contingent consideration for refinery acquisition

     100,380           

Customer deposits

     59,017           

Accrued salaries and benefits

     48,300           

Excise and sales tax payable

     36,635           

Accrued utilities

     17,615           

Accrued transportation costs

     18,110           

Renewable energy credit obligation

     7,092           

Accrued construction in progress

     5,909         40,429   

Accrued interest

     1,894         1,313   

Other

     40,636         11,053   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,180,812       $ 366,515   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

8—DELAWARE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY LOAN

 

In June 2010, in connection with the Delaware City acquisition, the Delaware Economic Development Authority (the “Authority”) granted a subsidiary of the Company a $20,000 loan to assist with operating costs and the cost of restarting the refinery. The loan is represented by a zero interest rate note and the entire unpaid principal amount is payable in full on March 1, 2017, unless the loan is converted to a grant.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

8—DELAWARE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY LOAN (Continued)

 

The loan converts to a grant in tranches of up to $4,000 annually over a five year period, starting at the one year anniversary of the “certified restart date” as defined in the agreement and certified by the Authority. In order for the loan to be converted to a grant, the Company is required to utilize at least 600,000 man hours of labor in connection with the reconstruction and restarting of the Delaware City refinery, expend at least $125,000 in qualified capital expenditures, commence refinery operations, and maintain certain employment levels, all as defined in the agreement. As of December 31, 2011, the Company believes it has satisfied the conditions for the loan to convert to a grant pending confirmation from the Authority.

 

The Company recorded the loan as a long-term liability pending approval from the Authority that it has met the requirements to convert the loan to a grant.

 

9—CREDIT FACILITY AND LONG-TERM DEBT

 

Letter of Credit Facility

 

Subsidiaries of the Company maintain a short-term letter of credit facility under which the Company can obtain letters of credit of up to $480,000 consisting of a committed amount of $350,000 and an uncommitted amount of $130,000 to support certain of the Company’s crude oil purchases. The uncommitted portion of the letter of credit facility was temporarily increased from $130,000 to $370,000 for the period from July 29, 2011 to December 31, 2011. The facility matures on April 24, 2012. The Company is charged letter of credit issuance fees on each letter of credit, plus a fee on the aggregate unused portion of the committed letter of credit facility. At December 31, 2011, the Company had $241,500 of letters of credit issued under the letter of credit facility.

 

In addition, the Company had $3,037 of letters of credit issued with a financial institution not party to the letter of credit facility to support certain purchases in the ordinary course of business.

 

Paulsboro Refinery Acquisition Financing

 

In connection with the acquisition of the Paulsboro Refinery, subsidiaries of the Company issued a senior secured note (“Paulsboro Promissory Note”) to Valero in the amount of $160,000 which is secured by the refinery assets. The note was scheduled to mature in December 2011 and bears interest at LIBOR plus 7% (8.3% at December 31, 2011) and can be prepaid at any time without penalty. In December 2011, the Company exercised its unilateral option to extend the note until June 2012 at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 9%. The Paulsboro Promissory Note was included in Long-term debt at December 31, 2011 as the promissory note was repaid in connection with the issuance of long-term notes in February 2012.

 

Term Loan

 

In December 2010, subsidiaries of the Company entered into a term loan agreement (“Term Loan”) in the amount of $125,000 with a syndicate of lenders and with UBS Securities, LLC acting as agent. The Term Loan matures in December 2014 and is payable in quarterly installments of $313, followed by a final payment of $121,250 payable at maturity. The Term Loan can be prepaid at any time without penalty.

 

Interest on the Term Loan is payable quarterly in arrears, at the option of the Company, at either the Alternate Base Rate plus 6%, or the Adjusted LIBOR Rate plus 7% (as both terms are defined in the agreement). The Adjusted LIBOR Rate is subject to a minimum of 2%. The interest rate at December 31, 2011 was 9%.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

9—CREDIT FACILITY AND LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)

 

Revolving Loan

 

In December 2010, subsidiaries of the Company entered into an asset based revolving credit agreement (“Revolving Loan”) for a maximum amount of $100,000 with a syndicate of lenders and with UBS Securities, LLC acting as agent. The Revolving Loan was amended on May 31, 2011 to increase the maximum availability to $500,000. The Revolving Loan matures on May 31, 2016. Advances under the Revolving Loan cannot exceed the lesser of $500,000 or the borrowing base, as defined in the agreement. The Revolving Loan can be prepaid, without penalty, at any time.

 

Interest on the Revolving Loan is payable quarterly in arrears, at the option of the Company, either at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin, or at the Adjusted LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable Margin, all as defined in the agreement. The Applicable Margin ranges from 1.00% to 1.50% for Alternate Base Rate Loans and from 2.00% to 2.50% for Adjusted LIBOR Rate Loans, depending on the Average Daily Excess Availability. In addition, the Company is required to pay a Commitment Fee which ranges from 0.375% to 0.5% depending on the unused amount of the commitment. The Company is also required to pay an LC Participation Fee on each outstanding letter of credit issued under the Revolving Loan equal to the Applicable Margin applied to Adjusted LIBOR Rate Loans, plus a Fronting Fee equal to 0.125%. The interest rate at December 31, 2011 was 4.3%.

 

The Revolving Loan has a financial covenant which requires that at any time Excess Availability, as defined in the agreement, is less than the greater of (i) 17.5% of the lesser of the then Borrowing Base and the then current aggregate Revolving Commitments of the Lenders, or (ii) $35,000, the Company will not permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, determined as of the last day of the most recently completed quarter, to be less than 1.1 to 1.0.

 

At December 31, 2011, the Company had outstanding loans of $270,000 and $39,832 of standby letters of credit issued under the Revolving Loan. There were no Alternate Base Rate Loans or Adjusted LIBOR Rate Loans outstanding under the Revolving Loan at December 31, 2010.

 

Delaware City Construction Financing

 

In October 2010, the Company entered into a project management and financing agreement for a capital project at the Delaware City refinery. On August 5, 2011 the Delaware City construction advances in the amount of $20,000 were converted to a term financing payable in equal monthly installments of $530 over a period of sixty months beginning September 1, 2011 (“Construction Financing”). The amortization schedule is structured to provide the lender with a 12% per annum after-tax internal rate of return. As of December 31, 2011, the estimated fair value of the Construction Financing was $24,424. The estimated fair value, categorized as a Level 2 measurement, was calculated based on the present value of future expected payments utilizing market interest rates for similar classes of debt.

 

Toledo Promissory Note

 

In March 2011, the Company entered into a $200,000 secured promissory note with the seller of the Toledo refinery (“Toledo Promissory Note”) to finance the acquisition of the Toledo Refinery. The Toledo Promissory Note bears interest at the lower of LIBOR plus 8%, or 10% (8.5% at December 31, 2011) and matures in full in March 2013. The Toledo Promissory Note can be prepaid without penalty at any time.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

9—CREDIT FACILITY AND LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)

 

Catalyst Leases

 

In October 2010, a subsidiary of the Company entered into an agreement pursuant to which the precious metals catalyst located at the Company’s Delaware City refinery with a book value of $16,100 was sold for $17,474, net of $266 in facility fees. The catalyst will be leased back for three one-year periods. The lease fee for the first one year period was $1,076, payable quarterly. The lease fee is reset annually based on current market conditions. The Company is required to repurchase the catalyst at its market value at lease termination. The Company treated the transaction as a financing arrangement, and the lease fees are recorded as interest expense over the lease term. The lease fee for the second one year period beginning in October 2011 is $946, payable quarterly.

 

Effective July 1, 2011, a subsidiary of the Company entered into an agreement pursuant to which the precious metals catalyst located at the Company’s Toledo refinery was sold for $18,345, net of a facility fee of $279. The catalyst will be leased back for three one-year periods. The lease fee for the first one year period is $997, payable quarterly. The lease fee is reset annually based on current market conditions. The Company is required to repurchase the catalyst at its market value at lease termination. The Company treated the transaction as a financing arrangement, and the lease fees are recorded as interest expense over the lease term. On July 1, 2011, the Company used $18,345 in net proceeds from the Toledo catalyst lease to repay a portion of the Toledo Promissory Note.

 

The Company has elected the fair value option for accounting for its catalyst repurchase obligations as the Company’s liability is directly impacted by the change in value of the underlying catalyst. The fair value of these repurchase obligations as reflected in the table below is measured using Level 2 inputs.

 

Long-term debt outstanding consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

Paulsboro Promissory Note

   $ 160,000      $ 160,000   

Revolving Loan

     270,000          

Term Loan

     123,750        125,000   

Toledo Promissory Note

     181,655          

Catalyst leases

     30,266        18,958   

Construction Financing

     19,194        1,106   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     784,865        305,064   

Less—Current maturities

     (4,014     (1,250
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ 780,851      $ 303,814   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

9—CREDIT FACILITY AND LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)

 

Debt maturing in the next five years and thereafter is as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

  

2012

   $ 164,014   

2013

     201,340   

2014

     140,560   

2015

     5,012   

2016

     273,939   

Thereafter

       
  

 

 

 
   $ 784,865   
  

 

 

 

 

10—OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

 

Other long-term liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  

Noncurrent portion of fair value of contingent consideration for refinery acquisition

   $ 21,852       $   

Environmental liabilities

     10,398         12,122   

Post retiree medical plan

     8,912         7,253   

Defined benefit pension plan liabilities

     6,651         1,611   

Asset retirement obligation

     400         526   

Other

     1,000           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 49,213       $ 21,512   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

11—SERIES B UNITS AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

 

Series B Units

 

Series B units are issuable by the Board of Directors only to persons who are employed by or providing services to the Company or its subsidiaries. The maximum number of Series B units authorized to be issued is 1,000,000. Series B units are intended to be “profits interests” within the meaning of Revenue Procedures 93-27 and 2001-43 of the Internal Revenue Service and have a stated value of zero at the time of issuance. Series B unit holders are not entitled to vote and are only entitled to share in distributions and other payments after the Series A unit holders receive back all of their amounts invested in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Series B units are classified outside of equity due to certain put rights that can be triggered as a result of a Series B holders death or disability, which is outside the Company’s control. The activity for compensatory Series B units is described in Note 12-Stock-based compensation.

 

Series A Units and Warrants

 

Series A units are issuable at a price of $10 per unit, unless determined otherwise by the Board of Directors. The allocation of profits and losses and distributions to Series A unit holders is governed by the Limited Liability Company Agreement of PBF Energy Company, LLC, as amended (the “LLC Agreement”). Series A unit holders have voting rights. Series A units purchased by members of management include compensatory and

 

F-27


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

11—MEMBERS’ EQUITY (Continued)

 

Series A Units and Warrants (Continued)

 

non-compensatory warrants to purchase membership interests in the Company or a subsidiary thereof whose shares, units or membership interests are contemplated to be subject to an initial public offering. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company issued 40,864,698 and 48,305,514 Series A Units, respectively, at a price of $10.00 per unit. Also during 2011 and 2010, in connection with the sale of Series A units to certain members of management, the Company issued 1,127,638 and 1,613,080 non-compensatory Series A warrants, respectively, with an exercise price of $10.00 per unit, all of which were outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2011. The weighted-average remaining contractual term of the non-compensatory warrants was 8.9 years as of that date. The activity for compensatory Series A warrants and options is described in Note 12-Stock-based compensation.

 

In connection with the reorganization described in Note 1-Organization and Description of Business, the Company issued 3,087,600 Series A units with a value of $10 per unit on June 1, 2010 in exchange for all Class A and Class B units in PBF Energy Partners LP. The exchange of Series A units for the Class A and Class B units in PBF Energy Partners LP was made on a value for value basis and there was no effect on the Statement of operations as a result of the reorganization.

 

In October 2010, certain of the members of PBF contributed $91,000 to the Company which the Company used to purchase the Series A units of another member on their behalf.

 

12—STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

 

Stock-based compensation expense included in general and administrative expenses consisted of the following:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2011      2010      2009  

Series A compensatory warrants and options

   $ 1,135       $ 378       $   

Series B units

     1,381         1,922           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,516       $ 2,300       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The Company granted compensatory warrants to employees in connection with their purchase of Series A units. One-quarter of the Series A compensatory warrants were exercisable at the date of grant and the remaining three-quarters become exercisable over equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date subject to acceleration in certain circumstances. They are exercisable for ten years from the date of grant.

 

A total of 620,000 options to purchase Series A units were granted to certain employees, management and directors in 2011. Options granted to a director in the amount of 25,000 vested immediately and the remainder vest over equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date subject to acceleration in certain circumstances. The options are exercisable for ten years from the date of grant.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

12—STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

 

The estimated fair value of compensatory warrants and options granted during the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was determined using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
             2011                     2010          

Expected life (in years)

     5.75        5.75   

Expected volatility

     40.00     42.30

Dividend yield

     1.06     1.84

Risk-free rate of return

     2.43     2.25

Exercise price

   $ 10.00      $ 10.00   

 

The total estimated fair value of Series A compensatory warrants and options granted in 2011 and 2010 was $2,116 and $1,179, respectively, and the weighted average per unit value was $1.81 and $1.71, respectively. Unrecognized compensation expense related to Series A compensatory warrants and options at December 31, 2011 was $1,824, which will be recognized ratably over the next three years.

 

The following table summarizes activity for Series A compensatory warrants and options for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. There were no stock-based awards granted in 2009.

 

     Number of
Series A
Compensatory
Warrants

and Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual

Life
(in years)
 

Stock-based awards, outstanding January 1, 2010

          $           
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Granted

     691,320        10.00         10.00   

Exercised

                      

Forfeited

                      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     691,320      $ 10.00         9.74   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Granted

     1,171,759        10.00         10.00   

Exercised

     (25,000     10.00           

Forfeited

     (2,500     10.00           
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     1,835,579      $ 10.00         8.99   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable and vested at December 31, 2011

     508,600      $ 10.00         8.85   

Exercisable and vested at December 31, 2010

     172,830      $ 10.00         9.74   

Expected to vest at December 31, 2011

     1,835,579      $ 10.00         8.99   

 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, members of management of the Company had also purchased an aggregate of 2,740,718 and 1,613,080 non-compensatory Series A warrants, respectively, with an exercise price of $10.00 per unit, all of which were exercisable.

 

One-quarter of the Series B Units vested at the time of grant and the remaining three-quarters vest in equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date, subject to accelerated vesting upon

 

F-29


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

12—STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

 

certain events. Unrecognized compensation expense related to PBF Series B units at December 31, 2011 was $1,807, which will be recognized ratably over the next three years.

 

The following table summarizes activity for Series B units for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Number
of Series
B units
    Weighted
Average

Grant  Date
Fair Value
 

Non-vested units at January 1, 2010

          $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allocated

     950,000        5.11   

Vested

     (237,500     5.11   

Forfeited

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-vested units at December 31, 2010

     712,500      $ 5.11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allocated

     50,000        5.11   

Vested

     (262,500     5.11   

Forfeited

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-vested units at December 31, 2011

     500,000      $ 5.11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

13—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The Company engaged Fuel Strategies International, Inc, the principal of which is the brother of the Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company, to provide consulting services relating to petroleum coke and commercial operations. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company incurred charges of $462, $303, and $0 respectively, under this agreement.

 

The Company has an agreement with a company, which is owned by the Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, for the use of an airplane. The Company pays a charter rate that is the lowest rate this aircraft is chartered to third-parties. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company incurred charges of $821, $393, and $0, respectively, related to use of this plane.

 

14—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Lease and Other Commitments

 

The Company leases office space, office equipment, refinery facilities and equipment, and tank cars under non-cancelable operating leases. Total rent expense was $29,233, $1,078, and $225 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 respectively. The Company is party to agreements which provide for the treatment of wastewater and the supply of hydrogen and steam for the Paulsboro and Toledo refineries. The Company made purchases of $30,773, $0 and $0 under these supply agreements for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

14—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

 

Lease and Other Commitments (Continued)

 

The fixed and determinable amounts of the obligations under these agreements and total minimum future annual rentals, exclusive of related costs, are approximately:

 

Year Ending December 31,

  

2012

   $ 39,395   

2013

     33,436   

2014

     29,683   

2015

     28,967   

2016

     27,582   

Thereafter

     70,629   
  

 

 

 
   $ 229,692   
  

 

 

 

 

Employment Agreements

 

During 2010, PBFI entered into one-year employment agreements with members of executive management and certain other key personnel that include automatic annual renewals, unless canceled. Under some of the agreements, certain of the executives would receive a lump sum payment of between one and a half to 2.99 times of their base salary and continuation of certain employee benefits for the same period upon termination by the Company Without Cause, or by the employee For Good Reason, or upon a Change in Control, as defined in the agreements. Upon death or disability, certain of the Company’s executives, or their estates, would receive a lump sum payment of one half of their base salary.

 

Remediation Liabilities

 

The Company’s refineries are subject to extensive and frequently changing federal, state and local laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, those relating to the discharge of materials into the environment or that otherwise relate to the protection of the environment, waste management and the characteristics and the compositions of fuels. Compliance with existing and anticipated laws and regulations can increase the overall cost of operating the Company’s refineries, including remediation, operating costs and capital costs to construct, maintain and upgrade equipment and facilities.

 

In connection with the Paulsboro acquisition, the Company assumed certain environmental remediation obligations. The environmental liability of $12,086 recorded as of December 31, 2011 ($12,122 as of December 31, 2010) represents the present value of expected future costs discounted at a rate of 8%. At December 31, 2011 the undiscounted liability is $18,202 and the Company expects to make aggregate payments for this liability of $7,914 over the next five years. A trust fund for this liability in the amount of $12,104, acquired in the Paulsboro acquisition, is recorded as restricted cash in deferred charges and other assets, net.

 

In connection with the acquisition of the Delaware City assets, Valero remains responsible for certain pre-acquisition environmental obligations up to $20,000 and the predecessor to Valero in ownership of the refinery retains other historical obligations.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

14—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

 

Remediation Liabilities (Continued)

 

In connection with the Delaware City assets and Paulsboro Refinery acquisitions, the Company and Valero purchased ten year, $75,000 environmental insurance policies to insure against unknown environmental liabilities at each site.

 

In connection with the Toledo Refinery acquisition, Sunoco remains responsible for environmental remediation for conditions that existed on the closing date for twenty years from March 1, 2011.

 

15—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

 

Defined Contribution Plan

 

The Company’s defined contribution plan covers all employees. Employees are eligible to participate as of the first day of the month following 30 days of service. Participants can make basic contributions up to 50 percent of their annual salary subject to Internal Revenue Service limits. The Company matches participants’ contributions at the rate of 200 percent of the first 3 percent of each participant’s total basic contribution based on the participant’s total annual salary. The Company’s contribution to the qualified defined contribution plans was $7,204, $196 and $119 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

Defined Benefit and Post Retiree Medical Plans

 

The Company sponsors a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan (the “Qualified Plan”) with a policy to fund pension liabilities in accordance with the limits imposed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) and Federal income tax laws. In addition, the Company sponsors a supplemental pension plan covering certain employees, which provides incremental payments that would have been payable from the Company’s principal pension plan, were it not for limitations imposed by income tax regulations. The funded status is measured as the difference between plan assets at fair value and the projected benefit obligation which is to be recognized in the balance sheet. The plan assets and benefit obligations are measured as of the balance sheet date.

 

The non-union Delaware City employees and all Paulsboro employees became eligible to participate in the Company’s defined benefit plans as of the respective acquisition dates. The union Delaware City employees became eligible to participate in the Company’s defined benefit plans upon commencement of normal operations. The Company did not assume any of the employees’ pension liability accrued prior to the respective acquisitions.

 

The Company formed the Post Retirement Medical Plan on December 31, 2010 to provide health care coverage continuation from date of retirement to age 65 for qualifying employees associated with the Paulsboro acquisition. The Company credited the qualifying employees with their prior service under Valero which resulted in the recognition of a liability for the projected benefit obligation.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

15—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)

 

Defined Benefit and Post Retiree Medical Plans (Continued)

 

The changes in the benefit obligation, the changes in fair value of plan assets, and the funded status of the Company’s Pension and Post Retirement Medical Plans as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

     Pension Plans     Post Retirement
Medical Plan
 
     2011     2010             2011                     2010          

Change in benefit obligation:

        

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 2,052      $ 703      $ 7,273      $   

Service cost

     8,678        347        540          

Interest cost

     140        40        381          

Plan amendments

            125                 

Direct benefit payments

            (71              

Actuarial loss (gain)

     539        908        718          

Acquisition

                          7,273   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 11,409      $ 2,052      $ 8,912      $ 7,273   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

        

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 441      $ 324      $      $   

Actual return on plan assets

     (83     13                 

Benefits paid

            (71              

Employer contributions

     4,400        175                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

   $ 4,758      $ 441      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of funded status:

        

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

   $ 4,758      $ 441      $      $   

Less benefit obligations at end of year

     11,409        2,052        8,912        7.723   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status at end of year

   $ (6,651   $ (1,611   $ (8,912   $ (7,273
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accumulated benefit obligations for the Company’s Pension Plans exceed the fair value of the assets of those plans at December 31, 2011 and 2010. The accumulated benefit obligation for the defined benefit plans approximated $8,979 and $1,551 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

Benefit payments, which reflect expected future services, that the Company expects to pay are as follows for the years ended December 31:

 

     Pension
Benefits
     Post Retirement
Medical Plan
 

2012

   $ 277       $ 61   

2013

     2,195         140   

2014

     1,578         241   

2015

     2,853         389   

2016

     3,582         496   

Years 2017-2021

     35,786         5,422   

 

F-33


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

15—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)

 

Defined Benefit and Post Retiree Medical Plans (Continued)

 

The Company’s funding policy for its defined benefit plans is to contribute amounts sufficient to meet legal funding requirements, plus any additional amounts that may be appropriate considering the funded status of the plans, tax consequences, the cash flow generated by the Company and other factors. The Company plans to contribute approximately $5,200 to the Company’s Pension Plans during 2012.

 

The components of net periodic benefit cost were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     Pension Benefits     Post Retirement Medical Plan  
         2011             2010             2009             2011              2010              2009      

Components of net period benefit cost:

              

Service cost

   $ 8,678      $ 347      $ 369      $ 540       $       $   

Interest cost

     140        40        14        381                   

Expected return on plan assets

     (38     (15     (8                       

Amortization of prior service cost

     11               1                          

Amortization of actuarial loss

     56                                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 8,847      $ 372      $ 376      $ 921       $       $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The pre-tax amounts recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     Post Retirement
Medical Plan
 
         2011             2010             2011             2010      

Prior service costs

   $      $ (125   $      $   

Net actuarial loss (gain)

     (661     (909     (738       

Amortization of losses

     67                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total changes in other comprehensive loss

   $ (594   $ (1,034   $ (738   $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The pre-tax amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 that have not yet been recognized as components of net periodic costs were as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     Post Retirement
Medical Plan
 
         2011             2010             2011             2010      

Prior service costs

   $ (114   $ (125   $      $   

Net actuarial loss

     (1,519     (914     (738       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (1,633   $ (1,039   $ (738   $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

15—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)

 

Defined Benefit and Post Retiree Medical Plans (Continued)

 

The following pre-tax amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2011 are expected to be recognized as components of net period benefit cost during the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

     Pension
Benefits
     Post Retirement
Medical Plan
 

Amortization of prior service costs

   $ 11       $   

Amortization of net actuarial loss

     30           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 41       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The weighted average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     Post Retirement Medical Plan  
     2011     2010     2011     2010  

Discount rate

     4.45     5.25     4.45     5.25

Rate of compensation increase

     4     4              

 

The discount rate assumptions used to determine the defined benefit and Post Retirement Medical plans obligations as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 were based on the Mercer Yield Curve. The Mercer Yield Curve is developed from a portfolio of high-quality investment grade bonds. To determine the discount rate, each year’s projected cash flow for the defined benefit and Post Retirement Medical plans is discounted at a spot (zero-coupon) rate appropriate for that maturity; the discount rate is the single equivalent rate that produces the same discounted present value.

 

The weighted average assumptions used to determine the net periodic benefit costs for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

 

    Pension Benefits     Post Retirement
Medical Plan
 
        2011             2010             2009             2011             2010             2009      

Discount rate

    5.25     6     6     5.25              

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

    4.25     4     4                     

Rate of compensation increase

    4     4     4                     

 

The assumed health care cost trend rates as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

     Post Retirement
Medical Plan
 
         2011             2010      

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

     7     7

Rate to which the cost trend rate was assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)

     4.5     4.5

Year that the rate reached the ultimate trend rate

     2024        2024   

 

F-35


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

15—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)

 

Defined Benefit and Post Retiree Medical Plans (Continued)

 

Assumed health care costs trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for retiree health care plans. A one percentage-point change in assumed health care costs trend rates would have the following effects on the medical postretirement benefits:

 

     1%
Increase
     1%
Decrease
 

Effect on total of service and interest cost components

   $ 172       $ (146

Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation

     978         (865

 

The tables below present the fair values of the assets of the Company’s Qualified Plan as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 by level of fair value hierarchy. Assets categorized in Level 1 of the hierarchy are measured at fair value using a market approach based on published net asset values of mutual funds. As noted above, the Company’s post retirement medical plan is funded on a pay-as-you-go basis and has no assets.

 

     Fair Value Measurements  Using
Quoted Prices in Active Markets
(Level 1)
 
     December 31,  
             2011                      2010          

Government securities:

     

Vanguard Intermediate-Term Treasury Fund

   $ 4,758       $ 440   

Cash and cash equivalents

             1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,758       $ 441   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The Company’s investment strategy for its Qualified Plan is to achieve a reasonable return on assets that supports the plan’s interest credit rating, subject to a moderate level of portfolio risk that provides liquidity. Consistent with these financial objectives as of December 31, 2011, the plan assets were 100% intermediate fixed income investments. The overall expected long-term rate of return on plan assets for the Qualified Plan is based on the Company’s view of long-term expectations and asset mix.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

16—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

 

The tables below present information about the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis and indicate the fair value hierarchy of the inputs utilized to determine the fair values as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

     As of December 31, 2011  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $ 666       $       $       $ 666   

Commodity contracts

     72                         72   

Liabilities:

           

Catalyst lease obligations

             30,266                 30,266   

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

             3,070                 3,070   

Contingent consideration for refinery acquisition

                     122,232         122,232   

 

     As of December 31, 2010  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $ 140,007       $       $       $ 140,007   

Liabilities:

           

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

             2,043                 2,043   

Catalyst lease obligation

             18,958                 18,958   

 

The valuation methods used to measure financial instruments at fair value are as follows:

 

   

Money market funds categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy are measured at fair value based on quoted market prices and included within cash and cash equivalents.

 

   

The commodity contracts categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy are measured at fair value based on quoted prices in an active market.

 

   

The derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations and the catalyst lease liabilities are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and are measured at fair value using a market approach based upon future commodity prices for similar instruments quoted in active markets.

 

   

The contingent consideration for refinery acquisition incurred at December 31, 2011, is categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and is estimated using a discounted cash flow model based on management’s estimate of the future cash flows of the Toledo refinery; a risk free rate of return of 0.16%; credit rate spread of 4.38%; and a discount rate of 4.54%.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

16—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

 

The table below summarizes the changes in fair value measurements categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy:

 

     Year ended
December 31, 2011
 

Balance at beginning of period

   $   

Purchases

     (117,017

Unrealized loss included in earnings

     (5,215

Transfers into Level 3

       

Transfers out of Level 3

       
  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ (122,232
  

 

 

 

 

There were no transfers between levels during the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

17—DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

 

The Company uses derivative instruments to mitigate certain exposures to commodity price risk. The Company’s Crude Supply Agreement contains purchase obligations for certain volumes of crude oil and other feedstocks. The Company is also party to a supply agreement that contains purchase obligations for certain volumes of stored intermediates inventory. The purchase obligations related to crude oil and feedstocks are derivative instruments that have been designated as fair value hedges in order to hedge the commodity price volatility of certain refinery inventory beginning July 1, 2011. The purchase obligations related to stored intermediates inventory are derivative instruments that have not been designated as hedges. The fair value of these purchase obligation derivatives is based on market prices of crude oil and intermediates in the future. The level of activity for these derivatives is based on the level of operating inventories. As of December 31, 2011, there were approximately 3,101,333 barrels of crude oil and feedstocks (approximately 1,845,298 barrels at December 31, 2010) outstanding under these derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges and approximately 117,848 barrels of intermediates inventory (0 barrels at December 31, 2010) outstanding under these derivative instruments not designated as hedges. These volumes represent the notional value of the contract.

 

The Company also enters into economic hedges primarily consisting of commodity derivative instruments that are not designated as fair value hedges and are used to manage price volatility in certain crude oil and feedstock inventories as well as crude oil, feedstock, and refined product sales or purchases. The objective in entering into economic hedges is consistent with the objectives discussed above for fair value hedges. As of December 31, 2011, there were approximately 7,000 and 349,000 barrels of crude oil and refined products, respectively, outstanding under short and long term future commodity derivative instruments not designated as fair value hedges, representing the notional value of the contracts.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

17—DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES (Continued)

 

The following tables provide information about the fair values of these derivative instruments as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the line items in the consolidated balance sheet in which the fair values are reflected. See Note 16 for additional information related to the fair values of derivative instruments.

 

Description

   Balance Sheet Location    Fair  Value
Asset/(Liability)
 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

     

December 31, 2011:

     

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

   Accrued expenses    $ (1,465

December 31, 2010:

     

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

   Accrued expenses    $   

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

     

December 31, 2011:

     

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

   Accrued expenses    $ (1,605

Commodity contracts

   Accounts receivable    $ 72   

December 31, 2010:

     

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

   Accrued expenses    $ (2,043

Commodity contracts

   Accounts receivable    $   

 

The Company’s policy is to net the fair value of the derivative included with inventory supply arrangement obligations against the liability related to inventory supply arrangements with the same counterparty as the legal right of offset exists.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

17—DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES (Continued)

 

The following tables provide information about the gain or loss recognized in income on these derivative instruments and the line items in the consolidated financial statements in which such gains and losses are reflected. There was no gain or loss recognized on derivative instruments in 2009.

 

Description

   Location of Gain  or
(Loss) Recognized in
Income on
Derivatives
     Gain or (Loss)
Recognized in
Income on Derivatives
 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

     

For the year ended December 31, 2011:

     

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

     Cost of sales       $ (6,076

For the year ended December 31, 2010:

     

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

     Cost of sales       $   

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

     

For the year ended December 31, 2011:

     

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

     Cost of sales       $ 2,829   

Commodity contracts

     Cost of sales       $ 5,604   

For the year ended December 31, 2010:

     

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

     Cost of sales       $ (2,043

Commodity contracts

     Cost of sales       $   

Hedged items designated in fair value hedges:

     

For the year ended December 31, 2011:

     

Crude oil and feedstock inventory

     Cost of sales       $ 6,558   

For the year ended December 31, 2010:

     

Crude oil and feedstock inventory

     Cost of sales       $   

 

Ineffectiveness related to the Company’s fair value hedges for the year ended December 31, 2011 resulted in a gain of $482. The Company did not apply hedge accounting to any of its derivative instruments prior to July 1, 2011.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

18—REVENUES

 

The following table provides information relating to the Company’s revenues from external customers for each product or group of similar products for the years ended:

 

       December 31, 2011      December 31, 2010  

Gasoline and distillates

   $ 13,182,234       $ 175,083   

Lubricants

     525,095         13,718   

Asphalt and residual oils

     441,638         8,739   

Liquefied petroleum gases

     430,435         5,739   

Chemicals

     344,311           

Other

     36,625         7,392   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 14,960,338       $ 210,671   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 were not material as the Company was a development stage company.

 

19—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

These financial statements were approved by management and available for issuance on May 14, 2012. Management has evaluated subsequent events through this date.

 

Paulsboro Catalyst Lease

 

Effective January 6, 2012, a subsidiary of the Company entered into a one year agreement under which the catalyst precious metals located at the Company’s Paulsboro refinery was sold for $9,453. The catalyst will be consigned back to the Company through December 2012 for an aggregate fee of $267, payable upon termination of the agreement. The Company is required to repurchase the catalyst at market value at lease termination or physically deliver the consigned volume of catalyst to the counterparty. The Company treated the transaction as a financing arrangement, and the fees are recorded as interest expense over the consignment term. The Company used $9,453 in proceeds from the Paulsboro Catalyst lease to repay a portion of the Paulsboro Promissory Note.

 

Notes Offering

 

On February 9, 2012, the Company completed the offering of $675,500 aggregate principal amount of new 8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2020. The net proceeds, after deducting original issue discount, the initial purchasers’ discounts and commissions and the fees and expenses of the offering, were used to repay all of the outstanding indebtedness plus accrued interest owed under the Toledo Promissory Note, the Paulsboro Promissory Note, and the Term Loan, as well as to reduce the outstanding balance of our Revolving Loan. The Senior Secured Notes are secured on a first-priority basis by substantially all of the present and future assets of Holdings and its subsidiaries (other than assets securing the Revolving Loan). The Company’s Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, and certain of his affiliates and family members, and certain of our other executives, purchased $25,500 aggregate principal amount of these Senior Secured Notes.

 

Revolving Loan Amendment

 

On March 13, 2012, the Revolving Loan was amended to increase the maximum availability to $750,000.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

Letter of Credit Facility

 

On April 24, 2012, the Company renewed and expanded the short-term letters of credit facility. Under the expanded facility, the Company can obtain letters of credit up to $750,000 consisting of a committed amount of $500,000 and an uncommitted amount of $250,000 to support certain of the Company’s crude oil purchases. The facility matures on April 23, 2013.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

R EPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors of PBF Holding Company LLC:

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of the Paulsboro Refining Business as of December 16, 2010, and the related statements of income, changes in net parent investment, and cash flows for the period from January 1 through December 16, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the management of the Paulsboro Refining Business. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Paulsboro Refining Business’ internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Paulsboro Refining Business as of December 16, 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from January 1 through December 16, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

/s/    KPMG LLP

 

San Antonio, Texas

June 23, 2011

 

F-43


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

BALANCE SHEET

(In thousands)

 

     December 16,
2010
 
ASSETS   

Current assets:

  

Restricted cash

     12,122   

Accounts receivable, net

     686   

Inventories

     155,332   

Prepaid expenses

     829   
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     168,969   
  

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, at cost

     341,236   

Accumulated depreciation

       
  

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

     341,236   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 510,205   
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND

NET PARENT INVESTMENT

  

Current liabilities:

  

Current portion of capital lease obligation

   $ 27   

Accounts payable

     12,950   

Accrued expenses

     6,046   

Taxes other than income taxes

     162   
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     19,185   
  

 

 

 

Capital lease obligation, less current portion

     107   
  

 

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

     23,290   
  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

  

Net parent investment

     467,623   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and net parent investment

   $ 510,205   
  

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(In thousands)

 

     Period from
January 1, 2010
through

December 16,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
       2009  

Operating revenues

   $ 4,708,989      $ 3,549,517   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs and expenses:

    

Cost of sales

     4,487,825        3,419,460   

Operating expenses

     259,768        266,319   

General and administrative expenses

     14,606        15,594   

Asset impairment loss

     895,642        8,478   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     66,361        65,103   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     5,724,202        3,774,954   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     (1,015,213     (225,437

Interest and other income and expense, net

     500        1,249   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

     (1,014,713     (224,188

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (322,962     (86,586
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (691,751   $ (137,602
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET PARENT INVESTMENT

(In thousands)

 

Balance as of December 31, 2008

     1,042,881   

Net loss

     (137,602

Net cash advances from parent

     177,989   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2009

     1,083,268   

Net loss

     (691,751

Net cash advances from parent

     76,106   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 16, 2010

   $ 467,623   
  

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Period from
January 1,  2010
Through
December  16,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,

2009
 
      

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ (691,751   $ (137,602

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization expense

     66,361        65,103   

Asset impairment loss

     895,642        8,478   

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

     (283,470     13,808   

Changes in current assets and current liabilities

     (8,663     (4,906

Other, net

     (11,840     (6,814
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (33,721     (61,933
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Capital expenditures

     (20,122     (96,754

Deferred turnaround and catalyst costs

     (17,011     (19,260

Other investing activities, net

     (5,229     (19
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (42,362     (116,033
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Capital lease payments

     (25     (25

Net cash advances from (repayments to) parent

     76,106        177,989   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     76,081        177,964   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash

     (2     (2

Cash at beginning of period

     2        4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash at end of period

   $      $ 2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. BUSINESS DESCRIPTION

 

The Paulsboro Refining Business (the Business) includes the operations of the Paulsboro Refinery and related assets. The Paulsboro Refinery is located on 950 acres in Paulsboro, New Jersey, approximately 15 miles south of Philadelphia on the Delaware River. The refinery has a total throughput capacity, including crude oil and other feedstocks, of approximately 185,000 barrels per day. The refinery’s main processing facilities include a crude unit, a coker, a propane deasphalting unit, a fluid catalytic cracking unit, a continuous catalytic desulfurization unit, and a sulfur recovery unit. The refinery processed primarily sour crude oils into a wide slate of products including gasolines, distillates, lube oil basestocks and lube extracts, asphalt, fuel oil, petroleum coke, propane and sulfur. Feedstocks and refined products were typically transported by tanker and barge via refinery-owned dock facilities along the Delaware River, Buckeye Pipeline Company’s product distribution system into western Pennsylvania and Ohio, a local truck rack owned by NuStar Energy L.P., railcars, and the Colonial pipeline, which allowed products to be sold into the New York Harbor market.

 

The Paulsboro Refinery was acquired by a subsidiary of Valero Energy Corporation (Valero) from Mobil Oil Corporation (Mobil) on September 16, 1998. References to Valero or Parent herein may refer to Valero Energy Corporation or one or more of its direct or indirect subsidiaries that were not included in the financial statements of the Business, as the context requires.

 

As described in Note 3, the Business was sold to PBF Holding Company LLC (PBF Holding) on December 17, 2010. These financial statements include the operations of the Business through December 16, 2010.

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of Presentation

 

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with applicable United States generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). The financial statements reflect Valero’s historical cost basis in the Business.

 

The financial statements include allocations and estimates of general and administrative costs of Valero that were attributable to the operations of the Business. The Business purchased its crude oil and other feedstocks from and sold its refined products to Valero. Purchases of feedstock by the Business from Valero were recorded at the cost paid to third parties by Valero, and sales of refined products from the Business to Valero were recorded at intercompany transfer prices, which were market prices adjusted by quality, location, and other differentials on the date of the sale. Management believes that the assumptions, estimates, and allocations used to prepare these financial statements are reasonable. However, the amounts reflected in these financial statements may not necessarily be indicative of the revenues, costs, and expenses that would have resulted if the Business had been operated as a separate entity.

 

The Business’ results of operations may have been affected by seasonal factors, such as the demand for petroleum products, which vary during the year, or industry factors that may be specific to a particular period, such as industry supply capacity and refinery turnarounds. In addition, the Business’ results of operations were dependent on Valero’s feedstock acquisition and refined product marketing activities.

 

Management has evaluated subsequent events that occurred after December 16, 2010 through June 23, 2011, the date these financial statements were issued. Any material subsequent events that occurred during this time have been properly recognized or disclosed in these financial statements.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. On an ongoing basis, management reviewed its estimates based on currently available information. Changes in facts and circumstances could result in revised estimates.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories represent inventories located at the refinery and consisted of refinery feedstocks purchased for processing, refined products, and materials and supplies. Inventories were carried at the lower of cost or market. The cost of refinery feedstocks purchased for processing and refined products were determined under the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method using the dollar-value LIFO method, with any increments valued based on purchase prices at the end of the year. The cost of materials and supplies was determined under the weighted-average cost method.

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment were stated at cost. Additions to property, plant and equipment, including capitalized interest and certain costs allocable to construction and property purchases, were recorded at cost.

 

The costs of minor property units (or components of property units), net of salvage value, retired or abandoned were charged or credited to accumulated depreciation under the composite method of depreciation. Gains or losses on sales or other dispositions of major units of property were recorded in income and were reported in depreciation and amortization expense.

 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment was recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related facilities primarily using the composite method of depreciation. Leasehold improvements and assets acquired under capital leases were amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the related asset. The Business recorded additional accumulated depreciation of $354,829 in recognition of the asset impairment discussed below and in Note 3.

 

Deferred Charges and Other Assets

 

Deferred charges and other assets included the following:

 

   

refinery turnaround costs, which were incurred in connection with planned major maintenance activities at the Paulsboro Refinery and which were deferred when incurred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the period of time estimated to lapse until the next turnaround occurs;

 

   

fixed-bed catalyst costs, representing the cost of catalyst that was changed out at periodic intervals when the quality of the catalyst has deteriorated beyond its prescribed function, which were deferred when incurred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the specific catalyst; and

 

   

process royalty costs, which were deferred when incurred and amortized over the life of the specific royalty.

 

Impairment and Disposal of Long-Lived Assets

 

Long-lived assets were tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicated that the carrying amount might not be recoverable. A long-lived asset is not recoverable if its carrying amount exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from its use and eventual disposition. If a

 

F-49


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

long-lived asset is not recoverable, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount by which its carrying amount exceeds its fair value, with fair value determined based on discounted estimated net cash flows or other appropriate methods. On December 16, 2010, the Business recorded an asset impairment charge of $896 million as a result of Valero’s sale of the Business to PBF Holding on December 17, 2010.

 

Environmental Matters

 

Liabilities for future remediation costs were recorded when environmental assessments and/or remedial efforts were probable and the costs could be reasonably estimated. Other than for assessments, the timing and magnitude of these accruals generally were based on the completion of investigations or other studies or a commitment to a formal plan of action. Environmental liabilities were based on best estimates of probable undiscounted future costs over a 20-year time period using currently available technology and applying current regulations, as well as the Business’ own internal environmental policies. Amounts recorded for environmental liabilities were not reduced by possible recoveries from third parties.

 

Asset Retirement Obligations

 

The Business had asset retirement obligations with respect to certain of its refinery assets due to various legal obligations to clean and/or dispose of various component parts at the time they were retired. As of December 31, 2010, the Business had recorded asset retirement obligations related to certain pond closures and a landfill closure.

 

In addition to these recorded asset retirement obligations, the Business had asset retirement obligations with respect to certain other component parts of its refinery assets. However, those component parts could be used for extended and indeterminate periods of time as long as they were properly maintained and/or upgraded. It was management’s practice and current intent to maintain those refinery assets and continue making improvements to those assets based on technological advances. As a result, management believed that those refinery assets had an indeterminate life for purposes of estimating asset retirement obligations because dates or ranges of dates upon which such refinery assets would be retired cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. When a date or range of dates can be reasonably estimated for the retirement of any component part of those refinery assets, an estimate of the cost of performing the retirement activities will be determined and a liability will be recorded for the fair value of that cost using established present value techniques.

 

Net Parent Investment

 

The net parent investment represents a net amount consisting of the Parent’s initial investment in the Business and subsequent adjustments resulting from the operations of the Business and various transactions between the Business and Valero. The Business participated in the Parent’s centralized cash management program under which all of the Business’ cash receipts were remitted to and all cash disbursements were funded by the Parent. Other transactions affecting the net parent investment include general and administrative expenses incurred by Valero and allocated to the Business. There were no terms of settlement or interest charges associated with the net parent investment.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Revenues were recorded by the Business upon delivery of the refined products to the Parent, which was the point at which title to the products was transferred.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Cost of Sales

 

Cost of sales included the cost of feedstock acquired for processing by the Business, including transportation costs to deliver the feedstock to the refinery.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Operating expenses consisted primarily of labor costs of refinery personnel, maintenance, fuel and power costs, chemical and catalyst costs, and third-party services. Such expenses were recognized as incurred.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

Employees of the Business participate in various employee benefit plans of the Parent, including certain stock-based compensation plans as discussed in Note 9. Compensation expense for awards under the stock-based compensation plans was based on the fair value of the awards granted and was recognized in the statements of income on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of each award. For new grants that had retirement-eligibility provisions, the Business used the substantive vesting period approach, under which compensation cost was recognized immediately for awards granted to retirement-eligible employees or over the period from the grant date to the date retirement eligibility was achieved if that date was expected to occur before the nominal vesting periods of the awards was fulfilled.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income taxes were accounted for under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities were recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred amounts were measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the year those temporary differences were expected to be recovered or settled.

 

The Business paid the Parent the amount of its current federal income tax liability as determined under a tax-sharing arrangement with the Parent; the accrual and payment of the current federal income tax liability was recorded in net parent investment in the financial statements in the year incurred. The current state income tax liability of the Business was reflected in income taxes payable.

 

Historically, the Business’ results of operations were included in the consolidated federal income tax return filed by Valero and were included in state income tax returns of subsidiaries of Valero. The income tax provision represented the current and deferred income taxes that would have resulted if the Business were a stand-alone taxable entity filing its own income tax returns. Accordingly, the calculations of the current and deferred income tax provision necessarily require certain assumptions, allocations, and estimates that management believed were reasonable to reflect the tax reporting for the Business as a stand-alone taxpayer.

 

The Business elected to classify any interest expense and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes in income tax expense.

 

Segment Disclosures

 

The Business operated in only one segment, the refining segment of the oil and gas industry.

 

Financial Instruments

 

The Business’ financial instruments included cash, receivables, and payables. The estimated fair values of these financial instruments approximated their carrying amounts.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

3. SALE OF BUSINESS

 

On December 17, 2010, the Business was sold to PBF Holding for $661 million of proceeds, of which $160 million consisted of a short-term note. Working capital, consisting primarily of inventory, was included as part of this transaction. On December 16, 2010, the Business recorded an impairment charge of $896 million to reflect the reduction in the carrying value of its assets.

 

4. INVENTORIES

 

Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 16,
2010
 

Refinery feedstocks

   $ 50,604   

Refined products and blendstocks

     92,664   

Materials and supplies

     12,064   
  

 

 

 

Inventories

   $ 155,332   
  

 

 

 

 

A reduction in inventory volumes during the period from January 1, 2010 through December 16, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009 resulted in a liquidation of LIFO inventory layers that were established in prior years. The effect of these liquidations was to decrease cost of sales by $20.8 million and $33.6 million for the period from January 1, 2010 through December 16, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively.

 

As of December 16, 2010, the replacement cost (market value) of LIFO inventories exceeded their LIFO carrying amounts by approximately $171.3 million.

 

5. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

Major classes of property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Estimated
Useful Lives
     December 16,
2010
 

Land

      $ 7,564   

Crude oil processing facilities

     25 years         1,410,361   

Buildings

     40 – 42 years         3,005   

Precious metals

        5,231   

Other

     5 – 20 years         51,518   

Construction in progress

        63,664   

Asset impairment

        (1,200,107
     

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, at cost

        341,236   

Accumulated depreciation

          
     

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

      $ 341,236   
     

 

 

 

 

The Business leased an oxygen facility under a capital lease that is discussed further in Note 8. The capital lease, which is included above in “other,” had a net book value of $0.2 million, net of accumulated amortization of $0.1 million, as of December 16, 2010.

 

Depreciation expense for the period from January 1, 2010 through December 16, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $52.1 million and $52.1 million, respectively.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Management continually evaluated all of the refinery’s capital projects in progress during their construction, which at times resulted in the cancellation of certain of such projects. The cancellation of various capital projects became more significant in 2009, as the economic slowdown that began in 2008 continued throughout 2009, thereby impacting demand for refined products and putting significant pressure on refined product margins. For the year ended December 31, 2009, project costs totaling $8.5 million were written off.

 

In addition to capital projects that were written off, construction activity on various other projects were suspended until market conditions and cash flows improved. As of December 16, 2010, various projects with a total cost of approximately $56 million had been temporarily suspended. These costs were written off and included in the asset impairment charge discussed in Note 3.

 

6. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

 

Accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities as of December 16, 2010 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Accrued
Expenses
     Other
Long-Term

Liabilities
 
     2010      2010  

Asset retirement obligations

   $ 3,500       $ 7,867   

Environmental liabilities

     1,405         11,459   

Legal and regulatory liabilities

     625         1,983   

Uncertain income tax position liabilities

             1,981   

Employee wage and benefit costs

     501           

Other

     15           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,046       $ 23,290   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Environmental Liabilities

 

In connection with the acquisition of the Paulsboro Refinery in 1998, Valero assumed certain environmental liabilities including, but not limited to, certain remediation obligations related primarily to clean-up costs associated with groundwater contamination, landfill closure and post-closure monitoring costs, and tank farm spill prevention costs.

 

The table below reflects the changes in the environmental liabilities of the Business (in thousands):

 

     Period from
January 1
through

December 16,
2010
    Year  Ended
December 31,
2009
 
    

Balance as of beginning of period

   $ 15,008      $ 16,516   

Additions to liability

     700          

Payments, net of third-party recoveries

     (2,844     (1,508
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of end of period

   $ 12,864      $ 15,008   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Asset Retirement Obligations

 

The table below reflects the changes in asset retirement obligations of the Business (in thousands):

 

     Period from
January 1
through

December 16,
2010
    Year  Ended
December 31,
2009
 
    

Balance as of beginning of period

   $ 11,807      $ 12,361   

Settlements

     (440     (554
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of end of period

   $ 11,367      $ 11,807   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Leases

 

The Business had long-term operating lease commitments for office facilities and office equipment. In most cases, the Business expects that in the normal course of business, its leases will be renewed or replaced by other leases.

 

The Business leased an oxygen facility under an agreement accounted for as a capital lease. The lease expires in May 2015.

 

As of December 16, 2010, future minimum rentals for leases having initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Operating
Leases
     Capital
Lease
 

2011

   $ 1,574       $ 34   

2012

     1,587         34   

2013

     1,610         34   

2014

     1,634         34   

2015

     1,657         14   

Remainder

     1,965           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total minimum rental payments

   $ 10,027         150   
  

 

 

    

Less interest expense

        (16
     

 

 

 

Capital lease obligation

      $ 134   
     

 

 

 

 

Rental expense for all operating leases was $12.0 million and $14.5 million for the period ended December 16, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively.

 

Litigation Matters

 

MTBE Litigation

 

As of June 23, 2011, Valero and several of its subsidiaries are named in numerous cases involving claims related to MTBE contamination in groundwater based on the manufacture, marketing and supply of gasoline containing MTBE. With respect to the historic operations at the Paulsboro Refinery, ten of these cases may

 

F-54


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

involve allegations of liability for gasoline containing MTBE manufactured at the Paulsboro Refinery. The Valero subsidiary that previously owned the Paulsboro Refinery has been named in four of the cases along with Valero and other Valero subsidiaries and has potential liability in the other six cases. In connection with the sale of the Business, Valero retained the liability for these matters. The plaintiffs are generally water providers, governmental authorities, and private water companies alleging that refiners and marketers of MTBE and gasoline containing MTBE are liable for manufacturing or distributing a defective product. Valero has been named in these lawsuits together with many other refining industry companies. Valero is being sued primarily as a refiner and distributor of MTBE and gasoline containing MTBE. Valero does not own or operate gasoline station facilities in most of the geographic locations in which damage is alleged to have occurred. The lawsuits generally seek individual, unquantified compensatory and punitive damages, injunctive relief, and attorneys’ fees. All but one of the cases are pending in federal court and most are consolidated for pre-trial proceedings in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York (Multi-District Litigation Docket No. 1358, In re: Methyl-Tertiary Butyl Ether Products Liability Litigation ). Discovery is open in all cases. Valero believes that it has strong defenses to all claims and is vigorously defending the lawsuits. Although Valero has recorded a loss contingency liability with respect to the MTBE litigation portfolio, the Business had not recorded a liability for this litigation.

 

Other Litigation

 

The Business was also a party to other claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Management believed that there was only a remote likelihood that future costs related to known contingent liabilities related to these legal proceedings would have a material adverse impact on the results of operations or financial position of the Business.

 

8. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

 

Employees who work for the Business were included in the various employee benefit plans of the Parent. These plans included qualified, non-contributory defined benefit retirement plans, defined contribution plans, employee and retiree medical, dental, and life insurance plans, incentive plans (i.e., stock options, restricted stock, and bonuses), and other such benefits. For the incentive plans, the Business was charged with the bonus, stock option, and restricted stock expense directly attributable to its employees. For the purposes of these financial statements, the Business was considered to be participating in multi-employer benefit plans of the Parent.

 

The Business’ allocated share of the Parent’s employee benefit plan expenses were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Period from
January 1
through

December 16,
2010
     Year  Ended
December 31,
    2009    
 
     

Defined benefit plans excluding incentive plans

   $ 13,361       $ 21,529   

Incentive plans

     6,305         4,298   

 

Employee benefit plan expenses incurred by the Business were included in operating expenses with the related payroll costs.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

9. INCOME TAXES

 

The amounts presented below relate only to the Business and were calculated as if the Business filed separate federal and state income tax returns.

 

Components of income tax expense (benefit) were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Period from
January 1
through

December 16,
2010
    Year  Ended
December 31,
    2009    
 
    

Current:

    

Federal

   $ (39,492   $ (100,394

State

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current

     (39,492     (100,394
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

    

Federal

     (247,514     33,353   

State

     (35,955     (19,545
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred

     (283,470     13,808   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

   $ (322,962   $ (86,586
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The following is a reconciliation of total income tax expense (benefit) to income taxes computed by applying the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate (35% for all periods presented) to income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) (in thousands):

 

     Period from
January 1
through

December 16,
2010
    Year  Ended
December 31,
      2009      
 
    

Federal income tax expense (benefit) at the U.S. statutory rate

   $ (355,150   $ (78,466

U.S. state income tax expense (benefit), net of U.S. federal income tax effect

     (23,371     (12,704

U.S. manufacturing deduction

     2,540        4,200   

Change in valuation allowance

     52,644          

Other, net

     375        384   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

   $ (322,962   $ (86,586
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-56


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The tax effects of significant temporary differences representing deferred income tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 16,
2010
 

Deferred income tax assets:

  

Tax credit carryforwards

   $ 1,300   

Net operating losses (NOL)

     22,795   

Environmental liabilities

     5,255   

Compensation and employee benefit liabilities

     4,481   

Property, plant and equipment

     70,007   

Other assets

     3,664   
  

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax assets

     107,502   

Less: Valuation allowance

     (88,444
  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

     19,058   
  

 

 

 

Deferred income tax liabilities:

  

Inventories

     (19,016

Other

     (42
  

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax liabilities

     (19,058
  

 

 

 

Net deferred income tax liabilities

   $   
  

 

 

 

 

The Business had the following income tax credit and loss carryforwards as of December 16, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     Amount      Expiration  

U.S. state NOL (gross amount)

   $ 389,651         2029 through 2030   

U.S. state credits

     2,000         2016 through 2017   

 

The Business recorded a valuation allowance as of December 16, 2010 due to uncertainties related to its ability to utilize some of its deferred income taxes, primarily consisting of certain state NOLs, state credits, and federal deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance was based on estimates of taxable income in the various jurisdictions in which the Business operated and the period over which deferred income taxes would be recoverable. The realization of net deferred income tax assets recorded as of December 16, 2010 was primarily dependent upon the ability of the Business to generate future taxable income in certain states. Because the Business was sold on December 17, 2010 and no gain was recognized from the sale, no future taxable income will be generated, and therefore the Business recorded a valuation allowance.

 

The following is a reconciliation of the change in unrecognized tax benefits, excluding the effect of related penalties and interest and the federal tax effect of state unrecognized tax benefits (in millions):

 

     Period from
January 1
through

December 16,
2010
    Year  Ended
December 31,
      2009      
 
    

Balance as of beginning of period

   $ 1,668      $ 2,234   

Reductions for tax positions related to prior years

     (510     (566
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of end of period

   $ 1,158      $ 1,668   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

10. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

In order to determine net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, net income (loss) was adjusted by, among other things, changes in current assets and current liabilities as follows (in thousands):

 

     Period from
January 1
through

December 16,
2010
    Year  Ended
December 31,
      2009      
 
    

Decrease (increase) in current assets:

    

Restricted cash

   $ (12,122   $   

Accounts receivable

     (110     (218

Inventories

     21,230        32,933   

Prepaid expenses

     412        (214

Increase (decrease) in current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

     (11,885     (30,982

Accrued expenses

     (6,140     8,026   

Taxes other than income taxes

     (48     (123

Income taxes payable

            (14,328
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in current assets and current liabilities

   $ (8,663   $ (4,906
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The above changes in current assets and current liabilities differ from changes between amounts reflected in the applicable balance sheets for the respective periods for the following reasons:

 

   

the amounts shown above exclude changes in cash, deferred income taxes, and current portion of capital lease obligation, and

 

   

amounts accrued for capital expenditures and deferred turnaround and catalyst costs were reflected in investing activities when such amounts were paid.

 

Cash flows related to income taxes and interest were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Period from
January 1
through

December 16,
2010
    Year  Ended
December 31,
      2009      
 
    

Income taxes paid, net of tax refunds received

   $ (39,492   $ (86,066

Interest paid (net of amount capitalized)

     7        9   

 

11. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Related-party transactions of the Business included the purchase of feedstocks by the Business from Valero, operating revenues received by the Business from its sales of refined products to Valero, and the allocation of insurance and security costs and certain general and administrative costs from Valero to the Business. Purchases of feedstock by the Business from Valero were recorded at the cost paid to third parties by Valero. Sales of refined products from the Business to Valero were recorded at intercompany transfer prices, which were market prices adjusted by quality, location, and other differentials on the date of the sale. General and administrative costs were charged by Valero to the Business based on management’s determination of such costs attributable to the operations of the Business. However, such related-party transactions cannot be presumed to be carried out on an arm’s length basis as the requisite conditions of competitive, free-market dealings may not exist. For purposes of these financial statements, payables and receivables related to transactions between the Business and Valero were included as a component of the net parent investment.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Business participated in the Parent’s centralized cash management program under which cash receipts and cash disbursements were processed through the Parent’s cash accounts with a corresponding credit or charge to an intercompany account. This intercompany account was included in the net parent investment.

 

As discussed above, Valero provided the Business with certain general and administrative services, including the centralized corporate functions of legal, accounting, treasury, environmental, engineering, information technology, and human resources. For these services, Valero charged the Business a portion of its total general and administrative expenses incurred in the U.S. The general and administrative expenses represented the amount of such costs allocated to the Business for the periods presented, with this allocation based on investments in property, operating revenues, and payroll expenses. Management believed that the amount of general and administrative expenses allocated to the Business was a reasonable approximation of the costs related to the Business.

 

The following table summarizes the related-party transactions of the Business (in thousands):

 

     Period from
January 1
through

December 16,
2010
     Year Ended
December 31,

    2009    
 
     

Revenues.

   $ 4,708,989       $ 3,549,517   

Cost of sales

     4,485,451         3,412,896   

Operating expenses

     3,071         3,542   

General and administrative expenses

     14,606         15,594   

 

F-59


Table of Contents

RE PORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

 

To the Board of Directors of

Sunoco, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed of the Toledo Refinery (the Toledo, Ohio manufacturing complex of Sunoco, Inc. (R&M) as described in Note 1) as of December 31, 2010 and the related statements of revenues and direct expenses for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2010. These statements are the responsibility of Sunoco, Inc. (R&M)’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Toledo Refinery’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Toledo Refinery’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

As described in Note 1, the accompanying statements reflect the assets acquired and liabilities assumed pursuant to the sales agreement between Sunoco, Inc. (R&M) and Toledo Refining Company LLC dated December 1, 2010 and the revenues and direct expenses of the Toledo Refinery, and are not intended to be a complete presentation of the Toledo Refinery’s financial position or results of operations.

 

In our opinion, the statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed of the Toledo Refinery at December 31, 2010 and the statements of revenues and direct expenses for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

/s/    Ernst & Young LLP

 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

September 12, 2011

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Toledo Refinery

 

Statements of Revenues and Direct Expenses

(Thousands of Dollars)

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2010     2009  

Revenues

    

Sales and other operating revenue

    

(including consumer excise taxes):

    

Unaffiliated customers

   $ 3,594,463      $ 2,784,251   

Affiliated customers

     2,067,599        1,560,220   

Other losses, net

     (690     (3,980
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     5,661,372        4,340,491   

Direct Expenses

    

Cost of products sold

     4,992,219        3,759,672   

Operating expenses

     198,963        217,687   

Consumer excise taxes

     330,328        342,422   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     29,836        28,204   

Depreciation and amortization

     60,446        45,364   

Provision for asset write-downs and other matters

     3,578        17,864   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     5,615,370        4,411,213   

Revenues in excess of (less than) direct expenses

   $ 46,002      $ (70,722
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(See Accompanying Notes)

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Toledo Refinery

 

Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed

(Thousands of Dollars)

 

     At December 31,  
     2010  

Assets Acquired:

  

Inventories

   $ 60,890   

Property, plant, and equipment, net

     866,628   

Deferred charges and other assets

     4,091   
  

 

 

 

Total Assets Acquired

   $ 931,609   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities Assumed:

  

Liabilities associated with vacation accrual

   $ 3,013   

Asset retirement obligations

     4,374   
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities Assumed

   $ 7,387   
  

 

 

 

 

(See Accompanying Notes)

 

F-62


Table of Contents

TOLEDO REFINERY

 

NOTES TO THE STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED AND

THE RELATED STATEMENTS OF REVENUES AND DIRECT EXPENSES

 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Description of Business

 

The accompanying statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and the related statements of revenues and direct expenses consist of the accounts of and related-party allocations to the Toledo Refinery (the “Refinery”), a 170 thousand barrel per day refining and manufacturing complex located in Toledo, Ohio. On March 1, 2011, Sunoco, Inc. (R&M), a wholly owned subsidiary of Sunoco, Inc. (collectively, “Sunoco”) completed the sale of the Refinery to Toledo Refining Company LLC (“TRC”) a wholly owned subsidiary of PBF Holding Company LLC. Sunoco received net proceeds of $1,037,224 thousand consisting of $545,766 thousand in cash at closing, a $200,000 thousand two-year note receivable, and a $285,199 thousand note receivable and $6,259 thousand in cash related to working capital adjustments subsequent to closing which were both paid in May 2011. In addition, the sale also includes a participation payment of up to $125,000 thousand based on the future profitability of the Refinery. Sunoco has not recorded any amount related to the contingent consideration in accordance with its accounting policy election on such amounts. The sale consisted primarily of property, plant, and equipment and related crude and refined product inventories. The $200,000 thousand two-year note receivable is secured by the long-lived Refinery assets included in the sale.

 

In its current configuration, the Refinery processes sweet crude oils to manufacture petroleum and chemical products which are generally sold to wholesale and industrial customers.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and the related statements of revenues and direct expenses reflect historical cost-basis amounts of the Refinery and include charges from Sunoco for direct costs and allocations of corporate overhead. The Refinery utilized certain shared resources of Sunoco prior to the sale to TRC. As such, for the purposes of preparing these statements, Sunoco made certain allocations to the Refinery. While the basis of these allocations was considered reasonable by Sunoco, actual amounts incurred by the Refinery could differ significantly if the Refinery were operated on a stand-alone basis and/or by another party. The financial information included herein may not necessarily reflect what the assets acquired and liabilities assumed of the Refinery would have been if the Refinery had been a separate stand-alone entity during the periods presented.

 

The statements of revenues and direct expenses reflect revenue and related direct expenses specifically identified to the Refinery and therefore exclude certain other items such as interest income, interest expense and income taxes which are not directly related to the Refinery. The statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed includes only items which are being acquired or assumed by TRC pursuant to the sales agreement between Sunoco, Inc. (R&M) and TRC dated December 1, 2010. As such, it excludes certain assets and liabilities associated with the Refinery such as accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, retirement liabilities and deferred taxes. In addition, as this financial information is not intended to represent the Refinery’s complete financial position and results of operations for the periods presented, it does not include statements of cash flows or changes in equity or all disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and the related statements of revenues and direct expenses were derived from the accounts of Sunoco. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in these statements. Actual amounts and results could differ from these estimates.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

TOLEDO REFINERY

 

NOTES TO THE STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED AND

THE RELATED STATEMENTS OF REVENUES AND DIRECT EXPENSES—(Continued)

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Refinery sells various refined products (including gasoline, middle distillates and petrochemicals) and unfinished product streams.

 

Revenues related to the sale of these items are recognized when title passes. Title passage generally occurs when products are shipped or delivered in accordance with the terms of the respective sales agreements. In addition, revenues are not recognized until sales prices are fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.

 

Consumer excise taxes on sales of refined products are included in both revenues and direct expenses, with no effect on revenues in excess of (less than) direct expenses.

 

Shipping and Handling Costs

 

Shipping and handling costs charged to customers are included in sales and other operating revenue in the statements of revenues and direct expenses. Shipping and handling costs incurred by the Refinery are included in cost of products sold in the statements of revenues and direct expenses.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Crude oil and refined product inventories reflect an allocation to the Refinery of the Refinery’s share of Sunoco’s crude oil and refined product inventories, the cost of which has been determined using the last-in, first-out method (“LIFO”). Under this allocation methodology, cost of products sold includes the actual crude oil and refined product acquisition costs of the Refinery. Such costs are adjusted to reflect actual increases or decreases in crude oil and refined product inventory quantities of the Refinery, which are valued based on the changes in Sunoco’s LIFO inventory layers during the respective year. The cost of materials, supplies and other inventories is determined using principally the average cost method.

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. These amounts exclude interest costs that were capitalized by Sunoco as all such financing was carried out on a Sunoco consolidated basis. Additions to property, plant and equipment, including replacements and improvements, are recorded at cost. Normal repair and maintenance expenditures are charged to expense as incurred. Refinery assets are generally depreciated using the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the related assets. While the useful lives of all depreciable assets range from 3 to 25 years, the useful lives of production assets are principally 25 years. The Refinery, including all assets acquired and liabilities assumed by TRC with the sale, was classified as an asset held for sale in Sunoco’s consolidated financial statements as of December 1, 2010. In connection therewith, depreciation and amortization expense of $5,641 thousand was not recognized in December 2010 in accordance with accounting guidance related to assets held for sale.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

Long-lived assets, other than those held for sale, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. An asset is considered to be impaired when the undiscounted estimated net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset are less than its carrying amount. The impairment recognized is the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the impaired asset.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

TOLEDO REFINERY

 

NOTES TO THE STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED AND

THE RELATED STATEMENTS OF REVENUES AND DIRECT EXPENSES—(Continued)

 

A decision to dispose of an asset may necessitate an impairment review. If the criteria of assets held for sale are met, an impairment would be recognized for any excess of the aggregate carrying amount of assets and liabilities included in the disposal group over their fair value less cost to sell. The Refinery, including long-lived assets, crude oil, refined product and materials and supplies inventories and goodwill, were classified as held for sale in Sunoco’s consolidated financial statements effective December 1, 2010. The aggregate fair value less cost to sell exceeded the related carrying amount of the disposal group and, as a result, no impairment was recognized.

 

Environmental Remediation

 

The Refinery accrues environmental remediation costs for work where an assessment has indicated that cleanup costs are probable and reasonably estimable. Such accruals are undiscounted and are based on currently available information, estimated timing of remedial actions and related inflation assumptions, existing technology and presently enacted laws and regulations. If a range of probable environmental cleanup costs exists, the minimum of the range is accrued unless some other point in the range is more likely in which case the most likely amount in the range is accrued.

 

Maintenance Shutdowns

 

Maintenance and repair costs in excess of $500 thousand incurred in connection with major maintenance shutdowns are capitalized when incurred and amortized over the period benefited by the maintenance activities.

 

Asset Retirement Obligations

 

The Refinery establishes accruals for the fair value of conditional asset retirement obligations (i.e., legal obligations to perform asset retirement activities in which the timing and/or method of settlement are conditional on a future event that may or may not be within the control of the entity) if the fair value can be reasonably estimated. The Refinery has additional legal asset retirement obligations for which it is not possible to estimate when such obligations will be settled. Consequently, the retirement obligations for these assets cannot be measured at this time.

 

2. Related Party Transactions

 

Cash Management

 

The Refinery is part of Sunoco’s centralized cash management system whereby all cash receipts are transferred to, and all cash disbursements are funded by, Sunoco through the net parent investment account. There are no interest charges or other fees attributable to this activity.

 

Sales to Related Parties

 

The Refinery sells finished refined products and unfinished product streams to affiliated refineries and the marketing business of Sunoco. The Refinery also sells chemical products to Sun Petrochemicals Company, an unconsolidated marketing joint venture between Sunoco, Inc. (R&M) and Suncor, Inc.

 

Crude Oil and Refined Product Purchases

 

The Refinery purchases all of its crude oil and refined products (purchased for sale or use as feedstocks) from Sunoco. Crude oil purchases for the years 2010 and 2009 amounted to $4,220,687 and $2,696,754

 

F-65


Table of Contents

TOLEDO REFINERY

 

NOTES TO THE STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED AND

THE RELATED STATEMENTS OF REVENUES AND DIRECT EXPENSES—(Continued)

 

thousand, respectively. Refined product purchases for the years 2010 and 2009, including purchases of product refined by Sunoco, amounted to $524,322 and $814,552 thousand, respectively. These expenses are included in cost of products sold in the statements of revenues and direct expenses. Crude oil and refined product acquisition costs are adjusted to reflect actual increases or decreases in crude oil and refined product inventory quantities for the Refinery, which are valued based on the changes in Sunoco’s LIFO inventory layers during each respective year.

 

Transportation and Terminalling Expenses

 

In 2002, Sunoco entered into a pipelines and terminals storage and throughput agreement and various other agreements with Sunoco Logistics Partners L.P., a master limited partnership (“Sunoco Logistics”). Sunoco had a 31% interest, including a 2% interest as the sole general partner, at December 31, 2010. Under these agreements, Sunoco Logistics charges fees for services provided that, in Sunoco management’s opinion, are comparable to those charged in arm’s-length, third-party transactions.

 

All crude oil is received into the Refinery via pipelines owned and operated by Sunoco Logistics. Crude oil transportation expenses are included in the total crude oil costs in the amounts paid to Sunoco as described above. Charges to the Refinery for services provided by Sunoco Logistics related to terminalling services for 2010 and 2009 amounted to $5,803 and $6,358 thousand, respectively. These expenses are included in cost of products sold in the statements of revenues and direct expenses.

 

Employee Costs and Other Allocated Expenses

 

Employees who either work at the Refinery or work primarily to support the Refinery participate in certain Sunoco incentive compensation and employee benefit plans. These include performance-based compensation plans, non-contributory defined benefit retirement plans, defined contribution 401(k) plans, employee and retiree medical, dental and life insurance plans and other such benefits. The Refinery’s share of allocated Sunoco incentive compensation and employee benefit plan expenses for these employees amounted to $11,644 and $17,119 thousand in 2010 and 2009, respectively. Such expenses are primarily allocated by payroll costs. These expenses are reflected in cost of products sold in the statements of revenues and direct expenses.

 

Costs and expenses in the statements of revenues and direct expenses include costs allocated by Sunoco to the Refinery for the years 2010 and 2009 totaling $33,734 and $30,880 thousand, respectively. These expenses include costs of centralized refining functions including crude acquisition, product distribution and optimization, as well as corporate functions used to support Sunoco’s refining operations, including legal, accounting, treasury, engineering, information technology, insurance and other corporate services. Such charges by Sunoco, if not separately determinable, are primarily allocated to each of Sunoco’s refineries based on the proportional crude run capacity at each refinery.

 

3. Provision for Asset Write-Downs and Other Matters

 

In 2009, Sunoco management implemented a business improvement initiative to reduce costs and improve business processes. In connection therewith, the Refinery recorded a $7,197 thousand provision for pension and postretirement settlement and curtailment losses, employee terminations and other related costs. In 2010, the Refinery recorded an additional $3,578 thousand provision primarily for pension settlement losses.

 

During 2009, the Refinery also recorded a $10,667 thousand provision in connection with Sunoco’s decision to discontinue certain capital projects.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

TOLEDO REFINERY

 

NOTES TO THE STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED AND

THE RELATED STATEMENTS OF REVENUES AND DIRECT EXPENSES—(Continued)

 

4. Inventories

 

The components of inventories were as follows (in thousands of dollars):

 

     December 31,  
     2010  

Crude oil

   $ 37,051   

Petroleum products

     12,061   

Materials, supplies and other

     11,778   
  

 

 

 
   $ 60,890   
  

 

 

 

 

The current replacement cost of all inventories valued at LIFO exceeded their carrying value by $650,549 thousand at December 31, 2010. Average crude oil acquisition costs were $81 and $63 per barrel for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increase (decrease) in crude oil inventory quantities were 433 and (811) thousand barrels for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, which were valued at the cost of Sunoco’s consolidated LIFO crude oil inventory change of $34 per barrel for each of 2010 and 2009. If the cost of the crude oil inventory change had been equal to the average crude oil acquisition costs for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, cost of products sold would have increased (decreased) by ($20,351) and $23,519 thousand, respectively. Average third party refined products acquisition costs were $89 and $71 per barrel for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increase (decrease) in refined products inventory quantities were (59) and 66 thousand barrels for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, which were valued at the cost of Sunoco’s consolidated LIFO refined products inventory change of $5 and $39 per barrel for the respective years. If the cost of the refined products inventory change had been equal to the average third party refined products acquisition costs for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, cost of products sold would have increased (decreased) by $4,956 and ($2,112) thousand, respectively.

 

5. Property, Plant and Equipment

 

The components of property, plant and equipment were as follows (in thousands of dollars):

 

     December 31,  
     2010  

Land and land improvements

   $ 2,268   

Plant, equipment and other

     1,249,569   

Construction-in-progress

     12,252   
  

 

 

 
     1,264,089   

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (397,461
  

 

 

 
   $ 866,628
  

 

 

 

 

  *   Includes unamortized capital maintenance shutdown costs of $56,690 thousand at December 31, 2010.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

TOLEDO REFINERY

 

NOTES TO THE STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED AND

THE RELATED STATEMENTS OF REVENUES AND DIRECT EXPENSES—(Continued)

 

6. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

 

Leases and Other Commitments

 

The Refinery, as lessee, has noncancelable operating leases for a variety of machinery and equipment. Total rental expense for 2010 and 2009 amounted to $971 and $1,817 thousand, respectively.

 

Sunoco is a party under an agreement which provides for future payments to secure wastewater treatment services at the Refinery.

 

The fixed and determinable amounts of the obligation under this agreement are as follows (in thousands of dollars):

 

Year ending December 31:

  

2011

   $ 4,069   

2012

     4,069   

2013

     4,069   

2014

     4,069   

2015

     4,069   

2016 through 2018

     10,172   
  

 

 

 

Total

     30,517   

Less: Amount representing interest

     (6,696
  

 

 

 
   $ 23,821   
  

 

 

 

 

Payments under these agreements, including variable components, totaled $11,512 and $11,710 thousand for the years 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

Environmental Remediation Activities

 

The Refinery is subject to extensive and frequently changing federal, state and local laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, those relating to the discharge of materials into the environment or that otherwise relate to the protection of the environment, waste management and the characteristics and compositions of fuels. As with the industry generally, compliance with existing and anticipated laws and regulations increases the overall cost of operating the Refinery, including remediation, operating costs and capital costs to construct, maintain and upgrade equipment and facilities.

 

Charges for environmental remediation totaled $268 and $404 thousand in 2010 and 2009, respectively and are included in operating expenses in the statements of revenues and direct expenses.

 

The Refinery’s expenses for environmental remediation activities reflect management’s estimates of the most likely costs that will be incurred over an extended period to remediate identified conditions for which the costs are both probable and reasonably estimable. Engineering studies, historical experience and other factors are used to identify and evaluate remediation alternatives and their related costs in determining the estimated expenses for environmental remediation activities. Losses attributable to unasserted claims are also reflected in the expenses to the extent they are probable of occurrence and reasonably estimable.

 

Total future costs for environmental remediation activities identified above will depend upon, among other things, the determination of the extent of the contamination at the Refinery, the timing and nature of required

 

F-68


Table of Contents

TOLEDO REFINERY

 

NOTES TO THE STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED AND

THE RELATED STATEMENTS OF REVENUES AND DIRECT EXPENSES—(Continued)

 

remedial actions, the technology available and needed to meet the various existing legal requirements, the availability of insurance coverage, the nature and extent of future environmental laws and regulations and inflation rates. Management believes it is reasonably possible (i.e., less than probable but greater than remote) that additional environmental remediation losses will be incurred. At December 31, 2010, the aggregate of the estimated additional reasonably possible losses totaled approximately $3,100 thousand. Furthermore, the recognition of additional losses, if and when they were to occur, would likely extend over many years and, therefore, likely would not have a material impact on the Refinery’s financial position.

 

Under various environmental laws, including the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”) (which relates to solid and hazardous waste treatment, storage and disposal), the Refinery has initiated corrective remedial action. The Refinery has consistently assumed continued industrial use and a containment/remediation strategy focused on eliminating unacceptable risks to human health or the environment. The remediation expenses reflect that strategy. Expenses include amounts to prevent off-site migration and to contain the impact on the facility property, as well as to address known, discrete areas requiring remediation within the Refinery. Activities include closure of RCRA solid waste management units, recovery of hydrocarbons, handling of impacted soil, mitigation of surface water impacts and prevention of off-site migration.

 

Conclusion

 

The Refinery is a party to certain pending and threatened claims. Although the ultimate outcome of these claims cannot be ascertained at this time, it is reasonably possible that some portion of them could be resolved unfavorably. Management believes that these matters could have a significant impact on results of operations for any future quarter or year. However, management does not believe that any expenses which may arise pertaining to such matters would be material in relation to the financial position of the Refinery at December 31, 2010.

 

7. Subsequent Events

 

Subsequent events have been evaluated through September 12, 2011, the date the statements were available to be issued.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

             Shares

 

PBF ENERGY INC.

 

Class A Common Stock

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Citigroup

Morgan Stanley

Credit Suisse

Deutsche Bank Securities

 

 

 

UBS Investment Bank

 

Through and including                     , 2012 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

The following table sets forth the expenses incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered under this Registration Statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. All amounts, except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee, the New York Stock Exchange Listing fee and the Transfer Agent fee, are estimated. All amounts will be paid by the Registrant:

 

Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee

   $ 11,460.00   

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Filing Fee

   $ 10,500.00   

New York Stock Exchange Listing Fee

   $             

Transfer Agent Fee

   $             

Blue Sky Fee

   $             

Printing and Engraving

   $             

Legal Fees and Expenses

   $             

Accounting Fees and Expenses

   $             

Miscellaneous

   $             

Total

   $             
  

 

 

 

 

  *   To be filed by amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Section 102 of the DGCL allows a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors to a corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of a fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase or redemption in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit.

 

Section 145 of the DGCL empowers a Delaware corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify directors, officers, employees and other agents of such corporation in an action by or in the right of a corporation under the same conditions against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense and settlement of such action or suit, except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the person to be indemnified has been adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where a present or former director or officer of the corporation is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to above or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the corporation must indemnify such person against the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which he or she actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption, may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time, may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered into the books containing the minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

 

The Registrant’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws contains provisions that provide for indemnification of officers and directors and their heirs and representatives to the full extent permitted by, and in the manner permissible under, the DGCL.

 

As permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, the Registrant’s certificate of incorporation contains a provision eliminating the personal liability of a director to the Registrant or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, subject to some exceptions.

 

The Registrant maintains, at its expense, a policy of insurance which insures its directors and officers, subject to exclusions and deductions as are usual in these kinds of insurance policies, against specified liabilities which may be incurred in those capacities.

 

The Registrant has entered into an indemnification agreement with each of its directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements supplement existing indemnification provisions in the Registrant’s bylaws and in it the Registrant agrees, subject to certain exceptions, to the fullest extent then permitted by the DGCL, (1) to indemnify the director or executive officer and (2) to pay expenses incurred by the director or executive officer in any proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, with the primary purpose of the agreements being to provide specific contractual assurances to the Registrant’s directors and executive officers in respect of these indemnification protections which could not be altered by future changes to the Registrant’s current bylaw indemnification provisions.

 

The underwriting agreement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors, and by us of the underwriters, for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise in connection with this offering.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

On November 9, 2011, the Registrant issued 100 shares of the Registrant’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, to PBF LLC for $100.00. The issuance of such shares of common stock was not registered under the Securities Act, because the shares were offered and sold in a transaction exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) Exhibits.

 

Number

    

Description

    1.1*       Underwriting Agreement
    3.1*       Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of PBF Energy Inc.
    3.2*       Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of PBF Energy Inc.
    4.1*       Form of Registration Rights Agreement
    4.2       Indenture, dated as of February 9, 2012, among PBF Holding Company LLC, PBF Finance Corporation, the Guarantors party thereto, Wilmington Trust, National Association and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
    5.1*       Opinion of Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Number

    

Description

  10.1†**       Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 7, 2010, by and among The Premcor Refining Group Inc., The Premcor Pipeline Co., Delaware City Refining Company LLC and Delaware Pipeline Company LLC, as amended
  10.2†**       Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 24, 2010, by and between Valero Refining and Marketing Company and PBF Holding Company LLC, as amended as of November 29, 2010 and December 17, 2010
  10.3†**       Asset Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2010, by and between Toledo Refining Company, LLC and Sunoco, Inc. (R&M), as amended as of January 18, 2011, February 15, 2011 and February 28, 2011
  10.4†**       Offtake Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2011, by and between Toledo Refining Company LLC and Sunoco, Inc. (R&M)
  10.4.1       Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2012, by and between Toledo Refining Company LLC, PBF Holding Company LLC, and Sunoco, Inc. (R&M)
  10.5†**       Products Offtake Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2010, by and between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. and PBF Holding Company LLC
  10.6†**       Products Offtake Agreement, dated as of April 7, 2011, by and between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. and Delaware City Refining Company LLC
  10.7†       Crude Oil Acquisition Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2011, by and between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. and Toledo Refining Company LLC (superseded by Exhibit 10.23, Amended and Restated Crude Oil Acquisition Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2012, by and between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. and PBF Holding Company LLC)
  10.8†       Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement, effective as of April 7, 2011, by and between Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc. and Delaware City Refining Company LLC, as amended as of July 29, 2011
  10.9†       Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement, effective as of December 16, 2010, by and between Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc. and PBF Holding Company LLC, as amended as of January 7, 2011, April 26, 2011 and July 28, 2011
  10.10       Second Amended and Restated Letter of Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2012, by and among PBF Holding Company LLC, Paulsboro Refining Company LLC, Delaware City Refining Company LLC and BNP Paribas (Suisse) SA
  10.11**       Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of May 31, 2011, among PBF Holding Company LLC, Delaware City Refining Company LLC, Paulsboro Refining Company LLC and Toledo Refining Company LLC, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent and Co-Collateral Agent, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Co-Collateral Agent, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of January 20, 2012
  10.11.1       Amendment No. 2 and Increase Joinder Agreement to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of March 13, 2012
  10.12*       Form of Employment Agreement between PBF Investments LLC and Thomas D. O’Malley
  10.13*       Form of Employment Agreement between PBF Investments LLC and Thomas J. Nimbley
  10.14*       Form of Employment Agreement between PBF Investments LLC and Matthew C. Lucey
  10.15*       Form of Employment Agreement between PBF Investments LLC and Donald F. Lucey
  10.16*       Form of Employment Agreement between PBF Investments LLC and Michael D. Gayda
  10.17*       Form of Warrant and Purchase Agreement between PBF Energy Company LLC and the officers party thereto
  10.18*       Form of Indemnification Agreement between PBF Energy Inc. and each of the executive officers and directors of PBF Energy Inc.
  10.19*       Form of Indemnification Agreement between PBF Energy Company LLC and each of the officers party thereto
  10.20*       Form of Tax Receivable Agreement
  10.21*       Form of Exchange Agreement

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Number

   

Description

  10.22*      Form of Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of PBF Energy Company LLC
  10.23†      Amended and Restated Crude Oil Acquisition Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2012, by and between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. and PBF Holding Company LLC
  21.1**      Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23.1      Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
  23.2      Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
  23.3      Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
  23.4      Consent of KPMG LLP
  23.5*      Consent of Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  24.1**      Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

 

  *   To be filed by amendment.
  **   Previously filed.
    Portions of this exhibit were omitted and have been filed separately with the Secretary of the SEC pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under Rule 406 of the Securities Act.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

 

See the Index to Financial Statements included on page F-1 for a list of the financial statements included in this registration statement.

 

All schedules not identified above have been omitted because they are not required, are not applicable or the information is included in the selected consolidated financial data or notes contained in this registration statement.

 

Item 17. Undertakings

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

 

(a)(1) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act, shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective;

 

(2) for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

 

(b) the undersigned will provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Township of Parsippany-Troy Hills, State of New Jersey, on May 14, 2012.

 

PBF ENERGY INC.
By:   /s/ Jeffrey Dill
Name:   Jeffrey Dill
Title:   Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated, on May 14, 2012.

 

Signature

  

Title

*

Thomas J. Nimbley

   Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

*

Matthew C. Lucey

   Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

*

Karen B. Davis

   Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

*

Thomas D. O’Malley

   Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors

*

Jefferson F. Allen

  

Director

*

Martin J. Brand

  

Director

*

Timothy H. Day

  

Director

*

David I. Foley

  

Director

*

Dennis Houston

  

Director

*

Neil A. Wizel

  

Director

*By:

  

 

/s/ Jeffrey Dill

Jeffrey Dill

  

Attorney-in-fact for the persons indicated

 

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

    

Description

    1.1*       Underwriting Agreement
    3.1*       Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of PBF Energy Inc.
    3.2*       Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of PBF Energy Inc.
    4.1*       Form of Registration Rights Agreement
    4.2       Indenture, dated as of February 9, 2012, among PBF Holding Company LLC, PBF Finance Corporation, the Guarantors party thereto, Wilmington Trust, National Association and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
    5.1*       Opinion of Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP
  10.1†**       Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 7, 2010, by and among The Premcor Refining Group Inc., The Premcor Pipeline Co., Delaware City Refining Company LLC and Delaware Pipeline Company LLC, as amended
  10.2†**       Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 24, 2010, by and between Valero Refining and Marketing Company and PBF Holding Company LLC, as amended as of November 29, 2010 and December 17, 2010
  10.3†**       Asset Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2010, by and between Toledo Refining Company, LLC and Sunoco, Inc. (R&M), as amended as of January 18, 2011, February 15, 2011 and February 28, 2011
  10.4†**       Offtake Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2011, by and between Toledo Refining Company LLC and Sunoco, Inc. (R&M)
  10.4.1       Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2012, by and between Toledo Refining Company LLC, PBF Holding Company LLC, and Sunoco, Inc. (R&M)
  10.5†**       Products Offtake Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2010, by and between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. and PBF Holding Company LLC
  10.6†**       Products Offtake Agreement, dated as of April 7, 2011, by and between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. and Delaware City Refining Company LLC
  10.7†       Crude Oil Acquisition Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2011, by and between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. and Toledo Refining Company LLC (superseded by Exhibit 10.23, Amended and Restated Crude Oil Acquisition Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2012, by and between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. and PBF Holding Company LLC)
  10.8†       Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement, effective as of April 7, 2011, by and between Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc. and Delaware City Refining Company LLC, as amended as of July 29, 2011
  10.9†       Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement, effective as of December 16, 2010, by and between Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc. and PBF Holding Company LLC, amended as of January 7, 2011, April 26, 2011 and July 28, 2011
  10.10       Second Amended and Restated Letter of Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2012, by and among PBF Holding Company LLC, Paulsboro Refining Company LLC, Delaware City Refining Company LLC and BNP Paribas (Suisse) SA
  10.11**       Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of May 31, 2011, among PBF Holding Company LLC, Delaware City Refining Company LLC, Paulsboro Refining Company LLC and Toledo Refining Company LLC, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent and Co-Collateral Agent, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Co-Collateral Agent, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of January 20, 2012
  10.11.1       Amendment No. 2 and Increase Joinder Agreement to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of March 13, 2012


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

    

Description

  10.12*       Form of Employment Agreement between PBF Investments LLC and Thomas D. O’Malley
  10.13*       Form of Employment Agreement between PBF Investments LLC and Thomas J. Nimbley
  10.14*       Form of Employment Agreement between PBF Investments LLC and Matthew C. Lucey
  10.15*       Form of Employment Agreement between PBF Investments LLC and Donald F. Lucey
  10.16*       Form of Employment Agreement between PBF Investments LLC and Michael D. Gayda
  10.17*       Form of Warrant and Purchase Agreement between PBF Energy Company LLC and the officers party thereto
  10.18*       Form of Indemnification Agreement between PBF Energy Inc. and each of the executive officers and directors of PBF Energy Inc.
  10.19*       Form of Indemnification Agreement between PBF Energy Company LLC and each of the officers party thereto
  10.20*       Form of Tax Receivable Agreement
  10.21*       Form of Exchange Agreement
  10.22*       Form of Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of PBF Energy Company LLC
  10.23†       Amended and Restated Crude Oil Acquisition Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2012, by and between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. and PBF Holding Company LLC
  21.1**       Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23.1       Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
  23.2       Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
  23.3       Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
  23.4       Consent of KPMG LLP
  23.5*         Consent of Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  24.1**       Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

 

  *   To be filed by amendment.
  **   Previously filed.
    Portions of this exhibit were omitted and have been filed separately with the Secretary of the SEC pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under Rule 406 of the Securities Act.

Exhibit 4.2

Execution Version

 

 

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of February 9, 2012

Among

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC,

PBF FINANCE CORPORATION,

THE GUARANTORS NAMED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO,

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

and

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Paying Agent, Registrar, Transfer Agent, Authenticating Agent and Notes Collateral Agent

8.25% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2020

 

 

 


CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

 

Trust Indenture Act Section

   Indenture Section

310(a)(1)

   7.10

      (a)(2)

   7.10

      (a)(3)

   N.A.

      (a)(4)

   N.A.

      (a)(5)

   7.10

      (b)

   7.10

      (c)

   N.A.

311(a)

   7.11

      (b)

   7.11

      (c)

   N.A.

312(a)

   2.05

      (b)

   13.03

      (c)

   13.03

313(a)

   7.06

      (b)(1)

   N.A.

      (b)(2)

   7.06; 7.07

      (c)

   7.06; 13.02

      (d)

   7.06

314(a)

   4.03; 13.02; 13.05

      (b)

   12.07

      (c)(1)

   13.4

      (c)(2)

   13.04

      (c)(3)

   N.A.

      (d)

   12.07

      (e)

   13.05

      (f)

   N.A.

315(a)

   7.01

      (b)

   7.05; 13.02

      (c)

   7.01

      (d)

   7.01

      (e)

   6.14

316(a)(last sentence)

   2.09

      (a)(1)(A)

   6.05

      (a)(1)(B)

   6.04

      (a)(2)

   N.A.

      (b)

   6.07

      (c)

   2.12; 9.04

317(a)(1)

   6.08

      (a)(2)

   6.12

      (b)

   2.04

318(a)

   13.01

      (b)

   N.A.

      (c)

   13.01

N.A. means not applicable.

* This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I   
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE   

Section 1.01

  Definitions      1   

Section 1.02

  Other Definitions      41   

Section 1.03

  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act      41   

Section 1.04

  Rules of Construction      42   

Section 1.05

  Acts of Holders      42   
ARTICLE II   
THE NOTES   

Section 2.01

  Form and Dating; Terms      44   

Section 2.02

  Execution and Authentication      45   

Section 2.03

  Registrar and Paying Agent      46   

Section 2.04

  Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust      46   

Section 2.05

  Holder Lists      46   

Section 2.06

  Transfer and Exchange      47   

Section 2.07

  Replacement Notes      58   

Section 2.08

  Outstanding Notes      58   

Section 2.09

  Treasury Notes      59   

Section 2.10

  Temporary Notes      59   

Section 2.11

  Cancellation      59   

Section 2.12

  Defaulted Interest      59   

Section 2.13

  CUSIP and ISIN Numbers      60   
ARTICLE III   
REDEMPTION   

Section 3.01

  Notices to Trustee      60   

Section 3.02

  Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased      60   

Section 3.03

  Notice of Redemption      61   

Section 3.04

  Effect of Notice of Redemption      62   

Section 3.05

  Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price      62   

Section 3.06

  Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part      62   

Section 3.07

  Optional Redemption      62   

Section 3.08

  Mandatory Redemption      63   

Section 3.09

  Asset Sales of Collateral      63   

Section 3.10

  Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds      65   

 

-i-


         Page  
ARTICLE IV   
COVENANTS   

Section 4.01

  Payment of Notes      67   

Section 4.02

  Maintenance of Office or Agency      68   

Section 4.03

  Reports and Other Information      68   

Section 4.04

  Compliance Certificate      70   

Section 4.05

  Taxes      70   

Section 4.06

  Stay, Extension and Usury Laws      70   

Section 4.07

  Limitation on Restricted Payments      71   

Section 4.08

  Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries      78   

Section 4.09

  Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock      79   

Section 4.10

  Asset Sales      85   

Section 4.11

  Transactions with Affiliates      89   

Section 4.12

  Liens      91   

Section 4.13

  Corporate Existence      92   

Section 4.14

  Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control      92   

Section 4.15

  Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries      94   

Section 4.16

  Discharge and Suspension of Covenants      95   

Section 4.17

  Covenant Substitution on and Release of Collateral when Notes Rated Investment Grade      95   

Section 4.18

  Limitations on Activities of Finance Co      96   

Section 4.19

  After-Acquired Collateral and Post-Closing Obligations      96   

Section 4.20

  Future Guarantees      97   

Section 4.21

  Maintenance of Properties      98   

Section 4.22

  Other Documents      98   
ARTICLE V   
SUCCESSORS   

Section 5.01

  Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets      99   

Section 5.02

  Successor Corporation Substituted      101   
ARTICLE VI   
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES   

Section 6.01

  Events of Default      102   

Section 6.02

  Acceleration      104   

Section 6.03

  Other Remedies      105   

Section 6.04

  Waiver of Past Defaults      105   

Section 6.05

  Control by Majority      105   

Section 6.06

  Limitation on Suits      105   

Section 6.07

  Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment      106   

Section 6.08

  Collection Suit by Trustee      106   

Section 6.09

  Restoration of Rights and Remedies      106   

Section 6.10

  Rights and Remedies Cumulative      106   

 

-ii-


         Page  
Section 6.11  

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

     106   

Section 6.12

  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim      107   

Section 6.13

  Priorities      107   

Section 6.14

  Undertaking for Costs      108   
ARTICLE VII   
TRUSTEE   

Section 7.01

  Duties of Trustee      108   

Section 7.02

  Rights of Trustee      109   

Section 7.03

  Individual Rights of Trustee      110   

Section 7.04

  Trustee’s Disclaimer      110   

Section 7.05

  Notice of Defaults      110   

Section 7.06

  Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes      111   

Section 7.07

  Compensation and Indemnity      111   

Section 7.08

  Replacement of Trustee      112   

Section 7.09

  Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc      113   

Section 7.10

  Eligibility; Disqualification      113   

Section 7.11

  Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers      113   

Section 7.12

  No Bonds Required      113   

Section 7.13

  Special, Punitive, Indirect or Consequential Damages      113   

Section 7.14

  Patriot Act      113   
ARTICLE VIII   
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE   

Section 8.01

  Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance      114   

Section 8.02

  Legal Defeasance and Discharge      114   

Section 8.03

  Covenant Defeasance      114   

Section 8.04

  Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance      115   

Section 8.05

  Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions      116   

Section 8.06

  Repayment to Issuers      117   

Section 8.07

  Reinstatement      117   
ARTICLE IX   
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER   

Section 9.01

  Without Consent of Holders of Notes      117   

Section 9.02

  With Consent of Holders of Notes      119   

Section 9.03

  Compliance with Trust Indenture Act      120   

Section 9.04

  Revocation and Effect of Consents      120   

Section 9.05

  Notation on or Exchange of Notes      121   

Section 9.06

  Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc      121   

Section 9.07

  Payment for Consent      121   

 

-iii-


         Page  
ARTICLE X   
GUARANTEES   

Section 10.01

  Guarantee      122   

Section 10.02

  Limitation on Guarantor Liability      123   

Section 10.03

  Execution and Delivery      123   

Section 10.04

  Subrogation      124   

Section 10.05

  Benefits Acknowledged      124   

Section 10.06

  Release of Guarantees      124   
ARTICLE XI   
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE   

Section 11.01

  Satisfaction and Discharge      125   

Section 11.02

  Application of Trust Money      126   
ARTICLE XII   
COLLATERAL   

Section 12.01

  Security Documents      126   

Section 12.02

  Notes Collateral Agent      126   

Section 12.03

  Authorization of Actions to Be Taken      127   

Section 12.04

  Release of Collateral      128   

Section 12.05

  Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee      129   

Section 12.06

  Filing, Recording and Opinions      129   
ARTICLE XIII   
MISCELLANEOUS   

Section 13.01

  Trust Indenture Act Controls      130   

Section 13.02

  Notices      130   

Section 13.03

  Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes      131   

Section 13.04

  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent      131   

Section 13.05

  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion      132   

Section 13.06

  Rules by Trustee and Agents      132   

Section 13.07

  No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders      132   

Section 13.08

  Governing Law      132   

Section 13.09

  Waiver of Jury Trial      132   

Section 13.10

  Force Majeure      133   

Section 13.11

  No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements      133   

Section 13.12

  Successors      133   

Section 13.13

  Severability      133   

Section 13.14

  Counterpart Originals      133   

Section 13.15

  Table of Contents, Headings, Etc      133   

Section 13.16

  Qualification of Indenture      133   

 

-iv-


         Page

EXHIBITS

    

Exhibit A

  Form of Note   

Exhibit B

  Form of Certificate of Transfer   

Exhibit C

  Form of Certificate of Exchange   

Exhibit D

  Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors   

 

-v-


INDENTURE, dated as of February 9, 2012, among PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), PBF Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Finance Co ” and, together with the Company, the “ Issuers ”), the Guarantors (as defined herein) listed on the signature pages hereto, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent (the “ Paying Agent ”), registrar (the “ Registrar ”), transfer agent (the “ Transfer Agent ”), authenticating agent (the “ Authenticating Agent ”) and collateral agent (the “ Notes Collateral Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuers have duly authorized the creation of an issue of $675,500,000 aggregate principal amount of 8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2020 (including the Private Placement Notes) (the “ Initial Notes ”); and

WHEREAS, the Issuers and each of the Guarantors have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar, the Transfer Agent and the Notes Collateral Agent agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01 Definitions .

144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

ABL Collateral ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Security Agreement.

Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person,

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional First Lien Collateral Agent ” means any collateral agent with respect to any Additional First Lien Obligations.

Additional First Lien Obligations ” means any Obligations that are, and are permitted under this Indenture to be, issued or incurred after the date of this Indenture and secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Notes Obligations, including any Specified Secured Hedging Obligations, pursuant to the Collateral Trust Agreement.


Additional First Lien Secured Parties ” means the holders of any Additional First Lien Obligations and any Additional First Lien Collateral Agent or authorized representative with respect thereto, including any Specified Secured Hedging Counterparties.

Additional Interest ” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Additional Notes ” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes and other than Exchange Notes for such Initial Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01, 2.02 and 4.09 hereof.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, members of the Company’s board of directors or management shall be deemed Affiliates of the Company.

Agent ” means any of the Registrar, Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Authenticating Agent and Notes Collateral Agent.

Agent’s Message ” means a message transmitted by DTC to, and received by, the exchange agent and forming a part of the Book-Entry Confirmation, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from each participant in DTC tendering the Notes that such participants have received the Letter of Transmittal and agree to be bound by the terms of the Letter of Transmittal and the Issuers may enforce such agreement against such participants.

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and

(2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at February 15, 2016 (such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.07 hereof), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through February 15, 2016 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of such Note.

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

Aramco ” means Saudi Arabian Oil Company, a company with limited liability (organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia).

 

-2-


Asset Sale ” means:

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”); or

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.09), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

in each case, other than:

(a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete, damaged or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business or otherwise unsuitable or unnecessary for use in the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) no longer used in the ordinary course of business, or any disposition of property in connection with scheduled turnarounds, maintenance and equipment and facility updates;

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described in Section 5.01 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;

(c) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.07 hereof;

(d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $25.0 million;

(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(g) the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(i) Events of Loss, but solely with respect to the requirements under Section 4.10(a)(1) or (2), or the granting of Liens not prohibited by this Indenture;

(j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

 

-3-


(k) the sale or discount of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;

(l) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Leaseback Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture;

(m) (i) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business, other than the licensing of intellectual property on a long-term basis, or (ii) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which are no longer useful to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Company;

(n) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;

(o) (i) any sale of hydrocarbons or other products (including crude oil, Intermediate Products and refined products) by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) any trade or exchange by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any hydrocarbons or other products (including crude oil, Intermediate Products and refined products) for similar products owned or held by another Person in the ordinary course of business; provided that the fair market value of the properties traded or exchanged by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is reasonably equivalent, in the aggregate for any transaction or series of related transactions, to the fair market value of the properties to be received by the Company or Restricted Subsidiary (as determined in good faith by the Company or, in the case of a trade or exchange by a Restricted Subsidiary, that Restricted Subsidiary);

(p) sales of precious metal owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or in connection with any financing transaction in the form of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction;

(q) unwinding of any Hedging Obligations of the type permitted under Section 4.09(b)(10);

(r) disposition of investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(s) Permitted MLP Dispositions; and

(t) the sale and transfer of certain assets of Delaware City constituting the gasifier

unit and related assets.

Asset Sale Offer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.10.

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

 

-4-


board of directors ” means with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation, and with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person, or board of directors of the general partner or general manager of such Person serving a similar function.

Borrowing Base ” means (1) 90% of the book value of accounts of the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to investment grade obligors plus (2) 85% of the book value of accounts of the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to non-investment grade obligors plus (3) 80% of the cost of hydrocarbon inventory plus (4) 100% of cash and Cash Equivalents in deposit accounts subject to a control agreement.

Broker-Dealer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Business Day ” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Captive Insurance Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is an authorized insurer under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization.

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) United States dollars;

(2) euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; and local currencies held by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

 

-5-


(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof and Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by a Person with a rating of “A” or higher by S&P or “A2” or higher by Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition thereof;

(7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(8) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above;

(9) marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition thereof;

(10) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition thereof;

(11) Investments with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition thereof in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s;

(12) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed by the sovereign nation or any agency thereof ( provided that the full faith and credit of such sovereign nation is pledged in support thereof) in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is organized or is conducting business having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof; and

(13) Investments of the type and maturity described above of foreign obligors, which Investments or obligors satisfy the requirements and have ratings described in such clauses and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction and not for speculative purposes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

 

-6-


Certain Hydrocarbon Assets ” means crude oil, feedstock, indigenous feedstock and other hydrocarbon inventory of the same type sold to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by Statoil and/or its Affiliates and all proceeds of such crude oil, feedstock, indigenous feedstock or other hydrocarbon inventory of the same type (it being understood and agreed that immediately upon any payment in cash to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of such crude oil, feedstock or other hydrocarbon inventory of the same type, such proceeds shall cease to be “Certain Hydrocarbon Assets”). For the avoidance of doubt, Certain Hydrocarbon Assets shall not include Intermediate Products.

Certain MSCG Receivables ” means accounts originated by the sale of finished gasoline, lube oil, specialty grades, slurry, diesel fuel, heating oil, jet fuel and other finished refined products of the same type sold by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to MSCG and/or its Affiliates under the Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreements (it being understood and agreed that upon collection of such accounts by virtue of payment in cash in respect thereof to any Loan Party, the proceeds of such accounts will cease to be “Certain MSCG Receivables”). For the avoidance of doubt, “Certain MSCG Receivables” shall include accounts originating from specialty grades and lube oil but shall exclude accounts originating from Intermediate Products, components of gasoline, heating oil, diesel or jet fuel and all other products other than those specifically listed above in this definition.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person or Persons other than one or more Permitted Holders; or

(2) the consummation of any transaction (including any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more of the Permitted Holders, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or indirectly 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company;

provided , however , that a transaction in which the Company becomes a Subsidiary of another Person (other than a Person that is an individual) shall not constitute a Change of Control if (a) the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction “beneficially own” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, at least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company, immediately following the consummation of such transaction and (b) immediately following the consummation of such transaction, no “person” (as such term is defined above) , other than such other Person (but including the holders of the Equity Interests of such other Person), “beneficially owns” (as such term is defined above), directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company.

CIS Dispositions ” means any sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of properties or assets by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Captive Insurance Subsidiary.

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

-7-


Collateral ” means, collectively, all of the property and assets that are from time to time subject to the Lien of the Security Documents, including the Liens, if any, required to be granted pursuant to Section 4.19 and otherwise required pursuant to other provisions of this Indenture.

Collateral Access Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Collateral Trust Agreement.

Collateral Asset Sale Offer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.10.

Collateral Excess Proceeds ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.10(d).

Collateral Trust Agreement ” means the Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2012, among the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Notes Collateral Agent, and the Additional First Lien Secured Parties from time to time party thereto as such agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented, replaced, superseded or otherwise modified from time to time.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions and fees and expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount or premium resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than or greater than par, as applicable, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (t) the accretion of any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition, (u) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (v) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (w) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees, (x) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility, (y) any accretion or accrued interest of discounted liabilities and (z) the interest component of hydrogen supply agreements at Delaware City; plus

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

(3) interest income for such period.

 

-8-


For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,

(1) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to acquisitions to the extent incurred on or prior to the Issue Date), severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded,

(2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles or as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting principles during such period shall be excluded,

(3) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

(4) any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments or the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Company, shall be excluded,

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of Section 4.07(a) hereof, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

(7) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the inventory, property and equipment, software, goodwill, other intangible assets, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

 

-9-


(8) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of (i) Indebtedness, (ii) Hedging Obligations or (iii) other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

(9) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets long-lived assets or investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP, shall be excluded,

(10) any non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge arising from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights, shall be excluded,

(11) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded,

(12) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of any acquisitions consummated prior to the Issue Date in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded, and

(13) the amount of Tax Distributions and Public Parent Distributions dividended or distributed shall reduce Consolidated Net Income to the extent not already reducing such Net Income.

In addition, to the extent not already included in the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds received from (i) business interruption insurance (so long as the Company has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days or not so reimbursed within 365 days)) and (ii) reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Permitted Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Indenture.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 hereof only (other than clause (3)(d) of Section 4.07(a) hereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under clause (3)(d) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.

 

-10-


Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is secured by Liens as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, less any Indebtedness incurred and outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities and the Letter of Credit Facilities to (2) the Company’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

Consolidated Total Debt Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur to (2) the Company’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

Consolidated Total Indebtedness ” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments (but excluding (i) for the avoidance of doubt, all obligations relating to Receivables Facilities and (ii) payment obligations relating to hydrogen supply agreements at Delaware City) and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Company and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Company.

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

(2) to advance or supply funds

 

-11-


(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” means the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuers.

Credit Facilities ” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, factoring programs, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

Custodian ” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

DEDA ” means The Delaware Economic Development Authority, a body corporate and politic constituted as an instrumentality of the State of Delaware.

DEDA Loan and Security Agreement ” means that certain Loan and Security Agreement entered into as of June 1, 2010 by and among Delaware City, as borrower, and DEDA, as lender, under which DEDA agreed to make a loan to Paulsboro in the amount of $20,000,000, which loan is evidenced by a promissory note dated June 1, 2010 and has a maturity date of March 1, 2017.

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

Delaware City ” means Delaware City Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

-12-


Delaware City Catalyst Sale/Leaseback Transaction ” means that certain Sale and Lease Back Transaction with respect to certain Palladium and Platinum catalyst at Delaware City pursuant to that certain Master Agreement, dated October 14, 2010, between Delaware City and DB Energy Trading LLC.

Delaware City Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreement ” means the Products Off-Take Agreement entered into by and between MSCG and Delaware City, as such agreement may be replaced, superseded, amended (including as to changes of counterparty), modified or supplemented from time to time.

Delaware City Statoil Oil Supply Agreement ” means the Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement entered into by and between Statoil and Delaware City, as such agreement may be replaced, superseded, amended (including as to changes of counterparty), modified or supplemented from time to time.

Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Company, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Company or any parent corporation thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company or the applicable parent corporation thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided , further , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

 

-13-


(1) increased (without duplication) by the following:

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes (including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations) of such Person paid or accrued during such period to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(b) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses (1)(t) through (y) thereof, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(d) any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof or an amendment, modification or waiver thereto) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(e) the amount of any restructuring charges, integration costs or other business optimization expenses or reserves deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; plus

(f) any other non-cash charges (including any write offs or write downs, any non-cash change in market value of inventory or inventory repurchase obligations or any non-cash deferral of gross profit on finished product sales) reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

(g) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

(h) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted in Section 4.11 hereof (and similar

 

-14-


fees paid by the Company or its Affiliates to investors in the Company or its Affiliates prior to the Issue Date) and deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(i) the amount of net cost savings projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken or initiated during or prior to such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (y) such actions have been or are taken no later than 24 months after the Issue Date and (z) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed $20.0 million (prior to giving effect to such addbacks) for any four consecutive quarter period (which adjustments may be incremental to pro forma cost savings adjustments made pursuant to the second and third paragraphs of the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”); plus

(j) the amount of loss or discount on sale of Receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility to the extent deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(k) any net loss from disposed or discontinued operations to the extent deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(l) the amount of expenses, charges or losses with respect to liability or casualty events to the extent deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income and to the extent (i) covered by insurance and actually reimbursed (other than proceeds received from business interruption insurance to the extent already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person) or (ii) so long as a determination has been made in good faith by the Company that a reasonable basis exists that such amount shall in fact be reimbursed by an insurer that has a rating of at least “A” or higher by S&P or “A2” or higher by Moody’s to the extent it is (x) not denied by the applicable carrier (without any right of appeal thereof) within 180 days (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent denied within such 180 days) and (y) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days); plus

(m) any costs or expenses incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income pursuant to any management equity plan or equity incentive plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;

(2) decreased by (without duplication), (a) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period and (b) any net income from disposed or discontinued operations;

 

-15-


(3) increased or decreased by (without duplication):

(a) any unrealized net loss or gain included in Consolidated Net Income resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Financial Accounting Standards Codification No. 815 — Derivatives and Hedging; plus or minus , as applicable, and

(b) any net loss or gain resulting in such period from currency translation losses or gains related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk and revaluations of intercompany balances);

(4) increased or decreased by (without duplication), as applicable, any adjustments resulting from the application of Financial Accounting Standards Codification No. 460— Guarantees; and

(5) increased or decreased by (without duplication) any change in fair value of any catalyst lease obligations.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, EBITDA shall not include any period prior to January 1, 2011. As a result, any references to “the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available” shall mean the most recent three full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, as the case may be, until internal financial statements are available for the year ending December 31, 2011.

EMU ” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

Environmental and Necessary Capex ” means capital expenditures to the extent deemed reasonably necessary, as determined by the Company, in good faith and pursuant to prudent judgment, that are required by applicable law (including to comply with environmental laws or permits) or are undertaken for environmental, health and safety reasons.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock (or equivalent equity interests) or Preferred Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

(1) public offerings with respect to the Company’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8;

(2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Company; and

(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

euro ” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

 

-16-


Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

Event of Loss ” means, with respect to any property or asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (a) any damage to such property or asset that results in an insurance settlement with respect thereto on the basis of a total loss or a constructive or compromised total loss or (b) the confiscation, condemnation or requisition of title to such property or asset by any government or instrumentality or agency thereof. An “Event of Loss” shall be deemed to occur as of the date of the insurance settlement, confiscation, condemnation or requisition of title, as applicable.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Notes ” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Company from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock incentive plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company,

in each case after the Issue Date and designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.

Excluded Property ” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

fair market value ” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by the Company in good faith; provided that if the fair market value is equal to or exceeds $25.0 million, such determination shall be made by the board of directors of the Company in good faith.

First Lien Obligations ” means, collectively, (a) the Notes Obligations, (b) the Specified Secured Hedging Obligations and (c) any series of Additional First Lien Obligations.

First Lien Secured Parties ” means (a) the Notes Secured Parties, (b) the Specified Secured Hedging Counterparties and (c) any other Additional First Lien Secured Parties.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified

 

-17-


Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate. Any such pro forma calculation may include (1) any adjustments calculated in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, (2) any adjustments calculated to give effect to any Pro Forma Cost Savings and/or (3) any adjustments used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote 3 under the caption “Offering Circular Summary—Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Information” in the Offering Circular to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four-quarter period.

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period; and

 

-18-


(3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date.

Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b), 2.06(d) or 2.06(f) hereof.

Government Securities ” means securities that are:

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the Issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Guarantee ” means the guarantee by each Guarantor of the Issuers’ Obligations under this Indenture and the other First Lien Obligations.

Guarantor ” means each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and its successors and assigns, until released from its obligations under its Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

Hedge Agreements ” means:

(1) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements, interest rate collar agreements and other agreements or arrangements designed for the purpose of fixing, hedging, mitigating or swapping interest rate risk either generally or under specific contingencies;

 

-19-


(2) foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements and other agreements or arrangements designed for the purpose of fixing hedging, mitigating or swapping foreign currency exchange rate risk either generally or under specific contingencies;

(3) commodity swap agreements, commodity cap agreements or commodity collar agreements designed for the purpose of fixing, hedging, mitigating or swapping commodity risk either generally or under specific contingencies;

(4) any swap, cap, collar, floor, put, call, option, future, other derivative, spot purchase or sale, forward purchase or sale, supply or off-take, transportation agreement, storage agreement or other commercial or trading agreement in or involving crude oil, natural gas, ethanol, biofuels or electricity any feedstock, blendstock, intermediate product, finished product, refined product or other hydrocarbons product, or any other energy, weather or emissions related commodity (including any crack spread), or any prices or price indexes relating to any of the foregoing commodities, or any economic index or measure of economic risk or value, or other benchmark against which payments or deliveries are to be made (including any combination of such transactions), in each case that is designed for the purpose of fixing, hedging, mitigating or swapping risk relating to such commodities either generally or under specific contingencies; and

(5) any other hedging agreement or other arrangement, in each case that is designed to provide protection against fluctuations in the price of crude oil, gasoline, other refined products or natural gas or any adverse change in the creditworthiness of any counterparty.

Hedging Obligations ” means any and all Indebtedness, debts liabilities and other obligations, howsoever arising, of the Company and/or any Guarantor to the counterparties under the Hedge Agreements of every kind and description (whether or not evidenced by any note or instrument and whether or not for the payment of money), direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, under the Hedge Agreements and all other obligations owed by the Company and the Guarantors to the counterparties under the Hedge Agreements, including any guarantee obligations in respect thereof.

Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

(1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(a) in respect of borrowed money;

(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and if not paid 30 days after becoming due and payable; or

 

-20-


(d) representing the net amount due under any Hedging Obligations;

in each case in this clause (1) if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

(3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, but only to the extent of the lesser of (x) the fair market value of the assets subject to such Lien and (y) the amount of such Indebtedness;

provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities.

Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

Initial Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

Initial Purchasers ” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, UBS Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., BNP Paribas Securities Corp. and Natixis Securities Americas LLC.

Interest Payment Date ” means February 15 and August 15 of each year to stated maturity.

Intermediate Products ” means hydrocarbons intermediate products and blendstocks. For the avoidance of doubt, Intermediate Products shall not include Certain Hydrocarbon Assets.

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

 

-21-


(2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers or suppliers, endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business, and any Hedging Obligations), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Company in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07 hereof:

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

(a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

(b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer.

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

Investors ” means each of First Reserve Corporation and The Blackstone Group and each of their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

Issue Date ” means February 9, 2012, the date of original issuance of the Notes under this Indenture.

Issuers ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

-22-


Issuers’ Order ” means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Issuers by an Officer of the Issuers, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the president, the secretary, the treasurer, the principal accounting officer or an executive vice president of the Issuers, and delivered to the Trustee (with a copy to the Authenticating Agent).

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

Letter of Credit Facilities ” means the Amended and Restated Letter of Credit Facility Agreement, dated April 26, 2011, by and between the Company, Paulsboro and BNP Paribas (Suisse) SA, as such agreement may be replaced, superseded, amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and any other letter of credit facility entered into in connection with the purchase of crude oil or other feedstock.

Letter of Transmittal ” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Issuers and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Limited Recourse Purchase Money Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) of the Company or any of our Restricted Subsidiaries (a) that is incurred to finance the purchase, construction, design, engineering procurement or management, or capital improvement of any capital assets prior to or no later than 90 days of such purchase or commencement of construction or capital improvement, (b) that has an aggregate principal amount not in excess of 100% of the purchase, construction or capital improvement cost, (c) where the lenders or holders of such Indebtedness have no recourse to the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries except to the capital assets, construction or capital improvement ( provided that the Company may provide unsecured guarantees at any time outstanding of up to $100 million aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness of the Restricted Subsidiaries), and (d) that is not used to purchase a Person or assets in connection with the purchase of a Person.

MLP ” means a master limited partnership.

MLP GP ” means (i) the general partner of a MLP and (ii) any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company that controls or otherwise owns an interest in the general partner of an MLP.

MLP Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Company that (i) is a MLP or a MLP GP, and (ii) each Subsidiary of the foregoing.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

Mortgaged Property ” means (i) those properties listed on Schedule 7(a) to the Perfection Certificate which are designated to be encumbered by a mortgage and (ii) the real property that becomes subject to a mortgage pursuant to Section 4.19.

 

-23-


Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreements ” means collectively (i) the Delaware City Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreement, and (ii) the Paulsboro Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreement.

MSCG ” means Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. or any successor or assign thereof (including as a result of a changed counterparty).

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or distributions.

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Senior Indebtedness required (other than required by clause (1) of Section 4.10(b) hereof) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

Notes ” means the Initial Notes and more particularly means any Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall also include the Private Placement Notes and any Additional Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture.

Notes Collateral Agent ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the preamble hereto.

Notes Obligations ” means Obligations in respect of the Notes, this Indenture, the Guarantee or the Security Documents, including, for the avoidance of doubt, obligations in respect of Exchange Notes and guarantees thereof.

Notes Secured Parties ” means each Agent, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes.

Obligations ” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, including all Hedging Obligations, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness, including all Hedge Agreements.

Offering Circular ” means the offering circular, dated January 27, 2012, relating to the sale of the Initial Notes.

 

-24-


Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of any Issuer.

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of any Issuer by an Officer of any Issuer or on behalf of a Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of each of the Issuers, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee and the Registrar. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuers or the Trustee or the Registrar.

Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

Paulsboro ” means Paulsboro Refining Company LLC (f/k/a Valero Refining Company—New Jersey, a Delaware corporation), a Delaware limited liability company.

Paulsboro Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreement ” means that certain Products Off-Take Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2010, between MSCG and Paulsboro, as such agreement may be replaced, superseded, amended (including as to changes of counterparty), modified or supplemented from time to time.

Paulsboro Statoil Oil Supply Agreement ” means that certain Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2010, between Statoil and Paulsboro, as such agreement may be replaced, superseded, amended (including as to changes of counterparty), modified or supplemented from time to time.

Paulsboro Sale/Leaseback Transaction ” means that certain Sale and Leaseback Transaction with respect to palladium and platinum catalyst at Paulsboro pursuant to that certain Fee Consignment and/or Purchase of Platinum and/or Palladium Agreement, dated December 30, 2011, between Paulsboro and The Bank of Nova Scotia.

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided , that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof.

Permitted CIS Dispositions ” means any CIS Disposition so long as the aggregate fair market value of all such assets that are the subject of CIS Dispositions does not exceed $20.0 million.

Permitted Holders ” means each of the Investors and members of management of the Company (or its direct or indirect parent companies) on the Issue Date who are holders of Equity Interests of the Company (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided , that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or

 

-25-


any of its direct or indirect parent companies. Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) any Investment in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided , that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets, including earnouts, not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date;

(6) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:

(a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the Issuers of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or

(b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of Section 4.09(b) hereof;

(8) any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (8) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed 2.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(9) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Company, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;

 

-26-


(10) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09 hereof;

(11) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.11(b) hereof (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (8) of Section 4.11(b) hereof);

(12) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;

(13) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 2.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(14) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Company are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility or any repurchase in connection therewith;

(15) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $10.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;

(16) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company thereof;

(17) advances, loans or extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(18) any Investment in a Captive Insurance Subsidiary; provided that any such Investment results from a Permitted CIS Disposition; and

(19) any Investment in a MLP Subsidiary; provided that any such Investment results from a Permitted MLP Disposition.

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

-27-


(2) inchoate Liens and Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, landlords’, workmen’s, suppliers’, repairmens’ and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(4) Liens in favor of Issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, environmental regulation, entitlement or other land use, or other restrictions or limitations as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(6) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (4), (12)(b), (20), (23), (24), (27), (28) and (30) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; provided that (a) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (20) thereof extend only to assets of Foreign Subsidiaries and (b) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (24), (27), (28) and (30) thereof extend only to the assets so financed or purchased (and customary ancillary assets);

(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

(8) Liens on property or shares of stock or other assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property or assets owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(9) Liens on property or other assets at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property or such other assets, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further , however , that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

-28-


(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;

(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of Section 4.09(b) hereof;

(12) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of documentary letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including of intellectual property) granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, consignment of goods or the Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreements, the Statoil Supply Agreements or the Toledo Morgan Stanley Oil Supply Agreements;

(15) Liens in favor of any Issuer or any Guarantor;

(16) Liens on equipment of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to the Company’s clients;

(17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

(18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in clauses (6) , (7) , (8), (9), (27), (28), (29), (31) and (32) of this definition; provided , however , that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9) , (27), (28), (29), (31) and (32) of this definition at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

(19) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(20) Liens arising out of judgments, attachments or awards for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (6) under Section 6.01 hereof so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 

-29-


(21) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(22) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(23) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 4.09 hereof; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

(24) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(25) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(26) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(27) Liens on crude oil, Intermediate Products and refined products under any crude oil or other feedstock supply agreements, and assets under natural gas supply agreements, offtake agreements or similar agreements or arrangements of the type described in clause (25) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, including Liens (a) on Intermediate Products in favor of MSCG, (b) on the Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreements pursuant to the Statoil Oil Supply Agreements, (c) on Certain Hydrocarbon Assets (including Certain Hydrocarbon Assets in the possession of Statoil or its Affiliates) in favor of Statoil, its Affiliates and/or an agent of any of the foregoing, (d) in favor of MSCG pursuant to the Toledo Morgan Stanley Oil Supply Agreements and (e) on Certain MSCG Receivables in favor of Statoil, its Affiliates and/or any agent of any of the foregoing;

(28) Liens on assets constituting Environmental and Necessary Capex securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09 hereof;

(29) Liens to secure Indebtedness having an aggregate principal amount which, when added together with all other Indebtedness secured by Liens incurred pursuant to this clause (29) and then outstanding, does not exceed $40.0 million;

(30) [Reserved];

 

-30-


(31) Liens to secure obligations incurred under clause (29) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; and

(32) Liens securing 50% of the Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; provided that, with respect to Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under this subclause (32), at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 2.0 to 1.0.

For purposes of this definition and clauses (b) and (c) of Section 4.12, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.

Permitted MLP Dispositions ” means any sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any properties or assets by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of the Equity Interests in any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, to a MLP Subsidiary, on the other hand, in exchange for cash (with the items described in Section 4.10(a)(2)(A) and (B) deemed to be cash), Cash Equivalents or Equity Interests in such MLP (including general partner units necessary to maintain the general partner’s interest), or any combination thereof, provided at the time of such disposition, and after giving effect to such disposition and the receipt of consideration therefore, the Consolidated Total Debt Ratio is less than 2.75 to 1.0.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or distributions or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

Private Placement Notes ” means the Issuers’ 8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2020 issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date to Thomas D. O’Malley, Thomas D. O’ Malley, Jr., Mary Alice O’Malley, Horse Island Partners, LLC, Argus Energy Corporation, Argus Investments, Inc., Thomas Nimbley and Donald F. Lucey.

Pro Forma Cost Savings ” means, without duplication, with respect to any period, the reductions in costs and other operating improvements or synergies that are implemented, committed to be implemented, the commencement of implementation of which has begun or are reasonably expected to be implemented in good faith with respect to a pro forma event within twelve months of the date of such pro forma event and that are supportable and quantifiable, as if all such reductions in costs and other operating improvements or synergies had been effected as of the beginning of such period, decreased by any non-one-time incremental expenses incurred or to be incurred during such four-quarter period in order to achieve such reduction in costs. Pro Forma Cost Savings described in the preceding sentence shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Registrar (with a copy to the Trustee) that outlines the specific actions taken or to be taken and the net cost reductions and other operating improvements or synergies achieved or to be achieved from each such action and certifies that such cost reductions and other operating improvements or synergies meet the criteria set forth in the preceding sentence.

 

-31-


Public Parent ” means the direct or indirect parent or managing member of the Company whose common Capital Stock is sold to the public on the Qualified IPO Date.

Public Parent Distributions ” means, with respect to any period following the Qualified IPO Date, an amount equal to the portion of the actual income (or similar) tax liability of the parent entity (referred to in the definition of Qualified IPO Date) for such period that is attributable to such parent entity’s allocable share of the taxable income of the Company and, without duplication, its Subsidiaries that are partnerships or disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, reduced by (and without duplication of) such parent entity’s allocable share of any Tax Distributions for such period.

Purchase Agreement ” means that certain purchase agreement dated as of January 27, 2012 among the Company, Finance Co. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as representative of the Initial Purchasers.

QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

Qualified IPO Date ” means the date on which common stock (or equivalent equity interests) of the Company or the Public Parent is sold in an underwritten primary or secondary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering), that results in its common Capital Stock being listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq Stock Market and involves gross cash proceeds of at least $100 million.

Qualified Proceeds ” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Issuers in good faith.

Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by any Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

Ratings Decline ” means the occurrence of the following on, or within 60 days after, the date of the public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control or of the intention by the Company or any third party to effect a Change of Control (which period shall be extended for so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by any of the Ratings Agencies if such period exceeds 60 days): (1) in the event that the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating by both Ratings Agencies, the Notes cease to have an Investment Grade Rating by one Rating Agency, (2) in the event that the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating by one Ratings Agency, the Notes cease to have an Investment Grade Rating by such Rating Agency, or (3) in the event that the Notes do not have an Investment Grade Rating, the rating of the Notes by at least one of the two Ratings Agencies (or, if there are less than three Rating Agencies rating the Notes, the rating of each Rating Agency) decreases by one or more gradations (including gradations within ratings categories as well as between rating categories) or is withdrawn.

Receivables Facility ” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a

 

-32-


Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

Receivables Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

Receivables Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

Record Date ” for the interest or Additional Interest, if any, payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means February 1 or August 1 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date.

Refinancing Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that is incurred to refund or refinance, replace, renew, extend or defease any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(a) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced, replaced, renewed, extended or defeased,

(b) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and

(c) shall not include (i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor (other than Finance Co.) that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company, Finance Co. or of a Guarantor; and (ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

and provided , further , that subclause (a) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Secured Indebtedness.

Registered Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement related to the Notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

-33-


Regulation S Global Note ” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as applicable.

Regulation S Permanent Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

Regulation S Temporary Global Note ” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903.

Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(iii) hereof.

Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Restricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of such Person (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

-34-


S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

Saudi Oil ” means the crude oil purchased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from Aramco and/or its Affiliates pursuant to the Saudi Oil Sales Agreements.

Saudi Oil Sales Agreement ” means that certain Crude Oil Sales Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2011, by and among the Company, Aramco and Statoil, and any other crude oil sales agreements by and among the Company, Aramco and Statoil that may be entered into for “spot” cargoes, as each such agreement may be replaced, superseded, amended (including as to changes of counterparty), modified or supplemented from time to time.

Savage Financing Agreement ” means that certain Financing Agreement, dated October 29, 2010, by and among Delaware City and Savage Companies, as such agreement may be replaced, superseded, amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Security Agreement ” means that certain Security Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2012, by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors party thereto and the Notes Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Security Documents ” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, the Collateral Trust Agreement, the mortgages and instruments filed and recorded in appropriate jurisdictions to preserve and protect the Liens on the Collateral (including, without limitation, financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code of the relevant states) and any other agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted by any of the Issuers and the Guarantors to secure the Notes Obligations, the Specified Secured Hedging Obligations and the other Additional First Lien Obligations and/or under which rights or remedies with respect to any such Lien are governed, including, without limitation, any collateral agency agreement or other similar agreement, in each case, as in effect on the Issue Date and as the same may be amended, amended and restated, modified, renewed or replaced from time to time.

Senior Credit Facilities ” means the Credit Facility under the Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of December 17, 2010, among the Company, Delaware City and Paulsboro, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent and Co-Collateral Agent, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Co-Collateral Agent, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional

 

-35-


lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof).

Senior Indebtedness ” means:

(1) all Indebtedness of any Issuer or any Guarantor outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities and the Letter of Credit Facilities and related Guarantees (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of any Issuer or any Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of any Issuer or any Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;

(2) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) or any Affiliate of such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into); provided , that such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture;

(3) all Specified Secured Hedging Obligations;

(4) all Additional First Lien Obligations;

(5) any other Indebtedness of any Issuer or any Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any related Guarantee; and

(6) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3);

provided , however , that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

(a) any obligation of such Person to the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries;

(b) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

(c) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;

(d) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or

(e) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of this Indenture.

 

-36-


Shelf Registration Statement ” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

Specified Secured Hedging Counterparty ” means any counterparty to any Hedge Agreement governing or relating to any Specified Secured Hedging Obligations.

Specified Secured Hedging Obligations ” means Hedging Obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors designated by the Company in a notice to the Notes Collateral Agent as “Additional Secured Debt” in accordance with the provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement.

Statoil ” means Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc. or any successor or assign thereof or any of its or their Affiliates.

Statoil Intercreditor Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Collateral Trust Agreement.

Statoil Oil Supply Agreements ” means collectively (i) the Paulsboro Statoil Oil Supply Agreement and (ii) the Delaware City Statoil Oil Supply Agreement.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means, with respect to the Notes,

(1) any Indebtedness of any Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and

(2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee by such entity of the Notes

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which

(x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

 

-37-


(y) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Tax Distributions ” means (i) for any taxable period for which the Company is a disregarded entity (other than a disregarded entity wholly-owned directly or indirectly by a corporation and described in clause (ii)) or a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions (which may be paid in installments to satisfy estimated tax liabilities) equal to the product of (a) the taxable income of the Company and (without duplication) its Subsidiaries that are disregarded entities or partnerships for such taxable period (calculated solely for such purposes as if the Company were a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes), reduced by the cumulative net taxable loss of the Company and (without duplication) its Subsidiaries that are disregarded entities or partnerships for all prior periods ending after the Issue Date (determined as if all such prior taxable periods were one taxable period) to the extent such loss is of a character that would permit such loss to be deducted against the current taxable period’s income (such taxable income and/or loss determined, for the avoidance of doubt, without taking into account any adjustments that would have been made under Sections 734 or 743 of the Code if the Company were a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes), and (b) the highest combined federal, state and local income tax rate applicable to any direct or indirect equity owner of the Company in respect of the Company’s or (without duplication) Subsidiary’s taxable income for such taxable period (taking into account the type of income involved (i.e. capital gain, qualifying dividend income, etc.)); and (ii) with respect to any taxable period for which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a member of a consolidated, combined or similar income, franchise or other tax group (for federal income tax purposes or for purposes of any state or local income, franchise or other tax) of which PBF Energy Company LLC or its direct or indirect parent is the common parent (a “ Tax Group ”), or for which the Company is a partnership or disregarded entity that is wholly owned (directly or indirectly) by a corporate parent (a “ Corporate Parent ”), distributions (which may be paid in installments to satisfy estimated tax liabilities) to pay the portion of the Tax Group’s or Corporate Parent’s consolidated, combined or similar income, franchise or other tax liability attributable to the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, in an amount not to exceed the income, or any state or local franchise or other, tax liability, as applicable, that would have been payable by the Company and/or such Subsidiaries if such entities were taxable on a stand-alone basis (reduced by any such income or state and/or local franchise or other taxes paid or to be paid directly by the Company or its Subsidiaries). The distribution amount permitted under clause (ii) shall be increased (or decreased) to the extent necessary to cause the distributions pursuant to clause (ii) to be consistent with the provision in clause (i) that there should not be taken into account any adjustments that would have been made under Sections 734 or 743 of the Code if the Company were a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Tax Receivable Agreement ” means a customary tax receivable agreement entered into by the Public Parent with the Investors on or after the Qualified IPO Date pursuant to which the Public Parent will agree to make payments to the Investors in respect of certain incremental income tax savings realized (or deemed realized) by the Public Parent as a result of implementing its initial public offering through the use of an “Up-C” structure.

Tax Receivable Agreement Payments ” means upon the consummation of any change of control, if the Issuers have offered to purchase all Notes outstanding at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date of purchase (either pursuant to Section 4.14 or otherwise so long as conducted in a manner consistent therewith), a customary “acceleration” payment constituting the present value of future payments (based on customary assumptions) that would have been permitted pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Toledo Morgan Stanley Oil Supply Agreements ” means, collectively, (i) that certain Crude Oil Acquisition Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2011, between MSCG and Toledo Refining, and (ii) that certain

 

-38-


Crude Oil Inventory Sale Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2011, between MSCG and Toledo Refining, as each such agreement may be replaced, suspended, amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

Toledo Sale/Leaseback Transaction ” means that certain Sale and Leaseback Transaction pursuant to that certain Master Agreement relating to Catalyst at Toledo Refining, dated June 30, 2011, between Toledo Refining and DB Energy Trading LLC.

Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company or such other Person as may be expressly stated.

Treasury Rate ” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date, the applicable notice of redemption is given (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to February 15, 2016; provided , however , that if the period from the Redemption Date to February 15, 2016 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).

Trustee ” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

Unrestricted Definitive Note ” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

(1) each MLP Subsidiary;

(2) each Captive Insurance Subsidiary;

(3) any Subsidiary of the Company which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Company, as provided below); and

(4) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that:

 

-39-


(1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company;

(2) such designation complies with Section 4.07 hereof; and

(3) each of:

(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and

(b) its Subsidiaries

has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

The Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:

(1) the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof; or

(2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation,

in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

Any such designation by the Company shall be notified by any Issuer to the Trustee (with a copy to the Registrar) by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Company or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Person ” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

 

-40-


(2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Section 1.02 Other Definitions .

 

Term

   Defined in
Section
 

“Acceptable Commitment”

     4.10   

“Affiliate Transaction”

     4.11   

“After-Acquired Collateral”

     4.19   

“Authentication Order”

     2.02   

“Change of Control Offer”

     4.14   

“Change of Control Payment”

     4.14   

“Change of Control Payment Date”

     4.14   

“Collateral Proceeds Account”

     4.10   

“Covenant Defeasance”

     8.03   

“DTC”

     2.03   

“Event of Default”

     6.01   

“Excess Proceeds”

     4.10   

“incur”

     4.09   

“Investment Grade Event”

     4.16   

“Legal Defeasance”

     8.02   

“Note Register”

     2.03   

“Offer Amount”

     3.09   

“Offer Period”

     3.09   

“Paying Agent”

     2.03   

“Purchase Date”

     3.09   

“Redemption Date”

     3.07   

“Refunding Capital Stock”

     4.07   

“Registrar”

     2.03   

“Restricted Payments”

     4.07   

“Reversion Date”

     4.16   

“Subject Lien”

     4.12   

“Successor Company”

     5.01   

“Successor Person”

     5.01   

“Suspended Covenants”

     4.16   

“Suspension Period”

     4.16   

“Treasury Capital Stock”

     4.07   

Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

“indenture securities” means the Notes;

“indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note;

 

-41-


“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

“obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuers and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the date on which any payment is to be made pursuant to this Indenture or the Notes is not a Business Day, the payment otherwise payable on such date shall be payable on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such scheduled date and ( provided such payment is made on such succeeding Business Day) no interest shall accrue on the amount of such payment from and after such scheduled date to the time of such payment on such next succeeding Business Day and the amount of any such payment that is an interest payment will reflect accrual only through the original payment date and not through the next succeeding Business Day.

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction .

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(c) “or” is not exclusive;

(d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(e) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(f) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

(g) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

(h) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture; and

(i) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision.

Section 1.05 Acts of Holders .

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or

 

-42-


more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee (with a copy to the Registrar) and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuers. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee, the Agents and the Issuers, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that either the Trustee or the Registrar deems sufficient.

(c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuers in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

(e) The Issuers may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Issuers prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation.

(f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.

(g) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and DTC that is the Holder of a Global Note may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.

(h) The Issuers may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such depositary

 

-43-


to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.

ARTICLE II

THE NOTES

Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms .

(a) General . The Notes and the Authenticating Agent’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

(b) Global Notes . Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). The Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Registrar or the Custodian, at the direction of the Registrar, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

(c) Temporary Global Notes . Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Custodian, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Authenticating Agent as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period shall be terminated upon the receipt by the Registrar of:

(i) a written certificate from the Depositary, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream (if available) certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who shall take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.06(b) hereof); and

 

-44-


(ii) an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuers.

Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Registrar shall cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Registrar and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

(d) Terms . The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Agents and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuers pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 4.10 hereof or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.14 hereof. The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3.

Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Issuers without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the Initial Notes; provided that the Issuers’ ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Issuers’ compliance with Section 4.09 hereof. Any Additional Notes may be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture.

(e) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable . The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication .

At least one Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuers by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, as the case may be, by the manual signature of the Authenticating Agent. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

 

-45-


On the Issue Date, the Authenticating Agent shall, upon receipt of an Issuers’ Order (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Authenticating Agent shall upon its receipt of an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes and Exchange Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes or Exchange Notes issued hereunder.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of any Issuer.

Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent .

The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“ Note Register ”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuers may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If any Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar.

The Issuers initially appoint The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

The Issuers initially appoint Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas to act as the Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust .

The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuers in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuers or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If an Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuers, the Paying Agent shall continue to serve as the Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.05 Holder Lists .

The Registrar shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Issuers shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).

 

-46-


Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange .

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note unless (i) the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuers within 120 days or (ii) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (i) or (ii) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the preceding events in (i) or (ii) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided , however , beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either clause (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following clauses, as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (a) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be

 

-47-


transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (b) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Registrar shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

 

-48-


(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to clause (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to clause (B) or (D) above.

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes .

(i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in clauses (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

-49-


(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuers shall execute and the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Registrar shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes . Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(B) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

(iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in clauses (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

 

-50-


(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in clauses (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuers shall execute and the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Registrar shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

-51-


(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Registrar shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

-52-


and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Registrar shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Registrar shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to clause (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

 

-53-


(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers;

(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(f) Exchange Offer . Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal or through an Agent’s Message through the DTC Automated Tender Offer Program that (x) they are not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes

 

-54-


and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuers shall execute and the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.

(g) Legends . The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:

(i) Private Placement Legend .

(A) Except as permitted by clause (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY (THE “COMPANY”) THAT

(A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY:

(i) (a) TO A PERSON WHO IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS).

 

-55-


(ii) TO THE COMPANY, OR

(iii) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION, AND

(B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY.”

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to clause (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(ii) Global Note Legend . Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE REGISTRAR MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE REGISTRAR FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUERS. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

 

-56-


(iii) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend . The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).”

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Registrar in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Registrar or by the Depositary at the direction of the Registrar to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Registrar or by the Depositary at the direction of the Registrar to reflect such increase.

(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute and the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof).

(iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuers shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuers, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(v) The Issuers shall not be required (a) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (b) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (c) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

 

-57-


(vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuers may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuers shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(vii) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuers designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuers shall execute, and the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

(viii) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuers shall execute, and the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

(ix) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes .

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuers and the Registrar receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuers shall issue and the Authenticating Agent, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuers, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuers to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuers and the Trustee may charge for their expenses in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuers and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes .

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Authenticating Agent except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Registrar in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuers or an Affiliate of any Issuer holds the Note.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Registrar receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

 

-58-


If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuers, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

Section 2.09 Treasury Notes .

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuers, or by any Affiliate of the Issuers, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee and each Agent shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Registrar knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Registrar the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not an Issuer or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of an Issuer or of such other obligor.

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes .

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Authenticating Agent, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Registrar. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture.

Section 2.11 Cancellation .

The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Registrar for cancellation. The Trustee shall forward to the Registrar any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuers. The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that they have paid or that have been delivered to the Registrar for cancellation.

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest .

If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, they shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuers shall notify the Paying Agent in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Paying Agent for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Paying Agent shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such

 

-59-


special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Issuers of such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuers (or, upon the written request of the Issuers, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuers) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, or delivered by electronic transmission, to each Holder a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

Section 2.13 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers .

The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Registrar shall use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuers will as promptly as practicable notify the Registrar of any change in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers.

ARTICLE III

REDEMPTION

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee .

If the Issuers elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, they shall furnish written notice to the Registrar, at least 5 Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or delivered by electronic transmission or caused to be mailed or delivered by electronic transmission to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount and CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if any, of the Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased .

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Registrar shall select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased (a) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed, (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or (c) by lot or by such other method in accordance with the procedures of DTC. In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Registrar from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

The Registrar shall promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; no Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part, except

 

-60-


that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not $2,000 or a multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption .

Subject to Section 3.09 hereof, the Issuers shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail or delivered by electronic transmission notices of redemption at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 11 hereof. Except as set forth in Section 3.07(b) hereof, notices of redemption may not be conditional.

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

(a) the redemption date;

(b) the redemption price;

(c) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed will be issued in the name of the Holder of the Notes upon cancellation of the original Note;

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(f) that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(g) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

(h) the CUSIP and ISIN numbers, provided that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and

(i) if in connection with a redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(b) hereof, any condition to such redemption.

At the Issuers’ request, the Registrar shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuers’ name and at their expense; provided that the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 5 Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed or delivered by electronic transmission to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Registrar), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Registrar give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

 

-61-


Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption .

Once notice of redemption is mailed or delivered by electronic transmission in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price (except as provided for in Section 3.07(b)). The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price .

Prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption or purchase date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

If the Issuers comply with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption or purchase date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuers to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part .

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuers shall issue and the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Authenticating Agent to authenticate such new Note.

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption .

(a) At any time prior to February 15, 2016, the Issuers may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail or delivered by electronic transmission to the registered address of each Holder of Notes or otherwise delivered in accordance with the procedures of DTC, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

 

-62-


(b) Until February 15, 2015, the Issuers may, at their option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price equal to 108.250% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption. Any such redemption will be required to occur on or prior to 120 days after the Issuers’ receipt of the net cash proceeds of such Equity Offering and upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s address appearing in the Note Register, in principal amounts of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000.

(c) Except pursuant to clause (a) or (b) of this Section 3.07, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuers’ option prior to February 15, 2016.

(d) On and after February 15, 2016, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 35 days prior written notice to the Registrar and not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice by first-class mail, postage prepaid, or by electronic transmission (with a copy to the Trustee, the Registrar and the Paying Agent), to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on February 15 in the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2016

     104.125

2017

     102.063

2018 and thereafter

     100.000

(e) Any notice of redemption may be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering or other corporate transaction.

(f) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption .

The Notes shall not be subject to mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments.

Section 3.09 Asset Sales of Collateral .

(a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Issuers shall be required to commence a Collateral Asset Sale Offer, it shall follow the procedures specified below.

(b) The Collateral Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable

 

-63-


law (the “ Collateral Offer Period ”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Collateral Offer Period (the “ Collateral Purchase Date ”), the Issuers shall apply all Collateral Excess Proceeds (the “ Collateral Offer Amount ”) to the purchase of Notes and, if required, First Lien Obligations, or, if less than the Collateral Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and First Lien Obligations tendered in response to the Collateral Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

(c) If the Collateral Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest up to but excluding the Collateral Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Collateral Asset Sale Offer.

(d) Upon the commencement of a Collateral Asset Sale Offer, the Issuers shall send, by first-class mail or deliver by electronic transmission, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Collateral Asset Sale Offer. The Collateral Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and holders of such First Lien Obligations. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Collateral Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

(i) that the Collateral Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Collateral Asset Sale Offer shall remain open;

(ii) the Collateral Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Collateral Purchase Date;

(iii) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

(iv) that, unless the Issuers default in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Collateral Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Collateral Purchase Date;

(v) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Collateral Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 (but in a minimum amount of $2,000) only;

(vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Collateral Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuers, the Depositary, if appointed by the Issuers, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Collateral Purchase Date;

(vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuers, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Collateral Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

 

-64-


(viii) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and the other First Lien Obligations surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Collateral Offer Amount, (1) the Registrar shall select the Notes to be purchased by lot or by such other method in accordance with the procedures of DTC and (2) the representatives for the holders of such other First Lien Obligations shall select such other First Lien Obligations, with such selected Notes and First Lien Obligations to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes and such other First Lien Obligations tendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Registrar so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be purchased); and

(ix) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased.

(e) On or before the Collateral Purchase Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Collateral Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Collateral Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Collateral Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Registrar the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so tendered.

(f) The Issuers, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes properly tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuers shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Authenticating Agent, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Authenticating Agent to authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased; provided , that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Collateral Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Collateral Purchase Date.

(g) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

Section 3.10 Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds .

(a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Issuers shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, they shall follow the procedures specified below.

(b) The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Issuers shall apply all Excess Proceeds (the “ Offer Amount ”) to the purchase of Notes and, if required, Senior Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable), or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and Senior Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

 

-65-


(c) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest up to but excluding the Purchase Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

(d) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuers shall send by first-class mail or deliver by electronic transmission a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and holders of such Senior Indebtedness. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

(i) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.10 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open;

(ii) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

(iii) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

(iv) that, unless the Issuers default in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

(v) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 (but in a minimum amount of $2,000) only;

(vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuers, the Depositary, if appointed by the Issuers, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

(vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuers, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

(viii) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Senior Indebtedness surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, (1) the Trustee or the Registrar shall select the Notes to be purchased by lot or such other method in accordance with the procedures of DTC and (2) the representatives for the holders of such other Senior Indebtedness shall select such other Senior Indebtedness, with such selected Notes and Senior Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes and such Senior Indebtedness tendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Registrar so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be purchased); and

 

-66-


(ix) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased.

(e) On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Registrar the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so tendered.

(f) The Issuers, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes properly tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuers for purchase, and the Issuers shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Authenticating Agent, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Authenticating Agent to authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased; provided , that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuers to the Holder thereof. The Issuers shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.10 or Section 4.10 hereof, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.10 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes .

The Issuers shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuers or a Subsidiary, holds as of 11 a.m. eastern time on the due date money deposited by the Issuers in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

The Issuers shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

-67-


Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency .

The Issuers shall maintain in the Borough of in the City of New York an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee and the Registrar of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee and the Registrar with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuers of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York for such purposes. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee and the Registrar of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Issuers hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information .

(a) So long as any Notes are outstanding, unless the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and otherwise complies with such reporting requirements, the Company must provide without cost in electronic format to the Trustee and the Holders:

(i) within 45 days (75 days in the case of each of the first three fiscal quarters of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012) of the end of any fiscal quarter (other than any fiscal quarter end that coincides with the end of a fiscal year), all quarterly and, within 90 days (135 days in the case of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011) of the end of any fiscal year, annual financial statements (including footnote disclosure) that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K, as applicable, if the Company were required to file these Forms (other than separate financial statements of any Subsidiary of the Company that would be due solely to the fact that such Subsidiary’s securities secure the Notes as required by Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (or any successor regulation)), and a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants; provided that within 90 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, the Company will provide to the Trustee and the Holders summary financial information for the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2011 substantially similar in form and substance to the information presented under the caption “Offering Circular Summary — Recent Developments” in the Offering Circular solely to the extent it is materially different from the information provided in the Offering Circular; and

(ii) within 15 Business Days (or such longer time if permitted under form 8-K) after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file these reports to the extent such reports relate to the occurrence of any event which would require an 8-K to be filed (except to the extent the Company reasonably and in good faith determines that such an

 

-68-


event is not material in any respect to the Holders of the Notes) pursuant to the following Items set forth in the instruction to Form 8-K: (i) Item. 1.01 Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement; (ii) Item 1.02 Termination of a Material Definitive Agreement; (iii) Item 1.03 Bankruptcy or Receivership, (iv) Item 2.01 Completion of Acquisition or Disposition, (v) Item 2.03 Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off Balance Sheet Arrangement, (vi) Item 2.04 Triggering Events That Accelerate or Increase a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement, (vii) Item 2.05 Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities, (viii) Item 2.06 Material Impairment, (ix) Item 4.01 Change in Certifying Accountant, (x) Item 4.02 Non-Reliance on Previously Issued Financial Statements or a Related Audit Report or Completed Interim Review, (xi) Item 5.01 Change in Control, (xii) Item 5.02 (a), (b), (c)(1) and (d)(1)-(3) Departure of Director or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers (it being understood that executive compensation matters need not be disclosed) and (xiii) Item 9.01 (a) and (b) Financial Statements and Exhibits (it being understood that exhibits need not otherwise be disclosed or provided);

provided , however , that (A) reports provided pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 4.03(a) shall not be required to comply with (i) Sections 302 (Corporate Responsibility for Financial Reports) or 404 (Management Assessment of Internal Controls) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and Items 307 (Disclosure Controls and Procedures), 308 (Internal Control Over Financial Reporting) and 402 (Executive Compensation) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) Regulation G under the Exchange Act or Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K with respect to any non-U.S. GAAP financial measures contained therein, (B) reports and information provided pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 4.03(a) shall not be required to be accompanied by any exhibits other than financial statements of businesses acquired or credit agreements, notes or other material debt instruments, and (C) the contents of any reports provided pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 4.03(a) shall be limited in scope to the type of disclosure set forth in the Offering Circular.

(b) The Company will deliver with each report referred to in clause (i) of this Section 4.03(a), a schedule eliminating Unrestricted Subsidiaries and reconciling the same to the financial statements in such report.

(c) The Company and the Guarantors will also agree that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Holders of the Notes and upon their request, to prospective investors and securities analysts, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(d) The Company will:

(i) hold a quarterly conference call to discuss the information contained in the annual and quarterly reports required under Section 4.03(a)(i) above not later than ten business days from the time the Company furnishes such reports to the Trustee;

(ii) no fewer than three business days prior to the date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with Section 4.03(a)(i) above, issue a press release to the appropriate U.S. wire services announcing the time and date of such conference call and directing the beneficial owners of, and prospective investors in, the Notes and securities analysts with respect to debt securities and associated with a nationally recognized financial institution (“ Securities Analysts ”) to contact an individual at the Company (for whom contact information shall be provided in such press release) to obtain the Financial Reports and information on how to access such conference call; and

 

-69-


(iii) (A) (x) maintain a private website to which beneficial owners of, and prospective investors in, the Notes and Securities Analysts are given access promptly after the request of the Company and to which the reports required by this covenant are posted along with, as applicable, details on the time and date of the conference call required by Section 4.03(d)(i) and information on how to access that conference call and (y) distribute via electronic mail such reports and conference call details to beneficial owners of, and prospective investors in, the Notes and Securities Analysts who request to receive such distributions or (B) file such reports electronically with the SEC through its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (or any successor system).

(e) In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Company becomes a guarantor of the Notes, the Company may satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.03 with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate .

(a) The Issuers and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) shall deliver to the Trustee (with a copy to the Registrar), within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuers have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuers have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuers are taking or propose to take with respect thereto).

(b) When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, or if the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent or the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Subsidiary gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default, the Issuers shall promptly (which shall be no more than five (5) Business Days) deliver to the Trustee (with a copy to the Notes Collateral Agent) by registered or certified mail or delivered by electronic transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event and what action the Issuers propose to take with respect thereto.

Section 4.05 Taxes .

The Issuers shall pay, and shall cause each of their Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws .

The Issuers and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage

 

-70-


of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuers and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee or any Agent, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(I) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Company’s, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:

(A) dividends, payments or distributions by the Company payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; or

(B) dividends, payments or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend, payment or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend, payment or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

(II) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

(III) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than:

(a) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7) and (8) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; or

(b) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

(IV) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above (other than any exception thereto contained in clauses (I) through (IV)) being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

 

-71-


(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuers could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof; and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock pursuant to clause (b) thereof only), (6)(c), (9), (14) (to the extent not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income), (17), (18) and (19) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b) hereof), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

(a) 50% of the aggregate Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning January 1, 2012, to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such aggregate Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus

(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property received by the Company since the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof) from the issue or sale of:

(i) (A) Equity Interests of the Company, including Treasury Capital Stock, but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:

(x) Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any direct or indirect parent company of the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof and

(y) Designated Preferred Stock; and

(B) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof); or

(ii) debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Company;

provided , however , that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock, (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Company sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus

 

-72-


(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Company following the Issue Date (other than (i) net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, (ii) contributions from a Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) any Excluded Contributions); plus

(d) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property received by the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary by means of:

(i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date; or

(ii) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of Section 4.07(b) hereof or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) after the Issue Date; plus

(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary ( provided that, if the fair market value of such Investment shall exceed $25.0 million, such valuation shall be set forth in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor), at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of Section 4.07(b) hereof or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof shall not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(2) (a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“ Treasury Capital Stock ”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent

 

-73-


contributed to the Company (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock and any Excluded Contributions) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”) and (b) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this Section 4.07(b), the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends or distributions per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(3) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof so long as:

(a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any reasonable premium (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

(b) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value;

(c) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired; and

(d) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired;

(4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided , however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $20.0 million (which shall increase to $40.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $30.0 million in any calendar year (which shall increase to $60.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by the Company or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company)); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 

-74-


(a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests are not Excluded Contributions and have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; plus

(b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; less

(c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management of the Company, any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.07 or any other provision of this Indenture;

(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any class or series of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges”;

(6) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Company after the Issue Date;

(b) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to a direct or indirect parent company of the Company, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of dividends or distributions paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Company from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or

(c) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends or distributions declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this Section 4.07(b);

provided , however , in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends or distributions on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

 

-75-


(7) Beginning on the date that is one year after the Issue Date, Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed $20.0 million (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(8) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(9) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions on the Company’s common stock (or the payment of dividends or distributions to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following the first public offering of the Company’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Issue Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Company in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the common stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies registered on Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

(10) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(11) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11) not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 1.0% of Total Assets at the time made; provided that Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11) may not be made with funds constituting (x) proceeds of the incurrence of Secured Indebtedness by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or (y) proceeds of Asset Sales;

(12) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;

(13) any Restricted Payment made in respect of fees and expenses owed to Affiliates (including dividends or distributions to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to fund such payment), in each case to the extent permitted by (or, in the case of a dividend or distributions to fund such payment, to the extent such payment, if made by the Company, would be permitted by) clause (3) of Section 4.11(b) hereof;

(14) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness in accordance with the provisions similar to those described under Sections 4.10 and Section 4.14 hereof; provided that all Notes validly tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer, Collateral Asset Sale Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

(15) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent entity, in amounts sufficient for any direct or indirect parent entity, in each case without duplication,

(a) to pay franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;

 

-76-


(b) to make Tax Distributions;

(c) to make Public Parent Distributions;

(d) to pay customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(e) to pay general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(f) to pay fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Company related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent entity;

(16) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

(17) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $200.0 million solely to the extent that (a) the Consolidated Total Debt Ratio on the last day of each of the two consecutive most recently completed fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment is no greater than 2.0 to 1.0 and (b) after giving pro forma effect to such Restricted Payment the Consolidated Total Debt Ratio for the most recently completed fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available would be no greater than 2.0 to 1.0; provided that Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (17) may not be made with funds constituting (x) proceeds of the incurrence of Secured Indebtedness by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or (y) proceeds of Asset Sales;

(18) after the Qualified IPO Date, and so long as the common stock of the Company or any of its parents remains listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq Stock Market, other Restricted Payments not to exceed in any calendar year $50.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $100.0 million in any calendar year); and

(19) after the Qualified IPO Date, payments in respect of Tax Receivable Agreement Payments;

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (11), (16), (17), (18) and (19) of this Section 4.07(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(c) The Company shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation shall be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount

 

-77-


would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to Section 4.07(a) hereof or under clause (7), (10), (11) or (16) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) (A) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or

(B) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

(b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities, the Letter of Credit Facilities, any Hedge Agreement, the DEDA Loan and the Security Agreement and, in each case, any related documentation;

(2) this Indenture and, the Notes and, the Guarantees;

(3) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof on the property so acquired;

(4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition or at the time it merges with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person (but, in any such case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;

(6) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Issuers pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

(7) (x) Secured Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof and (y) Liens permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.12 hereof, in each case, that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

-78-


(8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(9) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof;

(10) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements or arrangements relating solely to such joint venture;

(11) customary provisions contained in leases, licenses or similar agreements, including with respect to intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(12) any crude oil or other feedstock supply agreements, natural gas supply agreements, any offtake agreements relating to Intermediate Products or refined products or any similar agreements or arrangements, including the Statoil Oil Supply Agreements, the Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreements and the Toledo Morgan Stanley Oil Supply Agreements, in each case, that impose restrictions of the nature described in clause (3) above on the property so acquired or disposed;

(13) restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Company are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility; and

(14) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (13) of this Section 4.08(b); provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

Section 4.09 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Company shall not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro

 

-79-


forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof shall not apply to:

(1) the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to the greater of (a) $500.0 million and (b) the Borrowing Base;

(2) the incurrence by the Company and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any Guarantee) or Exchange Notes (other than any Additional Notes);

(3) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1), (2), (23), (27), (29) and (30) of this Section 4.09(b)) after giving effect to the use of proceeds set forth in the Offering Circular;

(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation, repair or improvement of property (real or personal), plant or equipment or other fixed or capital assets used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount, as at the date of such incurrence (including all Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refinance any other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (4)) not to exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 2.0% of Total Assets at the time incurred; provided , however , that such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase or other transaction or is incurred within 270 days thereafter;

(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

 

-80-


(7) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not Finance Co. or a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary holding such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness;

(8) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Guarantor or Finance Co. incurs such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is neither Finance Co. or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, in the case of Finance Co., or the Guarantee of the Notes, in the case of such Guarantor; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary holding such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (8);

(9) shares of Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (9);

(10) Hedging Obligations (i) other than Hedging Obligations covered by clause (ii) below, in each case to the extent that they are intended to be economically appropriate to the reduction of risks in the conduct and management of the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ business and (ii) related to interest rates so long as the notional principal amount of such Hedging Obligations at the time incurred does not exceed the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness to which such Hedging Obligations relate at such time, and unrealized losses or charges in respect of any such Hedging Obligations permitted under this clause (10);

(11) obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees or other similar bonds or obligations incurred or provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 100% of (i) the net cash proceeds received by the Company since immediately after the Issue Date from (x) the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or (y) cash contributed to the capital of the Company or (ii) in the case of issuances of Equity Interests of the Company as consideration for the acquisition of assets or other property, the fair market value of such assets or other property so acquired by the Company since immediately after the Issue Date (in each case, other than proceeds of an Excluded Contribution or from the issue or sale of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined, in the case of clause (i) above, in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of Section 4.07(a) hereof to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to such clauses or

 

-81-


pursuant to Section 4.07(b) hereof or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the definition thereof) and, in the case of clause (ii) above, as determined by the Company in its reasonable judgment, and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding including any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 4.0% of Total Assets at the time incurred or issued (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this clause (12)(b));

(13) Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in respect of any Indebtedness incurred as permitted under Section 4.09(a) hereof and clauses (2), (3) and (12)(a) of this Section 4.09(b), this clause (13) and clause (14) of this Section 4.09(b);

(14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided , that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either

(a) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test; or

(b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries is equal to or greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

(15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;

(16) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to any Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(17) (a) any guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture; or

(b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company; provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with Section 4.15 hereof;

 

-82-


(18) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(19) Indebtedness issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent described in clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof;

(20) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company incurred in an amount, not to exceed, at any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (20) the sum of (i) 90% of the book value of accounts of the Foreign Subsidiaries with respect to investment grade obligors plus (ii) 85% of the book value of accounts of the Foreign Subsidiaries with respect to non-investment grade obligors plus (iii) 80% of the cost of hydrocarbon inventory of the Foreign Subsidiaries plus (iv) 100% of cash and Cash Equivalents in deposit accounts of the Foreign Subsidiaries subject to a control agreement (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (20) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (20) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which such Foreign Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (20);

(21) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business;

(22) Indebtedness owed to banks and other financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(23) the DEDA Loan and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(24) Limited Recourse Purchase Money Indebtedness and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(25) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations under any crude oil or other feedstock supply agreements, natural gas supply agreements, hydrogen supply agreements, any off-take agreements relating to Intermediate Products or refined products, including the Statoil Oil Supply Agreements, the Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreements and the Toledo Morgan Stanley Oil Supply Agreements or any similar type of supply or offtake agreement on (i) the then prevailing market terms or (ii) terms substantially similar to such agreements or not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders, taken as a whole, compared to the terms of such agreements in effect on the Issue Date, taken as a whole, and including Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(26) Indebtedness incurred in connection with Environmental and Necessary Capex in an amount not to exceed $40,000,000 at any time outstanding in the aggregate;

 

-83-


(27) Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit issued pursuant to the Letter of Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding, and including Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, not to exceed $350,000,000 in connection with the purchase of Saudi Oil;

(28) Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit issued in connection with the purchase of crude oil or feedstock (including for the purchase of Saudi Oil) in the ordinary course of business (in addition to amounts described in clause (27) above);

(29) Indebtedness incurred by (i) Delaware City under the Delaware City Catalyst Sale/Leaseback Transaction, (ii) Toledo Refining under the Toledo Sale/Leaseback Transaction and (iii) Paulsboro under the Paulsboro Sale/Leaseback Transaction, and in each case any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; and

(30) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Savage Financing Agreement, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding, and including Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, not to exceed $20,000,000.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09:

(1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (30) of Section 4.09(b) hereof or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and shall only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses or under Section 4.09(a) hereof; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date shall be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; and

(2) at the time of incurrence, the Company shall be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Sections 4.09(a) and 4.09(b) hereof.

Accrual of interest or dividends or distributions, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends or distributions in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, the case may be, of the same class will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

 

-84-


The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Issuers shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is expressly subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuers or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuers or such Guarantor, as the case may be. For the purposes of this Indenture, Indebtedness that is unsecured shall not be deemed to be subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, and Senior Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

Section 4.10 Asset Sales .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate, directly or indirectly, an Asset Sale, unless:

(1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company as of the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale, including as to the value of all non-cash consideration) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of;

(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the aggregate consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from such Asset Sale and all other Asset Sales since the Issue Date, on a cumulative basis, is in the form of (A) cash or Cash Equivalents or (B) properties and capital assets to be used by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the business, or Capital Stock of a Person engaged in a Similar Business which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or any combination thereof; provided that the amount of

(A) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto or, if incurred or increased subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such incurrence or increase had taken place on the date of such balance sheet, as determined by the Company) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or liabilities to the extent owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary has been validly released from further liability,

 

-85-


(B) any securities, notes or other similar obligations, other than as set forth in clause (B) of this paragraph (2), received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and

(C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value determined by the Company, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 2.0% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value,

shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose; and

(3) if such Asset Sale constitutes a sale of Collateral, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall deposit the Net Proceeds therefrom immediately upon receipt thereof in an account (the “ Collateral Proceeds Account ”) held by or under the “control” of (within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code) the Notes Collateral Agent as security for all First Lien Obligations. The Collateral Proceeds Account shall be established by the Company within 10 Business Days after the Issue Date. The Company shall promptly notify the collateral agent under the Senior Credit Facilities (i) upon creation of the Collateral Proceeds Account and (ii) in the event that the Collateral Proceeds Account is closed for any reason and a successor Collateral Proceeds Account is opened, in each case, specifying the details of such Collateral Proceeds Account. Neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall permit any Lien on the Collateral Proceeds Account other than the Lien held by the Notes Collateral Agent for the benefit of the First Lien Secured Parties and any non-consensual Liens arising by operation of law.

(b) Within 365 days (540 days in the case of an Event of Loss) after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale of Collateral, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,

(1) to repay:

(A) Obligations constituting First Lien Obligations (and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto) ( provided that if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall so reduce First Lien Obligations other than the Notes, the Company will equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided under Section 3.07 hereof, through open-market purchases ( provided that such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for a Collateral Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of Notes so purchased); or

(B) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

-86-


(2) to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses, provided that if such business is not a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) an Investment in properties, (c) capital expenditures or (d) acquisitions of other assets, that, in each of clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d), are used or useful in a Similar Business or to replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

provided that, in the case of clause (2) of this Section 4.10(b), a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “ Acceptable Commitment ”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Collateral Excess Proceeds.

(c) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale of non-Collateral, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale:

(1) to repay:

(A) Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto to the extent required under the Senior Credit Facilities; or

(B) Obligations under Senior Indebtedness that are secured by a Lien on such non-Collateral, which Lien is permitted by this Indenture, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; or

(C) Obligations under other Senior Indebtedness (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto), provided that to the extent the Issuers reduce their Obligations under Senior Indebtedness other than the Notes, the Issuers shall reduce their Obligations under the Notes on a pro rata basis as provided under Section 3.07 hereof through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or offer to purchase Notes by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth under Section 4.10(d) hereof) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or

(D) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; or

(2) to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses, provided that if such business is not a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) an Investment in properties, (c) capital expenditures or (d) acquisitions of other assets, that in each of clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) are used or useful in a Similar Business; or to replace the businesses properties, and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

 

-87-


provided that, in the case of clause (2) of this Section 4.10(c), a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds shall be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of an Acceptable Commitment and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.

(d) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales of Collateral that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time periods set forth in Section 4.10(b) shall constitute “ Collateral Excess Proceeds .” When the aggregate amount of Collateral Excess Proceeds (including any Collateral Excess Proceeds held in the Collateral Proceeds Account) exceeds $30.0 million or at such earlier date if the Issuers so elect, the Issuers will be required to make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of First Lien Obligations to the holders of such First Lien Obligations (a “ Collateral Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such First Lien Obligations that is a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof that may be purchased out of the Collateral Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. The Issuers will commence a Collateral Asset Sale Offer with respect to Collateral Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Collateral Excess Proceeds (including any Collateral Excess Proceeds held in the Collateral Proceeds Account) exceed $30.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee and the Paying Agent. The Issuers may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making a Collateral Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 365 days or with respect to Collateral Excess Proceeds of $30.0 million or less.

Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales of non-Collateral that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in Section 4.10(c) will constitute “ Excess Proceeds . ” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $30.0 million, the Issuers will be required to make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required or permitted by the terms of any other Senior Indebtedness, to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Senior Indebtedness that is a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. The Issuers will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $30.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee and the Paying Agent. The Issuers may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 365 days or with respect to Excess Proceeds of $30.0 million or less.

To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other First Lien Obligations tendered pursuant to a Collateral Asset Sale Offer is less than the Collateral Excess Proceeds, the Issuers may use any remaining Collateral Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture and, if any such remaining Collateral Excess Proceeds are then held in the Collateral Proceeds Account at such time, such remaining Collateral Excess Proceeds shall be released from the Collateral Proceeds Account at the Company’s direction. To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other Senior Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is

 

-88-


less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuers may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or other First Lien Obligations surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Collateral Excess Proceeds, (1) the Trustee or the Registrar shall select the Notes to be purchased by lot or such other method in accordance with the procedures of DTC and (2) the representatives for the holders of such other First Lien Obligations shall select such other First Lien Obligations, with such selected Notes and First Lien Obligations to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes and such other First Lien Obligations tendered. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the Senior Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, (1) the Trustee or the Registrar shall select the Notes to be purchased and (2) the representatives for the holders of such other Senior Indebtedness shall select such other Senior Indebtedness, with such selected Notes and Senior Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes and such Senior Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Collateral Asset Sale Offer or Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Collateral Excess Proceeds or Excess Proceeds, as the case may be, shall be reset at zero.

(e) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds from non-Collateral pursuant to this Section 4.10, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

(f) The Issuers shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to a Collateral Asset Sale Offer or an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will be governed by the provisions of Section 4.14 and/or the provisions of Section 5.01, and not by the provisions of this Section 4.10.

Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20.0 million, unless:

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Company or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and

(2) the Company delivers to the Trustee and the Registrar with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $40.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Company approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a).

 

-89-


(b) The provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof shall not apply to the following:

(1) transactions between or among the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

(3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses to the Investors or any of their Affiliates pursuant to agreements in effect on the Issue Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed 1% of EBITDA in any fiscal year (plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses accrued in any prior year) and the termination fees pursuant to such agreements, or any amendment thereto so long as any such amendment is not more disadvantageous in the good faith judgment of the Company to the Holders when, taken as a whole, compared to such agreements in effect on the Issue Date;

(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided for the benefit of, current or former officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee and the Registrar a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Company or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;

(6) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

(7) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole;

(8) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Company or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 

-90-


(9) (A) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to any Permitted Holder or to any director, officer, employee or consultant (or their respective estates, trusts, investment funds, investment vehicles or immediate family members) of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) any contribution to the equity capital of the Company;

(10) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

(11) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors or any of their Affiliates made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Company in good faith;

(12) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company) that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company, directly or indirectly, owns Equity Interests in, or controls, such Person;

(13) corporate sharing arrangements with MLP Subsidiaries with respect to general overhead and other administrative matters;

(14) any transaction with any Person who is not an Affiliate immediately before the consummation of such transaction that becomes an Affiliate as a result of such transaction; provided that such transaction was not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(15) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, equity incentive plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by the Company in good faith; and

(16) investments by the Investors in securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and the payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Investors in connection therewith) so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities.

Section 4.12 Liens .

The Issuers shall not, and the Company shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) (each, a “ Subject Lien ”) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related Guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuers or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom unless, in the case of Subject Liens on any other asset or property not constituting Collateral, the Notes and related Guarantees are equally and ratably secured by a Lien (or on a senior basis if such Subject Lien secures Subordinated Indebtedness) on such property, assets or proceeds with such Liens.

 

-91-


The foregoing shall not apply to (a) Liens under the Security Documents, (b) Liens on ABL Collateral securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof and (c) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09 hereof having an aggregate principal amount, taken together with all other Indebtedness secured by Liens pursuant to this subclause (c), not to exceed the greater of (x) $450.0 million and (y) an amount such that at the time of incurrence, and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 1.75 to 1.0; provided that with respect to Liens on assets constituting Collateral securing Obligations permitted under this clause (c), the Notes and the related Guarantees are secured by Liens on the assets subject to such Liens to the extent, with the priority, in each case no less favorable to the Holders of the Notes than those described in the Security Agreement.

Section 4.13 Corporate Existence .

Except as provided in this Article IV and Article V hereof, each of the Issuers shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time) of the Issuers or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the Issuers shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Issuers in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control .

(a) If a Change of Control occurs that results in a Ratings Decline, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under Section 3.07 hereof, the Issuers shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail or by electronic transmission, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC with a copy to the Trustee and the Registrar, with the following information:

(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuers;

(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);

(3) that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

 

-92-


(4) that unless the Issuers default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

(6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuers to purchase such Notes, provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the expiration date of the Change of Control Offer, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes, or a specified portion thereof, and its election to have such Notes purchased;

(7) that if the Issuers are redeeming less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to at least $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 thereafter;

(8) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and

(9) such other instructions, as determined by the Issuers, as are consistent with this Section 4.14, that a Holder must follow.

The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. If (a) the notice is mailed in a manner herein provided and (b) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect. The Issuers shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this Indenture by virtue thereof.

(1) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent permitted by law,

(2) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

(3) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and

 

-93-


(4) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Registrar for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Registrar stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuers.

(b) The Issuers shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon the occurrence of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

(c) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.14, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.14 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06 hereof.

Section 4.15 Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries .

The Company shall not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities), other than a Guarantor, Finance Co. or a Foreign Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuers or any other Guarantor unless:

(1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor:

(a) if the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment to such Indebtedness, the Guarantee under the supplemental indenture shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary’s guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness substantially to the same extent as the Notes are subordinated to such Indebtedness; and

(b) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes;

(2) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers joinders or supplements to the Security Documents providing for a pledge of its assets as Collateral for the Notes Obligations and the other First Lien Obligations to the same extent as set forth in this Indenture and the Security Documents; and

(3) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and shall not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee;

 

-94-


provided that this Section 4.15 shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.

Section 4.16 Discharge and Suspension of Covenants .

(a) If after the Issue Date (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as an “ Investment Grade Rating Event ”) then, beginning on that day and continuing at all times thereafter regardless of any subsequent changes in the rating of the Notes, Section 4.07 hereof, Section 4.08 hereof, Section 4.09 hereof, Section 4.10 hereof, Section 4.11 hereof, and clause (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof shall no longer be applicable to the Notes (collectively, the “ Suspended Covenants ”).

(b) In the event that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under the Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “ Reversion Date ”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this description as the “ Suspension Period .” The Guarantees of the Guarantors will be suspended during the Suspension Period. Additionally, upon the occurrence of an Investment Grade Rating Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Asset Sales shall be reset to zero.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any such reinstatement, no action taken or omitted to be taken by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such reinstatement will give rise to a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture; provided that (1) with respect to Restricted Payments made after such reinstatement, the amount of Restricted Payments made will be calculated as though Section 4.07 hereof had been in effect during the Suspension Period; (2) no Subsidiaries may be designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period; and (3) all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been incurred or issued pursuant to clause (3) of Section 4.09(b) hereof.

(d) The Issuers shall deliver promptly to the Trustee (with a copy to the Registrar) an Officer’s Certificate notifying it of any such occurrence under this Section 4.16.

Section 4.17 Covenant Substitution on and Release of Collateral when Notes Rated In vestment Grade .

(a) Immediately upon the first date following the Issue Date on which an Investment Grade Rating Event has occurred:

(i) all Collateral securing the Notes and Guarantees (solely with respect to the Note Obligations) shall be released in accordance with the terms set forth in Section 12.04 of this Indenture and the Security Documents;

(ii) the Issuers and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to Section 4.12 but shall instead be subject to Section 4.17(b); and

 

-95-


(iii) to the extent not suspended pursuant to Section 4.16, the provisions under Section 4.10(b) shall cease to apply and the provisions relating to Section 4.10(c) shall apply to all Asset Sales.

(b) Immediately upon the first date following the Issue Date on which an Investment Grade Rating Event has occurred, the Issuers will not, and the Company will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuers or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

(i) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

(ii) in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured;

except that the foregoing shall not apply to (a) Liens under the Security Documents, (b) Liens on the assets securing the Credit Facilities (on the Issue Date after giving effect to the issuance of the Notes and use of proceeds therefrom), securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof (including, during any Suspension Period, Indebtedness of the type and in the amounts specified under such clause) and (c) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred in Section 4.09 hereof; provided that, with respect to Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under this subclause (c), at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 2.0 to 1.0.

Section 4.18 Limitations on Activities of Finance Co .

Finance Co. may not hold any material assets, become liable for any material obligations, engage in any trade or business, or conduct any business activity, other than (1) the issuance of its Equity Interests to the Company or any Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (2) the incurrence of Indebtedness as a co-obligor or guarantor, as the case may be, of the Notes and any other Indebtedness that is permitted to be incurred by the Company under Section 4.09; provided that the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are not retained by Finance Co., and (3) activities incidental thereto. Neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall engage in any transactions with Finance Co. in violation of the first sentence of this Section 4.18. At any time when the Company or a Successor Company is a corporation, Finance Co. may consolidate or merge with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Section 4.19 After-Acquired Collateral and Post-Closing Obligations .

(a) From and after the Issue Date, subject to the terms of the Security Documents, if the Issuers or any Guarantor creates any additional security interest upon any property or asset that would constitute Collateral to secure any First Lien Obligations, it shall concurrently grant a first-priority perfected security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) upon such property to the Notes Collateral Agent as security for the Notes Obligations.

(b) Promptly following the acquisition by the Issuer or any Guarantor of any assets or property (other than Excluded Property) after the Issue Date, including any property or assets acquired by the Issuers or a Guarantor from another Guarantor, which in each case constitutes Collateral (“ After-

 

-96-


Acquired Collateral ”), the Issuers or such Guarantor shall execute and deliver such mortgages, deeds of trust, security instruments and financing statements, title insurance policies, surveys and certificates and opinions of counsel as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the Notes Collateral Agent a perfected security interest in such After-Acquired Collateral and to have such After-Acquired Collateral added to the Collateral, in each case to the extent required under this Indenture and the Security Documents, and thereupon all provisions of the Indenture relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such After-Acquired Collateral to the same extent and with the same force and effect.

(c) Upon each Restricted Subsidiary’s execution and delivery to the Trustee of a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, the Issuers shall cause each such Restricted Subsidiary to become a party to the Security Documents, as applicable, and to execute and file all documents and instruments necessary to vest in the Notes Collateral Agent a perfected security in the Collateral of such Restricted Subsidiary.

(d) The Issuers shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent within 90 days after the Issue Date the documents as set forth on Schedule D of the Purchase Agreement.

Section 4.20 Future Guarantees .

(a) If the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries acquire or create another domestic Wholly-Owned Subsidiary after the Issue Date, then that newly acquired or created domestic Wholly-Owned Subsidiary must become a Guarantor and execute a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit D and supplemental Security Documents within 10 Business Days of the date on which it was acquired or created; provided that all Subsidiaries that have properly been designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries under this Indenture shall not become Guarantors for so long as they continue to constitute Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

(b) The following additional requirements shall apply:

(i) the Issuers and the new Guarantor will cause to be filed such amendments or other instruments, if any, and recorded in such jurisdictions as may be required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Lien of the Security Documents on the Collateral owned by or transferred to such new Guarantor, together with such financing statements and other documents and instruments as may be required to perfect any security interests in such Collateral to the extent required hereunder or by the Security Documents;

(ii) any Collateral owned by or transferred to the new Guarantor shall (A) continue to constitute Collateral under this Indenture and the Security Documents; and (B) not be subject to any Lien other than Liens permitted by this Indenture and the Security Documents; and

(iii) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee (with a copy to the Notes Collateral Agent) an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such supplemental indenture and Security Documents comply with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied and that such supplemental indenture and Security Documents are enforceable against the new Guarantor, subject to customary qualifications, and are effective to perfect the Lien of the Security Documents on the Collateral.

 

-97-


Section 4.21 Maintenance of Properties; Insurance .

(a) The Issuers will cause all properties owned by either of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary material to the conduct of their business or the business of any Restricted Subsidiary to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order (other than wear and tear in the ordinary course of business) and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Issuers may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 4.21 shall prevent the Issuers from discontinuing the maintenance of any of such properties if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Issuers, desirable in the conduct of their business or the business of any Restricted Subsidiary.

(b) The Issuers and the Guarantors shall:

(i) maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies (provided if any such insurance company shall at any time cease to be financially sound and reputable, there shall be no breach of this provision in the event that the Issuers and/or the Guarantors promptly (and in any event within 45 days of becoming aware thereof) obtain such insurance from an alternative insurance carrier that is financially sound and reputable) property and liability insurance, to such extent and against such risks (and with such deductibles, retentions and exclusions) as is customary for similarly situated companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations or markets as the Issuers and the Restricted Subsidiaries (after giving effect to any self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations or markets as the Issuers and the Restricted Subsidiaries),;

(ii) maintain in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Collateral Trust Agreement title insurance on all real property Collateral insuring the Notes Collateral Agent’s Lien on such property, subject only to Liens not prohibited by this Indenture and other exceptions to title approved by the Notes Collateral Agent following consultation with counsel at the expense of the Issuers and the Guarantors to the extent provided for in Article VII; and

(iii) maintain such other insurance as may be required by the Security Documents.

The Notes Collateral Agent shall be named as additional insured on all liability insurance policies of the Issuers and the Guarantors and the Notes Collateral Agent shall be named as loss payee and mortgagee on all property and casualty insurance policies of the Issuers and the Guarantors. The liability and property insurance policies shall be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a customary additional insured, lender’s loss payable or mortgagee endorsement, as applicable. The Issuers and the Guarantors shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the Notes Collateral Agent shall be provided with 30 days’ notice of cancellation of all property and casualty insurance policies of the Issuers and the Guarantors.

Section 4.22 Other Documents .

(a) The Issuers and the Guarantors shall execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all further action that may be required under applicable law, or that the Notes Collateral Agent may reasonably request (including without limitation, the delivery of Officer’s Certificates and Opinions of Counsel), in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests and Liens created or intended to be created by the Security

 

-98-


Documents. In addition, from time to time, the Issuers will reasonably promptly secure the Obligations under the Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents by pledging or creating, or causing to be pledged or created, perfected security interests in and liens on the Collateral, in each case, to the extent required under the Indenture and/or the Security Documents. Such security interests and Liens will be created under the Security Documents and other security agreements, mortgages and other instruments and documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Notes Collateral Agent.

ARTICLE V

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

(a) The Company shall not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1) either (x) the Company is the surviving entity or (y) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Company or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”), provided that in the case where the surviving Person is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation;

(2) the Successor Company, if other than the Company, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures in the form attached to this Indenture;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,

(A) the Company or the Successor Company, as applicable, would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof, or

(B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company (or, if applicable, the Successor Company) and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

(5) to the extent any assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Successor Company are assets of the type which would constitute Collateral under the Security Documents, the Successor Company will take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents in the manner and to the extent required in this Indenture or any of the Security Documents and shall take all reasonably necessary action so that such Lien is perfected to the extent required by the Security Documents;

 

-99-


(6) the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor Company shall (a) continue to constitute Collateral under this Indenture and the Security Documents, (b) be subject to the Lien for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes and the other First Lien Obligations, and (c) not be subject to any Lien other than Liens not prohibited under this Indenture;

(7) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case Section 5.01(c)(1)(b) hereof shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Security Documents; and

(8) the Company (or, if applicable, the Successor Company) shall have delivered to the Trustee (with a copy to the Registrar) an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture.

(b) Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof,

(x) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuers, and

(y) the Company may merge with an Affiliate of the Company, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of incorporating or reincorporating the Company in any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

(c) Subject to Section 10.06 of this Indenture, no Guarantor shall, and the Company shall not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company or Guarantor is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1) (a) such Guarantor is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

(b) the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or in the form attached to this Indenture;

(c) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

(d) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee (with a copy to the Registrar) an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; or

(e) to the extent any assets of the Guarantor which is merged or consolidated with or into the Successor Person are assets of the type which would constitute Collateral under the

 

-100-


Security Documents, the Successor Person will take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents in the manner and to the extent required in this Indenture or any of the Security Documents and shall take all reasonably necessary action so that such Lien is perfected to the extent required by the Security Documents; and

(f) the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor Person shall (i) continue to constitute Collateral under this Indenture and the Security Documents, (ii) be subject to the Lien for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, and (iii) not be subject to any Lien other than Liens not prohibited under this Indenture; or

(2) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof.

(d) Subject to Section 5.01(c) of this Indenture, the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may (i) merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or either Issuer, (ii) merge with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of incorporating, reincorporating or reorganizing the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby, or (iii) convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor;

(e) Finance Co. may not, directly or indirectly, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not Finance Co. is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Finance Co.’s properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1) (a) concurrently therewith, a corporate Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (which may be the continuing Person as a result of such transaction) expressly assumes all the obligations of Finance Co. under the Notes, pursuant to supplemental indentures in the form attached to this Indenture; or

(b) after giving effect thereto, at least one obligor on the Notes shall be a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof;

(2) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing; and

(3) Finance Co. shall have delivered to the Trustee and the Registrar an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture, if any, comply with this Indenture.

Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted .

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuers in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Issuers is merged or to

 

-101-


which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Issuers shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Issuers), and may exercise every right and power of the Issuers under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuers herein; provided that any predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all of an Issuer’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Events of Default .

(a) Each of the following is an “ Event of Default ”:

(1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

(2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes;

(3) failure by either Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary for 30 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes to comply with the provisions described in Section 4.10 or Section 4.14;

(4) failure by either Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than an Event of Default referred to in clauses (1) through (3) above) contained in this Indenture, the Notes or the Security Documents;

(5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:

(a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

(b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $40.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;

 

-102-


(6) failure by any Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $40.0 million (other than any judgments covered by indemnities from indemnitors with corporate Investment Grade Ratings or covered, directly or indirectly, by insurance policies issued by reputable and creditworthy insurance companies as determined in good faith by the Company, in each case so long as such indemnitor or insurance company has been provided notice of the judgment and has not in writing disputed responsibility therefor or disclaimed coverage) which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgments have become final and, in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

(7) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy law;

(iii) consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property; or

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

(8) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(i) is for relief against an Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in a proceeding in which the Issuers or any such Restricted Subsidiaries, that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(ii) appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

 

-103-


(iii) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days;

(9) the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture; or

(10) with respect to any Collateral having a fair market value in excess of $50.0 million, individually or in the aggregate, (a) the security interest under the Security Documents, at any time, ceases to be in full force and effect for any reason other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Security Documents or (b) the Issuers or any Guarantor asserts, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable.

(b) In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (5) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:

(1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or

(2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

(3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

Section 6.02 Acceleration .

If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 6.01(a) hereof) occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or, the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. The Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith (acting upon advice of agents or counsel, as it deems necessary) determines acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the Notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (8) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable immediately without further action or notice.

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if

 

-104-


the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest, Additional Interest, if any, or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

Section 6.03 Other Remedies .

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee and any Agent may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults .

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee (with a copy to the Registrar) may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note held by a non-consenting Holder (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer); provided , subject to Section 6.02 hereof, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration; provided further such rescission would not conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.05 Control by Majority .

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Sections 7.01 and 7.02, that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits .

Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

-105-


(4) Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(5) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(6) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee .

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as provided in Section 7.07.

Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies .

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuers, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.

Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative .

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee, to the Agents or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver .

No delay or omission of the Trustee, any Agent or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver

 

-106-


of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee, to any Agent or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers (or any other obligor upon the Notes including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee and the Agents any amount due to them for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, the Agents and their respective agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee and the Agents under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, the Agents and their respective agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee and the Agents under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.13 Priorities .

Subject to the Security Documents, with respect to the Collateral, if the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

(i) to the Trustee, each Agent and their respective agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof;

(ii) to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, respectively; and

(iii) to the Issuers or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct, including a Guarantor, if applicable.

The Trustee or such Agent may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.13.

 

-107-


Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs .

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee .

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture.

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction in a final ruling from which no appeal may be taken that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

 

-108-


(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

(e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense.

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuers. Unless otherwise agreed in writing with the Issuers, money held in trust by the Trustee shall be held uninvested and need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee .

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuers, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuers and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuers shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuers.

(f) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.

(g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. Delivery of reports to the Trustee or any Agent pursuant to Section 4.03 hereof shall not constitute actual knowledge of, or notice to, the Trustee or such Agent of the information contained therein.

 

-109-


(h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each Agent, Custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(j) In the event the Issuers are required to pay Additional Interest, the Issuers will provide written notice to the Trustee of the Issuers’ obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date, which notice shall set forth the amount of the Additional Interest to be paid by the Issuers. None of the Trustee or any Agent shall at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Additional Interest is payable and the amount thereof.

(k) The Trustee and any Agent may request that the Company and any Guarantor deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers (with specimen signatures) authorized at such times to take specific actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superceded.

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee .

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer .

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuers or upon the Issuers’ direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture.

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults .

If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith (acting on advice of agents or counsel as it deems necessary) determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be deemed to know of any Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

 

-110-


Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes .

Within 60 days after each February 15, beginning with the February 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed or delivered by electronic transmission to the Issuers and filed with each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed to the extent required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d) and, following the Registered Exchange Offer and qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, with the SEC. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Registrar when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity .

The Issuers shall pay to the Trustee and each Agent from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers shall reimburse the Trustee and each Agent promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of one counsel to the Indemnified Person(s) (as defined below).

The Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee, each Agent and their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents (each an “ Indemnified Person ”), for, and hold such Indemnified Person harmless against, any and all loss, damage, liability or expense (including, without limitation, losses, damages, liabilities and expenses under environmental laws, as well as reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuers or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuers or any Guarantor, or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). Each Indemnified Person shall notify the Issuers promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by an Indemnified Person to so notify the Issuers shall not relieve the Issuers of their obligations hereunder. The Issuers shall defend the claim and the Indemnified Persons may have one separate counsel and the Issuers shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuers need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, damage, liability or expense incurred by an Indemnified Person attributable to such Indemnified Person’s own willful misconduct or gross negligence as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final ruling from which no appeal may be taken.

The obligations of the Issuers under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee and any Agent.

 

-111-


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.12 hereof, to secure the payment obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee and each Agent shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee or such Agent, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

When the Trustee or any Agent incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(7) or (8) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee .

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuers. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuers in writing. The Issuers may remove the Trustee if:

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuers.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Issuers’ expense), the Issuers or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

-112-


Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc .

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification .

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers .

The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

Section 7.12 No Bonds Required .

Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall be required to post a bond or similar security in respect of the performance of its power and duties hereunder.

Section 7.13 Special, Punitive, Indirect or Consequential Damages .

In no event shall the Trustee or any Agent be responsible or liable for special, punitive, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee or such Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

Section 7.14 Patriot Act .

The parties hereto acknowledge that in order to help the United States government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, pursuant to Federal regulations that became effective on October 1, 2003 (Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act) requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, record and update information that identifies each person establishing a relationship or opening an account. The parties to this Agreement agree that they will provide to the Trustee and to the Agents such information as they may request, from time to time, in order for the Trustee and the Agents to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, including but not limited to the name, address, tax identification number and other information that will allow it to identify the individual or entity who is establishing the relationship or opening the account and may also ask for formation documents such as articles of incorporation or other identifying documents to be provided.

 

-113-


ARTICLE VIII

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge .

Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments delivered to it and reasonably acceptable to it acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(a) the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

(b) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee and each Agent, and the Issuers’ obligations in connection therewith;

(d) this Section 8.02; and

(e) the optional redemption provisions of this Indenture to the extent that Legal Defeasance is to be effected together with a redemption.

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuers may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance .

Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.19, 4.20 and 4.21 hereof and clauses (4) and (5) of Section 5.01(a), Sections 5.01(c) and 5.01(d) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after

 

-114-


the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (“ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuers may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(a)(3), 6.01(a)(4), 6.01(a)(5), 6.01(a)(6), 6.01(a)(7) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries), 6.01(a)(8) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries), 6.01(a)(9) and 6.01(a)(10) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:

(1) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Paying Agent, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes and the Issuers must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee (with a copy to the Paying Agent) an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

(a) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

(b) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

-115-


(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee (with a copy to the Paying Agent) an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which, any of the Issuers or any Guarantor is a party or by which any of the Issuers or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting, with respect to any Indebtedness being defeased, from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to such Indebtedness, and the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

(6) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee (with a copy to the Paying Agent) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, including, that no intervening bankruptcy of the Issuers between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the deposit and assuming that no holder is an “insider” of the Issuers under the applicable bankruptcy law, after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Code;

(7) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee (with a copy to the Paying Agent) an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuers or any Guarantor or others; and

(8) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee (with a copy to the Paying Agent) an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Mis cellaneous Provisions .

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Paying Agent pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Paying Agent, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

-116-


The Issuers shall pay and indemnify the Trustee and each Agent against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Paying Agent shall deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the request of the Issuers any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Paying Agent (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(2)(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuers .

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuers, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on their request or (if then held by the Issuers) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuers for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

Section 8.07 Reinstatement .

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuers make any payment of principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes .

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuers, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or this Indenture) and the Trustee (upon the Trustee’s receipt of an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel acceptable to it) may amend or supplement this Indenture, any Security Document and any Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder:

(a) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency; provided such cure does not adversely affect any Note holder;

 

-117-


(b) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(c) to comply with Section 5.01 hereof;

(d) to provide for the assumption of the Issuers’ or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders;

(e) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;

(f) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon any Issuer or any Guarantor;

(g) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(h) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;

(i) to add a Guarantor under this Indenture or the Security Documents;

(j) to add Additional First Lien Secured Parties to any Security Documents and to secure any Additional First Lien Obligations;

(k) to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant any other Lien for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, as additional security for the payment and performance of all or any portion of the Notes Obligations, in any property or assets, including any which are required to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated, or in which a Lien is required to be granted pursuant to this Indenture, any of the Security Documents or otherwise;

(l) to release a Guarantor or Collateral from the Lien for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes when permitted or required by the Security Documents or this Indenture;

(m) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Circular to the extent that such provision in such “Description of Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Guarantees or the Notes;

(n) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided , however , that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes.

Upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by a resolution of their respective boards of directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall be obligated to enter into such amended or

 

-118-


supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, and delivery of an Officer’s Certificate.

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes .

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuers and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof and Section 2.09 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.02.

Upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by a resolution of their respective boards of directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee and any Agent shall join with the Issuers in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s or such Agent’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee or such Agent may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuers to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

Without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(i) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(ii) reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (other than provisions relating to Section 3.09, Section 3.10, Section 4.10 and Section 4.14 hereof to the extent that any such amendment or waiver does not have the effect of reducing the principal of or changing the fixed final maturity of any such Note or altering or waiving the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes);

 

-119-


(iii) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(iv) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;

(v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein;

(vi) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;

(vii) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;

(viii) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

(ix) make any change to or modify the ranking or Lien priority on Collateral of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or

(x) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Subsidiary in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes.

In addition, without the consent of at least 66  2 / 3 % in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not modify any Security Document or the provisions of this Indenture dealing with the Security Documents or application of trust moneys under the Security Documents, or otherwise release any Collateral, in any manner materially adverse to the Holders other than in accordance with this Indenture and the Security Documents.

Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act .

From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents .

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder; provided that any amendment or waiver that requires the consent of each affected Holder of a Note shall not become effective with respect to any non-consenting Holder pursuant to the penultimate paragraph in Section 9.02 hereof.

 

-120-


The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained.

Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes .

The Registrar may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuers in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Authenticating Agent shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc .

The Trustee and each Agent shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee or such Agent. The Issuers may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until the board of directors approves it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee and each Agent shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuers and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel will be required for the Trustee or any Agent to execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture, other than pursuant to Section 4.15.

Section 9.07 Payment for Consent .

Neither the Issuers nor any Affiliate of the Issuers shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to all Holders and is paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

 

-121-


ARTICLE X

GUARANTEES

Section 10.01 Guarantee .

Subject to this Article X, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Authenticating Agent and to the Trustee, each Agent and their respective successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee or the Agents hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuers, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives, to the extent permitted by law, diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuers, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuers, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees of one counsel) incurred by the Trustee, any Agent or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuers, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuers or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee, any Agent or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article VI hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article VI hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees.

 

-122-


Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuers for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuers become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuers’ assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

The Guarantee issued by any Guarantor shall be a senior secured obligation of such Guarantor and shall be pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, if any.

Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability .

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Agents, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article X, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery .

To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its President, one of its Vice Presidents or one of its Assistant Vice Presidents.

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

 

-123-


If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Authenticating Agent authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

The delivery of any Note by the Authenticating Agent, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

If required by Section 4.15 hereof, the Issuers shall cause any newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof and this Article X, to the extent applicable.

Section 10.04 Subrogation .

Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuers in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01 hereof; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuers under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

Section 10.05 Benefits Acknowledged .

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

Section 10.06 Release of Guarantees .

A Guarantee by a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Issuers, the Agents or the Trustee is required for the release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee, upon:

(i) (A) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Guarantor, after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor, in each case, if such sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

(B) [Reserved];

(C) the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

(D) the exercise by the Issuers of their Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article VIII hereof or the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and

(ii) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee (with a copy to the Notes Collateral Agent) an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

 

-124-


ARTICLE XI

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge .

This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when either:

(1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuers and thereafter repaid to the Issuers or discharged from such trust, have been delivered to the Registrar for cancellation; or

(2) (A) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Registrar for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, shall become due and payable within one year or may be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee and the Paying Agent for the giving of notice of redemption by the Registrar in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers and the Issuers or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Paying Agent as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Registrar for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

(B) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuers or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuers or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

(C) the Issuers have paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by them under this Indenture and not provided for by the deposit required by clause (2)(B) above; and

(D) the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Paying Agent to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Issuers must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee (with a copy to the Paying Agent) stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

 

-125-


Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Paying Agent pursuant to clause (2)(A) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Section 11.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall survive.

Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money .

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Paying Agent pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment as the Paying Agent may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Additional Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Paying Agent; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuers’ and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuers have made any payment of principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. Nothing herein shall preclude the Company from acting as its own Paying Agent.

ARTICLE XII

COLLATERAL

Section 12.01 Security Documents .

The payment of the principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes when due, whether on an interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise and whether by the Issuers pursuant to the Notes or by any Guarantor pursuant to its Guarantee, the payment of all other Obligations and the performance of all other obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors under this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees and the Security Documents are secured as provided in the Security Documents and will be secured by Security Documents hereafter delivered as required or permitted by this Indenture. The Issuers shall, and shall cause each Guarantor to, and each Guarantor shall, do all filings (including filings of continuation statements and amendments to Uniform Commercial Code financing statements that may be necessary to continue the effectiveness of such Uniform Commercial Code financing statements) and all other actions as are necessary or required by the Security Documents to maintain (at the sole cost and expense of the Issuers and the Guarantors) the security interest created by the Security Documents in the Collateral as a perfected security interest, subject only to Liens permitted by this Indenture.

Section 12.02 Notes Collateral Agent .

(a) Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas is hereby designated and appointed as the Notes Collateral Agent of the Holders under the Security Documents, and is authorized as the Notes Collateral Agent for such Holders to execute and enter into each of the Security Documents and all other instruments relating to the Security Documents and (i) to take action and exercise such powers and use such discretion as are expressly required or permitted hereunder and under the Security Documents and all

 

-126-


instruments relating hereto and thereto and (ii) to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are, in each case, expressly delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms hereof and thereof together with such other powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental hereto and thereto.

(b) The Notes Collateral Agent is authorized and empowered to appoint one or more co-Collateral Agents as it deems necessary or appropriate.

(c) The Notes Collateral Agent shall have all the rights and protections provided in the Security Documents as well as Article VII hereof.

(d) Subject to Section 7.01 hereof, none of the Trustee, any Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys or agents will be responsible or liable for the existence, genuineness, value or protection of any Collateral, for the legality, enforceability, effectiveness or sufficiency of the Security Documents, for the creation, perfection, priority, sufficiency or protection of any first priority Lien securing the Notes, or any defect or deficiency as to any such matters.

(e) Subject to the Security Documents, the Trustee shall direct the Notes Collateral Agent from time to time to the extent specified herein or in the Security Documents to which the Trustee is a party. Subject to the Security Documents, except as directed by the Trustee as required or permitted by this Indenture, the Holders acknowledge that the Notes Collateral Agent will not be obligated:

(i) to act upon directions purported to be delivered to it by any other Person;

(ii) to foreclose upon or otherwise enforce any first priority Lien securing the Notes; or

(iii) to take any other action whatsoever with regard to any or all of the first priority Liens securing the Notes, Security Documents or Collateral.

(f) In acting as Notes Collateral Agent or co-Notes Collateral Agent, the Notes Collateral Agent and each co-Notes Collateral Agent may rely upon and enforce each and all of the rights, powers, immunities, indemnities and benefits of the Trustee under Article 7 hereof.

Section 12.03 Authorization of Actions to Be Taken .

(a) Each Holder of Notes, by its acceptance thereof, consents and agrees to the terms of each Security Document, as originally in effect and as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms or the terms of this Indenture, authorizes and directs the Trustee and each Agent to enter into (i) consents or joinders, as applicable, to the Security Documents to which it is a party and (ii) customary intercreditor agreements and collateral access agreements with representatives and agents representing the holders of Indebtedness secured by any Liens not prohibited under this Indenture (including the Collateral Access Agreement and the Statoil Intercreditor Agreement).

(b) The Trustee and each Agent is authorized and empowered to receive for the benefit of the Holders of Notes any funds collected or distributed to the Trustee or such Agent, as applicable, under the Security Documents to which the Trustee and/or such Agent is a party and, subject to the terms of the Security Documents, to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders of Notes according to the provisions of this Indenture.

 

-127-


(c) Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, Section 7.02, and the Security Documents, the Trustee may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders, direct in writing, on behalf of the Holders, the Notes Collateral Agent to take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to:

(i) foreclose upon or otherwise enforce any or all of the first priority Liens securing the Notes;

(ii) enforce any of the terms of the Security Documents to which the Notes Collateral Agent or Trustee is a party; or

(iii) collect and receive payment of any and all Obligations.

At the Issuers’ sole cost and expense, the Trustee is authorized and empowered to institute and maintain, or direct the Notes Collateral Agent to institute and maintain, such suits and proceedings as it may deem reasonably expedient to protect or enforce the first priority Liens securing the Notes or the Security Documents to which the Notes Collateral Agent or Trustee is a party or to prevent any impairment of Collateral by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of the Security Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may deem reasonably expedient, at the Issuers’ sole cost and expense, to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders of Notes in the Collateral, including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the security interest hereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of Holders or the Trustee or any Agent.

Section 12.04 Release of Collateral .

(a) Collateral may be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Security Documents at any time or from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Security Documents. The Issuers and the Guarantors will be entitled to the release of assets included in the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes, and the Notes Collateral Agent and the Trustee (if the Trustee is not then the Notes Collateral Agent) shall release (automatically and without the need for any further action by any Person) the same from such Liens at the Issuers’ sole cost and expense, under any one or more of the following circumstances:

(1) to enable the Issuers to consummate the sale, transfer or other disposition of such property or assets (including a disposition resulting from eminent domain, condemnation or similar circumstances) to the extent not prohibited under Section 4.10 hereof; provided that, except in the case of a disposition resulting from eminent domain, condemnation or similar circumstances, the Issuers deliver to the Trustee (if the Trustee is not then the Notes Collateral Agent) and the Notes Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture have been complied with, and an Opinion of Counsel to the extent required by this Indenture;

(2) in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Guarantee with respect to the Notes pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, the release of the property and assets of such Guarantor;

(3) with the consent of the holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding and affected thereby;

 

-128-


(4) as described in Article IX hereof;

(5) in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Security Documents; or

(6) upon the occurrence of an Investment Grade Rating Event; provided , however , that the Collateral shall continue to secure any outstanding Specified Secure Hedging Obligations.

(b) To the extent necessary and for so long as required for such Subsidiary not to be subject to any requirement pursuant to Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act to file separate financial statements with the SEC (or any other governmental agency), the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Issuers shall not be included in the Collateral with respect to the Notes and shall not be subject to the Liens securing the Notes and the Notes Obligations in accordance with and only to the extent provided in Section 1.4 of the Security Agreement.

(c) The Liens on the Collateral securing the Notes and the Guarantees also will be released automatically upon (i) payment in full of the principal of, together with accrued and unpaid interest on, and premium, if any, on, the Notes and all other Obligations under this Indenture, the Guarantees and the Security Documents that are due and payable at or prior to the time such principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest, are paid or (ii) a legal defeasance or covenant defeasance under Article VIII hereof or a discharge under Article XI hereof.

(d) Any release of Collateral permitted by this Section 12.04 hereof will be deemed not to impair the Liens under this Indenture and the Security Documents in contravention thereof.

Section 12.05 Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee .

In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article XII upon the Issuers or a Guarantor with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Issuers or a Guarantor or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article XII; and if the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent shall be in the possession of the Collateral under any provision of this Indenture, then such powers may be exercised by the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be.

Section 12.06 Filing, Recording and Opinions .

The Issuers will comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Sections 314(b) and 314(d), in each case following qualification of this Indenture pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act. Following such qualification, to the extent the Issuers are required to furnish to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 314(b)(2), the Company will furnish such opinion not more than 60 but not less than 30 days prior to each December 31. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Issuers and its Subsidiaries will not be required to comply with all or any portion of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) if they determine, in good faith, that under the terms of that section and/or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the Commission or its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders whether issued to the Issuers or any other Person, all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act is inapplicable to the released Collateral. The Issuers’ right to rely on the above will be conditioned upon the Issuers’ delivering an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee within 30 calendar days following the end of each six-month period beginning on June 15 and December 15 of each year, to the effect that all such releases and withdrawals during the preceding six-month period were in the ordinary course of the Issuers’ or the Guarantors’ business.

 

-129-


ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls .

Following qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, if any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

Section 13.02 Notices .

Any notice or communication by the Issuers, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), fax or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

If to the Issuers and/or any Guarantor:

c/o PBF Holding Company LLC

PBF Finance Corporation

One Sylvan Way

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Fax No.: (973) 455-7562

Attention: General Counsel

If to the Trustee:

Wilmington Trust, National Association

Rodney Square North

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890

Fax No.: (302) 636-4145 Attention: Joshua C. Jones

If to the Paying Agent, Registrar, Transfer Agent or Notes Collateral Agent:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Trust and Agency Services

60 Wall Street, MS NYC 60-2710

New York, New York 10005

Tel No: 201-593-3533

Fax No: 732-578-4635

Attention: Corporates Deal Team Manager – PBF Holding Company LLC

With a copy to:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

 

-130-


c/o Deutsche Bank National Trust Company

Trust and Agency Services

100 Plaza One, Mailstop JCY03-0699

Jersey City, New Jersey 07311

Tel No: 201-593-3533

Fax No: 732-578-4635

Attention: Corporates Deal Team Manager – PBF Holding Company LLC

The Issuers, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; when receipt acknowledged, if faxed; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee or any Agent shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Following qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Issuers mail a notice or communication to Holders, they shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Section 13.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes .

Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).

Section 13.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Issuers or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee or any Agent to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuers or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee or such Agent, as applicable:

(a) An Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or such Agent, as applicable (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(b) An Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or such Agent, as applicable (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

 

-131-


Section 13.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof or Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(e) and shall include:

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 13.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents .

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. Each Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 13.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders .

None of the Issuers’ directors, officers, employees, incorporators or stockholders or any of our Restricted Subsidiaries, as such, will have any liability for any of the Issuers’ obligations under the Notes, the Guarantees, this Indenture or of any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

Section 13.08 Governing Law .

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 13.09 Waiver of Jury Trial.

EACH OF THE ISSUERS, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

-132-


Section 13.10 Force Majeure .

In no event shall the Trustee or any Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation, non-Trustee strikes, work stoppages or accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.

Section 13.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuers or their Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 13.12 Successors .

All agreements of the Issuers in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof.

Section 13.13 Severability .

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 13.14 Counterpart Originals .

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 13.15 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 13.16 Qualification of Indenture .

The Issuers and the Guarantors shall qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Agents and the Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee and the Agents, as applicable, shall be entitled to receive from the Issuers and the Guarantors any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as they may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

[Signatures on following pages]

 

-133-


PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC

 

By:

 

/s/ Jeffrey Dill

  Name:   Jeffrey Dill
  Title:   Senior Vice President, General
    Counsel, Secretary

 

PBF FINANCE CORPORATION

 

By:

 

/s/ Jeffrey Dill

  Name:   Jeffrey Dill
  Title:   Senior Vice President, General
    Counsel, Secretary

 

PBF SERVICES COMPANY LLC

 

By:

 

/s/ Jeffrey Dill

  Name:   Jeffrey Dill
  Title:   Senior Vice President, General
    Counsel, Secretary

 

PBF INVESTMENTS LLC

 

By:

 

/s/ Jeffrey Dill

 

Name:

  Jeffrey Dill
 

Title:

  Senior Vice President, General
    Counsel, Secretary

 

DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC

 

By:

 

/s/ Jeffrey Dill

  Name:   Jeffrey Dill
  Title:   Senior Vice President, General
    Counsel, Secretary

 

Signature Page to Indenture


DELAWARE PIPELINE COMPANY LLC

 

By:

 

/s/ Jeffrey Dill

  Name:   Jeffrey Dill
  Title:   Senior Vice President, General
    Counsel, Secretary

 

PBF POWER MARKETING LLC

 

By:

 

/s/ Jeffrey Dill

  Name:   Jeffrey Dill
  Title:   Senior Vice President, General
    Counsel, Secretary

 

PAULSBORO NATURAL GAS PIPELINE COMPANY LLC

 

By:

 

/s/ Jeffrey Dill

  Name:   Jeffrey Dill
  Title:   Senior Vice President, General
    Counsel, Secretary

 

PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC

 

By:

 

/s/ Jeffrey Dill

  Name:   Jeffrey Dill
  Title:   Senior Vice President, General
    Counsel, Secretary

 

Signature Page to Indenture


TOLEDO REFINING COMPANY LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Dill

  Name:   Jeffrey Dill
  Title:   Senior Vice President, General
    Counsel, Secretary

 

Signature Page to Indenture


DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Paying Agent, Registrar, Transfer Agent, Authenticating Agent and Notes Collateral Agent

By: Deutsche Bank National Trust Company

 

By:

 

/s/ Linda Reale

  Name:   Linda Reale
  Title:   Vice President
   

By:

 

/s/ Wanda Camacho

  Name:   Wanda Camacho
  Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to Indenture


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL

ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

By:

 

/s/ Joshua C. Jones

 

Name:

  Joshua C. Jones
 

Title:

  Banking Officer

 

Signature Page to Indenture


EXHIBIT A

[Face of Note]

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

A-1


CUSIP [                 ]

ISIN [                    ] 1

[[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] [GLOBAL] NOTE

[representing up to

$                          ] 2

8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2020

No.             

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC

PBF FINANCE CORPORATION

promises to pay to [CEDE & CO.] or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of                         United States Dollars] 3 on February 15, 2020

Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15

Record Dates: February 1 and August 1

 

 

 

1  

Rule 144A Note CUSIP: 69318F AA6

   Rule 144A Note ISIN: US69318FAA66
   Regulation S Note CUSIP: U70453 AA0
   Regulation S Note ISIN: USU70453AA06
   Private Placement Note CUSIP: 69318F AB4
2  

Not to be included on Global Note

3  

Not to be included on Global Note

 

A-2


IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuers have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated: [                     ], 20[     ]

 

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC
By:    
Name:
Title:

 

PBF FINANCE CORPORATION
By:    
Name:
Title:

 

A-3


This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Paying Agent, Registrar, Transfer Agent, Authenticating Agent and Notes Collateral Agent

 

By: Deutsche Bank National Trust Company

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Dated: [                         ], 20[     ]

 

A-4


[Back of Note]

8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2020

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. INTEREST. PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and PBF Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Finance Co ” and together with the Company, the “ Issuers ”), promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 8.25% per annum from February 9, 2012 until maturity and shall pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuers will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be August 15, 2012. The Issuers will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuers will pay interest on the Notes and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on February 1 or August 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuers or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3. AGENTS. Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas will act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Authenticating Agent, Notes Collateral Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Agent without notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

4. INDENTURE. The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of February 9, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors named therein, the Trustee and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Authenticating Agent, Registrar and Notes Collateral Agent. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuers designated as its 8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2020. The Issuers shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 and Section 4.09 of the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

A-5


5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) Except as described below under clauses 5(b) and 5(c) hereof, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuers’ option before February 15, 2016.

(b) At any time prior to February 15, 2016, the Issuers may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail or delivered by electronic transmission to the registered address of each Holder of Notes or otherwise delivered in accordance with the procedures of DTC, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

(c) Until February 15, 2015, the Issuers may, at their option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price equal to 108.250% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption. Any such redemption will be required to occur on or prior to 120 days after our receipt of the net cash proceeds of such Equity Offering and upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s address appearing in our security register, in principal amounts of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

(d) On and after February 15, 2016, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 35 days prior written notice to the Registrar and not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice by first-class mail, postage prepaid, or by electronic transmission with a copy to the Trustee, the Registrar, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on February 15, in the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2016

     104.125

2017

     102.063

2018 and thereafter

     100.000

(e) Any notice of redemption may be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering or other corporate transaction.

(f) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.07 of the Indenture.

 

A-6


6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Notes shall not be subject to mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments.

7. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail or delivered by electronic transmission at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date (except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article VIII or Article X of the Indenture) to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

8. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE.

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control that results in a Ratings Decline, the Issuers shall make an offer (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but excluding the date of purchase (the “ Change of Control Payment ”). The Change of Control Offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.14 of the Indenture.

(b) If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consummates an Asset Sale of Collateral, within 10 Business Days of each date that the aggregate amount of Collateral Excess Proceeds exceeds $30.0 million, the Issuers shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any other First Lien Obligations, to the holders of such First Lien Obligations (a “ Collateral Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such First Lien Obligations that is a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof that may be purchased out of the Collateral Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other First Lien Obligations tendered pursuant to a Collateral Asset Sale Offer is less than the Collateral Excess Proceeds, the Issuers may use any remaining Collateral Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or other First Lien Obligations surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Collateral Excess Proceeds, (1) the Trustee or the Registrar shall select the Notes to be purchased by lot or such other method in accordance with the procedures of DTC and (2) the representatives for the holders of such other First Lien Obligations shall select such other First Lien Obligations, with such selected Notes and First Lien Obligations to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes and such other First Lien Obligations tendered. Upon completion of any such Collateral Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Collateral Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

(c) If the Company or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries consummates an Asset Sale within 10 Business Days of each date that the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $30.0 million, the Issuers shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required or permitted by the terms of any other Senior Indebtedness, to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Senior Indebtedness that is a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued

 

A-7


and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Senior Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuers may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the Senior Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, (1) the Trustee or the Registrar shall select the Notes to be purchased by lot or by such other method in accordance with the procedures of DTC and (2) the representatives for the holders of such other Senior Indebtedness shall select such other Senior Indebtedness, with such selected Notes and Senior Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes and such Senior Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

(d) The Issuers may, at their option, make a Collateral Asset Sale Offer or Asset Sale Offer using proceeds from any Asset Sale at any time after consummation of such Asset Sale; provided that such Collateral Asset Sale Offer or Asset Sale Offer shall be in an aggregate amount of not less than $30.0 million. Upon consummation of such Collateral Asset Sale Offer or Asset Sale Offer, any Net Proceeds not required to be used to purchase Notes shall not be deemed Collateral Excess Proceeds or Excess Proceeds.

9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee or the Transfer Agent may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes held

 

A-8


by a non-consenting Holder and rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences ( provided such rescission would not conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). The Issuers and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuers are required within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuers propose to take with respect thereto.

13. GUARANTEES. The Issuers’ obligations under the Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by the Guarantors.

14. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Authenticating Agent.

15. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2012, among the Issuers, the Guarantors named therein and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), including the right to receive Additional Interest (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).

16. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES.

17. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Issuers at the following address:

One Sylvan Way

Parsippany, New Jersey 07054

Fax No.: (973) 455-7562

Attention: General Counsel

 

A-9


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:                                                                                                                                  

                                         (Insert assignee’ legal name)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                                     

to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                               

 

Your Signature:  

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the

face of this Note)

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE:                                      

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-10


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

¨ Section 4.10 ¨ Section 4.14

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$                         

Date:                           

 

Your Signature:    

 

   

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Tax Identification No.:  

 

 

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE:                                                       

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-11


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $            . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

         Principal Amount   
         of   
   Amount of    Amount of increase    this Global Note    Signature of
   decrease    in Principal    following such    authorized officer
Date of    in Principal    Amount of this    decrease or    of Trustee or

Exchange

  

Amount

  

Global Note

  

increase

  

Note Custodian

 

 

*This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

A-12


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

PBF Holding Company LLC

PBF Finance Corporation.

One Sylvan Way

Parsippany, New Jersey 07054

Fax No.: 973-455-7562

Attention: General Counsel

Wilmington Trust, National Association

Rodney Square North

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890

Fax No.: (302) 636-4145

Attention: Joshua C. Jones

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Trust and Agency Services

60 Wall Street, MS NYC 60-2710

New York, New York 10005

Tel No: 201-593-3533

Fax No: 732-578-4635

Attention: Corporates Deal Team Manager – PBF Holding Company LLC

Re: 8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2020

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of February 9, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors named therein, the Trustee and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as the Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Registrar and Notes Collateral Agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                 (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $                     in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to                      (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

B-1


2. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. ¨ CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

or

(b) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to the Issuers or a subsidiary thereof;

or

(c) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

4. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.

(a) ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of

 

B-2


the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(b) ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c) ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

B-3


This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers.

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

Dated:    

 

B-4


ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1.    The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b) ]
   (a)       ¨    a beneficial interest in the:
      (i)    ¨    144A Global Note (CUSIP [69318F AA6]), or
      (ii)    ¨    Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [U70453 AA0]), or
   (b)       ¨    a Restricted Definitive Note.
2.    After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:
[CHECK ONE]
   (a)       ¨    a beneficial interest in the:
      (i)    ¨    144A Global Note (CUSIP [69318F AA6]), or
      (ii)    ¨    Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [U70453 AA0]), or
      (iii)    ¨    Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP [69318F AB4]); or
   (b)       ¨    a Restricted Definitive Note; or
   (c)       ¨    an Unrestricted Definitive Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B-5


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

PBF Holding Company LLC

PBF Finance Corporation.

One Sylvan Way

Parsippany, New Jersey 07054

Fax No.: 973-455-7562

Attention: General Counsel

Wilmington Trust, National Association

Rodney Square North

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890

Fax No.: (302) 636-4145

Attention: Joshua C. Jones

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Trust and Agency Services

60 Wall Street, MS NYC 60-2710

New York, New York 10005

Tel No: 201-593-3533

Fax No: 732-578-4635

Attention: Corporates Deal Team Manager – PBF Holding Company LLC

Re: 8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2020

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of February 9, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors named therein, the Trustee and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Registrar and Notes Collateral Agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                 (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $                 in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE

a) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United

 

C-1


States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

b) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

c) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

d) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES

a) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

C-2


b) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] ¨ 144A Global Note ¨ Regulation S Global Note, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

C-3


This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers and are dated                      .

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

Dated:    

 

C-4


EXHIBIT D

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]

Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of                     , among                  (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), a subsidiary of PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), PBF Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, (“ Finance Co .” and together with the Company, the “ Issuers ”), Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent (‘Paying Agent”), transfer agent (“ Transfer Agent ”) , registrar (“ Registrar ”), as authenticating agent (the “ Authenticating Agent ”) and notes collateral agent (“ Notes Collateral Agent ”) and together with the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent, the Registrar and the Authenticating Agent, the Agents ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, each of the Issuers and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of February 9, 2012, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2020 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee and the Agents are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to Guarantee . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:

(a) Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee, the Agents and their respective successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers hereunder or thereunder, that:

(i) the principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee or the Agents hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

 

D-1


(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuers, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

(c) The following is hereby waived, to the extent permitted by law: diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuers, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuers, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

(d) This Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

(e) If any Holder or the Trustee or any Agent is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuers, the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuers or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder or such Agent, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

(g) As between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders, the Agents and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article VI of the Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article VI of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of this Guarantee.

 

D-2


(h) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Guarantee.

(i) Pursuant to Section 12.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article X of the Indenture, this new Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

(j) This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuers for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuers become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuers’ assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes and Guarantee, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Note shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

(k) In case any provision of this Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(l) This Guarantee shall be a general senior secured obligation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, ranking equally in right of payment with all existing and future senior Indebtedness of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

(m) Each payment to be made by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in respect of this Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

(3) Execution and Delivery . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

(4) Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(c) of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuers or Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

D-3


(i) (a) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

(b) the Successor Person, if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the Agents;

(c) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

(d) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee and the Registrar an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

(e) to the extent any assets of the Guarantor which is merged or consolidated with or into the Successor Person are assets of the type which would constitute Collateral under the Security Documents, the Successor Person will take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents in the manner and to the extent required in this Indenture or any of the Security Documents and shall take all reasonably necessary action so that such Lien is perfected to the extent required by the Security Documents; and

(f) the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor Person shall (i) continue to constitute Collateral under this Indenture and the Security Documents, (ii) be subject to the Lien for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, and (iii) not be subject to any Lien other than Liens not prohibited under this Indenture; or

(ii) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture;

(b) Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuers.

(5) Releases . The Guarantee of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuers, the Agents or the Trustee is required for the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee, upon:

(1) (a) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

 

D-4


(b) [reserved];

(c) the proper designation of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

(d) the Issuers exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article VIII of the Indenture or the Issuers’ obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

(2) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary delivering to the Trustee (with a copy to the Notes Collateral Agent) an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

(6) No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(5) Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(8) Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

(9) Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(10) The Trustee and the Agents . Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

(11) Subrogation . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuers in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuers under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

(12) Benefits Acknowledged . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

D-5


(13) Successors . All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

D-6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL

ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY

AMERICAS,

as Paying Agent, Registrar, Transfer Agent, Authenticating Agent and Notes Collateral Agent

By:   Deutsche Bank National Trust Company

 

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

D-7

Exhibit 10.4.1

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

This ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of March 1, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”) and is by and between Toledo Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Assignor” ). PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( “Assignee ”) and Sunoco, Inc. (R&M), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania ( “Sunoco ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall take the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Offtake Agreement dated as of March 1, 2011, as amended from time to time (the “ Offtake Agreement ”), between Assignor and Sunoco.

WHEREAS , Assignor desires to assign to Assignee its rights, interests, and obligations in the Offtake Agreement and Sunoco agrees to consent to such assignment;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Sunoco, Assignor and Assignee hereby agree as follows:

1. Effective as of the Effective Date, Assignor hereby transfers, assigns and conveys to Assignee and Assignee hereby accepts the transfer, assignment and conveyance from Assignor and assumes all of Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Offtake Agreement.

2. Effective as of the Effective Date, Sunoco consents to such transfer, assignment and conveyance from Assignor to Assignee in accordance with Section 9.2 of the Offtake Agreement.

3. The parties hereto will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts and things as may be required to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

4. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of a different law.

5. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

6. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

[Signature Page Follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Sunoco, Assignor and Assignee have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC
By:   /s/ Jeffrey Dill
  Name: Jeffrey Dill
 

Title: Secretary

 

TOLEDO REFINING COMPANY LLC
By:   /s/ Jeffrey Dill
  Name: Jeffrey Dill
 

Title: Secretary

 

SUNOCO, INC. (R & M)
By:   /s/ Thomas Scargle
  Name: Thomas Scargle
 

Title: VP Sueeul

SIGNATURE PAGE TO ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

(SUNOCO/TRC OFFTAKE AGREEMENT)

Exhibit 10.7

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FOR THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH FIVE ASTERISKS (*****) OR WITH THE WORD “[REDACTED]”.

CRUDE OIL ACQUISITION AGREEMENT

between

MORGAN STANLEY CAPITAL GROUP INC.

and

TOLEDO REFINING COMPANY LLC

Dated as of May 31, 2011


Table of Contents

 

         Page  

1.

 

Definitions and Construction

     1   

2.

 

Effective Date and Term

     12   

3.

 

Commencement Date; Conditions Precedent and Pre-Commencement Date Activities

     12   

4.

 

Daily Sales of Crude Oil

     16   

5.

 

Delivery Nominations and Reporting

     17   

6.

 

Certain Representations

     20   

7.

 

Warranties

     20   

8.

 

Pricing of Delivered Volumes

     21   

9.

 

Payment and Netting

     23   

10.

 

Additional MSCG Services

     24   

11.

 

Disposition of Crude Oil Upon Termination or Expiration

     24   

12.

 

Financial Information, Security and Requests for Further Assurances

     25   

13.

 

Refinery Turnaround, Maintenance and Closure

     29   

14.

 

Taxes

     29   

15.

 

Insurance

     30   

16.

 

Force Majeure

     31   

17.

 

Representations, Warranties and Covenants

     31   

18.

 

Termination Events, Default and Early Termination

     34   

19.

 

Indemnification and Claims

     41   

20.

 

Limitation on Damages

     42   

21.

 

Information and Inspection Rights

     43   

22.

 

Governance Committee

     43   

23.

 

Governing Law and Disputes

     44   

24.

 

Assignment

     45   

 

i


Table of Contents

 

          Page  

25.

  

Notices

     45   

26.

  

Nature of the Transaction and Relationship of the Parties

     46   

27.

  

Confidentiality

     46   

28.

  

Miscellaneous

     47   

Schedules

Schedule 1 – Pipelines

Schedule 2 – Transfer Points and Pricing Dates

Schedule 3 – Form of Nomination and Forecast Report

Schedule 4 – Form of Weekly Nomination

Schedule 5 – Crude Oil Pricing Formulas

Schedule 6 – Form of WTI Differential Report

Schedule 7 – Estimated Transit Time and TVM Cost Calculation Methodology

Schedule 8 – Logistics Costs

Schedule 9 – Enbridge North Dakota Line Terms

Schedule 10 – Hedge Adjustment Amount

 

ii


CRUDE OIL ACQUISITION AGREEMENT

This Crude Oil Acquisition Agreement is made as of May 31, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”) between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc., a Delaware corporation whose principal place of business is located at 2000 Westchester Avenue, Floor 01, Purchase, New York 10577-2530 (“ MSCG ”) and Toledo Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company who has a place of business located at One Sylvan Way, 2 nd Floor, Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887 (“ TRC ”) (each of MSCG and TRC referred to individually as a “ Party ” or collectively as the “ Parties ”).

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of that certain Crude Oil Inventory Sale Agreement dated as of the date hereof between TRC and MSCG (the “ Inventory Sale Agreement ”), as of 12:00:01 a.m. EPT as of the Commencement Date TRC will purchase from MSCG, and MSCG will sell and transfer to TRC, all of MSCG’s title to and interest in all inventories of Crude Oil that are owned by MSCG and (i) located at TRC’s refinery in Toledo, Ohio (the “ Refinery ”), (ii) in transit and located within various common carrier pipelines, and (iii) within tanks and related piping at third-party storage and terminaling facilities, in each case as further described herein (the volumes of such Crude Oil purchased pursuant to the Inventory Sale Agreement, the “ Initial Inventory ”);

WHEREAS, TRC and MSCG each desire that, commencing on the Commencement Date, MSCG sell to TRC, and TRC purchase from MSCG, Crude Oil at Marysville, Michigan, Patoka, Illinois, Longview, Texas, Cushing, Oklahoma and St. James, Louisiana and certain other locations agreed upon between the Parties (the “ Delivery Locations ”) for shipment to the Refinery or to such other locations as TRC elects.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the respective promises, conditions, terms and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, MSCG and TRC hereby agree as follows:

 

1. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION

 

1.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, including the foregoing recitals, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below.

Acceptable Letter of Credit Issuer ” means a major U.S. commercial bank or a U.S. branch of a foreign bank which, at all times: (a) (i) satisfies all regulatory capital requirements applicable to it (including any individual regulatory capital requirements); (ii) is “well capitalized” within the meaning of Section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended, or any successor statute, and any applicable regulations thereunder; (iii) has a senior unsecured credit rating of at least “A” (or its then current equivalent) by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service (or any successor rating agency thereto) and at least “A2” (or its then current equivalent) by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (or any successor rating agency thereto); and (iv) meets the applicable criteria of the demanding Party for letter of credit issuers as in effect at such time, including credit, legal and risk management criteria; or (b) is otherwise acceptable to the demanding Party in its sole discretion.

Additional Termination Event ” means any of the events or circumstances specified as such in Section 18.3.

Adjustment Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.2.4.

Affected Party ” has the meaning specified in Section 18.3.

 

1


Affiliate ” means, in relation to either Party, any entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Party, any entity that controls, directly or indirectly, such Party, or any entity directly or indirectly under common control with such Party. For this purpose, “control” of any entity or Party means ownership of a majority of the issued shares, or voting power or control in fact, of the entity or Party. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Affiliate” does not include Morgan Stanley Derivative Products Inc.

Agreement ” or “ this Agreement ” means this Crude Oil Acquisition Agreement and all Schedules hereto, which are incorporated herein, as may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

Ancillary Costs ” means all actual direct and indirect costs and expenses associated with or arising from the acquisition, storage, receipt, delivery, handling, loading, discharge, and movement of Crude Oil to the Delivery Locations, and all Taxes and charges imposed by any Governmental Authority. For the avoidance of doubt, Ancillary Costs shall include all Logistics Impairment costs, expenses and losses.

Applicable Law ” means (i) any law, statute, regulation, code, ordinance, license, decision, order, writ, injunction, directive, judgment, policy, decree and any judicial or administrative interpretations thereof, (ii) any agreement, concession or arrangement with any Governmental Authority or (iii) any license, permit or compliance requirement, including under any Environmental Law, in each case as may be applicable to either Party or either Party’s performance under this Agreement.

Bankrupt ” means, with respect to a Party, its Guarantor, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any entity issuing a letter of credit on its behalf hereunder, as the case may be, that such Party (or its Guarantor, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or an entity providing a letter of credit on its behalf hereunder): (i) is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (ii) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due; (iii) makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; (iv) institutes or has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation; (v) has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation, other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger; (vi) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for all or substantially all of its assets; (vii) has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all of its assets, or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all of its assets; (viii) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of the foregoing nature; (ix) causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under Applicable Law, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in clauses (i) to (viii) (inclusive); or (x) takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

Bankruptcy Code ” means the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101 et. seq .

Barrel ” means 42 U.S. Gallons measured at a temperature of 60 degrees Fahrenheit and an absolute pressure of 29.921 inches of mercury.

 

2


Base Interest Rate ” means the lesser of ***** and the maximum rate of interest permitted by Applicable Law.

Breakage Costs ” means, without duplication, all out-of-pocket losses, damages and expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by the Performing Party as a result of termination and liquidation of this Agreement, any Supply Contract (excluding any supply contracts assigned from TRC to MSCG in February 2011) and any Specified Agreement, in each case including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, collection costs, interest charges and other disbursements, and any costs incurred in a reasonable commercial manner in obtaining, maintaining, replacing or liquidating commercially reasonable hedges or trading positions relating to (i) the volumes of Crude Oil for which MSCG has incurred forward purchase or sale obligations or forward price risks in contemplation of fulfilling its objectives under this Agreement, (ii) or (iii) any Specified Agreement that is being terminated and liquidated.

Business Day ” means a day on which banks are open for general commercial business in New York, New York.

Change of Control ” means, as to TRC, the occurrence of, or the taking of any corporate action to facilitate, any of the following:

 

  (i) the consolidation of TRC or its Guarantor with another person, the merger of TRC or its Guarantor into another person, the merger of another person into TRC or its Guarantor, or any similar event pursuant to a transaction in which 50% or more of the voting shares of TRC are changed into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property (other than any such transaction where the holders of the voting shares of TRC or its Guarantor immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, not less than a majority of the voting shares of the surviving or resulting person or persons immediately after such transaction); or

 

  (ii) the consummation of any transaction or series of related transactions (including any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any person other than TRC or its Guarantor becomes the beneficial owner directly or indirectly, of more than 30% of the voting shares of TRC or its Guarantor;

provided, however , that an initial public offering shall not constitute a Change of Control.

For purposes of this definition, any transfer of an equity interest in a person that was formed for the purpose of acquiring voting shares of a person shall be deemed to be a transfer of such portion of such voting shares as corresponds to the portion of the equity of such person that has been so transferred.

Change of Law ” means, on or after the Effective Date of this Agreement, any Applicable Law is adopted or changed or any court, tribunal or regulatory authority with competent jurisdiction changes its interpretation of any Applicable Law.

Commencement Date ” means June 1, 2011 or, if the conditions set forth in Sections 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4 have not been satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms of the applicable provisions on or before June 1, 2011, a mutually agreed date following the June 1, 2011 on which all such conditions have been satisfied or waived, which date shall be a Business Day that the Parties shall specify in a written “Commencement Date Certificate”.

 

3


Consumption Month ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.2.1.

Counterparty ” means any person from whom MSCG purchases Crude Oil for delivery to the Refinery and sale to TRC, including any person that sells Crude Oil under a Supply Contract.

Credit Agreement ” means (i) any present or future material agreement or undertaking by TRC or its parent for financing Refinery operations, (ii) any present or future material extension of credit, credit facility, guaranty, loan or indenture to or for TRC or its parent, (iii) any material obligation of TRC or its parent (whether present or future, contingent or otherwise, as principal or surety or otherwise) in respect of borrowed money, or any guaranty of TRC’s or any of its parent’s obligations, with any bank, financial or lending institution, bond or note issuer, indenture trustee, guarantor, underwriter, Affiliate or any other person, including the Promissory Note dated on or about March 1, 2011 in the amount of $200,000,000 issued by TRC to Sunoco, the Security Agreement related thereto between TRC and Sunoco, the Mortgage, Security Agreement, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Financing Statement and Fixture Filing by TRC to Sunoco, dated on or about March 1, 2011 and the Revolving Credit Agreement.

Credit Event Upon Merger ” means a Party or its Guarantor consolidates or amalgamates with, merges with or into, or transfers all or substantially all its assets to, another entity and, at the time of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer, (i) the resulting, surviving or transferee entity fails to assume all the obligations of such Party under this Agreement or any Specified Agreement, either by operation of law or by an agreement satisfactory to the other Party or otherwise, or (ii) in the reasonable opinion of the other Party, the creditworthiness of the successor, surviving or transferee entity, is materially weaker than the predecessor entity immediately prior to the consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer.

Crude Oil ” means crude oil, feedstock (excluding vacuum gas oils, also referred to as VGOs) and lube extracted feedstock (also referred to as LEF).

Daily Purchase Payment Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.1.

Daily Report of Refinery Volumes ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.8.

DCRC ” means Delaware City Refining Company LLC.

DCRC Offtake Agreement ” means the offtake agreement between MSCG and DCRC dated as of April 7, 2011 relating to MSCG’s purchase from DCRC of refined petroleum products produced in DCRC’s Delaware City, Delaware refinery.

Default ” means any of the events or circumstances specified as such in Section 18.2.

Default Interest Rate ” means the lesser of (i) the Prime Rate as published under “Money Rates” in the Wall Street Journal in effect at the close of the Business Day on which the payment was due plus *****%, and (ii) the maximum rate of interest permitted by Applicable Law.

Defaulting Party ” has the meaning specified in Section 18.4.

Delivered Volumes ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.1.

Delivery Date ” means any day on which Crude Oil is delivered by MSCG to TRC at a Delivery Location and purchased by TRC at the Transfer Point.

 

4


Delivery Locations ” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto, and each individually, a “Delivery Location”.

Delivery Month ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.3.

Designated Executive ” means the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, Secretary (or other senior officer of a Party that is acceptable to the other Party) that is authorized to execute and deliver on such Party’s behalf the certificates required by Section 3.

Early Termination Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 18.4.4.

Early Termination Fee ” means the amount payable by one Party to the other Party in connection with the early termination of this Agreement in the amount specified in Section 18.5.

Effective Date ” means, assuming the due execution of this Agreement by each Party’s authorized representative, the date first written above, upon which this Agreement shall become binding upon and enforceable against the Parties.

Enbridge North Dakota Line ” means the gathering and transportation pipeline for Crude Oil from established receiving points in the areas of Montana and North Dakota to established destination points in Minnesota, Montana and North Dakota for the movement beyond to interstate destinations, that is owned and operated by Enbridge Energy Partners, L.P.

Environmental Law ” means any existing or past law, policy, judicial or administrative interpretation thereof or any legally binding requirement that governs or purports to govern the protection of persons, natural resources or the environment (including the protection of ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata, endangered species or wetlands), occupational health and safety and the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, generation, handling, treatment, storage, disposal, transportation, release or management of solid waste, industrial waste or hazardous substances or materials.

EPT ” means Eastern Prevailing Time.

Event of Default ” means any of the events or circumstances specified as such in Section 18.2.

Financial Officer ” of any person shall mean the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of such person.

Force Majeure Event ” means any cause or event reasonably beyond the control of a Party, including fires, earthquakes, lightning, floods, explosions, storms, adverse weather, landslides and other acts of natural calamity or acts of God; navigational accidents or maritime peril; vessel damage or loss; strikes, grievances, actions by or among workers or lock-outs, whether or not such labor difficulty could be settled by acceding to any demands of any such labor group of individuals; accidents at, closing of, or restrictions upon the use of mooring facilities, docks, ports, pipelines, harbors, railroads or other navigational or transportation mechanisms; disruption or breakdown of or explosions or accidents to wells, storage plants, refineries, terminals, machinery or other facilities; acts of war, hostilities (whether declared or undeclared), civil commotion, embargoes, blockades, terrorism, sabotage or acts of the public enemy; any act or omission of any Governmental Authority; good faith compliance with any order, request or directive of any Governmental Authority; curtailment, interference, failure or cessation of supplies reasonably beyond the control of a Party; or any other cause reasonably beyond the

 

5


control of a Party, whether similar or dissimilar to those above and whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, which, by the exercise of due diligence, such Party could not have been able to avoid or overcome.

For purposes of this Agreement, the failure of any Counterparty to perform its obligations to deliver Crude Oil to MSCG pursuant to any Supply Contract, whether as a result of a Force Majeure Event (as defined herein), breach of contract by such Counterparty or any other reason beyond the reasonable control of MSCG or that cannot be mitigated by MSCG through reasonable commercial efforts, shall constitute a Force Majeure Event as to MSCG with respect to MSCG’s obligation to sell such Crude Oil to TRC.

For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Force Majeure ” expressly excludes:

 

  (i) a failure of performance of any person other than the Parties (except to the extent that such failure otherwise would constitute a Force Majeure Event but for this exclusion);

 

  (ii) the loss of a Party’s market or any market conditions for any products produced at the Refinery or any market conditions that are unfavorable for either Party;

 

  (iii) any failure by a Party to apply for, obtain or maintain any permit, license, approval or right of way necessary under Applicable Law for the performance of any obligation under this Agreement; and

 

  (iv) a Party’s inability to economically perform its obligations under any transaction undertaken pursuant to this Agreement.

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis.

Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state or local governmental body, agency, instrumentality, authority or entity established or controlled by a government or subdivision thereof, including any legislative, administrative or judicial body or any person purporting to act therefor, port authority and any stock or commodity exchange or similar self-regulatory body or supervisory authority having appropriate jurisdiction.

Guarantor ” means, with respect to MSCG, Morgan Stanley, and with respect to TRC, PBF.

Guaranty ” means (i) the guaranty by MSCG’s Guarantor of MSCG’s prompt and complete payment of obligations under this Agreement, and (ii) the guaranty by TRC’s Guarantor of TRC’s prompt and complete payment of obligations under this Agreement.

Independent Inspector ” means a licensed person acceptable to both Parties that performs sampling, quality analysis and quantity determinations of the Crude Oil purchased by a Party under this Agreement.

Initial Inventory ” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

Initial Nomination ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.3.

Initial Term ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1.

 

6


Inventory Sale Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

Letter of Credit Default ” means the occurrence of any of the following events as to any outstanding letter of credit: (i) the Acceptable Letter of Credit Issuer no longer meets one or both of the criteria of an “Acceptable Letter of Credit Issuer” as defined in this Agreement; (ii) the Acceptable Letter of Credit Issuer fails to comply with or perform its obligations under such letter of credit; (iii) the Acceptable Letter of Credit Issuer disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects, in whole or in part, or challenges the validity of, such letter of credit; (iv) the letter of credit expires or terminates, or fails or ceases to be in full force and effect at any time during any period when the demanding Party requires that the other Party maintain the letter of credit; (v) the Party providing the letter of credit as Security fails to cause a renewal or replacement letter of credit to be delivered to the demanding Party at least 15 Business Days (or by such other date required by the demanding Party) prior to the expiration of such letter of credit; or (vi) the Acceptable Letter of Credit Issuer becomes or is Bankrupt.

Liabilities ” means any and all claims, demands, suits, losses, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), damages, charges, fines, penalties, deficiencies, assessments, interest, fines, costs and expenses of any kind (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and other fees, court costs and other disbursements), causes of action and liabilities of every type and character, including personal injury or death to any person or loss or damage to any personal or real property, and any Liabilities directly or indirectly arising out of or related to any suit, proceeding, judgment, settlement or judicial or administrative order and any Liabilities with respect to Environmental Laws.

LIBOR ” means, as of the date of any determination, the London Interbank Offered Rate for one-month U.S. dollar deposits appearing on Page 3750 of the Telerate screen (or any successor page) at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time). If such rate does not appear on Page 3750 of the Telerate screen (or otherwise on such screen), LIBOR shall be determined by reference to such other comparable publicly available service for displaying eurodollar rates as MSCG may select or, in the absence of such availability, by reference to the rate at which MSCG is offered one-month U.S. dollar deposits at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) in any interbank eurodollar market where its eurodollar and foreign currency and exchange operations are then being conducted. LIBOR shall be established on the first day on which a determination of the interest rate is to be made under this Agreement and shall be adjusted daily based on the one-month LIBOR quotes made available through the foregoing sources.

Lien ” means any lien, security interest, pledge, mortgage, claim, charge or other encumbrance of any nature whatsoever that secures any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

Logistics Impairment ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.5.

Material Adverse Change ” means, (i) as to TRC or its Guarantor, any condition, circumstance, event, change or effect or combination thereof that individually or in the aggregate has or reasonably could be expected to have or result in (A) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, TRC’s or its Guarantor’s operations, business, properties, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects taken as a whole, for which MSCG has reasonable grounds for insecurity under this Agreement; (B) a material impairment of the ability of TRC to perform any of its obligations under any of the Transaction Documents or any Specified Agreement or of its Guarantor to perform any of its obligations under the Guaranty, or (C) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against TRC of any of the

 

7


Transaction Documents or any Specified Agreement or against its Guarantor of the Guaranty, or any rights or remedies against such Party under any of the Transaction Documents, Specified Agreement or the Guaranty, as the case may be, and (ii) as to MSCG, *****.

Monthly Amendment ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.3.

MSCG In-Transit Volumes ” means, from time to time, any Crude Oil that MSCG purchased from third parties and is in-transit to a Delivery Location, wherever located, including while within a Pipeline, in storage tanks and including any line fill, tank bottoms and working inventories.

MSCG Acquisition Report ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.6.

Net Daily Payment Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.1.

Nominated Volume ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.3.

Nomination and Forecast Report ” (or “ NFR ”) has the meaning specified in Section 5.3.

Non-Performing Party ” means either the Affected Party or the Defaulting Party.

NYMEX ” means the New York Mercantile Exchange.

NYMEX Trading Day ” means each day on which NYMEX is scheduled to be open for trading and on which it is actually open for trading during the hours it is so scheduled to be open; provided that where used as the basis of a forward-looking determination, “NYMEX Trading Day” shall mean each day on which NYMEX is scheduled to be open for trading.

Payment Amount Invoice ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.1.

Payment Date ” means, with respect to each Delivered Volume, the Business Day following the applicable Pricing Date.

PBF ” means PBF Holding Company LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the state of Delaware.

Performing Party ” has the meaning specified in Section 18.4.

Pipelines ” means, collectively, each of the pipelines listed in Schedule 1 as such schedule may be amended from time to time upon the agreement of the Parties, and “ Pipeline ” means any one of these.

Potential Event of Default ” means any Event of Default, which with notice or the passage of time, would constitute an Event of Default.

PRC ” means Paulsboro Refining Company LLC, a subsidiary of PBF, and a limited liability company organized under the laws of the state of Delaware.

Price ” means the price per barrel of Crude Oil determined in accordance with Schedule 5.

 

8


Pricing Date ” means, with respect to the volume of Crude Oil delivered on a Delivery Date at a Delivery Location, the day specified in Schedule 2 as such schedule may be amended from time to time upon the agreement of the Parties.

Quarterly Forward Price Report ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.2.

Refinery ” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

Refinery Volumes ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.8.

Renewal Term ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.2.

Representatives ” means a Party’s or any of its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, auditors, consultants, banks, financial advisors and legal advisors.

Revolving Credit Agreement ” means that certain Revolving Credit Agreement dated on or about December 17, 2010, among PBF, DCRC and PRC as borrowers, and the guarantors and lenders party thereto, which the parties thereto and TRC intend to amend and restate to, among other things, increase the maximum aggregate principal amount to $500,000,000 and add TRC as a borrower.

Run-off Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.1.

Security ” has the meaning specified in Section 12.6.3.

Specified Agreement ” means any agreement between the Parties to purchase, sell or exchange commodities, including any spot or forward contract, future, option, swap, swap option, cap, floor or collar or other derivative transaction on or with respect to a commodity or any combination of these transactions.

Specified Indebtedness ” means any obligation (whether present or future, contingent or otherwise, as principal or surety or otherwise) of TRC or any Affiliate of TRC in respect of borrowed money.

Sunoco ” means Sunoco, Inc. (R&M).

Supply Contract ” means a contract between MSCG and a Counterparty for the purchase of Crude Oil by MSCG for the purpose of meeting MSCG’s delivery obligations to TRC under this Agreement, including any Crude Oil purchase contract assigned from TRC to MSCG.

Taxes ” means any and all U.S., Canadian and foreign federal, provincial, state and local taxes, import and export customs duties, imposts, duty fees and charges of every description, including all excise, goods and services, severance, production, carbon, environmental, oil spill (including for avoidance of doubt the U.S. federal oil spill tax), gross receipts, commercial activity, and sales and use taxes, however designated, paid or incurred with respect to the purchase, storage, exchange, use, transportation, resale, importation, importation, exportation or handling of the Crude Oil or measured by the price of the Crude Oil or the proceeds of sale under this Agreement, including for any Tax, any interest, penalties or additions to tax attributable to any such Tax or for the failure to file any tax return or report; provided, however, that the term “Taxes” does not include: (i) any tax imposed on or measured by net profits or net income unless such tax is imposed specifically on the sale of Crude Oil; (ii) any tax measured by capital value or

 

9


net worth, whether denominated as franchise taxes, doing business taxes, capital stock taxes or the like; and (iii) business license or franchise taxes or registration fees.

Term ” means the Initial Term and any Renewal Term or Renewal Terms.

Term Loan Agreement ” means the Term Loan Credit Agreement dated on or about December 17, 2010 among PBF, DCRC and PRC as borrowers, and the guarantors and lenders party thereto.

Termination Agreement ” means termination agreement between the Parties dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Parties will terminate (i) the Crude Oil Supply Agreement dated as of February 25, 2011 between the Parties and (ii) the Terminaling and Storage Services Agreement between the Parties dated as of February 25, 2011.

Termination Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 18.8.

Termination Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.1.

Termination Event ” means an Event of Default or an Additional Termination Event.

Transaction Documents ” means this Agreement, the Termination Agreement, the Inventory Sale Agreement, the Supply Contracts, any assignment contracts relating to the Pipelines between the Parties, each Guaranty, the Intercreditor Agreement and any confirmations or other writings or communications that document the sales of Crude Oil from MSCG to TRC.

Transfer Points ” means the locations specified in Schedule 2 hereto.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.

Unpaid Amounts ” means any amounts owed by one Party to another Party under this Agreement that have not been paid as of the date of determination.

Weekly Nomination ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.4.

Working Capital Rate ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.2.4.2.

WTI ” means light sweet U.S. domestic crude oil (West Texas Intermediate) deliverable in satisfaction of futures contract delivery obligations under the rules of NYMEX.

WTI Differential Report ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.2.1.

WTI Hedge Volume ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.2.1.

 

1.2 Interpretation . Unless the context otherwise requires or except where specifically stated otherwise, in this Agreement:

 

  1.2.1 words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively;

 

  1.2.2 references to any Party shall be construed as a reference to such Party’s successors in interest and permitted assigns;

 

10


  1.2.3 references to a provision of Applicable Law or Applicable Laws generally are references to that provision or Applicable Laws generally, as may be amended, extended or re-enacted from time to time;

 

  1.2.4 references to “ days ,” “ months ” and “ years ” mean calendar days, months and years, respectively, and a “ day ” consists of the 24-hour period commencing at 12:00:00 a.m. EPT and ending on 11:59:59 EPT on that day;

 

  1.2.5 references to “ dollars ” or “ $ ”mean U.S. dollars;

 

  1.2.6 references to “ Sections ” and “ Schedules ” in this Agreement, or to a provision contained therein, shall be construed as references to the Sections and Schedules of this Agreement, as may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof. References to any other agreement, or other document or to a provision contained in any of these, shall be construed, at the particular time, as a reference to it as it may then have been amended, supplemented, modified, suspended, assigned or novated in accordance with its terms;

 

  1.2.7 references to “ assets ” include present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

  1.2.8 references herein to “ consent ” mean, unless otherwise specified, the prior written consent of the Party at issue, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned;

 

  1.2.9 the terms “ hereof ,” “ herein ,” “ hereby ,” “ hereto ” and similar words refer to this entire Agreement and not any particular Section, subsection, Schedule or subdivision of this Agreement;

 

  1.2.10 the words “ include ” or “ including ” shall be deemed to be followed by “ without limitation ” or “ but not limited to ” whether or not they are followed by such phrases or words of like import;

 

  1.2.11 references to a “ judgment ” include any order, injunction, determination, award or other judicial or arbitral measure in any jurisdiction;

 

  1.2.12 references to “ obligations ” shall be construed to mean a Party’s prompt and complete performance of its covenants and obligations required pursuant to this Agreement; and

 

  1.2.13 references to any “ person ” include any natural person, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or unincorporated organization, estate, association, partnership, statutory body, joint stock company or any other private entity or organization, Governmental Authority, court or any other legal entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity.

 

1.3 If there is any ambiguity, inconsistency, discrepancy or conflict between this Agreement and any other Transaction Document, this Agreement shall prevail.

 

1.4 Unless otherwise specified, in computing any period of time under this Agreement the day of the act, event or default from which such period begins to run shall be day “ zero ” and not included. If the last day of the period so computed is not a Business Day then, unless this Agreement provides otherwise, the period shall run until the end of the next Business Day.

 

11


1.5 The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the natural meanings of its terms, and the contra proferentum rule shall not apply to the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

2. E FFECTIVE D ATE AND T ERM

 

2.1 Initial Term . This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue in effect through the earlier of (i) second anniversary of the “Commercial Operations Date” under the DCRC Offtake Agreement and (ii) June 30, 2013 (in either case, the “ Initial Term ”).

 

2.2 Renewal Term . From and after expiration of the Initial Term, this Agreement shall automatically renew for successive one-year terms (each such renewal period, a “ Renewal Term ”). Absent an Event of Default or Additional Termination Event that results in an Early Termination Date, this Agreement shall terminate one year following written notice delivered no sooner than one year prior to expiration of the Initial Term or at any time thereafter by one Party to the other Party; provided, however, that the Parties shall perform their obligations relating to termination pursuant to Section 11.

 

3. C OMMENCEMENT D ATE ; C ONDITIONS P RECEDENT AND P RE -C OMMENCEMENT D ATE A CTIVITIES

 

3.1 Commencement Date . MSCG’s obligation to sell Crude Oil to TRC, and TRC’s obligation to purchase Crude Oil from MSCG, shall commence on the Commencement Date. The occurrence of the Commencement Date is conditional on fulfillment of the conditions precedent set forth in Sections 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4. Notwithstanding the foregoing or the provisions of Section 3.7, the rights and obligations of the Parties arising under this Section 3 and Sections 1 ( Definitions and Construction ), 16 ( Force Majeure ), 17 ( Representations, Warranties and Covenants ), 18 ( Termination Events, Default and Early Termination ), 19 ( Indemnification and Claims ), 20 ( Limitation on Damages ), 23 ( Governing Law and Disputes ), 24 ( Assignment ), 25 ( Notices ), 27 ( Confidentiality ) and 28 ( Miscellaneous ) are binding on the Parties from and after the Effective Date.

 

3.2 Mutual Conditions Precedent . The Parties’ respective obligations to purchase or sell Crude Oil are conditional upon satisfaction of the following conditions on or before the Commencement Date (unless the Parties both agree to waive such conditions in writing, if capable of being waived):

 

  3.2.1 No action or proceeding shall have been instituted nor shall any action by a Governmental Authority be threatened, nor shall any order, judgment or decree have been issued or proposed to be issued by any Governmental Authority to set aside, restrain, enjoin or prevent the transactions and performance of the obligations contemplated by either Party under this Agreement.

 

  3.2.2 Neither the Refinery nor one or more of the Pipelines shall have been affected adversely or threatened to be affected adversely by any loss or damage that would have a materially adverse effect on MSCG’s ability to store or transport Crude Oil to the Transfer Point at the Delivery Locations.

 

  3.2.3 Each of the Transaction Documents, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Parties, shall have been duly executed by the Parties and be in full force and effect.

 

12


  3.2.4 All governmental, regulatory, lender, related party and other authorizations, approvals, consents, notices and filings that are required to have been obtained or submitted with respect to the transaction contemplated under the Transaction Documents, and entering into and performing under the Transaction Documents, have been obtained or submitted and are in full force and effect, and all conditions of any such authorizations, approvals, consents, notices and filings have been complied with, in all material respects.

 

3.3 Conditions Precedent to MSCG’s Obligations . The obligations of MSCG to sell Crude Oil contemplated under this Agreement shall be subject to TRC’s satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on or prior to the Commencement Date (unless otherwise specified), as determined by MSCG in its reasonable discretion (unless waived in writing by MSCG in its sole discretion):

 

  3.3.1 All of the representations and warranties of TRC set forth in this Agreement or in any certificate, document, instrument or writing delivered to MSCG by or on behalf of TRC under this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Commencement Date with the same force and effect as though they had been made on the Commencement Date.

 

  3.3.2 Since the Effective Date, no Material Adverse Change shall have occurred as to TRC or its Guarantor.

 

  3.3.3 TRC shall have delivered to MSCG the following in a form reasonably acceptable to MSCG:

 

  3.3.3.1 a certificate or certificates duly executed by a Designated Executive of TRC and dated as of any day from and including the Effective Date to and including the Commencement Date, certifying:

 

  (i) the fulfillment of each of the conditions to be satisfied on TRC’s part as set forth in this Section 3.3;

 

  (ii) the truth and accuracy of the representations and warranties of TRC that are set forth in this Agreement as of the date the certificate is executed in all material respects; and

 

  (iii) to the effect that no action or proceeding has been instituted nor, to such Designated Executive’s best knowledge, has any action by a Governmental Authority been threatened, nor has any order, judgment or decree been issued or, to such Designated Executive’s best knowledge, proposed to be issued by any Governmental Authority as of the date the certificate is executed to set aside, restrain, enjoin or prevent the performance of the transactions or obligations contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

 

  3.3.3.2 an executed Guaranty substantially in a form satisfactory to MSCG in its sole discretion; and

 

  3.3.3.3

secretary’s certificate in form and substance satisfactory to MSCG containing representations covering such matters as MSCG shall require, including that (i) TRC has duly authorized the execution, delivery and performance of this

 

13


  Agreement, (ii) this Agreement constitutes the legally valid and binding obligations of TRC, enforceable against TRC in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable principles of general application regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law), (iii) TRC’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement does not and will not conflict with or cause a breach of or default under any presently existing Credit Agreement, and (iv) that, to the best of its knowledge, its Guaranty constitutes the legally valid and binding obligations of its Guarantor, enforceable against its Guarantor in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable principles of general application regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

  3.3.4 On the Commencement Date, TRC shall have executed, delivered, filed and recorded any financing statement, specific assignment or other document and taken any other action that MSCG deems to be necessary or desirable, in its reasonable discretion, to create, preserve, perfect or validate the security interests and Liens granted by TRC to MSCG pursuant to Sections 12.3 and 12.4.

 

3.4 Conditions Precedent to TRC’s Performance . The obligations of TRC to purchase Crude Oil contemplated under this Agreement shall be subject to MSCG’s satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on or prior to the Commencement Date, as determined by TRC in its reasonable discretion (unless waived in writing by TRC in its sole discretion):

 

  3.4.1 All of the representations and warranties of MSCG set forth in this Agreement or in any certificate, document, instrument or writing delivered to TRC by or on behalf of MSCG under this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Commencement Date with the same force and effect as though they had been made on the Commencement Date.

 

  3.4.2 Since the Effective Date, no Material Adverse Change shall have occurred as to MSCG or its Guarantor.

 

  3.4.3 MSCG shall have delivered to TRC the following in a form reasonably acceptable to TRC:

 

  3.4.3.1 a certificate or certificates duly executed by a Designated Executive of MSCG and dated as of any day from and including the Effective Date to and including the Commencement Date, certifying:

 

  (i) the fulfillment of each of the conditions to be satisfied on MSCG’s part as set forth in this Section 3.4;

 

  (ii) the truth and accuracy of the representations and warranties of MSCG that are set forth in this Agreement as of the date such certificate is executed in all material respects; and

 

  (iii)

to the effect that no action or proceeding has been instituted nor, to such Designated Executive’s best knowledge, has any action by a

 

14


  Governmental Authority been threatened, nor has any order, judgment or decree been issued or, to such Designated Executive’s best knowledge, proposed to be issued by any Governmental Authority as of the date such certificate is executed to set aside, restrain, enjoin or prevent the performance of the transactions or obligations contemplated by the Transaction Documents; and

 

  3.4.3.2 an executed Guaranty substantially in a form satisfactory to TRC in its sole discretion.

 

3.5 Commercially Reasonable Efforts . From and after the Effective Date, to the extent within such Party’s control, TRC shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to ensure the timely fulfillment of each of the conditions referred to in Sections 3.2 and 3.3 and MSCG shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to ensure the timely fulfillment of each of the conditions referred to in Sections 3.2 and 3.4.

 

3.6 Termination for Non-Fulfillment of Conditions Precedent .

 

  3.6.1 Without prejudice to Section 3.5, and effective upon receipt of written notice by the other Party, (i) either Party may terminate this Agreement at any time prior to the Commencement Date if the Commencement Date has not occurred by July 31, 2011 due to the failure of any condition in Section 3.2 to be satisfied or waived; (ii) MSCG may terminate this Agreement at any time prior to the Commencement Date if the Commencement Date has not occurred by July 31, 2011 due to TRC’s failure to satisfy all of the conditions precedent in Section 3.3; and (iii) TRC may terminate this Agreement at any time prior to the Commencement Date if the Commencement Date has not occurred by July 31, 2011 due to MSCG’s failure to satisfy all of the conditions precedent in Section 3.4.

 

  3.6.2 Without prejudice to Section 3.5, this Agreement automatically shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of (i) termination of the Inventory Sale Agreement and (ii) termination at the election of either Party pursuant to Section 3.6.1.

 

  3.6.3 In the event of termination pursuant to this Section 3.6, neither Party shall have any further obligation under this Agreement to the other Party except that the Parties shall remain liable to each other for any damages incurred as a result of a breach by such Party of its representations, warranties or obligations hereunder occurring prior to such termination.

 

3.7 Pre-Commencement Date Activities . Prior to the Commencement Date, the Parties may plan for commercial operations on and after the Commencement Date by undertaking the following activities:

 

  3.7.1 MSCG shall provide TRC with an initial Quarterly Forward Price Report and an initial MSCG Acquisition Report and shall provide TRC with other information needed to commence sales hereunder as reasonably requested by TRC.

 

  3.7.2 TRC shall provide to MSCG an initial NFR and an initial Weekly Nomination and shall provide MSCG with other information needed to commence purchases and sales hereunder as reasonably requested by MSCG.

 

15


4. D AILY S ALES OF C RUDE O IL

 

4.1 Purchase by TRC of Inventory . On the Commencement Date, pursuant to the Inventory Sale Agreement, MSCG shall sell to TRC, and TRC shall purchase from MSCG, the Initial Inventory.

 

4.2 MSCG Crude Oil Sales . From and after the Commencement Date, MSCG agrees to sell and deliver to TRC, and TRC agrees to purchase and take delivery of, the Crude Oil requirements of TRC upon the terms and conditions set forth herein. MSCG shall sell the Crude Oil to TRC at the Delivery Locations in ratable deemed volumes as TRC may request pursuant to the nomination procedures set forth in Section 5, subject to the provisions of Section 4.2.1.

 

  4.2.1 Conditions to Sale Obligations . MSCG’s Crude Oil sale obligations are subject to: (i) the volume of Crude Oil requirements estimated by TRC, as set forth in the relevant NFR, as may be modified by any subsequent NFR or Weekly Nomination from time to time with allowance for variation as described in Section 5.5; (ii) available pipeline capacity on the relevant Pipelines used to transport the Crude Oil to the Delivery Locations, provided that MSCG shall make commercially reasonable efforts to secure capacity as necessary to meet its delivery obligations hereunder; (iii) a Force Majeure Event (including delivery of the Crude Oil by a Counterparty); (iv) TRC providing MSCG with any Security required hereunder; (v) the absence of a default under one or more Supply Contracts that collectively have a material adverse effect on MSCG’s ability to procure Crude Oil for delivery and sale to TRC; and (vi) TRC’s performance of its obligations hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents.

 

4.3 Pipeline Buy/Sell Transactions . If any of the Pipelines on which MSCG ships Crude Oil to the Delivery Locations refuses to recognize MSCG’s title to the Crude Oil, the Parties shall enter into a buy/sell agreement under which MSCG will sell all volumes of Crude Oil that it desires to ship on such Pipeline to TRC as they pass the inlet flange of the Pipeline or its gathering system and MSCG will purchase from TRC such volumes of Crude Oil as they pass the exit flange of such Pipeline or its gathering system. The Parties will mutually agree upon the price for such sales, provided that the price for each sale from MSCG to TRC will equal the price for the corresponding sale from TRC to MSCG. Unless MSCG pays the transportation costs to the relevant Pipeline, the costs of shipping the relevant volumes on the Pipeline will be deducted from the price paid by MSCG for MSCG’s purchase from TRC. Any amounts payable in connection with a Pipeline buy/sell agreement will be included on the next Payment Amount Invoice delivered after MSCG’s determination of such amount. The Parties have entered into a Pipeline buy/sell agreement on the Enbridge North Dakota Line at the prices and terms set forth in Schedule 9 hereto.

 

4.4 Exclusive Seller . TRC agrees that it shall procure all of the Refinery’s Crude Oil requirements, as well as the other Crude Oil Requirements of TRC, by purchasing Crude Oil from MSCG and MSCG shall be its exclusive seller of Crude Oil to be processed in the Refinery and delivered to third parties during the Term of this Agreement. TRC agrees not to purchase Crude Oil from any person other than MSCG unless otherwise agreed in writing by MSCG or unless an Event of Default as described in Section 18.2.4 has occurred with respect to MSCG, and in any case, non-exclusivity shall only apply to affected Crude Oil volumes.

 

4.5 MSCG Hedging Obligations . MSCG shall enter into hedge transactions to hedge the price risk incurred by TRC related to the mismatch between each Delivered Volume priced on its respective Pricing Date and the actual volume consumed at the Refinery or sold to a third party as of such Pricing Date as set forth in the Daily Report of Refinery Volumes. The profits and losses on such hedging activities shall be determined in accordance with Schedule 10 and shall be payable by one Party to the other Party pursuant to Section 8.3.

 

4.6 Title and Custody .

 

16


  4.6.1 Transfer of Title . Title to Crude Oil purchased by TRC pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall pass from MSCG to TRC as the Crude Oil passes the relevant Transfer Point.

 

  4.6.2 Ownership . MSCG shall own and have title to all of the Crude Oil in transit to the Transfer Points until title to such Crude Oil passes from MSCG to TRC as described in Section 4.6.1, or until MSCG otherwise disposes of such Crude Oil. TRC shall own and have title to all of the Crude Oil purchased from MSCG and in transit from the Transfer Points and all Crude Oil at the Refinery, unless and until TRC sells such Crude Oil to a third party.

 

4.7 Importation into the United States and Foreign Trade Zone .

 

  4.7.1 As of the date hereof or hereafter, upon approval of TRC’s request to the U.S. Customs and Border Protection, the Toledo-Lucas County Port Authority and any other Governmental Authority for (i) the change in operator of FTZ Subzone 8H from Sunoco to TRC upon closing of the Refinery acquisition transaction to which they were parties or as soon thereafter as such request can be granted and (ii) the transfer of the hydrocarbon inventory that is designated as zone status merchandise under the inventory transfer agreement between Sunoco and TRC related to such Refinery acquisition transaction, TRC intends to continue to operate the Refinery as a subzone, FTZ Subzone 8H (the “ Subzone ”), under a valid grant of authority from the Foreign Trade Zones Board, U.S. Customs and Border Protection Service (“ Customs ”) and the Toledo-Lucas County Port Authority.

 

  4.7.2 For purposes of being able to sell jet fuel in privileged and non-privileged foreign status to Refinery customers, TRC is required to and from time to time will admit foreign-origin Crude Oil into Subzone. Accordingly, TRC may request that MSCG transport the Crude Oil in bond pursuant to Customs’ procedures from the point of importation at the U.S. port of entry into the United States to the Delivery Location so as to preserve the foreign status of the Crude Oil.

 

  4.7.2.1 In such event, and provided that TRC or its designed representative provides MSCG with sufficient notice in writing, prior to the time of importation, that foreign status is to be maintained as to a particular batch or shipment of Crude Oil, MSCG agrees to be responsible for and file all necessary Customs in-bond documentation (CBP Form 7512) and secure in-bond movement under MSCG’s carrier bond. MSCG agrees to provide TRC with copies of the Forms 7512 filed with Customs promptly after the date of importation so that TRC is able to prepare all necessary Customs documentation (including CBP Form 214) to admit the Crude Oil into the Subzone.

 

  4.7.2.2 TRC shall prepare, maintain and file all necessary documentation in connection with operation of the Subzone and admission of foreign-status Crude Oil. TRC shall maintain all records, inventories and accounts of operations within the Subzone in accordance with Applicable Law and the requirements of Customs and any other Governmental Authority. TRC agrees to provide MSCG with copies of the Forms 214 filed with Customs promptly after the date of admission into the Subzone.

 

  4.7.2.3 TRC shall indemnify and hold MSCG harmless from and against all Customs duties, penalties, fines and other expenses or damages that MSCG may incur resulting from TRC’s failure to comply with Applicable Laws regarding entry of Crude Oil into the Subzone, including the failure to file accurate and timely Forms 214 that will extinguish MSCG’s liability for Customs duties under its in-bond shipments.]

 

5. D ELIVERY N OMINATIONS AND R EPORTING

 

5.1 Coordination, Planning and Information Flow Procedures . The Parties intend that MSCG shall utilize its global crude oil and feedstock trading and marketing capabilities to identify and present to TRC opportunities for the purchase from MSCG of U.S. domestic, Canadian and foreign Crude Oil. The Parties shall develop procedures for the exchange of information between TRC and MSCG throughout the Term to facilitate sales to TRC and optimization of the Refinery operations. Such procedures will include meetings (whether in person or by telephone or video conference) on an as required basis and a monthly meeting in person between TRC personnel and MSCG to, amongst other things, review the then current maintenance activities, present information relating to Crude Oil slates available for delivery to the Delivery Locations, refinery run plans and related commercial matters including hedging, sale and resale opportunities. Based on the planning and coordination activities described in this Section 5.1 and TRC’s nominations delivered in accordance with this Section 5, MSCG will use commercially reasonable efforts to locate and select Crude Oil meeting TRC’s requirements, determine price estimates for such Crude Oil and negotiate, purchase and transport such Crude Oil to the Delivery Locations for sale to TRC. TRC will use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with MSCG in the foregoing activities and to take delivery of the Crude Oil’s selected in accordance with the schedules agreed upon by the Parties.

 

5.2

Quarterly Forward Price Report . On or prior to the last Business Day of each week, MSCG shall provide TRC with a report of MSCG’s estimated forward prices for each relevant grade of Crude Oil for the following five calendar months and any other period requested (the “ Quarterly

 

17


  Forward Price Report ”). The information in the Quarterly Forward Price Report is being provided for the Parties’ informational and planning purposes only, MSCG is not acting as a financial advisor or fiduciary or in any similar capacity and MSCG is not giving TRC any assurance or guarantee as to the forward prices contained in the Quarterly Forward Price Report.

 

5.3

Nomination and Forecast Report . Prior to the 20 th of every month, the Parties shall consult regarding the Crude Oil available to MSCG for delivery to the Delivery Locations and the amount of Crude Oil sales at the Delivery Locations required to meet the Refinery’s Crude Oil processing requirements and TRC’s sales to third parties for the following five calendar months, and TRC shall provide MSCG with a report (the “ Nomination and Forecast Report ”, or “ NFR ”), substantially in the form attached hereto in Schedule 3, that indicates TRC’s entire Crude Oil requirements for sale by MSCG and purchase by TRC for the following five months (each such month, a “ Delivery Month ”). The NFR shall include any periods of scheduled Refinery maintenance and turnaround.

With respect to the fourth and fifth month following the month in which each NFR is delivered, the NFR shall be non-binding and indicative in nature and prepared solely for the Parties’ planning purposes.

With respect to the third month following the month in which each NFR is delivered, the NFR shall specify the volumes of each grade of Crude Oil for delivery and purchase by TRC on each day (for each day in such month, the “ Nominated Volume ”) at each Delivery Location during such third following month and shall constitute the initial formal nomination (the “ Initial Nomination ”) for volumes to be delivered in such third following month. The Initial Nomination shall be binding, but shall be subject to amendment or adjustment as described in Section 5.5.

With respect to the first and second month following the month in which each NFR is delivered, the NFR shall update the previously delivered NFR containing the Initial Nomination for the first following month and shall update the previously delivered NFR containing the Initial Nomination for the second following month, and in each case shall constitute an amendment (a “ Monthly Amendment ”) to the respective Initial Nomination as further described in Section 5.5.

By way of example, the NFR delivery prior to the 20 th of February would (i) indicate estimated volumes of each grade of Crude Oil for delivery in June and July, (ii) specify Nominated Volumes (by grade) for delivery each day in May (and shall constitute the Initial Nomination for May) and (iii) request adjustments to the Initial Nomination (which was delivered in January for April and in December for March) for March and April.

TRC shall notify MSCG promptly upon becoming aware of any new circumstances that could require material changes to Nominated Volumes and MSCG shall notify TRC promptly upon becoming aware of circumstances that could materially impact its ability to deliver Crude Oil during the period covered by the NFR. The Parties agree that the NFR shall be prepared in coordination between the Parties.

 

5.4

Weekly Nomination . No later than 10:00 a.m. EPT on each Business Day, TRC shall provide to MSCG a report (the “ Weekly Nomination ”), substantially in the form attached hereto in Schedule 4, specifying the best estimate of TRC’s Crude Oil requirements and specifying the Nominated Volumes of Crude Oil for delivery at each Delivery Location on each of the following seven calendar days. The Parties agree that the Weekly Nomination shall be prepared in coordination between the Parties. The Parties acknowledge that TRC bears sole responsibility for

 

18


  the preparation, accuracy and correctness of the Weekly Nomination and notification of any changes to any Weekly Nomination that it would like to request.

 

5.5 Agreement to Purchase Nominated Volumes . In the absence of notification from MSCG to TRC within one Business Day of MSCG’s receipt of any Initial Nomination, and subject to the Parties mutual agreement to certain FOB Grade Differentials as described in Section 8.2.2, the Parties shall be deemed to have agreed to the sale by MSCG to TRC of the Nominated Volumes specified in such Initial Nomination.

Each Monthly Amendment and each Weekly Nomination shall constitute an amendment to the Initial Nomination(s) covering the same Delivery Dates. Unless MSCG notifies TRC within one Business Day of its objection to any new information contained in any Monthly Amendment or Weekly Nomination, the Parties shall be deemed to have agreed to the sale by MSCG to TRC of the Nominated Volumes specified therein, subject to pricing adjustments as set forth in Section 8.2.4.1. MSCG agrees to cooperate in the adjustment of previously agreed upon Nominated Volumes at the request of TRC to the extent the flexibility for a corresponding adjustment is allowed under the terms of any relevant Supply Contract(s) or may be maintained in inventory or another commercially reasonable disposition and/or acquisition can be agreed upon.

Notwithstanding the above, the Parties acknowledge operational variability and agree that reasonable variations from the specified Nominated Volumes resulting from ordinary course operational factors shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement; provided that TRC agrees to make a good faith effort to take delivery of Crude Oil in the volumes set forth in each NFR and Weekly Nomination in accordance with the schedules set forth therein and MSCG agrees to exercise commercially reasonable efforts to accommodate such variations.

TRC agrees that MSCG shall have the right to substitute alternative grades of Crude Oil as long as such substitution would not have a negative economic impact on TRC, provided that MSCG shall notify TRC in advance of any such contemplated substitution and subject to TRC’s reasonable consent to such substitutions.

TRC shall indemnify MSCG for any costs, expenses or other losses that MSCG incurs as a result of any amendment to an Initial Nomination requested by TRC or any other adjustment to the Nominated Volumes (other than a substitution or other change to the Nominated Volumes requested by MSCG); provided that MSCG shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate such costs, expenses or losses.

If, due to no fault of MSCG, MSCG is unable to, or it becomes impractical to, ship Crude Oil through a Pipeline or is unable to, or it becomes impractical to, deliver Crude Oil to any Delivery Location because of a breakdown in or significant impairment of any logistical asset utilized in the storage and transportation of Crude Oil to such Delivery Location (each, a “ Logistics Impairment ”), MSCG’s delivery obligations shall be excused to the extent effected by such Logistics Impairment and TRC shall indemnify MSCG for any losses, costs or expenses incurred as a result of such Logistics Impairment, including for any market losses (e.g. the difference between the price at which MSCG sells any Crude Oil that it is impractical to deliver to a Delivery Location as a result of the Logistics Impairment and the Price of such Crude Oil hereunder). MSCG shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate costs, losses and expenses resulting from a Logistics Impairment.

 

5.6

MSCG Acquisition Report . On each Business Day, MSCG shall provide TRC with a report specifying the volumes, grades, Delivery Month and pricing information for all Nominated

 

19


  Volumes for which the Parties have confirmed sales by mutually agreeing upon the price or the pricing formula, as applicable (the “ MSCG Acquisition Report ”).

 

5.7 Other Reports . Each Party shall provide the other Party with all daily tank gauging reports covering the Refinery tanks, any reports it receives from Pipelines or any of the pipelines that TRC utilizes to ship Crude Oil from the Delivery Locations to the Refinery or other locations, and, if reasonably requested by the other Party, any other information related to the transactions covered by this Agreement.

 

5.8 Daily Report of Refinery Volumes . On or prior to 11:00 a.m. EPT on each Business Day, TRC shall deliver to MSCG (for receipt on or prior to 11:00 a.m. EPT) a report setting forth (i) the actual volumes of Crude Oil (the “ Refinery Volumes ”) delivered into and withdrawn out of each Refinery tank on the immediately prior days and total inventory levels in each Refinery tank, in each case based on the best available information, including daily tank gauging reports and other relevant Refinery measurements and (ii) all sales of Crude Oil to third parties (such report, the “ Daily Report of Refinery Volumes ”). The Refinery Volumes shall be subject to subsequent adjustment as may be necessary to reflect any additional or more accurate measurement information.

 

6. C ERTAIN R EPRESENTATIONS

 

6.1 The Parties intend that:

 

  6.1.1 each purchase and sale of Crude Oil between them, whether or not further documented, shall constitute a “ forward contract ” under section 101(25) and a “ swap agreement ” under section 101(53B) of the Bankruptcy Code, protected by, inter alia , section 556 and section 560 of the Bankruptcy Code, and that it will be treated as such under and in all proceedings related to any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law (regardless of the jurisdiction of application or competence of such law) or any regulation, ruling, order, directive or pronouncement made pursuant thereto; and

 

  6.1.2 this Agreement and each transaction between the Parties hereunder constitutes a “ master netting agreement ” under section 101(38A) of the Bankruptcy Code; and that the rights in Section 18 hereto include the rights referred to in section 561(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

6.2 For purposes of Section 6.1, the Parties intend and agree that, in respect of a particular week during the Term, they shall be deemed to have entered into a forward contract, swap agreement and eligible financial contract for the sale of Crude Oil by MSCG to TRC upon MSCG’s receipt of the Weekly Nomination for such calendar week.

 

6.3 Single Agreement . This Agreement and all transactions hereunder form a single integrated agreement between the Parties. During the Term of this Agreement, all transactions between MSCG and TRC as reflected in each NFR and Weekly Nomination are entered into in reliance on the fact that all such transactions and reports, together with this Agreement, form a single agreement.

 

7. W ARRANTIES

 

7.1 Warranties of Title .

 

20


  7.1.1 MSCG warrants that on the Commencement Date, it shall transfer, or cause to transfer, to TRC good and marketable title to the Initial Inventory free and clear of any Liens, and that it has full right and authority to transfer such title and effect delivery of such Crude Oil to TRC.

 

  7.1.2 MSCG represents and warrants to TRC, that, as of the date of delivery of Crude Oil sold hereunder, it has good and marketable title to the Crude Oil sold and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, free and clear of any Liens, and that it has full right and authority to transfer such title and effect delivery of such Crude Oil.

 

7.2 Disclaimer of Warranties . EXCEPT FOR THE WARRANTY OF TITLE, THE PARTY SELLING CRUDE OIL HEREUNDER MAKES NO WARRANTY, CONDITION OR OTHER REPRESENTATION, WRITTEN OR ORAL, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS OR SUITABILITY OF THE CRUDE OIL FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE .

 

8. P RICING OF D ELIVERED V OLUMES

 

8.1 Pricing for Delivered Volumes . With respect to the volume of each grade of Crude Oil delivered by MSCG to TRC at the Delivery Locations and purchased by TRC on each Delivery Date hereunder (for each such day, the “ Delivered Volume ”), TRC shall, on the relevant Payment Date, pay to MSCG the product of (i) the Delivered Volume and (ii) the Price for such grade determined in accordance with Schedule 5 (the sum of such amount over all grades purchased on such Delivery Date, the “ Daily Purchase Payment Amount ”). The Daily Purchase Payment Amount shall be included on the Payment Amount Invoice delivered by MSCG on the relevant Payment Date for such Delivery Date.

 

8.2 Pricing Differentials .

 

  8.2.1

WTI Differential Report . On the ***** day of the month two months prior to each month in which TRC intends to process Crude Oil that it previously purchased from MSCG hereunder or sell such Crude Oil to third parties (each such month, a “ Consumption Month ”) (or the next Business Day if such ***** day is not a Business Day), MSCG shall prepare and deliver to TRC a report substantially in the form of Schedule 6 (the “ WTI Differential Report ”) listing the pro forma volume of ***** contracts by contract month (the “ WTI Hedge Volume ”) that would need to be purchased and sold to ***** (as described in Schedule 5 under component D of the Price formula) of ***** pricing from the ***** to the ***** for the Nominated Volumes that TRC will purchase in a Delivery Month and later process or sell in such Consumption Month. MSCG shall prepare and deliver to TRC an updated WTI Differential Report following any agreed upon adjustment to a Nominated Volume.

 

  8.2.2

Setting WTI Differentials . The WTI Differential component of the Price (component D of the Price formula in Schedule 5) applicable to the Nominated Volumes related to a particular Consumption Month will be established ratably (by WTI Hedge Volume) based on the applicable ***** effective on each ***** from (and including) the ***** day of the second month preceding the Consmption Month (or the next Business Day if applicable) to the ***** prior to the day on which the ***** contract expires during the month preceding the Consumption Month (the “ Pricing Period ”) ***** (applied only to the prices for ***** purchases) (such pricing mechanism, the “ Ratable Method ”). In lieu of the foregoing method for the determination of the WTI Differential, TRC may notify

 

21


MSCG on or prior to the date of MSCG’s delivery of the WTI Differential Report that it would like MSCG to establish fixed values for the WTI Differentials by mutual agreement. In such case, TRC shall notify MSCG on each ***** during the Pricing Period of the volume it wishes to establish WTI Differential values for on such day (such notification a “ Fixed Value Request ”), provided that if MSCG does not receive a Fixed Value Request on any *****, MSCG will not seek to establish WTI Differential values on such day. MSCG shall make commercially reasonable efforts to fulfill each Fixed Value Request based on the then-current forward ***** for the applicable WTI Hedge Volume. The WTI Differential may be established in volumes of 100,000 Barrels up to the full volumes listed in the Initial Nomination (as amended from time to time) relating to the Nominated Volumes that would be processed or sold for the Consumption Month. Upon establishing a WTI Differential for a particular volume to be processed or sold in a Consumption Month pursuant to a Fixed Value Request, MSCG shall send a confirmation to TRC confirming the value of such WTI Differential, and TRC shall execute such confirmation and deliver a copy of the executed confirmation back to MSCG. If, using commercially reasonable efforts, MSCG is unable to fulfill any Fixed Value Request with respect to a volume as of any ***** during the Pricing Period, then no WTI Differential will be set as to such volume on such day.

MSCG shall price any portion of the ***** and otherwise in accordance with the Ratable Method; provided that if greater than *****% of the total WTI Hedge Volume remains unpriced as of the end of the ***** prior to the ***** contract expiration, then MSCG will establish a WTI Differential as of the sixth ***** prior to the ***** contract expiration with respect to any excess over *****% of the total WTI Hedge Volume that remains unpriced.

 

  8.2.3 Setting FOB Grade Differentials . The FOB Grade Differentials shall be determined using the methodology set forth in Schedule 5 (as component B of the Price formula in Schedule 5). As described in Schedule 5, the FOB Grade Differential will be established either by a formula utilizing published prices or by mutual agreement based on then-current spot market conditions. If the Parties are unable to agree upon an FOB Grade Differential for any volumes, then MSCG shall be deemed not to have entered into a commitment to sell, and TRC shall be deemed not to have entered into a commitment to purchase, such volumes. In this event, the Parties shall cooperate in identifying alternative grades and volumes for sale, as outlined in Section 5.1.

 

  8.2.4 Differential Adjustments .

 

  8.2.4.1

Adjustments of Nominated Volumes . Following any adjustment to a Nominated Volume, MSCG shall determine, in consultation with TRC and in a commercially reasonable manner, the difference between the WTI Differentials, FOB Grade Differentials and the Delivery Costs (components B, C and D of the Price formula in Schedule 5) that would have applied to the previously Nominated Volumes relative to the WTI Differentials, FOB Grade Differentials and Delivery Costs that would apply to the Nominated Volumes after any adjustments (including differences applicable to canceled or “unwound” Nominated Volumes) (the “ Adjustment Amount ”). MSCG shall make a payment to TRC of any positive Adjustment Amount and TRC shall make a

 

22


  payment to MSCG of any negative Adjustment Amount. The Adjustment Amount shall be included on the next following Payment Amount Invoice.

 

  8.2.4.2 Delivery Costs . The capital costs included in the calculation of Delivery Costs (component C of the Price formula in Schedule 5) will be calculated based on a working capital rate (the “ Working Capital Rate ”) of *****, which, as of each day, would be applied to the current market value of the MSCG In-Transit Volumes on such day and the total amount of MSCG accounts receivable owing from TRC and associated with MSCG sales under this Agreement as of such day. Upon the occurrence of an MS CDS Event (as defined below), either Party may request on a reasonable basis an adjustment to the Working Capital Rate and the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to determine the adjustment to the Working Capital Rate that shall apply, provided that any such request by MSCG for an increase in the Working Capital Rate after an MS CDS Event shall be effective subject to TRC’s right of termination pursuant to Section 18.1.3. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, a “ MS CDS Event ” shall be deemed to have occurred following any calendar quarter in which the average of the daily settlement prices (spreads) for Morgan Stanley’s 5 year credit default swap on the trading platform operated by Markit Group Limited changes by more than *****% from the previous calendar quarterly average. The price (spread) for such credit default swap as of the date hereof is *****.

 

8.3 Hedge Adjustment Amount . After the expiry of each front month NYMEX crude oil contract MSCG shall determine the Hedge Adjustment Amount for such calendar month in accordance with Schedule 10 to account for hedging losses and gains resulting from any mismatch between the day on which Delivered Volumes are priced hereunder and the day on which TRC either delivers Delivered Volumes into the Refinery processing units or delivers Delivered Volumes to third parties in a third party transaction. The Hedge Adjustment Amount shall be included in the next following Payment Amount Invoice after determination. From time to time the Parties may agree to adjust the hedge to account for volumetric losses.

 

9. P AYMENT AND N ETTING

 

9.1 On each Payment Date, MSCG shall net the following amounts:

 

  (i) the Daily Purchase Payment Amount payable by TRC to MSCG on such day;

 

  (ii) the Hedge Adjustment Amount, if applicable;

 

  (iii) any adjustments to amounts paid by one Party to the other Party hereunder based upon additional information obtained after invoicing, including adjustments to the prices or volumes used to determine any previously invoiced Daily Purchase Payment Amount, and including any Adjustment Amount as described in Section 8.2.4;

 

  (iv) any Ancillary Costs incurred prior to such day and not previously paid to MSCG or any adjustment to Ancillary Costs previously determined and invoiced;

 

  (v) any outstanding interest that accrues pursuant to Section 9.4; and

 

  (vi) any other amounts due and payable as of such day under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

(the aggregate net amount payable, the “ Net Daily Payment Amount ”).

MSCG shall notify TRC of the Net Daily Payment Amount and the Party to whom such Net Daily Payment Amount is owed shall prepare and deliver to the other Party an

 

23


invoice in respect such amount by 11:00 a.m. EPT on such Payment Date (the “ Payment Amount Invoice ” for such day). The Party owing the Net Payment Amount shall pay such amount to the other Party on or prior to 3:00 p.m. EPT on such day, subject to Section 9.3.

 

9.2 Payments . All payments to be made under this Agreement shall be made by wire transfer of same day funds in U.S. Dollars to such bank account at such bank as the payee shall designate in writing to the payor from time to time. All payments shall be deemed received on the Business Day on which same day funds therefor are received by the payee. Payments received after any applicable time set forth in this Agreement on any Business Day or on a day that is not a Business Day shall be deemed to have been received on the following Business Day. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all payments by TRC or MSCG shall be made in full without discount, offset, withholding, counterclaim or deduction whatsoever for any claims which one Party may now have or hereafter acquire against the other Party, whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise except as expressly provided herein. The Parties recognize and acknowledge that the exchange of certain information in a timely manner and subsequent payments based on the information are interrelated, and a reasonable delay in one aspect of the process will not relieve the obligation of a Party to reasonably comply with any response to the information or payment. If payment would be due hereunder on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment shall be deemed instead to be due on the next Business Day after such day.

 

9.3 Disputed Invoices . If an invoiced Party, in good faith, disputes the accuracy of the amount invoiced, the invoiced Party shall pay such amount as it in good faith believes to be correct and provide written notice stating the reasons why the remaining disputed amount is incorrect, along with supporting documentation. In the event the Parties are unable to resolve such dispute, either Party may pursue any remedy available at law or in equity to enforce its rights hereunder. In the event that it is determined or agreed that the Party that is disputing an invoice must or will pay the disputed amount, then such Party shall pay interest from and including the original payment due date until, but excluding, the date the disputed amount is received by the owed Party, at the Base Interest Rate.

 

9.4 Interest on Late Payments . Interest shall accrue on late payments under this Agreement at the Default Interest Rate from and including the date that payment is due until but excluding the date that payment is actually received by the Party to whom it is payable.

 

10. A DDITIONAL MSCG S ERVICES

 

10.1 Additional MSCG Risk Management Services . Throughout the Term, MSCG shall provide risk management services to TRC as requested by TRC, including (i) updates on relevant commodities markets and price quotes for swaps and options, and (ii) providing swap or option products on the terms agreed upon between the Parties, such terms to include volumes, prices, tenors and settlement dates.

 

11. D ISPOSITION OF C RUDE O IL U PON T ERMINATION OR E XPIRATION

 

11.1

Final Disposition . On the date of expiration or termination of this Agreement (the “ Termination Date ”), whether this Agreement terminates at the end of its Term or on an Early Termination Date, subject to MSCG’s rights under Section 18.6, MSCG shall cease deliveries of Crude Oil to the Delivery Locations after all volumes in-transit as of such day have arrived, but may, in its sole discretion, continue to sell volumes of Crude Oil in-transit to the Delivery Locations as of the

 

24


  Termination Date to TRC in accordance with the terms hereof, such sales to occur over the period of time necessary for MSCG to sell all such Crude Oil owned by MSCG as of the Termination Date to TRC (the “ Run-off Period ”).

 

11.2

Termination Payment Amount . On or prior to the later of (i) 30 th day following the Termination Date and (ii) the tenth Business Day following the end of the Run-off Period, if applicable, (in either case, the “ Final Settlement Date ”), MSCG shall calculate a final accounting and true up of all amounts owed by TRC to MSCG or by MSCG to TRC under this Agreement and all other Transaction Documents, (such amount, the “ Termination Payment Amount ”). The Termination Payment Amount shall include payment of the price in respect of all Delivered Volumes that have not yet been paid, and for purposes of such calculation, the Payment Date for any such Delivered Volumes that would occur after the Final Settlement Date, shall be accelerated and deemed to occur on the Final Settlement Date. MSCG shall notify TRC of the Termination Payment Amount and the Party to whom such amount is payable shall prepare an invoice (the “ Final Invoice ”) and deliver it to the other Party by the fifth Business Day following MSCG’s calculation and notification of such amount. The Party owing the Termination Payment Amount shall make payment to the other Party of the Termination Payment Amount on or prior to the fifth Business Day following receipt of the Final Invoice.

 

11.3 Pipeline Shipping History . After termination of this Agreement and after the completion of any Run-off Period, MSCG shall assign to TRC all shipper history generated during the Term that is attributable to sales of Crude Oil under this Agreement, subject to any required consents by the Pipelines.

 

12. F INANCIAL I NFORMATION , S ECURITY AND R EQUESTS FOR F URTHER A SSURANCES

 

12.1 Provision of Financial Information .

 

  12.1.1

Each Party shall provide the other Party, to the extent not publicly available, (i) within 120 days following the end of each of its fiscal years (or such earlier date on which it is required to file a Form 10-K under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“ Exchange Act ”)), beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010, a copy of its or, if applicable, its Guarantor’s audited consolidated financial statements for such fiscal year certified by independent certified public accountants; (ii) within 45 days after the end of its first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (or such earlier date on which it is required to file a Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act), a copy of its or, if applicable, its Guarantor’s quarterly unaudited consolidated financial statements for such fiscal quarter; and (iii) with respect to TRC, within 30 days after the end of each of the first two months of each fiscal quarter, beginning with January, 2010, the consolidated balance sheet of TRC as of the end of each such month and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows of TRC for such month and for the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, accompanied by a certificate of a Financial Officer stating that such financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of TRC as of the date and for the periods specified in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes. In all cases the financial statements delivered pursuant to this Section 12.1.1 shall be for the most recent accounting period and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied, or, at the election of TRC, in accordance with the accounting principles provided by the International Financial Reporting Standards enacted by the International Accounting

 

25


  Standards Board. In the case of TRC, upon delivery to MSCG, the applicable report delivered by TRC to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of the Revolving Credit Agreement shall satisfy its related requirement under this Section 12.1.1.

 

  12.1.2 Within 90 days after the beginning of each fiscal year, TRC shall provide to MSCG a budget for TRC in form reasonably satisfactory to MSCG, but to include balance sheets, statements of income and sources and uses of cash, for (i) each month of such fiscal year prepared in detail and (ii) each fiscal year thereafter, through and including the fiscal year in which the Termination Date is scheduled to occur at such time pursuant to the terms of Section 2, prepared in summary form, in each case, with appropriate presentation and discussion of the principal assumptions upon which such budgets are based, accompanied by the statement of a Financial Officer of TRC to the effect that the budget of TRC is a reasonable estimate for the periods covered thereby and, promptly when available, any significant revisions of such budget. In the case of TRC, upon delivery to MSCG, the applicable budget delivered by TRC to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of the Revolving Credit Agreement shall satisfy its related requirement under this Section 12.1.2.

 

  12.1.3 Upon reasonable notice, a Party also shall provide to the other Party any other information sufficient to enable it to ascertain such other Party’s or such other Party’s Guarantor’s current financial condition and for such Party to assure itself of the other Party’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the other Party’s Guarantor’s ability to perform its obligations under its Guaranty.

 

12.2 Guaranty . As security for the prompt payment and performance in full when due of MSCG’s obligations under this Agreement, MSCG shall cause its Guarantor to deliver to TRC prior to the Commencement Date a Guaranty in form and substance reasonably acceptable to TRC. As security for the prompt payment and performance in full when due of TRC’s obligations under this Agreement, TRC shall cause its Guarantor to deliver to MSCG prior to the Commencement Date a Guaranty in form and substance reasonably acceptable to MSCG.

 

12.3 Security Interest in Crude Oil .

 

  12.3.1 As security for all obligations of TRC to MSCG under the Transaction Documents, TRC hereby pledges to MSCG, as a secured party, and grants to MSCG a first priority continuing security interest in, Lien on and right of set-off against all of TRC’s right, title and interest in the Crude Oil, wheresoever located and all proceeds thereof (the “ Collateral ”). TRC shall take such actions, at TRC’s expense, as MSCG may from time to time reasonably request to further evidence or perfect such security interest, Lien and right of set-off.

 

  12.3.2 TRC represents and warrants to MSCG that it has good title to the Collateral, free and clear of all Liens other than the security interest and Lien granted to MSCG hereunder and that the Collateral shall at all times remain free and clear of all Liens other than the security interest and Lien granted to MSCG hereunder. This representation and warranty shall be a continuing representation and warranty for so long as MSCG’s security interest in and Lien on the Collateral remain in effect. In connection with any sale by TRC of Collateral to a third party, the Parties agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that all payments in respect of the purchase of the Collateral by a third party are paid directly to MSCG, consistent with the then applicable terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

26


  12.3.3 TRC hereby irrevocably authorizes MSCG at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements and amendments thereto that contain the information required by Article 9 of the UCC of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment relating to the Collateral.

 

  12.3.4 TRC shall keep and maintain at its own cost and expense complete records of the movements of the Collateral from the Delivery Locations to the Refinery and from the Refinery tanks to the processing units or from the Delivery Locations to the point of sale to a third party, in a manner consistent with prudent business practice, including all pipeline reports and notifications (including pipeline nominations and revisions to nominations, daily pipeline schedule of oil flow, apportionment notices and disruption notices, notices and reports for physical batch swaps) and terminal reports, and all other documentation relating thereto. TRC shall, at TRC’s sole cost and expense, upon MSCG’s demand made at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default by TRC or an Additional Termination Event, deliver all tangible evidence of the location, volume and quality of the Collateral (by Tank or other location), including all reports from terminals or pipelines and books and records relating thereto to MSCG or to its representatives (copies of which evidence and books and records may be retained by TRC) to the extent not already provided to MSCG pursuant to TRC’s reporting obligations under Section 5. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default by TRC or an Additional Termination Event, MSCG may transfer a full and complete copy of TRC’s books, records, reports, memoranda and all other writings relating to the Collateral to and for the use by any person that has acquired or is contemplating acquisition of an interest in the Collateral or MSCG’s security interest therein without the consent of TRC.

 

  12.3.5 Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default by TRC or an Additional Termination Event, MSCG shall have all of the default rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC. TRC acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent notice of sale or other disposition of the Collateral or any part thereof shall be required by law, ten days’ prior notice to TRC of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition is to take place shall be commercially reasonable notification of such matters.

 

  12.3.6 Catastrophic Loss of Collateral . In connection with any catastrophic loss of Collateral (any loss other than a normal handling loss), at the election of MSCG in its sole discretion, either (i) the Payment Date in respect of the purchase by TRC from MSCG of the volume of Crude Oil that constituted such Collateral shall be accelerated to the date of such loss or (ii) TRC shall immediately replace the Collateral subject to the loss with additional Collateral or other Security having an equal or greater value. In the case of (i), the pricing of the Crude Oil shall be based on the then current price for such volume determined in accordance with Schedule 5.

 

12.4 Notification of Certain Events . Each Party shall notify the other Party in writing within two Business Days of learning of any of the following events:

 

  12.4.1 any Event of Default or Additional Termination Event, specifying the nature and extent thereof and the corrective action (if any) taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto;

 

27


  12.4.2 in the case of TRC, its binding agreement to sell, lease, sublease, transfer or otherwise dispose of, or grant any person (including an Affiliate) an option to acquire, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, all or a material portion of the Refinery assets;

 

  12.4.3 it or its Guarantor consolidates or amalgamates with, merges with or into, or transfers all or substantially all of its assets to, another entity (including an Affiliate);

 

  12.4.4 in the case of TRC, any labor disturbances at the Refinery that could adversely impact the scheduled sales under a NFR;

 

  12.4.5 any event that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change on it or its Guarantor, which may include the filing or commencement of, or any threat or notice of intention of any person to file or commence, any action, suit, litigation or proceeding, whether at law or in equity by or before any Governmental Authority, against TRC or any Affiliate thereof, that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change;

 

  12.4.6 a final judicial or administrative judgment against it or its Guarantor that individually or in the aggregate is in excess of $10,000,000;

 

  12.4.7 in the case of TRC, any default under any Credit Agreement, or any event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would become an event of default under any Credit Agreement, including any notice of acceleration, demand, termination, suspension or foreclosure issued by any secured party or person acting in a similar capacity.

 

  12.4.8 In the case of TRC, TRC’s entrance into a binding agreement that would result in a Change of Control with respect to TRC, such notice to be provided no later than five Business Days following execution of such agreement. This Section 12.5.8 shall not apply to any future public offering of stock of TRC or any of its Affiliates.

 

12.5 Security and Further Assurances .

 

  12.5.1 Bilateral Further Assurances . Each Party may, in its reasonable discretion and upon notice to the other Party, require that such other Party provide it with satisfactory security for or adequate assurance of (“ Performance Assurance ”) its or, if applicable, its Guarantor’s performance within a specified time period as appropriate, when (i) such demanding Party determines that a Material Adverse Change has occurred as with respect to the other Party, or, if applicable, its Guarantor; and (ii) such other Party fails to comply with any material provision of this Section 12 or breaches any covenant set forth in Section 17.4 in any material respect.

 

  12.5.2 Variation Margin . MSCG may, in its reasonable discretion and upon notice to TRC, require that TRC provide it with satisfactory security (“ Variation Margin ”) in an amount equal to MSCG’s estimate of its Exposure on any day on or prior to the third Business Day following such date of determination, subject to a minimum exposure to be mutually agreed between the Parties from time to time.

 

  12.5.2.1 MSCG shall calculate its “ Exposure ” by netting the following amounts:

 

  (i) the aggregate ***** ;

 

  (ii) the ***** on any relevant day;

 

  (iii) the difference between ***** ; and

 

  (iv) the ***** .

 

  12.5.3

Base Margin . MSCG may, in its reasonable discretion and upon notice to TRC, require that TRC provide it with security for or adequate assurance of TRC’s and its Guarantor’s performance of their obligations under the Transaction Documents (“ Base Margin ”, and

 

28


  together with Performance Assurance and Variation Margin, “ Security ”) in an amount to be mutually agreed upon, which is intended to mitigate MSCG’s potential exposure and incurred costs upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Additional Termination Event in respect of TRC and any resulting early termination of this Agreement (in excess of any amount covered by any Variation Margin posted by TRC).

 

  12.5.4 Form and Delivery of Security . A Party shall provide Security to the other Party on or prior to the second Business Day following demand therefor in the form of Collateral, cash or a letter of credit, or in any other document or mechanism acceptable to the demanding Party. The Security provided by a Party shall be for a duration and in an amount sufficient to cover a value up to the other Party’s estimated financial exposure under this Agreement, including reasonable contingencies for the designated time period. If Security is provided in the form of a letter of credit, such letter of credit shall be issued by an Acceptable Letter of Credit Issuer and shall be in a form reasonably acceptable to the demanding Party in its sole discretion. All bank charges relating to any letter of credit and any fees, commissions, costs and expenses incurred with respect to furnishing security are for the account of the Party providing the Security. *****.

 

  12.5.5 Each Party agrees, at any time and from time to time upon the request of the other Party, to execute, deliver and acknowledge, or cause to execute, deliver and acknowledge, such further documents and instruments and do such other acts and things as such Party may reasonably request in order to fully effect the purposes of this Agreement.

 

13. R EFINERY T URNAROUND , M AINTENANCE AND C LOSURE

 

13.1 Scheduled Maintenance . TRC shall provide to MSCG on the Commencement Date and on an annual basis thereafter, at least 30 days prior to the beginning of each year during the Term, its anticipated timing of scheduled maintenance or turnaround that may affect its Crude Oil requirements during the upcoming year, and shall update such schedule promptly following any change to the maintenance schedule.

 

13.2 Unscheduled Maintenance . TRC immediately shall notify MSCG orally (followed by prompt written notice) of any previously unscheduled downtime, maintenance or turnaround and its expected duration.

 

14. T AXES

 

14.1 TRC shall pay MSCG the amount of all Taxes paid or incurred by MSCG directly or indirectly with respect to the Crude Oil sold hereunder. MSCG shall provide TRC with supporting documentation. To the extent not included in the purchase price, MSCG shall itemize separately any Taxes on the daily invoice. TRC hereby agrees to reimburse MSCG for any such Tax which MSCG may incur with respect to such Crude Oil, whether determined during the duration of this Agreement or on audit after termination; provided, however, that TRC’s obligation to reimburse MSCG for Taxes shall survive termination of this Agreement for a period which equals the statute of limitations applicable to the specific Tax in question. TRC shall pay MSCG for any Taxes arising from audit within two Business Days of receipt of MSCG’s invoice. MSCG shall notify TRC promptly upon being notified or the commencement of any audit that may result in payments by TRC under this Section 14.1.

 

29


14.2 In the event that MSCG receives any refund of, or realizes the benefit of any credit with respect to Taxes that TRC previously had paid to MSCG, MSCG shall pay the amount of such refund or credit to TRC, together with any interest thereon paid to MSCG by the Governmental Authority, but otherwise without interest thereon. If it is later determined that MSCG was not entitled to such refund, credit or interest, then the portion thereof which is repaid, recaptured or disallowed will be treated as a Tax for which TRC shall reimburse and indemnify MSCG pursuant to this Section 14.

 

14.3 Upon the reasonable request of TRC, TRC shall, at its sole expense, have the right to cause MSCG to contest the validity, applicability or amount of any Tax for which MSCG is liable; provided, however, that MSCG shall not be required to take or consent to TRC taking any such action if, in MSCG’s sole discretion, such action could have a material adverse affect on MSCG. MSCG shall be entitled to select counsel of its choice. MSCG shall not settle or compromise any claim or contest without TRC’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that MSCG shall be entitled in its sole discretion to settle or compromise any claims or contest of Tax liability if such settlement or compromise is made in connection with a closing agreement governing tax periods that cover both Tax liability hereunder and tax liabilities of MSCG that are not related to this Agreement.

 

15. I NSURANCE

 

15.1 Insurance Required to be provided by MSCG . MSCG shall insure the Crude Oil under its cargo and casualty insurance policy.

 

15.2 Insurance Required to be provided by TRC . TRC shall procure, or provided through an affiliate, and maintain in full force and effect throughout the Term insurance coverage of the following types and amounts and with insurance companies rated not less than A- by A.M. Best, or otherwise reasonably acceptable to MSCG, in respect of TRC’s receipt, handling and storage of Crude Oil under this Agreement:

 

  15.2.1 Workers Compensation coverage in compliance with the Applicable Law;

 

  15.2.2 automobile liability coverage in a minimum amount of $1,000,000; and

 

  15.2.3 comprehensive or commercial general liability coverage and umbrella excess liability coverage, which includes bodily injury, broad form property damage and contractual liability coverages, in a minimum amount of $75,000,000, which includes losses for Crude Oil while in TRC’s care, custody and control, and “ sudden and accidental pollution ” liability coverages (excluding events that result in acidic deposition).

 

15.3 Additional Insurance Requirements .

 

  15.3.1 Each Party shall cause its insurance carriers to furnish insurance certificates to the other Party, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the other Party, evidencing the existence of the coverages required pursuant to Sections 15.1 and 15.2. Each Party shall provide renewal certificates within 30 days of expiration of the previous policy under which coverage is maintained.

 

  15.3.2

Each Party shall include an endorsement in the foregoing policies indicating that the underwriters agree to waive all rights of subrogation to the extent of such Party’s

 

30


  obligations. Further, each Party shall name the other Party as an additional insured under the foregoing policies to the extent of the indemnities required under this Agreement.

 

  15.3.3 The mere purchase and existence of insurance coverage shall not reduce or release either Party from any Liabilities incurred or assumed under this Agreement.

 

  15.3.4 In the event of a Crude Oil loss for which a Party must indemnify the other Party under this Agreement, the indemnifying Party’s insurance shall be the primary and exclusive coverage for such loss, notwithstanding the existence of other valid and collectible insurance.

 

16. F ORCE M AJEURE

 

16.1 Neither Party shall be liable to the other Party if it is rendered unable by a Force Majeure Event to perform in whole or in part any obligation or condition of this Agreement for so long as the Force Majeure Event exists and to the extent that performance is hindered by the Force Majeure Event; provided , however , that the Party unable to perform shall use any commercially reasonable efforts to avoid or remove the Force Majeure Event. During the period that performance by the affected Party of a part or whole of its obligations has been suspended by reason of a Force Majeure Event, the other Party likewise may suspend the performance of all or a part of its obligations to the extent that such suspension is commercially reasonable, other than any payment or indemnification obligations that arose prior to the Force Majeure Event.

 

16.2 The affected Party rendered unable to perform shall give written notice to the other Party within 24 hours after receiving notice of the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event, including, to the extent feasible, the details and the expected duration of the Force Majeure Event and the volume of Crude Oil affected. Such Party also shall promptly notify the other when the Force Majeure Event has terminated.

 

17. R EPRESENTATIONS , W ARRANTIES AND C OVENANTS

 

17.1 Mutual Representations and Warranties . Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party as of the Effective Date, and shall be deemed to represent and warrant as of the Commencement Date and as of the date of any purchase of Crude Oil hereunder, that:

 

  17.1.1 it is (A) an “ eligible commercial entity ” and an “ eligible contract participant ” as defined in Sections 1a(11) and 1a(12) of the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, and (B) a “ forward contract merchant ” under section 101(26) and a “ master netting agreement participant ” under section 101(38B), for purposes of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

  17.1.2 it is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation and, if relevant under such laws, in good standing, has the power to execute and deliver this Agreement and any other related documentation that it is required by this Agreement to deliver and to perform its obligations under this Agreement, and has taken all necessary action to authorize such execution, delivery and performance;

 

  17.1.3

such execution, delivery and performance do not violate or conflict with any Applicable Law in any material respect, any provision of its constitutional documents, order or

 

31


  judgment of any court or Governmental Authority or, in any material respect, any of its assets or any contractual restriction binding on or affecting it or any of its assets;

 

  17.1.4 all governmental and other authorizations, approvals, consents, notices and filings that are required to have been obtained or submitted by it with respect to this Agreement (including any internal authorizations, approvals and consents required by such Party under its organizational documents) have been obtained or submitted and are in full force and effect, and all conditions of this Agreement have been obtained or submitted and are in full force and effect, and all conditions of any such authorizations, approvals, consents, notices and filings have been complied with, in all material respects;

 

  17.1.5 its obligations under this Agreement constitute its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable principles of general application regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law);

 

  17.1.6 it is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction in which it is required to perform under this Agreement, and all governmental and other authorizations, approvals, consents, notices, licenses and filings that are required to have been obtained or submitted by it in order to perform under this Agreement under the Applicable Laws of each relevant jurisdiction have been obtained or submitted and are in full force and effect;

 

  17.1.7 no Termination Event or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and no such event or circumstance would occur as a result of its entering into or performing its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  17.1.8 there is not pending, nor to its knowledge threatened against it, any action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity or before any court, tribunal, Governmental Authority, official or any arbitrator that is likely to affect the legality, validity or enforceability against it of this Agreement or its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  17.1.9 it is not relying upon any representations of any other Party other than those expressly set forth in this Agreement;

 

  17.1.10 it has entered into the Transaction Documents and will enter into any transaction thereunder as principal (and not as advisor, agent, broker or in any other capacity, fiduciary or otherwise) and with a full understanding of the material terms and risks of the same, and has made its own independent decision to enter into the Transaction Documents and any transaction and as to whether the Transaction Documents and any transaction are appropriate or suitable for it based upon its own judgment and upon advice from such advisers as it has deemed necessary and not in reliance upon any view expressed by any other Party;

 

  17.1.11 it is capable of assessing the merits of and understanding (on its own behalf or through independent professional advice) the Transaction Documents and any transaction, understands and accepts the terms, conditions and risks of the Transaction Documents and any transaction, and is capable of assuming, and assumes, the risks of the Transaction Documents and any transactions contemplated thereunder; and it is capable of assuming those risks;

 

32


  17.1.12 the other Party (i) is acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s-length contractual counterparty with respect to this Agreement, (ii) is not acting as a financial advisor or fiduciary or in any similar capacity with respect to this Agreement and (iii) has not given to it any assurance or guarantee as to the expected performance or result of this Agreement;

 

  17.1.13 it is not bound by any agreement that would preclude or hinder its execution, delivery, or performance of any of the Transaction Documents;

 

  17.1.14 neither it nor any of its Affiliates has been contacted by or negotiated with any finder, broker or other intermediary in connection with the sale of Crude Oil hereunder who is entitled to any compensation with respect thereto; and

 

  17.1.15 none of its directors, officers, employees or agents or those of its Affiliates has received or will receive any commission, fee, rebate, gift or entertainment of significant value in connection with any of the Transaction Documents.

 

17.2 Mutual Covenants .

 

  17.2.1 Compliance with Applicable Laws . Each Party undertakes and covenants to the other Party that it shall comply in all material respects with all Applicable Laws, including all Environmental Laws, to which it may be subject in connection with the performance of any obligation or exercise of any rights under any of the Transaction Documents or in connection with any transaction contemplated by or undertaken pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  17.2.2 Books and Records . All records or documents provided by any Party to the other Party shall, to the best knowledge of such Party, accurately and completely reflect the facts or estimates about the activities and transactions to which they relate. Each Party shall promptly notify the other Party if at any time such Party has reason to believe that any records or documents previously provided to the other Party no longer are accurate or complete.

 

  17.2.3 Indemnity . In addition to any other remedies under this Agreement, a Party that fails to comply with the requirements of Section 17.2.1 or 17.2.2 shall indemnify the other Party from and against any and all losses of whatever nature arising out of or connected with such non-compliance.

 

17.3 Additional TRC Representations and Warranties . TRC represents and warrants to MSCG as of the Effective Date, and shall be deemed to represent and warrant as of the Commencement Date and as of the date of any purchase of Crude Oil hereunder, that:

 

  17.3.1 In the case of any action, inaction, consent, approval or other conduct that falls within the definition of “ Bankrupt ” with respect to TRC, TRC intends that MSCG’s rights and entitlements to the following shall not be stayed, avoided or otherwise limited by the Bankruptcy Code, and TRC shall not oppose the exercise of MSCG’s rights and entitlements to accelerate, close-out, liquidate, collect, net and set off rights and obligations under any of the Transaction Documents, including the rights set forth in Section 18.

 

33


  17.3.2 It acknowledges that MSCG from time to time during the Term will own all Crude Oil that MSCG purchased from third parties and is in-transit to the Transfer Points, wherever located, including while within a Pipeline, until transfer of title to TRC or a third party, and further, will own all receivables and proceeds generated from the foregoing and has the right to sell, encumber and pledge such Crude Oil.

 

17.4 Additional TRC Covenants .

 

  17.4.1 TRC agrees that it shall have no interest in or the right to dispose of, and shall not permit the creation of, or suffer to exist, any Lien with respect to, any portion of the MSCG In-Transit Volumes.

 

  17.4.2 TRC agrees that, during the Term hereof, it shall not enter into any Crude Oil arrangement for the purchase of Crude Oil to be shipped by TRC to the Refinery or third parties or otherwise relating to the Refinery or TRC’s other operations other than this Agreement.

 

  17.4.3 TRC agrees, from time to time on MSCG’s request, to execute, deliver and acknowledge, or to cause any party to any Credit Agreement to execute, deliver and acknowledge, such further documents and instruments and to take such other actions as MSCG may reasonably request in order to more fully effect the purposes of the transactions contemplated by and the provisions of this Agreement.

 

  17.4.4 TRC agrees that, during the Term hereof, any binding agreement entered into by it that would result in a Change of Control with respect to TRC will provide for a period no shorter than 60 days from the date of execution of such binding agreement to the date upon which the Change of Control becomes effective.

 

  17.4.5 If the Parties mutually agree that it would be commercially reasonable for MSCG to sell any portion of the MSCG In-Transit Volumes to a third party or otherwise dispose of any such MSCG In-Transit as a result of cessation of operations at the Refinery (as a result of a Force Majeure Event or otherwise), or for any other reason, TRC agrees that it will reimburse MSCG for all costs, losses and expenses incurred by MSCG in connection therewith, and MSCG agrees that it will pay through to TRC any gains in connection therewith. Each Party shall act in a commercially reasonable manner in such determination. For the avoidance of doubt, such losses, costs and expenses (or gains) would include MSCG’s market losses (or gains) related to the difference in the price at which MSCG is able to sell or otherwise dispose of Crude Oil and the Price that would have applied to such Crude Oil if sold to TRC under this Agreement, and would include losses (or gains) incurred in connection with any related hedge transactions. MSCG shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate costs, losses or expenses resulting from a cessation of Refinery operations.

 

18. T ERMINATION E VENTS , D EFAULT AND E ARLY T ERMINATION

 

18.1 Non-fault Based Early Termination Events .

 

  18.1.1 Change of Law .

 

34


Each Party shall make reasonable efforts to monitor proposed Changes of Law which may reasonably be expected to have an impact on such Party’s performance of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or its ability to hedge in a commercially reasonable manner trading positions related to (i) purchases and sales under this Agreement or in contemplation of fulfilling the objectives of this Agreement (“ Hedging Activities ”) and shall promptly notify the other Party upon becoming aware of any such proposed Change of Law. Such notice shall identify the proposed Change of Law and set out, in reasonable detail, the effects the notifying Party anticipates such Change of Law would have upon the Transaction Documents (or such Party’s performance thereunder) or its Hedging Activities if enacted. The Parties shall in good faith meet to discuss what, if any, measures can be taken by either Party (or both) to minimize and/or mitigate the effect of any such proposed Change of Law.

If a Change of Law results or would result in a Party (the “ Adversely Affected Party ”) incurring incremental damages, losses, costs, expenses, fees, fines, payments, Taxes, liabilities, penalties or other sanctions of a monetary nature (“ Losses ”) in excess of $3,000,000 per annum solely as a result of such Party’s performance of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or as a result of its Hedging Activities, the Adversely Affected Party shall be entitled to request that the Parties meet for purposes of addressing such Change of Law by providing written notice (a “ Change of Law Notice ”) to the other Party (the “ Non-Affected Party ”), provided always that the Adversely Affected Party shall use all reasonable efforts to minimize the effects of such Change of Law and/or to mitigate the incremental Losses incurred by such Adversely Affected Party as a result of such Change of Law.

Within seven days of receipt of a Change of Law Notice, the Parties shall meet in good faith with a view to identifying any steps the (“ Consequential Steps ”) that would alleviate the effects of the relevant Change of Law on the Adversely Affected Party, which may include an agreement between the Parties to share the relevant incremental Losses incurred by the Adversely Affected Party or the amendment of any Transaction Document. In identifying the Consequential Steps, the Parties shall, as far as is reasonably practicable, do so in a manner that preserves the balance of the commercial agreement (including economic benefits, risk allocation, costs and liabilities) existing between the Parties under this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

In the event the Parties cannot reach agreement on the Consequential Steps and on the implementation of the same within 30 days of receipt by the Non-Affected Party of the Change of Law Notice, the Adversely Affected Party may terminate this Agreement, effective as of the earlier of (i) the effective date of the Change of Law and (ii) six months following receipt by the Non-Affected Party of the Change of Law Notice, in accordance with Section 11, and terminate all other Transaction Documents and all other agreements that may then be outstanding between the Parties that relate specifically to this Agreement, each in accordance with its terms.

 

  18.1.2 Change of Control . Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control with respect to TRC, MSCG may, in its sole discretion, accelerate this Agreement and designate a Termination Date, which shall be no earlier than the effective date of such Change of Control event, on which to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 11, and terminate all other Transaction Documents and all other agreements that may then be outstanding between the Parties that relate specifically to this Agreement, each in accordance with its terms.

 

35


  18.1.3 Increase in Working Capital Rate .

In the event the Parties cannot reach agreement on an adjustment to the Working Capital Rate upon a request by MSCG to increase the Working Capital Rate pursuant to Section 8.2.4.2 (“ Increase Request ”) within 10 days of such Increase Request, if such adjustment would be reasonably likely to result in TRC incurring increased costs in connection with this Agreement in excess of $***** per annum, TRC may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to MSCG specifying a Termination Date no earlier than six months following TRC’s receipt of the Increase Request. In connection with such termination, the Parties shall terminate all other Transaction Documents and all other agreements that may then be outstanding between the Parties that relate specifically to this Agreement, each in accordance with its terms.

For the period from and excluding the date of the Increase Request through the Termination Date, the Working Capital Rate shall be increased by MSCG to a rate that would not be reasonably likely to result in TRC incurring increased costs in connection with this Agreement in excess of $***** per annum.

 

18.2 Events of Default . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the occurrence of any of the following events or circumstances shall constitute a “ Default ” or an “ Event of Default ”:

 

  18.2.1 A Party or its Guarantor fails to make payment when due under this Agreement within two Business Days following receipt of a demand for payment by the other Party.

 

  18.2.2 A Party fails to (i) provide financial information as required by Section 12.1, (ii) provide the other Party with Security as required by Section 12.6, or such Security expires, terminates or no longer is in full force and effect, in each case within two Business Days following receipt of a demand therefor.

 

  18.2.3 A Party breaches any representation, warranty made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated by the Party in any material respect when made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated under this Agreement, or any warranty or representation proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated under this Agreement; provided , however , that if such breach is curable, such breach is not cured to the reasonable satisfaction of the other Party (in its sole discretion) within ten Business Days from the date that such Party receives notice that corrective action is needed.

 

  18.2.4 Other than a default more specifically described in this Section 18.2, a Party fails to perform any obligation or breaches a covenant required under this Agreement, which, if capable of cure, is not cured to the reasonable satisfaction of the other Party (in its sole discretion) within five Business Days from the date that such Party receives written notice that corrective action is needed, provided that no grace period will apply to any failure by TRC to notify MSCG of a Change of Control in accordance with Section 12.5.8.

 

  18.2.5

There shall have occurred a default, event of default or other similar condition or event (however described) in respect of a Party or its Guarantor under any Specified Agreement, which is not cured within the applicable time period, if any. Upon the occurrence of such event, the defaulting party (or in the case of a default by a Guarantor, the Party whose Guarantor defaulted) under the Specified Agreement shall be deemed to

 

36


  be the Defaulting Party hereunder and the other Party shall be deemed to be the Performing Party.

 

  18.2.6 A Party, a Party’s Guarantor or any of a Party’s direct or indirect parent companies becomes or is Bankrupt.

 

  18.2.7 A Party’s Guarantor (i) fails to satisfy, perform or comply with any material obligation in accordance with its Guaranty if such failure continues after any applicable grace or notice period, (ii) breaches any representation, covenant or warranty or any representation proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect under its Guaranty, which is not cured to MSCG’s reasonable satisfaction, in its sole discretion, within any applicable grace or notice period, or (iii) repudiates, disclaims, disaffirms or rejects, in whole or part, any obligation under its Guaranty, or challenges the validity of its Guaranty.

 

  18.2.8 Receipt of notice by the other Party of a consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer that would constitute a Credit Event Upon Merger or the occurrence of a Credit Event Upon Merger with respect to a Party or its Guarantor.

 

  18.2.9 There shall have occurred either (i) a default, event of default or other similar condition or event (however described) in respect of TRC or any of its Affiliates under one or more agreements or instruments relating to Specified Indebtedness in an aggregate amount of not less than $10,000,000 that has resulted in such Specified Indebtedness becoming immediately due and payable under such agreements and instruments before it would have otherwise been due and payable, including any notice of acceleration, demand, termination, suspension or foreclosure issued by any secured party or person acting in a similar capacity or (ii) a default by TRC or any of its Affiliates (individually or collectively) in making one or more payments on the due date thereof in an aggregate amount of not less than $10,000,000 under such agreements or instruments (after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period).

 

  18.2.10 Any claim is asserted or Lien (other than a Lien granted by MSCG) is placed on any portion of the Crude Oil owned by TRC or any portion of the MSCG In-Transit Volumes due to an act or omission of TRC or any of its creditors or such Lien or claim is imminent. Upon the occurrence of such event, TRC shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Party hereunder and MSCG shall be deemed to be the Performing Party.

 

  18.2.11 Due to an act or omission of TRC or any of its creditors, MSCG’s first priority Lien in any portion of the Crude Oil owned by TRC or any portion of the MSCG In-Transit Volumes shall cease to exist or shall lose its priority, or any action is taken to impair or negatively impact MSCG’s first priority Lien in any portion of the Crude Oil owned by TRC or any portion of the MSCG In-Transit Volumes, including the assertion by any creditor that MSCG would not be entitled to an exclusive, first priority Lien in any of such Crude Oil, and, if it is reasonably likely that such event is capable of cure within three Business Days, such event shall not have been cured by the third Business Day following TRC’s receipt of notice that corrective action is needed. Upon the occurrence of such event, TRC shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Party hereunder and MSCG shall be deemed to be the Performing Party.

 

  18.2.12 There shall have occurred a default, event of default or other similar condition or event (however described) in respect of a Party under any Transaction Document.

 

37


  18.2.13 There shall have occurred a default under the Intercreditor Agreement in respect of any party thereto that is prejudicial to a Party’s rights hereunder, provided that where such default under the Intercreditor Agreement occurs with respect to a party other than the Parties hereto, PBF shall be deemed to be the Defaulting Party hereunder and MSCG shall be deemed to be the Performing Party.

 

  18.2.14 The occurrence of a Letter of Credit Default in relation to any letter of credit provided by a Party hereunder.

 

  18.2.15 There shall have occurred a default, event of default or other similar condition or event (howsoever described) in respect of a Party or a Party’s Affiliate under the Products Offtake Agreement between PRC and MSCG dated as of December 14, 2010, the DCRC Offtake Agreement or any future refinery supply or offtake agreement between a TRC Affiliate and MSCG and such agreement is accelerated or there occurs a default (howsoever described) with respect to a Party or a Party’s Affiliate thereunder substantially similar to one of the defaults described in Sections 18.2.1 (if such default is in an amount in excess of $1,000,000), 18.2.2 (sub-clause (ii) only), 18.2.6, 18.2.7, 18.2.8 or 18.2.9; provided, however, that any default under this Section 18.2.15 will only give rise to termination of this Agreement if the refinery offtake or supply agreement is also simultaneously terminated in accordance with its terms.

 

18.3 Additional Termination Events . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the occurrence of any of the events or circumstances specified in Sections 18.3.1 through and including 18.3.4 shall constitute an “ Additional Termination Event ” and, in each instance, TRC shall be deemed to be the “ Affected Party ” and MSCG shall be deemed to be the Performing Party (as defined in Section 18.4) for purposes of determining the rights and remedies available to the Performing Party under Sections 18.4 and 18.6.

 

  18.3.1 The sale, lease, sublease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of all or a material portion of the Refinery assets other than to an Affiliate.

 

  18.3.2 Either (i) operations at the Refinery shall have ceased (other than as a result of a Force Majeure Event) for a period of at least 60 consecutive days.

 

  18.3.3 There occurs an inability to inject Crude Oil into any Pipeline (in each case, other than as a result of a Force Majeure Event), in any material respect for a period of at least 60 consecutive days and alternative arrangements cannot be mutually agreed to by the Parties.

 

  18.3.4 A Force Majeure Event affecting the Refinery or a Pipeline has occurred and is continuing for a period of at least 60 consecutive days.

 

18.4 Remedies Generally . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any Guaranty or any Specified Agreement, upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default with respect to a Party or such Party’s Guarantor (such Party referred to as the “ Defaulting Party ”), or upon the occurrence and continuance of an Additional Termination Event with respect to the Affected Party, the other Party (in each case, the “ Performing Party ”) may in its sole discretion, in addition to all other remedies available to it and without incurring any Liabilities (for any costs arising from delay or otherwise) to the Affected Party or the Defaulting Party, as the case may be, do any or all of the following:

 

38


  18.4.1 suspend its performance under this Agreement, including any Crude Oil sale, purchase, receipt, delivery or payment obligations, upon written notice to the Defaulting Party or Affected Party;

 

  18.4.2 accelerate the Payment Date with respect to all Delivered Volumes that have not yet been paid for to such day;

 

  18.4.3 declare all or any portion of the Defaulting Party’s or Affected Party’s, as applicable, obligations under this Agreement to be forthwith due and payable, all without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by the Defaulting Party or Affected Party, as applicable;

 

  18.4.4 upon written notice to the Defaulting Party or the Affected Party, specify a date (the “ Early Termination Date ”) on which to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 11, subject to MSCG’s rights under Section 18.6 if MSCG is the Performing Party;

 

  18.4.5 terminate all other Transaction Documents and all other agreements that may then be outstanding between the Parties that relate specifically to this Agreement;

 

  18.4.6 close out any Specified Agreements pursuant to Section 18.7;

 

  18.4.7 determine the Termination Amount due the Performing Party upon early termination as provided in Section 18.8; and

 

  18.4.8 exercise any rights and remedies provided or available to the Performing Party under this Agreement or at law or equity.

 

18.5 Early Termination Fee .

 

  18.5.1 In the event that this Agreement is terminated by MSCG pursuant to its rights under Section 18.1.2, TRC shall pay to MSCG an Early Termination Fee in an amount equal to (i) if such termination occurs before the first anniversary of the Commencement Date, $*****, or (ii) if such termination occurs after the first anniversary of the Commencement Date, $*****.

 

  18.5.2 In the event that this Agreement is terminated by a Performing Party pursuant to its rights under Section 18.4.4 as a result of an Event of Default, the Defaulting Party shall pay to the Performing Party an Early Termination Fee in an amount equal to (i) if the Event of Default occurs before the first anniversary of the Commencement Date, $***** or (ii) if the Event of Default occurs after the first anniversary of the Commencement Date, $*****.

 

  18.5.3 In the event that this Agreement is terminated by a Performing Party pursuant to its rights under Section 18.4.4 as a result of an Additional Termination Event, the Affected Party shall pay to the Performing Party an Early Termination Fee in an amount equal to $*****.

 

  18.5.4

The Parties agree that the Early Termination Fee payable from one Party to the other Party pursuant to Section 18.5.1 represents a genuine pre-estimate of the loss that MSCG will suffer as a result of the termination of this Agreement in the circumstances described

 

39


  in Section 18.5.1 and is payable in lieu of MSCG’s rights to claim damages resulting from such termination.

 

  18.5.5 The Parties agree that the Early Termination Fee payable from the Defaulting Party or the Affected Party, as applicable, to the Performing Party pursuant to Section 18.5.2 or 18.5.3 represents a genuine pre-estimate of the minimum loss that the Performing Party will suffer as a result of the termination of this Agreement in the circumstances described in Section 18.5.2 or 18.5.3, and that the payment of the Early Termination Fee shall be in addition to the payment of any other amounts the Performing Party shall be entitled to in connection with termination pursuant to this Section 18.

 

18.6 Additional Remedies Available to MSCG if TRC Is the Defaulting Party or Affected Party . If a Termination Event has occurred and is continuing and TRC is the Non-Performing Party, MSCG may, in its sole discretion: (i) demand that TRC purchase from MSCG all of the MSCG In-Transit Volumes, (ii) arrange for the alternate disposition of any of the MSCG In-Transit Volumes; and (iii) terminate the assignment of any Supply Contracts or Pipeline agreements from TRC to MSCG resulting in their reversion to TRC where applicable.

 

18.7 Export of Defaults to and Liquidation of Specified Agreements . The occurrence of an Early Termination Date shall constitute a material breach and an event of default, howsoever described, under all Specified Agreements, and the Performing Party may, by giving a notice to the Non-Performing Party, designate an early termination date (which shall be no earlier than the Early Termination Date) for all Specified Agreements and, upon such designation, terminate, liquidate, accelerate and otherwise close out all Specified Agreements that lawfully may be closed out and terminated or, to the extent that in the reasonable opinion of the Performing Party certain of such Specified Agreements may not be liquidated and terminated under Applicable Law on such date, as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. In such event, the Performing Party shall calculate the payments due upon early termination of such Specified Agreements in accordance with the terms set forth in such Specified Agreements, which shall be aggregated or netted to a single liquidated amount (the “ Specified Agreement Close-Out Amount ”) and paid pursuant to the terms of such agreements, or if no payment date is specified, on the payment date specified in Section 18.9. In determining the Specified Agreement Close-Out Amount, the Performing Party may foreclose upon and apply any collateral provided by or on behalf of the Non-Performing Party under this Agreement or any Specified Agreement.

 

18.8 Determination of the Termination Amount in the Event of Early Termination . The amount payable in respect of early termination shall comprise (without duplication) all of the following amounts, which shall be aggregated or netted to a single liquidated amount (the “ Termination Amount ”) owing from one Party to the other Party:

 

  18.8.1 if MSCG requires TRC to purchase the MSCG In-Transit Volumes pursuant to Section 18.6, the applicable Price of the MSCG In-Transit Volumes determined in accordance with Schedule 5 as of the date of termination;

 

  18.8.2 the Specified Agreement Close-Out Amount as determined pursuant to Section 18.7;

 

  18.8.3 the amount of any performance assurance, credit support or collateral provided by or on behalf of TRC under this Agreement or any Specified Agreement held by MSCG at the Early Termination Date, which shall be applied as a credit to TRC;

 

40


  18.8.4 Breakage Costs, including, for avoidance of doubt, the losses and costs (or gains) incurred (or realized) by the Performing Party, if MSCG, in terminating, transferring, or otherwise modifying any outstanding contracts with Customers (except supply contracts assigned by TRC to MSCG in February 2011);

 

  18.8.5 all Unpaid Amounts, including any purchase price for Crude Oil that has not yet been paid as described under Section 18.4.2;

 

  18.8.6 any other amounts or adjustments that are owed one Party by the other Party under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document; and

 

  18.8.7 the applicable Early Termination Fee, if any, as provided in Section 18.5.

 

18.9 Payment of Termination Amount . The Performing Party shall notify the Non-Performing Party of the Termination Amount due from or due such Party. If the Non-Performing Party owes the Termination Amount to the Performing Party, the Non-Performing Party shall pay the Termination Amount on the second Business Day after it receives the statement. If the Performing Party owes the Termination Amount to the Non-Performing Party, the Performing Party shall pay the Termination Amount once it has reasonably determined all amounts owed by the Non-Performing Party to it under all Specified Agreements and pursuant to its rights of close-out and setoff under Section 18.10.

 

18.10 Setoff Rights of Performing Party . If the Performing Party elects to designate an Early Termination Date under Section 18.4.4, the Performing Party shall be entitled, at its option and in its discretion (and without prior notice to the Non-Performing Party), to setoff against the Termination Amount (whether such Termination Amount is payable to the Performing Party or to the Non-Performing Party) any other amounts payable under any agreements between the Non-Performing Party and the Performing Party (whether or not matured or contingent and irrespective of the currency, place of payment or place of booking of the obligation). To the extent that the Termination Amount is so set off, the Termination Amount and other amounts will be discharged promptly and in all respects. The Performing Party will give notice to the other Party of any set-off effected under this Section 18.10.

 

18.11 Non-Exclusive Remedies . The Performing Party’s rights under this Section 18 are in addition to, and not in limitation or exclusion of, any other rights of setoff, recoupment, combination of accounts, Lien or other right which it may have, whether by agreement, operation of law or otherwise. No delay or failure on the part of a Performing Party to exercise any right or remedy shall constitute an abandonment of such right or remedy and the Performing Party shall be entitled to exercise such right or remedy at any time after a Termination Event has occurred and is continuing.

 

18.12 Indemnification . The Non-Performing Party shall reimburse the Performing Party for its costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with the enforcement of, suing for or collecting any amounts payable by the Non-Performing Party. The Non-Performing Party shall indemnify and hold harmless the Performing Party for any damages, losses and expenses incurred by the Performing Party as a result of any Termination Event.

 

19.    I NDEMNIFICATION AND C LAIMS

 

19.1

To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law and except as specified otherwise elsewhere in this Agreement, TRC shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless MSCG, its Affiliates, and their

 

41


  Representatives, agents and contractors for and against any Liabilities which is caused by TRC or its Representatives, agents or contractors, in performing its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent that such injury, disease, death, or damage to or loss of property was caused by the negligence or willful misconduct on the part of MSCG, its Representatives, agents or contractors.

 

19.2 TRC agrees to indemnify MSCG for *****, except to the extent that such liability could have been mitigated by MSCG’s use of commercially reasonable efforts.

 

19.3 To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law and except as specified otherwise elsewhere in this Agreement, MSCG shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless TRC, its Affiliates, and their Representatives, agents and contractors for and against any Liabilities caused by MSCG or its Representatives, agents or contractors in performing its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent that such injury, disease, death, or damage to or loss of property was caused by the negligence or willful misconduct on the part of TRC, its Representatives, agents or contractors.

 

19.4 In addition to the indemnification obligations set forth in Sections 19.1 though 19.3 and elsewhere in this Agreement, each Party (referred to as the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall indemnify and hold the other Party (the “ Indemnified Party ”), its Affiliates, and their Representatives, agents and contractors, harmless from and against any and all Liabilities directly or indirectly arising from (i) the Indemnifying Party’s breach of any of its obligations under or covenants made in this Agreement; (ii) the Indemnifying Party’s negligence or willful misconduct; (iii) the Indemnifying Party’s failure to comply with Applicable Law with respect to the sale, transportation, storage, handling or disposal of Crude Oil or violation of any Environmental Law caused by the Indemnifying Party or its Representatives, agents or contractors, unless such violation liability results from the Indemnified Party’s negligence or willful misconduct; or (iv) if any of the Indemnifying Party’s representations, covenants or warranties made herein proves to be materially incorrect or misleading when made.

 

19.5 The Parties’ obligations to defend, indemnify, and hold each other harmless under the terms of this Agreement shall not vest any rights in any third party (whether a Governmental Authority or private entity), nor shall they be considered an admission of liability or responsibility for any purposes other than those enumerated in this Agreement.

 

19.6 Each Party agrees to notify the other Party as soon as practicable after receiving notice of any suit brought against it within the indemnities of this Agreement, shall furnish to the other the complete details within its knowledge and shall render all reasonable assistance requested by the other in the defense. Each Party shall have the right but not the duty to participate, at its own expense, with counsel of its own selection, in the defense and settlement thereof without relieving the other of any obligations hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Indemnifying Party shall not be entitled to assume responsibility for and control of any judicial or administrative proceeding if such proceeding involves a Termination Event by the Indemnifying Party under this Agreement which shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

20. L IMITATION ON D AMAGES

 

20.1

Except for the Parties’ indemnification obligations set forth in this Agreement, or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the Parties’ liability for damages is limited to direct, actual damages only and neither Party shall be liable for specific performance, lost profits or other business interruption damages, or special, consequential, incidental, punitive, exemplary or indirect damages, in tort, contract or otherwise, of any kind, arising out of or in any way

 

42


  connected with the performance, the suspension of performance, the failure to perform, or the termination of this Agreement. Each Party acknowledges the duty to mitigate damages hereunder.

 

21. I NFORMATION AND I NSPECTION R IGHTS

 

21.1 Audit Rights . Upon request by either Party, the other Party shall provide the requesting Party with copies of all relevant documents and records in its possession that reasonably relate to the calculation of any formula, invoice, statement or the amount of any payment under this Agreement, except for any documents or pricing information concerning any of MSCG’s proprietary activities that are in the custody or control of MSCG or any other person (whether or not related to this Agreement) or MSCG’s hedging activity or trading positions with any person that may have been utilized in connection with any Supply Contracts.

 

21.2 Right to Physical Inspection . From time to time during the Term, MSCG shall have the right, at its own cost and expense, to have an Independent Inspector conduct surveys and inspections of any of the Tanks or facilities at the Refinery that are used to handle, store or transfer the Crude Oil from the Tanks to the Refinery process units, and to observe any Crude Oil transfer, handling, metering or related activities; provided that such surveys and inspections shall be made during normal working hours and upon reasonable notice and shall not disrupt the Refinery’s normal operations. Such surveys and inspections shall be in compliance with the Refinery’s prevailing rules and procedures, and the Party undertaking such survey or inspection shall be responsible for its own personnel and representatives. If any dispute between the Parties has not been resolved as of the Early Termination Date or Termination Date, as applicable, MSCG’s inspection rights under this Section 21.2 shall continue for a period that is the later of (i) the date on which all amounts due by one Party to the other Party as a result of termination or expiration of this Agreement are paid as provided in Section 18 and (ii) removal of or transfer of title to the Crude Oil owned by MSCG or its consignees or assignees from the Refinery.

 

22. G OVERNANCE C OMMITTEE

 

22.1 Approved Representatives . The Parties shall each appoint by written notice to the other Party two senior individuals representing them (the “ Approved Representatives ”) to be members of a governance committee (the “ Governance Committee ”) to administer, resolve and determine matters relating to the operation and administration of the Transaction Documents and to keep the Parties appraised of all material aspects of and developments relating to the Transaction Documents. Each Approved Representative must be currently employed by the appointing Party at all times. Either Party may replace one or both of the individuals serving as its Approved Representatives in its discretion from time to time upon written notice to the other Party.

 

22.2 Meetings of the Governance Committee . The quorum for decision making at a meeting of the Governance Committee shall be not less than one Approved Representative appointed by each Party. Meetings of the Governance Committee shall be held quarterly or as required to resolve any matter or dispute or if so requested by either of the Parties.

 

22.3

Decisions of the Governance Committee . If agreement is reached in writing, the Governance Committee shall have such written agreement reflected in a mutually acceptable amendment to this Agreement; provided that revisions to the schedules to this Agreement may be made upon the mutual agreement of the Authorized Representatives in writing (including by an exchange of e-mails or electronic messages) without a formal amendment. The Parties agree that the

 

43


  Governance Committee shall have due regard to the Parties’ goals and objectives that were the basis of entering into this Agreement when making any relevant decisions or making any agreement in respect of any matter referred to it under the Transaction Documents.

 

22.4 Third Party Referee . Without prejudice to any provision of this Agreement that sets out a specific time frame for consideration of a matter by the Governance Committee or for the Parties to have specific rights following the Governance Committee failing to agree on matters referred to it, in the event the Governance Committee cannot reach agreement within 30 Business Days on any matter before it, after consulting in good faith and using all reasonable efforts to reach agreement, such matter or dispute shall be referred to an independent third party for resolution. Such independent third party shall have an expertise in the subject matter and shall be mutually agreed upon by the Parties. Such firm’s determination shall be in the form of a written opinion, as is appropriate under the circumstances, to be delivered within 30 days of submission of the dispute to the firm or as soon thereafter as the firm can reasonably render its decision, and shall confirm that it was rendered in accordance with this Section 22, including that it was arrived at with due regard to the contract objectives. The fees and expenses of such firm for its services in resolving such dispute shall be borne equally by the Parties. With respect to any matters before the Governance Committee, the Parties agree that no Party shall take action under Section 23 until the procedures of this Section 22 have been completed provided, however, that any applicable statute of limitations shall be tolled during such period and either Party may seek immediate injunctive relief if so required.

 

23. G OVERNING L AW AND D ISPUTES

 

23.1 Governing Law . This Agreement and all matters arising in connection therewith, including validity and enforcement, shall be governed by, interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its conflicts of laws principles that would result in the application of a different law. Each Party hereby submits itself to the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal court of competent jurisdiction situated in the Borough of Manhattan, State of New York or, if any federal court declines to exercise or does not have jurisdiction, in any New York state court in the Borough of Manhattan, State of New York and to service of process by certified mail, delivered to the Party at its last designated address.

 

23.2 EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES , TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW , ANY OBJECTION TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY SUCH COURT OR TO THE VENUE THEREIN OR ANY CLAIM OF INCONVENIENT FORUM OF SUCH COURT . EACH PARTY WAIVES , TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW , ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT . EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO DESIGNATE ANY PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AS COMMERCIAL ON THE REQUEST FOR JUDICIAL INTERVENTION SEEKING ASSIGNMENT TO THE COMMERCIAL DIVISION OF THE SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK .

 

23.3 Availability of Remedies . The Parties acknowledge and agree that damages may not be an adequate remedy for a breach of the provisions of this Agreement. For this reason, among others, the Parties could be irreparably harmed if this Agreement is not deemed to be specifically enforceable or any other legal or equitable remedy or relief is deemed not to be available, and the Parties hereby agree that, but without prejudice to Section 18, this Agreement shall be specifically enforceable and that all other legal and equitable remedies and relief shall be available.

 

44


24. A SSIGNMENT

 

24.1 This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

24.2 A Party may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations or subcontract or delegate in whole or in part the performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement to any person without the prior written consent of the other Party, except as set forth in Section 24.3; provided that if a Party requests assignment or transfer of this Agreement to an Affiliate, consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. If written consent is given for any assignment, the assignor shall remain jointly and severally liable with the assignee for the full performance of the assignor’s obligations under this Agreement, unless the Parties otherwise agree in writing.

 

24.3 Either Party may assign its receivables under this Agreement to a third party without the consent of the other Party.

 

24.4 Any prohibited assignment in violation of this Section 24 shall be null and void ab initio and the non-assigning Party shall have the right, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies it may have hereunder or otherwise, to terminate this Agreement effective immediately upon notice to the Party attempting such assignment.

 

25. N OTICES

 

25.1 Notices in Writing . Any notice, demand or document that a Party is required or may desire to give hereunder, except to the extent specifically provided otherwise herein, must be (i) in writing and (ii) given by personal delivery, overnight courier, facsimile, or U.S. mail registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, with the postage prepaid and properly addressed or communicated to such Party at its address or facsimile number set forth in Section 25.2, or at such other address as either Party may have furnished to the other by notice given in accordance with this Section 25.1. Other than notices relating to a Potential Event of Default, a Termination Event, termination of this Agreement, indemnification, assignment and disputes, notice may also be given by electronic mail at such e-mail address as is typically used for such type of matter in the conduct of the recipient’s business. Any notice delivered or made by personal delivery, overnight courier, facsimile, or U.S. mail shall be deemed to be given on the date of actual delivery as shown by the receipt for personal delivery or overnight courier delivery, the addresser’s machine confirmation for facsimile delivery, or the registry or certification receipt for registered or certified mail.

 

25.2 Addresses .

If to TRC:

Toledo Refining Company LLC

1 Sylvan Way, 2nd floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

Attention: Executive Vice President, Commercial

With a copy to:

Toledo Refining Company LLC

1 Sylvan Way, 2nd floor

 

45


Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

Attention: General Counsel

If to MSCG:

Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc.

2000 Westchester Avenue, Floor 01

Purchase, New York 10577-2530

Attention: Randall O’Connor

Phone: 914-225-1466

Facsimile: 914-225-9298

E-mail: randall.o’connor@morganstanley.com

With a copy to:

Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc.

2000 Westchester Avenue, Floor 01

Purchase, New York 10577-2530

Attention: Kenneth Carlino

Phone: 914-225-1417

Facsimile: 914-225-9299

E-mail: kenneth.carlino@morganstanley.com

 

26. N ATURE OF THE T RANSACTION AND R ELATIONSHIP OF THE P ARTIES

 

26.1 Neither this Agreement nor any other Transaction Document or transaction under any of them, nor the performance by the Parties of their respective obligations under this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or any transaction, shall constitute or create a joint venture, partnership or legal entity of any kind between the Parties. It is understood that each Party has complete charge of its employees and agents in the performance of its duties hereunder, and nothing herein shall be construed to make a Party, or any employee or agent of such Party, an agent or employee of another Party. No Party shall have any authority (unless expressly conferred in writing under this Agreement or otherwise and not revoked) to bind another Party as its agent or otherwise.

 

27. C ONFIDENTIALITY

 

27.1

This Agreement and all documents related to the foregoing and any information pertaining thereto made available by a Party or its Representatives to the other Party or its Representatives, are confidential (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”). Each Party shall at a minimum use the same efforts and standard of care with respect to Confidential Information provided by the other Party that it uses to preserve its own confidential information, and in no event less than reasonable efforts. Confidential Information shall not be discussed with or disclosed to any third party by any Party except for such information (i) as may become generally available to the public through no breach of this Section 27.1 or any other agreement between the Parties, (ii) as may be required or appropriate in response to any summons, subpoena or otherwise in connection with any litigation or to comply with any Applicable Law or accounting disclosure rule or standard or request by any supervisory or regulatory authority, (iii) as may be obtained from a non-confidential source that disclosed such information in a manner that did not violate its obligations to the other Party or its credit support provider in making such disclosure, or (iv) as may be furnished to the disclosing Party’s Affiliates or to its Representatives, all of whom are

 

46


  required to keep the information that is disclosed in confidence. This provision shall remain in effect for two years following the termination of this Agreement.

 

27.2 In the case of disclosure covered by clause (ii) of Section 27.1, and if the disclosing Party’s counsel advises that it is permissible to do so, the disclosing Party shall notify the other Party in writing of any proceeding of which it is aware which may result in disclosure, and use reasonable efforts to prevent or limit such disclosure. The Parties may exercise all remedies available at law or in equity to enforce or seek relief in connection with the confidentiality obligations contained in this Agreement.

 

28. M ISCELLANEOUS

 

28.1 Survival . Termination or expiration of this Agreement shall not affect any rights or obligations that may have accrued prior to termination, including any in respect of antecedent breaches and, for the avoidance of doubt but subject to the terms of this Agreement, any rights or obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents in respect of transactions entered into up to and including the date of termination or expiration of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein. The obligations of each Party that expressly survive termination, are required to take effect on or give effect to termination or the consequences of termination or which by their very nature must survive termination, shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding termination of this Agreement.

 

28.2 Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties regarding the matters contemplated herein or related thereto, and no representations or warranties shall be implied or provisions added hereto in the absence of a written agreement to such effect between the Parties after the Effective Date; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall limit, impair or contravene the Parties’ or their Affiliates’ rights as set forth in any Specified Agreement (whether entered into prior to, on or after the Effective Date) regarding the collection and determination of margin and collateral, the exporting or importing of events of default, termination events, or the netting and setting off of amounts due. This Agreement may not be altered, amended, modified or otherwise changed in any respect except in writing duly executed by an authorized representative of each Party and no representations or warranties shall be implied or terms added in the absence of a writing signed by both Parties. No promise, representation or inducement has been made by either Party that is not embodied in this Agreement, and neither Party shall be bound by or liable for any alleged representation, promise or inducement not so set forth.

 

28.3 Severability . If at any time any court of competent jurisdiction declares any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any Applicable Law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the Applicable Law of any other jurisdiction will, in any way, be affected or impaired. The Parties will negotiate in good faith with a view to reform this Agreement in order to give effect to the original intention of the Parties and produce as nearly as is practicable in all the circumstances the appropriate balance of the commercial interests of the Parties. The failure to agree upon such provisions for any reason or no reason shall not be considered a breach of this Agreement.

 

28.4

Waiver and Cumulative Remedies . No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy under this Agreement or provided by Applicable Law shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this

 

47


  Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies (provided by Applicable Law or otherwise). Any waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

28.5 Time Is of the Essence . Time shall be of the essence for this Agreement with respect to all aspects of each Party’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

28.6 No Third-Party Beneficiaries . There are no third party beneficiaries to this Agreement and the provisions of this Agreement shall not impart any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim enforceable by any person, firm or organization other than the Parties and their successors in interest and permitted assigns.

 

28.7 Announcements . At no time during the Term of this Agreement, and for a period of two years following its expiration or termination, shall any Party issue any press announcement or public statement regarding this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, except as may be required by Applicable Law or to the extent public disclosure is required under the circumstances described in any relevant confidentiality agreement entered into between the Parties. The issuing Party will:

 

  28.7.1 use all reasonable efforts to notify the other Party of the content of such announcement at least three Business Days prior to such issue (unless otherwise required by Applicable Law or to the extent public disclosure is required under the circumstances described in any relevant confidentiality agreement entered into by the Parties); and

 

  28.7.2 take the other Party’s comments on the proposed announcement into account as is reasonable in the circumstances, provided such comments are received within two Business Days of the notification.

 

28.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by the Parties in separate counterparts and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the Party executing (or on whose behalf the signature is executed) the same with the same force and effect as if such facsimile signature page were an original thereof.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

48


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each Party hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative.

 

Executed by
MORGAN STANLEY CAPITAL GROUP INC.

/s/ Nancy A. King

Name: Nancy A. King

Title: Vice President

Date: 5/26/11

 

Executed by
TOLEDO REFINING COMPANY LLC

/s/ Jeffrey Dill

Name: Jeffrey Dill

Title: Secretary

Date: 5/31/11

 

49


SCHEDULE 1 – PIPELINES

Canada Pipelines:

 

(1) Peace Pipeline Limited
(2) Pembina Pipeline – Northern Pipeline (formerly Federated), Drayton Valley Pipeline, Alberta Oil Sands Pipeline
(3) Rainbow Pipeline Limited
(4) Enbridge Pipeline – Mainline
(5) Husky Mainline
(6) Suncor Mainline
(7) Keystone Pipeline

United States Pipelines:

 

(8) Belle Fourche Pipeline
(9) Enbridge Pipeline (North Dakota) LLC
(10) Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership (Lakehead)
(11) Enbridge Merchant Pipeline (Cushing)
(12) Enterprise Product Partners LP (Midland)
(13) Mesa Pipeline
(14) Plains All American Pipeline (Basin and Cushing)
(15) Sunoco Logistics Partners L.P. (Millenium, Nederland Terminal, Tulsa/Cushing)
(16) West Texas Gulf Pipeline
(17) BKPL – Sun Pipeline – Buckeye
(18) EQO1 – Shell So. LA System
(19) SGUF – Sun Pipeline Gulf Coast
(20) SPCT – Sun Pipeline Central Texas
(21) SPOK – Sun Pipeline Oklahoma
(22) SWAY – Seaway Pipeline
(23) WMO1 – Sun Pipeline Barnsdall
(24) CHAP – Chi Cap
(25) BUFF – Koch Gathering System
(26) CHDS – Deep Sea Terminal
(27) PENZ – Penzoil


SCHEDULE 2 – TRANSFER POINTS AND PRICING DATES

 

Delivery Location

  

Transfer Point

  

Pricing Date*

Marysville, Michigan   

Pipeline : As the Crude Oil passes the downstream flange of the meter measuring receipt of Crude Oil upon intake.

 

Tank : As the Crude Oil passes the inlet flange of TRC’s storage tank to which the Crude Oil is being delivered.

 

   *****
Patoka, Illinois   

As the Crude Oil passes the downstream flange of the Marathon Eastern Trunk pipeline meter measuring receipt of Crude Oil upon intake.

 

   *****
Cushing, Oklahoma   

As the Crude Oil passes the downstream flange of the Ozark pipeline meter measuring receipt of Crude Oil upon intake.

 

   *****
Longview, Texas   

As the Crude Oil passes the downstream flange of the pipeline meter measuring receipt of Crude Oil upon intake.

 

   *****
St. James, Louisiana   

As the Crude Oil passes the downstream flange of the pipeline meter measuring receipt of Crude Oil upon intake.

 

   *****

Mid-Valley Pipeline at

Clarkson, Kentucky

  

As the Crude Oil passes the downstream flange of the pipeline meter measuring receipt of Crude Oil upon intake.

 

   *****
Mid-Valley Pipeline at Haynesville, Louisiana   

As the Crude Oil passes the downstream flange of the pipeline meter measuring receipt of Crude Oil upon intake.

 

   *****
Detroit, Michigan    As the Crude Oil passes the in-take flange of the relevant tank at the Buckeye Woodhaven terminal.    *****

 

* If the Pricing Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then the Pricing Date shall be the next following Business Day.


SCHEDULE 3– FORM OF NOMINATION AND FORECAST REPORT

 

Form of Nomination and Forecast Report
All Dates and Volume Data are Included for Illustrative Purposes Only
Date of Nomination:    June 19, 2011
Delivery Month 1:    July 2011
Delivery Month 2:    August 2011
Delivery Month 3:    September 2011
Delivery Month 4:    October 2011
Delivery Month 5:    November 2011
Form Author:    TRC
Report Frequency:    Prior to the 20th of every month
Scheduled Maintenance:    [Insert dates/comments if any]

 

Consumption Month

  

1

  

2

  

3

  

4

  

5

Crude Oil Grade

  

Volume (MBPD)

Domestic Sweet               
Syncrude               
Alberta Common Synthetic (ACS)               
Michigan Sweet               
North Dakota Sweet               
Canadian Sweet               
North Louisiana Sweet       *****         
LLS               
Kentucky Sweet               
West Texas Sour               
LEF Composite               
West Texas Intermediate               
Gulf Coast B               
     

 

        

Total

      *****         

Crude Oil Logistics

  

Volume (MBPD)

West Texas Gulf Pipeline               
Mid Valley Pipeline               
Marysville Pipeline       *****         
Ozark Pipeline               
Marathon Pipeline               


SCHEDULE 4 – FORM OF WEEKLY NOMINATION

Form of Weekly Nomination

All Dates and Volume Data are Included for Illustrative Purposes Only

 

Date of Nomination:    February 17, 2011
Form Author:    TRC
Report Frequency:    On Each Business Day
Scheduled Maintenance:    [Insert dates/comments if any]

 

Volume in Barrels
     Tank #    Total Crude  Oil
Requirement

Date

   405    408    409    410   412    413   

18-Feb-11

                   

19-Feb-11

                   

20-Feb-11

                   

21-Feb-11

            *****        

22-Feb-11

                   

23-Feb-11

                   

24-Feb-11

                   
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

Total

                   
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

 


SCHEDULE 5 – CRUDE OIL PRICING FORMULAS

The prices for MSCG’s sales of Nominated Volumes to TRC would be calculated as follows:

Price (in USD per barrel, for delivery to TRC at the Transfer Point) = A + B + C + D, where;

 

A   =    [REDACTED]
B   =    [REDACTED]
C   =    [REDACTED]


D   =    [REDACTED]

General Provisions

The Volumes listed above will be adjusted according to the crude oil selection and nomination provisions in Section 5 of the Agreement.


SCHEDULE 6 – FORM OF WTI DIFFERENTIAL REPORT

 

WTI Differential Report    Illustrative Expample

 

Assumptions                    

Refinery Run Month

     Apr-11            

Injection Month

     Mar-11            

Spread Month

     Feb-11            

Refinery Run Rate

     [redacted]    MBD            

Days in Run Month

     [redacted]    Days            

Total Volume for Apr-11

     [redacted]    MB            

Total Number of Spreads to Place in Spread Month

   [redacted]    MB            

Nymex WTI Profile

 

                   

Injection Month
Pricing Days

 

Prompt Month
Nymex WTI Contract

                 Run Month
Pricing Days
  

Prompt Month
Nymex WTI Contract

         
1-Mar   Apr CL   Apr CL Prompt    [redacted]       1-Apr    May CL    May CL Prompt    [redacted]
2-Mar   Apr CL   May CL “Prompt”    [redacted]       4-Apr    May CL    Jun CL “Prompt”    [redacted]
3-Mar   Apr CL   Total Days    [redacted]       5-Apr    May CL    Total Days    [redacted]
4-Mar   Apr CL            6-Apr    May CL      
7-Mar   Apr CL   Apr CL %    [redacted]       7-Apr    May CL    May CL %    [redacted]
8-Mar   Apr CL   May CL %    [redacted]       8-Apr    May CL    Jun CL %    [redacted]
9-Mar   Apr CL            11-Apr    May CL      
10-Mar   Apr CL            12-Apr    May CL      
11-Mar   Apr CL            13-Apr    May CL      
14-Mar   Apr CL            14-Apr    May CL      
15-Mar   Apr CL            15-Apr    May CL      
16-Mar   Apr CL            18-Apr    May CL      
17-Mar   Apr CL            19-Apr    May CL      
18-Mar   Apr CL            20-Apr    June CL      
21-Mar   Apr CL            21-Apr    June CL      
22-Mar   Apr CL            25-Apr    June CL      
23-Mar   May CL            26-Apr    June CL      
24-Mar   May CL            27-Apr    June CL      
25-Mar   May CL            28-Apr    June CL      
28-Mar   May CL            29-Apr    June CL      
29-Mar   May CL                    
30-Mar   May CL                    
31-Mar   May CL                    

 

WTI Price and Spread Profile

                 

 

Nymex WTI Pricing as of COB    January 20, 2011  

Contract

   Feb-11      Mar-11      Apr-11      May-11      Jun-11  

Price ($/bbl)

     [redacted]         [redacted]         [redacted]         [redacted]         [redacted]   

Long Position (MB)

     —           —           [redacted]         [redacted]         —     

Short Position (MB)

     —           —           —           [redacted]         [redacted]   

 

Market Structure Differential Calculation

 

              

Buy Apr/May

     [redacted]         MB @ spread of         [redacted]       $ /bbl      

Buy Apr/Jun

     [redacted]         MB @ spread of         [redacted]       $ /bbl      

Buy May/Jun

     [redacted]         MB @ spread of         [redacted]       $ /bbl      
  

 

 

             

Total / Wtd. Avg.

     [redacted]         MB @ spread of         [redacted]       $ /bbl      

Total Market Structure Differential

              [redacted]      


SCHEDULE 7 – ESTIMATED TRANSIT TIME AND TVM COST CALCULATION METHODOLOGY

Crude Oil Transit Time and TVM Cost Calculation

 

Illustrative TVM
Cost Calculation
                                         
(Number of
Days)
                                         

Injection Point

   Total Transit Time
to Delivery Point
    Transit Time
Post Delivery Point
   Average
Tank Time
    Payment
Term
   Total
Receivable Days
   Total
TVM Days
   Interest
Rate
   TVM Charge

Enbridge P/L

                     

Edmonton

                     

Hardisty

                     

Regina

                     

Cromer

                     

Clearbrook

                     

Lewiston

          [numbers redacted              

Marysville

                     

Alexander

                     

Stanley

                     

Trenton

                     

Mid-Valley P/L

                     

Midland

                     

Colorado City

                     

Abilene

                     

Longview

          [numbers redacted              

Clarkson

                     

Haynesville

                     

Marathon P/L

                     

Cushing

                     

Patoka

          [numbers redacted              

Grade

     OSA                      

Volume (Bbls)

     [redacted                   

Base Price before TVM ($/Bbl)

     [redacted                   

Capital Usage ($)

     [redacted                   

Injection Point

     Edmonton                      

TVM Charge

     [redacted                   

TVM Cost ($)
($/Bbl)

     [redacted                   


SCHEDULE 8 – LOGISTICS COSTS

The below tariffs are intended to be reflective of actual published tariffs.

All tariffs are expressed in US Cents/bbls.

 

Tariff Schedule

    
    

Cents/Bbl

Mesa / West Texas Gulf

  

Midland to Midland Pumpover

   [REDACTED]

Midland to Colorado City

   [REDACTED]

Colorado City to Longview

   [REDACTED]

Millenium

  

Nederland to Longview

   [REDACTED]

Sunoco Pipeline L.P.

  

Tulsa to Cushing

   [REDACTED]

Tariff from Origins along Enbridge System to Marysville by Grade

 

    

Cents/Bbl

 

Grade

  

Edmonton

  

Hardisty

   Regina     Cromer     Clearbrook     Lewiston  

CNS

   [REDACTED]            

HSB

      [REDACTED]         

MST

             [REDACTED    

MSW

   [REDACTED]            

NSA

           [REDACTED      

OSA

   [REDACTED]            

PAS

   [REDACTED]            

OPTI/PSC

   [REDACTED]            

SSX

   [REDACTED]            

Syncrude

   [REDACTED]            

UHC

               [REDACTED  

UHL

                 [REDACTED


SCHEDULE 9 – ENBRIDGE NORTH DAKOTA LINE TERMS

 

Term:    Effective for the month of [REDACTED] and continuing as per the terms and conditions of the Crude Oil Supply Agreement between MSCG and TRC.
Quantity:    Equal to [REDACTED] TRC’s owned or controlled allocated space on Enbridge’s Pipeline’s North Dakota’s system from Alexander, Trenton, Stanley and/or any other location(s) on the Enbridge system to Clearbrook, MN. This volume is currently estimated to be approximately [REDACTED] per day.
Quality:    [REDACTED]
MSCG’s Sale to TRC
Price:    [REDACTED]
   For pricing purposes, the oil delivered during any given Calendar month shall be deemed to have been delivered in equal daily quantities during such month.
Delivery:    Delivery shall be made and title and risk of loss shall pass from MSCG to TRC as the crude oil is transferred within a location upstream of the facilities of Enbridge Pipeline North Dakota system at Alexander and/or Stanley and/or Trenton, ND.
MSCG’s Purchase from TRC
Price:    [REDACTED]
   For pricing purposes, the oil delivered during any given Calendar month shall be deemed to have been delivered in equal daily quantities during such month.
Delivery:    Delivery shall be made and title and risk of loss shall pass from TRC to MSCG as the crude oil is transferred within the facilities of Enbridge Pipeline North Dakota system at Clearbrook, MN.
Payment:    Shall be made on the 20th of the month following the month of delivery upon presentation of a faxed invoice and appropriate pipeline documentation verifying volumes. Payment will be made via wire transfer.


SCHEDULE 10 – HEDGE ADJUSTMENT AMOUNT

Calculation of June 2011 Hedge Adjustment Amount (for July CL)

 

                              MSCG’s Hedging for TRC Account

Date

      TAS
WTI
($/bbl)
 

Ratable

Sale

(Bbls)

    Actual
Consumption
(Bbls)
  Daily
Imbalance
(Bbls)
  Cumulative
Inventory
Build/(Draw)

(Bbls)
  Hedging to Offset
Daily  Imbalance

(Bbls)
  Contract
Roll
(Bbls)
  Cumulative
Hedging
Position
(Bbls)
5/20/2011   (End of Prior Period)                
5/21/2011                  
5/22/2011                  
5/23/2011   (Beginning of Period)                
5/24/2011                  
5/25/2011                  
5/26/2011                  
5/27/2011                  
5/28/2011                  
5/29/2011                  
5/30/2011                  
5/31/2011                  
6/1/2011                  
6/2/2011             *****      
6/3/2011                  
6/4/2011                  
6/5/2011                  
6/6/2011                  
6/7/2011                  
6/8/2011                  
6/9/2011                  
6/10/2011                  
6/11/2011                  
6/12/2011                  
6/13/2011                  
6/14/2011                  
6/15/2011                  
6/16/2011                  
6/17/2011                  
6/18/2011                  
6/19/2011                  
6/20/2011                  
6/21/2011   (End of Period)                
             

 

   

Total

              *****    
Hedge Adjustment Amount Calculation              
Sum of Purchase/Sale of July CL              
Roll July to August CL     *****               

Total Hedge Adjustment Amount

         

Exhibit 10.8

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FOR THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH THE WORD “[REDACTED]”.

CRUDE OIL/FEEDSTOCK SUPPLY/DELIVERY

AND SERVICES AGREEMENT

between

STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC.

and

DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

1.        CONTRACT PARTIES

     1   

2.        DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

     2   

3.        TERM OF OIL AND FEEDSTOCK SUPPLY AND SERVICES

     16   

4.        QUALITY

     16   

5.        ACQUISITION OF OIL AND FEEDSTOCK

     18   

6.        NOMINATIONS

     25   

7.        TITLE; CONTROL; RISK OF LOSS

     26   

8.        STORAGE FACILITIES

     27   

9.        PRICE AND PRICING

     28   

10.      PAYMENT AND THE EPQ PROCESS

     35   

11.      RECONCILIATION OF MONTH END VOLUMES AND ADJUSTMENT

     36   

12.      PETTY CASH BANKS

     38   

13.      VESSEL, BERTH AND SUPPLY PORT

     39   

14.      SHIPPING AND LIGHTERING

     43   

15.      DETERMINATION OF QUANTITY AND QUALITY

     45   

16.      LAYTIME AND DEMURRAGE

     47   

17.      UNSCHEDULED DISRUPTION TO NORMAL REFINERY OPERATIONS

     49   

18.      FORCE MAJEURE

     49   

19.      CREDIT CONDITIONS

     51   

20.      TAXES, DUTIES AND CHARGES

     53   

21.      INSURANCE

     54   

22.      REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

     55   

23.      AUDITING AND INSPECTION RIGHTS

     60   

24.      DEFAULT, SUSPENSION AND TERMINATION

     60   

25.      OBLIGATIONS AT TERMINATION

     63   

26.      INDEMNIFICATION AND CLAIMS

     65   

27.      DAMAGES

     68   

28.      ASSIGNMENT

     68   

29.      NOTICES AND ADDRESSES

     69   

30.      WARRANTIES; DISCLAIMER

     70   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page  

31.      APPLICABLE LAW, LITIGATION AND ARBITRATION

     70   

32.      HSE, DRUG AND ALCOHOL POLICY

     72   

33.      MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS

     73   

34.      VOICE RECORDING

     73   

35.      DISPOSAL

     73   

36.      CONFIDENTIALITY

     74   

37.      SOVEREIGN IMMUNITY

     75   

38.      ANTI-CORRUPTION AND FACILITATION PAYMENTS

     75   

39.      CONFLICT OF INTEREST

     76   

40.      MISCELLANEOUS

     76   

 

-ii-


APPENDICES

 

APPENDIX 1

      FORM OF ESTIMATED PERIOD QUANTITY (EPQ) STATEMENT

APPENDIX 2

      INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

APPENDIX 3

      PAYMENT DIRECTION AGREEMENT

APPENDIX 4

      REFINERY DESCRIPTION

APPENDIX 5

      STORAGE FACILITIES USE PROVISIONS

APPENDIX 6

      GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF SERVICE

APPENDIX 7

      LIST OF APPROVED FUNGIBLE GRADES

APPENDIX 8

      REQUIREMENTS SCHEDULE

APPENDIX 9

      GRADE PECKING ORDER

APPENDIX 10

      CARGO CONFIRMATION NOTICE

APPENDIX 11

      COMMENCEMENT INVENTORY ACQUISITION

APPENDIX 12

      TERMINATION OF DELIVERIES NOTICE

APPENDIX 13

      (INTENTIONALLY OMITTED)

APPENDIX 14

      CARGO BANKS AND HEDGE MONTHS SPREADSHEET

APPENDIX 15

      CARGO TABLE SPREADSHEET

APPENDIX 16

      (INTENTIONALLY OMITTED)

APPENDIX 17

      FORM OF BUYER’S INVENTORY STATEMENT

APPENDIX 18

      FORM OF PETTY CASH SPREADSHEET

APPENDIX 19

      REFINERY MARINE TERMS

APPENDIX 20

      STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT

APPENDIX 21

      HSE AND ETHICS POLICY

APPENDIX 22

      PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC GUARANTY

APPENDIX 23

      PBF HOLDING COMPANY GUARANTY

 

-iii-


1. CONTRACT PARTIES

THIS CRUDE OIL/FEEDSTOCK SUPPLY, DELIVERY AND SERVICES AGREEMENT is made and entered into this 7 th day of April 2011 ( Effective Date ”) between:

Buyer:

Delaware City Refining Company LLC

1 Sylvan Way, 2nd Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

Seller:

Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc.

1055 Washington Boulevard – 7th Floor

Stamford, CT 06901

WHEREAS, Buyer, a wholly-owned subsidiary of PBF Holding Company LLC, owns the Refinery (as herinafter defined) which is currently shut down and undergoing maintenance with a view to commencing restart of operations on or about April 2011; and

WHEREAS, Buyer and Seller each desire to enter into an agreement, pursuant to which Seller shall (a) purchase from third parties, Affiliates of Buyer or Affiliates of Seller and then subsequently sell to Buyer crude oil and feedstock, (b) provide certain commodity-related services to Buyer, and (c) extend a line of credit, each for use by Buyer in connection with the procurement of Oil and Feedstock for the Refinery;

WHEREAS, Buyer and Seller wish to cooperate with one another to seek out and make use of opportunities associated with optimizing the Refinery’s use of various grades and types of crude oil and feedstock;

WHEREAS, Buyer’s Affiliate PRC (as hereinafter defined) entered into a Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply, Delivery and Services Agreement on December 16, 2010 related to the supply of Oil and Feedstock to the Paulsboro Refinery (as hereinafter defined); and

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Seller, Buyer and PRC are entering into a Bridging Agreement, which Bridging Agreement controls the interaction of certain terms of this Agreement and the Paulsboro CSA (as hereinafter defined), including terms dealing with the delivery of Oil and Feedstock to the Refinery and the Paulsboro Refinery, and the joint line of credit provided by Seller that is being shared by Buyer and PRC.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the respective promises, conditions and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:


2. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

(a) Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below and shall include the plural and singular forms of the terms:

Acquisition Discussion ” means the technical dialogue between Buyer and Seller covering all relevant issues pertinent to the decisions needed to allow Seller to acquire the optimal Cargo to cover its appropriate Requirement.

Actual Refinery Slate ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 9(a)(ii).

Additional Acceptable Security ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 19(b)(v).

Adjustment ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 11(a).

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a given Person, any other Person (i) that directly or indirectly (through one or more intermediaries) controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such first mentioned Person, (ii) that beneficially owns or holds more than 50% of the interest of such first mentioned Person, or (iii) for which more than 50% of the interest therein is beneficially owned or held by such first mentioned Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the right or power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreed Delivery Route ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(c)(iv).

Agreement ” or this Agreement ” means this Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement, including the Appendices hereto, as it may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

API ” means American Petroleum Institute.

ASTM ” means American Society for Testing and Materials.

Bankrupt ” means, with respect to a Person if such Person (i) dissolves, other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger, (ii) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due, (iii) makes a general assignment or arrangement for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any similar Law affecting creditor’s rights, or a petition is presented against it for its winding-up or liquidation, (v) institutes a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency Law or for reorganization relief under the winding-up or liquidation for such Person, (vi) has a resolution passed for its winding-up or liquidation, other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger, (vii) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for all or substantially all of its

 

-2-


assets, (viii) has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all of its assets, or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all of its assets, (ix) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of the foregoing nature, (x) has a proceeding against it seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution, or similar relief under any Law, if 120 days after the commencement of such proceeding it has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment, without its consent or acquiescence, of a trustee, receiver, or liquidator of it or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated, or (xi) takes any other action to authorize any of the actions set forth above.

Bankruptcy Code ” means Chapter 11 of Title 11, US Code, as amended.

Barrel ” or Bbl ” means a volume of 42 Gallons corrected for temperature to 60° F, and atmospheric pressure unless stated otherwise.

Base Rate ” means the lesser of (i) LIBOR plus [REDACTED]% and (ii) the maximum rate of interest permitted by Law.

Berth ” means the mooring, dock, anchorage, wharf, submarine line, single point or single buoy or single berth mooring facility, offshore location, offshore facility, alongside barges, lighters or any other mooring facility.

Blended Price ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 9(b).

Bridging Agreement ” means that certain Bridging Agreement dated as of the Effective Date, by and among Seller, Buyer, PRC and PBF Holding Company.

Business Day ” means any Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday on which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in New York, New York.

Buyer ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 1.

Buyer’s Credit Agreement ” means collectively: Term Loan and Credit Agreement and Revolving Credit Agreement, each dated December 17, 2010 and each by and between PBF Holding Company, Buyer, PRC and the other Guarantors Party thereto, and UBS Securities LLC, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, Morgan Stanley Funding, Inc. and UBS AG, Stamford Branch; and Senior Secured Note Agreement by and between PRC, Paulsboro Natural Gas Pipeline Company LLC, PBF Energy Company LLC and PBF Holding Company, and Valero Energy Corporation; and the Loan and Security Agreement between Buyer and The Delaware Economic Development Authority dated as of June 1, 2010; including any amendment, renewal, modification or replacement of any of the foregoing.

Buyer’s Guarantor ” means PBF Energy Company LLC.

Buyer’s Requirements Schedule ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 6.

 

-3-


Buyer’s Tentative Requirements Schedule ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(a)(i).

Calculated Payment Obligation ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 11(b).

Capital Leases ” means, with respect to any Person, any lease of any property by such Person which would, in accordance with GAAP, be required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of such Person.

Cargo ” means a specifically identified volume of Oil or Feedstock ascertained within the nomination process provided for herein, Supplied to, or to be Supplied to Buyer, whether located in the Storage Facilities, in any Statoil Storage Facility, on a Vessel, in a third party facility, in a pipeline or at any other location or facility.

Cargo Bank ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 9(a)(iii).

Cargo Bank Differential ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 9(b)(ii).

Cargo Bank Hedge-Month ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 9(a)(iii)(4).

Cargo Bank Withdrawal ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 9(a)(ii).

Cargo Basis Differential ” means the differential amount agreed to by the Parties relative to the Cargo Bank Hedge-Month.

Cargo Confirmation Notice ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(f)(iii).

Cargo Final Price ” means the estimated per Barrel Price for Oil or Feedstock delivered by Seller hereunder, calculated as the price per Barrel for the Cargo agreed on by Seller and Buyer [REDACTED].

Change in Law ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 31(g).

Closing Inventory ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 11(a)(i).

Code ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 20(b).

Commercial Services ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 3(a)(ii).

Commodity Exchange Act ” means 7 U.S.C. § 1, et seq.

Completion of Supply ” means, in respect of a Cargo, the final disconnection of the transfer hose(s)/arms(s) of the Vessel carrying such Cargo following Supply.

Confidential Information ” means all information (whether written, oral, visual, electronic or delivered by any other means) furnished either before or after the date hereof, either directly or indirectly, in connection with the performance of this Agreement by one Party (the Disclosing Party ”) or any of its directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, representatives (including without limitation a Disclosing Party’s real estate agents/brokers, financial advisors,

 

-4-


attorneys and accountants), agents, or Affiliated, subsidiary or parent companies (the Disclosing Party Representatives ”) to the other Party (the Receiving Party ”) or any of its directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, representatives (including without limitation its real estate agents/brokers, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants and consultants), agents, or Affiliated, subsidiary or parent corporations (individually and collectively, the Receiving Party Recipients ”) and all analyses, compilations, forecasts, studies or other documents prepared by Receiving Party Recipients which contain any such information. Each of (i) the fact that such information has been delivered to the Receiving Party or Receiving Party Recipients, (ii) this Agreement, and (iii) the other agreements entered into in connection with this Agreement, are “Confidential Information”. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Confidential Information” shall not include any information which: (a) at the time of disclosure is in the public domain; (b) after disclosure to the Receiving Party Recipients enters the public domain, except as a result of any Receiving Party Recipient’s breach of this Agreement or any other agreement of confidentiality, it being understood and agreed, that information that is public or has, to the Receiving Party’s knowledge, become public through an unauthorized disclosure by a third party under a confidentiality obligation with respect to such information shall not be deemed to be public information or otherwise generally available to the public; or (c) is independently obtained by Receiving Party Recipients free from any obligation of confidentiality.

Consolidated Average EBITDA ” means the consolidated EBITDA of the PBF Entities.

Credit Default ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 24(c).

Credit Usage ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 19(b)(ii).

Crude Slops ” means partially refined Oil and Feedstock that is delivered to the Storage Facilities by Buyer and shall be treated for all purposes under this Agreement as “Oil” following such delivery by Buyer to the Storage Facilities.

[REDACTED]

Daily Default Pricing Volume ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 9(c)(i)(1).

Day 1 ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 10(c)(i).

Day 2 ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 10(c)(ii).

Deemed Volume ” means the provisional estimate of the volume of Oil which the Buyer intends to take Delivery of during month M. This is to be provided before the end of month M-1 by Buyer, and is the volume upon which Seller shall base the hedging schedule.”

Default ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 24(a).

Default Interest Rate ” means the lesser of (i) LIBOR plus [REDACTED]% and (ii) the maximum rate of interest permitted by Law.

Defaulting Party ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 24(a).

 

-5-


Delivered ” or Delivery ” or Deliver ” means when the Oil or Feedstock passes the title transfer point from Seller to Buyer.

Delivered Volume ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 11(a)(i).

Delivery Month ” means the month in which Oil or Feedstock was actually Delivered to Buyer at the Refinery.

Direct Payment Excess ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 10(e).

Disclosing Party ” has the meaning given such term in the definition of “Confidential Information”.

Disclosing Party Representatives ” has the meaning given such term in the definition of “Confidential Information”.

Dispute ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 31(b).

Dollars ” or USD ” or US Dollars ” or $ ” means dollars of the US.

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person, and for any period of its determination, the consolidated net income of such Person for such period, plus the consolidated interest expense and income and franchise taxes of such Person for such period, plus the consolidated depreciation and amortization of such Person for such period, less extraordinary gains and interest income, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Effective Date ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 1.

Environmental Law ” means any Law that governs or purports to govern the protection of Persons, natural resources or the environment (including the protection of ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata, endangered species or wetlands), occupational health and safety and the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, generation, handling, treatment, storage, disposal, transportation, release or management of solid waste, industrial waste or hazardous substances or materials, as may be amended or modified from time to time.

EPQ ” means estimated period quantity.

EPQ Form ” means an EPQ form prepared per the format set forth in Appendix 1.

EST ” means the applicable, local Eastern Time in New York, New York.

Estimated Credit Usage ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 19(b)(iii).

Event of Default ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 24(a).

Execution Method ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(f)(i).

Excess Indigenous Feedstock ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(i)(iii).

 

-6-


Feedstock ” means VGO and VTB intended to be run through the Refinery for further processing into finished products, and which may from time to time be sold to third parties or Affiliates of Buyer by Seller at Buyer’s direction in accordance with Clause 9(e) as if such transactions involved Oil.

Feedstock Tank ” means the storage tank(s) listed on Appendix 4 that will be used for storing Indigenous Feedstock as such list may be modified from time-to-time in accordance with the terms of Clause 5(d) of Appendix 5.

Feedstock Virtual Tank Heel ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(i)(i).

FIFO ” means the first-in first-out accounting principle for the valuation of inventories and the calculation of TVM Payments.

Final Quality Differential ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 9(b)(ii)(1).

Force Majeure ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 18(a).

GAAP ” means generally acceptable accounting principles in the US, applied on a consistent basis.

Gallon ” means a US standard gallon of 231 cubic inches at 60° F at atmospheric pressure.

Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, regional, local, or municipal governmental body, agency, instrumentality, authority or entity established or controlled by a governmental or subdivision thereof, including any legislative, administrative or judicial body, or any Person purporting to act therefor.

GPO or Grade Pecking Order ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(a)(v).

Grade ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 4(b).

Guarantors ” means each Person required to guaranty the obligations of Buyer or any of its Affiliates under this Agreement, including Buyer’s Guarantor and PBF Holding Company.

Hazardous Substances ” means any pollutant, contaminant, petroleum or petroleum product, dangerous or toxic substance, hazardous or extremely hazardous chemical, or otherwise hazardous material or waste regulated under Environmental Laws, including crude oil and feedstock.

Hedge-Month ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 9(b)(ii)(2).

Hedge-Month Pool ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 9(b)(iii).

HSE ” means health, safety and environmental.

ICC ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 40(g).

 

-7-


Indemnified Party ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 26(a)(iii).

Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 26(a)(iii).

Independent Inspector ” means a company that is approved by US Customs and Border Protection and that is mutually acceptable to the Parties for reporting the measurement of quality and quantity of Oil and Feedstock.

Indigenous Feedstock ” means Feedstock produced in the Refinery.

Initial TLA ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 14(e).

Intercreditor Agreement(s) ” means the Intercreditor Agreement(s) substantially in the form attached hereto as Appendix 2.

Inventory ” or Inventories ” means the Oil and Feedstock inventories that Seller owns and intends to sell to Buyer under this Agreement, wherever located, including at the Refinery, in any Statoil Storage Facility, carried upon Vessels and/or injected into or received from pipelines or other transport.

Inventory Assessment ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 11(a)(i).

ISGOTT ” means International Safety Guide for Oil Tankers and Terminals, as published by the International Chamber of Shipping, the Oil Companies International Marine Forum and the International Association of Ports and Harbors.

ISPS Code ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 13(a)(iii).

Knowledge ” means, with respect to a Party, the actual knowledge of the officers and directors of such Party, after making reasonable inquiry with respect to the particular matter in question, and Know ” has the correlative meaning.

Law ” means (i) any law, statute, regulation, code, ordinance, license, decision, order, writ, injunction, decision, directive, judgment, policy, decree of any Governmental Authority and any judicial or administrative interpretations thereof, (ii) any agreement, concession or arrangement with any Governmental Authority and (iii) any license, permit or compliance requirement, in each case as amended or modified from time to time.

Liabilities ” means any losses, claims, charges, damages, deficiencies, assessments, interests, penalties, costs and expenses of any kind (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and other fees, court costs and other disbursements), including any liabilities directly or indirectly arising out of or related to any suit, action, cause of action, proceeding, judgment, settlement or judicial or administrative order and any liabilities with respect to Environmental Law.

LIBOR ” means the rate of interest (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in USD for a three-month period as provided by the British Bankers Association interest settlement rates (or the successor thereto) as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date of

 

-8-


determination, or, if such rate is not available, a reasonably comparable and available published rate as reasonably agreed by the Parties.

Liens ” means any lien (including judgment liens and liens arising by operation of law), mortgage, pledge, assignment, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing) and any option, call, trust or other preferential arrangement having the practical effect of any of the foregoing.

Lightering ” means the operation wherein Oil or Feedstock is transferred from one Vessel to another at an approved and recognized offshore location so as to allow the first Vessel (the Mother Vessel ”) to reach a draft which allows it to safely proceed to and berth at the Supply Port.

Loading Terminal means the port of loading of the Vessel for the applicable Oil or Feedstock being Supplied.

Long-Term Debt ” means, with respect to any Person or group of Persons on a consolidated basis, without duplication, in each case excluding the current liabilities of such Person, (i) indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments, (iii) obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade debt and normal operating liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business), (iv) obligations of such Person as lessee under Capital Leases, (v) obligations of such Person under or relating to letters of credit, guaranties, purchase agreements, or other creditor assurances assuring a creditor against loss in respect of indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) of this definition, and (vi) nonrecourse indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (i) through (v) of this definition secured by any Lien on or in respect of any property of such Person. For the purposes of determining the amount of any Long-Term Debt, the amount of any Long-Term Debt described in clause (v) of the definition of Long-Term Debt shall be valued at the maximum amount of the contingent liability thereunder and the amount of any Long-Term Debt described in clause (vi) that is not covered by clause (v) shall be valued at the lesser of the amount of the Long-Term Debt secured or the book value of the property securing such Long-Term Debt.

LP ” means a linear program computer model which simulates refinery operations and is used to perform economic analysis that includes crude selection and optimization.

LPG ” means liquefied petroleum gas.

LVEF ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 15(d).

Market Feedstock Price ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(i)(iii).

Material Adverse Change ” means, with respect to a Party, an event, change, development, effect, condition, or circumstance, which individually or in the aggregate with other events, changes, developments, effects, or circumstances, has resulted in or could be reasonably expected to result in a material adverse change in the business, operations, assets, properties, financial condition or prospects of such Party.

 

-9-


Month ” means a calendar month. Where a specified Month is defined as Month “M”, Month M-1 shall mean the Month prior to Month M and Month M+1 shall mean the Month subsequent to Month M.

MonthEnd ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 11(a).

Monthly Quality and Basis Differential ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 9(b)(i).

Mother Vessel ” has the meaning given such term in the definition of “Lightering”.

MSCG ” means Morgan Stanley Capital Group, Inc.

MSCG Sales Agreement ” means that certain Products Offtake Agreement applicable to the Refinery to be effective as of April 7, 2011, and entered into between Buyer and MSCG, together with all amendments, modifications and successor or replacement agreements entered into from time to time with respect thereto.

MSDS ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 33(a).

MTSA ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 13(a)(iii).

New Grade Initial Period ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 4(b).

New Grades ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 4(b).

Non-Defaulting Party ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 24(a).

Non-Fungible Grades ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 4(b).

NOR ” means Notice of Readiness.

Normal Refinery Operations ” means periods of time when the Refinery is operated in a routine manner with all operating units on-line. Normal Refinery Operations exclude maintenance turnarounds and shutdown periods.

NSV ” means net standard volume of Oil or Feedstock.

NYMEX ” means the New York Mercantile Exchange.

Off-Taker ” or Off-Takers ” means the company or companies that purchase the Refined Products produced at the Refinery.

Oil ” means crude oil or straight run fuel oil, but does not include Feedstock.

Opening Inventory ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 11(a)(i).

Optimization Account ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(g)(ii).

 

-10-


OSG ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 14(e).

OSP ” means the Official Selling Price as defined by the third party supplier of certain Oil or Feedstock for the relevant time period and destination, as applicable.

Part Cargo ” means a Cargo Delivered on a Vessel such that the volume of the Cargo does not substantially fill the Vessel.

Party ” means each of Buyer and Seller, and Parties ” means collectively, both Buyer and Seller.

Paulsboro CSA ” means that certain Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement between Seller and PRC, dated December 16, 2010 as amended by that certain First Amendment to Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement, together with all other amendments, modifications and successor or replacement agreements entered into from time to time with respect thereto.

Paulsboro Refinery ” means the petroleum processing and refining facilities located in Paulsboro, New Jersey 08066, including all storage tanks, docks, platforms, pipelines, and any other associated equipment or facilities.

PBF Entities ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 19(b)(ii)(1).

PBF Holding Company ” means PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

PBF Line of Credit ” means a $50,000,000 line of credit, initially established under the Paulsboro CSA, from Seller to Buyer and PRC, subject to the conditions in Clause 24(c) and the terms of the Bridging Agreement.

PDA ” means a Payment Direction Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Appendix 3.

Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or unincorporated organization, joint stock company or any other private entity or organization, including a Governmental Authority.

Petty Cash Bank ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 12(d).

PRC ” means Paulsboro Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which is an Affiliate of Buyer and owns the Paulsboro Refinery.

Pre-Adjustment Payments ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 11(b).

Predicted Refinery Slate ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 9(a)(i).

[REDACTED]

 

-11-


Pricing Day ” means a day on which Buyer instructs to price Oil or Feedstock to be Delivered hereunder in accordance with Clause 9(c)(i)(1).

Production Week ” means, each period from Friday at 12:00 midnight until the following Friday at 12:00 midnight during the term of this Agreement; provided, however , the first Production Week shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue until 12:00 midnight on the first Friday following the Effective Date.

Property Taxes ” means any and all tangible personal property taxes, ad valorem property taxes or the like imposed on the value of the Oil and Feedstock held for sale by Seller to Buyer under this Agreement.

Proposed Storage Site ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 8(b).

Provisional Invoice ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 10(c)(iii).

Provisional Price ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 10(c)(iii) and shall be based on the estimated price of Oil and Feedstock that make up the EPQ.

PSI ” means pounds per square inch.

Qualified Institution ” shall mean a major U.S. commercial bank or foreign bank with a U.S. branch office having an asset base of at least $[REDACTED] billion, with such bank having a Credit Rating of at least [REDACTED] by S&P or [REDACTED] by Moody’s Investor Services, Inc., or otherwise acceptable to the Party receiving such collateral, as such party shall determine in its sole discretion.

Receiving Party ” has the meaning given such term in the definition of “Confidential Information”.

Receiving Party Recipients ” has the meaning given such term in the definition of “Confidential Information”.

Refined Products ” means finished gasoline, heating oil, diesel, jet fuel, kerosene and Specialty Grades.

Refined Products Percentage ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 19(d)(ii).

Refinery ” means the petroleum processing and refining facilities located in Delaware City, Delaware 19706, including all storage tanks (including the Storage Facilities), docks, platforms, pipelines, and any other associated equipment or facilities, as further described in Appendix 4.

Refinery Subsidiaries ” means subsidiaries of PBF Holding Company, including Buyer and PRC, that own or operate a refinery that is being supplied Oil and/or Feedstock by Seller, including the Refinery.

Replacement Grade Pecking Order ” or “ RGPO ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(a)(x).

 

-12-


Requirement ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 4(a).

ROB ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 15(d).

Seller ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 1.

Shareholders Equity ” means shareholders’ equity determined in accordance with GAAP.

Shipping Services ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 3(a)(ii).

SMA ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 31(e).

Specialty Grades ” has the meaning given such term in the Payment Direction Agreement by and among Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc., Seller and Buyer dated as of April 7, 2011.

Standby Letter of Credit ” means any commercial or standby letter of credit issued for the account of Seller pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

Start Up ” means the first date that feed is introduced to a process unit to initiate refining operations at the Refinery.

Statoil Storage Facility ” means any facility in which Seller or its Affiliates owns, leases or otherwise has storage rights, including any facility where such rights are given by a PBF Entity.

Storage Facilities ” means the storage tanks described on Appendix 4, as such list may be modified from time-to-time in accordance with the terms of Clause 5(d) of Appendix 5, and which storage tanks Seller has exclusive rights all as provided for herein and in Storage Facilities Use Provisions attached hereto as Appendix 5. Appendix 4 shall reflect any storage tanks to be used to store Feedstock.

Supplied ” or Supply ” or Supplies ” means or refers to when the Oil or Feedstock passes the flange connection between a Vessel’s permanent discharge manifold and the receiving pipeline or hose at the Supply Port.

Supplied Volume ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 11(a)(ii).

Supply Point Method ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(f)(ii).

Supply Port ” means the customary dockage, anchorage or place where a Vessel may safely lie in connection with Supply of a Cargo to the Refinery.

Tank Heels ” means the greater of: (i) the volume of Oil or Feedstock below the lowest suction in a tank, unless the tank is equipped with a regular side entry pipe in which case “Tank Heels” means the volume below the middle of the lowest suction in such tank, or (ii) the volume of Oil or Feedstock required to safely float a roof in a floating roof tank.

 

-13-


Taxes ” means any and all (i) US federal, state and local taxes, duties, fees and charges of every description, including all fuel, excise, environmental, spill, gross earnings, gross receipts and sales and use taxes, however designated (except for taxes on income), paid or incurred with respect to the purchase, storage, exchange, use, transportation, resale, importation or handling of the Oil or Feedstock held for sale by Seller or Buyer under this Agreement and (ii) Property Taxes.

Termination Date ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 25(a)(i).

Termination of Deliveries Notice ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 7(f).

TH Conclusion Date ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(j)(iii)(1).

TH Ending Price ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(j)(i)(2).

TH Exposure ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(j)(iii)(2).

TH Market Value ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(j)(ii)(2).

TH Per Barrel Storage Charge ” has the meaning set forth in Clause 5(j)(iii)(1).

TH Starting Volume ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(j)(i)(1).

TH Storage Fee ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(j)(iii)(1).

Third Party Claim ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 26(b).

Time Chartered Vessel ” means a Vessel chartered for a fixed period of time instead of for a certain number of voyages or trips.

TLA ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 14(f).

Transparent Contractual Terms ” means the contractual terms derived using either the Execution Method or the Supply Point Method.

Trigger Event ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 19(d)(ii).

TVM ” means the time value of money.

TVM Payment ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 19(g)(i).

TVM Payment Date ” means, with respect to a given Production Week, the first Thursday following the end of such Production Week, provided, that if such TVM Payment Date is not a Business Day, the TVM Payment Date shall mean the next following Business Day.

TVM Statement Delivery Date ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 19(g)(ii).

Type ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 4(b).

 

-14-


UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the relevant state jurisdiction.

Vessel ” means a tankship, barge or other water-borne conveyance, as applicable, used for the Supply of a Cargo, whether owned or chartered or otherwise obtained by Seller to transport Oil or Feedstock for the benefit of Buyer.

VTB ” means vacuum tower bottoms or other similar residual materials.

Win3 ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 6(e).

Win5 ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 6(d).

Win8 ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 6(a).

Worldscale ” means the applicable standard freight rate stated in the most recent edition of the New Worldwide Tanker Nominal Freight Scale jointly published by Worldscale Association (London) Limited and Worldscale Association (NYC) Inc., or if Worldscale Association (London) Limited and Worldscale Association (NYC) Inc. shall no longer publish the New Worldwide Tanker Nominal Freight Scale, the equivalent replacement scale used in the shipping industry, expressed in USD per metric ton for the route specified.

WTI ” means West Texas Intermediate Oil, with specifications in accordance with the NYMEX futures contract.

Year ” means a period of 12 consecutive Months.

(b) Construction .

(i) All headings herein are intended solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of the provisions of this Agreement.

(ii) Unless expressly provided otherwise, the word “including” as used herein does not limit the preceding words or terms.

(iii) Unless expressly provided otherwise, all references to days, weeks, months, quarters and years mean calendar days, weeks, months, quarters and years, respectively. For purposes of this Agreement, a calendar day shall begin at 12:00 midnight and end at 11:59 p.m.

(iv) Unless expressly provided otherwise, references herein to “consent” mean the prior written consent of the Party at issue, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

(v) Unless expressly provided otherwise, all references to time in this Agreement are EST.

 

-15-


3. TERM OF OIL AND FEEDSTOCK SUPPLY AND SERVICES

(a) Beginning on the Effective Date, and continuing through the term of this Agreement, and subject to the provisions of this Agreement:

(i) Seller will have the exclusive right to, and will, provide Oil and Feedstock for Delivery to the Refinery and Buyer will purchase such Oil and Feedstock in accordance with the terms set forth herein.

(ii) Seller shall provide Buyer with certain operational services (the “ Commercial Services ”) and certain shipping-related services (the “ Shipping Services ”) with respect to all purchases and sales of Oil and Feedstock reasonably necessary to enable Buyer to perform the manufacturing and operational processes at the Refinery as detailed in Appendix 6.

(b) This Agreement shall be binding on the Parties from the Effective Date and shall continue for an initial term ending on December 31, 2012. Seller may extend the term of this Agreement for a period of up to 3 additional years (through December 31, 2015) by delivering notice to Buyer by no later than June 30, 2012, stating the additional term.

 

4. QUALITY

(a) Oil and Feedstock Requirements . The Parties will agree upon the Oil and Feedstock supply requirements of the Refinery in accordance with the process described in Clause 5. Such Oil and Feedstock supply requirements are referred to herein as the Requirements. Each “ Requirement ” shall be an identified volume of a specified Type and a corresponding Supply time period (e.g. 500,000 Barrels of Type A Oil to be Supplied in the window of 1-10 March 2011).

(b) Oil and Feedstock Types . Oil and Feedstock Supplied and Delivered under this Agreement will be grouped in the following general categories, referred to herein as “ Types ”.

(i) Type A : sour crude oil with a sulfur content equal to or greater than zero point eight percent by weight (0.8% weight), as per ASTM.

(ii) Type B : sweet crude oil with a sulfur content less than zero point eight percent by weight (0.8% weight), as per ASTM. Type B Oil Requirements typically will be covered by crude oil Grades sourced from the East Coast Canadian Grand Banks as a base case, with light and medium sweet crudes as optimization alternatives, including, but not limited to, sourcing from the North Sea and Angola.

(iii) Type C : heavy crude oil, sweet or sour, with an API Gravity of < 24. Type C Oil Requirements typically will be covered by crude oil grades sourced from South America, such as Peregrino.

(iv) Type D : straight run fuel oil and Feedstocks, for example VGO or VTB.

 

-16-


Within each Type of Oil/Feedstock described herein there are multiple “ Grades ”. For example the Oil Grades Kirkuk, Urals and Vasconia could each be Type A Oil. Some Grades may meet the specifications of more than one Type. To avoid any misunderstanding the Parties shall clearly communicate which Requirement or Type a proposed Grade or Cargo is to cover. A summary of fungible Grades approved by both Seller and Buyer for sale hereunder is attached as Appendix 7.

Within each Type of Oil/Feedstock there (a) will from time-to-time be new Grades that become available in the market (“ New Grades ”) and (b) Grades which are not regularly or routinely available for convenient purchasing (the “ Non-Fungible Grades ”), each of which require additional effort by Seller to secure Cargoes to be purchased at the mandate of Buyer. All Grades that are not listed in Appendix 7 shall be considered either New Grades, Non-Fungible Grades or both. If Seller identifies a New Grade which is not currently listed in Appendix 7, and Buyer approves such New Grade for Supply and Delivery to the Refinery (which Buyer may approve or not approve in each case in its sole discretion), then for an initial period of between 3 months and 12 months (to be mutually agreed upon by the Parties based on the anticipated supply) (the “ New Grade Initial Period ”) after Seller receives such approval any Cargoes of such New Grade will be Supplied and Delivered via the Supply Point Method unless otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties. After the New Grade Initial Period, provided such New Grade is a fungible grade, such New Grade shall be added to the list in Appendix 7, and Buyer may thereafter mandate that Seller acquire Cargoes of such Grade under either the Supply Point Method or the Execution Method. All Non-Fungible Grades will only be Supplied and Delivered under the Supply Point Method, unless otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties.

(c) Term Supply / Spot Supply.

(i) Term Supply . The Parties expect that over time approximately [REDACTED]% of Oil and Feedstock Supplied to Buyer at the Refinery will be sourced from term agreements entered into by Seller. Buyer will use its reasonable efforts in support of Seller’s efforts to enter into such term agreements with counterparties. To the extent Seller is unable to enter into term agreements with specified counterparties or for specified Types or Grades, the Parties will work together to determine an appropriate arrangement for supply of the affected Type and Grade.

[REDACTED]

(ii) Spot Supply . The Parties agree that the balance of the Oil and Feedstock supplied to the Refinery will be sourced from the spot market for Oil and Feedstock.

(d) Quality Optimization Principle. The Parties agree that a fundamental part of this Agreement is, within the Cargo acquisition process, for (i) the flexibility of Buyer to receive different Grades within a certain Type, as generally listed in the appropriate GPO / RGPO, without disrupting Normal Refinery Operations allowing a commercial benefit of that flexibility to Buyer, and (ii) the flexibility for Seller to be able to have a range of options among such Grades to cover the Requirements of the Refinery allowing a commercial benefit to Seller. Specifically this shall mean that Seller shall be able to acquire different Grades at generally available market prices in order to cover a particular Requirement provided such price is reasonably acceptable to Buyer as listed in the appropriate GPO / RGPO. The Parties also agree that a fundamental objective of this Agreement is, that after a Requirement has been covered by a Cargo, in the event that either:

(i) Buyer’s refining economics for said Requirement change substantially, or

(ii) the market conditions for trading that Cargo with third parties change substantially and such change cause an economic benefit to be derivable from optimizing said Cargo into an alternative Cargo,

then the Parties shall make commercially reasonable efforts to change that Cargo into an economically beneficial alternative. If successful, the Parties shall agree on commercial terms such that, under the RGPO process, the economic benefit of the optimization is shared in an appropriately equitable manner consistent with Clause 5.

If a substantial portion of the spot Cargoes being Supplied of a certain Type of Oil/Feedstock are being Supplied and Delivered pursuant to the Execution Method and ultimately Supplied and Delivered Grades are the same Grades as were originally selected from the GPO without RGPO optimizations, then Seller is not realizing some of the optimization opportunities that are an important element of this Agreement, and therefore the Parties shall have good faith discussions regarding the potential for (x) Seller to provide future Cargoes of that Type under the Supply regarding the potential for (y) Seller providing future Cargoes of that Type under a term supply agreement.

 

-17-


5. ACQUISITION OF OIL AND FEEDSTOCK

(a) Acquisition Process Steps . The process for selecting and then acquiring a Cargo of Oil or Feedstock to supply the Refinery shall comprise the following steps:

(i) Buyer and Seller shall mutually agree on the “ Buyer’s Tentative Requirements Schedule ” for any Month of Delivery of Oil and Feedstock to the Refinery, which shall consist of a list of Requirements with each Requirement being a volume of a Type to be delivered during a specified period in such Month, in a format following that in Appendix 8.

(ii) The Parties shall discuss the different Grade options for each Requirement.

(iii) The Parties shall agree on the volume, term, price and other key elements for term contract commitments, and Buyer shall give a written mandate to Seller to enter into such term contract(s), and Seller shall enter into such term contract(s). Thereafter, the Parties shall follow the term contract procedures set forth in Clause 5(c) below, which will result in Seller purchasing term Cargoes to cover certain Requirements in Buyer’s Tentative Requirements Schedule.

(iv) The Parties shall identify target Grades and a number of target Cargoes that shall be acceptable for each Requirement that is not to be covered by term contract volumes.

(v) Buyer, in discussion with Seller, shall issue, and continue to update, a grade pecking order (a “Grade Pecking Order” or “GPO” ), outlining the Grades that could cover each Requirement and the corresponding differences in price at which such Grades would have equal economics for Buyer.

(vi) As to each target Cargo, Seller shall provide Buyer with the appropriate contractual terms in accordance with Clause 5(e)(ii).

(vii) Thereafter, Buyer shall give an oral or written mandate to Seller in accordance with Clause 5(e)(iii).

(viii) Seller shall purchase the Cargo covered by such mandate or, with respect to a Cargo acquired from Seller or Seller’s Affiliates, make appropriate internal allocations to reflect that such Cargo will cover a Requirement hereunder.

(ix) Seller shall send formal notification to Buyer of the purchase of the Cargo, or if the Cargo is acquired from Seller or Seller’s Affiliates portfolio, the internal allocation of such Cargo to cover a Requirement, covered by the mandate. Details of that notification shall be as described in Clause 5(f)(iii) below.

(x) In connection with seeking potential optimizations, following the purchase of each term or spot Cargo to cover a Requirement, Buyer, in discussion with Seller, shall issue, and continue to update a replacement grade pecking order ( “Replacement Grade Pecking Order” or “RGPO” ) for such covered Requirement outlining the Grades that could replace the purchased Cargo and the corresponding differences in price at which such replacement Grades would have equal economics for Buyer, which RGPO shall use the Cargo Bank Differential of the purchased Cargo as the basis for such price differences.

(b) Grade Pecking Order. The GPO and RGPO (each a list of Grades and differences in price) shall reflect the relative refining economics of different Grades for each Requirement in Buyer’s Tentative Requirement Schedule. The determination of the GPO or RGPO as applicable shall be based on:

(i) Seller’s advice to Buyer of the volumes available of different Grades in standard Cargo sizes and corresponding price estimates.

(ii) Buyer’s output from LP runs for the Refinery based on Seller’s Grade availability lists.

(iii) For each Requirement, Buyer shall prepare a GPO or RGPO that contains a base Grade and a minimum of four alternative Grades that Seller shall be reasonably able to acquire. Each alternative Grade shall have a value that reflects the difference in price delivered at the Refinery that has to be achieved by Buyer for that Grade to be of equal value to the base Grade for that Requirement. A Requirement shall remain relevant for the GPO or RGPO from its initial identification in Buyer’s Tentative Requirements Schedule for a Month of Supply, up and until the end of its Acquisition Discussion and this time may include time after a Cargo has been purchased to cover the Requirement in order to allow for possible optimizations of that Requirement. The GPO and RGPO shall be generated by Buyer in the format specified in Appendix 9. The GPO and RGPO shall be issued once per week, in accordance with the following process steps:

(1) Seller shall communicate to Buyer no later than noon every Tuesday pertinent information containing the availability of different Grades and estimates of market prices for those Grades.

(2) Buyer shall issue the GPO/RGPO in the correct format no later than noon on the following day (Wednesday), whereupon any previous GPO/RGPO shall be superseded.

(c) Term Commitment Discussion Procedure . Subject to the provisions set forth in the term Oil or Feedstock supply contracts previously entered into under this Agreement, the Parties shall agree, at the appropriate times to:

 

-18-


(i) The volumes to be nominated to cover Buyer’s Tentative Requirements Schedule.

(ii) The Requirements that shall be covered by such term volumes (after the third party supplier of Oil or Feedstock under such term Oil or Feedstock supply contract confirms the final nomination of such Oil or Feedstock with the loading dates and final volume).

(iii) The Final Quality Differential for such volume. If such Cargo will be Supplied under the Execution Method then the FOB price will be set in principle to match the price reached by Seller with the supplier of the term volume, which if OSP-related will match the OSP of the respective Oil or Feedstock at the appropriate Loading Terminal, including any premium or discount. If the Cargo will be Supplied under the Supply Point Method then the price will be agreed between the Parties.

(iv) The costs for Supplying a term Cargo under the Execution Method will be agreed between the Parties based on the Agreed Delivery Route for each specific Oil or Feedstock term contract Cargo. The “ Agreed Delivery Route ” will define the salient factors attributable to that Cargo, including, but not limited to; (1) the Loading Terminal, (2) Vessel size, (3) transportation route and (4) any Lightering requirements. For example for a Urals Cargo, the Agreed Delivery Route might be: (1) Oil Loading Terminal to be Primorsk, (2) Cargo to be loaded on an Aframax vessel, (3) Vessel to be routed by the most expeditious method (always allowing for carrier’s safety requirements) to Bigstone Lightering Point, (4) where one or two Lightering Vessel(s) will be taken off prior to the mother Vessel Berthing at the Refinery. Each term contract Cargo under this Agreement will have a similar corresponding Agreed Delivery Route. If the Execution Method is used, Seller shall use [REDACTED], etc. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, if the Supply Point Method is used all Supply costs up to the Supply Port [REDACTED].

(d) Acquisition Discussion .

(i) Each Requirement will have an associated Acquisition Discussion that will commence upon Buyer advising Seller of Buyer’s Tentative Requirement Schedule and shall end when a Cargo or Cargoes covering the Requirement are Supplied to Buyer.

(ii) Until Buyer’s Tentative Requirements Schedule has become Buyer’s Requirements Schedule (as described in Clause 6), Buyer shall have the right to adjust the dates with the exception of any Requirements covered with Cargoes, which shall not be adjusted or modified without Seller’s consent.

(iii) As long as the relevant Acquisition Discussion has not concluded, the GPO / RGPO shall contain the alternatives as described in this Clause 5 for each Requirement.

(e) Acquisition Process and Target Cargo .

(i) Prior to the conclusion of the Acquisition Discussion, the Parties shall agree on a target Cargo for that Requirement within sufficient time to allow Seller to purchase such target Cargo in accordance with Clause 5(a)(viii). Buyer acknowledges that different Grades of Oil and Feedstock typically trade at different periods of time ahead of when such Cargo is to be delivered and that Seller may not be able to acquire a target Cargo if Buyer and Seller are unable to agree on a target Cargo in a timely manner. Seller shall keep Buyer apprised of such time periods.

(ii) Seller shall advise Buyer of all pertinent commercial details necessary with respect to each target Cargo, so that the Transparent Contractual Terms can be fully understood. If Seller is to provide the target Cargo from its or its Affiliates’ portfolio, then Seller shall notify Buyer of such fact.

(iii) Buyer shall give an oral (by way of a recorded means including recording of a telephone conversation with or without the consent of the other Party in

 

-19-


accordance with Clause 34) or written mandate to Seller to fulfill the Requirement with such Cargo, such mandate shall include all of the information appropriate to fix the commercial terms for such Cargo, including the Grade of Oil or Feedstock, volume to be Supplied, Supply window and price. Such mandate, whether oral or written, shall be fully binding on Buyer, and Buyer thereafter shall be required to accept Delivery of such Cargo (unless Seller fails to acquire such Cargo) in accordance with this Agreement.

(iv) If Seller cannot acquire a target Cargo under the agreed contractual terms in accordance with Clauses 5(a), the Parties shall continue the Acquisition Discussion until either (1) it concludes with revised terms for the same target Cargo, (2) it concludes with terms for an alternative Cargo of the same Grade or (3) it concludes with terms for an alternative Cargo of an alternative Grade in the relevant GPO. This process shall continue until the Requirement is successfully covered.

(v) At any time during the Acquisition Discussion, Seller can propose that a Requirement be covered by an alternative Grade in the GPO / RGPO. Buyer shall accept such proposal as long as the alternate Grade Cargo will maintain equal or improved refining economics for that Requirement based on the GPO / RGPO. Furthermore, Seller may propose an alternate Grade not included in the GPO / RGPO, however, use of such alternate Grade requires Buyer’s consent.

(vi) The Parties shall make reasonable efforts to cover a Requirement with a suitable Cargo. Until the Requirement is covered by a Cargo, Seller shall continue to advise Buyer of potential target Cargoes to fulfill such Requirement. If Seller is unable to procure a Cargo to meet a Requirement, Buyer shall have the option to amend the Requirement so that Seller can continue to use its reasonable efforts to procure a Cargo to cover such Requirement. If Seller cannot procure a Cargo to cover a Requirement (either an original Requirement or an amended Requirement) Seller shall have no liability for such failure.

(f) Transparent Contractual Terms . For any potential Cargo to be acquired by Seller, a set of Transparent Contractual Terms shall be agreed to, thereby providing a clear mandate to Seller to purchase such Cargo. These Transparent Contractual Terms shall be established under one of the following two methods, in Buyer’s option:

(i) The “Execution Method”. Under the Execution Method, the Transparent Contractual Terms shall include all of the terms necessary for Seller to negotiate and acquire a Cargo directly from a third party. The additional costs incurred to have such Cargo Supplied to the Refinery including, without limitation, freight, pricing elements, outturn loss, negotiated pricing basis and period shall be agreed upon at the appropriate time by the Parties and added as incurred in order to establish Buyer’s final price for such Cargo. If Buyer and Seller are unable to agree in a timely manner on such additional costs, then Seller can contract for such additional items and the related costs in a commercially reasonable manner and such costs shall be added to Buyer’s final price for such Cargo. At any time any of the additional costs may be fixed between Buyer and Seller by mutual agreement, with such fixed cost being used to establish Buyer’s final price for such Cargo. When an additional cost is so fixed, any difference between the cost actually incurred and the agreed fixed cost will be for the Seller’s account.

(ii) The “Supply Point Method”. Under the Supply Point Method, the Transparent Contractual Terms shall include all the terms necessary for the Parties to agree on a price for the Cargo supplied to an agreed-upon supply point. The Supply Point Method terms shall include:

(1) the terms on which the Cargo will be purchased from a third party, and

(2) Seller’s offer for all other costs from the third party’s delivery point up to the agreed-upon supply point, including the cost of any difference between the agreed pricing basis and pricing period and that negotiated with the third party.

Under the Supply Point Method, any additional costs, including, but not limited to, Lightering barges in the Delaware River, outturn losses and storage costs, between the pre-defined supply point and such Cargo’s Supply to the Refinery shall be determined in the same manner as for Cargoes delivered under the Execution Method. The Supply Point Method shall be used whenever Buyer agrees to purchase a Cargo from Seller’s or its Affiliates’ portfolio.

(iii) Cargo Confirmation . Whether a Cargo is purchased under the Execution Method or the Supply Point Method above, Seller shall promptly complete and communicate to Buyer a notice in the format set forth in Appendix 10 (a “ Cargo Confirmation Notice ”) after a Cargo has been purchased. At any point where a transaction relevant to that Cargo is agreed to between the Parties thereafter, the Cargo Confirmation Notice and / or relevant Cargo Table (Appendix 15) shall be updated accordingly. For example, if a freight cost is negotiated and established at a time after the Cargo was purchased under the Execution Method, that freight cost shall be added to the Cargo Table. If there is a material change to the original deal, such as a change in delivery method, then the Cargo Confirmation Notice shall be updated. This process shall continue until the entire price of the Cargo is built up and fully agreed and finalized.

 

-20-


(iv) Establishment of the Final Quality Differential for a Cargo . The Final Quality Differential shall be identified in the Cargo Confirmation Notice. This Final Quality Differential is to be used in the pricing process as described in Clause 9. This Final Quality Differential shall be set by agreement between the Parties. Any further cost items or adjustments that are applied to the Cargo Confirmation Notice shall thereafter follow the “Petty Cash” process in Clause 12. The general principle in the Parties agreeing to the point at which the Final Quality Differential is established and fixed shall be that further anticipated costs and adjustments are small in nature and would have a low expected probability of having a significant impact on the value of the Final Quality Differential.

(g) RGPO Optimization and the Other Optimization Account.

(i) Replacement Pecking Order Cargo Optimizations. To the extent any Replacement Pecking Order Cargo replaces a Cargo originally purchased for Supply to the Refinery in Month M, which is subsequently disposed of by Seller due to an alternative Cargo or alternative Cargoes (which shall be of equivalent volume to the original purchased Cargo and may consist of different Grades of Oil or Feedstock) being acquired by agreement between the Parties, Buyer will pay for the replacement Cargo or Cargoes the price specified by Buyer in the RGPO and Seller will retain all profit and loss associated with: (1) disposing of the Cargo originally purchased for Supply to the Refinery and (2) the price differences between the RGPO terms and the terms executed between Seller and the third party supplier of such replacement Cargo or Cargoes. To the extent Seller identifies a potential replacement Cargo or Cargoes that is not on the RGPO for the current Cargo, then such RGPO can be modified to add such replacement Cargo or Cargoes upon the Parties’ mutual agreement.

(ii) Other Optimizations. The “Optimization Account” has been established in order to capture any profit or loss from an optimization that is proposed by Seller and agreed to by Buyer, other than optimizations in connection with the replacement of Cargoes originally purchased for Supply to the Refinery by use of the RGPO as described in Clause 5(g)(i) above. This Optimization Account shall contain separate accounts for all Cargoes concerned and show in detail any commercial activity and its result, including, but not limited to, profit or loss from the purchase and resale of a Cargo, profit or loss from fixing and subsequent re-letting of any shipping, or other expenses arising from the optimization of a Cargo. Furthermore, any working capital considerations shall be included in the Optimization Account. Should the Parties agree that any other economic benefit to be shared between the Parties can most easily be reflected in the Optimization Account, then such economic activity shall also be recorded accordingly. For sake of clarity, all transactions that use the Optimization Account method for accounting for the economic result of an optimization implicitly require that all pricing and costs associated with the original transaction that was optimized be treated as though there were no optimization and be generally unaffected by any optimization process, so that all the benefits and costs of such optimization are aggregated in the Optimization Account for sharing between the Parties.

 

-21-


(h) Commencement Inventory . On the Effective Date, Seller shall acquire the Oil and Feedstock held in inventory at the Refinery in accordance with the procedures set forth in Appendix 11 unless already owned by Seller.

(i) Feedstock and Crude Slops Obligations.

(i) Feedstock at the Refinery can be subdivided into two types, VGO and VTB, but Feedstock shall not include Crude Slops. For each type of Feedstock, Buyer and Seller shall agree on a volume for a Feedstock Virtual Tank Heel, in addition to the actual Tank Heel applicable to such type of Feedstock. The volume of such “Feedstock Virtual Tank Heel” will be set [REDACTED]

(ii) All Feedstock volumes that are in excess of the sum of: [REDACTED]

(iii) The Parties anticipate that the Refinery will generally over each month-long period consume a net amount of each type of Feedstock, but that in some shorter time periods the Refinery may produce more of one or more types of Feedstock than it consumes. The Parties hereby agree that the monthly reconciliation performed under Clause 11 will determine the total net purchases by Buyer for such period, and payments will be made based on the net consumption of such type of Feedstock. However, to the extent the monthly reconciliation performed under Clause 11 indicates that the Refinery produced more of one or more types of Feedstock than it consumed, then the Parties shall mutually agree upon a price for such type of Feedstock based on [REDACTED] All Feedstock shall be [REDACTED]

(iv) As part of the Refinery’s processes Crude Slops will be delivered to the Storage Facilities with the intent that such Crude Slops will be further processed by the Refinery in the same manner as Oil. Such Crude Slops will be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as [REDACTED]

 

-22-


(v) For purposes of clarification the Parties agree that all Feedstock and Crude Slops delivered to Seller will be owned by Seller who shall retain title thereto unless and until such Feedstock and Crude Slops are subsequently purchased by Buyer from Seller at the title transfer point, as described in Clause 7.

(j) Tank Heel Obligations.

(i) Tank Heel Starting and Closing Volume Purchases.

(1) Seller will purchase all of the usable Oil and usable Feedstock that as of the Effective Date are Tank Heels. Such usable Oil and usable Feedstock together with all Tank Heels Supplied to the Storage Facilities in the 1 month period following the Effective Date shall collectively be referred to as the “TH Starting Volume” . The purchase of the TH Starting Volume will be made in accordance with the provisions in Appendix 11. All other obligations to purchase Oil or Feedstock referred to in this Agreement shall not include the Tank Heels which shall be governed by this Clause 5(j).

(2) Buyer shall purchase from Seller on the Termination Date a volume of Tank Heels equal to the TH Starting Volume and will pay Seller a price equal to the TH Ending Price. The “TH Ending Price” shall be equal to [REDACTED]

(ii) Interim Tank Heel Transactions. If Seller reasonably believes the volume of Tank Heels may have changed (for example a tank in the Storage Facilities is removed from service or because more water and sediment has displaced the usable Oil or Feedstock that constitute the Tank Heel), then Seller can obtain a measurement or assessment of the affected Tank Heel(s):

(1) If such assessment shows there is more volume of Tank Heels than the TH Starting Volume then Seller shall [REDACTED]

(2) If such assessment shows there is less volume of Tank Heels than the TH Starting Volume then Buyer shall [REDACTED]

 

-23-


All Tank Heels at any time in the Storage Tanks shall be owned by Seller unless and until they are sold to Buyer in accordance with this Clause 5 or Clause 24.

The “TH Market Value” means the current market price of such Tank Heel.

(iii) Tank Heel Payments, Fees and Credit Provisions.

(1) All Tank Heels are subject to the normal service fees and TVM charges that are more fully described in Clause 19. In accordance with Clause 5(j)(i)(1) and Appendix 11, the Parties shall mutually agree upon the monthly charge per Barrel (the “TH Per Barrel Storage Charge” ) to be used in calculating the TH Storage Fee through December 31, 2011 (as such date may be extended pursuant to this Clause 5(j)(iii)(1) the “TH Conclusion Date” ). Seller will [REDACTED]

(2) Seller shall periodically determine the amount of exposure, if any, it has to Buyer based on Buyer’s Tank Heels purchase obligations (the “TH Exposure” ) and Seller [REDACTED] “TH Exposure” shall be equal to [REDACTED]

 

-24-


(3) For purposes of clarification, the Parties agree that all payments calculations with respect to Tank Heels payment obligations due at or in connection with the TH Conclusion Date or the Termination Date, shall be determined [REDACTED]

(iv) Feedstock Virtual Tank Heel. As described in Clause 5(i)(i), all Feedstock Virtual Tank Heel shall be treated as Tank Heels for purposes of this Clause 5(j), including with respect to the calculations of the TH Starting Volume, TH Storage Fee and TH Exposure (and the resulting effect on Credit Usage under Clause 19).

(v) Line Fill. For the purposes of this Clause 5(j) only, all Line Fill (as defined in Appendix 11) shall be treated as “Tank Heels,” and Buyer shall at the TH Conclusion Date purchase the same amount of Line Fill from Seller as Seller purchased from Buyer at the Effective Date.

(k) Payment Offset . In a few situations Seller may have a payment obligation to Buyer under this Agreement such as in connection with Seller purchasing Feedstock or Oil from Buyer. In all such situations if Buyer owes Seller other amounts under this Agreement which have not been paid, then Seller may offset the amounts Buyer owes to Seller under this Agreement against the Seller’s payment obligations to Buyer. If Seller exercises such offset right, Seller shall promptly notify Buyer of such offset and the corresponding reduction in Buyer’s payment obligations to Seller.

 

6. NOMINATIONS

The following schedule outlines the process for Buyer and Seller to agree on nominations for Supply of Oil and Feedstock into the Refinery for any Month M. For sake of clarity, Buyer’s Tentative Requirements Schedule/Buyer’s Requirements Schedule for Month M are the plans for Supply of Cargoes in Month M, whereas the Predicted Refinery Slate/Actual Refinery Slate for Month M (both as defined in Clause 9) are the plans for the number of Barrels of any Grade to be Delivered in that Month. These two plans will be separate and different from one another. The nominations for each Party shall progress in the following chronological order:

(a) Buyer shall nominate to Seller no later than the [REDACTED] Buyer’s Tentative Requirements Schedule. Each nomination shall be of [REDACTED] which is the [REDACTED] that Buyer envisages acceptable fulfillment of the Requirement to meet Buyer’s planned Refinery run schedule. Each nomination shall define the Type for that Requirement. No later than the [REDACTED], Seller shall nominate to Buyer the provisional [REDACTED] for all Requirements in M. Buyer’s Tentative Requirements Schedule for Month M will at this point become “ Buyer’s Requirements Schedule ”. Changes of either dates or Types within this Buyer’s Requirements Schedule shall only be by agreement between the Parties.

 

-25-


(b) At any time when a Requirement is either first covered by a specific Cargo or optimized from one Cargo to another Cargo, Buyer’s Requirements Schedule will be updated by replacing a Requirement (or optimized out Cargo) with the appropriate Cargo purchased.

(c) Buyer shall nominate to Seller no later than the [REDACTED] (i) the Deemed Volume for Month M, and (ii) the Predicted Refinery Slate for M.

(d) For any Requirement nominated for Supply in M, then promptly after Seller has covered such Requirement with a Cargo Seller shall nominate to Buyer a [REDACTED].

(e) For any Cargo nominated for Supply in M, Seller shall narrow the [REDACTED] to the beginning of such [REDACTED].

(f) Promptly following the end of Month M, Buyer shall communicate the Actual Refinery Slate for M based on the Delivered Oil and Feedstock in M. (See Clause 9).

 

7. TITLE; CONTROL; RISK OF LOSS

(a) Until title is transferred in accordance with subclause (c) below, Seller shall continuously have and retain title at all times to all Oil and Feedstock Seller acquires for purposes of satisfying its Delivery obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, title to Oil or Feedstock that is on the water, in transport, or in the Storage Facilities). Buyer shall not take any action that adversely affects or encumbers in any way Seller’s title to or rights in such Oil and Feedstock.

(b) To further clarify Seller’s continuous title and ownership of Oil and Feedstock, as described above, including the Oil and Feedstock in the Storage Facilities, Buyer will facilitate the execution of Intercreditor Agreement(s) with any lenders, credit buyers, secured parties, debt buyers, or any other Person which seeks to obtain or maintain (i) a material security interest in the Refinery or in any related assets, operations or contracts or (iii) any security interest, lien or other rights in the Oil or Feedstock. Buyer hereby authorizes Seller to make any and all filings under the UCC that are appropriate to clarify Seller’s ownership and other rights with respect to such Oil and Feedstock. Buyer agrees to immediately notify Seller pursuant to the notice provision herein in the event that a Lien is placed upon the Refinery by any creditor of Buyer at any time during the term of this Agreement other than as described in the Intercreditor Agreement(s).

(c) Title to the Oil, Feedstock or Crude Slops shall pass upon the following actions being completed:

(i) From Seller to Buyer when Oil other than Feedstock is transferred through the Storage Facility outlet flange.

(ii) From Buyer to Seller when Crude Slops are transferred through the Storage Facility inlet flange.

(iii) From Buyer to Seller when Feedstock is transferred through the Feedstock Tank inlet flange.

 

-26-


(iv) From Seller to Buyer when Feedstock is transferred through the Feedstock Tank outlet flange.

(d) Delivery of Oil and Feedstock to Buyer shall be considered to be taken at the same point where title passes.

(e) During Normal Refinery Operation, subject to Seller’s right to suspend deliveries (i) under Clause 19 or (ii) pursuant to a Termination of Deliveries Notice, Buyer may take deliveries of Oil and Feedstock from the Storage Facilities solely for refining within the Refinery without prior consent of Seller.

(f) Control of Oil and Feedstock

(i) Except with respect to the daily deliveries of Oil and Feedstock contemplated by Clause 7(e) or as provided in Clause 3 of Appendix 5, Buyer shall not cause or permit Seller’s Oil and Feedstock to be withdrawn from the Storage Facilities without prior written consent of Seller. In the event that at any time Seller provides a notice to Buyer substantially in the form of Appendix 12 (a Termination of Deliveries Notice ”), Buyer shall immediately cease taking any further deliveries of Oil and Feedstock from the Storage Facilities until Seller notifies Buyer in writing that such Termination of Deliveries Notice has been canceled. Appendix 6 allows some flexibility for moving Oil and Feedstock in the case of an emergency.

(ii) Subject to the forgoing, Buyer shall for all purposes hereunder be deemed to have custody of the (1) Oil (other than Crude Slops) at such time as the Oil passes the flange connection between a delivery Vessel’s permanent supply manifold and the receiving pipeline or hose at the Supply Port, (2) Feedstock (other than Indigenous Feedstock) at such time as the Feedstock passes the flange connection between a delivery Vessel’s permanent supply manifold and the receiving pipeline or hose at the Supply Port and (3) the Indigenous Feedstock and Crude Slops at all times.

(g) Risk of loss of the Oil (other than Crude Slops) and Feedstock (other than Indigenous Feedstock) shall pass from Seller to Buyer when the Oil or Feedstock passes the flange connection between a delivery Vessel’s permanent supply manifold and the receiving pipeline or hose at the Supply Port, and Buyer shall have at all times risk of loss for any Indigenous Feedstock and Crude Slops; provided , that to the extent Seller receives any insurance proceeds under the insurance policies covering the Oil or Feedstock described in Clause 21(c), Seller shall net from any amounts Buyer shall be responsible to indemnify Seller or any other Indemnified Party hereunder with respect to Oil or Feedstock where Buyer bears the risk of loss pursuant to this Clause 7(g), the amount of insurance proceeds actually received with respect to such Oil, Feedstock or Crude Slops.

 

8. STORAGE FACILITIES

(a) Seller will, as of the Effective Date and during the term of this Agreement, have (i) the sole and exclusive right to store Oil and Feedstock in the Storage Facilities pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and Appendix 5 attached hereto, (ii) the right to access the Storage Facilities to add or remove Oil and Feedstock, and (iii) the right to label the Storage

 

-27-


Facilities, subject to Buyer’s reasonable approval, in such a manner as to put third parties on notice of Seller’s rights in such tanks and the Oil and Feedstock stored therein. If at anytime Seller elects to remove its Oil and/or Feedstock, Buyer shall provide access to all of the Refinery’s necessary equipment and all assistance reasonably required to complete such removal.

(b) Additional Tanks . If Buyer or Seller determines that additional off-site storage space is needed for use in connection with the operation of the Refinery, Buyer may locate and propose to Seller proposed storage space to be used for additional Oil and/or Feedstock storage (a “ Proposed Storage Site ”), together with proposed terms for acquiring such Proposed Storage Site. If such Proposed Storage Site is acceptable to Seller, including, with respect to (i) Seller’s HSE standards, (ii) other site conditions, and (iii) commercial terms, then Seller may acquire such Proposed Storage Site (by lease or otherwise) for Buyer’s use on such terms as are mutually acceptable to the Parties. Seller shall complete its review in a timely manner based on then-existing circumstances. Buyer shall be responsible for all costs and expenses incurred by Seller with respect to the use of such Proposed Storage Site, including lease payments or the equivalent, and expenses and Seller’s costs incurred in negotiating the acquisition of such Proposed Storage Site for Buyer’s use, all on a pass-through basis and with prior approval of Buyer. Any Proposed Storage Site acquired by Seller pursuant to the terms of this Clause 8(b) shall become a “Statoil Storage Facility”. It is Buyer’s sole responsibility to provide adequate storage space for the storage of Oil and Feedstock purchased at the mandate of Buyer hereunder, and Seller shall not be responsible for providing additional storage space or for performing any inventory management services, except as provided in this Clause 8(b) and Clause 9(e).

(c) Restricted Use of Tanks . If at any time during the term of this Agreement Seller’s use of any storage tanks comprising the Storage Facilities is materially restrained or enjoined by judicial process, terminated by municipal or other Governmental Authority or by right of eminent domain, Buyer and Seller shall cooperate to dispose of any Oil or Feedstock related to such storage tanks. To the extent Buyer is not able to timely use such Oil or Feedstock, Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to sell such Oil or Feedstock to third parties, and the terms of Clause 9(e) shall apply to such resold Oil or Feedstock.

 

9. PRICE AND PRICING

(a) Pricing Information . To be able to calculate the price per Barrel of Oil and Feedstock delivered in a Month (defined in Clause 9(b) hereof as the Blended Price), the Parties will provide and keep records of the following information:

(i) Predicted Refinery Slate Information . At or before the last Business Day of the Month prior to the delivery Month, Buyer shall provide Seller the “ Predicted Refinery Slate ”, which shall be Buyer’s estimation of the volumes and Grades of the Cargoes of Oil and Feedstock that are planned to be Delivered to the Refinery in such Month, the total volume of Oil and Feedstock to be delivered being the Deemed Volume. Seller will update or amend as necessary the Predicted Refinery Slate in accordance with the procedures in Clause 9(b)(iv).

(ii) Actual Refinery Slate . As soon as reasonably practicable and in any case by no later than the 3 rd Business Day of the Month following the delivery Month,

 

-28-


Buyer shall provide Seller with the “ Actual Refinery Slate ” stating the volumes of each Cargo Delivered to the Refinery in such Month. The volumes of each Cargo Delivered to the Refinery will be known as the “ Cargo Bank Withdrawal ”, and determination of which Cargo within a Grade has been Delivered will be determined following a FIFO principle based on Supply dates of Cargoes of that Grade. Because volumes that are deemed to be Delivered cannot with precise accuracy reflect the Oil and Feedstock actually Delivered, the Parties acknowledge that actual Delivered volumes may not exactly match the final Deemed Volume, which is equal to the Priced Volume. Any difference between the actual Delivered volumes and the Priced Volume shall be monitored through the monthly reconciliation of inventories described in Clause 11.

(iii) Cargo Bank . Each Cargo supplied to the Refinery shall have an associated “ Cargo Bank ” with a reference number that matches the Cargo Number. The Cargo Bank shall be in the form of Appendix 14 and shall contain the following information:

(1) The Grade of Oil or Feedstock;

(2) The volume of Oil or Feedstock outturn to the Refinery (or the most accurately available alternative until the outturn becomes available, and updated accordingly) when the Cargo was Supplied;

(3) The Cargo Bank Differential;

(4) The contract month of NYMEX WTI futures used as the basis for calculating the Cargo Basis Differential, the “ Cargo Bank Hedge-Month ”;

(5) The monthly deemed Cargo Bank Withdrawals pertinent to that Cargo; and

(6) The closing balance on the Cargo Bank (equal to (2)) minus the sum of all (5) above).

(iv) Applicable Pricing Information. For purposes of calculation of the Blended Price per Barrel of Oil and Feedstock in a Month, the Parties shall use the same elements or component information that are used for determining the Cargo Final Prices and any corrections or modifications that are required to account for difference between the estimates used in setting the Cargo Final Prices and the exact amounts that such estimates were seeking to approximate will be addressed pursuant to Clause 12 Petty Cash Banks.

(b) The Price Calculation for Each Delivery Month . Following delivery of the Actual Refinery Slate by Buyer, Seller shall calculate the price per Barrel for Oil and Feedstock Delivered under this Agreement in such Month (the “ Blended Price ”), which shall be equal to the sum of the Monthly Quality and Basis Differential plus the Pricing Element. To determine the Blended Price the following definitions and underlying calculations need to be applied.

 

-29-


(i) Determination of the Monthly Quality and Basis Differential. The “Monthly Quality and Basis Differential” for any Month of Delivery shall be determined, promptly following such Month of Delivery, as the sum of the results from multiplying (1) and (2) below for each Cargo Bank Withdrawal in such Month:

(1) the Cargo Bank Withdrawals (that make up the Actual Refinery Slate for that Month) taken from each applicable Cargo Bank, and,

(2) the Cargo Bank Differential of that Cargo Bank, divided by (the sum of the Cargo Bank Withdrawals for that Month).

(ii) The “Cargo Bank Differential” is equal to the sum of the Final Quality Differential plus the Cargo Basis Differential.

(1) Final Quality Differential. For any Cargo Supplied, the “Final Quality Differential” shall constitute all elements agreed between the Parties applicable directly to the Supply of that Cargo (excluding any adjustments that are included in the Petty Cash Bank) that were identified as Final Quality Differential elements in the mandate or in other communications between Seller and Buyer. This Final Quality Differential shall be measured in dollars per Barrel and shall be as detailed in the Cargo Table applicable to that Cargo. The Cargo Table, in the form of Appendix 15, shall be maintained by Seller and contain a written record of all commercial agreements made between the Parties with respect to that Cargo, including Petty Cash Bank adjustments.

(2) Cargo Basis Differential. If the pricing basis for a Cargo negotiated between Seller and a third party supplier is based on [REDACTED] index pricing for the Cargo Bank Hedge-Month, then the Cargo Basis Differential for such Cargo shall be $[REDACTED]. If the pricing basis negotiated by Seller with the third party supplier is not based on [REDACTED] index pricing for the Cargo Bank Hedge-Month (such as a transaction based on “Dated Brent” pricing), then the Cargo Basis Differential will be [REDACTED]. As a part of the hedge based pricing process described in this Clause 9(b)(ii), the Parties agree that, no later than the Business Day prior to the first day of pricing being set between the parties by Buyer nominating that Buyer is being delivered such Cargo, the third party pricing basis shall be converted to an appropriate [REDACTED] futures contract basis, with an appropriate corresponding hedging month to be used in such pricing (the “Hedge-Month”). Should Buyer fail to follow the procedure below to designate the Hedge-Month and or set the [REDACTED] based index pricing for the Cargo Bank Hedge-Month within the allowed time

 

-30-


period, Seller, in its sole discretion, can hedge the Cargo in the best way Seller sees fit and using the hedging futures contracts it deems most appropriate, and the actual difference between such hedging contracts and the third party pricing basis shall be used as the Cargo Basis Differential. For any Cargo that has been acquired to cover a Requirement, Buyer shall have the option at all times (subject to the limitations detailed later in this Clause 9) to contact Seller and request a fair market price assessment for the difference between:

(A) the value of the pricing basis that make a part of the commercial terms negotiated in the acquisition of a Cargo, and

(B) the value of the [REDACTED] futures contract and associated Hedge-Month which will be used as the new pricing basis for such Cargo.

The chosen Hedge-Month associated with such futures contract should be either the [REDACTED] applicable when the Cargo is due to price. The choice of which contract month will be the Hedge-Month shall be Buyer’s election. The Cargo Number and Hedge-Month shall be advised by Buyer to Seller by telephone when Buyer requests the fair market price assessment. Promptly upon receipt of Buyer’s request (and time shall be of the essence in this respect), Seller shall seek a fair market assessment and contact Buyer by telephone to advise Buyer of that assessment. Promptly upon receipt of market prices (and time shall be of the essence in this respect), Buyer shall accept or reject any or all of these market prices. If Buyer accepts Seller’s assessment, Buyer shall agree with Seller by telephone:

(C) The Cargo Basis Differential, which shall be equal to the fair market price assessment, and

(D) The Hedge-Month elected by Buyer.

Finally, the Cargo Basis Differential and the applicable Hedge-Month shall be recorded by Seller in the Cargo Table.

The Parties may mutually agree to an alternative to an appropriate [REDACTED] futures contract basis for hedging under this Agreement (e.g., [REDACTED]), and in such case the Parties shall amend this Agreement as appropriate to facilitate such hedging.

(iii) Hedge-Month Pool. The sum of the volumes of the Cargo Bank Withdrawals (in the appropriate Delivery Month) with a particular Cargo Bank Hedge-Month will make up the volume of the “Hedge-Month Pool” for that Month. There will be one or more Hedge-Month Pools for any Delivery Month, the total volume of which will be the volume priced for that Month. No later than the last Business Day prior to the first day of the Delivery Month, the Parties shall agree to the following details, in the form of Appendix 14, with respect to the Hedge-Month Pools for such upcoming Delivery Month:

(1) The [REDACTED] futures contract month for each Hedge-Month Pool;

 

-31-


(2) The volume in each Hedge-Month Pool;

(3) The total number of futures contracts held by Seller in each Hedge-Month Pool; and

(4) Which Cargoes make up each Hedge-Month Pool.

Any changes during the Delivery Month to the Hedge-Month Pools shall be made in accordance with procedures in Clauses 9(c)(i)(3) and 9(c)(ii)(4).

(iv) Restriction on Differences between Actual Refinery Slate and Predicted Refinery Slate. Any differences between the volumes of the components making up the Actual Refinery Slate and the prevailing Predicted Refinery Slate, as advised when Buyer communicates the Actual Refinery Slate after the end of the Delivery Month, must meet the following criteria:

(1) The volume of the Predicted Refinery Slate must equal that of the Actual Refinery Slate, and

(2) The total volume of each Hedge-Month Pool for that Month must be unaffected by any differences.

(c) Pricing Element.

(i) Pricing Volume.

(1) The total volume of Oil and Feedstock estimated for delivery in the Predicted Refinery Slate divided by the total number of Pricing Days in that Month will form the “Daily Default Pricing Volume”.

(2) For information purposes, on every Business Day, Buyer shall advise Seller of the volume of Oil and Feedstock that has been Delivered to it since the previous Business Day’s delivered volume notice to the nearest 5,000 Barrels. Because volumes will be reported before full and final information on the Oil and Feedstock Delivered is available, the Parties acknowledge that actual Delivered volumes may not exactly match the volume notices.

(3) At any time during the Delivery Month, Buyer has the option to [REDACTED].

 

-32-


(ii) Pricing Based on Futures Indexes

(1) Buyer’s Pricing Instructions to Seller. On the Business Day prior to any day of pricing, Buyer shall advise Seller of the volume of Oil and Feedstock that Buyer is to price on that day and the Hedge-Month to be used for the pricing of that volume. Should Buyer fail to advise Seller of this information, the Parties understand that the Daily Default Pricing Volume for the current Month of Delivery and the prevailing front Month [REDACTED] contract shall be used for pricing.

(2) Buyer’s Obligations for Pricing. It is Buyer’s obligation through its pricing instructions to Seller, as detailed in (1) above, to ensure that, by the NYMEX closing time on the Business Day prior to the expiry day of any [REDACTED] futures contract (as set by [REDACTED]), that the Hedge-Month Pool for that futures contract shall have a zero balance. Any futures position outstanding after that deadline will be deemed to have been closed at the settlement price for that futures contract on that day, and a corresponding equal volume new position will have been deemed to have been opened for the next month’s [REDACTED] futures contract at the settlement price for that contract on that day.

(3) Seller’s Obligations for Accurate and Timely Notices. Pricing is determined based on timely and accurate notices provided by Buyer to Seller and reference to appropriate indexes. Regardless of whether Seller acquires or fails to acquire the specified futures and other contracts, the pricing between Buyer and Seller shall be valid and binding in accordance with Buyer’s timely hedge related pricing instructions. The price that is to be used on any futures transaction shall be the appropriate [REDACTED] settlement price for the Business Day of the transaction. Any transaction shall duly be reflected in the futures account for that Hedge-Month Pool.

(4) Hedging Activity Due to Refinery Operational Upsets. Buyer shall have the option to request that Seller adjust the number of futures contracts held in any Hedge-Month Pool by contacting Seller and requesting that Seller perform a futures transaction outside the normal hedging and pricing activity as described above. This request shall be at Buyer’s discretion for reasons including, but not limited to, unplanned changes in running plan or unscheduled shutdowns caused by Refinery upsets. Seller shall perform such transactions according to the principles above and shall not unreasonably refuse such requests. However, Seller shall only be required to act within the following limitations:

(A) All transactions shall be at achievable market prices, either settlement prices with due notice, or if Buyer requests, transactions concluded during the trading day whereby Buyer accepts Seller’s achieved transaction prices.

 

-33-


(B) The total number of futures in any purchase transaction must equal the total number of futures in a corresponding sales transaction, and vice versa: Buyer does not have the option to request Seller to take a net longer or net shorter futures position.

Should any Hedge-Month Pool be changed by Buyer requesting and Seller accepting a non-standard hedging activity, the Parties shall agree to a corresponding adjustment to the Cargo Basis Differential (and thereby the Cargo Bank Differential) and the Hedge-Month for any Cargo or part of Cargo that is affected by such change, in order that the Hedge-Month Pools and Cargo Banks remain in balance and the other principles of this Agreement are maintained.

(iii) Calculation of the Pricing Element. For any Delivery Month, the Pricing Element shall be equal to [REDACTED]

(1) [REDACTED]

(2) [REDACTED]

The pricing element shall be calculated to 4 decimal places.

(d) Fair market assessment. The fair market assessment variously referenced in this Clause 9 shall be a concept subject to certain principles, which will be adhered to by Seller. Seller shall make commercially reasonable efforts to provide Buyer with a fair and representative indication of the current market value of the components of risk that Buyer is seeking valuation for. These values can be obtained from a reliable third-party marketer approved by both Parties (for example an investment bank), from crude oil futures exchange brokers or from Seller’s own assessment. Furthermore Buyer understands that there is execution risk and that Seller shall reasonably provide valuations as close to market prices that it deems are executable in the marketplace. These valuations will be volume and timing dependent due to potential liquidity limitations.

(e) Resold Oil and Feedstock. For operational reasons Buyer may request that Seller resell a volume of Oil or Feedstock which has not yet been Delivered, but which has been Supplied or has been purchased by Seller to fulfill a Requirement of Seller and designated by the Parties as a volume of Oil or Feedstock to be Supplied in accordance with Clause 5. Provided the resale of such of Oil or Feedstock is not for optimization purposes (which will be transacted pursuant to the RGPO Optimization / Other Optimization methodology described in Clause 5(g)) the following provisions shall apply:

(i) Buyer will communicate to Seller a request to resell Oil or Feedstock, indicating the quality, volume, and location of Oil or Feedstock to be resold. Seller will review the request and advise Buyer if such a resale of Oil or Feedstock is possible. If in Seller’s opinion a requested resale is not possible, then Buyer and Seller shall discus alternative options.

 

-34-


(ii) If in the opinion of Seller the resale of Oil or Feedstock is possible Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to achieve the best commercial terms for the resale of that Oil or Feedstock to either a third party or to Seller or an Affiliate of Seller. In such cases where Seller or an Affiliate of Seller is to be the purchaser of the resold Oil or Feedstock then the commercial terms governing such sale will be negotiated between the Parties.

(iii) If a resale of Oil or Feedstock is successfully negotiated the volume of Oil or Feedstock sold will be deemed to have been Delivered to Buyer and priced to Buyer pursuant to Clause 9. The payment by Buyer for such Cargo will follow the terms included in Clause 10 including TVM charges as applicable. Seller will make any adjustments required to the Hedge Month Pools and Cargo Banks and notify Buyer of such changes.

(iv) Seller will advise Buyer of the price and commercial terms achieved for the resold Oil or Feedstock, and Buyer will invoice Seller on the basis of these terms, less a US$[REDACTED] per Barrel service fee. For the avoidance of doubt (1) the payment to Buyer for Oil or Feedstock resold to a third party purchaser will be due promptly following Seller’s receipt of payment from such third party purchaser, and Seller shall not be a guarantor or surety with respect to such third party payment obligation, and (2) the payment to Buyer for Oil or Feedstock resold to Seller will be made in accordance with the payment terms mutually agreed between Seller and Buyer.

 

10. PAYMENT AND THE EPQ PROCESS

(a) Subject to Clause 10(d), payment for Oil and Feedstock Delivered under this Agreement shall be made in full, without discount, deduction, withholding, set-off or counterclaim upon presentation of Seller’s commercial invoice, on or before the payment due date pursuant to the provisions of this Clause 10.

(b) Payment shall be made in US Dollars by wire transfer of immediately available funds (same day funds) into Seller’s designated bank account as per this Clause 10, after receipt of Seller’s invoice and supporting documentation, delivered in accordance with Clause 29.

(c) Invoicing and payment shall be based upon the following schedule:

(i) Seller shall initiate the EPQ Process on the second to last Business Day of each calendar week (or on a reduced frequency as mutually agreed between the Parties, but in any case no less frequent than once every calendar month) and on the final Business Day of each Month. Seller can also, at its option, initiate the EPQ process by communicating to Buyer by 12:00 noon on any Business Day (“ Day 1 ”) the requirement for Buyer to complete the EPQ Form; however, Seller agrees that it will only exercise such optional or non-routine EPQ process for the purposes of keeping Buyer within Buyer’s available credit limits.

(ii) Following initiation of the EPQ process, Buyer shall conduct an electronic (computer readout sufficient) inventory of the Storage Facilities using the regular volumetric monitoring system installed at the Refinery at 5:00 p.m. on Day 1. Buyer shall transmit the EPQ, in a format set forth in Appendix 1, to Seller so as to arrive at Seller’s normal place of business, no later than 8:00 a.m. on the following day (“ Day 2 ”). The EPQ shall include any necessary adjustment for over- or under-billed volumes from a previous period, as described in Clause 11. The EPQ Form shall establish the approximate quantity Delivered between the previous EPQ Form and such EPQ Form.

(iii) Prior to 5:00 p.m. on Day 1, Buyer and Seller shall agree on a “ Provisional Price ” for the EPQ. In the event that the Parties do not agree to a

 

-35-


Provisional Price by 5:00 p.m. on Day 1, Seller reserves the sole right to calculate the Provisional Price for the purposes of preparing a provisional invoice (“ Provisional Invoice ”).

(iv) Seller shall process the information detailed in the EPQ Form and, taking into account (1) any payments received from any Off-Taker pursuant to a PDA, (2) any other payments made by Buyer or on Buyer’s behalf in respect of Buyer’s obligations under this Agreement, and (3) Buyer’s current and forecasted available capacity under the PBF Line of Credit, shall transmit a Provisional Invoice to Buyer’s normal place of business by no later than 10:00 a.m. on Day 2.

(v) Buyer shall remit funds as per Clause 10(b) no later than 12:00 noon on Day 2; provided, that if the EPQ Form has been prepared with respect to the last Business Day of a Month, then the payment made by Buyer shall be equal to the amount required to reduce the outstanding amount of the PBF Line of Credit to 0. If Buyer fails to remit funds by such time and such failure is caused solely by an error or omission of an administrative or operational nature of Seller, Buyer shall remit a reasonably estimated amount of the funds due, and the Parties shall continue to proceed through the payment process in a diligent manner to determine the correct amount of funds to be paid by Buyer on Day 2, after which Buyer shall remit to Seller additional funds for any underpayment by Buyer or Seller shall return to Buyer the amount of any overpayment by Buyer.

(d) All payments made by Off-Takers for Seller’s account pursuant to a PDA referencing this Agreement shall be applied to the obligations of Buyer to Seller under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer is fully responsible for all payment obligations to Seller hereunder regardless of whether any Off-Taker fails to timely and fully make payments directly to Buyer pursuant to the terms of a PDA, and Buyer takes all risk for non-payment, underpayment or non-timely payment by the Off-Takers. Buyer represents and warrants to Seller that all receivables for Refined Products will be included in the PDA, and the only PDA that will be effective at the Effective Date will be the PDA between MSCG, Buyer and Seller.

(e) If at the beginning of a Business Day it appears that the net amount of cash received by Seller from Off-Takers pursuant to PDAs, after application of such cash to any payment obligations of Buyer then outstanding, exceeds Estimated Credit Usage for the following Business Day (such amount, the “ Direct Payment Excess ”), then Seller shall within 2 Business Days transfer to Buyer the Direct Payment Excess in US Dollars by wire transfer of immediately available funds into Buyer’s designated bank account; provided, that Seller shall be permitted to apply the Direct Payment Excess to any Buyer Credit Usage on the date such repayment to Buyer would be due.

 

11. RECONCILIATION OF MONTH END VOLUMES AND ADJUSTMENT

(a) At the end of each Month, M (as selected in accordance with Clause 11(a)(ii), “ MonthEnd ”), Buyer and Seller shall expeditiously reconcile the volumes of Oil and Feedstock

 

-36-


priced, Supplied and Delivered during the Month, and calculate an economic adjustment (“ Adjustment ”) to the payments made in Month M, as follows:

(i) Delivered Volume . An assessment of the approximate volume of Oil and Feedstock in Inventory in the Storage Facilities based on the best available data at MonthEnd of Month M shall be transmitted by Buyer (each, an “ Inventory Assessment ”) to Seller in the format shown in Appendix 17. Such Inventory Assessment shall be the “ Closing Inventory ” for Month M and the “ Opening Inventory” for Month M+1. The “ Delivered Volume ” for Month M is equal to the Opening Inventory in Month M plus the Supplied Volume in Month M minus Closing Inventory in Month M.

(1) The Inventory Assessment shall be prepared on a NSV basis in accordance with then-current API/ASTM standards and guidelines, and subject to (A) Clause 5(j) regarding interim measurement or assessments of Tank Heels and related payments and adjustments and (B) Clause 5 of Appendix 5 relating to tanks being taken out of service and a reduction for the related Tank Heels, the deduction for the T H Starting Volumes purchased by Seller pursuant to Clause 5(j) and Appendix 11 shall remain consistent for the duration of the Agreement.

(2) The costs and expenses of the preparation of such Inventory Assessment, including any fees paid to the Independent Inspector, if any, shall be the responsibility of Buyer.

(ii) MonthEnd date Selection . At a time reasonably close to MonthEnd, Buyer and Seller shall assess the likelihood of Vessels actively transferring Oil and Feedstock in or out of the Storage Facilities at or close to MonthEnd and shall deem the part volume of any Vessel transferring Oil or Feedstock as having occurred in M or M+1 so as to avoid having to determine the Inventory during such transfer of Oil and Feedstock. The “ Supplied Volume ” shall be the total NSV for all Vessels Supplying Oil and Feedstock during the Month M between such deemed MonthEnds.

(b) Adjustment . The Parties shall independently calculate and then reconcile the total amount paid by or on behalf of Buyer in M, including any amount that Seller has received from an Off-Taker pursuant to a PDA (collectively, the “ Pre-Adjustment Payments ”), to the amount that should have been paid to Seller (“ Calculated Payment Obligation ”), for the Delivered Volume for M, acknowledging that the Calculated Payment Obligation may include quantities of Oil and Feedstock that were Delivered in Month M but were originally priced using a Hedge-Month anticipating delivery in M-1, M or M+1 and that any Priced Volume, once established for any Month M, may form part of the reconciliation of M, M-1 or M+1. Specifically the Adjustment shall equal the sum of:

(i) Any correction to any volume in M-1 priced provisionally

(ii) Any volume Delivered in M priced at M-1 price

(iii) Any volume Delivered in M priced at M price

(iv) Any volume Delivered in M priced at M+1 price.

 

-37-


Noting that the sum of the volumes used in subparts (ii), (iii), and (iv) above, shall equal the Delivered Volume for M.

(c) If the Calculated Payment Obligation for M is greater than the Pre-Adjustment Payments for M, then Buyer will pay Seller the amount of such underpayment. If the Pre-Adjustment Payments for M are greater than the Calculated Payment Obligation for Month M, then Seller will refund to Buyer the amount of such overpayment. The amount of any such underpayment or overpayment shall be due and payable (together with interest at the Base Rate charged from the 15 th day of Month M until the reconciliation payment is made) on the same date that payment is due with respect to the next EPQ delivered by Seller in accordance with Clause 10 following completion of the above-described calculation of the Calculated Payment Obligation.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any amounts not paid when due under this Agreement shall bear interest from and including the date payment was originally to be made but excluding the date payment is actually made at the Default Rate. Interest shall be computed for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days. Acceptance of late payments shall not constitute a waiver of rights to interest and shall in no circumstance be considered as an agreement to provide extended credit.

(e) For the MonthEnds for the months of March, June, September and December of each calendar year (and for additional MonthEnds if determined appropriate by Seller or Buyer), the assessment to determine the reconciliation pursuant to Clause 11(a) shall be performed by an Independent Inspector in addition to Buyer and the Independent Inspector will take physical measurements of the volumes of Oil and Feedstock in the Storage Facilities. If the Independent Inspector’s physical measurements differ significantly (in the Seller’s or Buyer’s opinion) from the Buyer provided measurement information, then the Buyer and Seller shall meet together and based on such meeting and the measurements and other related information Seller shall determine the Calculated Payment Obligations and the corresponding adjustment for such Month.

 

12. PETTY CASH BANKS

(a) When each Requirement is filled by a Cargo, Buyer and Seller shall work together to agree on the following components of the Cargo Final Price for that Cargo. Not withstanding if the components remain an estimate or not, 10 days prior to the Month of Delivery of that Cargo, Buyer and Seller agree to use the latest estimates, or the best information available to finalize all components of the Cargo Final Price including, without limitation:

(i) Final Quality Differential at point of acquisition by Seller;

(ii) estimated freight;

(iii) estimated Taxes including any charges pursuant to Clause 20;

(iv) estimated demurrage;

(v) estimated outturn loss;

 

-38-


(vi) $[REDACTED] per Barrel service fee; and

(vii) estimated Cargo insurance.

(b) The Parties acknowledge that this Cargo Final Price is final only in the sense that it will be used for invoicing purposes between the Parties and does not fully reflect the value of the Oil or Feedstock upon Delivery. The difference in the actual value of the Oil or Feedstock and the value contained in the Cargo Final Price will be taken into account by the Petty Cash Bank.

(c) The Petty Cash Bank shall contain the continuous detailed outstanding account for elements of the price of Oil and Feedstock not contained in the Cargo Final Price, including, but not limited to:

(i) Freight outside of the Cargo Final Price;

(ii) Taxes outside of the Cargo Final Price;

(iii) Demurrage outside of the Cargo Final Price;

(iv) Outturn loss outside of the Cargo Final Price;

(v) Supplier and vendor costs.

(d) The construction of the “ Petty Cash Bank ” shall follow the format set out in Appendix 18.

(e) On the 30 th day of each month (other than February, which shall fall on February 28) (or if such day is not a Business Day, on the next Business Day thereafter) the balance of the Petty Cash Bank shall be paid down to $0 by the owing Party.

 

13. VESSEL, BERTH AND SUPPLY PORT

(a) Vessel .

(i) Oil and Feedstock relating to this Agreement shall be Supplied on Vessels acceptable to Buyer. Buyer shall accept such nominated Vessel, and such acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld. Buyer shall, within one Business Day after having received Seller’s nomination of a Vessel, notify Seller of:

(1) All instructions regarding customary Refinery documentation required at the Supply Port.

(2) The intended Berth at the Supply Port, with instructions to enable the Vessel to prepare and submit necessary information to the customs or border authorities in a timely manner so as to enable compliance with regulatory requirements as may be applicable.

 

-39-


(3) Whether the Vessel is acceptable to Buyer. If the Vessel is not acceptable to Buyer, Buyer shall notify Seller of the specific reason or reasons for such unacceptability so that Seller may take such reasonable corrective action to correct such unacceptability, if possible.

(ii) Seller shall instruct all Vessels to comply with Buyer’s then-current rules and regulations and to comply with all applicable Laws in force at the Supply Port, including the U.S. Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, the U.S. Federal Oil Pollution Control Act of 1990 and regulations issued pursuant thereto. Buyer shall provide Seller with an electronic copy of its rules and regulations and any amendments thereto. Seller shall ensure that all Vessels secure and carry on board the vessel a current U.S. Coast Guard Certificate of Financial Responsibility (Water Pollution). Vessels shall also have onboard any other Federal and/or state proof of financial responsibility certificate that may be required at the Refinery, as communicated by Buyer to Seller in a manner that reasonably allows the Vessel owner to obtain such certificate in a timely manner. Seller shall exercise due diligence to ensure that any Vessel shall fully comply or hold waivers for non-compliance with all applicable US Customs and Border Protection regulations in effect as of the date of Berth. Seller shall provide all required Customs information to the US Customs and Border Protection and Buyer prior to a Vessel’s arrival.

(iii) Seller shall arrange that each Vessel shall comply with the requirements of the International Code for the Security of Ships and of Port Facilities and the relevant amendments to Chapter XI of SOLAS (“ ISPS Code ”) and the US Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002 (“ MTSA ”). Each Vessel shall, when required, submit a Declaration of Security to the appropriate authorities prior to arrival at the Supply Port. Notwithstanding any prior acceptance of any Vessel by Buyer, if at any time prior to the passing of risk such Vessel ceases to comply with the requirements of the ISPS Code and the MTSA, then:

(1) Buyer shall have the right not to berth such nominated Vessel.

(2) Seller shall be obliged to substitute such nominated Vessel with a Vessel complying with the requirements of the ISPS Code and the MTSA

(iv) Seller may substitute a different Vessel of a similar size and characteristics provided that Seller fulfills its obligations under this Clause 13.

(v) Notwithstanding any prior acceptance of any Vessel by Buyer, Buyer has the right to reject a Vessel on reasonable grounds if it has been involved in any material incident subsequent to approval that could be construed to have a negative impact on its performance, or more recent information regarding the Vessel becomes available to Seller at any time after such prior acceptance.

(vi) Seller shall use reasonable efforts to ensure that all Vessels used by Seller shall provide for the replacement of the master, officers or crew of the Vessel

 

-40-


should (i) Seller have reason to complain of their performance and (ii) the owner of such Vessel, after due investigation, finds the complaint justified.

(vii) Seller shall supply to Buyer copies of bills of lading or other shipping papers as reasonably requested by Buyer.

(b) Berth and Supply Port .

(i) Buyer shall exercise due diligence to provide free of charge, a safe Berth or Berths at the Supply Port which Vessels can safely reach and leave and at which Vessels can lie and transfer cargo always afloat and always within the limits of possible air draft(s) or other physical or material restrictions.

(ii) Seller warrants to Buyer that all Seller-designated loading ports, facilities, or terminals for this Agreement are in compliance and will remain in compliance with the ISPS Code and similar Laws pertaining to the security of ports, facilities, or terminals. Buyer warrants to Seller that all Buyer-designated unloading ports, facilities, or terminals for this Agreement are in compliance and will remain in compliance with the ISPS Code and similar Laws pertaining to the security of ports, facilities, or terminals.

(iii) This Agreement is based on Buyer’s confirmation that any Vessel can safely transit to, lie alongside and transfer cargo with a draught up to and including 36 feet mean high water with one foot under keel fresh water. In the event that the permissible draught is reduced to less than 36 feet mean high water with one foot under keel fresh water, then any reasonable associated costs, including possible deadfreight, will be for Buyer’s account so long as Seller takes reasonable measures to mitigate its damages and follows the reasonable recommendations of Buyer. Any reasonable costs associated with the Supply of the Oil and Feedstock into a port other than the Supply Port, or to a Berth other than at the Refinery at the Supply Port, shall, unless for a reason attributable to the Vessel or Seller, be for the account of Buyer.

(iv) Any costs for normal cargo transfer not designated by Worldscale as freight, or any additional costs that occur subsequent to this Agreement being initiated, shall be for the account of Buyer.

(v) Any costs or expenses in respect of any Vessel including demurrage or any additional charge, fee or duty levied in respect of such Vessel at the Supply Port and actually incurred by Seller resulting directly from the failure of the Supply Port to comply with the requirements of the ISPS Code and, if located within the US and US territories or waters, with the MTSA, shall be for the account of Buyer, including but not limited to the time required or costs incurred by Seller in taking any action or any special or additional security measures required by the ISPS Code or MTSA; provided, however , Buyer’s liability to Seller for any costs, losses or expenses incurred by Seller in respect of any Vessel, the charterers, or the Vessel owners (excluding consequential damages) resulting from the failure of the Supply Port to comply with the requirements of the ISPS Code and, where located within the US and US territories

 

-41-


or waters, with the MTSA, shall be limited to the payment of demurrage and costs actually incurred by Seller in accordance with the provisions herein, except to the extent such failure was due to Buyer’s willful breach of these provisions or applicable Law.

(vi) Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, Buyer will be responsible for the costs of any actions of third parties with respect to loading/lifting procedures that are outside of the direct control of Seller, including Vessels arriving at the Refinery late due to mechanical difficulties, weather conditions, ship owner directive or otherwise, provided that Seller will use reasonable commercial efforts to minimize costs to Buyer relating to any such event or circumstance.

(vii) Buyer shall have the right to shift the Vessel from one Berth to another within its Refinery, or to anchorage. Any expenses incurred in such shifting or anchoring of a Vessel shall be for the account of Buyer. Any expenses incurred where the shifting of the Vessel within the Refinery is directed or mandated by any Person (including the US Coast Guard, US Customs Service and Border Protection, the applicable port authority, or any other Governmental Authority having proper jurisdiction over either the Vessel or its crew) other than Buyer shall be for the Vessel’s Account and shall be applied pursuant to the terms of the method of acquisition selected by the Parties in accordance with Clause 5.

(viii) The cost of all pumping of Oil and Feedstock or cargo from the Vessel to the Storage Facilities shall be arranged by and be at the cost of the Vessel. All wharfage or dock fees incurred for delivery or receipt of cargo shall be borne by the Vessel, including all duties and other charges on the Vessel, including those incurred by tugs and pilots, other port costs, such as harbor maintenance fees, and taxes on freight shall be for the Vessel’s account. Additionally, the Vessel shall pay any marine charge incurred by Buyer, including but not limited to, booming of the Vessel during marine transfers of cargo when such booming is required by Law, and tie up and release of Vessels and oil spill fees. The allocation of such costs borne by the Vessel shall be applied pursuant to the terms of the method of acquisition selected by the Parties in accordance with Clause 5.

(c) War Risk to Cargo & Vessel . Seller reserves the right to refuse at any time, without being considered in breach of this Agreement:

(i) to direct any Vessel to undertake or to complete a voyage to the Supply Port if such Vessel is required in the performance of such voyage:

(1) to transit, or to proceed to, or to remain in, waters so that the Vessel concerned (x) would be involved in a breach of any institute warranties (if applicable) or (y) would, in Seller’s reasonable opinion, risk such Vessel’s safety; or

(2) to transit, or to proceed to, or to remain in, waters where there is war or terrorist activity (de facto or de jure) or threat thereof.

 

-42-


(ii) prior to the commencement of loading a Cargo acquired for Buyer, to direct any Vessel to undertake the voyage to the intended Supply Port if such Vessel is required in the performance of the terms of this Agreement to transit waters which, in Seller’s reasonable opinion, would involve abnormal delay; or

(iii) to undertake any other activity in furtherance of a voyage to the Supply Port which in the opinion of the Vessel’s master or owner could place the Vessel, its cargo or crew at risk.

However, at Buyer’s request, if Seller agrees to direct a Vessel to undertake or to complete the voyage despite the conditions referred to in subclauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above, then Buyer shall reimburse Seller, in addition to the price payable under this Agreement, for costs incurred by Seller in respect of any additional insurance (Cargo or Vessel) premium and any other sums that Seller may be required to pay to the Vessel’s owner including any sums in respect of any amounts deductible under such owner’s insurance and any other costs and/or expenses incurred by Seller.

(d) The Parties shall additionally adhere to the Refinery Marine Terms set forth in Appendix 19. Subject to Clause 40(d), Appendix 19 contains terms in addition to those in Clauses 13, 14, 15 and 16 related to marine activities at the Refinery’s dock.

 

14. SHIPPING AND LIGHTERING

(a) Seller will only provide Shipping Services to Buyer in relation to the Supply of Oil and Feedstock pursuant to this Agreement. All shipping of Oil and Feedstock will be performed on Vessels which are acceptable to Seller in its reasonable discretion in consideration of Seller’s vetting policy in effect at the time. For Cargoes shipped using the Supply Point Method all shipping considerations upstream of the Supply Port are for the account of Seller. For Cargoes shipped using the Execution Method all Shipping Services will be provided under the following provisions:

(i) As part of the acquisition process when freight is fixed for a Cargo, at the appropriate time the Parties shall discuss the freight market and opportunities prior to fixing a Vessel with respect to a Cargo.

(ii) Seller shall at its sole discretion accept or reject charterparties for use in the Vessel fixtures. The terms of the performing Vessel charterparty will be the basis for the freight rate, and any claims, costs, charges, including demurrage, which will be passed through to Buyer.

(iii) In the event that Seller wishes to use a Time Chartered Vessel or re-let a Vessel it already has on charter then the Parties will agree on a rate for the Vessel based on the prevailing market rate using Baltic International Tanker Rate Assessment (“BITRA”) publications as a guide. Additionally, when a Time Chartered Vessel is used for shipping a Cargo, a demurrage rate will be agreed between the Parties for the voyage.

 

-43-


(iv) The Parties acknowledge that freight costs can be optimized and that the benefits will be shared between the Parties pursuant to Clause 5(g)(ii). For example, for a Cargo shipped using the Execution Method:

(1) If a reasonable demurrage claim with respect to a Vessel used to ship a Cargo is successfully negotiated down by Seller to a lower dollar amount then the savings will be shared in an appropriately equitable manner; or

(2) If Seller identifies a co-load opportunity, then the freight savings in comparison to the original freight option will be assessed using the relevant BITRA Worldscale assessment for the Loading Terminal and will be shared in an appropriately equitable manner, or if there are any losses as a result of such a co-load, such losses will be shared in an appropriately equitable manner.

(b) Buyer anticipates a transit and alongside draft restriction of 36 feet mean high water with a one foot keel under clearance, fresh water at the Supply Port. In order to reach this safe draft, the Mother Vessel may have to lighter at a recognized and approved safe offshore location. Seller shall engage and maintain contract(s) with a company or companies which engage in and are approved and recognized for Lightering operations. Lightering operations shall be conducted in compliance with all applicable Law, and in strict compliance with Seller’s HSE policy.

(c) The cost of the Lightering operation shall be applied pursuant to the terms of the method of acquisition selected by the Parties in accordance with Clause 5.

(i) Under the Execution Method of supply as set forth in Clause 5, all costs related to the Lightering operation shall be consistent with the terms as outlined under the Execution Method Clause and shall be performed under Seller’s Lightering contract(s).

(ii) Under the Supply Point Method of supply as set forth in Clause 5, Lightering costs shall be as agreed to at the appropriate times between the parties.

(d) Should the draft restriction as noted above not be the same as the anticipated draft described in subclause (b) above, thus requiring Seller to lighter a higher volume from the Mother Vessel to allow for safe transit and berthing, the cost of the additional Lightering shall be for Buyer’s account. The cost of the Lightering may consist of a per Barrel transfer fee, fuel surcharge fee, Mother Vessel and service Vessel demurrage, any additional costs related to additional waiting time for a Mother Vessel, and/or additional inspection and analysis costs for Vessels at discharge.

(e) Seller has entered into a Contract of Affreightment To Provide Lightering Services in Delaware Bay dated January 1, 2011 (the “ Initial TLA ”) with OSG 243 LLC and OSG Delaware Bay Lightering LLC (collectively, “ OSG ”) which includes, among other things, a minimum volume requirement, and Buyer consents to the terms of the Initial TLA. Buyer will be financially liable on a joint and several basis with PRC to Seller for any costs, fees or expenses incurred by Seller arising out of Seller failing to satisfy the Minimum Volume requirement as such term is defined in Section 05 of the Initial TLA. In the event Seller fails to

 

-44-


satisfy such Minimum Volume requirement under the Initial TLA, Buyer shall pay to Seller the Short Fall, as such term is defined in Section 05 of the Initial TLA. Invoicing and payment to Seller by Buyer must adhere to the following schedule:

(i) Upon Seller’s receipt of an invoice of a Short Fall from OSG, Statoil shall send the invoice and supporting documentation, including payment instructions, to Buyer in accordance with Clause 29 of this Agreement.

(ii) After receipt by Buyer of Seller’s invoice, full payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds (same day funds) by Buyer into Seller’s designated bank account within 15 days of Buyer’s receipt of such invoice.

The liability and obligations of Buyer under this Clause 14(e) shall be continuing, unconditional and absolute and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall not be released, discharged, limited or otherwise affected by: (x) any modification, amendment to or termination of the Initial TLA; provided, however, Buyer’s obligations hereunder shall not be expanded as a result of any modification or amendment of the Initial TLA except to the extent Buyer consents in writing to any such modification or amendment; (y) any modification, amendment to or termination of any other provisions of this Agreement; or (z) any change in the existence, structure, constitution, name, control or ownership of a Party, or any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding affecting a Party or its respective assets.

(f) From time to time throughout the term of this Agreement, Seller may enter into one or more additional term Lightering agreements (each, a “ TLA ”). Buyer shall by separate written instrument in its reasonable discretion consent to the terms of each TLA, each such consent to provide that Buyer shall be financially responsible for any costs, fees or expenses incurred by Seller resulting from Seller not utilizing the minimum volume requirement under any TLA.

(g) Any partial Lightering or Lightering to extinction, at sea or at a place outside a designated port, shall be conducted in accordance with the latest Oil Companies International Marine Forum guidelines for ship-to-ship transfers and with port authority approval, if applicable.

(h) Any Lightering Vessel utilized by either Seller or Buyer shall be subject to the approval of the other Party.

 

15. DETERMINATION OF QUANTITY AND QUALITY

(a) The quality and quantity of product Supplied by Seller to Buyer shall be determined by an Independent Inspector. The Independent Inspector’s determinations as to quantity, quality and line displacements shall be binding on both Parties and shall form the basis for invoicing, except for cases of manifest error or fraud. If a Cargo is Supplied using the Supply Point Method, the costs of any Independent Inspector engaged pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be [REDACTED]. If a Cargo is Supplied using the Execution Method, then [REDACTED] pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. If the Parties are ever unable to agree on an Independent Inspector, Seller shall have the right, in good faith, to designate an entity as the Independent Inspector, provided such entity has been approved by US Customs. Each Party shall provide or cause to be provided to the Independent Inspector all necessary rights of access.

 

-45-


(b) Seller reserves the right to have, at Seller’s cost, a representative to attend the Supply and to witness all aspects of the measurement of the Oil or Feedstock outlined below, including, but not limited to, witnessing of shore tank gauging, meter setting and any analysis. Buyer shall arrange necessary clearance for Seller’s representative to gain access to all areas necessary to conduct such witnessing. Such clearance shall not be unreasonably denied.

(c) The quantity determined will reflect full deduction for sediment and water, measured in accordance with the latest API/ASTM standards and methods in effect at the time of Supply, as determined from a representative sample drawn by an automatic in-line sampler. In the event that an automatic in-line sampler is not available, malfunctions during the transfer, the Independent Inspector cannot verify the integrity of the sampler or the sampler container before or after Supply, or the Independent Inspector determines that the samples drawn by such sampler are not representative of the product on board the Vessel on arrival at the Supply Port (including, but not limited to, making a comparison with total of Vessel’s arrival composite sample analysis results and Vessel’s arrival freewater), then sediment and water deduction shall be determined from Vessel’s arrival volumetrically correct composite sample and Vessel’s arrival free water.

(d) The measurement of the quantity of Oil or Feedstock shall be carried out at the Supply Port in accordance with the latest API standards in effect at the time of Supply. The quantity of Oil or Feedstock shall be determined by proven meters in the immediate vicinity of the Berth, at the Supply Port. If meters are unavailable, not proven, not functioning correctly, or determined by the Independent Inspector to be inaccurate or not to represent the volume Supplied by the Vessel or the line displacement as detailed below is not performed, then the outturn quantity shall be based on static shore tank measurements at the Supply Port, with receiving shore tanks in conditions recommended in API for determining accurate measurement, and meeting the criteria specified below. If the shore tanks(s) are active, do not meet the criteria below, or the Independent Inspector cannot verify the shore tank measurements prior to or after Supply, or the Independent Inspector determines that these shore tank measurements are inaccurate or are not representative of the volume Supplied by the Vessel, or the receiving tanks are located at a location other than the Storage Facilities where the Vessel is berthed, or Seller’s representative is unable to witness any aspect of the measurement, then the Vessel’s arrival figure, less any remaining on board quantities (“ ROB ”), adjusted by the Vessel’s load experience factor (“ LVEF ”) as calculated by the Independent Inspector, shall be used to determine the Supplied quantity.

(e) In the event that the Supplied quantity is to be based on shore tank measurements, then all shore tanks taking Supply shall be static and shall contain sufficient Oil or Feedstock, prior to Supply, to ensure that the floating roofs are afloat and clear of the “critical zone” by a minimum of 6 inches.

(f) In the event that the Supplied quantity is to be based on shore tank measurements, or if meters are to be used, but are not located in the immediate vicinity of the Berth, then, at the commencement of Supply, after opening shore tank gauges have been established, the Independent Inspector shall monitor the performance of a line displacement consisting of the Vessel pumping Oil or Feedstock to the furthest shore tank taking Supply. The line displacement is to be carried out in accordance with API guidelines. The Independent Inspector’s conclusions regarding the results of the line displacement shall be binding on both Parties, except for cases of

 

-46-


manifest error or fraud, and the final shore outturn volume shall, if the results of the line displacement are found to be outside the “precision of measurement” limits detailed in API, be credited to the outturn, as necessary. In cases when the line is found to be slack, the entire difference between the volume that the shore tank receives and the volume that the vessel Supplies shall be credited to the final outturn volume.

(g) The Refinery shall confirm the line displacement volumes before the Supply resumes. The Refinery personnel present at Supply are required to have the necessary authority to agree to all measurements carried out in relation to the line displacement. Any delays incurred while in dispute after the first line displacement, including the carrying out of a second displacement at Buyer’s option, and until Supply has resumed, are for Buyer’s account.

 

16. LAYTIME AND DEMURRAGE

Buyer has two methods of requesting Seller to provide a Cargo to meet Buyer’s Requirement, the Execution Method and the Supply Point Method.

(a) As used herein, “demurrage” means the time in excess of the laytime allowed to Buyer calculated as per this Clause 16 and/or the agreed damages payable by Buyer to Seller for the excess time for Time Chartered Vessels as will be agreed upon pursuant to Clause 14(a)(iii).

(b) For the Execution Method, Buyer’s liability for demurrage will be directly to the ship-owner through Seller. Seller shall negotiate in a commercially reasonable manner directly with the owner of the Vessel on behalf of the Parties. The cost of demurrage shall be estimated as per Clause 12 and shall form a component of the Cargo Final Price. Any additional or rebated demurrage different from that estimate shall be accrued to the Petty Cash Bank as described in Clause 12. The final agreed settlement of demurrage with the owner shall be used to determine any addition or deduction from the Petty Cash Bank; provided that if Seller negotiates the owner’s claim so that the total liability is reduced, the amount apportioned to the Petty Cash Bank shall be [REDACTED]% of such liability reduction.

(c) For the Supply Point Method, Buyer’s liability for demurrage will be directly to Seller through the following method:

(i) Laytime allowed to Buyer for Seller to make Supply of the Cargo shall be [REDACTED] hours, unless the Cargo is a Part Cargo. In the event the Cargo is a Part Cargo, the laytime shall be pro rata portion of the total laytime allowed for a full Cargo in accordance with this Clause 16. The laytime allowed under this Agreement shall include Sundays and holidays and nighttime, unless working on Sundays, holidays or during night is prohibited by the Laws in force at the place of Supply.

(ii) Laytime shall not commence until a valid NOR is tendered by the master or owner of the Vessel to Buyer or the owner or operator of the Refinery or any of their representatives (as the case may be) upon arrival at the customary anchorage or the place where the Vessel is ordered to wait for Supply, whichever is applicable.

 

-47-


(iii) For Vessel tendering NOR in accordance with this Clause 16 within the [REDACTED] as detailed in Clause 6, laytime shall commence at the earlier of (1) [REDACTED] or (2) when the Vessel is securely moored at the Berth.

(iv) If Vessel tenders NOR outside [REDACTED], the commencement of laytime shall be either:

(1) For a Vessel tendering NOR prior to the [REDACTED]; laytime shall commence at the earlier of (A) [REDACTED] or (B) when the Vessel is securely moored at the Berth, or

(2) For a Vessel tendering NOR after [REDACTED], and without prejudice to Buyer’s rights under this Agreement laytime shall commence when the Vessel is securely moored at the Berth, and Buyer shall make best efforts to berth the Vessel as soon as possible after arrival.

(v) The following shall not count as laytime, or as demurrage if the Vessel is on demurrage:

(1) [REDACTED]

(2) [REDACTED]

(3) [REDACTED]

(4) [REDACTED]

(vi) Seller warrants that all Vessels shall be capable of Cargo transfer within [REDACTED] or can maintain an average backpressure of [REDACTED] at the Vessel’s manifold provided the Storage Facilities permit. Time lost as a result of Vessel being unable to transfer the Cargo as warranted above shall be adjusted as per the ASDEM pumping performance calculation.

(vii) In the event of a Force Majeure, any increase in the expense of laytime or demurrage, as applicable, shall be borne equally by the Parties.

(viii) Laytime shall cease upon Completion of Supply.

(ix) If the laytime is exceeded, Buyer shall, subject to the provisions of this Clause 16, pay demurrage to Seller in respect of the excess time. In the event that there is any delay in the process of Supply at the Supply Port for any reason whatsoever, the rights of Seller against Buyer in respect of such delay, shall be limited to a claim for demurrage in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 16.

(x) The demurrage to be paid shall be calculated at the agreed demurrage rate per day pro rata for part of a day. If no demurrage rate is agreed to between the Parties, the demurrage rate shall be:

 

-48-


(1) the “Average Freight Assessment Rate” of Worldscale appropriate to the size of the Vessel and current on the date of Completion of Supply, or

(2) the market rate for the appropriate/applicable size of Vessel on the date of Completion of Supply as shall be assessed by a mutually agreed independent and reputable broker.

(xi) Buyer’s obligation to pay demurrage shall be absolute and not subject to qualification by the provisions of Clause 18. In no event shall Buyer be liable for a demurrage claim if such claim, supported by appropriate documentation, is not received by Buyer in writing within [REDACTED] of Completion of Supply.

 

17. UNSCHEDULED DISRUPTION TO NORMAL REFINERY OPERATIONS

Unscheduled downtime at the Refinery due to an event of Force Majeure shall be handled in accordance with Clause 18. During any period of unscheduled downtime not caused by an event of Force Majeure, Buyer shall make reasonable attempts to take Delivery of Oil and Feedstock under this Agreement. Should unscheduled downtime not caused by an event of Force Majeure exceed [REDACTED], Buyer is entitled to request the rescheduling of future Cargoes. However, Seller shall not be required to reschedule or delay any Cargo that has been accepted by Buyer for Supply within a [REDACTED] period immediately following the date Buyer gives Seller notice of unscheduled downtime. Further, Buyer shall not make any such rescheduling request primarily for the purposes of commercial gain.

The Parties agree to take reasonable actions in order to minimize any losses to Buyer for Cargoes already committed to prior to any such unscheduled downtime at the Refinery not caused by an event of Force Majeure.

 

18. FORCE MAJEURE

(a) Neither Seller nor Buyer shall be responsible for any failure to fulfill their respective obligations, in whole or in part, under this Agreement if fulfillment has been prevented or curtailed by Force Majeure, and the affected Party shall be relieved of liability for failing to perform, wholly or in part, from the inception of such event of Force Majeure and during the continuance thereof. The foregoing right shall not be construed to limit or restrict either Party’s right to invoke any other subsequent Force Majeure event (even if the other, subsequent Force Majeure event relates to events or circumstances similar or identical to the events or circumstances underlying the subject Force Majeure event) or other Force Majeure event which occurs during all or any portion of the subject Force Majeure event. For purposes hereof, “ Force Majeure ” means any circumstances whatsoever that are beyond the reasonable control of Seller or Buyer, as the case may be, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, but not limited to:

(i) compliance with any order, demand or request of any Governmental Authority;

(ii) any strike, lockout or labor dispute;

 

-49-


(iii) adverse weather, perils of the sea, or embargoes;

(iv) fires, earthquakes, lightning, floods, explosions, storms, and other acts of natural calamity or acts of God;

(v) accidents at, closing of, or restrictions upon the use of mooring facilities, docks, ports, pipelines, harbors or other navigational or transportation mechanisms;

(vi) disruptions, breakdowns, explosions or accidents which may have a materially adverse effect on storage facilities, refineries, Storage Facilities, Vessels, lightering equipment or other facilities; and

(vii) acts of war, hostilities (whether declared or undeclared) civil commotion, blockades, terrorism, sabotage or acts of the public enemy;

provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall relieve either Party of any of its obligations to make payments due to the other Party under this Agreement, which obligations are absolute.

(b) The Party seeking relief under (a) of this Clause 18 (the “ Affected Party ”) shall advise the other Party in writing as soon as practicable of the circumstances causing the failure to fulfill its obligations and shall thereafter provide such information as is available regarding the progress and possible cessation of those circumstances, including, to the extent feasible, the details and the expected duration of the Force Majeure event and the volume of Oil or Feedstock affected. The Affected Party shall notify the other Party when the Force Majeure event is terminated. Subject to the provisions of Clause 17, performance of obligations under this Agreement shall be resumed as soon as reasonably possible after such circumstances have ceased.

(c) The Affected Party shall use all reasonable efforts to, and the other Party shall use all reasonable efforts to assist the Affected Party in its efforts to, (i) attempt to prevent a Force Majeure and (ii) mitigate the effects of any Force Majeure. To the extent Seller is the Affected Party, mitigation efforts with respect to Clause 18(c)(ii) may [REDACTED].

(d) Notwithstanding subclause (a) above the Affected Party shall [REDACTED].

(e) Notwithstanding subclause (a) above, but subject to Clause 16(c)(vii), Buyer shall [REDACTED].

(f) In the event that either Party sends a proper notice of an event of Force Majeure and such event of Force Majeure is not remedied within 120 days from the date that notice of such event is given, and so long as such event is continuing, the Party receiving the notice of Force Majeure may terminate this Agreement by written notice to the Party that sent the notice of Force Majeure, and neither Party shall have any further liability to the other in respect of this Agreement except for the rights and remedies previously accrued under this Agreement.

 

-50-


19. CREDIT CONDITIONS

(a) Guaranties . Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Buyer shall provide a parent guaranty from Buyer’s Guarantor to Seller in the form attached as Appendix 22 and a guaranty from PBF Holding Company to Seller in the form attached hereto as Appendix 23. Buyer shall insure that any and all guaranties required under this Clause 19 shall continue to be in full force and effect throughout the term of this Agreement.

(b) Credit Line .

(i) Seller has agreed to [REDACTED].

(ii) Buyer shall not at any time [REDACTED]:

(1) any and all amounts [REDACTED], plus

(2) the [REDACTED], plus

(3) [REDACTED], plus

(4) [REDACTED], plus

(5) [REDACTED], plus

(6) [REDACTED].

(iii) Seller shall endeavor to [REDACTED]

(iv) If at any time it appears that the [REDACTED]

(v) Any of the following shall constitute “ Additional Acceptable Security ”:

(1) An additional federal funds wire transfer of USD to pay down amounts owed to Seller,

(2) A Standby Letter of Credit in the form attached hereto as Appendix 20 issued by a Qualified Institution.

(vi) Subject to the Parties’ mutual agreement, Seller may provide an additional line of credit to Buyer which would be above the PBF Line of Credit, on such terms, including payment of a fee, as mutually agreed by the Parties. Seller has no obligations to provide such additional line of credit.

(c) Financial Covenants . At all times Buyer shall ensure that the following financial covenants shall be satisfied. Buyer shall provide consolidated financial statements with respect to its ultimate parent company which shall also be a guarantor under this Agreement. Each of these financial covenants set forth herein shall be based on the consolidated financial information of such ultimate parent company guarantor and all of its subsidiaries.

(i) Minimum Shareholder’s Equity, excluding goodwill and intangibles, shall be greater than $150,000,000 as measured quarterly.

(ii) The ratio of Long-term Debt (excluding bank revolving working capital debt) to Shareholders Equity (excluding goodwill and intangibles) shall be less than 1 to 1 as measured quarterly.

(iii) At all times on or after the completion of the first 4 quarters of operation under this Agreement, the sum of (1) the rolling 4 quarter Consolidated Average EBITDA plus (2) cash on hand shall be greater than $80,000,000.

Buyer’s current ultimate parent company guarantor is Buyer’s Guarantor, and Buyer covenants that there shall be no change to its ultimate parent company unless the new ultimate parent company executes a parent company guaranty of Buyer’s obligations under this Agreement in substantially the form of the current ultimate parent company’s guaranty, and the new ultimate parent company’s consolidated financials will satisfy the above described financial covenants.

All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing audited financial statements. If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in this Agreement, and either Buyer or Seller shall so request, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP; provided , that, until so amended (1) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (2) Buyer shall provide to Seller financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.

 

-51-


(d) Payment Direction Agreement.

(i) [REDACTED].

(ii) Buyer agrees to [REDACTED].

(e) Reporting . Buyer shall provide or cause to be provided to Seller:

(i) The Guarantors’ consolidated unaudited monthly, and quarterly financial statements within 30 days and 60 days, respectively, after the end of such period; provided that the 60-day period shall be equal to the lesser of (1) 60 days or (2) the number of days following the end of the applicable period after which such financial statements are required to be reported or delivered under applicable Law.

(ii) The Guarantors’ consolidated audited annual financial statements within 120 days of the fiscal year end of the Guarantors.

(iii) The Refinery Subsidiaries’ consolidated unaudited monthly, and quarterly financial statements within 30 days and 60 days, respectively, after the end of such period; provided that the 60-day period shall be equal to the lesser of (1) 60 days or (2) the number of days following the end of the applicable period after which such financial statements are required to be reported or delivered under applicable Law.

(iv) A simultaneous copy of all notices that are provided to Buyer’s lenders, including:

(1) Loan covenant compliance certificates;

(2) Financial forecasts and bank line availability; and

(3) Certificates of good standing.

(f) Intercreditor Agreement(s) . At all times Buyer shall ensure that the Intercreditor Agreement(s) required pursuant to Clause 7(b) are in place and in full force and effect.

(g) TVM Payment.

(i) “TVM Payment” means for each Production Week, [REDACTED]

TVM Payment = [REDACTED]

(1) “IR” means [REDACTED]

(2) “WD” means [REDACTED]

(3) “OIFIC” means [REDACTED]

(4) “UP” means [REDACTED]

(ii) For each Production Week, Seller will calculate the TVM Payment payable by Buyer to Seller to compensate Seller for the TVM. Seller will provide written notice to Buyer by 9:00 a.m. one Business Day prior to the TVM Payment Date attributable to such Production Week (the “TVM Statement Delivery Date” ). To the extent certain inputs used in calculating the TVM Payment are not yet fully ascertained or final as of the end of the day before the TVM Statement Delivery Date, Seller shall make a reasonable approximation thereof using the best available information. The TVM Payment is subject to true-up upon the fully ascertained and final information becoming available and such true-up shall be applied as an adjustment to the amount owed by Buyer in the TVM Payment following such true-up.

(iii) The TVM Payment will be paid by Buyer by wire transfer prior to 3:00 p.m. on the TVM Payment Date attributable to such Production Week.

(iv) To the extent of any dispute with respect to a TVM Payment, Buyer shall pay any undisputed amounts during the pending resolutions of any such disputed amounts.

(h) True Sale; Security Agreement .

(i) Seller and Buyer intend that the sales and purchases of Oil and Feedstock pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated as a true sale in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, if title to any Oil or Feedstock is recharacterized as having remained with or been transferred to Buyer other than as provided by the terms of this Agreement, or if the transaction evidenced by this Agreement is deemed to be a financing and not a true sale or determined to create, in substance, a security interest, Seller and Buyer agree that such Oil and/or Feedstock are and shall be subject to the lien and security interest granted by Buyer to Seller pursuant to subclause (ii) below and that Seller shall have the rights and remedies set forth in subclause (iii) below.

(ii) As security for the payment of the obligations of Buyer under and in connection with this Agreement [REDACTED], together with any increases, extensions, and

 

-52-


rearrangements of such obligations under any amendments, supplements, and other modifications hereof or thereof, Buyer hereby grants to Seller a first priority security interest in all of Buyer’s present and future right, title and interest in and to (1) the Oil and Feedstock; (2) all payments under any insurance, indemnity, warranty, or guaranty of or for the foregoing; and (3) all proceeds of any of the foregoing. In connection with the foregoing, Buyer authorizes Seller to file such financing statements pursuant to the UCC as Seller deems necessary to perfect the foregoing interest. Buyer shall not grant or permit any other security interest in any of the foregoing collateral.

(iii) In the event of such re-characterization, upon any Event of Default, Seller may exercise all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC, whether or not the UCC applies to the affected collateral. Such remedies shall be cumulative with all other remedies of Seller hereunder and available at law or equity, and no delay in enforcing the foregoing shall act as a waiver of Seller’s rights hereunder or thereunder.

(i) Security Interest in Refined Products Sales Agreement . As security for the prompt and complete payment and performance in full of all obligations of Buyer to Seller hereunder, Buyer hereby grants to Seller a security interest in all of Buyer’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, in each case, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and wherever located:

(i) All sales agreements with Off-Takers, for the Refined Products, including the MSCG Sales Agreement;

(ii) The proceeds of Buyer’s sale of Refined Products from the Refinery, which includes all receivables of Buyer from Off-Takers including MSCG; and

(iii) All rights of Buyer to guaranties delivered to Buyer by parent companies of Off-Takers covering the payments due under sales agreements with such Off-Takers; and

(iv) All proceeds, products, accessions, additions, substitutions, replacements, rents and profits of or in respect of any or all of the foregoing.

In connection with the foregoing, Buyer authorizes Seller to file such financing statements pursuant to the UCC as Seller deems necessary to perfect the foregoing interest. Buyer shall not grant or permit any other security interest in any of the foregoing collateral.

 

20. TAXES, DUTIES AND CHARGES

(a) Ordinary agency fees, towage, pilotage and similar port charges, port duties and other taxes against the Vessel at the Supply Port, shall be paid by Seller.

(b) Buyer shall be the importer of record and shall comply with all applicable Laws governing said importation, procure all necessary licenses and permissions, and shall timely pay or cause to be timely paid all federal, state and local duties, taxes, imposts and customs fees related to the transportation and/or importation of all Oil and Feedstock, including the Taxes imposed by (i) Section 4081 and the registration and bonding requirements imposed by Section

 

-53-


4101 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and (ii) the State of Delaware. In addition, Buyer shall comply with the information and reporting requirements imposed by Section 4102 of the Code with respect to allowing the inspection of records by state and local Tax officers. Seller shall provide Buyer with sufficient information upon request to the extent its own records are inadequate to timely facilitate such importation and reporting.

(c) Each Party shall be solely responsible for its own federal and state income taxes. Buyer shall be liable for and shall pay (and shall indemnify and hold harmless Seller against) all Taxes, including sales, transfer, use, stamp, documentary, filing, recording, or similar fees or taxes or governmental charges as levied by any Governmental Authority (including any interest and penalties) that are attributable to the transactions provided for herein.

 

21. INSURANCE

(a) Insurance Required for Buyer . Buyer shall, at its sole expense, carry and maintain, or cause its Affiliate to carry and maintain, in full force and effect throughout the term of this Agreement insurance coverages, with insurance companies rated not less than A-, IX by A.M. Best or otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Seller, of the following types and amounts with respect to Buyer and the Refinery:

(i) Workers compensation coverage in compliance with the Law of the states having jurisdiction over each employee and employer’s liability coverage in a minimum amount of $[REDACTED] per accident.

(ii) Automobile liability coverage in a minimum amount of $[REDACTED].

(iii) Commercial general liability insurance and umbrella or excess liability insurance covering all of Buyer’s operations, including bodily injury, property damage and contractual liability with a minimum limit of $[REDACTED] per occurrence.

(iv) Pollution liability coverage for “sudden and accidental pollution” liability with a minimum limit of $[REDACTED] per occurrence.

(v) All risk” insurance covering the Refinery including full replacement cost of any Oil and Feedstock owned by Seller or Delivered to Seller.

(b) Seller’s Insurance . Seller shall, at its sole expense, carry and maintain in full force and effect throughout the term of this Agreement insurance coverages, with insurance companies rated not less than A-, IX by A.M. Best or otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, of the following types and amounts:

(i) Pollution liability coverage for “sudden and accidental pollution” liability with a minimum limit of $[REDACTED] per occurrence.

(ii) All risk insurance covering full replacement cost of any Oil and Feedstock owned by Seller while stored in the Storage Facilities.

 

-54-


(iii) Cargo insurance on Oil and Feedstock while on board sea going vessels at [REDACTED]% of their full CIF value based on Institute Cargo Clauses (A) “All Risks.”

(c) Additional Insurance Requirements .

(i) Seller will ensure that Vessels carry the liability and pollution insurance required by all applicable Laws.

(ii) Seller will only charter Vessels with an IACS Classification and such Vessel is to maintain such class during its full charter period. All Vessels nominated to load or discharge at the Supply Port shall have a valid and full entry with an International Group Associations P&I Club thus carrying a current limit of $[REDACTED] for pollution liabilities and related clean up costs.

(iii) The Parties shall cause their respective insurance carriers to furnish to the other Party insurance certificates, in a form and from a party reasonably satisfactory to the other Party, evidencing the existence of the coverages and endorsements required. The certificates shall specify that no insurance shall be canceled or materially changed during the term of this Agreement unless the other Party is given 30 days notice prior to cancellation or prior to a material change becoming effective. Each Party shall promptly provide the other Party with renewal certificates.

(iv) Seller shall be named as an “additional insured as its interests may appear” on each of Buyer’s insurance policies described in subclause (a) above.

(v) The insurance policies described in subclauses (a) and (b) above shall include an endorsement that the underwriters waive all rights of subrogation against the other Party, and shall be primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance that is maintained by the other Party.

(vi) Each Party shall notify the other Party if any self-insured retentions or deductibles exist in the foregoing policies, and all self-insured retentions or deductibles that exist in the foregoing policies shall be the sole responsibility of the Party responsible for providing such policy.

(vii) The mere purchase and existence of insurance does not reduce or release either Party from any Liability incurred or assumed under this Agreement.

 

22. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

(a) Mutual Representations and Warranties . Buyer and Seller each represents and warrants to the other as of the Effective Date and as of each Delivery that:

(i) There are no suits, proceedings, judgments, rulings or orders pending, or to its Knowledge, threatened, by or before any court or any Governmental Authority

 

-55-


that materially and adversely affect its ability to perform, or the rights of the other Party, under this Agreement.

(ii) It is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, and it has the legal right, power and authority and is qualified to conduct its business and perform its obligations hereunder.

(iii) The making and performance by it of this Agreement is within its powers and has been duly authorized by all necessary action on its part.

(iv) This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding act and obligation of it, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other Laws affecting creditor’s rights generally.

(v) No Event of Default under Clause 24 with respect to it or, to its Knowledge, event, which with notice and or a lapse of time would constitute such an Event of Default, has occurred and is continuing, and no such event or circumstance would occur as a result of its entering into or performing its obligations under this Agreement.

(vi) It is an “Eligible Contract Participant” as defined in Section 1a(12) of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended.

(vii) It is a “forward contract merchant,” as defined in Section 101(26) of the Bankruptcy Code, in respect of this Agreement and each sale of Oil and Feedstock hereunder, and each sale of Oil and Feedstock hereunder is a forward contract for purposes of the Bankruptcy Code.

(viii) It is a “master netting agreement participant,” as defined in Section 101(38B) of the Bankruptcy Code, in respect of this Agreement and each sale of Oil and Feedstock hereunder, and each sale of Oil and Feedstock hereunder is a master netting agreement for purposes of the Bankruptcy Code.

(ix) Neither it nor any of its Affiliates has been contacted by or negotiated with any finder, broker or other intermediary in connection with the sale of Oil and Feedstock hereunder who is entitled to any compensation with respect thereto.

(x) All governmental and other authorizations, approvals, consents, notices and filings that are required to have been obtained or submitted by it with respect to this Agreement and its performance hereunder and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby have been obtained or submitted and are in full force and effect, and all conditions of any such authorizations, approvals, consents, notices and filings have been complied with.

(xi) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement do not violate or conflict with (a) any Law applicable to it, (b) any provision of its constitutional documents, (c) any order or judgment of any court or Governmental Authority applicable to it or any of its assets or (d) any contractual restriction binding

 

-56-


on or affecting it or any of its assets, except to the extent such conflict or violation has not and could not be reasonably expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

(xii) It possesses all necessary permits, authorizations, registrations and licenses required to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, except to the extent such conflict or violation has not and could not be reasonably expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

(xiii) It is not bound by any other agreement that would preclude its execution, delivery, or performance of this Agreement.

(b) Representations of Buyer . Buyer represents and warrants to Seller as of each Delivery, and as of the Effective Date, that:

(i) The Storage Facilities are structurally sound and safe and Buyer does not Know, and has no reason to Know, of any leaks in the storage tanks, pipelines, or other equipment or of any other situation at the Storage Facilities which could cause environmental danger or be detrimental to the environment or to Seller’s interests.

(ii) The Storage Facilities are being maintained and operated in accordance with standard industry practices, all practices, methods, acts, standards and criteria employed and in force at the Refinery and all Environmental Laws and all other applicable Laws. Buyer specifically warrants that the Storage Facilities will operate in compliance with the oil spill response plan as may be required under the foregoing Laws.

(iii) Buyer has all operational and health and safety manuals relevant to the maintenance and operation of the Storage Facilities in compliance with standard industry practices and that all relevant personnel responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Storage Facilities are, and at all times during the term of this Agreement will be, familiar with the procedures set forth in such manuals. Buyer further represents all personnel responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Storage Facilities are, and at all times during the term of this Agreement will be, routinely trained on health and safety and disaster procedures in accordance with standard industry practices.

(iv) Except as permitted pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement(s), there are no Liens on the Storage Facilities or any property that is necessary for Buyer’s performance of this Agreement.

(v) The use and operation of the Refinery in the manner contemplated herein does not violate in any material respect any instrument of record or agreement affecting the Refinery, and Buyer holds good and marketable title to the Refinery, free and clear of all material Liens, except for those Liens permitted by the respective Intercreditor Agreement(s) and the documents referenced therein.

 

-57-


(c) Mutual Covenants .

(i) Each Party shall, in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, comply in all material respects with all Laws, including all Environmental Laws. Buyer and Seller each shall maintain the records required to be maintained by Environmental Law and shall make such records available to the other upon their request. Buyer and Seller each shall also immediately notify the other of any violation or alleged violation with respect to the Oil and Feedstock sold or purchased under this Agreement, and, upon request shall provide the other with all evidence of environmental inspections or audits by any Governmental Authority with respect to such Oil or Feedstock.

(ii) All reports or documents rendered by Buyer or Seller to the other shall, to the best of its knowledge and belief, accurately and completely reflect the facts about the activities and transactions to which they relate. Buyer and Seller each promptly shall notify the other if at any time it has reason to believe that the records or documents previously furnished by such Party are no longer are accurate or complete.

(iii) Up to and including December 16, 2011, neither Party shall, without the prior written consent of the other Party, suffer or permit any change in more than 50% of the direct or indirect ownership of such Party, (2) sell all or substantially all of its assets, or (3) have one or more subsidiaries sell all or substantially all of their assets, if such sale would have a material effect on the ownership or operation of the Refinery. From and after December 17, 2011, if either Party shall suffer or permit any change in more than 50% of the direct or indirect ownership of such Party, (2) sell all or substantially all of its assets, or (3) have one or more subsidiaries sell all or substantially all of their assets and such sale could have a material effect on the ownership or operation of the Refinery, then the other Party shall have the option to terminate this Agreement on the effective date of any such transaction. The Party entering into the transaction shall give notice to the other Party within five (5) Business Days of entering into definitive agreements for the transaction, which notice shall also be no less than 60 days prior to the anticipated effective date of the transaction.

(d) Covenants of Buyer .

(i) Buyer shall maintain, or cause its Affiliates to maintain, all material licenses, permits and franchises required by any Governmental Authority applicable to the Refinery or the ownership and/or operation thereof.

(ii) Buyer shall ensure that no Lien, through Buyer’s or its Affiliate’s action or inaction, shall attach to Oil and Feedstock owned by Seller.

(iii) Buyer shall endeavor to cause the Startup Date to occur no later than June 30, 2011.

 

-58-


(e) HSE Covenants of Buyer . Buyer represents and warrants as of the Effective Date, and covenants throughout the term of this Agreement that:

(i) Buyer is and shall be in material compliance with Environmental Law applicable to operations at the Refinery and has not received any formal notification that it is not presently so in compliance.

(ii) The Refinery is and shall remain structurally sound and safe, and Buyer does not Know of any leaks in the storage tanks, pipelines or other equipment or of any other situation at the Refinery that could cause significant environmental danger, generate significant environmental Liabilities or have a significant detrimental impact on the environment or to Seller’s interests.

(iii) Buyer shall maintain and operate the Refinery in good serviceable condition and in a manner that materially complies with reasonable and prudent industry standards adopted and used in petroleum refineries and with all Laws, including all Environmental Law.

(iv) Buyer shall maintain and operate the Refinery in accordance with HSE Standards acceptable to Seller, using API (including API-653), Coast Guard, ISGOTT and other industry standards as a guide.

(v) Buyer is and shall remain in material compliance with all Laws regarding worker occupational safety and training.

(vi) Buyer is and shall remain in material compliance with all Laws relating to marine oil pollution.

(vii) All tanks used for the storage and throughput of Seller’s Oil and Feedstock are and shall continue to be above ground.

(viii) Buyer promptly will provide Seller with notice of any changes to the representations and covenants in this subclause (e).

(ix) Upon request from Seller, Buyer promptly will provide Seller with copies of all of Buyer’s non-privileged environmental auditing materials that Buyer has in its possession or control with respect to the Refinery.

(x) In the event of any Oil, Feedstock, Refined Products or Hazardous Substances spill or discharge reportable under Law, or other environmental pollution occurring at the Refinery or the Storage Facilities or in a location that could impact the storage, transfer, delivery, transportation or receipt of Oil or Feedstock, Buyer shall take all steps (if any) required under Law, including undertaking measures to prevent or mitigate resulting pollution damage. Even if not required by Law, Buyer nevertheless may determine to undertake such measures to prevent or mitigate pollution damage as it deems appropriate or necessary or is required by any Governmental Authority. Buyer shall notify Seller as soon as practicable of any such operations, and shall perform such operations in accordance with applicable plans and

 

-59-


any other Law or National Contingency Plan, or as may be directed by the US Coast Guard or any other Governmental Authority.

(xi) In the event that a Party incurs costs to clean up or contain a spill or discharge or to prevent or mitigate resulting pollution damage, such Party reserves any rights provided by Law to recover such costs from the other Party, as well as any third party. In the event a third party is legally liable for such costs and expenses, each Party shall cooperate with the other Party for the purpose of obtaining reimbursement. Each Party shall also cooperate with the other Party for the purpose of obtaining reimbursement from any other applicable entity or source under Law.

 

23. AUDITING AND INSPECTION RIGHTS

(a) Auditing . Each Party shall keep and maintain true and correct books, records, files, and accounts of all information reasonably related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including all measurement and test results, all information used to determine price adjustments, and calculate invoices, and all invoices, statements, and payment records. Each Party and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to inspect or audit such other Party’s records at any reasonable time or times during the term of this Agreement or within 3 years after the termination of this Agreement.

(b) Inspection Rights . During the term of this Agreement, Seller shall have the right, during Buyer’s normal business hours and after reasonable advance notice to Buyer so as not to disrupt Buyer’s operations: to make periodic operational and HSE inspections of the Refinery and to conduct physical verifications of the amount of Oil and Feedstock stored at the Refinery upon one Business Day’s notice. Seller shall have the right to conduct physical inspections of the storage facilities at the Refinery for a period of 90 days following the Termination Date. During any inspections, Seller shall comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Refinery, as well as any applicable Law. Buyer shall provide Seller or its designated agents with such materials, documents, governmental certificates and agreements as Seller or its designated agents may request from time to time to conduct HSE vetting surveys or updates thereof.

 

24. DEFAULT, SUSPENSION AND TERMINATION

(a) Events of Default . Upon the occurrence of any of the events listed below (each, an “ Event of Default ” or “ Default ”) with respect to a Party (the “ Defaulting Party ”), the other Party (the “ Non-Defaulting Party ”) may, in its sole discretion, and in addition to any other legal remedies it may have, in law or equity, upon giving notice to the Defaulting Party (i) suspend its performance under this Agreement, including, the suspension of Seller’s Supply of Oil and Feedstock and Buyer’s taking Delivery of Oil and Feedstock, (ii) terminate this Agreement, or (iii) if Buyer is the Defaulting Party, Seller may (1) reduce the PBF Line of Credit to zero, (2) deliver a Termination of Deliveries Notice and/or (3) enter upon Buyer’s property and immediately remove all Oil and Feedstock from the storage facilities at the Refinery:

(i) Any Party fails to make payment when due under this Agreement; provided, however, that no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have

 

-60-


occurred if the relevant failure is caused solely by an error or omission of an administrative or operational nature; provided further that (a) funds were available to such Party to make the relevant payment when due and (b) such payment is made within one Business Day after notice of such failure is given to such Party.

(ii) Any Party fails to perform, breaches or repudiates any obligation or covenant to the other Party under this Agreement, other than an Event of Default described in Clause 24(a)(i) above or Clauses 24(a)(iii) through (xv) below, or breaches any representation, or warranty in any material respect under this Agreement, that, if capable of being cured, is not cured to the satisfaction of the other Parties, within 5 Business Days from notice to such Party that corrective action is needed, or longer than 5 Business Days if the Party that fails to perform, breaches or repudiates demonstrates to the other Party within 5 Business Days after receiving notice that corrective action is needed, to the reasonable satisfaction of the other Party, that such cure will be successful and such Party provides a reasonable estimate of the time necessary in order to complete the curative actions;

(iii) A Party or a Guarantor becomes Bankrupt;

(iv) A Party fails to perform, breaches or repudiates Clause 22(c)(iii);

(v) A Party fails to give adequate assurances of its ability to perform within 5 Business Days upon a reasonable request therefor by the other Party;

(vi) A Party ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry on its business or a major part thereof, or a distress, execution, or other process is levied or enforced upon or against any significant part of the property of such Party that has a material adverse effect on a Party’s business or a major part thereof, or the other Party reasonably determines that any of the foregoing events is reasonably likely to occur;

(vii) Buyer or any material subsidiary of Buyer’s Guarantor directly or indirectly suffers the imposition of any restraining order or suspension in connection with any proceeding (judicial or administrative) with respect to any material license, permit or franchise which has a material adverse impact on Buyer’s business or a major part thereof;

(viii) Buyer fails to maintain a guaranty required under this Agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to Seller and covering all obligations due under this Agreement, or such Guaranty is for any reason partially or wholly revoked or invalidated or otherwise ceases to be in full force and effect, or a Guarantor denies that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder;

(ix) Buyer fails at any time to satisfy all of the collateral requirements that are set forth in Clauses 19(a), (b), (f) and (g);

(x) Except as otherwise agreed by the Parties, any event of default or automatic early termination event under any other agreement or contract that may from

 

-61-


time to time be entered into between Buyer and Seller, including the Intercreditor Agreement(s);

(xi) Any early termination event occurs with respect to any other crude oil supply contract between Seller or any Affiliate of Seller and any Affiliate of Buyer;

(xii) Any automatic early termination event or material event of default under Buyer’s Credit Agreement or the Guaranty;

(xiii) A Material Adverse Change with respect to Buyer or any Guarantor;

(xiv) Buyer fails to provide Seller with the full amount of Additional Acceptable Security required in accordance with Clause 24(c); and

(xv) Buyer fails to cause Start Up to occur by June 30, 2011.

In the case of an Event of Default described in this Clause 24 above, the Non-Defaulting Party shall have the right at any time upon and for 10 Business Days after (and so long thereafter during the continuation of such Event of Default) to terminate this Agreement. In addition to the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default described in this Clause 24 above that occurs as the result of acts or omissions of Buyer, Seller shall have the immediate right to deliver a Termination of Deliveries Notice and Buyer shall immediately comply with its obligations as set out in Clause 24(d).

(b) Remedies . The Non-Defaulting Party’s rights under this Clause 24 shall be in addition to, and not in limitation or exclusion of, any other rights that it may have (whether by agreement, operation of law or otherwise), including any rights and remedies under the UCC. The Non-Defaulting Party may enforce any of its remedies under this Agreement successively or concurrently at its option. No delay or failure on the part of a Non-Defaulting Party to exercise any right or remedy to which it may become entitled on account of an Event of Default shall constitute an abandonment of any such right, and the Non-Defaulting Party shall be entitled to exercise such right or remedy at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default. All of the remedies and other provisions of this Clause 24 shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right to which any Party is at any time otherwise entitled (whether by operation of law, in equity, under contract or otherwise).

The Parties recognize and agree that if any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or are otherwise breached, immediate and irreparable harm or injury would be caused for which money damages would not be an adequate remedy. Accordingly, the Parties agree that, in addition to other remedies, each Party shall be entitled to an injunction restraining any violation or threatened violation of the provisions of this Agreement or to specific performance or other equitable relief to enforce the provisions of this Agreement. In the event that any action should be brought in equity to enforce the provisions of this Agreement, neither Party shall allege, and each Party hereby waives the defense, that there is adequate remedy at law. The Parties further agree that resort to the dispute resolution provisions contained in this Agreement shall not bar or restrict any Party from seeking any of the foregoing injunctive or equitable relief.

 

-62-


(c) Termination of PBF Line of Credit . Upon the occurrence of any of the events listed below, (each, a “ Credit Default ”) with respect to Buyer, Seller may, in its sole discretion, and in addition to any other legal remedies it may have, in law or equity, upon giving notice to Buyer reduce the PBF Line of Credit to zero:

(i) Buyer or any of Buyer’s Affiliates fails to make any payment in respect of indebtedness of more than $[REDACTED] when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) and such failure continues and is not discharged within 5 Business Days; and

(ii) Buyer fails to comply with the terms of Clauses 19, (c), (d) and (e).

In the case of the occurrence of any Credit Default, Seller may notify Buyer that the PBF Line of Credit has been reduced to zero. Within 1 Business Day after receipt of such notice by Buyer, Buyer shall provide Seller with Additional Acceptable Security in an amount equal to at least the total amount that will be owed to Seller hereunder through the next Business Day, and Buyer shall continue to provide Additional Acceptable Security in an amount equal to at least the total amount that will be owed to Seller hereunder through the next Business Day for the remaining term of this Agreement.

(d) Termination of Deliveries Notice . If Seller delivers to Buyer a Termination of Deliveries Notice, Buyer shall immediately cease taking any Deliveries of Oil or Feedstock and all rights of Buyer to take deliveries of Oil and Feedstock from the Storage Facilities shall terminate. With respect to the delivery of a Termination of Deliveries Notice, Buyer acknowledges Seller will suffer irreparable harm should Buyer, following delivery of a Termination of Deliveries Notice, continue to take quantities of Oil and Feedstock and that there is no adequate remedy at law with respect to such failure to comply. Buyer acknowledges that a temporary restraining order and temporary injunction are appropriate remedies for a failure by Buyer to comply with a Termination of Deliveries Notice and as such, Buyer waives any requirement that Seller post a bond in the event that Seller seeks either a temporary restraining order or temporary injunction as a result of Buyer failing to comply with a Termination of Deliveries Notice.

(e) Indemnification . The Defaulting Party shall indemnify and hold harmless the Non-Defaulting Party for all Liabilities incurred as a result of the Event of Default or in the exercise of any remedies under this Clause 24, including any damages, losses and expenses incurred in obtaining, maintaining or liquidating commercially reasonable hedges relating to the Oil and Feedstock sold and purchased hereunder, all as determined in a commercially reasonable manner by the Non-Defaulting Party.

 

25. OBLIGATIONS AT TERMINATION

(a) Action Upon Termination . Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Parties agree and shall undertake to do the following:

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, on the date of expiration of this Agreement or the date of early termination (the “ Termination Date ”), Buyer shall purchase from Seller:

 

-63-


(1) all Inventories located at the Refinery or held on Buyer’s behalf at a Statoil Storage Facility, as well as any Oil or Feedstock nominated for Supply to Buyer, subject to the provisions of subclause (b) below. Any Oil and Feedstock, other than Tank Heels, which is addressed by subclause (2) below, both in-tank and in transit will be sold back to Buyer at the appropriate fully Delivered ex-tank price pursuant to this Agreement, including any accrued TVM Payment charge.

(2) All Tank Heels (including Feedstock Virtual Tank Heel) at the Refinery or held on Buyer’s behalf at any Statoil Storage Facility, and the price for such Tank Heels shall be the same as would apply under Clause 5(j)(i)(2) and Clause 5(j)(ii) as if such Termination Date were the TH Conclusion Date except that: (A) the TH Ending Price will be based on the Month in which the Termination Date occurs, and (B) Buyer will pay Seller an amount equal to the loss cause by Seller receiving such adjusted TH Ending Price rather than the compensation Seller would have received from being paid on the TH Conclusion Date in accordance with the original terms of this Agreement.

Seller shall prepare and provide Buyer with an invoice for the sale of such Inventories. In each case, title to the Inventories shall pass from Seller to Buyer upon receipt of payment into Seller’s designated account.

A full reconciliation of book stock, in accordance with the same procedures used in Clause 11 for reconciliation of month end volumes, will be conducted by Seller to ensure that all volumes are properly accounted for and any outstanding payments due are identified and promptly settled.

(ii) If this Agreement is terminated by Seller because of a Default by Buyer, Seller shall calculate within 10 days of the Termination Date (or within such longer period as is necessary under the circumstances) all damages incurred by Seller, including damages, losses and expenses incurred by Seller in liquidating all Inventories including any hedging losses, all as determined in a commercially reasonable manner by Seller, and Buyer shall be required to compensate Seller for all such damages, losses and expenses upon demand. Seller shall be entitled to deduct any such damages from any deposits or other available credit support or collateral.

(iii) If this Agreement is terminated due to a Default by Seller, Buyer shall calculate within 10 days of the Termination Date (or within such longer period as is necessary under the circumstances) all damages incurred by Buyer, as determined in a commercially reasonable manner by Buyer, and Seller shall be required to compensate Buyer for all such damages upon demand.

(iv) An estimate of all amounts owing between the Parties under this Agreement shall be paid on the Termination Date; provided that if any amounts required to be calculated cannot be determined as of the Termination Date, the Parties shall rely on a good faith estimate prepared as of the Termination Date and thereafter shall make a final settlement to true-up any such amounts when they become

 

-64-


ascertainable. Any such true up payment shall be due within 10 days after submission of the final invoice from Seller.

(b) Nominated Volumes .

(i) If this Agreement is terminated due to a Default by Buyer, Seller shall have the option to sell to Buyer any volumes of Oil and Feedstock nominated by Buyer but not yet Delivered at such payment terms as it determines are appropriate in its sole discretion or to sell such volumes to a third party. Buyer shall compensate Seller for any resulting commercially reasonable additional costs, damages, losses or expenses.

(ii) If this Agreement is terminated due to a Default by Seller, Buyer shall have the option either: (1) to take Delivery of any or all volumes of Oil and Feedstock nominated by Buyer but not yet Delivered (applying the payment terms that would have been applied if there had not been a termination); or (2) to cancel such volumes. Seller shall compensate Buyer for any resulting additional costs, damages, losses or expenses.

(iii) In either event, if nominated volumes are sold to Buyer, the purchase price shall be the price that would have applied had the nominated volumes been timely Delivered prior to the date of termination of this Agreement.

(c) Failure to Repurchase Oil and Feedstock . If Buyer fails to pay Seller for the Inventories on the Termination Date, Seller may elect at its sole discretion to sell any or all of the Inventories to third parties pursuant to such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate in its sole discretion. Seller shall notify Buyer of this election and the instructions for delivery of the Oil and Feedstock to Seller or Seller’s consignees.

(i) If Seller elects to sell the Oil and/or Feedstock to third parties pursuant to this Clause 25, then Seller shall be entitled to a reasonable period of time from the Termination Date to remove the Oil and/or Feedstock from the Refinery or other storage facilities. Seller shall have reasonable access to such storage facilities for the purpose of removing its Oil and/or Feedstock or effectuating any third-party sales.

(ii) Buyer shall indemnify and hold harmless Seller against any Liabilities incurred in connection with its failure to purchase the Inventories in accordance with this Clause 25, including any losses and expenses incurred in obtaining, maintaining or liquidating commercially reasonable hedges or related trading positions, all as determined by Seller in a commercially reasonable manner.

 

26. INDEMNIFICATION AND CLAIMS

(a) Indemnification .

(i) To the fullest extent permitted by Law and except as specified otherwise elsewhere in this Agreement, Buyer shall defend, indemnify and hold

 

-65-


harmless Seller, its affiliates, and their directors, officers, employees, representatives, agents and contractors from and against any Liabilities accruing at any time during or following Supply of the Oil and Feedstock to the Storage Facilities (1) (A) arising out of or relating to injury, disease, or death of any person or damage to or loss of any property, fine or penalty, to the extent caused by Buyer, its Affiliates or their employees, directors, officers, representatives, agents or contractors, in performing its obligations under this Agreement or (B) arising out of or relating to violations of Law including Environmental Law, (2) arising out of or in connection with the transshipment or the import, storage, custody, transfer, or export of Oil and Feedstock, including any Liabilities directly or indirectly arising out of or related to (A) any loss, spill, discharge or Release of the Oil and Feedstock or Hazardous Substances; (B) any act or omission in connection with or related to this Agreement on the part of Buyer its Affiliates or their employees, directors, officers, representatives, agents or contractors, or any vessel or barge, receiving connection, receiving facilities and/or transport, arranged or furnished by or for the account of Buyer; (C) Liabilities arising out of or in connection with the operation of the Storage Facilities by Buyer, its Affiliates or their employees, directors, officers, representatives, agents or contractors, any emissions or discharges from the Storage Facilities or the delivery, custody or storage of Oil and Feedstock or other products of any other party; or (D) any breach or violation of Environmental Laws by Buyer, its Affiliates or their employees, directors, officers, representatives, agents or contractors and (3) relating to any loss, contamination or damage to the Oil or Feedstock in the custody of Buyer, its Affiliates or their employees, directors, officers, representatives, agents or contractors, stored in the Storage Facilities storage tanks, or while it is in the process of being imported into or exported out of storage, which have been caused by (A) the negligence or willful misconduct on the part of Buyer, its Affiliates or their employees, representatives, agents or contractors, (B) a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or other responsibility under this Agreement by Buyer, its Affiliates or their employees, directors, officers, representatives, agents or contractors or (C) failure by Buyer, its Affiliates or their employees, directors, officers, representatives, agents or contractors, to exercise due diligence in accordance with the standard of care applicable in the industry.

(ii) To the fullest extent permitted by Law and except as specified otherwise elsewhere in this Agreement, Seller shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Buyer and its Affiliates, and their directors, officers, employees, representatives, agents and contractors, from and against any Liabilities accruing at any time prior to the Supply of the Oil and Feedstock to the Storage Facilities arising out of or relating to (1) injury, disease, or death of any person or damage to or loss of any property, fine or penalty, to the extent caused by Seller, its Affiliates or their employees, directors, officers, representatives, agents or contractors in performing its obligations under this Agreement; (2) violations of Law including Environmental Law; or (3) the transshipment or the import, storage, custody, transfer, or export of Oil and Feedstock by Seller prior to Supply, including any Liabilities directly or indirectly arising out of or related to any loss, spill, discharge or Release of the Oil and Feedstock or Hazardous Substances.

 

-66-


(iii) In addition to the other indemnification obligations set forth in this Clause 26 and elsewhere in this Agreement, each Party (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall indemnify and hold the other Party (the “ Indemnified Party ”), its Affiliates, and their employees, directors, officers, representatives, agents and contractors, harmless from and against any and all Liabilities arising from (1) the Indemnifying Party’s breach of this Agreement, (2) the Indemnifying Party’s failure to comply with Law with respect to the sale, transportation, storage, handling or consumption of Oil and Feedstock, except to the extent that such liability results from the Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or (3) any material inaccuracy in or breach of any of the Indemnifying Party’s representations and warranties made herein at the time such representations and warranties were made.

(iv) A Party’s obligation to indemnify the other Party pursuant hereto shall not be nullified or otherwise effected by the allocation of risk of loss pursuant to Clause 8 hereof, or the transfer of title to the Oil and Feedstock pursuant to Clause 7 hereof, at the time any such Liabilities arise.

(v) The Parties’ obligations to defend, indemnify, and hold each other harmless under the terms of this Agreement shall not vest any rights in any third party (whether a Governmental Authority or private entity) other than those Persons who are expressly designated hereunder as Persons to be indemnified by a Party, nor shall they be considered an admission of liability or responsibility for any purposes other than those enumerated in this Agreement.

(b) Claims . Upon receipt by the Indemnified Party of notice of any claim, demand, suit or proceeding brought against it that might give rise to an indemnity claim under this Agreement (such claim, demand, suit or proceeding, a “ Third Party Claim ”), the Indemnified Party shall as soon as practicable send to the Indemnifying Party a notice specifying the nature of such Third Party Claim and the amount or estimated amount thereof if known (which amount or estimated amount shall not be conclusive of the final amount, if any, of such claim, demand or suit); provided , however , that any delay or failure by the Indemnified Party to give notice to the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder except to the extent, if at all, that the Indemnifying Party shall have been materially prejudiced by reason of such delay or failure. The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to assume the defense, at its own expense and by its own counsel, of any Third Party Claim; provided , however , that such counsel is reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Party and the Third Party Claim could not (i) result in a conflict of interest between the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party or (ii) involve a criminal or quasi-criminal charge. Notwithstanding an Indemnifying Party’s election to appoint counsel to represent an Indemnified Party in connection with a Third Party Claim, an Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel at its own expense provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party and its counsel shall have control of the defense of the Third Party Claim. If requested by the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnified Party agrees to reasonably cooperate with the Indemnifying Party and its counsel in contesting any claim, demand or suit that the Indemnifying Party defends, or, if appropriate and related to the claim, demand, suit or proceeding in question, in making any counterclaim against the Person asserting the Third Party Claim, or any cross-complaint against any Person. All reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Indemnified Party’s cooperation

 

-67-


shall be borne by the Indemnifying Party. No Third Party Claim may be settled or compromised (x) by the Indemnified Party without the prior consent of the Indemnifying Party or (y) by the Indemnifying Party without the prior consent of the Indemnified Party unless such settlement would result in no payment or other obligation from the Indemnifying Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Indemnifying Party shall not be entitled to assume responsibility for and control of any judicial or administrative proceeding if such proceeding involves an Event of Default by the Indemnifying Party under this Agreement which shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

27. DAMAGES

(a) The Parties’ liability for damages under this Agreement is limited to direct, actual damages only and neither Party shall be liable for, except when claimed by a third party and covered under Clause 26 above, lost profits or other business interruption damages, or special, consequential, punitive, exemplary damages, in tort, contract or otherwise, of any kind, arising out of or in any way connected with the performance, the suspension of performance, the failure to perform, or the termination of this Agreement. Each Party acknowledges the duty to mitigate damages hereunder.

(b) To the maximum extent permissible by Law, Seller shall not be responsible in any respect whatsoever for any loss, damage or injury resulting from any hazards inherent in the nature of the Oil and Feedstock delivered under this Agreement.

 

28. ASSIGNMENT

(a) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Parties hereto, their respective successors and permitted assigns.

(b) Except as specifically provided herein, neither Party shall assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its rights or obligations hereunder, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent may be given and/or conditioned in such Party’s discretion; provided, however , that, (i) Seller may assign this Agreement to an Affiliate of Seller without the consent of Buyer, and (ii) subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement(s), either Party shall be entitled to pledge their respective rights under this Agreement as collateral security to internationally recognized financial institutions without the consent of the other Party. Any assignment or transfer made shall be done so expressly subject to this Agreement with such assignee agreeing in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. The assigning Party shall remain liable hereunder for due and proper performance of all provisions of this Agreement, including any provisions governing the credit aspects of this Agreement.

(c) Any assignment by Buyer hereunder shall be contingent on such assignee’s compliance with Clauses 19(a) and 19(c).

(d) Any attempted assignment, transfer or other disposition in violation of this Clause 28 shall be null and void ab initio .

 

-68-


29. NOTICES AND ADDRESSES

Any notices, statements, requests or other communications to be given to either Party pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and, except to the extent provided in the other provisions of this Agreement, shall be given by messenger, telecopy or other electronic transmission, or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed to such Party at its address, telecopy number shown below, or at such other address as either Party shall have furnished to the other by notice given in accordance with this Clause 29. Any notice delivered or made by messenger, telecopy, or mail shall be deemed to be given on the date of actual delivery as shown by messenger receipt, the addressor’s telecopy machine confirmation or other verifiable electronic receipt, or the registry or certification receipt; provided that if notice is actually delivered on a day which is not a Business Day, notice shall be deemed given on the next Business Day after such delivery.

 

If to Seller:   Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc.
  1055 Washington Boulevard – 7 th Floor
  Stamford, CT 06901
  Attention: Crude Oil Operations
  Fax Number: (203) 978-6958
  Telephone Number: (203) 978-6900
  E-mail: uscrudeops@statoil.com
With a copy (which   Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc.
shall not constitute   1055 Washington Blvd. – 7 th Floor
notice) to:   Stamford, CT 06901
  Attention: General Counsel
  Fax Number: (203) 978-6952
  Telephone Number: (203) 978-6900
If to Buyer:   Delaware City Refining Company LLC
  1 Sylvan Way, 2 nd floor
  Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887
  Attention: Executive Vice President, Commercial
  Fax Number: (973) 455-7562
  Telephone Number: (973) 455-7500
  E-mail: dlucey@pbfenergy.com
With a copy (which   PBF Holding Company LLC
shall not constitute   1 Sylvan Way, 2 nd floor
notice) to:   Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887
  Attention: General Counsel
  Fax Number: (973) 455-7562
  Telephone Number: (973) 455-7500

 

-69-


30. WARRANTIES; DISCLAIMER

Seller warrants good and marketable title to the Oil and Feedstock sold to Buyer under this Agreement, free and clear of all Liens arising by, through or under Seller and, subject to any deficiencies that are taken into account through the Final Quality Differential, warrants the Oil and Feedstock sold to Buyer under this Agreement conforms to the quality specifications for the Grade of Oil or Feedstock Delivered by Seller. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, SELLER EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ORAL OR WRITTEN, INCLUDING ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO (A) ANY INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT, TRADEMARK OR COPYRIGHT; OR (B) THAT THE OIL AND FEEDSTOCK SOLD TO BUYER WILL (I) BE MERCHANTABLE OR FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, (II) CONFORM TO MODELS OR SAMPLES, OR (III) MEET CERTAIN SPECIFICATIONS.

 

31. APPLICABLE LAW, LITIGATION AND ARBITRATION

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Clause 31, the existence, validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement, and any controversy, claim or dispute hereunder, whether in contract, tort, equity or otherwise, shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles, and the federal Laws of the United States applicable therein. The United Nations convention on contracts for the international sale of goods (1980) shall not apply.

(b) The Parties shall attempt in good faith and within 10 days following receipt from either Party of a written notice of any cause of action, controversy, claim, counterclaim, demand, dispute or other matter in question arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, or the alleged breach thereof, or in any way relating to the subject matter of this Agreement or the relationship between the Parties created by this Agreement, including any question regarding the existence, validity, or termination of this Agreement (each, a “ Dispute ”), to resolve by mutual agreement such Dispute by direct dialogue between senior management of both Parties during which period the applicable statute of limitations shall be tolled, regardless of whether some or all of such Disputes allegedly (i) are extra-contractual in nature, (ii) sound in contract, tort, or otherwise, (iii) are provided by statute, common law or otherwise, or (iv) seek damages or any other relief, whether at law, in equity or otherwise. If a resolution is not achieved within 30 days from the initiation of such discussions, the matter shall be settled as provided in this Clause 31.

(c) Except as provided for in subclauses (d), (e) and (f) below, each Party irrevocably: (i) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the US Federal District Court for the Southern District of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan or, if such court declines to exercise or does not have jurisdiction, in any New York state court in the Borough of Manhattan or any other Federal court in the State of New York, and to service of process as provided by New York Law, and (ii) waives any objection which it may have at any time to the laying of venue of any proceedings brought in any such court, waives any claim that such proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum and further waives the right to object, with respect to such proceedings, that such court does not have jurisdiction over such Party. Further, each Party waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, any right it may have to a trial by

 

-70-


jury in respect of any proceedings relating to this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement precludes either Party from bringing proceedings in any other jurisdiction in order to enforce any judgment obtained in any proceedings referred to in this Clause 31, nor will the bringing of such enforcement proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the bringing of enforcement proceedings in any other jurisdiction. Either Party may file a copy of this Clause 31(c) with any court as written evidence of the knowing, voluntary and bargained agreement between the Parties irrevocably to waive any objections to jurisdiction, venue or to convenience of forum.

(d) Any Dispute (other than such as described in subclauses (e) and (f) below) where the amount in controversy does not exceed $[REDACTED] which the Parties are unable to resolve by mutual agreement, as provided in Clause 31(b) above, shall be settled by arbitration in New York, New York before 3 disinterested arbitrators in accordance with the international arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association; provided , however , that the Parties may elect to proceed with only one arbitrator by mutual agreement. Each Party shall appoint one arbitrator and the third arbitrator, who shall act as chairman, shall be appointed by the other two arbitrators chosen by the Parties, and if they cannot reach mutual agreement, then by the American Arbitration Association, provided that each arbitrator shall be knowledgeable and experienced in the international sale and purchase of crude oil. The arbitration shall be conducted in English, the arbitral award shall be final and binding on both Parties without appeal to any court, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

(e) Any Dispute that may arise in connection with or as a result of Clause 16 or Clause 15 where the amount in controversy does not exceed $[REDACTED] which the Parties are unable to resolve by mutual agreement, as provided in subclause (b) above, shall be settled by the “Shortened Arbitration Procedure” of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc. (“ SMA ”) in New York, New York pursuant to the “Rules for the Shortened Arbitration Procedure of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc.” then in force. The arbitration shall be conducted in English and the arbitral award shall be final and binding on both Parties without appeal to any court, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. In addition to the choice of law described in subclause (a) above, any such Dispute shall also be governed by, construed and enforced under the maritime Law of the US without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles, and in the case of any conflict between New York Law and the maritime Law of the US, the maritime Law of the US shall control.

(f) Any Dispute that may arise in connection with or as a result of Clause 16 or Clause 15 where the amount in controversy equals or exceeds $[REDACTED] but is less than $[REDACTED] which the Parties are unable to resolve by mutual agreement, as provided in subclause (b) above, shall be settled by arbitration in New York, New York pursuant to the “Maritime Arbitration Rules” of the SMA then in force before 3 disinterested arbitrators; provided , however , that the Parties may elect to proceed with only one arbitrator by mutual agreement. Each Party shall appoint one arbitrator and the third arbitrator, who shall act as chairman, shall be appointed by the other two arbitrators chosen by the Parties, and if they cannot reach mutual agreement, then by the SMA, provided that all 3 arbitrators shall be knowledgeable and experienced in the international sale and purchase of crude oil and further that all 3 arbitrators shall be members of the SMA. The arbitration shall be conducted in English

 

-71-


and the arbitral award shall be final and binding on both Parties without appeal to any court, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. In addition to the choice of law described in subclause (a) above, any such Dispute shall also be governed by, construed and enforced under the maritime Law of the US without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles, and in the case of any conflict between New York Law and the maritime Law of the United States, the maritime Law of the United States shall control.

(g) The Parties agree that if at any time during the term of the Agreement, any Laws are changed or new Laws have become or are due to become effective, whether by Law or by response to the insistence or request of any Governmental Authority or any Person purporting to act for a Governmental Authority (a “ Change in Law ”), and the material effect of such Change in Law is (i) not covered by any other provision of the Agreement; and (ii) has or will have a material and substantial adverse regulatory effect on Seller or Buyer, then the affected Party shall have the option to notify the other Party of such event. The Party providing such notice shall provide as much notice as possible and include in such notice the change(s) and related consequences causing the issues covered by the notice. Thereafter, the Parties shall promptly negotiate in good faith and shall make such changes as are necessary to mitigate the consequences of the Change in Law.

 

32. HSE, DRUG AND ALCOHOL POLICY

The Parties represent that they are fully conversant with one another’s respective HSE policy and the ethical standards and requirements as provided to each other under separate cover, as the same may be amended from time to time, or as set forth in Clause 22(e) and on Appendix 21. All business between the Parties under this Agreement will be conducted in a commercially reasonable and responsible manner to further the Parties’ objective that the operations involve a minimal level of risk to people, the environment and equipment. The shared targets for the operation of the trade are zero personnel injuries, zero spills and environmental damage and zero equipment damage.

Each Party shall notify the other of any incidents in connection with its performance under this Agreement related to HSE issues including any pollution incidents that require notice to any Governmental Authorities, further investigation or other response action under applicable Environmental Laws.

Each Party agrees to issue HSE performance data in connection with its performance under this Agreement not older than 6 months upon reasonable request of the other Party covering any recordable incidents during the relevant period. Such reports shall provide a brief description of the incident and appropriate follow-up action taken.

The Party responsible for employing a Vessel for the transport of Oil or Feedstock under this Agreement warrants to the other Party that at all times the operator of such Vessel will strictly observe the HSE provisions, policy or guidelines in force at any terminal or place that it is required to use in the execution of this Agreement and, if relevant, the ports or places where such terminals are situated and the roads or railway network used for the transport and conduct

 

-72-


its performance of the transport in accordance with any such regulations in force at such place or port.

Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Party responsible for the employment of a Vessel warrants that the operator of such Vessel shall strictly adhere to the drug and alcohol policy envisaged under the Oil Companies International Maritime Forum guidelines issued in June 1995 as may be amended from time to time, and any other Laws applicable to such Vessel’s delivery of Oil or Feedstock in connection with this Agreement.

Should a Vessel, or the employees, representatives or sub-contractors utilized by the operator of such Vessel on such Vessel fail to observe all of the guidelines and/or directions of the applicable terminal or national or regional legislation pertaining to HSE that results in losses, damages, costs, expenses or fines or any other costs against the Party not providing the transport, the Party who has undertaken the provision of transport shall indemnify the other Party in respect of such losses, damages, costs, expenses, fines.

 

33. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS.

(a) Seller shall provide Buyer with a copy of a current Material Safety Data Sheet (“ MSDS ”) for the Oil and Feedstock delivered under this Agreement.

(b) Buyer shall be responsible for any consequences that result from the failure to properly use the information provided on an MSDS.

(c) Buyer shall provide persons responsible for the management of HSE matters within its own organization with a copy of the MSDS.

(d) Buyer shall provides its employees with appropriate information and training to enable them to handle and use the Oil and Feedstock delivered under this Agreement in a manner which does not endanger their health or safety.

 

34. VOICE RECORDING

Each Party may electronically record all telephone conversations between them, with or without the use of a warning tone, and that, to the extent permitted by Law, any such recordings may be submitted in evidence to any court or in any proceeding for the purpose of establishing the formation or existence of a transaction and the terms thereof. Each Party shall obtain the consent of its employees and agents to such recording to the extent required by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party reserves the right to object to the admissibility of any recording on the grounds of authenticity, relevance, and/or materiality, and neither Party waives its rights to such objections.

 

35. DISPOSAL

Buyer shall not knowingly resell, resupply or redeliver, directly or indirectly, the Oil or Feedstock to an embargoed country in contravention of applicable trade embargo requirements of the Kingdom of Norway or the US or any other country from which this Agreement is executed.

 

-73-


At any time Seller may require Buyer to provide any relevant documents for the purpose of verifying the final destination of Oil or Feedstock delivered to Seller under this Agreement, and Buyer undertakes to advise Seller, upon request, of the destination of the Oil or Feedstock. If at any time before delivery of the Oil or Feedstock, importation of the Oil or Feedstock at the designated delivery Storage Facilities is prohibited by order of the Governmental Authorities of the country in which the Oil or Feedstock has been produced or loaded or is to be imported, then Buyer shall arrange for delivery at an acceptable alternative port that is not subject to any such prohibition. Any resulting additional costs incurred by Seller as a result of such alternative Delivery shall be refunded promptly to Seller by Buyer.

In the event the Oil or Feedstock is disposed of by Buyer to a third party in whole or part, Buyer shall ensure that all end users of the Oil or Feedstock abide by the provisions set forth herein of this Clause 35 and without delay provide Seller with all relevant information as Seller may require related to such alternative disposal including name of end user, name of refinery and any other relevant information Seller may reasonably deem necessary.

Buyer’s failure to comply with any of the provisions of this Clause 35 shall entitle Seller (without prejudice to any other rights and remedies it may have under this Agreement) to cancel this Agreement, suspend further deliveries of Oil and Feedstock under this Agreement or dispose of any undelivered Oil and Feedstock as it deems fit.

 

36. CONFIDENTIALITY

All Confidential Information supplied by the Disclosing Party Representatives to the Receiving Party or the Receiving Party Recipients is confidential and is the sole and exclusive property of the Disclosing Party or is property to which the Disclosing Party has rights and an obligation to keep confidential and is being furnished to the Receiving Party or the Receiving Party Recipients in reliance by the Disclosing Party of the undertakings made in this Clause 36.

Each Receiving Party, on behalf of itself and the Receiving Party Recipients, (a) will keep the Confidential Information confidential and will not disclosure any Confidential Information in any manner whatsoever except as otherwise provided herein; and (b) will not use any Confidential Information other than in connection with this Agreement; provided, however, that Receiving Party may reveal the Confidential Information to Receiving Party Recipients: (i) who need to know the Confidential Information for the purpose of this Agreement; (ii) who are informed of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information; and (iii) who agree to act in accordance with the terms of this Clause 36. A Receiving Party will be responsible for any breach of this Clause 36 by any of its Receiving Party Recipients. Upon a Disclosing Party’s request, the Receiving Party shall return to the Disclosing Party or destroy all copies of any written data supplied as part of Confidential Information (including notes, extracts, summaries or other such materials prepared by the Receiving Party based in whole or in part upon the Confidential Information) to the extent permitted by applicable Law.

Buyer acknowledges that certain Receiving Party Recipients of Seller also have responsibility for trading and/or marketing products or transactions that are the same as, similar to or correlated with, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. It is not Buyer’s intent to restrict in any way or alter such Receiving Party Recipient’s trading or marketing activities.

 

-74-


Each Receiving Party acknowledges and agrees that remedies at law may be inadequate to protect a Disclosing Party against any actual or threatened breach of this Clause 36 by a Receiving Party or Receiving Party Recipients, and, without prejudice to any other rights and remedies otherwise available to such Disclosing Party, and upon an offer of proof by the Disclosing Party of an actual or threatened breach of this Clause 36, the Receiving Party agrees to the granting of injunctive relief in the Disclosing Party’s favor without proof of actual damages. In the event of litigation relating to this Clause 36, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final order that this Clause 36 has been breached by a Receiving Party, then such Receiving Party will reimburse the Disclosing Party for its costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and expenses) incurred in connection with all such litigation.

 

37. SOVEREIGN IMMUNITY

Each Party represents and warrants that it has entered into this Agreement in a commercial capacity and that with respect to this Agreement it is in all respects subject to civil and commercial Law. Each party irrevocably and unconditionally, and to the fullest extent permitted by Law, waives any rights of sovereign immunity which it may have now or subsequently acquire in respect of its position or any property and/or assets (present or subsequently acquired and wherever located) belonging to it.

 

38. ANTI-CORRUPTION AND FACILITATION PAYMENTS

(a) In connection with this Agreement and the business resulting therefrom Buyer and Seller shall respectively comply with all applicable Laws, relating to bribery, corruption and money laundering of:

(i) The Kingdom of Norway,

(ii) The US, and

(iii) Any other country in which this Agreement is partly or wholly executed.

(b) Each Party shall not, directly or indirectly, in connection with this Agreement and the business resulting therefrom, offer, pay, promise to pay, or authorize the giving of money or anything of value to a government official (including but not limited to employees of a government oil company), to any officer or employee of a public international organization, to any political party or official thereof or to any candidate for political office, or to any person, while knowing or being aware of a high probability that all or a portion of such money or thing of value will be offered, given or promised, directly or indirectly, to any government official, to any officer or employee of a public international organization, to any political party or official thereof, or to any candidate for political office, for the purpose of: (a) influencing any act or decision of such official, officer, employee, political party, party official, or candidate in his or its official capacity, including a decision to fail to perform his or its official functions; or (b) inducing such official, officer, employee, political party, or candidate to use his or its influence with the government or instrumentality thereof (including but not limited to a government oil company) or organization to affect or influence any act or decision of such government or

 

-75-


instrumentality or organization, or to obtain an improper advantage in order to assist such party in obtaining or retaining business for or with, or directing business to such party or any other person in relation to this Agreement.

(c) The Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to insure that relevant third parties used for fulfilling the Parties’ respective obligations under this Agreement also comply with all applicable Laws relating to bribery, corruption and money laundering of:

(i) The Kingdom of Norway,

(ii) The US, and

(iii) Any other country in which this Agreement is partly or wholly executed.

(d) A Party may terminate this Agreement in accordance with Clause 24 if the other Party is in breach of the above.

(e) All financial settlements, billings and reports in connection with this Agreement shall properly reflect the facts related to any activities and transactions handled for the account of the other Party. The data may be relied upon as being complete and accurate in any further recordings and reporting made by the Parties or any of their representatives, for whatever purpose.

 

39. CONFLICT OF INTEREST

Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no director, employee or agent of either Party, its subcontractors or vendors, shall give or receive from any director, employee or agent of the other Party or any Affiliate of the other Party any commission, fee, rebate, gift or entertainment of significant cost or value in connection with this Agreement. In addition, no director, employee or agent of either Party, its subcontractors or vendors, shall enter into any business arrangement with any director, employee or agent of the other Party or any Affiliate of the other Party who is not acting as a representative of such Party or its Affiliate without prior written notification thereof to the other Party. Any representative(s) authorized by either Party may audit the applicable records of the last 3 years of the other Party for the sole purpose of determining whether there has been compliance with this Clause 39.

 

40. MISCELLANEOUS

(a) If any provision of this Agreement shall be (in whole or in part) determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction by a court of competent jurisdiction, then for such period that the same is invalid, illegal or unenforceable as to such jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed to be deleted from this Agreement without invalidating the remaining portions of this Agreement or affecting or impairing the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. It is also the intention of the Parties that in lieu of each clause or provision of this Agreement that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added, as a part of this Agreement, a clause or provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

 

-76-


(b) Any modification of, consent, waiver, amendment or addition to this Agreement shall be effective only if made in writing, specifically referencing this Agreement, signed by both Parties.

(c) Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not be construed so as to confer any right or benefit upon any Person other than the Parties to this Agreement, and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

(d) This Agreement and the Bridging Agreement contain the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior proposals, negotiations, understandings and representations, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter hereof. If there exists any conflict between this Agreement and the Bridging Agreement, the Bridging Agreement shall control.

(e) In the event of a conflict between provisions in the main body of this Agreement and in the Appendices, the provisions in the main body of this Agreement shall control. In the event of any conflict between the provisions in this Agreement (including the Appendices) and the provisions in any other document or agreement entered into by the Parties in connection herewith, the terms of this Agreement shall control in the event of any conflict unless such other document or agreement provides expressly otherwise.

(f) The Parties acknowledge that they and their counsel have reviewed and revised this Agreement and that no presumption of contract interpretation or construction shall apply to the advantage or disadvantage of the drafter of this Agreement.

(g) Where not inconsistent with any of the terms defined herein, the terms as published by the International Chamber of Commerce (“ ICC ”) in the ICC Official Rules for the Interpretation of Trade Terms edition of 2000 shall apply.

(h) From and after the Effective Date, each Party will, and will cause their respective Affiliates to, execute and deliver such further instruments and documents and take such other action as may reasonably be requested by any Party hereto to carry out the purposes and intents hereof, including to secure Seller’s security interest in the Oil and Feedstock Delivered hereunder and the proceeds thereof.

[Signature Page(s) Follow]

 

-77-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC.
By:  

/s/ Richard Martin Jones

Name:  

Richard Martin Jones

Title:  

President

DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Dill

Name:  

Jeffrey Dill

Title:  

Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement]


Execution Version

FIRST AMENDMENT TO CRUDE OIL/FEEDSTOCK SUPPLY/DELIVERY AND SERVICES AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO CRUDE OIL/FEEDSTOCK SUPPLY/DELIVERY AND SERVICES AGREEMENT, made and entered into effective as of July 29, 2011, by and among Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Seller ”), Delaware City Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Buyer ”) and PBF Holding Company LLC (“ Buyer’s Parent ”), which is also a guarantor of Buyer’s obligations under the Original Agreement (as defined below) and hereby agrees to the direct obligations applicable to Buyer’s Parent as set forth in this Amendment and the attachments hereto, amends that certain Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement between Seller and Buyer dated April 7, 2011 (the “ Original Agreement ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS , the parties hereto desire to modify the terms of the Original Agreement pursuant to the terms hereof (defined terms not defined herein are defined in the Original Agreement).

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Amendments .

(a) Section 2 “Definitions and Constructions” of the Original Agreement is amended by inserting the following definitions thereto in alphabetical order:

Account Agreement ” has the meaning set out in Appendix 13.

Saudi Arabian ” shall mean the Saudi Arabian Oil Company, organized under the Laws of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.

Saudi Contract ” has the meaning set out in Appendix 13.

Saudi Cargo ” has the meaning set out in Appendix 13.

(b) Section 3(a)(i) of the Original Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

“(i) Except with respect to purchases, if any, to be completed by Buyer under the terms of the Saudi Contract, Seller will have the exclusive right to, and will, provide Oil and Feedstock for Delivery to the Refinery and Buyer will purchase such Oil and Feedstock in accordance with the terms set forth herein. With respect to the Saudi Contract, Seller and Buyer shall comply with the terms of Appendix 13 with respect to such purchases of Oil and the subsequent delivery to and storage at the Refinery.”


(c) In Section 29 “Notices and Addresses” of the Original Agreement the address, telecopy number, and other notice information for the Seller is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

 

“If to Seller:    Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc.
   120 Long Ridge Road, Suite 3EO1
   Stamford, Connecticut 06902
   Attention: Crude Oil Operations
   Fax Number: (203) 978-6958
   Telephone Number: (203) 978-6900
   E-mail: uscrudeops@statoil.com
With a copy (which    Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc.
shall not constitute    120 Long Ridge Road, Suite 3EO1
notice) to:    Stamford, Connecticut 06902
   Attention: General Counsel
   Fax Number: (203) 978-6952
   Telephone Number: (203) 978-6900”

(d) An Appendix 13, attached hereto as Exhibit A , is hereby inserted and made a part of the Original Agreement for all purposes.

2. Joint Obligations and Cooperation . Buyer’s Parent and Buyer undertake various responsibilities in Appendix 13 and in other documents with regard to the Saudi Contract (as defined in Appendix 13) and the transactions related thereto. Regardless of whether any specific obligation is specified as being applicable to Buyer or to Buyer’s Parent, both Buyer and Buyer’s Parent shall be jointly and severally liable for such obligations and shall pledge and grant security interests as their respective rights, title and interests may appear. Buyer and Buyer’s Parent also agree to cooperate and take all appropriate actions under or with respect to the Saudi Contract to enable and facilitate Buyer’s and Buyer’s Parent’s performance of their obligations with respect to the Saudi Contract, the Saudi Cargoes and the Original Agreement.

3. No Other Modification . Except as specifically set forth above, the Original Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in all respects.

[ Signature page follows ]

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC.
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

Richard Martin Jones

Title:  

President

DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

Jeffrey Dill

Title:  

Secretary

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

Jeffrey Dill

Title:  

Secretary

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement]


Exhibit A to First Amendment

APPENDIX 13 – SAUDI CONTRACT ARRANGEMENTS

In conjunction with the First Amendment to this Agreement, PBF Holding Company LLC, the 100% owner of Buyer (“ Buyer’s Parent ”) is entering into a Crude Oil Sales Agreement with a side letter entitled “Freight Protection for [REDACTED],” substantially in the form of Attachment I to this Appendix 13 (the “ Spot Saudi Agreement ”), with Saudi Arabian providing for the spot purchase of Arabian [REDACTED] and Arabian [REDACTED] crude oil, with Seller named in the Crude Oil Sales Agreement shown in Attachment I as “BUYER’S ASSIGNEE” for the limited purposes set forth therein. Furthermore, Buyer’s Parent anticipates potentially entering into future agreements similar to that shown in Attachment I. Buyer shall provide notice to Seller of any such future agreements and after Seller reviews such future agreement(s) and confirms (such confirmation not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) in writing that it is substantially similar to Attachment I and is reasonably acceptable to Seller, then such future agreement(s) shall be a “ Future Spot Saudi Agreement ” for purposes of this Appendix 13 and the Agreement. As used below and throughout the Agreement, the “ Saudi Contract ” shall include the Spot Saudi Agreement and the Future Spot Saudi Agreement(s). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Clause 14(a) of this Agreement, Seller shall provide all Shipping Services (with a $[REDACTED] per Barrel service fee) and insurance at $[REDACTED] per Barrel with respect to all volumes of Oil purchased by Buyer from Saudi Arabian under the Saudi Contract (each such volume, a “ Saudi Cargo ”). Shipping Services for each Saudi Cargo (which shall be calculated and paid for by Buyer in the same manner as for the Cargoes being sold by Seller under the Agreement) shall be set using the “[REDACTED]” unless otherwise agreed upon by the Parties.

Buyer’s Parent shall sell and transfer title to each Saudi Cargo to Seller on the earlier of (i) either the 23rd day after the Bill of Lading date if the applicable Saudi Contract requires payment to Saudi Arabian by the 25 th day after Bill of Lading date, or on the 28 th day after the Bill of Lading date if the applicable Saudi Contract requires payment to Saudi Arabian by the 30 th day after the Bill of Lading date, or (ii) arrival of such Saudi Cargo DES Delaware City or a separately agreed upon delivery point (the “ Saudi Title Transfer Date ”), at the same price Buyer’s Parent purchases such Saudi Cargo from Saudi Arabian under the Saudi Contract; provided that Seller and Buyer’s Parent may mutually agree on any other separate delivery point or transshipment point, including Buyer’s Affiliates’ facility at Paulsboro, New Jersey or Seller’s South Riding Point terminal and storage facility located on Grand Bahama Island, The Bahamas. If the Saudi Title Transfer Date would otherwise occur on a non-Business Day, then the Saudi Title Transfer Date and the concurrent transfer of title to Seller for any such applicable Saudi Cargo shall take place on the preceding Business Day. In the event of any Future Spot Saudi Agreements as defined above, the Saudi Title Transfer Date shall be no later than the last Business Day that is at least two days prior to the date required for payment by Saudi Arabian. Buyer’s Parent shall deliver to Seller on the Business Day after the Saudi Title Transfer Date the original Bill of Lading corresponding to such Saudi Cargo with appropriate endorsements to Seller together with such other acceptable documentation as may be requested by Seller with respect to each such sale. Seller may purchase futures contracts on the Saudi Cargoes in connection with the Oil pricing terms set forth in the Saudi Contract, in the same manner as for other Cargoes owned by Seller pursuant to Clause 9 and the other provisions of the Agreement, and the pricing for the subsequent resale of such Cargo by Seller to Buyer upon Delivery from Seller to Buyer shall be based on such futures contract pricing.

 

Appendix 13

1


Upon receipt of each invoice from Saudi Arabian under the Saudi Contract, Buyer’s Parent shall immediately deliver an exact copy of such invoice to Seller. Buyer’s Parent and Seller shall use reasonable efforts to arrange with Saudi Arabian to permit direct payment by Seller to Saudi Arabian of Buyer’s obligations for each Saudi Cargo (in lieu of Seller paying Buyer’s Parent and Buyer’s Parent remitting the same amount to Saudi Arabian), but this arrangement does not and shall not create any direct obligation of Seller to Saudi Arabian. If Buyer’s Parent and Seller are unable to arrange for direct payment from Seller to Saudi Arabian, Seller shall pay all amounts due Buyer’s Parent with respect to Saudi Cargoes into a controlled account, pursuant to which Seller shall be party to an account agreement (the “ Account Agreement ”). The Parties agree that the arrangements described in this Appendix 13 may be amended further for future Saudi Cargoes.

Payment for each Saudi Cargo shall be due from Seller to Buyer’s Parent one Business Day after delivery of good title to such Oil from Buyer’s Parent on the Saudi Title Transfer Date, free and clear of all Liens, except for any lien held by the bank that is party to the Account Agreement. Such Saudi Cargo shall be included in the calculation of OIFIC and the TVM Payment pursuant to Clause 19(g) of the Agreement when payment becomes due from Seller to Buyer’s Parent pursuant to this Appendix 13.

To the extent there are any adjustments to the price of any Saudi Cargo under the Saudi Contract after payment becomes due from Seller to Buyer’s Parent hereunder (including any adjustment relating to a provisional invoice delivered by Saudi Arabian to Buyer’s Parent under the Saudi Contract): (a) if the adjustment results in Saudi Arabian making a payment to Buyer’s Parent and Seller has title to all or any portion of such Saudi Cargo (because such Oil has not yet been Delivered by Seller to Buyer), Buyer’s Parent shall immediately remit the portion of such funds allocable to the portion of the Saudi Cargo (up to 100%) owned by Seller upon receipt from Saudi Arabian, and the amount shall result in an adjustment to the price basis for such Oil; and (b) if the adjustment results in Buyer’s Parent making an additional payment to Saudi Arabian, (i) if Seller has title to all or any portion of such Saudi Cargo (because such Oil has not yet been Delivered by Seller to Buyer), Seller shall pay the portion of such funds allocable to the portion of the Saudi Cargo (up to 100%) owned by Seller either directly to Saudi Arabian or into the controlled Buyer’s Parent account (in the same manner as described above for the initial payment), and the amount shall result in an adjustment to the price basis for such Oil, or (ii) if the adjustment relates to a Saudi Cargo which has been Delivered in its entirety by Seller to Buyer, such adjustment shall be solely for the account of Buyer’s Parent.

Buyer and Buyer’s Parent shall be fully liable for all obligations, and Seller shall have no obligation to Buyer or Buyer’s Parent except as specifically set forth herein, with respect to (i) any payment owing from Buyer’s Parent to Saudi Arabian (ii) any breach by Buyer’s Parent of the Saudi Contract, (iii) any termination of the Saudi Contract other than a termination resulting from Seller’s failure to perform its obligations under the Saudi Contract as “Buyer’s Assignee,” or (iv) any failure or refusal of Saudi Arabian to provide Oil to Buyer’s Parent, Buyer or Seller. Clause 40(c) of the Agreement expressly applies to this Appendix 13, and Saudi Arabian shall in no way be deemed a third party beneficiary of this Agreement, including this Appendix 13.

 

-2-


As security for the prompt and complete payment and performance in full of all obligations of Buyer’s Parent and Buyer to Seller hereunder (including the hedges and other obligations Seller undertakes in reliance on Buyer’s Parent and Buyer’s obligations to sell the Saudi Cargoes to Seller and to later repurchase such Saudi Cargoes in accordance with the terms of the Agreement), Buyer’s Parent and Buyer hereby grant to Seller a security interest in all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the following, in each case, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and wherever located;

(i) All Saudi Cargoes; and

(ii) All proceeds, insurance claims and proceeds, products, accessions, additions, substitutions, replacements, rents and profits of or in respect of any or all of the foregoing.

In connection with the foregoing, Buyer’s Parent and Buyer authorize Seller to file such financing statements pursuant to the UCC as Seller deems necessary to perfect the foregoing interest. Neither Buyer’s Parent nor Buyer shall grant or permit any other security interest in any of the foregoing collateral, except that, subject to the execution of an intercreditor agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Seller, Buyer’s Parent may grant a senior security interest in such collateral to Buyer’s Parent’s third party letter of credit provider (BNP) to secure Buyer’s Parent’s obligations with respect to letters of credit required to be posted by Buyer’s Parent to Saudi Arabian under the Saudi Contract.

Neither Buyer’s Parent nor Buyer shall take any action that would cause Seller to incur an indemnity obligation pursuant to the Saudi Contract. If Seller under the Saudi Contract is required to defend, indemnify or hold harmless Saudi Arabian or any other party or otherwise becomes liable under the Saudi Contract as a result of the actions or inactions of Buyer’s Parent or its affiliates, Buyer’s Parent and Buyer shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Seller for all obligations incurred by Seller thereby.

 

-3-


ATTACHMENT I TO APPENDIX 13

FORM OF SPOT SAUDI AGREEMENT

[attached]


CRUDE OIL SALES AGREEMENT

This is to confirm the Agreement between us as follows:

 

1. Parties :

 

SELLER   -      SAUDI ARABIAN OIL COMPANY, A COMPANY WITH LIMITED LIABILITY ORGANIZED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE KINGDOM OF SAUDI ARABIA
BUYER   -      PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC, A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
BUYER ASSIGNEE   -      STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC., A COMPANY INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

 

2. Term of Agreement:

This Agreement shall be effective as of July 14, 2011 and shall continue in effect until the parties have completed all of their obligations hereunder.

 

3. Grade, Quantity and Quality:

 

  3.1 SELLER shall deliver and sell to BUYER and BUYER shall buy and lift from SELLER, or cause BUYER’s ASSIGNEE to buy and lift from SELLER, on a day from August 15 to August 17, 2011, inclusive (the “Accepted Lifting Date Range”) a total of [REDACTED] barrels of Saudi Arabian crude oil; of which [REDACTED] barrels shall be Arabian [REDACTED] crude oil, and [REDACTED] barrels shall be Arabian [REDACTED] crude oil, minus up to ten percent (10%) at BUYER’S or SELLER’s option, or plus up to ten percent (10%) if BUYER so requests and SELLER agrees.

 

  3.2

The quality of Arabian [REDACTED] crude oil and Arabian [REDACTED] crude oil delivered hereunder shall be the usual quality of that grade SELLER makes available at SELLER’s Marine Loading Terminal at [REDACTED] (“Loading Port”), at the time the crude oil is delivered. SELLER warrants that it has good and marketable title to the crude oil, free and clear of all charges, liens and encumbrances but THERE ARE NO GUARANTEES OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF MERCHANTABlLITY,

 

Page 1 of 8


  FITNESS OR SUITABILITY OF THE CRUDE OIL, FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION OF THE CRUDE OIL AND ANY SPECIFICATIONS THEREFOR CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT.

 

4. Price:

 

  4.1 The price per barrel of Arabian [REDACTED] crude oil to be sold hereunder shall be the [REDACTED], as calculated in Paragraph 4.3 below, minus a differential of [REDACTED] per barrel.

 

  4.2 The price per barrel of Arabian [REDACTED] crude oil to be sold hereunder shall be the [REDACTED], as calculated in Paragraph 4.3 below, minus a differential of [REDACTED] per barrel.

 

  4.3 The [REDACTED] shall be calculated as the arithmetic average of the [REDACTED] published in the Argus Crude Report for such grade for all the quotation days, inclusive, during the period from the [REDACTED] of the month [REDACTED] to the scheduled month of delivery, through the [REDACTED] of the scheduled month of delivery.

 

  4.4 Should completion of physical loading of the vessel nominated by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE occur before or after the scheduled month of delivery, the price of such cargo, unless mutually agreed otherwise, shall be calculated using the differential that would apply if completion of physical loading of the vessel has occurred in the [REDACTED].

 

5. Payment:

 

  5.1 Payment for this cargo of crude oil sold shall be made in the full amount of SELLER’S invoice without discounts or deductions by BUYER to SELLER via electronic transfer in immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars to SELLER’S account as follows:

JPMorgan Chase, New York [REDACTED]

Under direct [REDACTED] advice to

JPMorgan Chase, London [REDACTED]

For the account of JPMorgan Chase, London [REDACTED]

Account no. [REDACTED] for further credit to

The Saudi Arabian Oil Company (Saudi Aramco)

Account no. [REDACTED]

 

Page 2 of 8


For the cargo of crude oil delivered under this Agreement, SELLER shall present to the BUYER the SELLER’s invoice and the Bill of Lading, and BUYER’s payment to SELLER shall be made not later than [REDACTED] from and including the Bill of Lading date.

If any payment hereunder falls due on a Saturday, Sunday, or a banking holiday in New York, then payment shall be effected on the next bank business day.

 

  5.2 All invoices for crude oil sold under this Agreement shall be sent to BUYER by telex, facsimile, courier or mail (at SELLER’s discretion) in accordance with the information contained in BUYER’s acceptance telex.

 

  5.3 If it is impossible or impracticable for SELLER to calculate the price for the cargo of crude oil sold hereunder prior to issuance of an invoice for the cargo, SELLER shall send to BUYER a provisional invoice, and BUYER shall pay said invoice in accordance with paragraph 5.1. SELLER’s provisional invoice shall be based upon (i) SELLER’s good faith estimate of the price(s) as provided in Paragraph 4 with reference to the reference crude(s) and differential(s) applicable to the cargo and (ii) SELLER’s best estimate of the quantity of crude oil delivered.

 

  5.4 Any amount not paid by BUYER when due shall bear interest from the date upon which payment was due through the date of payment at a rate equal to one percent (1%) above the one (1) month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) for U.S. Dollar deposits offered by the National Westminster Bank at 11:00 a.m., London time, on the first banking day of the month in which payment was due. Such payments of interest shall be made in the full amount due, free of any withholding tax imposed by any government.

 

  5.5 For the cargo of crude oil to be lifted or received under this agreement, BUYER shall establish and deliver to SELLER at least ten (10) days prior to the Accepted Lifting Date Range, an irrevocable standby Letter of Credit issued or confirmed by a bank acceptable to SELLER in accordance with the attached FORM L (02/18/08). All bank charges incurred in connection with the establishment of letters of credit, including, without limitation, opening, amendment and correspondent charges, confirmation and all related banking fees, commissions or expenses shall be for BUYER’s account. In addition, BUYER shall bear all costs of demurrage or any other fees or charges arising from BUYER’s failure to provide a Letter of Credit or confirmation thereof acceptable to SELLER by the Accepted Lifting Date Range. BUYER’s provision of a Letter of Credit is an express condition precedent to SELLER’s obligation to deliver and sell crude oil under this agreement.

 

Page 3 of 8


6. Independent Inspection and Measurement

 

  6.1 SELLER shall arrange, at its expense, an independent inspector to verify the quality and quantity of crude oil delivered to BUYER and shall cause said inspector to provide promptly to BUYER a copy (or copies as requested by BUYER) of inspector’s summary report only. Should BUYER require more detailed loading information, BUYER shall have the right to equally share the cost of the inspection with SELLER, and SELLER shall cause said inspector to provide to BUYER a copy of the inspector’s full report and other documentation relating to the inspection.

 

  6.2 The quantity of crude oil shipped and sold hereunder shall be determined using, at SELLER’S option, either custody transfer meter measurements carried out by SELLER, or shore tank measurements gauged by SELLER immediately before and after loading. In determining the net volume of crude oil shipped, adjustment in volume to sixty degrees Fahrenheit, owing to differences in temperature, shall be made in accordance with ASTM IP Petroleum Measurement Table 6, American Edition 1952, prepared jointly by the American Society for Testing Materials and the Institute of Petroleum (or, subject to prior Saudi Arab Government approval, the currently effective tables superseding the same).

 

  6.3 Test of quality; unless otherwise mutually agreed, shall be made according to the latest Standard or Tentative Standard Methods of the American Society for Testing Materials that may be available in official publications of the Society at the time such tests are made (the testing methods being subject to the approval of the Saudi Arab Government).

 

  6.4 SELLER shall, at its own expense, take and retain samples of shipments of crude oil and shall furnish suitable storage accommodations for such samples. Samples shall be kept for a period of not less than ninety (90) days provided that SELLER shall keep samples up to a period of not more than one (1) year if so specifically requested and justified in writing by BUYER in each instance, subject to SELLER’S approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

  6.5 The determination of quantity and quality, as provided in this Paragraph 6, shall be final and binding on both BUYER and SELLER, and the quantity and quality so determined shall be deemed to be the quantity and quality shipped and sold.

 

Page 4 of 8


7. Delivery:

 

  7.1 Delivery and lifting shall be free on board (F.O.B.) at the Loading Port in accordance with the Terms and Conditions Governing Deliveries of Bulk Crude Oil by Saudi Aramco as “SELLER” at [REDACTED] (Form A, dated 11/01/93) as SELLER may amend such Terms and Conditions from time to time.

 

  7.2 In connection with F.O.B. delivery at the Loading Port, BUYER shall have the right to appoint at its expense an independent inspector to witness the quantity and quality measurements of crude oil performed by SELLER in accordance with appropriate measurement standards and procedures in use at the loading terminal.

 

  7.3 Dues and other charges on BUYER’S vessel(s) at the loading port and terminal shall be for BUYER’S account. The amount of any taxes, duties, imposts, fees, charges, and dues of every description imposed or levied by any governmental, local or port authority on the crude oil supplied hereunder, or any vessel used in its transportation, in respect of any stage after such crude oil passes the tankship’s permanent hose connection at the loading terminal, shall be for BUYER’S account.

 

8. Title and Risk of Loss:

Title to and risk of loss of all crude oil sold hereunder shall pass to BUYER at the point at which the loading terminal’s loading line connects with the vessel’s permanent hose connection,. It is expressly understood that the passage of title and risk of loss as aforesaid is not conditioned upon delivery or receipt of Bills of Lading.

 

9. Destination:

The country of destination of crude oil delivered hereunder shall be the State of Delaware in the United States of America for the Arabian [REDACTED] crude oil and the State of New Jersey in the United States of America for the Arabian [REDACTED] crude oil, subject to the export laws and regulations of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. The final country destination of crude oil delivered hereunder shall be confirmed and attested to by BUYER or BUYER’S ASSIGNEE to SELLER not later than [REDACTED] days after BUYER’S or BUYER’S ASSIGNEE’S payment for such cargo. The parties hereto contemplate that all crude oil purchased under this

 

Page 5 of 8


Agreement shall be processed by BUYER or BUYER’S ASSIGNEE and accordingly, the parties contemplate that neither the BUYER nor BUYER’S ASSIGNEE will resell the crude oil purchased under this Agreement in its original form or blend it with other crude oils for purpose of resale.

 

10. Termination for Cause:

SELLER or BUYER shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the other party in the event of a material breach (including without limitation anticipatory breach) by the other party of any of its terms, but without prejudice to the rights of either party theretofore accrued with respect to this Agreement (including without limitation the right of either party to damages arising from such breach or prior breaches hereof). Material breach by BUYER shall include, without limitation, BUYER’S failure to lift and buy crude oil as required in Paragraph 2 hereof or BUYER’S failure to comply with any of the Payment provisions of Paragraph 5. The delay or failure on the part of either party hereto to insist, in any one instance or more, upon strict performance of any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement, or to exercise any right or privilege herein conferred shall not be construed as a waiver of any such terms, conditions, rights or privileges, but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect. All rights and remedies are cumulative.

 

11. Disputes:

Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach or termination or invalidity thereof, which is not settled by agreement between the parties shall be finally settled in accordance with the Arbitration Regulations and the Rules for Implementation of the Arbitration Regulations for the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, together with any amendments thereto which may be issued from time to time, by three neutral and impartial arbitrators, one to be appointed by each party and the third to be appointed by the two so chosen. The arbitrators shall base their award only upon the evidence presented to them, the terms of this Agreement and the laws of Saudi Arabia. This arbitration provision shall be specifically enforceable by either party under the Regulations, and the arbitrators’ award shall be final and binding on the parties.

 

Page 6 of 8


12. Other Terms:

 

  12.1 This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the parties to this Agreement; however, neither party may assign or transfer this Agreement, either in whole or in part, without first obtaining the written consent of the other.

 

  12.2 In no event shall either party be liable in connection herewith or with respect to operations related hereto, whether in tort, contract or otherwise, for special, indirect or consequential damages.

 

  12.3 Except as otherwise required to implement this Agreement, BUYER undertakes to treat the contents of this Agreement as strictly confidential, except as may be required by law. For violation of this undertaking by BUYER, SELLER shall have the right to immediately cancel this Agreement, without any liability as a result of such cancellation, upon giving notice to BUYER.

 

  12.4 This Agreement, and any amendments hereto, consisting of this signed document, any attachments hereto and other documents referred to herein, is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended also as a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of their agreement.

 

  12.5 The laws and regulations the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia shall govern the interpretation and performance of this Agreement and any further Agreements that may result from it.

 

  12.6 Each party shall be relieved from the performance of any obligation, other than the obligation to make payments for amounts due hereunder, during the time and to the extent performance of such obligation is prevented or restricted as a result of force majeure event. The term “force majeure” as used in this Agreement shall mean any act, event, cause or occurrence rendering a party unable to perform its obligations which is not within the reasonable control of such party. BUYER and SELLER specifically agree that SELLER’s, inability to perform all, or any part, of this Agreement due to Government action or directive shall constitute a force majeure event; however, the term force majeure shall not apply to those events which merely make it more difficult or costly for BUYER to perform its obligations hereunder. BUYER and SELLER further agree that at the conclusion of any force majeure event, neither BUYER nor SELLER shall have any obligation to each other with respect to any quantities of crude oil not delivered as a consequence of such force majeure event. No condition of force majeure shall operate to extend the term of this Agreement.

 

Page 7 of 8


  12.7 If at any time SELLER determines that reasonable grounds for Insecurity have arisen with respect to BUYER’s performance of any BUYER’s obligations under this ‘Agreement, SELLER may demand adequate assurance of due performance by BUYER, and until SELLER receives such assurance SELLER may suspend its performance of obligations under this Agreement. BUYER’s failure to provide within a reasonable time not exceeding ten (10) days such assurance of due performance as is adequate under the circumstances will constitute a material breach of this Agreement.

 

  12.8 Compliance with ISPS CODE:

 

  (a) SELLER and BUYER shall comply with the International Code for the Security of Ships and Port Facilities and relevant amendments to chapter X1 of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (SOLAS), hereinafter (ISPS Code), in accordance with Form-I of this Agreement, which shall govern the parties rights and obligations with respect to such compliance.

 

  (b) In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and its Form-I (ISPS CODE TERMS AND CONDITIONS), the terms and conditions of Form-I shall prevail.

IN WITNESS of this Agreement, the parties have caused it to be signed on the dates shown below in two (2) copies, each of which shall serve as a duplicate original.

 

For and on behalf of BUYER:

REPRESENTED BY:

   

For and on behalf of SELLER:

REPRESENTED BY:

By:

 

 

    By:  

 

        Mohammad H. Khazindar

Title:

 

 

    Title:   Manager, Crude Oil Sales and Marketing Department

Date:

 

 

    Date:  

 

 

Page 8 of 8


 

: Saudi Arabian Oil Company

   : Tel: (+966-3) 874-5322   
: Crude Oil Sales and Marketing Department    : Fax: (+966-3) 873-2173   

: TN-1030, Tower Building

     

: Dhahran 31311, Saudi Arabia

     

 

LOGO

July 20, 2011

COSMD - 117/2011

Freight Protection for [REDACTED]

Dear Mr. XXXXX,

Please be advised that Saudi Aramco will add freight protection to your [REDACTED] lifting of Arabian [REDACTED] and Arabian [REDACTED] grades of crude oil made pursuant to our Spot/Letter Agreement (COSMD-117/2011 dated July 20, 2011) which is destined for your refining facility in the State of Delaware, United States of America, in the case of the Arabian [REDACTED] and your refining facility in the State of New Jersey, United States of America, in the case of the Arabian [REDACTED]. It is expressly understood that Saudi Aramco reserves the right to prospectively revoke this freight protection at any time by giving you written notice of said revocation.

Recognizing that the cost of shipping crude oil from [REDACTED] to the U.S. Gulf is subject to monthly fluctuations, Saudi Aramco freight protection is designed to adjust upward or downward the price of [REDACTED] crude oil for the U.S. Gulf destination.

Saudi Aramco freight protection is calculated as follows:

First, the monthly average cost of shipping crude oil from [REDACTED] is assessed by the [REDACTED]. The [REDACTED] assessment is based on the movement of cargoes of one or two grades of non-heat crude oil in [REDACTED]. The [REDACTED] monthly assessment is made in terms of $ per metric ton.

Second, Saudi Aramco adjusts the [REDACTED] monthly assessment from [REDACTED] using a Saudi Aramco monthly calculated percentage factor to reflect the cost of shipping crude oil from [REDACTED]. The percentage factor used reflects the lowest cost route from [REDACTED], or the [REDACTED].


Third, the difference is calculated between the [REDACTED] monthly assessment adjusted by the monthly calculated percentage factor and the Base Freight Rate from [REDACTED]. The Base Freight Rate is $[REDACTED] per metric ton.

Fourth, the calculated difference is converted from $ per metric to $ per barrel using the following densities:

 

     Barrels/Metric Ton  

Arabian [REDACTED]

     [REDACTED

Arabian [REDACTED]

     [REDACTED

As an example, the [REDACTED] monthly assessment for May 2011 was $[REDACTED] per metric ton. The Saudi Aramco calculated monthly percentage factor for May 2011 was [REDACTED]. The calculated difference with the Base Freight Rate was $[REDACTED] per metric ton. The freight protection for Arab [REDACTED] and Arab [REDACTED] for May 2011 was $[REDACTED] per barrel and $[REDACTED] per barrel respectively.

The freight protection methodology is subject to revision from time to time as deemed necessary and appropriate.

 

Regards,

 

Mohammad H. Khazindar, Manager
Crude Oil Sales & Marketing Department

ASK

 

cc:   SPII, New York
  Operations Accounting Department
  Customer File
  Letter Book


SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FOR THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH THE WORD “[REDACTED]”.

APPENDICES

 

APPENDIX 1      FORM OF ESTIMATED PERIOD QUANTITY (EPQ) STATEMENT
APPENDIX 2      INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT
APPENDIX 3      PAYMENT DIRECTION AGREEMENT
APPENDIX 4      REFINERY DESCRIPTION
APPENDIX 5      STORAGE FACILITIES USE PROVISIONS
APPENDIX 6      GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF SERVICE
APPENDIX 7      LIST OF APPROVED FUNGIBLE GRADES
APPENDIX 8      REQUIREMENTS SCHEDULE
APPENDIX 9      GRADE PECKING ORDER
APPENDIX 10      CARGO CONFIRMATION NOTICE
APPENDIX 11      COMMENCEMENT INVENTORY ACQUISITION
APPENDIX 12      TERMINATION OF DELIVERIES NOTICE
APPENDIX 13      INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
APPENDIX 14      CARGO BANKS AND HEDGE MONTHS SPREADSHEET
APPENDIX 15      CARGO TABLE SPREADSHEET
APPENDIX 16      INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
APPENDIX 17      FORM OF BUYER’S INVENTORY STATEMENT
APPENDIX 18      FORM OF PETTY CASH SPREADSHEET
APPENDIX 19      REFINERY MARINE TERMS
APPENDIX 20      STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT
APPENDIX 21      HSE AND ETHICS POLICY
APPENDIX 22      PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC GUARANTY
APPENDIX 23      PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC GUARANTY


APPENDIX 1 – FORM OF ESTIMATED PERIOD QUANTITY (EPQ) STATEMENT

 

LOGO

 

Appendix 1

Page 1


APPENDIX 2 – INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

AMENDED AND RESTATED

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

Dated as of March 1, 2011

by and among

STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC.,

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,

as Revolving Agent,

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,

as Term Loan Agent,

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC,

DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC

and

PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC,

as Borrowers,

and

THE OTHER LOAN PARTIES HERETO

 

Appendix 2

Page 1


This AMENDED AND RESTATED INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT, dated as of March 1, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this “ Agreement ”), by and among STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC. (“ Statoil ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, in its capacity as Revolving Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Revolving Lenders (as defined below) (the “ Revolving Agent ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, in its capacity as Term Loan Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Term Loan Lenders (as defined below) (the “ Term Loan Agent ” and together with the Revolving Agent, the “ Lenders Agents ”), PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC (“ Holdings ”), DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC (“ DCR ”) and PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC (“ PBF ” and together with Holdings and DCR, the “ Borrowers ”), and the other Loan Parties (as defined below) party hereto.

RECITALS:

A. Statoil has entered, or is expected to enter, into: (i) that certain oil supply agreement, dated on or about March or April, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, the “ DCR Oil Supply Agreement ”), by and between Statoil and DCR under which Statoil has agreed to supply crude oil and feedstocks to, and provide related services to, DCR and purchase the crude oil and feedstocks in the tanks at, and on the water for, the DCR Facility; and (ii) that certain oil supply agreement, dated as December 16, 2010 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, the “ Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement ” and together with the DCR Oil Supply Agreement, the “ Oil Supply Agreements ”), by and among Statoil and Holdings under which Statoil has agreed to supply crude oil and feedstocks to, and provide related services to, Holdings and purchase the crude oil and feedstocks in the tanks at, and on the water for, the Paulsboro Facility.

B. The parties hereto previously agreed to that certain intercreditor agreement dated as of December 17, 2010 (as hereto amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Existing Intercreditor Agreement” ) and have now agreed to amend and restate the Existing Intercreditor Agreement as provided herein.

C. The Oil Supply Agreements provide for the filing of UCC financing statements to perfect the ownership and security interest of Statoil with respect to certain Statoil Assets and Collateral.

D. The Borrowers, the other Loan Parties party thereto, the Revolving Agent and the financial institutions from time to time party thereto as lenders (collectively, the “ Revolving Lenders ”) are parties to that certain Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2010 (as amended, restated supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, the “ Revolving Credit Agreement ”).

E. To secure the Borrowers’ and the other Loan Parties’ obligations to the Revolving Lenders and the Revolving Agent under the Revolving Credit Agreement and the other Revolving Loan Documents (as hereinafter defined), the Borrowers and the other Loan

 

Appendix 2

Page 2


Parties have granted to the Revolving Agent for the benefit of the Revolving Agent and the Revolving Lenders a Lien on many of the assets of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties.

F. The Borrowers, the other Loan Parties party thereto, the Term Loan Agent and the financial institutions from time to time party thereto as lenders (collectively, the “ Term Loan Lenders ” and together with the Revolving Lenders, the “ Lenders ”) are parties to that certain Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2010 (as amended, restated supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, the “ Term Loan Credit Agreement ” and together with the Revolving Credit Agreement, the “ Credit Agreements ”).

G. To secure the Borrowers’ and the other Loan Parties’ obligations to the Term Loan Lenders and the Term Loan Agent under the Term Loan Credit Agreement and the other Term Loan Documents (as hereinafter defined), the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties have granted to the Term Loan Agent for the benefit of the Term Loan Agent and the Term Loan Lenders a Lien on many of the assets of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties.

H. The parties hereto wish to set forth certain agreements with respect to the Statoil Assets and Collateral (as hereinafter defined) and with respect to the Lenders Collateral (as hereinafter defined).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Existing Intercreditor Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS.

1.1 Certain Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

Affiliate ” means, when used with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified; provided , that with respect to Statoil, “Affiliates” shall mean only those Affiliates that have current or future rights under the Oil Supply Agreements or any related agreement, instrument or document.

Aramco ” means the Saudi Arabian Oil Company, a company with limited liability (organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia) and its Affiliates.

Certain Hydrocarbon Assets ” means crude oil, feedstock, indigenous feedstock and other hydrocarbon inventory of the same type sold to the Loan Parties by Statoil and/or its Affiliates and all proceeds of such crude oil, feedstock, indigenous feedstock or other hydrocarbon inventory of the same type (it being understood and agreed that immediately upon any payment in cash to the Loan Parties in respect of such crude oil, feedstock, indigenous feedstock or other hydrocarbon inventory of the same type, such proceeds shall cease to be

 

Appendix 2

Page 3


“Certain Hydrocarbon Assets”). For the avoidance of doubt, Certain Hydrocarbon Assets shall not include Intermediate Products.

Certain MSCG Receivables ” means (a) accounts originated by the sale of Refined Products sold by the Loan Parties to MSCG and/or its Affiliates under the Paulsboro Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreement and (b) accounts originated from sales by the Loan Parties to MSCG and/or its Affiliates under the DCR Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreement (it being understood and agreed that upon collection of such accounts by virtue of payment in cash in respect thereof to any Loan Party, the proceeds of such accounts will cease to be “Certain MSCG Receivables”).

Claims ” means the Revolving Lenders Claims, the Term Loan Lenders Claims or the Statoil Claims, as applicable.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

DCR Facility ” means DCR’s petroleum refinery, terminalling facility and all related assets and properties located in New Castle County, Delaware City, Delaware.

“DCR Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreement” means that certain Products Off-Take Agreement expected to be entered into by and between MSCG and DCR, as such agreement may be replaced, superseded, amended (including as to changes of counterparty), modified or supplemented from time to time.

Disposition ” means, with respect to any assets of any Borrower or any other Loan Party, any liquidation of such Borrower or such other Loan Party or its assets, the establishment of any receivership for such Borrower or such other Loan Party or its assets, a bankruptcy proceeding of such Borrower or such other Loan Party (either voluntary or involuntary), the payment of any insurance, condemnation, confiscation, seizure or other claim upon the condemnation, confiscation, seizure, loss or destruction thereof, or damage to, or any other sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition of such assets.

Enforcement ” means collectively or individually, for: (a) Statoil or any of its Affiliates during the continuance of a Statoil Event of Default (i) to demand payment in full of or accelerate any of the obligations, including, without limitation, any payment obligations, of any Borrower or any other Loan Party to Statoil or (ii) to commence the judicial or nonjudicial enforcement of any right or remedy or to commence any action to enforce any provision under any Oil Supply Agreement; (b) any of the Revolving Agent or the Revolving Lenders during the continuance of a Revolving Lenders Event of Default (i) to demand payment in full of or accelerate the indebtedness of any Borrower or any other Revolving Loan Party to the Revolving Lenders and Revolving Agent or (ii) to commence the judicial or nonjudicial enforcement of any of the default rights and remedies under any of the Revolving Loan Documents; and (c) any of the Term Loan Agent or the Term Loan Lenders during the continuance of a Term Loan Event of Default (i) to demand payment in full of or accelerate the indebtedness of any Borrower or any

 

Appendix 2

Page 4


other Term Loan Party to the Term Loan Lenders and Term Loan Agent or (ii) to commence the judicial or nonjudicial enforcement of any of the default rights and remedies under any of the Term Loan Documents.

Enforcement Notice ” means a written notice delivered in accordance with Section 2.5 which notice shall: (a) if delivered by Statoil, state that a Statoil Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and that Statoil intends to commence an Enforcement, specify the nature of the Statoil Event of Default that caused Statoil to intend to take such action, and state that an Enforcement Period has commenced; (b) if delivered by the Revolving Agent, state that a Revolving Lenders Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and that the payment in full of the Revolving Lenders Claims has been demanded or the indebtedness of any Borrower or any other Revolving Loan Party to the Revolving Lenders has been accelerated, specify the nature of the Revolving Lenders Event of Default that caused such demand and acceleration, and state that an Enforcement Period has commenced; (c) if delivered by the Term Loan Agent, state that a Term Loan Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and that the payment in full of the Term Loan Lenders Claims has been demanded or the indebtedness of any Borrower or any other Term Loan Party to the Term Loan Lenders has been accelerated, specify the nature of the Term Loan Event of Default that caused such demand and acceleration, and state that an Enforcement Period has commenced.

Enforcement Period ” means the period of time following the receipt by both Lenders Agents, on the one hand, or Statoil, on the other hand, of an Enforcement Notice delivered by the other until the earliest of the following: (a) the Statoil Claims have been satisfied in full, Statoil has no further obligations under the Oil Supply Agreements and the Oil Supply Agreements have been terminated (other than, in each case, for any Unasserted Contingent Obligation); (b) the Lenders Claims have been satisfied in full, the Lenders have no further obligations under the Credit Agreements and the other Loan Documents and the Credit Agreements and the other Loan Documents have been terminated (other than, in each case, for any Unasserted Contingent Obligation); and (c) all of the parties hereto agree in writing to terminate the Enforcement Period.

Intermediate Products ” shall mean hydrocarbons intermediate products and blendstocks. For the avoidance of doubt, Intermediate Products shall not include Certain Hydrocarbon Assets or Refined Products.

Lenders ” mean the Revolving Lenders and the Term Loan Lenders.

Lenders Claims ” means the Revolving Lenders Claims and the Term Loan Lenders Claims.

Lenders Collateral ” means the Revolving Lenders Collateral and the Term Loan Lenders Collateral. In no event shall the “Lenders Collateral” include any of the Statoil Assets and Collateral.

Lenders Interests ” means the Revolving Lenders Interests and the Term Loan Lenders Interests.

 

Appendix 2

Page 5


Lien ” means, with respect to any property, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, encumbrance, claim, charge, assignment, hypothecation, ownership right or interest, security interest or encumbrance of any kind or any arrangement to provide priority or preference or any filing of any financing statement under the UCC or any other similar notice of lien under any similar notice or recording statute of any governmental authority, including any easement, right-of-way or other encumbrance on title to real property, in each of the foregoing cases whether voluntary or imposed by law, and any agreement to give any of the foregoing; (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such property; and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

Loan Documents ” means the Revolving Loan Documents and the Term Loan Documents.

“Loan Parties” means the Revolving Loan Parties and the Term Loan Parties.

“MSCG” means Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc., and its successors and assigns (including any changed counterparty).

Oil Supply Agreements ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Recitals to this Agreement.

Paulsboro Facility ” means Paulsboro’s petroleum refinery, terminalling facility and all related assets and properties located in Paulsboro, New Jersey.

“Paulsboro Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreement” means that certain Products Off-Take Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2010, between MSCG and Holdings (with Holdings assigning its rights and obligations immediately to Paulsboro upon the Closing of the Acquisition), as such agreement may be replaced, superseded, amended (including as to changes of counterparty), modified or supplemented from time to time.

Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Recitals to this Agreement.

Person ” means any individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity.

Proceeds ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the UCC.

Refined Products ” means finished gasoline, heating oil, lube oil, specialty grades, slurry, diesel fuel, and jet fuel for onward sale to MSCG pursuant to the Paulsboro Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Agreement, the term “Refined Products” excludes intermediate products, components of

 

Appendix 2

Page 6


gasoline, heating oil, lube oil, diesel fuel or jet fuel and all other products other than those specifically listed above in this definition.

Revolver-Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement ” means that certain Revolver-Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2010, by and between the Term Loan Agent and the Revolving Agent.

Revolving Lenders ” shall mean the Lenders from time to time party to the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Revolving Agent and each other Secured Party (as defined in the Revolving Security Agreement).

Revolving Lenders Claims ” means all of the indebtedness, obligations and other liabilities of the Borrowers and the other Revolving Loan Parties now or hereafter arising under, or in connection with, the Revolving Credit Agreement and the other Revolving Loan Documents, including, but not limited to, all sums now or hereafter loaned or advanced to or for the benefit of any Borrower or any other Revolving Loan Party, all reimbursement obligations of any Borrower or any other Revolving Loan Party with respect to letters of credit and guarantees issued thereunder for its account, all guarantee obligations of the Revolving Loan Parties, any interest thereon (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the commencement of a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding relating to any of the Revolving Loan Parties, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim in any such proceeding), any obligations under any hedging agreement and/or treasury services agreement with any counterparty that is a secured party pursuant to any Revolving Loan Documents, any reimbursement obligations, fees or expenses due thereunder, and any costs of collection or enforcement, and, in all events, shall include any and all “Secured Obligations” (as such term is defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement).

Revolving Lenders Collateral ” means all property and interests in property, now owned or hereafter acquired or created, of any Borrower or any other Revolving Loan Party in or upon which a Revolving Lenders Interest is granted or purported to be granted by such Borrower or such other Revolving Loan Party to the Revolving Lenders or the Revolving Agent under any of the Revolving Loan Documents and all Proceeds thereof, in each case, other than property and assets comprising the Statoil Assets and Collateral; provided , however , that, upon the payment of cash or cash equivalents to any account owned by Statoil of any amounts in respect of any property or interests in property, now owned or hereafter acquired or created, of any Borrower or any other Revolving Loan Party in or upon which a Revolving Lenders Interest is granted or purported to be granted by such Borrower or such other Revolving Loan Party to the Revolving Lenders or the Revolving Agent under any of the Revolving Loan Documents and all Proceeds thereof, then such cash and/or cash equivalents shall cease to be “Revolving Lenders Collateral”.

Revolving Lenders Event of Default ” means an “Event of Default” as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement.

Revolving Lenders Interest ” means, with respect to any property or interest in property, now owned or hereafter acquired or created, of any Borrower or any of the other

 

Appendix 2

Page 7


Revolving Loan Parties, any Lien (regardless of the priority thereof) of the Revolving Agent or the Revolving Lenders on such property or interest in property, provided, that, the parties agree that the Revolving Lenders Interest shall not cover or encumber in any way the Statoil Assets and Collateral.

Revolving Loan Documents ” means “Loan Documents” as such term is defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement.

“Revolving Loan Party” means “Loan Party” as such term is defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement.

Saudi Oil ” means the crude oil purchased by the Loan Parties from Aramco pursuant to the Saudi Oil Supply Agreement.

Saudi Oil Supply Agreement ” means that certain Crude Oil Supply Agreement by and among Holdings and Aramco.

Statoil Assets and Collateral ” means: (i) Certain Hydrocarbon Assets; (ii) Certain MSCG Receivables; (iii) oil and feedstock to be sold to the Borrowers or the other Loan Parties by Statoil prior to the time at which title thereto passes from Statoil to such Borrowers or other Loan Parties by passing through the outlet flange of the storage tanks and entering the Paulsboro Facility or the DCR Facility, and all payments under insurance, indemnity, warranty, or guaranty of, or for any of, the foregoing; (iv) contract rights in respect of the refined products sale contracts with MSCG solely to the extent related to the Certain MSCG Receivables; (v) oil and feedstock stored in the tanks located at the Paulsboro Facility or the DCR Facility which is owned by Statoil or has been sold by Statoil to a Borrower or any other Loan Party and any other oil and feedstock located at tanks that are used in connection with the operation of the Paulsboro Facility or the DCR Facility; and (vi) Proceeds with respect to any of the foregoing; provided , however , that, upon the payment of cash or cash equivalents to any Borrower or any other Loan Party of any amounts in respect of any items set forth in clauses (i)  through (vi)  inclusive of this definition, such cash and/or cash equivalents proceeds shall cease to be “Statoil Assets and Collateral”. For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provisions of this Agreement, the Revolving Loan Documents, the Term Loan Documents and/or the Oil Supply Agreements, and without limiting the generality or scope of the definitions of “Revolving Lenders Collateral” or “Term Lenders Collateral”, Statoil Assets and Collateral shall not include (a) propane, refinery grade propylene, normal butane, asphalt, decant oil, petcoke, sulfur, extracts or other finished goods inventory of the Paulsboro Facility (that are not Refined Products), (b) any accounts receivable arising from the sale of any of the inventory or other property described in the preceding clause (a)  or (c) any Proceeds of any such inventory, accounts receivable or other property described in the preceding clauses (a)  or (b) .

Statoil Claims ” means all amounts, obligations and other liabilities of any Borrower or any other Loan Party to Statoil now or hereafter arising under, or in connection with, the Oil Supply Agreements including time value of money and any interest thereon (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the commencement of a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding relating to any of the Borrowers or Loan Parties, whether or not

 

Appendix 2

Page 8


such interest is an allowed claim in any such proceeding), any reimbursement obligations, fees or expenses due thereunder, and any costs of collection or enforcement in each case as provided for under the Oil Supply Agreements or applicable law.

Statoil Event of Default ” means the occurrence of any event (including, without limitation, any default) or the breach of any provision under any Oil Supply Agreement which would enable Statoil to exercise any right or remedy, demand any payment, declare any breach or take any other action in respect of one or more of the Oil Supply Agreements.

Statoil Interest ” means, with respect to any Statoil Assets and Collateral, now owned or hereafter acquired or created, of the Borrowers or the other Loan Parties or Statoil or its Affiliates, any security interest of Statoil or any of its Affiliates in, or any Lien or ownership right or interest of Statoil or any of its Affiliates on, such Statoil Assets and Collateral.

Term Loan Lenders ” shall mean the Lenders from time to time party to the Term Loan Credit Agreement, the Term Loan Agent and each other Secured Party (as defined in the Term Loan Security Agreement).

Term Loan Lenders Claims ” means all of the indebtedness, obligations and other liabilities of the Borrowers and the other Term Loan Parties now or hereafter arising under, or in connection with, the Term Loan Credit Agreement and the other Term Loan Documents, including, but not limited to, all sums now or hereafter loaned or advanced to or for the benefit of any Borrower or any other Term Loan Party, all reimbursement obligations of any Borrower or any other Term Loan Party with respect to letters of credit and guarantees issued thereunder for its account, all guarantee obligations of the Term Loan Parties, any interest thereon (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the commencement of a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding relating to any of the Term Loan Parties, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim in any such proceeding), any obligation under any hedging agreement and/or treasury services agreement with any counterparty that is a secured party pursuant to any Term Loan Documents, any reimbursement obligations, fees or expenses due thereunder, and any costs of collection or enforcement, and, in all events, shall include any and all “Secured Obligations” (as such term is defined in the Term Loan Credit Agreement).

Term Loan Lenders Collateral ” means all property and interests in property, now owned or hereafter acquired or created, of any Borrower or any other Term Loan Party in or upon which a Term Loan Lenders Interest is granted or purported to be granted by such Borrower or such other Term Loan Party to the Term Loan Lenders or the Term Loan Agent under any of the Term Loan Documents and all Proceeds thereof, other than property and assets comprising the Statoil Assets and Collateral; provided , however , that, upon the payment of cash or cash equivalents to any account owned by Statoil of any amounts in respect of any property or interests in property, now owned or hereafter acquired or created, of any Borrower or any other Term Loan Party in or upon which a Term Loan Lenders Interest is granted or purported to be granted by such Borrower or such other Term Loan Party to the Term Loan Lenders or the Term Loan Agent under any of the Term Loan Documents and all Proceeds thereof, then such cash and/or cash equivalents shall cease to be “Term Lenders Collateral”.

 

Appendix 2

Page 9


Term Loan Lenders Event of Default ” means an “Event of Default” as defined in the Term Loan Credit Agreement.

Term Loan Lenders Interest ” means, with respect to any property or interest in property, now owned or hereafter acquired or created, of any Borrower or any of the other Term Loan Parties, any Lien (regardless of the priority thereof) of the Term Loan Agent or the Term Loan Lenders on such property or interests in property, provided, that, the parties agree that the Term Loan Lenders Interest shall not cover or encumber in any way the Statoil Assets and Collateral.

Term Loan Documents ” means “Loan Documents” as such term is defined in the Term Loan Credit Agreement.

“Term Loan Party” means “Loan Party” as such term is defined in the Term Loan Credit Agreement.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

“Unasserted Contingent Obligations” means taxes, costs, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other claims liabilities in respect of which no written assertion of liability or no claim or demand for payment has been made at such time.

1.2 References to Terms Defined in the Oil Supply Agreements and the Loan Documents . Whenever in Section 1.1 a term is defined by reference to the meaning ascribed to such term in any of the Oil Supply Agreements or in any of the Loan Documents, then, unless otherwise specified herein, such term shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Oil Supply Agreements or Loan Documents.

ARTICLE 2. INTERCREDITOR PROVISIONS.

2.1 Agreements with Respect to Statoil Assets and Collateral . Notwithstanding any provision of the UCC, any applicable law, equitable principle or decision or any of the Loan Documents or the Oil Supply Agreements, each of the Revolving Agent (for itself and on behalf of each of the Revolving Lenders) and the Term Loan Agent (for itself and on behalf of each of the Term Loan Lenders) hereby agrees that, unless and until the Statoil Claims have been paid and satisfied in full in cash and the Oil Supply Agreements have terminated (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations), neither of the Lenders Agents nor any of the Lenders shall have any Lenders Interest in any of the Statoil Assets and Collateral. In addition, each of the Revolving Agent (for itself and on behalf of each of the Revolving Lenders) and the Term Loan Agent (for itself and on behalf of each of the Term Loan Lenders) hereby agrees that, unless and until the Statoil Claims have been paid and satisfied in full in cash and the Oil Supply Agreements have terminated(other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations), Statoil may receive direct payments from MSCG or its successors or assigns in respect of Certain MSCG Receivables.

 

Appendix 2

Page 10


2.2 Agreements with Respect to Lenders Collateral . Notwithstanding any provision of the UCC, any applicable law, equitable principle or decision or any of the Loan Documents or the Oil Supply Agreements, Statoil (for itself and on behalf of its Affiliates) hereby agrees that, unless and until the Lenders Claims have been paid and satisfied in full in cash and the Credit Agreements and the other Loan Documents have terminated (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations), neither Statoil nor any of its Affiliates shall have any Statoil Interest in any of the Lenders Collateral.

2.3 Respective Interests in Statoil Assets and Collateral and Lenders Collateral .

(a) Statoil agrees that: (i) it does not have and shall not have any Statoil Interest in any of the Lenders Collateral; and (ii) it shall not request or accept, directly or indirectly (by assignment or otherwise) from any Borrower or any other Loan Party any collateral or other security for payment of any Statoil Claims (other than the Statoil Assets and Collateral) and hereby releases any Statoil Interest in any such collateral or other security except that Statoil may accept the issuance of a letter of credit by a Loan Party in favor of Statoil pursuant to either of the Oil Supply Agreements.

(b) The Revolving Agent (for itself and on behalf of each Revolving Lender) agrees that neither the Revolving Agent nor the Revolving Lenders have, nor shall they have, any Revolving Lenders Interest in the Statoil Assets and Collateral.

(c) The Term Loan Agent (for itself and on behalf of each Term Loan Lender) agrees that neither the Term Loan Agent nor the Term Loan Lenders have, nor shall they have, any Term Loan Lenders Interest in the Statoil Assets and Collateral.

2.4 Certain Turnover Provisions .

(a) In the event that Statoil or any of its Affiliates now has or hereafter obtains possession of any Lenders Collateral, Statoil or such Affiliate thereof, as the case may be, shall immediately deliver to the Revolving Agent (or as the Revolving Agent may reasonably direct) such Lenders Collateral in whatever form possessed by Statoil or such Affiliate thereof (and until delivered to the Revolving Agent such Lenders Collateral shall be held in trust for the Lenders Agents). Any assets received by the Revolving Agent under this Section 2.4(a) shall be received by the Revolving Agent subject to the terms of the Revolver-Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement.

(b) In the event that either Lenders Agent or any Lenders now or hereafter obtains possession of any Statoil Assets and Collateral, such Person shall immediately deliver to Statoil (or as Statoil may reasonably direct) such Statoil Assets and Collateral in whatever form possessed by such Lenders Agent (and until delivered to Statoil such Statoil Assets and Collateral shall be held in trust for Statoil).

2.5 Enforcement Actions . Each of the Revolving Agent, Term Loan Agent and Statoil agrees to use reasonable efforts to give an Enforcement Notice to the others prior to or concurrently with commencement of Enforcement (but failure to do so shall not prevent such

 

Appendix 2

Page 11


Person from commencing Enforcement or affect its rights hereunder nor create any cause of action or liability against such Person). Subject to the foregoing, each of the parties hereto agrees that during an Enforcement Period:

(a) Statoil may at its option and without the prior consent of the other parties hereto, take any action to (i) liquidate the Statoil Assets and Collateral or to foreclose or realize upon or enforce any of its rights with respect to the Statoil Assets and Collateral or (ii) take any other action of Enforcement.

(b) The Revolving Agent or the Revolving Lenders may, at their option and without the prior consent of the other parties hereto, take any action to accelerate payment of the Revolving Lenders Claims, foreclose or realize upon or enforce any of their rights with respect to the Revolving Lenders Collateral, or take any other actions as they deem appropriate in respect of the Revolving Lenders Collateral or the Revolving Lenders Claims.

(c) The Term Loan Agent or the Term Loan Lenders may, at their option and without the prior consent of the other parties hereto, take any action to accelerate payment of the Term Loan Lenders Claims, foreclose or realize upon or enforce any of their rights with respect to the Term Loan Lenders Collateral, or take any other actions as they deem appropriate in respect of the Term Loan Lenders Collateral or the Term Loan Lenders Claims.

2.6 Agency for Perfection . Statoil and the Lenders Agents hereby severally appoint each other as agent for purposes of perfecting by possession their respective ownership interests and Liens on the Lenders Collateral and the Statoil Assets and Collateral described hereunder. In the event that Statoil obtains possession of any of the Lenders Collateral, Statoil shall promptly notify the Lenders Agents of such fact, shall hold such Lenders Collateral in trust and shall promptly deliver Lenders Collateral to the Revolver Agent. Any Lenders Collateral delivered to the Revolving Agent under the provisions of this Section 2.6 shall be delivered to the Revolving Agent subject to the terms and provisions of the Revolver-Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement. In the event that any Lenders Agent obtains possession of any of the Statoil Assets and Collateral, such Lenders Agent shall promptly notify Statoil of such fact, shall hold such Statoil Assets and Collateral in trust and shall deliver such Statoil Assets and Collateral to Statoil.

2.7 UCC Notices . In the event that any party hereto shall be required by the UCC or any other applicable law to give notice to the other of an intended Disposition of Statoil Assets and Collateral or Lenders Collateral, respectively, such notice shall be given in accordance with Section 3.1 hereof and ten (10) days’ notice shall be deemed to be commercially reasonable.

2.8 Independent Credit Investigations . Neither Statoil, the Revolving Agent, the Revolving Lenders, the Term Loan Agent nor the Term Loan Lenders nor any of their respective directors, officers, agents or employees shall be responsible to the other or to any other person, firm, corporation or entity for the solvency, financial condition or ability of any Borrower or any other Loan Party to repay or otherwise honor the Statoil Claims, the Revolving Lenders Claims or the Term Loan Lenders Claims, or for the worth of the Statoil Assets and

 

Appendix 2

Page 12


Collateral, the Revolving Lenders Collateral or the Term Loan Lenders Collateral, or for statements of any Borrower or any other Loan Party, oral or written, or for the validity, sufficiency, existence or enforceability of the Statoil Claims, the Revolving Lenders Claims, the Term Loan Lenders Claims, the Oil Supply Agreements, the Revolving Credit Agreement, the other Revolving Loan Documents, the Term Loan Credit Agreement, the other Term Loan Loan Documents, Statoil’s interest in the Statoil Assets and Collateral, the Revolving Agent’s and Revolving Lenders’ interest in the Revolving Lenders Collateral or the Term Loan Agent’s or Term Loan Lenders’ interest in the Term Loan Lenders Collateral. The Revolving Lenders, the Revolving Agent, the Term Loan Lenders, the Term Loan Agent and Statoil have entered into their respective agreements with the Borrowers and the other applicable Loan Parties based upon their own independent investigations. None of the Revolving Lenders, the Revolving Agent, the Term Loan Lenders, the Term Loan Agent or Statoil makes any warranty or representation to any other party hereto nor does it rely upon any representation of any other party hereto with respect to matters identified or referred to in this Section 2.8 .

2.9 Turnover of Identifiable Cash Proceeds . (a) In the event, and only in the event, that Revolving Lenders Collateral or Term Loan Lenders Collateral shall contain identifiable cash proceeds of Statoil Assets and Collateral, the provisions of this Section 2.9(a) shall apply. Revolving Agent agrees that if Statoil demonstrates to Revolving Agent that identifiable cash proceeds of Statoil Assets and Collateral have become part of the Revolving Lenders Collateral, and such demonstration is made to Revolving Agent within five Business Days of such identifiable cash proceeds of Statoil Assets and Collateral becoming part of the Revolving Lenders Collateral, then in such instance, and solely in such instance, Revolving Agent shall promptly turn over such identifiable cash proceeds to Statoil. Term Loan Agent agrees that if Statoil demonstrates to Term Loan Agent that identifiable cash proceeds of Statoil Assets and Collateral have become part of the Term Loan Lenders Collateral, and such demonstration is made to Term Loan Agent within five Business Days of such identifiable cash proceeds of Statoil Assets and Collateral becoming part of the Term Loan Lenders Collateral, then in such instance, and solely in such instance, Term Loan Agent shall promptly turn over such identifiable cash proceeds to Statoil. (b) In the event, and only in the event, that Statoil Assets and Collateral shall contain identifiable cash proceeds of Revolving Lenders Collateral, the provisions of this Section 2.9(b) shall apply. Statoil agrees that if Revolving Agent demonstrates to Statoil that identifiable cash proceeds of Revolving Lenders Collateral have become part of the Statoil Assets and Collateral, and such demonstration is made to Statoil within five Business Days of such identifiable cash proceeds of Revolving Lenders Collateral becoming part of the Statoil Assets and Collateral, then in such instance, and solely in such instance, Statoil shall promptly turn over such identifiable cash proceeds to Revolving Agent. (c) In the event, and only in the event, that Statoil Assets and Collateral shall contain identifiable cash proceeds of Term Loan Lenders Collateral, the provisions of this Section 2.9(c) shall apply. Statoil agrees that if Term Loan Agent demonstrates to Statoil that identifiable cash proceeds of Term Loan Lenders Collateral have become part of the Statoil Assets and Collateral, and such demonstration is made to Statoil within five Business Days of such identifiable cash proceeds of Term Loan Lenders Collateral becoming part of the Statoil Assets and Collateral, then in such instance, and solely in such instance, Statoil shall promptly turn over such identifiable cash proceeds to Term Loan Agent.

 

Appendix 2

Page 13


2.10 Amendments to Loan Documents, Oil Supply Agreements or to this Agreement . (i) The Revolving Agent agrees to use reasonable efforts to give, concurrently with the execution and delivery of any written amendment, waiver or other modification to the Revolving Loan Documents with respect to the Revolving Lenders Collateral, prompt notice to Statoil of the same. (ii) The Term Loan Agent agrees to use reasonable efforts to give, concurrently with the execution and delivery of any written amendment, waiver or other modification to the Term Loan Documents with respect to the Term Loan Lenders Collateral, prompt notice to Statoil of the same. (iii) Statoil agrees to use reasonable efforts to give, concurrently with the execution and delivery of any written amendment, waiver or other modification to any Oil Supply Agreement with respect to the Statoil Assets and Collateral, prompt notice to each Lenders Agent of the same; provided , however , that in the case of each of the preceding clauses (i) , (ii)  and (iii) , the failure to give notice shall not create a cause of action against any party failing to give such notice or create any claim or right on behalf of any third party or affect any such amendment or modification. Each party hereto shall, upon reasonable request of any other party hereto, provide copies of all such modifications or amendments and copies of all other agreements, instruments, filings or documentation relevant to the Statoil Assets and Collateral or the Lenders Collateral. All modifications or amendments of this Agreement must be in writing and duly executed by an authorized officer of each party hereto to be binding and enforceable.

2.11 Marshalling of Assets . Nothing in this Agreement will be deemed to require either Statoil or any Lenders Agent to marshal the applicable Lenders Collateral (or any other collateral) or the Statoil Assets and Collateral, as applicable, upon the enforcement of a Lenders Agent’s or Statoil’s remedies under the applicable Loan Documents or the Oil Supply Agreements, as the case may be.

2.12 Reliance on Power and Authority to Act .

(a) Statoil shall be entitled to rely on the power and authority of the Revolving Agent to act on behalf of all of the Revolving Lenders to the extent the provisions hereof have the Revolving Agent so act.

(b) Statoil shall be entitled to rely on the power and authority of the Term Loan Agent to act on behalf of all of the Term Loan Lenders to the extent the provisions hereof have the Term Loan Agent so act.

(c) Each of the Lenders Agents and each Lender shall be entitled to rely on the power and authority of Statoil to act on behalf of itself and its Affiliates to the extent the provisions hereof have Statoil so act.

2.13 Effect Upon Loan Documents and Oil Supply Agreements . By executing this Agreement, the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties agree to be bound by the provisions hereof as they relate to the relative rights of the Lenders and the Lenders Agents, on the one hand, and Statoil, on the other hand, with respect to the property of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties. Each Borrower and each other Loan Party acknowledges that the provisions of this Agreement shall not give it any substantive rights as against the Lenders Agents or the Lenders

 

Appendix 2

Page 14


and that nothing in this Agreement shall (except as expressly provided herein) amend, modify, change or supersede the terms of the Loan Documents as between the Borrowers, the other Loan Parties, the Lenders Agents and the Lenders. Each Borrower and each other Loan Party acknowledges that the provisions of this Agreement shall not give it any substantive rights as against Statoil and that nothing in this Agreement shall (except as expressly provided herein) amend, modify, change or supersede the terms of the Oil Supply Agreements as among Statoil and the applicable Loan Parties. Each of Statoil, the Revolving Agent (for itself and on behalf of each Revolving Lender) and the Term Loan Agent (for itself and on behalf of each Term Loan Lender) agrees, that, as among themselves, to the extent the terms and provisions of the other Loan Documents or the Oil Supply Agreements are inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall control.

2.14 Nature of the Lenders Claims and Modification of Loan Documents; Nature of Statoil Claims . (a) Statoil acknowledges that the Revolving Lenders Claims and other obligations and liabilities owing under the Revolving Loan Documents are revolving in nature and that the amount of any such revolving indebtedness which may be outstanding at any time or from time to time may be increased or reduced and subsequently reborrowed. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Credit Agreements and the other Loan Documents may be modified, extended or amended from time to time, and the amount thereof may be increased or reduced, all without notice to or consent by Statoil and without affecting the provisions of this Agreement. Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, Statoil hereby agrees that the maximum amount of the Lenders Claims and other obligations and liabilities owing under the Loan Documents may be increased at any time and from time to time to any amount.

(b) The terms of the Oil Supply Agreements and the amounts and obligations owing thereunder may be modified, extended or amended from time to time, all without notice to or consent by the Lenders Agents and without affecting the provisions of this Agreement.

2.15 Revolver-Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement . For the avoidance of doubt, each party hereto (i) acknowledges the existence of the Revolver-Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement and (ii) agrees that the Revolver-Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control all matters with respect to the Lenders Collateral as between the Revolving Agent and Revolving Lenders, on the one hand, and the Term Loan Agent and Term Loan Lenders, on the other hand. In addition, the parties hereto agree that, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the terms or provisions of the Revolver-Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement with respect to the Lenders Collateral, the Revolver-Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control solely as between the Revolving Agent and the Revolving Lenders, on the one hand, and the Term Loan Agent and the Term Loan Lenders, on the other hand. All parties hereto agree that the Revolver-Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement is not binding in any way upon Statoil or its Affiliates.

2.16 Other Liens . For the avoidance of doubt, each of the Revolving Agent (for itself and on behalf of each Revolving Lender) and the Term Loan Agent (on behalf of itself and each Term Loan Lender) acknowledges and agrees that none of the Saudi Oil, accounts receivable (including accounts, chattel paper, payment intangibles, general intangibles, instruments and all other rights to payment) arising from the sale or other disposition of such

 

Appendix 2

Page 15


Saudi Oil, contracts, bills of lading, other documents of title and books and records pertaining to the foregoing, proceeds and products of the foregoing and proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty with respect to any of the foregoing (and any cash collateral and deposit accounts holding such cash collateral, if any, provided therefor) (collectively, the “At Sea Saudi Oil Collateral”) constitutes, or is intended to constitute, Lenders Collateral. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Liens may be granted to Statoil, its Affiliates or any other Person upon the At Sea Saudi Oil Collateral as and to the extent not prohibited by the terms of the Revolving Credit Agreement, as in effect on the date of this Agreement, and the Term Loan Credit Agreement, as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

2.17 Further Assurances . Each of the parties agrees to take such actions as may be reasonably requested by any other party, whether before, during or after an Enforcement Period, in order to effect the rules of distribution and allocation set forth above in this Article 2 and to otherwise effectuate the agreements made in this Article 2, including, to the extent that such party has the ability to do so, allowing removal of and access to their respective assets and collateral.

ARTICLE 3. MISCELLANEOUS

3.1 Notices . All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall, unless otherwise stated herein, be in writing (including communication by facsimile copy) and mailed, telexed, transmitted or delivered, as to each party hereto, at its address set forth under its name on Annex A hereto or at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices and communications shall be effective upon receipt, or, in the case of notice by mail, five (5) days after being deposited in the mails, postage prepaid, or in the case of notice by facsimile copy, when verbal confirmation of receipt is obtained, in each case addressed as aforesaid.

3.2 Agreement Absolute . Statoil shall be deemed to have entered into and continued with the Oil Supply Agreements in express reliance upon this Agreement, the Revolving Lenders and the Revolving Agent shall be deemed to have entered into and continued with the Revolving Credit Agreement and the other Revolving Loan Documents in express reliance upon this Agreement, and the Term Loan Lenders and the Term Loan Agent shall be deemed to have entered into and continued with the Term Loan Credit Agreement and the other Term Loan Documents in express reliance upon this Agreement. This Agreement may not be amended or otherwise modified, unless such amendment or other modification is agreed to in writing by all of the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be applicable both before and after the filing of any petition by or against any Borrower or any other Loan Party under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and all references herein to the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties shall be deemed to apply to a debtor-in-possession for such party and all allocations of payments between the Lenders, on the one hand, and Statoil, on the other hand, shall, subject to any court order to the contrary, continue to be made after the filing of such petition on the same basis that the payments were to be applied prior to the date of the petition.

 

Appendix 2

Page 16


3.3 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. The successors and assigns of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties shall include a debtor-in-possession or trustee of or for such party. The successors and assigns of the Revolving Lenders, the Revolving Agent, the Term Loan Lenders, the Term Loan Agent and Statoil, as the case may be, shall include any successors and assigns appointed under the terms of the Revolving Loan Documents, the Term Loan Documents or the Oil Supply Agreements, as applicable. Any such successor or assign shall be subject in all respect to this Agreement.

3.4 Beneficiaries . The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be for the sole benefit of the parties hereto, the Lenders, the Affiliates of Statoil, and their respective successors and assigns, and no other Person shall have any right, benefit or priority by reason of this Agreement.

3.5 GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK COUNTY, CITY OF NEW YORK, NEW YORK SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

3.6 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO.

3.7 Section Titles . The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are and shall be without substantive meaning or content of any kind whatsoever and are not a part of the agreement between the parties hereto.

 

Appendix 2

Page 17


3.8 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or thereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

3.9 Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page by telecopy machine shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed, original signature page.

3.10 Amendment and Restatement of Existing Intercreditor Agreement . The parties hereto agree that this Agreement is hereby amended to include the DCR Oil Supply Agreement and amends and restates, and does not novate, the Existing Intercreditor Agreement in its entirety.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

Appendix 2

Page 18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement]


 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
    as Revolving Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement]


 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
    as Term Loan Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement]


 

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC,
as a Borrower
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC,

as a Borrower

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC,

as a Borrower

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement]


 

PBF POWER MARKETING, LLC,
as a Loan Party
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

DELAWARE PIPELINE COMPANY LLC,

as a Loan Party

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

PBF INVESTMENTS LLC,

as a Loan Party

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

PAULSBORO NATURAL GAS PIPELINE COMPANY LLC,

as a Loan Party

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement]


Annex A

to

Intercreditor Agreement

Notice Addresses

 

Entity

  

Notice Address

Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc.   

Statoil Marketing and Trading (US) Inc.

1055 Washington Blvd. – 7th Floor

Stamford, CT 06901

Attention:     General Counsel

Telecopy:      (203) 978-6952

Telephone Number: (203) 978-6900

UBS AG, Stamford Branch,

as Revolving Agent

  

UBS AG, Stamford Branch

677 Washington Boulevard

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

Attention: DL-UBSAGENCY@UBS.COM

Telecopy:     (203) 719 – 3029

UBS AG, Stamford Branch,

as Term Loan Agent

  

UBS AG, Stamford Branch

677 Washington Boulevard

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

Attention: DL-UBSAGENCY@UBS.COM

Telecopy:     (203) 719 – 3029

PBF Holding Company LLC,

Delaware City Refining Company LLC and

Paulsboro Refining Company LLC,

as Borrowers

  

PBF Holding Company LLC

One Sound Shore Drive, Suite 303

Greenwich, Connecticut 06830

Attention: Jeffrey Dill

Telecopy:     973-455-7562

PBF Power Marketing, LLC,

Delaware Pipeline Company LLC,

PBF Investments LLC and

Paulsboro Natural Gas Pipeline Company LLC,

as Loan Parties

  

PBF Holding Company LLC

One Sound Shore Drive, Suite 303

Greenwich, Connecticut 06830

Attention: Jeffrey Dill

Telecopy:     973-455-7562

 

Appendix A to Appendix 2

Page 1


APPENDIX 3 – PAYMENT DIRECTION AGREEMENT

This PAYMENT DIRECTION AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) dated as of April 7, 2011, by and among Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. (“ MSCG ”), Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc. (“ Statoil ”) and Delaware City Refining Company LLC (“ DCR ”).

1. Certain Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

Additional Termination Event ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Off-Take Agreement.

Base Barge Price ” means, with respect to any delivery by DCR of Refined Products to MSCG, the applicable [REDACTED], where:

(a) “[REDACTED]” means, [REDACTED].

(b) “[REDACTED]” means [REDACTED]:

(i) [REDACTED].

(ii) [REDACTED].

Business Day ” means a day on which banks are open for general commercial business in New York, New York.

Daily Report of Delivered Volumes ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Off-Take Agreement.

Delivery Day ” means with respect to any Refined Products, the day of delivery of such Refined Products to MSCG pursuant to the Off-Take Agreement.

Event of Default ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Off-Take Agreement.

Early Termination Event ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Off-Take Agreement.

Feedstock ” means vacuum gas oil (VGO), and vacuum tower bottoms (VTB) and other similar hydrocarbons.

Final Payment Amount ” means for any Delivery Day, the greater of:

(a) zero dollars; and

(b) (i) the sum for all grades of Refined Products delivered by DCR to MSCG on such Delivery Day of the number of gallons of each grade of such Refined Product delivered to MSCG on such Delivery Day multiplied by the applicable Final Price per gallon of such grade minus (ii) the Provisional Payment Amount for such Delivery Day.

Final Payment Day ” means the applicable day determined in accordance with Annex C attached hereto.

 

Appendix 3

Page 1


Final Price ” means with respect to a Refined Product, [REDACTED].

Initial Inventory ” means the volumes of Products and ethanol sold to MSCG on the Closing Date (as defined in the Off-Take Agreement).

Intermediate Products ” means the intermediate products sold by DCR to MSCG pursuant to the Off-Take Agreement.

MS Guaranty ” means that certain Guarantee of Morgan Stanley dated as of April 7, 2011, executed by Morgan Stanley in favor of DCR, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

MS Products ” means the product inventories purchased from time to time by MSCG from DCR pursuant to the Off-Take Agreement, including, without limitation, the Initial Inventory, but excluding Oil and Feedstock which has not been refined into light finished products, Intermediate Products or Slurry.

MS Receivables ” means (a) for Refined Products other than Specialty Grades, all of DCR’s rights to payment from MSCG of the Provisional Payment Amount and the Final Payment Amount with respect thereto, (b) for Specialty Grades, all of DCR’s rights to payment from MSCG with respect thereto and (c) all proceeds of the amounts specified in (a) and (b) of this definition.

Off-Take Agreement ” means that certain Products Offtake Agreement dated as of April 7, 2011, between MSCG and DCR, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with this Agreement, a redacted copy of which is attached hereto as Annex B.

Oil ” means crude oil or straight run fuel oil, but does not include Feedstock.

Products ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Off-Take Agreement.

Provisional Overpayment Amount ” means for any Delivery Day the amount, if any, by which the Provisional Payment Amount for such Delivery Day exceeds the sum for all grades of Refined Products delivered by DCR to MSCG on such Delivery Day, of the number of gallons of each grade of such Refined Product delivered to MSCG on such Delivery Day multiplied by the applicable Final Price per gallon of such grade.

Provisional Payment Amount ” means for any Delivery Day, the sum for all grades of Refined Products delivered by DCR to MSCG on such Delivery Day, of the number of gallons of each grade of such Refined Product delivered to MSCG on such Delivery Day multiplied by the applicable Provisional Price per gallon of such grade. To the extent the Provisional Payment Day for a relevant Delivery Day occurs on or before such relevant Delivery Day, the Provisional Payment Amount shall be based on the estimated volumes to be delivered on such relevant Delivery Day; provided, however, if no estimated volumes are specified in the last Daily Report of Delivered Volumes received by MSCG, then the Provisional Payment Amount will be based on the actual volumes delivered on the last Delivery Date reflected in the most recently received Daily Report of Delivered Volumes.

 

Appendix 3

Page 2


Provisional Payment Day ” means the applicable day determined in accordance with Annex C attached hereto.

Provisional Price ” means [REDACTED].

Refined Products ” means finished gasoline, heating oil, diesel, and jet fuel produced for sale to MSCG pursuant to the Off-Take Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Agreement, the term Refined Products includes Specialty Grades but excludes Intermediate Products, Slurry, and all other products other than those specifically listed above in this definition.

Refinery ” means DCR’s Delaware City, Delaware refinery.

Slurry ” means slurry sold by DCR to MSCG pursuant to the Off-Take Agreement.

Specialty Grades ” means customized products that are not included in the grades of Products encompassed in Schedule 1 to the Off-Take Agreement.

Supply Agreement ” means that certain Crude Oil / Feedstock Supply / Delivery and Services Agreement dated as of April 7, 2011 (as amended restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof), between Statoil and DCR.

2. Security Interest . DCR has granted Statoil a security interest in the following:

(a) all rights of DCR in and to proceeds of DCR’s sale of Refined Products and Other Products from the Refinery, including all of the MS Receivables;

(b) all rights of DCR under the Off-Take Agreement to enforce payment of the MS Receivables from MSCG and all other rights under the Off-Take Agreement to collect the MS Receivables;

(c) all rights of DCR under the MS Guaranty and all other supporting obligations with respect to the MS Receivables.

As between Statoil and MSCG (i) MSCG acknowledges and consents to the grant of such security interests (described in 2(a), (b) and (c) above) by DCR to Statoil, (ii) Statoil acknowledges and agrees that MSCG has title to the MS Products, and except for its interest in the MS Receivables, Statoil claims no interest in the MS Products, and (iii) MSCG acknowledges and agrees that Statoil has title to or first priority liens on all Oil, Feedstock and MS Receivables; and MSCG claims no interest in such items.

3. Direct Payment . DCR hereby irrevocably directs MSCG to make all payments on the MS Receivables directly to the Statoil account designated on Annex A hereto (the “ Payment Account ”). MSCG acknowledges such payment direction and agrees (a) to pay all Provisional Payment Amounts on the corresponding Provisional Payment Day as set forth in Annex C, (b) to pay all Final Payment Amounts on the corresponding Final Payment Day as set forth in Annex C, (c) to make all other payments owing on the MS Receivables by the time specified in the Off-Take Agreement, and (d) to make all such payments described in the foregoing subsections (a),

 

Appendix 3

Page 3


(b) and (c) directly to Statoil into the Payment Account. Any changes to these payment instructions shall be honored by MSCG only if given in writing by Statoil. All payments on the MS Receivables made by MSCG to the Payment Account or as otherwise directed by Statoil hereunder shall be treated for all purposes as satisfying MSCG’s payment obligations to DCR in respect of the MS Receivables. MSCG also agrees and covenants that upon receipt of written instructions from DCR, MSCG also will make direct payment to Statoil in accordance with this Section 3 of any amounts owed by MSCG to DCR pursuant to the Off-Take Agreement that are not included in MS Receivables, provided that MSCG’s obligation to make direct payment to Statoil with respect to any such other amounts shall be subject to all claims, defenses, offsets and other rights that MSCG may have with respect to its obligation to pay such other amounts.

4. Offsets . For so long as this Agreement is in effect, MSCG agrees not to exercise or claim any right of offset or other similar right against DCR or Statoil with respect to the MS Receivables other than the offsets and other rights described in the Off-Take Agreement. However, in no event shall MSCG reduce by reason of offset or otherwise (whether any such right arises under the Off-Take Agreement, other contractual provisions or common law), any amounts required to be paid hereunder by MSCG to Statoil in respect of MS Receivables owing for Refined Products which are delivered to MSCG prior to or on the business day on which Statoil receives written notice from MSCG of the occurrence of an Event of Default, an Additional Termination Event or termination of the Off-Take Agreement, except that MSCG may reduce any amounts owing on MS Receivables payable to Statoil hereunder by the amount of any Provisional Overpayment Amount attributable to any Delivery Day occurring prior to the day of such reduction. Nothing contained herein shall limit MSCG’s rights of offset against DCR for amounts owing by MSCG to DCR (and not payable to Statoil hereunder) or its rights to exercise any other remedies that MSCG may have against DCR.

5. Assignment, Amendment and Termination of Off-Take Agreement .

(a) MSCG or DCR as applicable shall deliver not less than 10 Business Days prior written notice to Statoil of any proposed assignment by MSCG or DCR of the Off-Take Agreement. Neither MSCG nor DCR shall assign its rights under the Off-Take Agreement in any manner that would materially and adversely affect Statoil’s rights hereunder without Statoil’s prior written consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any assignment by MSCG of its rights under the Off-Take Agreement that is expressly subject to the terms of this Agreement shall not require Statoil’s prior written consent; provided, however, if Statoil reasonably determines that any such assignment would materially and adversely affect Statoil’s rights hereunder, then Statoil shall have the unilateral right to terminate the Supply Agreement and/or this Agreement under the provisions thereof and hereof applicable to a default by the non-Statoil parties.

(b) MSCG and DCR shall not, without Statoil’s prior written consent, amend the Off-Take Agreement in any manner that would: (i) alter the terms of MSCG’s payment obligations, DCR’s enforcement rights with respect to the MS Receivables or any defined term used herein that is defined by reference to the Off-Take Agreement; (ii) modify the methodology for determining Other Costs or any other factor that would modify the calculation of the Base Barge Price; (iii) modify the timing of MSCG’s payment obligations or (iv) modify MSCG’s offset or similar rights.

 

Appendix 3

Page 4


(c) MSCG shall deliver to Statoil written notice of any default, or Event of Default, by DCR under or any Early Termination Event with respect to or any early termination of the Off-Take Agreement contemporaneously with any notice thereof delivered to DCR.

(d) DCR shall deliver to Statoil written notice of any default, or Event of Default, by MSCG under or any Early Termination Event with respect to or any early termination of the Off-Take Agreement contemporaneously with any notice thereof delivered to MSCG.

6. No Default . MSCG and DCR each hereby agree and acknowledge that as of the date hereof, there are no defaults, Events of Default, Early Termination Events or events that with the passage of the applicable grace or cure period would constitute a default, Event of Default or Early Termination Event under the Off-Take Agreement.

7. Conflict . To the extent there is any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Off-Take Agreement, this Agreement shall control.

8. Further Assurances . The parties hereto agree that from and after the date hereof, each of them will execute and deliver such further instruments and take such other action as may reasonably be requested by any party hereto to carry out the purpose and intent hereof.

9. Governing Law . The provisions of this Agreement and the documents delivered pursuant hereto shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without regard to any conflicts-of-law rule or principle that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction).

10. Jurisdiction, Venue and Forum . Each of the parties hereto (a) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction of the U.S. District Court of the Southern District of New York, any court of the State of New York and any other Federal court sitting in the State of New York in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, (b) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court and (c) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in any court other than the U.S. District Court of the Southern District of New York (or, if the U.S. District Court of the Southern District of New York shall be unavailable, any court of the State of New York or any other Federal court sitting in the State of New York). Each party hereto waives any objection to convenience of forum or venue laid in such courts. The parties hereto agree that any one or all of them may file a copy of this Section 10 with any court as written evidence of the knowing, voluntary and bargained agreement between the parties irrevocably to waive any objections to jurisdiction, venue or to convenience of forum.

11. No Third Party Beneficiaries . Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not be construed so as to confer any right or benefit upon any person or entity other than the parties to this Agreement, and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

12. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or affecting or impairing the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. It is also the

 

Appendix 3

Page 5


intention of the parties that in lieu of each clause or provision of this Agreement that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added, as a part of this Agreement, a clause or provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

13. Term . This Agreement shall continue until the earlier of the following to occur: (a) MSCG receives written notice from Statoil of the termination or expiration of the Supply Agreement, (b) termination or expiration of the Off-Take Agreement and Statoil’s receipt of the required notice thereof as provided in Section 4 above, subject, however, to the obligations of MSCG to make payments to Statoil hereunder continuing until payment in full thereof with respect to MS Receivables owing for Refined Products delivered to MSCG prior to or on the business day on which Statoil receives written notice from MSCG of an Event of Default or Additional Termination Event as provided in Section 4 above, and (c) termination of this Agreement by the mutual agreement of all of the parties hereto. Statoil shall deliver prompt written notice to MSCG of the expiration or termination of the Supply Agreement.

14. Amendment . Any amendment or waiver of this Agreement shall be effected solely by an instrument in writing executed by all of the parties hereto.

15. Headings . The headings and captions used or contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile or other electronic copies (such as .pdf files delivered by electronic mail) of signatures shall constitute original signatures for all purposes of this Agreement and any enforcement hereof.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

Appendix 3

Page 6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

MORGAN STANLEY CAPITAL GROUP INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Notice Address:
Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc.

2000 Westchester Avenue, Floor 01

Purchase, New York 10577-2530

Attention: Randall O’Connor

Phone: 914-225-1466

Facsimile: 914-225-9298

E-mail: randall.oconnor@morganstanley.com

 

With a copy to:

 

Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc.

2000 Westchester Avenue, Floor 01

Purchase, New York 10577-2530

Attention: Kenneth Carlino

Phone: 914-225-1417

Facsimile: 914-225-9299

E-mail: kenneth.carlino@morganstanley.com

[Signature Page to Payment Direction Agreement]


 

STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Notice Address:

 

Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc.

1055 Washington Boulevard – 7th Floor

Stamford, CT 06901

Attention: Crude Oil Operations

Fax Number: (203) 978-6958

Telephone Number: (203) 978-6900

E-mail: uscrudeops@statoil.com

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc.

1055 Washington Blvd. – 7th Floor

Stamford, CT 06901

Attention: General Counsel

Fax Number: (203) 978-6952

Telephone Number: (203) 978-6900

[Signature Page to Payment Direction Agreement]


 

DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Notice Address:

 

1 Sylvan Way, 2nd floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

Attention: General Counsel

 

With a copy to:

 

PBF Holding Company LLC

1 Sylvan Way, 2nd floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

Attention: General Counsel

[Signature Page to Payment Direction Agreement]


ANNEX A

PAYMENT ACCOUNT INFORMATION

JP Morgan Chase Bank

ABA No.: [REDACTED]

SWIFT: [REDACTED]

Account No.: [REDACTED]

 

Annex A to Appendix 3

Page 1


ANNEX B

REDACTED OFF-TAKE AGREEMENT

[attached]

 

Annex B to Appendix 3

Page 1


ANNEX C

PROVISIONAL PAYMENT DAY

The applicable Provisional Payment Day and Final Payment Day for each relevant Delivery Day occurring during a calendar week, subject to the Holiday Modifications below, is as follows:

Table 1 :

 

Relevant Delivery Day    Provisional Payment Day*    Final Payment Day**
Sunday    Monday    Wednesday
Monday    Tuesday    Thursday
Tuesday    Wednesday    Friday
Wednesday    Thursday    Monday of the following week
Thursday    Friday    Tuesday of the following week
Friday    Friday    Wednesday of the following week
Saturday    Monday of the following week    Wednesday of the following week

* Holiday Modifications to Provisional Payment Day :

(1) If a Tuesday Wednesday or Thursday is a non-Business Day, then, unless (2) below applies, the Provisional Payment Day for the relevant Delivery Day preceding such non-Business Day is the next following Business Day.

For example, if Thursday is a non-Business Day, then the Provisional Payment Day for Wednesday is Friday.

(2) If a Friday is a non-Business Day or if a Monday of the following week is a non-Business Day, then (i) the Provisional Payment Day for the relevant Delivery Day falling on the first non-Business Day occurring at the end of the relevant week will be the day prior to such relevant Delivery Day, and (ii) the Provisional Payment Day for the relevant Delivery Day falling on the last Business Day of the relevant week will be such relevant Delivery Day.

For example:

If Friday is not a Business Day for a particular week, then the Provisional Payment Day for Friday will be Thursday and the Provisional Payment Day for Thursday will be Thursday.

If the Monday in the week following a particular week is not a Business Day, then the Provisional Payment Day for Saturday of such week will be Friday.

 

Annex C to Appendix 3

Page 1


** Holiday Modifications to Final Payment Day :

If any day after the relevant Delivery Day up to and including the Final Payment Day specified in Table 1 above is not a Business Day, then the Final Payment Day shall be the third Business Day following the relevant Delivery Day, if such third Business Day is different than the day specified in Table 1.

 

Annex C to Appendix 3

Page 2


APPENDIX 4 – REFINERY DESCRIPTION

Set out on Attachment I are diagrams of the Refinery, including: (i) the Delaware City Refinery Plot Plan; (ii) the Delaware City Refinery Logistics System; and (iii) diagrams of tank locations and service.

The Storage Facilities consist of the specific Storage Tanks more fully described on Attachment II (and reflected on Attachment I), as such list of storage tanks may be updated from time-to-time.

 

Appendix 4

Page 1


ATTACHMENT I TO APPENDIX 4

[REDACTED]

 

Attachment I to Appendix 4

Page 1


[REDACTED]

 

Attachment I to Appendix 4

Page 2


[REDACTED]

 

Attachment I to Appendix 4

Page 3


[REDACTED]

 

Attachment I to Appendix 4

Page 4


[REDACTED]

 

Attachment I to Appendix 4

Page 5


[REDACTED]

 

Attachment I to Appendix 4

Page 6


ATTACHMENT II TO APPENDIX 4

Delaware City Crude and Feedstock Tankage

EXPECTED TANKAGE FOR STATOIL – SUBJECT TO CHANGE

 

TANK

  

SERVICE / DESCRIPTION

   Shell Capacity Heels     Working Capacity  

TK 01

   CRUDE      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

TK 02

   CRUDE      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

TK 03

   CRUDE      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

TK 04

   CRUDE      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

TK 05

   CRUDE      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

TK 06

   CRUDE      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

TK 07

   CRUDE      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

TK 08

   OOS      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

TK 09

   CRUDE      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

TK 10

   CRUDE      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

TK 11

   OOS      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

TK 12

   CRUDE      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

TK 66

   FCC FEED      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

TK 227

   FCC FEED      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

TK 285

   FCC FEED      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

TK 286

   FCC FEED      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

TK 248

   GENERAL SERVICE      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

TK 268

   GENERAL SERVICE      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

TK 282

   GENERAL SERVICE      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

TK 77

   HYDROCRACKER FEED      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

TK 76

   COKER SLURRY/RECYCLE      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

TK 75

   VAC RESID      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

TK 78

   VAC RESID      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

TK 73

   HEAVY COKER GASOLINE / SHU FEE      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

TK 71

   OFFSET / SLOP OIL      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

TK 72

   OFFSET / SLOP OIL      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

 

Attachment II to Appendix 4

Page 1


APPENDIX 5 – STORAGE FACILITIES USE PROVISIONS

The following terms and conditions set forth the terms and conditions governing Seller’s sole and exclusive right to store Oil and Feedstock in the Storage Facilities:

 

1. USAGE AND OPERATION

(a) Exclusive Use . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and this Appendix, Seller shall, as of the Delivery Commencement Date and during the term of this Agreement, have the sole and exclusive right to store Oil and Feedstock in the Storage Facilities.

(b) Buyer Restrictions and Rights . Nothing herein shall restrict Buyer’s right and ability to operate the Refinery, including the Storage Facilities, provided, however, that:

(i) Except as expressly provided for in Clause 7(e) of this Agreement, Buyer shall not cause or permit any Oil and Feedstock to be withdrawn from the Storage Facilities without the prior written consent of Seller.

(ii) Buyer will not commingle any crude oil or Feedstocks with Seller’s Oil and Feedstock without the prior written consent of Seller.

(iii) With respect to a request by Buyer to add any storage tanks to the Storage Facilities pursuant to Clause 5(d) below, such request by Buyer shall be deemed to constitute a representation from Buyer that such additional storage tank(s) are (i) owned in fee by Buyer, (ii) are free and clear of any Liens other than those expressly permitted pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, and (iii) in full compliance with all of the applicable covenants and obligations set out herein.

 

2. COVENANTS OF BUYER

(a) Buyer shall maintain and operate, at its sole cost and expense, the Storage Facilities in a manner that fully complies with (i) all applicable Laws and Regulations; and (ii) standard industry practice. With respect to the operation of the Storage Facilities, Buyer shall make all repairs and perform all maintenance in a reasonably timely manner.

(b) Buyer shall ensure that the Storage Facilities adhere to its current maintenance standards. Buyer shall maintain its Storage Facilities in accordance with API 653 during the term of this Agreement.

(c) At any time during this Agreement Seller shall have the right to enter the Storage Facilities and to inspect, examine and inquire concerning all aspects of the Refinery, Storage Facilities and the Oil and Feedstock stored therein, including, without limitation, docking facilities, storage tanks, and pipelines, measuring equipment, and any other physical or operational aspects of the Storage Facilities or any of Seller’s products stored in the Storage Facilities; provided that, if no Event of Default has occurred with respect to Buyer, Seller shall provide reasonable prior notice to Buyer and adhere to Buyer’s HSE procedures for the Refinery. Seller shall not exercise its rights hereunder if such exercise will: (i) cause or exacerbate any dangerous, emergency or unsafe conditions at the Storage Facilities, or (ii) obstruct or interfere

 

Appendix 5

Page 1


with the operations of the Storage Facilities in a manner inconsistent with standard industry practices.

(d) Buyer shall not introduce into any of the Storage Facilities or add any chemical substances to Seller’s Oil and Feedstock, including any substances designed to minimize or reduce Tank Heel levels, without the express prior written authorization of Seller.

(e) Buyer shall not subcontract any part of the work under this Agreement relating to the Storage Facilities without the prior written consent of Seller in its sole discretion. If Buyer subcontracts any part of the work under this Agreement relating to the Storage Facilities with Seller’s consent, Buyer shall require its subcontractors to maintain insurance required in this Agreement to the extent applicable to the Storage Facilities. If requested by Seller, Buyer shall have its subcontractors furnish the same evidence of insurance required of Buyer.

 

3. EMERGENCIES

In the event that Buyer reasonably believes that there are, or are about to be, emergency or urgent circumstances which could have a material adverse impact on the Refinery, the Refinery site, the operation of the Refinery, or the health and safety of any person or the environment (“ Emergency Circumstances ”), regardless of the cause of such Emergency Circumstances and without assuming any duty hereunder to do so, Buyer may take such steps and actions as it, in its sole discretion, deems reasonable to protect against such circumstances occurring or to minimize, reduce or avoid their adverse impact including the immediate lifting, removal, relocation and commingling of Oil or Feedstock of different Grades. Any such steps which Buyer takes shall not, on their own, constitute a Default of the terms of this Agreement provided, however, Buyer shall not be absolved of any responsibility or liability hereunder resulting from any breach of the terms of this Agreement which caused such emergency or urgent circumstances. Buyer shall promptly notify Seller of any steps or actions so taken. Buyer shall compensate Seller for any Liabilities resulting from any such steps or actions taken hereunder.

 

4. SUBLETTING AND RELEASE OF SELLER’S CAPACITY

During the term of this Agreement, neither Party may further assign, sublet, sublicense, grant or release any storage capacity in the Storage Facilities except in connection with a permitted assignment under this Agreement.

 

5. TANKS BEING TAKEN OUT OF SERVICE / CHANGING SERVICE

During the term of this Agreement certain of the tanks constituting Storage Facilities may be required to come out of service for maintenance or other reasons.

(a) Cleaning of tanks and the safe disposal of any sludge, oil or other hazardous substances from tanks which are taken out of service whether before or after the termination of this Agreement is the sole responsibility of Buyer. Buyer warrants to Seller that Buyer will dispose of such material in a lawful and safe manner. Buyer shall be solely responsible for any and all costs associated with such disposal and shall indemnify Seller against any and all liabilities arising from the disposal of such materials.

 

Appendix 5

Page 2


(b) Prior to removing from service a tank comprising part of the Storage Facilities the Parties shall meet to discuss and agree to the measurement of any quantities of usable Oil and/or Feedstock that constitutes Tank Heels that need to be transferred between tanks constituting Storage Facilities, the measurement or assessment of such Tank Heels and whether the actual net Tank Heel volume following such operations will be less or more than the TH Starting Volume as adjusted by any prior interim Tank Heel purchases and sales. If there will be a net reduction in the Tank Heel volume following such operations Buyer shall purchase such reduction quantity of Tank Heel volume pursuant to the terms of Clause 5(j)(ii)(2), with the volume of such Tank Heels purchase being treated as an interim purchase by Buyer. If a measurement or assessment indicates that Buyer has not yet purchased the full amount of Oil or Feedstock that has been used, then Buyer shall purchase and pay for such used Oil or Feedstock at a price equal to the then-applicable price for such Oil or Feedstock as specified in the applicable Cargo Bank applying the FIFO accounting practice to determine which Oil is being purchased and applying the Provisions of Clause 5(i) with respect to interim Feedstock purchases.

(c) When returning a tank to service that has been removed from service pursuant to Clause 5(b) of this Appendix 5, the Parties shall meet to discuss and agree to a quantity of Tank Heels that will be used to re-float the tank and such quantity of Oil or Feedstock shall be treated as Tank Heels for all purposes hereunder. Such new Tank Heels will be purchased by Seller pursuant to the provisions of Clause 5(j)(ii)(1), with the volume of such new Tank Heels treated as an interim purchase by Seller and will be subject to Clauses 5(j) and 25 at the TH Conclusion Date and at termination of the Agreement.

(d) To the extent Buyer desires to change service for any tank constituting part of the Storage Facilities or add or remove a tank from the Storage Facilities, Seller must provide its written consent. Upon the granting of Seller’s consent, Attachment II to Appendix 4 shall be automatically deemed to reflect such modifications. To the extent applicable, the Parties shall also meet and agree prior to the granting of any such consent to any of the matters set forth in subclause (b) above.

 

Appendix 5

Page 3


APPENDIX 6 – GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF SERVICE

The Commercial Services and Shipping Services under this Agreement will be rendered in accordance with the following:

 

1. COMMERCIAL SERVICES

(a) Commercial Services Provided

The Commercial Services shall include the following:

(i) Onward transportation of Oil and Feedstock as required to Supply Oil and Feedstock to the Refinery;

(ii) Storage of Oil and Feedstock in the Storage Facilities until such time the Oil and Feedstock is delivered to Buyer (with Buyer providing all maintenance and operation of the Storage Facilities);

(iii) Information services, including the provision of information that helps Buyer run the Refinery LP and plan and schedule Refinery operations;

(iv) Operational, shipping, financial, contractual and other administrative services related to the activities as detailed in (i)-(iii) above, which include the conduct of commercial contract negotiations, resolving any trading disputes with third parties and contractual compliance matters with third parties.

(b) Commercial Services Actions . Seller:

(i) shall perform its duties in both a reasonable and prudent manner;

(ii) shall act as a principal in the market in front of third parties for purchases and sales of Oil and Feedstock under this Agreement;

(iii) shall be the only face to market for the execution of all Commercial Services;

(iv) shall use reasonable efforts to secure optimal pricing of the Oil and Feedstock purchased or sold under this Agreement and to minimize delivery-related costs for Oil and Feedstock purchased under the Execution Method;

(v) shall allocate the necessary resources to support and to interface with Buyer in the provision of the Commercial Services hereunder;

(vi) may enter into commercial commitments with third parties in connection with the performance of the Commercial Services, with all commercial terms being agreed to at its reasonable sole discretion, in line with Buyer’s mandate;

 

Appendix 6

Page 1


(vii) may conduct any re-sale of any Oil and Feedstock purchased as part of this Agreement in line with its credit control procedures in effect at the time of such disposal. The costs of a third party credit default under such re-sale of Oil and Feedstock shall be for Buyer’s account unless caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Seller.

(c) Commercial Services Actions . Buyer:

(i) shall maintain an organizational structure to support and interface with Seller in the conduct of this Agreement;

(ii) may maintain such market knowledge as it sees fit independently of Seller, but will refrain from seeking bids / offers / indications or otherwise contracting in the market directly or via intermediates for any of the Commercial Services covered under this Agreement except if compelled to do so due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Seller;

(iii) acknowledges and accepts that Seller will only contract with third party companies which have been compliance cleared by Seller, with such clearance not to be unreasonably withheld;

(iv) acknowledges that Seller cannot be obliged to use contractors or service providers which do not meet Seller’s HSE requirements.

 

2. SHIPPING SERVICES

(a) Shipping Services Provided

Seller shall be the sole and exclusive face to the market for the provision of Shipping Services in relation to the Supply of Oil and Feedstock under this Agreement. Such Shipping Services shall include:

(i) the provision of shipping market availability and price information to Buyer;

(ii) the negotiation and execution of all shipping agreements including lightering services into the Delaware River,;

(iii) shipping operational services including managing logistics in relation to each Cargo from the Loading Terminal to the Supply Port, liaising with terminals, ship owners, and appointing Independent Inspectors for quality and quantity testing and certification;

(iv) quality control and loss control services including overseeing independent inspection services and providing reasonable technical support and advice in relation to any Oil quality claims and any recovery actions against ship owners;

 

Appendix 6

Page 2


(v) any vetting requirements including all Vessels used; and loadports as required by Seller’s vetting policy. Buyer acknowledges that Seller shall not be obliged to use Vessels, service providers or call at loadports which are not in compliance with Seller’s vetting policy.

(b) Pre-Commencement Meetings . Prior to the Effective Date the Parties shall meet to coordinate the start-up process with respect to this Agreement. The Parties shall coordinate all matters necessary or convenient to the operations leading up to the first Supply of Oil and Feedstock by Seller to the Refinery.

 

Appendix 6

Page 3


APPENDIX 7 – LIST OF APPROVED FUNGIBLE GRADES

DCR Fungible Crude List

 

Crude Name

  

country

  

load port

   typical
ship size
   f= fungible
nf=non-fungible
no=not available
Fungibility
  

Approved for use @ DCR

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Suezmax    f    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    VLCC    nf    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Suezmax    f    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Suezmax    f    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    no    Y, but must be cut with lighter crude prior to arrival to get API > 13°F

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Suezmax    f    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    f    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]       nf    N

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    nf    N

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Suezmax    f    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]       nf    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Suezmax    f    Y, but at 25 MBPO max rate due to desalter grid voltage issues

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    f    N

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    nf    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    f    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    nf    N

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Suezmax    f    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Suezmax    f    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    f    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    f    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    f    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Suezmax    f    N

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    nf    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Suezmax    f    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]       f    N

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Suezmax    nf    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    nf    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    f    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]       nf    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    f    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    nf    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    nf    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    nf    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    f    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    f    N

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    nf    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    f    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    nf    N

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Suezmax    f    N

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    f    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    nf    N

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    f    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    f    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Suezmax    f    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    f    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    f    N

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    y    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    no    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    nf    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    no    Y

[REDACTED]

   [REDACTED]    [REDACTED]    Aframax    nf    Y

 

Ship size

      

panamax

     60000   

aframax

     80000   

suezmax

     130000   

vlcc

     260000   

 

Appendix 7

Page 1


APPENDIX 8 – REQUIREMENTS SCHEDULE

 

Buyers tentative requirement schedule         date
     mbd
Jan
   mbd
Feb
   mbd
Mar
   mbd
Apr

Type A

           

Kirkuk

           

Urals

           

Vasconia

           

Basra

           

Type B

           

Terre Nova

           

Hibernia

           

Azerla

           

Dalla

           

Type C

           

Arab light

           

Arab medium

           

Kirkuk

           

Type D

           

M100

           

VGO

           

 

Appendix 8

Page 1


DELAWARE CITY REFINERY - CRUDE SCHEDULE

[REDACTED]

 

Appendix 8

Page 2


APPENDIX 9 – GRADE PECKING ORDER

CRUDE EVALUATION TABLES

 

Date of Issue

     “date”

Period Valid

     (days  

        7

GRADE PECKING ORDER (GPO)

For 15 Day Period ending        “date 1”

 

Type A

             Type B
              

Grade

   Max volume
at value
   Seller price
indication
refinery gate
   Buyer
LP run
margin
  

Grade

   Max volume
at value
   Seller price
indication
refinery gate
   Buyer
LP run
margin

Base

           

Base

        

Alt 1

           

Alt 1

        

Alt 2

           

Alt 2

        

Alt 3

           

Alt 3

        

Alt 4

           

Alt 4

        

etc

           

etc

        

For 15 Day Period ending        “date2”

 

Type A

             Type B
              

Grade

   Max volume
at value
   Seller price
indication
refinery gate
   Buyer
LP run
margin
  

Grade

   Max volume
at value
   Seller price
indication
refinery gate
   Buyer
LP run
margin

Base

           

Base

        

Alt 1

           

Alt 1

        

Alt 2

           

Alt 2

        

Alt 3

           

Alt 3

        

Alt 4

           

Alt 4

        

etc

           

etc

        

More Periods in future give more tables. Suggest minimum 15 day periods to allow flexible buying.

REPLACEMENT GRADE PECKING ORDER (RGPO)

Table contains value of alternative grade in row vs Grade of crude currently covering requirement in column. If no value is shown, grade is not an allowed alternative

 

Covered requirement

Date range allowed

Grade

  

1

  

2

  

3

  

4

  

5

  

6

A

                 
B                  

C

                 

D

                 

E

                 

F

                 

G

                 

SPECIAL REFINERY NOTES

Freeform text highlighting special needs attributable to certain requirements.

 

Appendix 9

Page 1


APPENDIX 10 – CARGO CONFIRMATION NOTICE

 

 

Seller hereby confirms the covering of a Requirement in accordance with Clause 5 “Acquisition of Oil and Feedstock” as set forth in the Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement between the Parties dated April 7, 2011, with the Cargo of Oil per the following Transparent Contractual Terms:

 

CONTRACT DATE:    XXXXXX
REQUIREMENT NO.:    XXXXXX
QUALITY:    XXXXXXXXXX
QUANTITY:    XXXXXXXX (US BBLS)
TOLERANCE:    XXXXX
TOLERANCE OPTION:    SELLER’S
PLACE OF DELIVERY:    XXXXXXX BY VESSEL (DES), AT ONE SAFE BERTH
PERIOD OF DELIVERY:    XXXXXXX
PRICE AND CURRENCY:   
BASIS:    XXXXXXXX
DIFFERENTIAL:    XXXXXXXX
PERIOD:    XXXXXXXX
PAYMENT TERM:    XXXXXXX

ACQUISITION:

METHOD

   EXECUTION METHOD / SUPPLY POINT METHOD
CREDIT TERMS:    XXXXXXX
OTHER TERMS:   

FURTHER COMMERCIAL AGREEMENTS PERTAINING TO THIS CARGO:

Regards,

 

Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc.
By:  

 

Name:
Title:

 

Appendix 10

Page 1


APPENDIX 11 – COMMENCEMENT INVENTORY ACQUISITION

This Appendix 11 sets forth the procedures whereby (a) Seller will purchase from Buyer the initial inventory of Oil and Feedstock in the storage tanks, which is owned by Buyer at the Refinery as of the Effective Date (the “Initial Inventory”) and (b) the Aggregate Heel Capacity (as defined below) of each applicable storage tank will be filled with Tank Heels (including Feedstock Virtual Tank Heels) and how those Tank Heels will be priced. This Appendix 11 also constitutes Buyer’s written mandate for Seller to purchase the volumes of Oil and Feedstock which constitute the Initial Inventory.

 

1. INITIAL INVENTORY .

(a) Conveyance of Title . On the Effective Date, Buyer hereby SELLS, ASSIGNS, TRANSFERS and DELIVERS to Seller, its successors and assigns forever, all of Buyer’s right, title, and interest in and to all of the Initial Inventory TO HAVE AND TO HOLD, all of Buyer’s right, title, and interest in and to the Initial Inventory, together with all and singular the rights and appurtenances thereto in anywise belonging, unto Seller and Seller’s successors and assigns forever. Buyer, for itself, its successors and assigns, covenants and agrees to warrant and forever defend good title to the Initial Inventory as of the date of the conveyance hereunder, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances.

(b) Measurement . Prior to the Effective Date, Buyer and Seller agreed upon an Independent Inspector to measure the volume of Oil and Feedstock in the storage tanks and Line Fill in accordance with the most current API/ASTM standards and guidelines. The Initial Inventory volumes as measured by the Independent Inspector shall be binding on the Parties absent a showing of fraud, negligence or manifest error. Tank 227 contains approximately 5,600 Barrels of Initial Inventory, as measured by the Independent Inspector prior to the Effective Date, and the remaining Barrels of Feedstock in Tank 227 were owned by Seller prior to the Effective Date. Additional storage tanks that were leased to Seller as of the Effective Date may also contain both Initial Inventory and Oil or Feedstock owned by Seller.

(c) Pricing and Payment . Pricing for the Initial Inventory shall be mutually agreed upon by the Parties based on the quality and specifications of the Initial Inventory and shall be priced based on a differential to the then current-month WTI contract when payment becomes due. Payment for the Initial Inventory from Seller to Buyer shall be due within 3 Business Days after Start Up.

 

2. TH STARTING VOLUME .

(a) Each storage tank in the Storage Facilities has a tank heel capacity designated on the table in Attachment II to Appendix 4 for such storage tank (for each storage tank, the “Tank Heel Capacity”). Each storage tank used to store Feedstock additionally has a designated Feedstock Virtual Tank Heel (for each storage tank, the “Virtual Tank Heel Capacity,” and together with the Tank Heel Capacity, the “Aggregate Heel Capacity”).

(b) The TH Starting Volume for each storage tank shall be equal to the Aggregate Heel Capacity of such storage tank. The TH Starting Volume shall consist of the Initial Inventory in such storage tank, if any, and, for each storage tank which as of the Effective Date

 

Appendix 11

Page 1


contains a volume of Initial Inventory that is less than the Aggregate Heel Capacity (it is anticipated that each storage tank contains a volume of Initial Inventory that is less than the Aggregate Heel Capacity of such storage tank), the volume of Oil or Feedstock which is subsequently Supplied to such storage tank to bring the total amount of Oil or Feedstock in such storage tank up to the Aggregate Heel Capacity of such storage tank. For each storage tank which contains Initial Inventory that is less than the Aggregate Heel Capacity, the Aggregate Heel Capacity of such storage tank minus the Initial Inventory in such storage tank shall be designated as the “ Heel Fill Volume.

(c) The Tank Heel purchase price for Oil or Feedstock used to fill the Heel Fill Volume (such Oil or Feedstock, “ Heel Fill ”) shall be designated as the calculated price as if such Heel Fill were Delivered to Purchaser on the date such Heel Fill is Supplied (and whereby such Heel Fill becomes Tank Heels). For Tank 227 and any other storage tank which as of the Effective Date contains both Initial Inventory and other Feedstock or Oil owned by Seller, all Oil or Feedstock in the Aggregate Heel Capacity in such storage tank is Heel Fill and shall be priced in accordance with this Clause 2(c) of Appendix 11 on the Effective Date.

(d) Buyer and Seller will endeavor to fill the Aggregate Heel Capacity of each storage tank with Oil or Feedstock within one month of the Effective Date.

(e) TH Per Barrel Storage Charge .

(i) In accordance with Clause 5(j)(iii)(1), on or before April 15, 2011, Seller shall provide notice to Buyer setting forth a calculation of (1) the TH Per Barrel Storage Charge, (2) the initial TH Starting Volume and (3) the aggregate per Barrel Tank Heel purchase price for the TH Starting Volume, together with copies of relevant materials used to determine such calculations, including a report on Initial Inventory and Heel Fill Volume in substantially the form of Annex A to this Appendix 11.

(ii) Such calculations shall be binding on the Parties unless Buyer objects in writing within 5 Business Days of receiving such notice. If Buyer provides notice of disagreement of any of the foregoing calculations, the Parties shall endeavor to determine such amounts by mutual agreement.

(iii) If Seller sends Buyer the notice described in Clause 2(e)(i) of this Appendix 11 prior to the date on which all Aggregate Heel Capacity has been filled with Oil and Feedstock, such notice shall only cover the Heel Fill Volume which has been filled with Heel Fill as of such date, and Seller will send additional notice(s) to Buyer as the additional Heel Fill Volume is filled until the TH Starting Volume has been completely filled with Heel Fill. For such additional TH Starting Volume, the TH Per Barrel Storage Charge may be based on a WTI contract other than May 2011 WTI, depending on when such calculation is made.

(f) If the Line Fill is not full as of the Effective Date, the amount of Oil or Feedstock required to fill the Line Fill shall be treated as Heel Fill Volume.

 

3. OTHER FEES . The Initial Inventory and Heel Fill are each subject to the normal $[REDACTED] per Barrel service fee and insurance of $[REDACTED] per Barrel, and shall be included in the calculation of the TVM Payment when Seller becomes responsible for payment for such Initial Inventory and Heel Fill

 

Appendix 11

Page 2


4. LINE FILL. Crude Line Fill is the volume of Oil contained within the Refinery shore storage tanks and lines. FCC Charge / VGO Line Fill is the volume of Feedstock contained within the Refinery shore storage tanks and lines. Collectively Crude Line Fill and FCC Charge / VGO Line Fill are defined as “Line Fill”.

 

Appendix 11

Page 3


 

TANK

   SERVICE    INITIAL
INVENTORY
(BBLS)
   TANK HEEL
CAPACITY
  VIRTUAL
TANK HEEL
CAPACITY
   AGGREGATE
HEEL
CAPACITY
   HILL FILL
VOLUME
   INITIAL
INVENTORY
PRICING
  HEEL FILL
SUPPLIED AS
OF DATE OF
THIS
REPORT
   AGGREGATE
FILLED
HEEL FILL
VOLUME
PRICING

01

   Crude       [REDACTED]   N/A          [REDACTED]     

02

   Crude       [REDACTED]   N/A          [REDACTED]     

03

   Crude       [REDACTED]   N/A          [REDACTED]     

04

   Crude       [REDACTED]   N/A          [REDACTED]     

05

   Crude       [REDACTED]   N/A          [REDACTED]     

06

   Crude       [REDACTED]   N/A          [REDACTED]     

 

Appendix 11

Page 4


TANK

   SERVICE    INITIAL
INVENTORY
(BBLS)
   TANK HEEL
CAPACITY
  VIRTUAL
TANK HEEL
CAPACITY
   AGGREGATE
HEEL
CAPACITY
   HILL FILL
VOLUME
   INITIAL
INVENTORY
PRICING
  HEEL FILL
SUPPLIED AS
OF DATE OF
THIS
REPORT
   AGGREGATE
FILLED
HEEL FILL
VOLUME
PRICING

07

   Crude       [REDACTED]   N/A          [REDACTED]     

08

   OOS       [REDACTED]            [REDACTED]     

09

   Crude       [REDACTED]   N/A          [REDACTED]     

10

   Crude       [REDACTED]   N/A          [REDACTED]     

11

   OOS       [REDACTED]            [REDACTED]     

12

   Crude       [REDACTED]   N/A          [REDACTED]     

 

Appendix 11

Page 5


 

TANK

   SERVICE    INITIAL
INVENTORY
(BBLS)
  TANK HEEL
CAPACITY
  VIRTUAL
TANK HEEL
CAPACITY
   AGGREGATE
HEEL
CAPACITY
   HILL FILL
VOLUME
   INITIAL
INVENTORY
PRICING
  HEEL FILL
SUPPLIED AS
OF DATE OF
THIS
REPORT
   AGGREGATE
FILLED
HEEL FILL
VOLUME
PRICING

66

   FCC Feed      [REDACTED]            [REDACTED]     

227

   FCC Feed    [REDACTED]   [REDACTED]            [REDACTED]     

285

   FCC Feed      [REDACTED]            [REDACTED]     

286

   FCC Feed      [REDACTED]            [REDACTED]     

248

   General
Service
     [REDACTED]            [REDACTED]     

268

   General
Service
     [REDACTED]            [REDACTED]     

 

Appendix 11

Page 6


TANK

   SERVICE    INITIAL
INVENTORY
(BBLS)
   TANK HEEL
CAPACITY
  VIRTUAL
TANK HEEL
CAPACITY
   AGGREGATE
HEEL
CAPACITY
   HILL FILL
VOLUME
   INITIAL
INVENTORY
PRICING
  HEEL FILL
SUPPLIED AS
OF DATE OF
THIS
REPORT
   AGGREGATE
FILLED
HEEL FILL
VOLUME
PRICING

282

   General
Service
      [REDACTED]            [REDACTED]     

77

   Hydrocracker
Feed
      [REDACTED]            [REDACTED]
    

76

   Coker Slurry
/ Recycle
      [REDACTED]            [REDACTED]     

75

   Vac Resid       [REDACTED]            [REDACTED]     

78

   Vac Resid       [REDACTED]            [REDACTED]     

73

   Heavy Coker
Gasoline /
SHU Feed
      [REDACTED]            [REDACTED]     

 

Appendix 11

Page 7


TANK

   SERVICE    INITIAL
INVENTORY
(BBLS)
   TANK HEEL
CAPACITY
  VIRTUAL
TANK HEEL
CAPACITY
   AGGREGATE
HEEL
CAPACITY
   HILL FILL
VOLUME
   INITIAL
INVENTORY
PRICING
  HEEL FILL
SUPPLIED AS
OF DATE OF
THIS
REPORT
   AGGREGATE
FILLED
HEEL FILL
VOLUME
PRICING

71

   Offtest /
Slop Oil
      [REDACTED]            [REDACTED]     

72

   Offtest /
Slop Oil
      [REDACTED]            [REDACTED]     

N/A

   Crude Line
Fill
      [REDACTED]   N/A          [REDACTED]     

N/A

   FCC Charge/
VGO Line
Fill
      [REDACTED]   N/A          [REDACTED]     

 

Appendix 11

Page 8


APPENDIX 12 – TERMINATION OF DELIVERIES NOTICE

[LETTERHEAD OF STATOIL]

[                         , 20    ]

Delaware City Refining Company LLC

1 Sylvan Way, 2nd floor,

Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

Attention: Executive Vice President, Commercial

Fax Number: (973) 455-7562

Telephone Number: (973) 455-7500

E-mail: dlucey@pbfenergy.com

 

  Re: Termination of Deliveries Notice Affecting Crude Oil / Feedstock Supply, Delivery and Services Agreement dated April 7, 2011 between Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc. (“Seller”) and Delaware City Refining Company LLC (“Buyer”) (the “Supply Agreement”)

Dear Mr. [                                         ]:

This Termination of Deliveries Notice (“Notice”) is to advise you that pursuant to the Supply Agreement an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with Buyer as Defaulting Party.

As a result of the foregoing, Seller has elected to send this Termination of Deliveries Notice. Pursuant to Clause 24(d) of the Supply Agreement, Buyer shall immediately cease taking Deliveries of Oil or Indigenous Feedstock and all rights of Buyer to take such Deliveries is hereby terminated. If Buyer does not immediately cease taking Deliveries of Oil or Indigenous Feedstock and provide confirmation of such shutdown to Seller to be received within one (1) hour from delivery of this Notice, Seller may seek injunctive relief via a temporary restraining order and / or a temporary and permanent injunction.

Confirmation of shutdown must be sent via telecopy or other electronic transmission to the following:

Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc.

1055 Washington Boulevard – 7th Floor

Stamford, CT 06901

Attention: Crude Oil Operations

Fax Number: (203) 978-6958

Telephone Number: (203) 978-6900

E-mail: uscrudeops@statoil.com

 

Appendix 12

Page 1


 

Very truly yours,
Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc.
By:  

 

Name:
Title:

 

cc:    PBF Holding Company LLC
   1 Sylvan Way, 2 nd floor
   Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887
   Attention: General Counsel
   Fax Number: (973) 455-7562
   Telephone Number: (973) 455-7500

 

Appendix 12

Page 2


APPENDIX 13 – INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

Appendix 13

Page 1


APPENDIX 14 – CARGO BANKS AND HEDGE MONTHS SPREADSHEET

 

    Cargo Banks   Run Months   Hedge Months  
      Cargo Bank Withdrawal   Run Month   Feb     Mar  

Cal Month

  Reg. No.   Vessel   Grade   Cargo Vol  

Del Win

  CB Diff   Feb   Mar   Futures Contract   Mar     Apr     Apr  

FEBRUARY

    January crude                    
  3   Agean Power   Arab LI   [REDACTED]   Feb 4-8   [REDACTED]   [REDACTED]         [REDACTED]       
  4   Naphtha   Naphtha   [REDACTED]   In tank   [REDACTED]   [REDACTED]         [REDACTED]       
  5   Princimar Strength   Kirkuk   [REDACTED]   Feb 16-18   [REDACTED]   [REDACTED]   [REDACTED]         [REDACTED]        [REDACTED]   
  6   Fairseas   Arab LI   [REDACTED]   Jan 26-28   [REDACTED]   [REDACTED]         [REDACTED]       
                       
                       
                   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
            Total   [REDACTED]   [REDACTED]   Total     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED
                   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Cargo Banks   Run Months   Hedge Months  
      Cargo Bank Withdrawal   Run Month   Mar     Apr  

Cal Month

  Reg. No.   Vessel   Grade   Cargo Vol  

Del Win

  CB Diff   Mar   Apr   Futures Contract   Apr     May     May  
MARCH   5   Princimar Strength   Kirkuk   [REDACTED]   Feb 16-18   [REDACTED]   [REDACTED]         [REDACTED]       
  7   V8 Stealth II   Arab LI   [REDACTED]   Mar 11-12   [REDACTED]   [REDACTED]         [REDACTED]       
  8   Aegean Freedom   Kirkuk   [REDACTED]   Feb 20-21   [REDACTED]   [REDACTED]           [REDACTED]     
                       
                       
                       
                       
                   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
            Total   [REDACTED]     Total     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED
                   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Appendix 14

Page 1


APPENDIX 15 – CARGO TABLE SPREADSHEET

CARGO TABLE

 

   Vessel Name         

Cargo details

           
Description    Cargo number         
   Seller         
   Grade         
   Volume         
   Execution / Supply Point         
   Trade location         
   Delivery terms         
Monthly Quality and Basis Differential / Hedge-Month      
Price    Differential (at price point)         
Details    Freight de-escalation         
   API de-escalation         
   Total Apl Frt and Diff    A    0.0000   
   Pricing basis         
   Pricing period         
Conversion    Hedge-Month         
Costs    Run month         
   ASCI to WTI         
   Brt to WTI         
   CFD’s         
   EFP         
   rolls         
   rolls         
   other         
   Conversion differential    C    0.0000   

Estimated

   Frieght         
Costs   

Demurrage

        
  

Lightering

        
   Outturn loss differential         
   Inspection         
   Other         
Total estimated costs    E    0.0000   
Total estimated costs per outturn barrel    B    0.0000   
Total price diff Delivered: FQD=A+B        Final Quality Diff       0.0000   
Hedge-Month Conversion:            CBD=C    Cargo Basis  Diff       0.0000   
                    Monthly Quality and Basis Differential = FQD+CBD       0.0000   

Petty Cash Adjustments

        

Actual costs

   Frieght         
  

Demurrage

        
  

Lightering

        
   Outturn loss diffrential         
   Inspection         
   Other         
   Other         
Total actual costs    D      
Total estimated costs    E      

Total Petty Cash Adjustment (USD) D-E

Petty cash reference #

        

 

Appendix 15

Page 1


APPENDIX 16 – INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

Appendix 16

Page 1


APPENDIX 17 – FORM OF BUYER’S INVENTORY STATEMENT

Buyer’s Monthly Statement of Inventory

Delaware City Refinery

 

  Inventory Conducted at:           2300    31-Oct-10

 

Total Oil in Crude Tank Field, M:           [REDACTED]
Month End Inventory, M-1:           [REDACTED]
Difference:           [REDACTED]
Oil Supplied by Seller in M:           [REDACTED]
Delivered Quantity in M:           [REDACTED]

 

Cargo
Supplied In
M
     Volume    EPQ Number    EPQ Quantity
  M-345       [REDACTED]    4356    [REDACTED]
  M-345       [REDACTED]    5677    [REDACTED]
  M-897       [REDACTED]    5678    [REDACTED]
  M-854       [REDACTED]    6899    [REDACTED]
      7890    [REDACTED]
      3467    [REDACTED]
  Total:       [REDACTED]      

 

Total EPQ Volume for M:           [REDACTED]
Quantity Delivered in M:           [REDACTED]
EPQ/Delivered Difference:           [REDACTED]

 

Signed:    

 

Appendix 17

Page 1


APPENDIX 18 – FORM OF PETTY CASH SPREADSHEET

Buyer’s Petty Cash Account

 

Petty Cash Opening Account:            
Running Total:            

 

     

Cargo
Number

  

Description

   Cost     

DCF Location

  

Comment

1

        $ [REDACTED]       General/Delaware City/April 2011   

2

             

3

             

4

             

5

             

6

             

7

             

8

             

9

             

10

             

11

             

12

             

13

             

14

             

15

             

16

             

17

             

18

             

19

             

20

             

21

             

22

             

23

             

24

             

25

             

26

             

27

             

28

             

29

             

30

             
     Running Total:         
     Buyer’s Paydown:         
     Balance:          Transferred
             

 

Appendix 18

Page 1


APPENDIX 19 – REFINERY MARINE TERMS

 

1. PRE-ARRIVAL INFORMATION

In addition to the notice requirements contained in the Agreement, Seller, or the owner or master of a Vessel chartered by Seller, shall:

(a) Give notice in writing to Buyer, or the operator of the Refinery, of the estimated time of arrival (“ETA”) of any scheduled Vessel at [REDACTED] before the expected arrival at the Refinery or customary anchorage.

(b) Promptly notify Buyer, directly or indirectly, or the operator of the Refinery, in writing about a new ETA if the ETA advances or recedes by [REDACTED] or more after the [REDACTED] ETA notice has been given.

(c) Furnish, as reasonably requested by Buyer, additional data in writing, about the Vessel’s dimensions, equipment and certificates, as well as the nature and estimated duration of the anticipated cargo handling and other operations at the Refinery based on Vessel’s pumping capabilities, such information to be actually received by Buyer not later than [REDACTED] before the Vessel’s arrival at the Refinery.

 

2. DOCKED VESSEL OPERATIONS

Buyer may instruct Seller to direct a Vessel to vacate its Berth if the Vessel fails to comply with Buyer’s rules and regulations or if there is a deficiency in the Vessel’s safety or environmental systems. If the Vessel does not vacate the Berth in a reasonable time following said instructions, Seller agrees to indemnify Buyer in accordance with Clauses 26 and 27 of the Agreement for any Liabilities Buyer incurs or is required to pay third parties as a result thereof, upon receipt of proper supporting documents.

 

3. SAFE BERTH AND PASSAGE

(a) If a Vessel cannot, in Buyer’s reasonable opinion, maintain its mooring safely at the dock, and the Vessel is causing the unsafe condition, then Buyer at its sole discretion may order hold-in tugs, and the cost of such tugs shall be for the Vessel’s account. Dockage and service fees, including mooring, booming and gangway use, will be charged to the Vessel. In addition, all duties and other charges on the Vessel, including those incurred for tugs and pilots, and other port costs shall be for the Vessel’s account, unless required by Buyer.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Appendix or Agreement, Buyer does not warrant the safety or draft of public channels, fairways, approaches thereto, anchorages or other publicly-maintained area either inside or outside the port area where the Vessel may be directed. Buyer shall not be liable for (i) any loss, damage, injury or delay to Vessel resulting from the use of such waterways not caused by Buyer’s sole fault or sole negligence or which could have been avoided by the exercise of reasonable care on the part of the Vessel or its master, or (ii) any damage to Vessel at the Refinery caused by other vessels passing in the waterway.

 

Appendix 19

Page 1


(c) Subject to subclause (iv) below, Buyer warrants to Seller that (i) Buyer shall provide two jetties for import and export of Oil and Feedstock fitted with loading hoses and insulation flanges for Berthing as specified in this Clause 3(c) of this Appendix 19 and (ii) one jetty (the “ Number 1 Berth ”) shall meet the requirements listed in subclause (i) below and the second jetty (the “ Number 2 Berth ”) shall meet the requirements listed in subclause (ii) below:

(i) Number 1 Berth: (1) maximum 923 feet length overall (“ LOA ”), (2) maximum 142,000 deadweight tonnage (“ DWT ”), and (3) variable draft up to a maximum of 36 feet fresh water, with minimum 310 feet LBP due to bumper configuration.

(ii) Number 2 Berth: (1) maximum 900 feet LOA, (2) maximum 160,000 DWT, and (3) variable draft up to a maximum of 36 feet fresh water, with minimum 260 feet LBP.

(iii) Access to both berths is via Buyer’s Shipping Channel, with a variable draft up to a maximum on 36 feet at MHW, which includes a 1’ under keel clearance. Actual drafts in the channel will be mapped periodically and changes promptly communicated to Seller. Any additional costs incurred as a result of changes in drafts, including lightering costs, will be solely for Buyer’s account.

(iv) The crude pipeline from the jetty to the crude oil tank farm has a check valve making it a receipt-only facility. Buyer warrants that the check valve on the crude pipeline can be modified to export crude oil. Should a Buyer Event of Default occur Buyer shall make, or permit Seller to make, all necessary modifications to the jetty pipeline and any lateral pipelines to facilitate the export of crude oil from the Refinery, including reversal of the check valve(s). All costs incurred for such modifications shall be solely for the account of Buyer.

 

4. SHORE TANK AVAILABILITY

Buyer has the right to restrict or modify Berthing times based on the availability of shore tank ullage. Buyer will make every effort to communicate to Seller any anticipated issues with shore tanks or ullage. Any delay or cost resulting from such restriction or modification, including demurrage, shifting costs, pilotage and additional tugs, shall be solely for Buyer’s account.

 

5. POLLUTION PREVENTION AND RESPONSIBILITY

In the event of an escape or discharge of Oil, cargo or bunkers from a Vessel that causes or threatens to cause pollution or damage, Buyer will promptly take whatever measures are necessary to prevent, mitigate and clean up such release or damage. Buyer shall keep Seller advised of the nature and results of any such measures taken, and, if time permits, the nature of the measures intended to be taken.

 

6. HOSES AND SIMULTANEOUS DISCHARGE

 

Appendix 19

Page 2


(a) Hoses between the Vessel and the shore flanges shall be furnished by Buyer. Flanges for hose connection should be at or near the Vessel’s dockside rail and should comply with OCIMF recommendations and US Coast Guard regulations. Use of crossover hoses/jumpers is not allowed without prior authorization from Buyer.

(b) Vessel cargo hoses, including marine vapor recovery and offshore manifold crossover hoses (or jumpers), must be tested annually, and be in service for less than 5 years. Documentation of annual hydrostatic testing and service age must be aboard the Vessel and available to Buyer on request. Any time lost due to verification of compliance shall be for the account of Seller.

(c) If requested by Buyer, Vessel shall discharge more than one grade simultaneously whenever technically capable of doing so.

 

7. AMERICAN TANKER RATE SCHEDULE / WORLDSCALE REFERENCE

All terms, conditions and differentials as set forth in the current revised American Tanker Rate Schedule / Worldscale Reference on the date of the Vessel loading or discharging, as applicable, and amendments thereto, shall apply insofar as they are not in conflict with any of the above written provisions.

 

Appendix 19

Page 3


APPENDIX 20 – STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT

BENEFICIARY:

GENTLEMEN:

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH THIS IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [                                 ] IN YOUR FAVOR FOR DRAWINGS UP TO USD [                 ] EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY. THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL EXPIRE WITH OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON [                     ,     20    ] (“EXPIRY DATE”)[A date not less than 6 months following the issuance date].

FUNDS UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [                         ] ARE AVAILABLE AGAINST BENEFICIARY’S SIGNED DRAFT (DEMAND FOR PAYMENT) DRAWN ON UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH ACCOMPANIED BY THE ORIGINAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT INCLUDING ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENT(S) AND BENEFICIARY’S STATEMENT PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED SIGNER, STATING THE FOLLOWING:

“I, [    ] AN AUTHORIZED SIGNER FOR (insert beneficiary), HEREBY DEMAND PAYMENT OF USD [                        ] UNDER UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [                    ], SINCE (insert applicant), DEFAULTED IN COMPLYING WITH THE TERMS OF A CERTAIN AGREEMENT SIGNED BETWEEN (insert beneficiary) AND (insert applicant).”

Or

“I, [    ] AN AUTHORIZED SIGNER FOR (insert beneficiary), HEREBY DEMAND PAYMENT OF USD [                        ] UNDER UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [                    ], BECAUSE (insert applicant) IS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IN PLACE, BUT THE LETTER OF CREDIT’S EXPIRY DATE HAS NOT BEEN EXTENDED AT LEAST 30 DAYS OR MORE PRIOR TO THE CURRENT EXPIRY DATE.”

SPECIAL CONDITIONS:

All bank charges and commissions shall be for the applicant’s account.

Spelling and typographical errors are not to be construed as a discrepancy.

Partial and multiple drawings are permitted.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, telecopy documents and faxes in lieu of originals are acceptable for purposes of this letter of credit.

The Expiry Date shall be automatically extended for an additional one year period, 45 calendar days prior to the currently applicable Expiry Date, unless at least 45 calendar days prior to the

 

Appendix 20

Page 1


original Expiry Date and any amended or renewal Expiry Date, we notify the Beneficiary in writing by certified mail that there will be no (further) renewals or extensions.

EACH DEMAND HEREUNDER WILL BE HONORED BY [    ] P.M. ON THE BANKING DAY ON WHICH SUCH DEMAND WAS RECEIVED IF THE DEMAND IS RECEIVED BY [10:00] A,M, AND WILL BE HONORED BY [    ] P.M. ON THE BANKING DAY FOLLOWING THE DAY ON WHICH SUCH DEMAND WAS RECEIVED IF THE DEMAND IS RECEIVED AFTER [10:00] A,M, PAYMENTS SHALL BE MADE BY US IN UNITED STATES DOLLARS, IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS AND IN FULL WITHOUT ANY DEDUCTION OR WITHOLDING (WHETHER IN RESPECT OF SET OFF, COUNTERCLAIM, DUTIES, PRESENT OR FUTURE TAXES, CHARGES OR OTHERWISE WHATSOEVER).

WE SHALL HONOR ANY SIGHT DRAFT(S) PRESENTED UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PROVIDED SUCH DRAFT(S) AND ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTS CONFORM TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS HEREOF. DRAFT(S)AND STATEMENT MAY BE SUBMITTED (a) IN PERSON AT [list physical address of appropriate branch of the issuing bank OR (b) BY OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE ADDRESSED TO UBS AG. 299 PARK AVENUE, 26 TH FLOOR, NEW YORK, NY 10171, ATTN: LETTER OF CREDIT SERVICES.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BECOME IMMEDIATELY DUE AND PAYABLE IF WE SHALL COMMENCE ANY CASE, PROCEEDING OR OTHER ACTION UNDER ANY EXISTING OR FUTURE LAW OF ANY JURISDICTION RELATING TO BANKRUPTCY, INSOLVENCY, AND REORGANIZATION. ARRANGEMENT. SCHEME OF ARRANGEMENT, ADJUSTMENT, WINDING-UP, LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION, COMPOSITION OR OTHER RELIEF WITH RESPECT TO OUR DEBTS, OR SEEK APPOINTMENT OF A LIQUIDATOR, PROVISIONAL LIQUIDATOR, RECEIVER, ADMINISTRATOR, TRUSTEE, CUSTODIAN, OR OTHER INSOLVENCY OFFICIAL FOR ALL OR ANY SUBSTANTIAL PART OF OUR ASSETS; OR TAKE ANY ACTION IN FURTHERANCE OF, OR INDICATING OUR CONSENT TO, APPROVAL OF, OR ACQUIESCENCE IN, ANY OF THE ACTS SET FORTH ABOVE.

THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE ISP98 (INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES, INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE, PARIS PUBLICATION NO. 590).

As to matters not governed by ISP98 the construction, validity and performance of this Standby Letter of Credit shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York and any dispute shall be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, or, if such court declines to exercise or does not have jurisdiction, in any New York State court in the Borough of Manhattan.

 

Appendix 20

Page 2


APPENDIX 21 – HSE AND ETHICS POLICY

Seller has previously delivered under separate cover certain of Seller’s HSE policies as set forth in the report prepared by Seller regarding that certain Terminal Vetting carried out by Seller on August 17, 2010, with respect to the Refinery.

Seller has delivered under separate cover Seller’s Ethics Policy as set forth in that certain Ethics Code of Conduct.

 

Appendix 21

Page 1


APPENDIX 22 – PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC GUARANTY

GUARANTY

This Guaranty, dated effective as of April 7, 2011 is made and entered into by PBF Energy Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (hereinafter referred to as “Guarantor”), in favor of Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as “Beneficiary”).

In consideration of the Beneficiary having entered into or entering into that certain Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement dated as of the date of this Guaranty and ancillary agreements including without limitation: intercreditor agreement(s); payment direction agreement(s); transportation agreements; storage agreements; and any other similar hydrocarbon transaction agreements which may from time to time be modified, amended and supplemented (collectively, the “Transaction Documents”), with any one or more of the following subsidiaries, and their respective successors and permitted assigns. The transactions described and performed pursuant to or in connection with the Transaction Documents are collectively referred to herein as the “Transactions.”

COMPANY NAME: Delaware City Refining Company LLC

COMPANY ADDRESS: 1 Sylvan Way, 2nd floor, Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

PHONE: 973-455-7500

FAX: 973-455-7562

(hereinafter collectively called the “Company”).

NOW , THEREFORE , Guarantor and Beneficiary hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

1. Guaranty

Subject to the provisions hereof, Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the timely performance of all obligations, including but not limited to (a) payment when due of all obligations to Beneficiary under the Transactions and (b) compliance with financial covenants and reporting covenants contained in the Transaction Documents (hereinafter collectively called the “Obligations”).

If the Company fails to perform any Obligation, Guarantor will perform such Obligation upon Beneficiary’s first demand in accordance with the provision of this Guaranty.

Guarantor agrees to pay all expenses incurred by Beneficiary to enforce its rights under this Guaranty, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs.

 

Appendix 22

Page 1


2. Term

This Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect until the tenth business day after date on which Beneficiary receives a written notice from the Guarantor revoking this Guaranty (hereinafter referred to as the “Termination Date”), and shall be binding upon Guarantor, its successors and permitted assigns, provided that the Guaranty will continue in full force and effect with regard to all Obligations arising under the Transactions prior to such Termination Date.

 

3. Nature of Guaranty

This Guaranty is one of payment and performance and not of collection. The Obligations of the Guarantor are in addition to and not in substitution for any other security which the Beneficiary may hold in relation to any Obligation, and will not be affected by the existence, validity, enforceability, perfection or extent of such security. The Guarantor hereby agrees that its Obligations hereunder shall be unconditional irrespective of (i) the impossibility or illegality of performance under the Transactions; (ii) the absence of any action to enforce the Transactions; (iii) any waiver or consent by the Beneficiary concerning any provisions of the Transactions; (iv) the rendering of any judgment against or any action to enforce the same; (v) any failure by the Beneficiary to take any steps necessary to preserve its rights to any security or collateral for the Obligations; (vi) the release of all or any portion of any collateral by the Beneficiary; or (vii) any failure by the Beneficiary to perfect or to keep perfected its security interest in or lien on any portion of any collateral.

If any payment from the Company for any Obligation to Beneficiary is rescinded or must be returned for any other reason, Guarantor will remain liable for such Obligation as if such payment had not been made.

Guarantor has the right to assert defenses that the Company may have under the Transactions, except defenses arising from (i) winding-up, insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization, change of ownership, dissolution, liquidation, or any similar proceeding of the Company; (ii) illegality or invalidity of any of the Transactions or the Obligations; or, (iii) defenses that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.

 

4. Consents

The Company and Beneficiary may modify any term of any Transaction at any time, without impairing or affecting any of Guarantor’s Obligations under this Guaranty, including but not limited to: extension, renewal, compromise, composition or other payment or performance arrangement.

 

5. Waivers

Guarantor hereby waives (i) notice of acceptance of this Guaranty, (ii) presentment and demand for payment or performance concerning the Obligations of Guarantor, except as

 

Appendix 22

Page 2


expressly provided for herein, (iii) protest and notice of default to the Guarantor or to any other party with respect to the Obligations, (iv) any right to require that any demand, action or proceeding be brought by Beneficiary against the Company seeking enforcement against the Company of the Obligations prior to any action against Guarantor under this Guaranty.

Except as to applicable statutes of limitation, no delay of Beneficiary in the exercise of, or failure to exercise, any rights under this Guaranty shall operate as a waiver of such rights, a waiver of other rights, or a release of Guarantor from any Obligations hereunder.

 

6. Subrogation

Upon payment and performance of all the Obligations, the Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of the Beneficiary against the Company, and the Beneficiary agrees to take, at the Guarantor’s expense, such steps as the Guarantor may reasonably request to implement such subrogation.

 

7. Assignment

Guarantor may not assign this Guaranty or any Obligation hereunder without Beneficiary’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

8. Demands and Payments

If the Company fails to pay or perform any Obligation, and Beneficiary elects to exercise its rights under this Guaranty, Beneficiary shall make a written demand on Guarantor. The demand shall identify the Transaction under which a demand is being made and identify the amount and the basis of the demand and shall contain a statement that Beneficiary is calling upon Guarantor under this Guaranty. A demand conforming to the foregoing shall be sufficient notice to Guarantor to pay or perform under this Guaranty. All payments to be made by Guarantor under such demand shall be in the currency of the Obligation, for value on the due date and without set-off, counterclaim, deduction, or similar proceeding.

 

9. Notice

Any demand, notice and other communication to be given under this Guaranty by Guarantor or Beneficiary, shall be in writing and shall be delivered (i) personally, (ii) by commercial courier, (iii) by certified or registered first class mail, or (iv) faxed, to:

As to Guarantor:

PBF Energy Company LLC

1 Sylvan Way, 2 nd floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

Attn: General Counsel

Main: (973) 455-7500

Fax Number: (973) 455-7562

 

Appendix 22

Page 3


As to Beneficiary:

Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc.

1055 Washington Boulevard – 7th Floor

Stamford, CT 06901

Attn: Credit Department

Main: (203) 978-6900

Fax: (203) 978-6952

Notices sent in accordance with the provision above will be deemed received (i) on the day received if delivered personally; (ii) two (2) business days after shipment if sent by commercial courier; (iii) four (4) business days after mailing if sent by certified or registered class-mail; or (iv) on the next business day if served by fax when the sender has a machine confirmation as to when and to whom the notice was sent. Notices sent by fax shall be confirmed in writing by certified mail promptly after transmission.

 

10. Governing Law and Jurisdiction

This Guaranty and each Transaction entered into hereunder will be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without reference to its conflict of laws doctrine).

With respect to any and all disputes arising out of or in connection with this Guaranty, including without limitation, its formation, validity, interpretation, execution, termination or breach, each Party irrevocably: (i) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, or, if such court declines to exercise or does not have jurisdiction, in a New York State court in the Borough of Manhattan; (ii) agrees and consents to service of process by certified mail, delivered to the Party at the address indicated in the Guaranty; (iii) waives any objection, with respect to such proceedings, that such court does not have jurisdiction over such Party; (iv) waives any objection to the venue of any proceedings in any such court and waives any claim that such proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum; and (v) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any proceedings relating to this Guaranty. Nothing in the Guaranty precludes either Party from bringing proceedings in any other jurisdiction to enforce any judgment obtained in any proceedings referred to in this paragraph, nor will bringing of such enforcement proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the bringing of enforcement proceedings in any other jurisdiction.

 

11. Miscellaneous

All rights, remedies and powers provided in this Guaranty may be exercised only to the extent that the exercise thereof does not violate any applicable provision of law.

 

Appendix 22

Page 4


Each of the provisions of this Guaranty is intended (i) to be subject to all applicable mandatory provisions of law that may be controlling, and, (ii) to be limited to the extent necessary that it will not render this Guaranty invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part.

The Guarantor waives any right that it may have to trial by jury in respect of any action or proceedings relating to this Guaranty.

This Guaranty shall be binding upon Guarantor, its successors and permitted assigns and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Beneficiary, its successors and permitted assigns.

This Guaranty embodies the entire agreement and understanding between Guarantor and Beneficiary and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

The headings in this Guaranty are for purposes of reference only, and shall not affect the meaning hereof.

 

12. Representations and Warranties

Guarantor hereby represents and warrants (i) that it is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Delaware, (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty by Guarantor have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not violate its By-Laws or similar constitutional documents, and, (iii) this Guaranty constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Guarantor, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Appendix 22

Page 5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Guaranty as of the date first above written.

 

Name of Guarantor:
PBF Energy Company LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Appendix 22

Page 6


APPENDIX 23 – PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC GUARANTY

GUARANTY

This Guaranty, dated effective as of April 7, 2011 is made and entered into by PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (hereinafter referred to as “Guarantor”), in favor of Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as “Beneficiary”).

In consideration of the Beneficiary having entered into or entering into that certain Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement dated as of the date of this Guaranty and ancillary agreements including without limitation: intercreditor agreement(s); payment direction agreement(s); transportation agreements; storage agreements; and any other similar hydrocarbon transaction agreements which may from time to time be modified, amended and supplemented (collectively, the “Transaction Documents”), with any one or more of the following subsidiaries, and their respective successors and permitted assigns. The transactions described and performed pursuant to or in connection with the Transaction Documents are collectively referred to herein as the “Transactions.”

COMPANY NAME: Delaware City Refining Company LLC

COMPANY ADDRESS: 1 Sylvan Way, 2nd floor, Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

PHONE: 973-455-7500

FAX: 973-455-7562

(hereinafter collectively called the “Company”).

NOW , THEREFORE , Guarantor and Beneficiary hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

1. Guaranty

Subject to the provisions hereof, Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the timely performance of all obligations, including but not limited to (a) payment when due of all obligations to Beneficiary under the Transactions and (b) compliance with financial covenants and reporting covenants contained in the Transaction Documents (hereinafter collectively called the “Obligations”).

If the Company fails to perform any Obligation, Guarantor will perform such Obligation upon Beneficiary’s first demand in accordance with the provision of this Guaranty.

Guarantor agrees to pay all expenses incurred by Beneficiary to enforce its rights under this Guaranty, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs.

 

Appendix 23

Page 1


2. Term

This Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect until the tenth business day after date on which Beneficiary receives a written notice from the Guarantor revoking this Guaranty (hereinafter referred to as the “Termination Date”), and shall be binding upon Guarantor, its successors and permitted assigns, provided that the Guaranty will continue in full force and effect with regard to all Obligations arising under the Transactions prior to such Termination Date.

 

3. Nature of Guaranty

This Guaranty is one of payment and performance and not of collection. The Obligations of the Guarantor are in addition to and not in substitution for any other security which the Beneficiary may hold in relation to any Obligation, and will not be affected by the existence, validity, enforceability, perfection or extent of such security. The Guarantor hereby agrees that its Obligations hereunder shall be unconditional irrespective of (i) the impossibility or illegality of performance under the Transactions; (ii) the absence of any action to enforce the Transactions; (iii) any waiver or consent by the Beneficiary concerning any provisions of the Transactions; (iv) the rendering of any judgment against or any action to enforce the same; (v) any failure by the Beneficiary to take any steps necessary to preserve its rights to any security or collateral for the Obligations; (vi) the release of all or any portion of any collateral by the Beneficiary; or (vii) any failure by the Beneficiary to perfect or to keep perfected its security interest in or lien on any portion of any collateral.

If any payment from the Company for any Obligation to Beneficiary is rescinded or must be returned for any other reason, Guarantor will remain liable for such Obligation as if such payment had not been made.

Guarantor has the right to assert defenses that the Company may have under the Transactions, except defenses arising from (i) winding-up, insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization, change of ownership, dissolution, liquidation, or any similar proceeding of the Company; (ii) illegality or invalidity of any of the Transactions or the Obligations; or, (iii) defenses that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.

 

4. Consents

The Company and Beneficiary may modify any term of any Transaction at any time, without impairing or affecting any of Guarantor’s Obligations under this Guaranty, including but not limited to: extension, renewal, compromise, composition or other payment or performance arrangement.

 

5. Waivers

Guarantor hereby waives (i) notice of acceptance of this Guaranty, (ii) presentment and demand for payment or performance concerning the Obligations of Guarantor, except as

 

Appendix 23

Page 2


expressly provided for herein, (iii) protest and notice of default to the Guarantor or to any other party with respect to the Obligations, (iv) any right to require that any demand, action or proceeding be brought by Beneficiary against the Company seeking enforcement against the Company of the Obligations prior to any action against Guarantor under this Guaranty.

Except as to applicable statutes of limitation, no delay of Beneficiary in the exercise of, or failure to exercise, any rights under this Guaranty shall operate as a waiver of such rights, a waiver of other rights, or a release of Guarantor from any Obligations hereunder.

 

6. Subrogation

Upon payment and performance of all the Obligations, the Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of the Beneficiary against the Company, and the Beneficiary agrees to take, at the Guarantor’s expense, such steps as the Guarantor may reasonably request to implement such subrogation.

 

7. Assignment

Guarantor may not assign this Guaranty or any Obligation hereunder without Beneficiary’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

8. Demands and Payments

If the Company fails to pay or perform any Obligation, and Beneficiary elects to exercise its rights under this Guaranty, Beneficiary shall make a written demand on Guarantor. The demand shall identify the Transaction under which a demand is being made and identify the amount and the basis of the demand and shall contain a statement that Beneficiary is calling upon Guarantor under this Guaranty. A demand conforming to the foregoing shall be sufficient notice to Guarantor to pay or perform under this Guaranty. All payments to be made by Guarantor under such demand shall be in the currency of the Obligation, for value on the due date and without set-off, counterclaim, deduction, or similar proceeding.

 

9. Notice

Any demand, notice and other communication to be given under this Guaranty by Guarantor or Beneficiary, shall be in writing and shall be delivered (i) personally, (ii) by commercial courier, (iii) by certified or registered first class mail, or (iv) faxed, to:

As to Guarantor:

PBF Holding Company LLC

1 Sylvan Way, 2 nd floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

Attn: General Counsel

Main: (973) 455-7500

Fax Number: (973) 455-7562

 

Appendix 23

Page 3


As to Beneficiary:

Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc.

1055 Washington Boulevard – 7th Floor

Stamford, CT 06901

Attn: Credit Department

Main: (203) 978-6900

Fax: (203) 978-6952

Notices sent in accordance with the provision above will be deemed received (i) on the day received if delivered personally; (ii) two (2) business days after shipment if sent by commercial courier; (iii) four (4) business days after mailing if sent by certified or registered class-mail; or (iv) on the next business day if served by fax when the sender has a machine confirmation as to when and to whom the notice was sent. Notices sent by fax shall be confirmed in writing by certified mail promptly after transmission.

 

10. Governing Law and Jurisdiction

This Guaranty and each Transaction entered into hereunder will be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without reference to its conflict of laws doctrine).

With respect to any and all disputes arising out of or in connection with this Guaranty, including without limitation, its formation, validity, interpretation, execution, termination or breach, each Party irrevocably: (i) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, or, if such court declines to exercise or does not have jurisdiction, in a New York State court in the Borough of Manhattan; (ii) agrees and consents to service of process by certified mail, delivered to the Party at the address indicated in the Guaranty; (iii) waives any objection, with respect to such proceedings, that such court does not have jurisdiction over such Party; (iv) waives any objection to the venue of any proceedings in any such court and waives any claim that such proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum; and (v) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any proceedings relating to this Guaranty. Nothing in the Guaranty precludes either Party from bringing proceedings in any other jurisdiction to enforce any judgment obtained in any proceedings referred to in this paragraph, nor will bringing of such enforcement proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the bringing of enforcement proceedings in any other jurisdiction.

 

11. Miscellaneous

All rights, remedies and powers provided in this Guaranty may be exercised only to the extent that the exercise thereof does not violate any applicable provision of law.

 

Appendix 23

Page 4


Each of the provisions of this Guaranty is intended (i) to be subject to all applicable mandatory provisions of law that may be controlling, and, (ii) to be limited to the extent necessary that it will not render this Guaranty invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part.

The Guarantor waives any right that it may have to trial by jury in respect of any action or proceedings relating to this Guaranty.

This Guaranty shall be binding upon Guarantor, its successors and permitted assigns and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Beneficiary, its successors and permitted assigns.

This Guaranty embodies the entire agreement and understanding between Guarantor and Beneficiary and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

The headings in this Guaranty are for purposes of reference only, and shall not affect the meaning hereof.

 

12. Representations and Warranties

Guarantor hereby represents and warrants (i) that it is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Delaware, (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty by Guarantor have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not violate its By-Laws or similar constitutional documents, and, (iii) this Guaranty constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Guarantor, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Appendix 23

Page 5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Guaranty as of the date first above written.

 

Name of Guarantor:
PBF Holding Company LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Appendix 23

Page 6

Exhibit 10.9

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FOR THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH THE WORD “[REDACTED]”.

CRUDE OIL/FEEDSTOCK SUPPLY/DELIVERY

AND SERVICES AGREEMENT

between

STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC.

and

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

1.

  

CONTRACT PARTIES

     1   

2.

  

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

     1   

3.

  

TERM OF OIL SUPPLY AND SERVICES

     15   

4.

  

QUALITY

     16   

5.

  

ACQUISITION OF OIL

     17   

6.

  

NOMINATIONS

     23   

7.

  

TITLE; CONTROL; RISK OF LOSS

     24   

8.

  

STORAGE FACILITIES

     26   

9.

  

PRICE AND PRICING

     26   

10.

  

PAYMENT AND THE EPQ PROCESS

     33   

11.

  

RECONCILIATION OF MONTH END VOLUMES AND ADJUSTMENT

     35   

12.

  

PETTY CASH BANKS

     36   

13.

  

VESSEL, BERTH AND SUPPLY PORT

     37   

14.

  

SHIPPING AND LIGHTERING

     41   

15.

  

DETERMINATION OF QUANTITY AND QUALITY

     42   

16.

  

LAYTIME AND DEMURRAGE

     44   

17.

  

UNSCHEDULED DISRUPTION TO NORMAL REFINERY OPERATIONS

     46   

18.

  

FORCE MAJEURE

     46   

19.

  

CREDIT CONDITIONS

     48   

20.

  

TAXES, DUTIES AND CHARGES

     50   

21.

  

INSURANCE

     51   

22.

  

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

     52   

23.

  

AUDITING AND INSPECTION RIGHTS

     57   

24.

  

DEFAULT, SUSPENSION AND TERMINATION

     58   

25.

  

OBLIGATIONS AT TERMINATION

     61   

26.

  

INDEMNIFICATION AND CLAIMS

     63   

27.

  

DAMAGES

     66   

28.

  

ASSIGNMENT

     66   

29.

  

NOTICES AND ADDRESSES

     66   

30.

  

WARRANTIES; DISCLAIMER

     67   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

          Page  

31.

  

APPLICABLE LAW, LITIGATION AND ARBITRATION

     68   

32.

  

HSE, DRUG AND ALCOHOL POLICY

     70   

33.

  

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS.

     71   

34.

  

VOICE RECORDING

     71   

35.

  

DISPOSAL

     71   

36.

  

CONFIDENTIALITY

     72   

37.

  

SOVEREIGN IMMUNITY

     73   

38.

  

ANTI-CORRUPTION AND FACILITATION PAYMENTS

     73   

39.

  

CONFLICT OF INTEREST

     74   

40.

  

MISCELLANEOUS

     74   

 

-ii-


APPENDICES

 

APPENDIX 1

       

FORM OF ESTIMATED PERIOD QUANTITY (EPQ) STATEMENT

APPENDIX 2

       

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENTS

APPENDIX 3

       

PAYMENT DIRECTION AGREEMENT

APPENDIX 4

       

REFINERY DESCRIPTION

APPENDIX 5

       

STORAGE FACILITIES USE PROVISIONS

APPENDIX 6

       

GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF SERVICE

APPENDIX 7

       

LIST OF MUTUALLY AGREED GRADES

APPENDIX 8

       

REQUIREMENTS SCHEDULE

APPENDIX 9

       

GRADE PECKING ORDER

APPENDIX 10

       

CARGO CONFIRMATION NOTICE

APPENDIX 11

       

COMMENCEMENT INVENTORY ACQUISITION

APPENDIX 12

       

TERMINATION OF DELIVERIES NOTICE

APPENDIX 13

       

SAUDI CONTRACT ARRANGEMENTS

APPENDIX 14

       

CARGO BANKS AND HEDGE MONTHS SPREADSHEET

APPENDIX 15

       

CARGO TABLE SPREADSHEET

APPENDIX 16

       

FORM OF DELAWARE CITY TANK LEASE

APPENDIX 17

       

FORM OF BUYER’S INVENTORY STATEMENT

APPENDIX 18

       

FORM OF PETTY CASH SPREADSHEET

APPENDIX 19

       

REFINERY MARINE TERMS

APPENDIX 20

       

STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT

APPENDIX 21

       

HSE AND ETHICS POLICY

 

-iii-


1. CONTRACT PARTIES

THIS CRUDE OIL/FEEDSTOCK SUPPLY, DELIVERY AND SERVICES AGREEMENT is made and entered into this 16 th day of December 2010 (“ Effective Date ”) between:

Buyer:

PBF Holding Company LLC

1 Sylvan Way, 2nd Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

Seller:

Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc.

1055 Washington Boulevard – 7th Floor

Stamford, CT 06901

WHEREAS, Buyer is in the process of acquiring Valero Refining Company-New Jersey (“ Refinery Project Company ”), which owns the Refinery (as hereinafter defined); and

WHEREAS, Buyer and Seller each desire to enter into an agreement, pursuant to which Seller shall (a) purchase from third parties or Affiliates of Seller and then subsequently sell to Buyer crude oil and feedstock, (b) provide certain commodity-related services to Buyer, and (c) extend a line of credit, each for use by Buyer in connection with the procurement of Oil and Indigenous Feedstock for the Refinery; and

WHEREAS, on the Delivery Commencement Date, immediately after the closing of the acquisition of Refinery Project Company by Buyer, Buyer shall assign its rights and obligations in this Agreement to Refinery Project Company as set forth in Clause 28 below whereupon Refinery Project Company shall become “Buyer” for all purposes hereunder; and

WHEREAS, Buyer and Seller wish to cooperate with one another to seek out and make use of opportunities associated with optimizing the Refinery’s use of various grades and types of crude oil and feedstock.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the respective promises, conditions and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

2. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

(a) Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below and shall include the plural and singular forms of the terms:

Acquisition Discussion ” means the technical dialogue between Buyer and Seller covering all relevant issues pertinent to the decisions needed to allow Seller to acquire the optimal Cargo to cover its appropriate Requirement.


Actual Refinery Slate ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 9(a)(ii).

Additional Acceptable Security ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 19(b)(v).

Adjusted IF Volume ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(i)(ii)(1).

Adjustment ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 11(a).

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a given Person, any other Person (i) that directly or indirectly (through one or more intermediaries) controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such first mentioned Person, (ii) that beneficially owns or holds more than 50% of the interest of such first mentioned Person, or (iii) for which more than 50% of the interest therein is beneficially owned or held by such first mentioned Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the right or power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreed Delivery Route ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(c)(iv).

Agreement ” or “ this Agreement ” means this Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement, including the Appendices hereto, as it may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

API ” means American Petroleum Institute.

ASTM ” means American Society for Testing and Materials.

Bankrupt ” means, with respect to a Person if such Person (i) dissolves, other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger, (ii) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due, (iii) makes a general assignment or arrangement for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any similar Law affecting creditor’s rights, or a petition is presented against it for its winding-up or liquidation, (v) institutes a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency Law or for reorganization relief under the winding-up or liquidation for such Person, (vi) has a resolution passed for its winding-up or liquidation, other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger, (vii) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for all or substantially all of its assets, (viii) has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all of its assets, or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all of its assets, (ix) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of the foregoing nature, (x) has a proceeding against it seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution, or similar relief under any Law, if 120 days after the commencement of such proceeding it has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the

 

-2-


appointment, without its consent or acquiescence, of a trustee, receiver, or liquidator of it or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated, or (xi) takes any other action to authorize any of the actions set forth above.

Bankruptcy Code ” means Chapter 11 of Title 11, US Code, as amended.

Barrel ” or “ Bbl ” means a volume of 42 Gallons corrected for temperature to 60° F, and atmospheric pressure unless stated otherwise.

Base Rate ” means the lesser of (i) LIBOR plus [REDACTED]% and (ii) the maximum rate of interest permitted by Law.

Berth ” means the mooring, dock, anchorage, wharf, submarine line, single point or single buoy or single berth mooring facility, offshore location, offshore facility, alongside barges, lighters or any other mooring facility.

Blended Price ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 9(b).

Business Day ” means any Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday on which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in New York, New York.

Buyer ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 1.

Buyer’s Credit Agreement ” means collectively: Term Loan and Credit Agreement and Revolving Credit Agreement, each by and between PBF Holding Company LLC, DCRC, Paulsboro Refining Company LLC and the other Guarantors Party thereto, and UBS Securities LLC, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, Morgan Stanley Funding, Inc. and UBS AG, Stamford Branch; and Senior Secured Note Agreement by and between Paulsboro Refining Company LLC, Paulsboro Natural Gas Pipeline Company LLC, PBF Energy Company LLC and PBF Holding Company LLC, and Valero Energy Corporation, including any amendment, renewal, modification or replacement thereof.

Buyer’s Guarantor ” means PBF Energy Company LLC.

Buyer’s Requirements Schedule ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 6.

Buyer’s Tentative Requirements Schedule ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(a)(i).

Calculated Payment Obligation ” has the meaning set forth in Clause 11(b).

Capital Leases ” means, with respect to any Person, any lease of any property by such Person which would, in accordance with GAAP, be required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of such Person.

 

-3-


Cargo ” means a specifically identified volume of Oil ascertained within the nomination process provided for herein, Supplied to, or to be Supplied to Buyer, whether located in the Storage Facilities, in any Statoil Storage Facility, on a Vessel, in a third party facility, in a pipeline or at any other location or facility.

Cargo Bank ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 9(a)(iii).

Cargo Bank Differential ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 9(b)(ii).

Cargo Bank Hedge-Month ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 9(a)(iii)(4).

Cargo Bank Withdrawal ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 9(a)(ii).

Cargo Basis Differential ” means the differential amount agreed to by the Parties relative to the Cargo Bank Hedge-Month.

Cargo Confirmation Notice ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(f)(iii).

Cargo Final Price ” means the estimated per Barrel Price for Oil delivered by Seller hereunder, calculated as the price per Barrel for the Cargo agreed on by Seller and Buyer [REDACTED].

Change in Law ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 31(g).

Closing Inventory ” has the meaning set forth in Clause 11(a)(i).

Code ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 20(b).

Commercial Services ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 3(a)(ii).

Commodity Exchange Act ” means 7 U.S.C. § 1, et seq.

Completion of Supply ” means, in respect of a Cargo, the final disconnection of the transfer hose(s)/arms(s) of the Vessel carrying such Cargo following Supply.

Confidential Information ” means all information (whether written, oral, visual, electronic or delivered by any other means) furnished either before or after the date hereof, either directly or indirectly, in connection with the performance of this Agreement by one Party (the “ Disclosing Party ”) or any of its directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, representatives (including without limitation a Disclosing Party’s real estate agents/brokers, financial advisors, attorneys and accountants), agents, or Affiliated, subsidiary or parent companies (the “ Disclosing Party Representatives ”) to the other Party (the “ Receiving Party ”) or any of its directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, representatives (including without limitation its real estate agents/brokers, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants and consultants), agents, or Affiliated, subsidiary or parent corporations (individually and collectively, the “ Receiving Party Recipients ”) and all analyses, compilations, forecasts, studies or other documents prepared by Receiving Party Recipients which contain any such information. Each of (i) the fact that such information has been delivered to the Receiving Party or Receiving Party Recipients, (ii) this

 

-4-


Agreement, and (iii) the other agreements entered into in connection with this Agreement, are “Confidential Information”. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Confidential Information” shall not include any information which: (a) at the time of disclosure is in the public domain; (b) after disclosure to the Receiving Party Recipients enters the public domain, except as a result of any Receiving Party Recipient’s breach of this Agreement or any other agreement of confidentiality, it being understood and agreed, that information that is public or has, to the Receiving Party’s knowledge, become public through an unauthorized disclosure by a third party under a confidentiality obligation with respect to such information shall not be deemed to be public information or otherwise generally available to the public; or (c) is independently obtained by Receiving Party Recipients free from any obligation of confidentiality.

Consolidated Average EBITDA ” means the consolidated EBITDA of the PBF Entities.

Credit Default ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 24(c).

Credit Usage ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 19(b)(ii).

Daily Default Pricing Volume ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 9(c)(i)(1).

Day 1 ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 10(c)(i).

Day 2 ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 10(c)(ii).

DCRC ” means Delaware City Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Default ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 24(a).

Default Interest Rate ” means the lesser of (i) LIBOR plus [REDACTED]% and (ii) the maximum rate of interest permitted by Law.

Defaulting Party ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 24(a).

Delaware City Tank Lease ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 8(c).

Delivered ” or “ Delivery ” or “ Deliver ” means when the Oil passes the title transfer point from Seller to Buyer.

Delivered Volume ” has the meaning set forth in Clause 11(a)(i).

Delivery Commencement Date ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 3(b).

Delivery Month ” means the month in which Oil was actually Delivered to Buyer at the Refinery.

Direct Payment Excess ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 10(e).

Disclosing Party ” has the meaning given such term in the definition of “Confidential Information”.

 

-5-


Disclosing Party Representatives ” has the meaning given such term in the definition of “Confidential Information”.

Dispute ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 31(b).

Dollars ” or “ USD ” or “ US Dollars ” or “ $ ” means dollars of the US.

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person, and for any period of its determination, the consolidated net income of such Person for such period, plus the consolidated interest expense and income and franchise taxes of such Person for such period, plus the consolidated depreciation and amortization of such Person for such period, less extraordinary gains and interest income, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Effective Date ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 1.

Environmental Law ” means any Law that governs or purports to govern the protection of Persons, natural resources or the environment (including the protection of ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata, endangered species or wetlands), occupational health and safety and the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, generation, handling, treatment, storage, disposal, transportation, release or management of solid waste, industrial waste or hazardous substances or materials, as may be amended or modified from time to time.

EPQ ” means estimated period quantity.

EPQ Form ” means an EPQ form prepared per the format set forth in Appendix 1.

EST ” means the applicable, local Eastern Time in New York, New York.

Estimated Credit Usage ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 19(b)(iii).

Event of Default ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 24(a).

Execution Method ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(f)(i).

Feedstock ” means vacuum gas oil (VGO), straight run fuel oil and other similar hydrocarbons.

FIFO ” means the first-in first-out accounting principle for the valuation of inventories and the calculation of TVM Payments.

Final Quality Differential ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 9(b)(ii)(1).

Force Majeure ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 18(a).

GAAP ” means generally acceptable accounting principles in the US, applied on a consistent basis.

 

-6-


Gallon ” means a US standard gallon of 231 cubic inches at 60° F at atmospheric pressure.

Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, regional, local, or municipal governmental body, agency, instrumentality, authority or entity established or controlled by a governmental or subdivision thereof, including any legislative, administrative or judicial body, or any Person purporting to act therefor.

GPO or Grade Pecking Order ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(a)(v).

Grade ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 4(b).

Guarantors ” means each Person required to guaranty the obligations of Buyer or any of its Affiliates under this Agreement, including Buyer’s Guarantor.

Hazardous Substances ” means any pollutant, contaminant, petroleum or petroleum product, dangerous or toxic substance, hazardous or extremely hazardous chemical, or otherwise hazardous material or waste regulated under Environmental Laws, including crude oil and feedstock.

Hedge-Month ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 9(b)(ii)(2).

Hedge-Month Pool ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 9(b)(iii).

HSE ” means health, safety and environmental.

HSE Diligence ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 23(b).

ICC ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 40(e).

IF Conclusion Date ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(i)(i)(2).

IF Determination Date ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(i)(ii)(1).

IF Ending Price ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(i)(i)(2).

IF Exposure ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(i)(iv)(2).

IF Market Value ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(i)(ii)(1).

IF Starting Volume ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(i)(i)(1).

IF Storage Fee ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(i)(iv)(1).

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 26(a)(iii).

Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 26(a)(iii).

 

-7-


Independent Inspector ” means a company that is approved by US Customs and Border Protection and that is mutually acceptable to the Parties for reporting the measurement of quality and quantity of Oil.

Indigenous Feedstock ” means Feedstock produced in the Refinery, transferred to Seller and subsequently transferred back to Buyer to be processed further within the Refinery, and which may from time to time be sold to third parties by Seller at Buyer’s direction in accordance with Clause 9(e) as if such transactions involved Oil; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, all Feedstock located in the Indigenous Feedstock Tanks on the Delivery Commencement Date which is included in the Initial Inventory shall be “Indigenous Feedstock” whether produced in the Refinery or elsewhere.

Indigenous Feedstock Tank ” means the storage tank(s) listed on Appendix 4 that will be used for storing Indigenous Feedstock as such list my be modified from time-to-time in accordance with the terms of Clause 5(d) of Appendix 5.

Initial TLA ” has the meaning set forth in Clause 14(e).

Intercreditor Agreement(s) ” means the Intercreditor Agreement(s) substantially in the form attached hereto as Appendix 2.

Inventory ” or “ Inventories ” means the Oil inventories that Seller owns and intends to sell to Buyer under this Agreement, wherever located, including at the Refinery, in any Statoil Storage Facility, carried upon Vessels and/or injected into or received from pipelines or other transport.

Inventory Assessment ” has the meaning set forth in Clause 11(a)(i).

ISGOTT ” means International Safety Guide for Oil Tankers and Terminals, as published by the International Chamber of Shipping, the Oil Companies International Marine Forum and the International Association of Ports and Harbors.

ISPS Code ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 13(a)(iii).

Knowledge ” means, with respect to a Party, the actual knowledge of the officers and directors of such Party, after making reasonable inquiry with respect to the particular matter in question, and “ Know ” has the correlative meaning.

Law ” means (i) any law, statute, regulation, code, ordinance, license, decision, order, writ, injunction, decision, directive, judgment, policy, decree of any Governmental Authority and any judicial or administrative interpretations thereof, (ii) any agreement, concession or arrangement with any Governmental Authority and (iii) any license, permit or compliance requirement, in each case as amended or modified from time to time.

Liabilities ” means any losses, claims, charges, damages, deficiencies, assessments, interests, penalties, costs and expenses of any kind (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and other fees, court costs and other disbursements), including any liabilities directly or indirectly arising out of or related to any suit, action, cause of action, proceeding, judgment, settlement or judicial or administrative order and any liabilities with respect to Environmental Law.

 

-8-


LIBOR ” means the rate of interest (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in USD for a three-month period as provided by the British Bankers Association interest settlement rates (or the successor thereto) as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date of determination, or, if such rate is not available, a reasonably comparable and available published rate as reasonably agreed by the Parties.

Liens ” means any lien (including judgment liens and liens arising by operation of law), mortgage, pledge, assignment, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing) and any option, call, trust or other preferential arrangement having the practical effect of any of the foregoing.

Lightering ” means the operation wherein Oil is transferred from one Vessel to another at an approved and recognized offshore location so as to allow the first Vessel (the “ Mother Vessel ”) to reach a draft which allows it to safely proceed to and berth at the Supply Port.

Loading Terminal “ means the port of loading of the Vessel for the applicable Oil being Supplied.

Long-Term Debt ” means, with respect to any Person or group of Persons on a consolidated basis, without duplication, in each case excluding the current liabilities of such Person, (i) indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments, (iii) obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade debt and normal operating liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business), (iv) obligations of such Person as lessee under Capital Leases, (v) obligations of such Person under or relating to letters of credit, guaranties, purchase agreements, or other creditor assurances assuring a creditor against loss in respect of indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) of this definition, and (vi) nonrecourse indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (i) through (v) of this definition secured by any Lien on or in respect of any property of such Person. For the purposes of determining the amount of any Long-Term Debt, the amount of any Long-Term Debt described in clause (v) of the definition of Long-Term Debt shall be valued at the maximum amount of the contingent liability thereunder and the amount of any Long-Term Debt described in clause (vi) that is not covered by clause (v) shall be valued at the lesser of the amount of the Long-Term Debt secured or the book value of the property securing such Long-Term Debt.

LP ” means a linear program computer model which simulates refinery operations and is used to perform economic analysis that includes crude selection and optimization.

LVEF ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 15(d).

Material Adverse Change ” means, with respect to a Party, an event, change, development, effect, condition, or circumstance, which individually or in the aggregate with other events, changes, developments, effects, or circumstances, has resulted in or could be reasonably expected to result in a material adverse change in the business, operations, assets, properties, financial condition or prospects of such Party.

 

-9-


Month ” means a calendar month. Where a specified Month is defined as Month “M”, Month M-1 shall mean the Month prior to Month M and Month M+1 shall mean the Month subsequent to Month M.

MonthEnd ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 11(a).

Monthly Quality and Basis Differential ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 9(b)(i).

Mother Vessel ” has the meaning given such term in the definition of “Lightering”.

MSCG ” means Morgan Stanley Capital Group, Inc.

MSCG Sales Agreement ” means that certain Products Offtake Agreement to be effective as of the Delivery Commencement Date and entered into between Refinery Project Company and Morgan Stanley, together with all amendments, modifications and successor or replacement agreements entered into from time to time with respect thereto

MSDS ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 33(a).

MTSA ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 13(a)(iii).

Non-Defaulting Party ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 24(a).

NOR ” means Notice of Readiness.

Normal Refinery Operations ” means periods of time when the Refinery is operated in a routine manner with all operating units on-line. Normal Refinery Operations exclude maintenance turnarounds and shutdown periods.

NSV ” means net standard volume of Oil.

NYMEX ” means the New York Mercantile Exchange.

Off-Taker ” or “ Off-Takers ” means the company or companies that purchase the Refined Products produced at the Refinery.

Oil ” means crude oil and/or Feedstock, but shall not include Indigenous Feedstock.

Opening Inventory ” has the meaning set forth in Clause 11(a)(i).

Optimization Account ” has the meaning set forth in Clause 5(g)(ii).

OSP ” means the Official Selling Price as defined by the third party supplier of certain Oil for the relevant time period and destination, as applicable.

Part Cargo ” means a Cargo Delivered on a Vessel such that the volume of the Cargo does not substantially fill the Vessel.

 

-10-


Party ” means each of Buyer and Seller, and “ Parties ” means collectively, both Buyer and Seller.

PBF Entities ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 19(b)(ii)(1).

PBF Holding Company ” means PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

PBF Line of Credit ” means a $50,000,000 line of credit from Seller to Buyer, subject to the conditions in Clause 24(c).

PDA ” means a Payment Direction Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Appendix 3.

Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or unincorporated organization, joint stock company or any other private entity or organization, including a Governmental Authority.

Petty Cash Bank ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 12(d).

Pre-Adjustment Payments ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 11(b).

Predicted Refinery Slate ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 9(a)(i).

Pricing Day ” means a day on which Buyer instructs to price Oil to be Delivered hereunder in accordance with Clause 9(c)(i)(1).

Production Week ” means, each period from Friday at 12:00 noon until the following Friday at 12:00 noon during the term of this Agreement; provided, however , the first Production Week shall commence on the Delivery Commencement Date and shall continue until 12:00 noon on the first Friday following the Delivery Commencement Date.

Property Taxes ” means any and all tangible personal property taxes, ad valorem property taxes or the like imposed on the value of the Oil held for sale by Seller to Buyer under this Agreement.

Proposed Storage Site ” has the meaning set forth in Clause 8(b).

Provisional Invoice ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 10(c)(iii).

Provisional Price ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 10(c)(iii) and shall be based on the estimated price of Oil and Indigenous Feedstock that make up the EPQ.

PSI ” means pounds per square inch.

Qualified Institution ” shall mean a major U.S. commercial bank or foreign bank with a U.S. branch office having an asset base of at least $[REDACTED] billion, with such bank having a Credit Rating of at least [REDACTED] by S&P or [REDACTED] by Moody’s Investor Services, Inc., or otherwise acceptable to the Party receiving such collateral, as such party shall determine in its sole discretion.

 

-11-


Receiving Party ” has the meaning given such term in the definition of “Confidential Information”.

Receiving Party Recipients ” has the meaning given such term in the definition of “Confidential Information”.

Refined Products ” means finished gasoline, heating oil, diesel, jet fuel and “Specialty Grades,” as defined in the MSCG Sales Agreement as of the date hereof.

“Refined Products Percentage” has the meaning set forth in Clause 19(d)(ii).

Refinery ” means the petroleum processing and refining facilities located in Paulsboro, New Jersey 08066, including all storage tanks (including the Storage Facilities), docks, platforms, pipelines, and any other associated equipment or facilities, as further described in Appendix 4.

Refinery Project Company ” has the meaning given such term in the recitals hereto.

Refinery Subsidiaries ” means subsidiaries of PBF Holding Company, including Refinery Project Company once acquired by PBF Holding Company, that own or operate a refinery that is being supplied Oil by Seller, including the Refinery.

“Replacement Grade Peeking Order” or “RGPO” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(a)(x).

Requirement ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 4(a).

ROB ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 15(d).

Saudi Arabian ” shall mean the Saudi Arabian Oil Company, organized under the Laws of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.

Saudi Contract ” has the meaning set out on Appendix 13.

Seller ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 1.

Shareholders Equity ” means shareholders’ equity determined in accordance with GAAP.

Shipping Services ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 3(a)(iii).

SMA ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 31(e).

“Specified Buyer Price” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(i)(ii)(2).

“Specified Seller Price” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(i)(ii)(1).

 

-12-


Standby Letter of Credit ” means any commercial or standby letter of credit issued for the account of Seller pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

Statoil Storage Facility ” means any facility in which Seller or its Affiliates owns, leases or otherwise has storage rights, including, if applicable, after execution of the Delaware City Tank Lease, the facilities leased thereunder.

Storage Facilities ” means the storage tanks described on Appendix 4, as such list may be modified from time-to-time in accordance with the terms of Clause 5(d) of Appendix 5, and which Storage Tanks Seller has exclusive rights all as provided for herein and in Storage Facilities Use Provisions attached hereto as Appendix 5. Appendix 4 shall reflect any storage tanks to be used to store Indigenous Feedstock.

Supplied ” or “ Supply ” or “ Supplies ” means or refers to when the Oil passes the flange connection between a Vessel’s permanent discharge manifold and the receiving pipeline or hose at the Supply Port.

Supplied Volume ” has the meaning set forth in Clause 11(a)(ii).

Supply Point Method ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(f)(ii).

Supply Port ” means the customary dockage, anchorage or place where a Vessel may safely lie in connection with Supply of a Cargo to the Refinery.

Tank Heels ” means the greater of: (i) the volume of Oil or Indigenous Feedstock below the lowest suction in a tank, unless the tank is equipped with a regular side entry pipe in which case “Tank Heels” means the volume below the middle of the lowest suction in such tank, or (ii) the volume of Oil or Indigenous Feedstock required to safely float a roof in a floating roof tank.

Taxes ” means any and all (i) US federal, state and local taxes, duties, fees and charges of every description, including all fuel, excise, environmental, spill, gross earnings, gross receipts and sales and use taxes, however designated (except for taxes on income), paid or incurred with respect to the purchase, storage, exchange, use, transportation, resale, importation or handling of the Oil or Indigenous Feedstock held for sale by Seller or Buyer under this Agreement and (ii) Property Taxes.

Termination Date ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 25(a)(i).

Termination of Deliveries Notice ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 7(f).

TH Conclusion Date ” has the meaning set forth in Clause 5(j)(i)(2).

TH Ending Price ” has the meaning set forth in Clause 5(j)(i)(2).

“TH Exposure” has the meaning set forth in Clause 5(j)(iii)(2).

“TH Market value” has the meaning set forth in Clause 5(j)(ii)(2).

 

-13-


“TH Starting Volume” has the meaning set forth in Clause 5(j)(i)(1).

“TH Storage Fee” has the meaning set forth in Clause 5(j)(iii)(1).

Third Party Claim ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 26(b).

Time Chartered Vessel ” means a Vessel chartered for a fixed period of time instead of for a certain number of voyages or trips.

TLA ” has the meaning set forth in Clause 14(e).

Transparent Contractual Terms ” means the contractual terms derived using either the Execution Method or the Supply Point Method.

“Trigger Event” has the meaning set forth in Clause 19(d)(ii).

TVM ” means the time value of money.

TVM Payment ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 19(g)(i).

TVM Payment Date ” means, with respect to a given Production Week, the first Thursday following the end of such Production Week, provided, that if such TVM Payment Date is not a Business Day, the TVM Payment Date shall mean the next following Business Day.

“TVM Statement Delivery Date” has the meaning given such term in Clause 19(g)(ii).

Type ” has the meaning given such term in Clause 4(b).

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the relevant state jurisdiction.

Valero ” means Valero Marketing and Supply Company, a Delaware corporation.

Vessel ” means a tankship, barge or other water-borne conveyance, as applicable, used for the Supply of a Cargo, whether owned or chartered or otherwise obtained by Seller to transport Oil for the benefit of Buyer.

“VGO Feedstock” has the meaning given such term in Clause 5(i)(ii)(3).

“Win3” has the meaning given such term in Clause 6(e).

“Win5” has the meaning given such term in Clause 6(d).

“Win8” has the meaning given such term in Clause 6(a).

Worldscale ” means the applicable standard freight rate stated in the most recent edition of the New Worldwide Tanker Nominal Freight Scale jointly published by Worldscale Association (London) Limited and Worldscale Association (NYC) Inc., or if Worldscale Association (London) Limited and Worldscale Association (NYC) Inc. shall no longer publish the New Worldwide Tanker Nominal Freight Scale, the equivalent replacement scale used in the shipping industry, expressed in USD per metric ton for the route specified.

 

-14-


WTI ” means West Texas Intermediate Oil, with specifications in accordance with the NYMEX futures contract.

Year ” means a period of 12 consecutive Months.

(b) Construction .

(i) All headings herein are intended solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of the provisions of this Agreement.

(ii) Unless expressly provided otherwise, the word “including” as used herein does not limit the preceding words or terms.

(iii) Unless expressly provided otherwise, all references to days, weeks, months, quarters and years mean calendar days, weeks, months, quarters and years, respectively. For purposes of this Agreement, a calendar day shall begin at 12:00 midnight and end at 11:59 p.m.

(iv) Unless expressly provided otherwise, references herein to “consent” mean the prior written consent of the Party at issue, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

(v) Unless expressly provided otherwise, all references to time in this Agreement are EST.

 

3. TERM OF OIL SUPPLY AND SERVICES

(a) Beginning on the Delivery Commencement Date, and continuing through the term of this Agreement and subject to the provisions of this Agreement:

(i) Except with respect to purchases, if any, to be completed by Buyer under the terms of the Saudi Contract, Seller will have the exclusive right to, and will, provide Oil for Delivery to the Refinery and Buyer will purchase such Oil in accordance with the terms set forth herein.

(ii) With respect to the Saudi Contract, Seller and Buyer shall comply with the terms of Appendix 13 with respect to such purchases of Oil and the subsequent delivery to and storage at the Refinery. Appendix 13 shall set out the terms regarding (1) the mechanism by which title to such crude oil will be acquired and by whom, (2) how pricing and TVM Payments will be calculated, (3) the timing and process as to how such Oil will be handled pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and (4) such other details as Seller deems reasonably necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

(iii) Seller shall provide Buyer with certain operational services (the “ Commercial Services ”) and certain shipping-related services (the “ Shipping

 

-15-


Services ”) with respect to all purchases and sales of Oil reasonably necessary to enable Buyer to perform the manufacturing and operational processes at the Refinery as detailed in Appendix 6.

(b) This Agreement shall be binding on the Parties from the Effective Date hereof; however, the supply of Oil, Commercial Services, Shipping Services and related services shall commence on the later of December 17, 2010, or the date that Buyer or its Affiliate acquires Refinery Project Company and assigns its rights and obligations under this Agreement to Refinery Project Company pursuant to an assignment in form and substance acceptable to Seller (the “ Delivery Commencement Date ”) and shall continue for an initial term ending on September 30, 2011, and shall continue thereafter for successive one-Year extension periods commencing on each October 1 thereafter until this Agreement is terminated (i) by a termination in accordance with Clause 24, or (ii) by either Party giving 6 months prior notice that it has elected to terminate this Agreement; provided , that no Party shall have the right to give such a notice of election to terminate under this subpart (ii) prior to April 17, 2011.

 

4. QUALITY

(a) Oil Requirements . The Parties will agree upon the Oil supply requirements of the Refinery in accordance with the process described in Clause 5. Such Oil supply requirements are referred to herein as the Requirements. Each “ Requirement ” shall be an identified volume of a specified Type and a corresponding Supply time period (e.g. 500,000 Barrels of Type A Oil to be Supplied in the window of 1-10 January 2011).

(b) Oil Types . Oil Supplied and Delivered under this Agreement will be grouped in the following general categories, referred to herein as “ Types ”.

(i) Type A : sour crude oil with a sulfur content equal to or greater than zero point eight percent by weight (0.8% weight), as per ASTM. Type A Oil Requirements typically will be covered by the Kirkuk Grade of Oil as a base case, with other light and medium sour crudes as optimization alternatives, including, but not limited to, sourcing from the Urals and Vasconia.

(ii) Type B : sweet crude oil with a sulfur content less than zero point eight percent by weight (0.8% weight), as per ASTM. Type B Oil Requirements typically will be covered by crude oil Grades sourced from the East Coast Canadian Grand Banks as a base case, with light and medium sweet crudes as optimization alternatives, including, but not limited to, sourcing from the North Sea and Angola.

(iii) Type C : Crude oil specifically required to produce approved lube oils: initially to be covered by the Arab Light and/or Arab Medium Grades of crude oil.

(iv) Type D : Feedstocks, for example vacuum gasoil or straight run fuel oil.

Within each Type of Oil described herein there are multiple “ Grades ”. For example the Oil Grades Kirkuk, Urals and Vasconia could each be Type A Oil. Some Grades may meet the specifications of more than one Type. To avoid any misunderstanding the Parties shall clearly communicate which Requirement or Type a proposed Grade or Cargo is to cover. A summary of Grades approved by Seller for sale hereunder, and their associated Type, is attached as Appendix 7.

 

-16-


(c) Term Quality / Spot Quality .

(i) Term Supply . The Parties expect that over time approximately [REDACTED]% of Oil Supplied to Buyer at the Refinery will be sourced from term agreements entered into by Seller. Buyer will use its reasonable efforts in support of Seller’s efforts to enter into such term agreements with counterparties. To the extent Seller is unable to enter into term agreements with specified counterparties or for specified Types or Grades, the Parties will work together to determine an appropriate arrangement for supply of the affected Type and Grade. If the Parties are able to enter an agreement with Saudi Arabian as to the terms of the Saudi Contract that is acceptable to each Party in their sole discretion, then it is anticipated that the Saudi Contract will be for approximately [REDACTED] of Arab [REDACTED] Crude (Type C).

(ii) Spot Supply . The Parties agree that the balance of the Oil supplied to the Refinery will be sourced from the spot market for Oil.

(d) Quality Optimization Principle. The Parties agree that a fundamental part of this Agreement is, within the Cargo acquisition process, for (i) the flexibility of Buyer to receive different Grades within a certain Type, as generally listed in the appropriate GPO / RGPO, without disrupting Normal Refinery Operations allowing a commercial benefit of that flexibility to Buyer, and (ii) the flexibility for Seller to be able to have a range of options among such Grades to cover the Requirements of the Refinery allowing a commercial benefit to Seller. Specifically this shall mean that Seller shall be able to acquire different Grades at generally available market prices in order to cover a particular Requirement provided such price is reasonably acceptable to Buyer as listed in the appropriate GPO / RGPO. This principle is understood primarily to apply during the initial acquisition process for Type A and Type B Oils. Furthermore for other Types, Buyer will make commercially reasonable efforts to allow this acquisition process and flexibility. The Parties also agree that a fundamental objective of this Agreement is, that after a Requirement has been covered by a Cargo, in the event that either:

(i) Buyer’s refining economics for said Requirement change substantially, or

(ii) the market conditions for trading that Cargo with third parties change substantially and such change causes an economic benefit to be derivable from optimizing said Cargo into an alternative Cargo, then the Parties shall make commercially reasonable efforts to change that Cargo into an economically beneficial alternative. If successful, the Parties shall agree on commercial terms such that, under the RGPO process, the economic benefit of the optimization is shared in an appropriately equitable manner consistent with Clause 5.

 

5. ACQUISITION OF OIL

(a) Acquisition Process Steps . The process for selecting and then acquiring a Cargo of Oil to supply the Refinery shall comprise the following steps:

(i) Buyer and Seller shall mutually agree on the “ Buyer’s Tentative Requirements Schedule ” for any Month of Delivery of Oil to the Refinery, which shall consist of a list of Requirements with each Requirement being a volume of a Type to be delivered during a specified period in such Month, in a format following that in Appendix 8.

(ii) The Parties shall discuss the different Grade options for each Requirement.

(iii) The Parties shall agree on the volume, term, price and other key elements for term contract commitments, and Buyer shall give a written mandate to Seller to enter into such term contract(s), and Seller shall enter into such term contract(s). Thereafter, the Parties shall follow the term contract procedures set forth in Clause 5(c) below, which will result in Seller purchasing term Cargoes to cover certain Requirements in the Buyer’s Tentative Requirements Schedule.

(iv) The Parties shall identify target Grades and a number of target Cargoes that shall be acceptable for each Requirement that is not to be covered by term contract volumes.

(v) Buyer, in discussion with Seller, shall issue, and continue to update, a grade pecking order (a “Grade Pecking Order” or “GPO” ), outlining the Grades that could cover each Requirement and the corresponding differences in price at which such Grades would have equal economics for the Buyer.

(vi) As to each target Cargo, Seller shall provide Buyer with the appropriate contractual terms in accordance with Clause 5(e)(ii).

 

-17-


(vii) Thereafter, Buyer shall give an oral or written mandate to Seller in accordance with Clause 5(e)(iii).

(viii) Seller shall purchase the Cargo covered by such mandate or, with respect to a Cargo acquired from Seller or Seller’s Affiliates, make appropriate internal allocations to reflect that such Cargo will cover a Requirement hereunder.

(ix) Seller shall send formal notification to Buyer of the purchase of the Cargo, or if the Cargo is acquired from Seller or Seller’s Affiliates portfolio, the internal allocation of such Cargo to cover a Requirement, covered by the mandate. Details of that notification shall be as described in Clause 5(f)(iii) below.

(x) In connection with seeking potential optimizations, following the purchase of each term or spot Cargo to cover a Requirement, the Buyer, in discussion with Seller, shall issue, and continue to update a replacement grade pecking order (“ Replacement Grade Pecking Order ” or “ RGPO ”) for such covered Requirement outlining the Grades that could replace the purchased Cargo and the corresponding differences in price at which such replacement Grades would have equal economics for the Buyer, which RGPO shall use the Cargo Bank Differential of the purchased Cargo as the basis for such price differences.

(b) Grade Pecking Order . The GPO and RGPO (each a list of Grades and differences in price) shall reflect the relative refining economics of different Grades for each Requirement in Buyer’s Tentative Requirement Schedule. The determination of the GPO or RGPO as applicable shall be based on:

(i) Seller’s advice to Buyer of the volumes available of different Grades in standard Cargo sizes and corresponding price estimates.

(ii) Buyer’s output from LP runs for the Refinery based on Seller’s Grade availability lists.

(iii) For each Requirement, Buyer shall prepare a GPO or RGPO that contains a base Grade and a minimum of four alternative Grades that Seller shall be reasonably able to acquire. Each alternative Grade shall have a value that reflects the difference in price delivered at the Refinery that has to be achieved by Buyer for that Grade to be of equal value to the base Grade for that Requirement. A Requirement shall remain relevant for the GPO or RGPO from its initial identification in the Buyer’s Tentative Requirements Schedule for a Month of Supply, up and until the end of its Acquisition Discussion and this time may include time after a Cargo has been purchased to cover the Requirement in order to allow for possible optimizations of that Requirement. The GPO and RGPO shall be generated by Buyer in the format specified in Appendix 9. The GPO and RGPO shall be issued once per week, in accordance with the following process steps:

(1) Seller shall communicate to Buyer no later than noon every Tuesday pertinent information containing the availability of different Grades and estimates of market prices for those Grades.

(2) Buyer shall issue the GPO/RGPO in the correct format no later than noon on the following day (Wednesday), whereupon any previous GPO/RGPO shall be superseded.

(c) Term Commitment Discussion Procedure . Subject to the provisions set forth in the term Oil supply contracts previously entered into under this Agreement, the Parties shall agree, at the appropriate times to:

(i) The volumes to be nominated to cover Buyer’s Tentative Requirements Schedule.

(ii) The Requirements that shall be covered by such term volumes (after the third party supplier of Oil under such term Oil supply contract confirms the final nomination of such Oil with the loading dates and final volume).

(iii) The Final Quality Differential for such volume. If such Cargo will be Supplied under the Execution Method then the FOB price will be set in principle to match the price reached by Seller with the supplier of the term volume, which if OSP-related will match the OSP of the respective Oil at the appropriate Loading Terminal, including any premium or discount. If the Cargo will be Supplied under the Supply Point Method then the price will be agreed between the Parties.

(iv) The costs for Supplying a term Cargo under the Execution Method will be agreed between the Parties based on the Agreed Delivery Route for each specific Oil term contract Cargo. The “ Agreed Delivery Route ” will define the salient factors attributable to that Cargo, including, but not limited to; (1) the Loading Terminal, (2) Vessel size, (3) transportation route and (4) any Lightering requirements. For example for an Arab [REDACTED] term Cargo, the Agreed Delivery Route might be: (1) Oil Loading Terminal to be [REDACTED], (2) Cargo to be loaded on an Aframax vessel, (3) Vessel to be routed by the most expeditious method (always allowing for carrier’s safety requirements) to Bigstone Lightering Point, (4) where one or two Lightering Vessel(s) will be taken off prior to the mother Vessel Berthing at the Refinery. Each term contract Cargo under this Agreement will have a similar corresponding Agreed Delivery Route. If the Execution Method is used, Seller shall use [REDACTED], etc. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, if the Supply Point Method is used all supply costs up to the Supply Port are [REDACTED].

(d) Acquisition Discussion .

(i) Each Requirement will have an associated Acquisition Discussion that will commence upon Buyer advising Seller of Buyer’s Tentative Requirement Schedule and shall end when a Cargo or Cargoes covering the Requirement are Supplied to Buyer.

(ii) Until Buyer’s Tentative Requirements Schedule has become Buyer’s Requirements Schedule (as described in Clause 6), Buyer shall have the right to adjust the dates with the exception of any Requirements covered with Cargoes, which shall not be adjusted or modified without Seller’s consent.

 

-18-


(iii) As long as the relevant Acquisition Discussion has not concluded, the GPO / RGPO shall contain the alternatives as described in this Clause 5 for each Requirement.

(e) Acquisition Process and Target Cargo .

(i) Prior to the conclusion of the Acquisition Discussion, the Parties shall agree on a target Cargo for that Requirement within sufficient time to allow Seller to purchase such target Cargo in accordance with Clause 5(a)(viii). Buyer acknowledges that different Grades of Oil typically trade at different periods of time ahead of when such Cargo is to be delivered and that Seller may not be able to acquire a target Cargo if Buyer and Seller are unable to agree on a target Cargo in a timely manner. Seller shall keep Buyer apprised of such time periods.

(ii) Seller shall advise Buyer of all pertinent commercial details necessary with respect to each target Cargo, so that the Transparent Contractual Terms can be fully understood. If Seller is to provide the target Cargo from its or its Affiliates’ portfolio, then Seller shall notify Buyer of such fact.

(iii) Buyer shall give an oral (by way of a recorded means including recording of a telephone conversation with or without the consent of the other Party in accordance with Clause 34) or written mandate to Seller to fulfill the Requirement with such Cargo, such mandate shall include all of the information appropriate to fix the commercial terms for such Cargo, including the Grade of Oil, volume to be Supplied, Supply window and price. Such mandate, whether oral or written, shall be fully binding on Buyer, and Buyer thereafter shall be required to accept Delivery of such Cargo (unless Seller fails to acquire such Cargo) in accordance with this Agreement.

(iv) If Seller cannot acquire a target Cargo under the agreed contractual terms in accordance with Clauses 5(a), the Parties shall continue the Acquisition Discussion until either (1) it concludes with revised terms for the same target Cargo, (2) it concludes with terms for an alternative Cargo of the same Grade or (3) it concludes with terms for an alternative Cargo of an alternative Grade in the relevant GPO. This process shall continue until the Requirement is successfully covered.

(v) At any time during the Acquisition Discussion, Seller can propose that a Requirement be covered by an alternative Grade in the GPO / RGPO. Buyer shall accept such proposal as long as the alternate Grade Cargo will maintain equal or improved refining economics for that Requirement based on the GPO / RGPO. Furthermore, Seller may propose an alternate Grade not included in the GPO / RGPO; however, use of such alternate Grade requires Buyer’s consent.

(vi) The Parties shall make reasonable efforts to cover a Requirement with a suitable Cargo. Until the Requirement is covered by a Cargo the Seller shall continue to advise the Buyer of potential target Cargoes to fulfill such Requirement. If Seller is unable to procure a Cargo to meet a Requirement, Buyer shall have the option to amend the Requirement so that the Seller can continue to use its reasonable efforts to procure a Cargo to cover such Requirement. If Seller cannot procure a Cargo to cover a Requirement (either an original Requirement or an amended Requirement) Seller shall have no liability for such failure.

(f) Transparent Contractual Terms . For any potential Cargo to be acquired by Seller, a set of Transparent Contractual Terms shall be agreed to, thereby providing a clear mandate to Seller to purchase such Cargo. These Transparent Contractual Terms shall be established under one the following two methods, in Buyer’s option:

 

-19-


(i) The “Execution Method” . Under the Execution Method, the Transparent Contractual Terms shall include all of the terms necessary for Seller to negotiate and acquire a Cargo directly from a third party. However, the additional costs incurred to have such Cargo Supplied to the Refinery, including, but not limited to, freight, pricing elements, outturn loss, negotiated pricing basis and period shall be agreed at the appropriate times between the Parties and added as incurred in order to establish Buyer’s final price for such Cargo. If Buyer and Seller are unable to agree in a timely manner on such additional costs, then Seller can contract for such additional items and the related costs in a commercially reasonable manner and such costs shall be added to Buyer’s final price for such Cargo.

(ii) The “Supply Point Method” . Under the Supply Point Method, the Transparent Contractual Terms shall include all the terms necessary for the Parties to agree on a price for the Cargo supplied to an agree-upon supply point. The Supply Point Method terms shall include:

(1) the terms on which the Cargo will be purchased from a third party, and

(2) Seller’s offer for all other costs from the third party’s delivery point up to the agreed-upon supply point, including the cost of any difference between the agreed pricing basis and pricing period and that negotiated with the third party.

Under the Supply Point Method, any additional costs, including, but not limited to, Lightering barges in the Delaware River, outturn losses and storage costs, between the pre-defined supply point and such Cargo’s Supply to the Refinery shall be determined in the same manner as for Cargoes delivered under the Execution Method. The Supply Point Method shall be used whenever Buyer agrees to purchase a Cargo from Seller’s or its Affiliate’s portfolio.

(iii) Cargo Confirmation . Whether a Cargo is purchased under the Execution Method or the Supply Point Method above, Seller shall promptly complete and communicate to Buyer a notice in the format set forth in Appendix 10 (a “ Cargo Confirmation Notice ”) after a Cargo has been purchased. At any point where a transaction relevant to that Cargo is agreed to between the Parties thereafter, the Cargo Confirmation Notice shall be updated accordingly. For example, if a freight cost is negotiated and established at a time after the Cargo was purchased under the Execution Method, that freight cost shall be added to the Cargo Confirmation Notice. This process shall continue until the entire price of the Cargo is built up and fully agreed and finalized.

(iv) Establishment of the Final Quality Differential for a Cargo . The Final Quality Differential shall be identified in the Cargo Confirmation Notice. This Final Quality Differential is to be used in the pricing process as described in Clause 9. This Final Quality Differential shall be set by agreement between the Parties. Any further cost items or adjustments that are applied to the Cargo Confirmation Notice shall thereafter follow the “Petty Cash” process in Clause 12. The general principle in the Parties agreeing to the point at which the Final Quality Differential is established and fixed shall be that further anticipated costs and adjustments are small in nature and would have a low expected probability of having a significant impact on the value of the Final Quality Differential.

(g) RGPO Optimization and the Other Optimization Account.

(i) Replacement Pecking Order Cargo Optimizations . To the extent any Replacement Pecking Order Cargo replaces a Cargo originally purchased for Supply to the Refinery in Month M, which is subsequently disposed of by Seller due to an alternative Cargo or alternative Cargoes (which shall be of equivalent volume to the original purchased Cargo and may consist of different Grades of Oil) being acquired by agreement between the Parties, the Buyer will pay for the replacement Cargo or Cargoes the price specified by Buyer in the RGPO and the Seller will retain all profit and loss associated with: (1) disposing of the Cargo originally purchased for Supply to the Refinery and (2) the price differences between the RGPO terms and the terms executed between the Seller and the third party supplier of such replacement Cargo or Cargoes. To the extent Seller identifies a potential replacement Cargo or Cargoes that is not on the RGPO for the current Cargo, then such RGPO can be modified to add such replacement Cargo or Cargoes upon the Parties’ mutual agreement.

(ii) Other Optimizations . The “Optimization Account” has been established in order to capture any profit or loss from an optimization that is proposed by Seller and agreed to by Buyer, other than optimizations in connection with the replacement of Cargoes originally purchased for Supply to the Refinery by use of the RGPO as described in Clause 5(g)(i) above. This Optimization Account shall contain separate accounts for all Cargoes concerned and show in detail any commercial activity and its result, including, but not limited to, profit or loss from the purchase and resale of a Cargo, profit or loss from fixing and subsequent re-letting of any shipping, or other expenses arising from the optimization of a Cargo. Furthermore, any working capital considerations shall be included in the Optimization Account. Should the Parties agree that any other economic benefit to be shared between the Parties can most easily be reflected in the Optimization Account, then such economic activity shall also be recorded accordingly. For sake of clarity, all transactions that use the Optimization Account method for accounting for the economic result of an optimization implicitly require that all pricing and costs associated with the original transaction that was optimized be treated as though there were no optimization and be generally unaffected by any optimization process, so that all the benefits and costs of such optimization are aggregated in the Optimization Account for sharing between the Parties.

 

-20-


(h) Commencement Inventory at Paulsboro . On the Delivery Commencement Date, Seller shall acquire the Oil and Indigenous Feedstock held in inventory at the Refinery in accordance with the procedures set forth in Appendix 11.

(i) Indigenous Feedstock Obligations.

(i) Indigenous Feedstock Starting and Closing Volume Purchases.

(1) Seller will purchase all of the Indigenous Feedstock being purchased by Buyer from Valero (the “ IF Starting Volume ”) in connection with the acquisition of the Refinery. The purchase of the IF Starting Volume will be made in accordance with the provisions in Appendix 11 (Commencement Inventory Acquisition).

(2) Buyer shall purchase from Seller on October 17, 2011 (the “ IF Conclusion Date ”) a volume of Indigenous Feedstock equal to the IF Starting volume and will pay Seller a price equal to the IF Ending Price. The “ IF Ending Price ” shall be equal to [REDACTED] minus the amount by which the beginning Indigenous Feedstock purchase price is less than the [REDACTED] (For example, if the IF Starting Volume is purchased for a price equal to [REDACTED] then the IF Ending Price will be [REDACTED].

(3) Buyer and Seller may periodically agree upon an extension of the IF Conclusion Date and a modification to the IF Storage Fee described in Clause 5(i)(iv)(1) that is paid to Buyer with respect to such an extension period.

(ii) Interim Indigenous Feedstock Transactions . Unless Buyer has received a Termination of Deliveries Notice, Buyer shall either sell to Seller daily the net amount of Indigenous Feedstock produced by the Refinery or purchase from Seller daily the net amount of Indigenous Feedstock Buyer takes from the Storage Tanks for use in normal operations of the Refinery. Buyer will report to Seller daily the net amount of Indigenous Feedstock taken from or delivered to the Storage Tanks. All Indigenous Feedstock at any time placed in the Storage Tanks shall be owned by Seller unless and until it is sold to Buyer in accordance with this Clause 5 or Clause 24:

(1) If the amount of Indigenous Feedstock on any Wednesday during the term of the Agreement or the preceding Business Day if such Wednesday is not a Business Day (the “ IF Determination Date ”), is more than the Adjusted IF Volume (as defined below); then (1) Seller shall purchase such additional Indigenous Feedstock by paying Buyer the Specified Seller Price (as defined below) and (2) such new aggregate higher Indigenous Feedstock volume will become the Adjusted IF Volume until the next purchase or sale of Indigenous Feedstock takes place under Clause 5(i)(ii)(l) or (2) hereof.

The “ Adjusted IF Volume ” means, initially, the IF Starting Volume and thereafter such volume as adjusted on each IF Determination Date in accordance with Clause 5(i)(ii)(l) or (2) as appropriate.

The “ Specified Seller Price ” (A) for all Seller purchases of Indigenous Feedstock volumes that are in excess of the IF Starting Volume, will be [REDACTED], and (B) for all Seller purchases of Indigenous Feedstock volumes that are not in excess of the IF Starting Volume, which therefore were previously purchased by Buyer under Clause 5(i)(ii)(2), will be [REDACTED].

The “ IF Market Value ” means the current market price of such Indigenous Feedstock.

(2) If the amount of Indigenous Feedstock on any IF Determination Date is less than the Adjusted IF Volume; then (A) Buyer shall purchase such volume of consumed Indigenous Feedstock by paying Seller for such Indigenous Feedstock the Specified Buyer Price (as defined below) and (B) such new aggregate lower Indigenous Feedstock volume will become the Adjusted IF Volume until the next purchase or sale of Indigenous Feedstock takes place under Clause 5(i)(ii)(l) or (2).

The “ Specified Buyer Price ” (A) for all Buyer purchases of Indigenous Feedstock volumes that are not in excess of the IF Starting Volume, will be a fixed price equal to [REDACTED] and (B) for all Buyer purchases of Indigenous Feedstock volumes that are in excess of the IF Starting Volume, which therefore were previously purchased by Seller under Clause 5(i)(ii)(l), will be [REDACTED].

(3) Provided Buyer has not received a Termination of Deliveries Notice, Buyer may for efficient, prudent and safe operation of the Refinery and the Storage Tanks, (A) direct Seller to purchase VGO Feedstock from a third party (“ VGO Feedstock ”) and such VGO Feedstock shall thereafter be used and treated for all purposes under this Agreement as Indigenous Feedstock, and/or (B) direct Seller to sell a specified volume of Indigenous Feedstock to a third party with such sale being treated for all purposes under this Agreement as a purchase by Buyer of such Indigenous Feedstock from Seller. The terms and pricing for sales and purchases under this Clause 5(i)(ii)(3) will be [REDACTED] except that references to an IF Market Value shall be interpreted as [REDACTED] in the third party purchase or sale contract which shall be an arms length contract negotiated by Seller on a commercially reasonable manner.

 

-21-


(iii) Additional IF Conclusion Date Purchases and Payment Obligations.

(1) If the amount of Indigenous Feedstock on the IF Conclusion Date is less than the IF Starting Volume then Buyer shall direct Seller to obtain from a third party VGO Feedstock delivered to the Storage Tanks which shall thereafter be treated for all purposes as Indigenous Feedstock and Buyer shall pay Seller the amount [REDACTED], under Clause 5(i)(ii) above (provided that if the interim purchase price exceeds the price paid by Seller for such VGO Feedstock, then Buyer [REDACTED].

(2) If the amount of Indigenous Feedstock on the IF Conclusion Date is more than the IF Starting Volume then Buyer shall purchase such additional Indigenous Feedstock for prices [REDACTED].

(iv) Indigenous Feedstock Payments, Fees and Credit Provisions.

(1) All Indigenous Feedstock is subject to the normal service fees and TVM charges that are more fully described in Clause 19. Seller will pay Buyer on the IF Conclusion Date an “ IF Storage Fee ” which shall be an amount equal to the sum of the following amounts that are calculated monthly for each Month during the period from the purchase of the IF Starting Volume to the IF Conclusion Date: [REDACTED].

(2) Seller shall periodically determine the amount of exposure, if any, it has to Buyer based on the Buyers Indigenous Feedstock purchase obligations (the “ IF Exposure ”) and Seller shall have the right to [REDACTED]. The “IF Exposure” shall be equal to the [REDACTED].

(j) Tank Heel Obligations.

(i) Tank Heel Starting and Closing Volume Purchases.

(1) Seller will purchase all of the usable Oil and usable Indigenous Feedstock that as of the Delivery Commencement Date are Tank Heels which are being purchased by Buyer from Valero (the “ TH Starting Volume ”) in connection with the acquisition of the Refinery, The purchase of the TH Starting Volume will be made in accordance with the provisions in Appendix 11 (Commencement Inventory Acquisition). All other obligations to purchase Oil or Indigenous Feedstock referred to in this Agreement shall not include the Tank Heels which shall be governed by this Clause 5(j).

(2) Buyer shall purchase from Seller on October 17, 2011 (the “ TH Conclusion Date ”) a volume of Tank Heels equal to the TH Starting Volume and will pay Seller a price equal to the TH Ending Price. The “ TH Ending Price ” shall be equal to [REDACTED] minus the amount by which [REDACTED] (For example, if the TH Starting Volume is purchased for a price equal to “[REDACTED]” then the TH Ending Price will be [REDACTED]).

(3) Buyer and Seller may periodically agree upon an extension of the TH Conclusion Date and a modification to the TH Storage Fee described in Clause 5(j)(iii)(1) that is paid to Buyer with respect to such an extension period.

(ii) Interim Tank Heel Transactions . If Seller reasonably believes the volume of Tank Heels may have changed (for example a tank in the Storage Facilities is removed from service or because more water and sediment has displaced the usable Oil or Indigenous Feedstock that constitute the Tank Heel), then Seller can obtain a measurement or assessment of the affected Tank Heel(s):

(1) If such assessment shows there is more volume of Tank Heels than the TH Starting Volume then Seller shall purchase such additional Tank Heels volume from Buyer at [REDACTED], and on the TH Conclusion Date, Buyer shall repurchase such additional volume at [REDACTED].

(2) If such assessment shows there is less volume of Tank Heels than the TH Starting Volume then Buyer shall purchase such additional Tank Heels volume from Seller at [REDACTED], and on the TH Conclusion Date Seller shall repurchase such additional volume at [REDACTED].

All Tank Heels at any time in the Storage Tanks shall be owned by Seller unless and until they are sold to Buyer in accordance with this Clause 5 or Clause 24.

The “ TH Market Value ” means the current market price of such Tank Heel.

(iii) Tank Heel Payments, Fees and Credit Provisions.

(1) All Tank Heels are subject to the normal service fees and TVM charges that are more fully described in Clause 19. Seller will pay Buyer on the TH Conclusion Date a “ TH Storage Fee ” which shall be an amount equal to the sum of the following amounts that are calculated for each Month during the period from the purchase of the TH Starting Volume to the TH Conclusion Date:

[REDACTED]

 

-22-


(2) Seller shall periodically determine the amount of exposure, if any, it has to Buyer based on Buyer’s Tank Heels purchase obligations (the “ TH Exposure ”) and Seller shall have the right to [REDACTED]. The “TH Exposure” shall be equal to [REDACTED].

(3) For purposes of clarification, the Parties agree that all payments calculations with respect to Tank Heels payment obligations due at or in connection with the TH Conclusion Date or the Termination Date, shall be determined [REDACTED].

(iv) Line Fill. For the purposes of this Section 5(j) only, all Line Fill (as defined in Appendix 11) shall be treated as “Tank Heels,” and Buyer shall at the TH Conclusion Date purchase the same amount of Line Fill from Seller as Seller purchased from Buyer at the Delivery Commencement Date.

 

6. NOMINATIONS

The following schedule outlines the process for Buyer and Seller to agree on nominations for Supply of Oil into the Refinery for any Month M. For sake of clarity, Buyer’s Tentative Requirements Schedule/Buyer’s Requirements Schedule for Month M are the plans for Supply of Cargoes in Month M, whereas the Predicted Refinery Slate/Actual Refinery Slate for Month M (both as defined in Clause 9) are the plans for the number of Barrels of any Grade to be Delivered in that Month. These two plans will be separate and different from one another. The nominations for each Party shall progress in the following chronological order:

(a) Buyer shall nominate to Seller no later than the [REDACTED] Buyer’s Tentative Requirements Schedule. Each nomination shall be of [REDACTED] which is the [REDACTED] that Buyer envisages acceptable fulfillment of the Requirement to meet Buyer’s planned Refinery run schedule. Each nomination shall define the Type for that Requirement. No later than the [REDACTED], Seller shall nominate to Buyer the provisional [REDACTED] for all Requirements in M. Buyer’s Tentative Requirements Schedule for Month M will at this point become “ Buyer’s Requirements Schedule ”. Changes of either dates or Types within this Buyer’s Requirements Schedule shall only be by agreement between the Parties.

 

-23-


(b) At any time when a Requirement is either first covered by a specific Cargo or optimized from one Cargo to another Cargo, Buyer’s Requirements Schedule will be updated by replacing a Requirement (or optimized out Cargo) with the appropriate Cargo purchased.

(c) Buyer shall nominate to Seller no later than the [REDACTED] (i) the Deemed Volume for Month M, and (ii) the Predicted Refinery Slate for M.

(d) For any Requirement nominated for Supply in M, then promptly after Seller has covered such Requirement with a Cargo Seller shall contemporaneously nominate to Buyer a [REDACTED].

(e) For any Cargo nominated for Supply in M, Seller shall narrow the [REDACTED] prior to the beginning of such [REDACTED].

(f) Promptly following the end of Month M, Buyer shall communicate the Actual Refinery Slate for M based on the Delivered Oil in M. (See Clause 9).

 

7. TITLE; CONTROL; RISK OF LOSS

(a) Until title is transferred in accordance with subclause (c) below, Seller shall continuously have and retain title at all times to all Oil and Indigenous Feedstock Seller acquires for purposes of satisfying its Delivery obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, title to Oil or Indigenous Feedstock that is on the water, in transport, or in the Storage Facilities). Buyer shall not take any action that adversely affects or encumbers in any way Seller’s title to or rights in such Oil and Indigenous Feedstock.

(b) To further clarify Seller’s continuous title and ownership of Oil and Indigenous Feedstock, as described above, including the Oil and Indigenous Feedstock in the Storage Facilities, Buyer will facilitate the execution of Intercreditor Agreement(s) with any lenders, credit buyers, secured parties, debt buyers, or any other Person which seeks to obtain or maintain (i) a material security interest in the Refinery or in any related assets, operations or contracts or (iii) any security interest, lien or other rights in the Oil or Indigenous Feedstock. Buyer hereby authorizes Seller to make any and all filings under the UCC that are appropriate to clarify Seller’s ownership and other rights with respect to such Oil and Indigenous Feedstock. Buyer agrees to immediately notify Seller pursuant to the notice provision herein in the event that a Lien is placed upon the Refinery by any creditor of Buyer at any time during the term of this Agreement other than as described in the Intercreditor Agreement(s).

 

-24-


(c) Title to the Oil shall pass upon the following actions being completed:

(i) From Seller to Buyer when Oil other than Indigenous Feedstock is transferred through the Storage Facility outlet flange.

(ii) From Buyer to Seller when Indigenous Feedstock is transferred through the Indigenous Feedstock Tank inlet flange.

(iii) From Seller to Buyer when Indigenous Feedstock is transferred through the Indigenous Feedstock Tank outlet flange.

(d) Delivery of Oil and Indigenous Feedstock to Buyer shall be considered to be taken at the same point where title passes.

(e) During Normal Refinery Operation, subject to Seller’s right to suspend deliveries (i) under Clause 19 or (ii) pursuant to a Termination of Deliveries Notice, Buyer may take deliveries of Oil and Indigenous Feedstock from the Storage Facilities solely for refining within the Refinery without prior consent of Seller.

(f) Control of Oil

(i) Except with respect to the daily deliveries of Oil and Indigenous Feedstock contemplated by Clause 7(e) or as provided in Clause 3 of Appendix 5, Buyer shall not cause or permit Seller’s Oil to be withdrawn from the Storage Facilities without prior written consent of Seller. In the event that at any time Seller provides a notice to Buyer substantially in the form of Appendix 12 (a “ Termination of Deliveries Notice ”), Buyer shall immediately cease taking any further deliveries of Oil from the Storage Facilities until Seller notifies Buyer in writing that such Termination of Deliveries Notice has been canceled. Appendix 6 allows some flexibility for moving Oil and Indigenous Feedstock in the case of an emergency.

(ii) Subject to the forgoing, Buyer shall for all purposes hereunder be deemed to have custody of the (1) Oil at such time as the Oil passes the flange connection between a delivery Vessel’s permanent supply manifold and the receiving pipeline or hose at the Supply Port and (2) the Indigenous Feedstock at all times.

(g) Risk of loss of the Oil shall pass from Seller to Buyer when the Oil passes the flange connection between a delivery Vessel’s permanent supply manifold and the receiving pipeline or hose at the Supply Port, and Buyer shall have at all times risk of loss for any Indigenous Feedstock; provided , that to the extent Seller receives any insurance proceeds under the insurance policies covering the Oil or Indigenous Feedstock described in Clause 21(c), Seller shall net from any amounts Buyer shall be responsible to indemnify Seller or any other Indemnified Party hereunder with respect to Oil or Indigenous Feedstock where Buyer bears the risk of loss pursuant to this Clause 7(g), the amount of insurance proceeds actually received with respect to such Oil or Indigenous Feedstock.

 

-25-


8. STORAGE FACILITIES

(a) Seller will, as of the Delivery Commencement Date and during the term of this Agreement, have (i) the sole and exclusive right to store Oil in the Storage Facilities pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and Appendix 5 attached hereto, (ii) the right to access the Storage Facilities to add or remove Oil and Indigenous Feedstock, and (iii) the right to label the Storage Facilities, subject to Buyer’s reasonable approval, in such a manner as to put third parties on notice of Seller’s rights in such tanks and the Oil stored therein. If at anytime Seller elects to remove its Oil and/or Indigenous Feedstock, Buyer shall provide access to all of the Refinery’s necessary equipment and all assistance reasonably required to complete such removal.

(b) Additional Tanks . If Buyer or Seller determines that additional off-site storage space is needed for use in connection with the operation of the Refinery, Buyer may locate and propose to Seller proposed storage space to be used for additional Oil and/or Indigenous Feedstock storage (a “ Proposed Storage Site ”), together with proposed terms for acquiring such Proposed Storage Site. If such Proposed Storage Site is acceptable to Seller, including, with respect to (i) Seller’s HSE standards, (ii) other site conditions, and (iii) commercial terms, then Seller may acquire such Proposed Storage Site (by lease or otherwise) for Buyer’s use on such terms as are mutually acceptable to the Parties. Seller shall complete its review in a timely manner based on then-existing circumstances. Buyer shall be responsible for all costs and expenses incurred by Seller with respect to the use of such Proposed Storage Site, including lease payments or the equivalent, and expenses and Seller’s costs incurred in negotiating the acquisition of such Proposed Storage Site for Buyer’s use, all on a pass-through basis and with prior approval of Buyer. Any Proposed Storage Site acquired by Seller pursuant to the terms of this Clause 8(b) shall become a “Statoil Storage Facility”.

(c) Delaware City Storage . Seller contemplates that during the term of the Agreement, Seller may enter into a Tank Lease Agreement in substantially the form of Appendix 16 (the “ Delaware City Tank Lease ”) with DCRC, which is an Affiliate of Buyer, providing Seller rights to certain storage tanks at the Delaware City refinery. During the term of the Delaware City Tank Lease and this Agreement, Buyer shall, and shall cause DCRC to, comply with all of the terms of the Delaware City Tank Lease.

(d) Restricted Use of Tanks . If at any time during the term of this Agreement Seller’s use of any storage tanks comprising the Storage Facilities is materially restrained or enjoined by judicial process, terminated by municipal or other Governmental Authority or by right of eminent domain, Buyer and Seller shall cooperate to dispose of any Oil related to such storage tanks. To the extent Buyer is not able to timely use such Oil, Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to sell such Oil to third parties, and the terms of Clause 9(e) shall apply to such resold Oil.

 

9. PRICE AND PRICING

(a) Pricing Information . To be able to calculate the price per Barrel of Oil delivered in a Month (defined in Clause 9(b) hereof as the Blended Price), the Parties will provide and keep records of the following information:

(i) Predicted Refinery Slate Information . At or before the last Business Day of the Month prior to the delivery Month, Buyer shall provide Seller the “ Predicted Refinery Slate ”, which shall be Buyer’s estimation of the volumes and

 

-26-


Grades of the Cargoes of Oil that are planned to be Delivered to the Refinery in such Month. Seller will update or amend as necessary the Predicted Refinery Slate in accordance with the procedures in Clause 9(b)(iv).

(ii) Actual Refinery Slate . As soon as reasonably practicable and in any case by no later than the 3 rd Business Day of the Month following the delivery Month, Buyer shall provide Seller with the “ Actual Refinery Slate ” stating the volumes of each Cargo Delivered to the Refinery in such Month. The volumes of each Cargo Delivered to the Refinery will be known as the “ Cargo Bank Withdrawal ”, and determination of which Cargo within a Grade has been Delivered will be determined following a FIFO principle based on Supply dates of Cargoes of that Grade. Because volumes that are deemed to be Delivered cannot with precise accuracy reflect the Oil actually Delivered, the Parties acknowledge that actual Delivered volumes may not exactly match the deemed Delivered volumes. Any difference between the actual Delivered volumes and the deemed Delivered volumes shall be monitored through the monthly reconciliation of inventories described in Clause 11.

(iii) Cargo Bank . Each Cargo supplied to the Refinery shall have an associated “ Cargo Bank ” with a reference number that matches the Cargo Number. The Cargo Bank shall be in the form of Appendix 14 and shall contain the following information:

(1) The Grade of Oil;

(2) The volume of Oil outturn to the Refinery (or the most accurately available alternative until the outturn becomes available, and updated accordingly) when the Cargo was Supplied;

(3) The Cargo Bank Differential;

(4) The contract month of NYMEX WTI futures used as the basis for calculating the Cargo Basis Differential, the “ Cargo Bank Hedge-Month ”;

(5) The monthly deemed Cargo Bank Withdrawals pertinent to that Cargo; and

(6) The closing balance on the Cargo Bank (equal to (2)) minus the sum of all (5) above).

(iv) Applicable Pricing Information. For purposes of calculation of the Blended Price per Barrel of Oil in a Month, the Parties shall use the same elements or component information that are used for determining the Cargo Final Prices and any corrections or modifications that are required to account for difference between the estimates used in setting the Cargo Final Prices and the exact amounts that such estimates were seeking to approximate will be addressed pursuant to Clause 12 Petty Cash Banks.

 

-27-


(b) The Price Calculation for Each Delivery Month . Following delivery of the Actual Refinery Slate by Buyer, Seller shall calculate the price per Barrel for Oil Delivered under this Agreement in such Month (the “ Blended Price ”), which shall be equal to the sum of the Monthly Quality and Basis Differential plus the Pricing Element. To determine the Blended Price the following definitions and underlying calculations need to be applied.

(i) Determination of the Monthly Quality and Basis Differential . The “ Monthly Quality and Basis Differential ” for any Month of Delivery shall be determined, promptly following such Month of Delivery, as the sum of the results from multiplying (1) and (2) below for each Cargo Bank Withdrawal in such Month:

(1) the Cargo Bank Withdrawals (that make up the Actual Refinery Slate for that Month) taken from each applicable Cargo Bank, and,

(2) the Cargo Bank Differential of that Cargo Bank, divided by (the sum of the Cargo Bank Withdrawals for that Month).

(ii) The “ Cargo Bank Differential ” is equal to the sum of the Final Quality Differential plus the Cargo Basis Differential.

(1) Final Quality Differential . For any Cargo Supplied, the “ Final Quality Differential ” shall constitute all elements agreed between the Parties applicable directly to the Supply of that Cargo (excluding any adjustments that are included in the Petty Cash Bank) that were identified as Final Quality Differential elements in the mandate or in other communications between the Seller and Buyer. This Final Quality Differential shall be as detailed in the Cargo Table applicable to that Cargo. The Cargo Table, in the form of Appendix 15, shall be maintained by Seller and contain a written record of all commercial agreements made between the Parties with respect to that Cargo, including Petty Cash Bank adjustments,

(2) Cargo Basis Differential . If the pricing basis for a Cargo negotiated between Seller and a third party supplier is based on [REDACTED] index pricing for the Cargo Bank Hedge-Month then the Cargo Basis Differential for such Cargo shall be $[REDACTED] if the pricing basis negotiated by Seller with the third party supplier is not based on [REDACTED] index pricing for the Cargo Bank Hedge-Month (such as a transaction based on “Dated Brent” pricing) the Cargo Basis Differential will be [REDACTED]. As a part of the hedge based pricing process described in this Clause 9(b)(ii), the Parties agree that, no later than the Business Day prior to the first day of pricing being set between the parties by Buyer nominating it is being delivered such Cargo, the third party pricing basis shall be converted to an appropriate [REDACTED] futures contract basis, with an appropriate corresponding hedging month to be used in such pricing (the “ Hedge-Month ”). Should Buyer fail to follow the procedure below to designate the Hedge-Month and or set the [REDACTED] based index pricing for the Cargo Bank Hedge-Month within the allowed time

 

-28-


period, Seller, in its sole discretion, can hedge the Cargo in the best way Seller sees fit and using the hedging futures contracts it deems most appropriate, and the actual difference between such hedging contracts and the third party pricing basis shall be used as the Cargo Basis Differential. For any Cargo that has been acquired to cover a Requirement, Buyer shall have the option at all times (subject to the limitations detailed later in this Clause 9) to contact Seller and request a fair market price assessment for the difference between:

(A) the value of the pricing basis that make a part of the commercial terms negotiated in the acquisition of a Cargo, and

(B) the value of the [REDACTED] futures contract and associated Hedge-Month which will be used as the new pricing basis for such Cargo.

The chosen Hedge-Month associated with such futures contract should be either the [REDACTED] applicable when the Cargo is due to price. The choice of which contract month will be the Hedge-Month shall be Buyer’s election. The Cargo Number and Hedge-Month shall be advised by Buyer to Seller by telephone when Buyer requests the fair market price assessment. Promptly upon receipt of Buyer’s request (and time shall be of the essence in this respect), Seller shall seek a fair market assessment and contact Buyer by telephone to advise Buyer of that assessment. Promptly upon receipt of market prices (and time shall be of the essence in this respect), Buyer shall accept or reject any or all of these market prices. If Buyer accepts Seller’s assessment, Buyer shall agree with Seller by telephone:

(C) The Cargo Basis Differential, which shall be equal to the fair market price assessment, and

(D) The Hedge-Month elected by Buyer.

Finally, the Cargo Basis Differential and the applicable Hedge-Month shall be recorded by Seller in the Cargo Table.

(iii) Hedge-Month Pool . The sum of the volumes of the Cargo Bank Withdrawals (in the appropriate Delivery Month) with a particular Cargo Bank Hedge-Month will make up the volume of the “ Hedge-Month Pool ” for that Month. There will be one or more Hedge-Month Pools for any Delivery Month, the total volume of which will be the volume priced for that Month. No later than the last Business Day prior to the first day of the Delivery Month, the Parties shall agree to the following details, in the form of Appendix 14, with respect to the Hedge-Month Pools for such upcoming Delivery Month:

(1) The [REDACTED] futures contract month for each Hedge-Month Pool;

(2) The volume in each Hedge-Month Pool;

 

-29-


(3) The total number of futures contracts held by Seller in each Hedge-Month Pool; and

(4) Which Cargoes make up each Hedge-Month Pool.

Any changes during the Delivery Month to the Hedge-Month Pools shall be made in accordance with procedures in Clauses 9(c)(i)(3) and 9(c)(ii)(4).

(iv) Restriction on Differences between Actual Refinery Slate and Predicted Refinery Slate . Any differences between the volumes of the components making up the Actual Refinery Slate and the prevailing Predicted Refinery Slate, as advised when Buyer communicates the Actual Refinery Slate after the end of the Delivery Month, must meet the following criteria:

(1) The volume of the Predicted Refinery Slate must equal that of the Actual Refinery Slate, and

(2) The total volume of each Hedge-Month Pool for that Month must be unaffected by any differences.

(c) Pricing Element.

(i) Pricing Volume.

(1) The total volume of Oil estimated for delivery in the Predicted Refinery Slate divided by the total number of Pricing Days in that Month will form the “ Daily Default Pricing Volume ”.

(2) For information purposes, on every Business Day, Buyer shall advise Seller of the volume of Oil that has been Delivered to it since the previous Business Day’s delivered volume notice to the nearest 5000 Barrels. Because volumes will be reported before full and final information on the Oil Delivered is available, the Parties acknowledge that actual Delivered volumes may not exactly match the volume notices.

(3) At any time during the Delivery Month, Buyer has the option to [REDACTED].

 

-30-


(ii) Pricing Based on Futures Indexes

(1) Buyer’s Pricing Instructions to Seller. On the Business Day prior to any day of pricing, Buyer shall advise Seller of the volume of Oil that Buyer is to price on that day and the Hedge-Month to be used for the pricing of that volume. Should Buyer fail to advise Seller of this information, the Parties understand that the Daily Default Pricing Volume for the current Month of Delivery and the prevailing front Month [REDACTED] contract shall be used for pricing.

(2) Buyer’s Obligations for Pricing. It is Buyer’s obligation through its pricing instructions to Seller, as detailed in (1) above, to ensure that, by the NYMEX closing time on the Business Day prior to the expiry day of any [REDACTED] futures contract (as set by [REDACTED]), that the Hedge-Month Pool for that futures contract shall have a zero balance. Any futures position outstanding after that deadline will be deemed to have been closed at the settlement price for that futures contract on that day, and a corresponding equal volume new position will have been deemed to have been opened for the next month’s [REDACTED] futures contract at the settlement price for that contract on that day.

(3) Seller’s Obligations for Accurate and Timely Notices. Pricing is determined based on timely and accurate notices provided by Buyer to Seller and reference to appropriate indexes. Regardless of whether Seller acquires or fails to acquire the specified futures and other contracts, the pricing between Buyer and Seller shall be valid and binding in accordance with Buyer’s timely hedge related pricing instructions. The price that is to be used on any futures transaction shall be the appropriate [REDACTED] settlement price for the Business Day of the transaction. Any transaction shall duly be reflected in the futures account for that Hedge-Month Pool.

(4) Hedging Activity Due to Refinery Operational Upsets. Buyer shall have the option to request that Seller adjust the number of futures contracts held in any Hedge-Month Pool by contacting Seller and requesting that Seller perform a futures transaction outside the normal hedging and pricing activity as described above. This request shall be at Buyer’s discretion for reasons including, but not limited to, unplanned changes in running plan or unscheduled shutdowns caused by Refinery upsets. Seller shall perform such transactions according to the principles above and shall not unreasonably refuse such requests. However, Seller shall only be required to act within the following limitations:

(A) All transactions shall be at achievable market prices, either settlement prices with due notice, or if Buyer requests, transactions concluded during the trading day whereby Buyer accepts Seller’s achieved transaction prices.

 

-31-


(B) The total number of futures in any purchase transaction must equal the total number of futures in a corresponding sales transaction, and vice versa: Buyer does not have the option to request Seller to take a net longer or net shorter futures position.

Should any Hedge-Month Pool be changed by Buyer requesting and Seller accepting a non-standard hedging activity, the Parties shall agree to a corresponding adjustment to the Cargo Basis Differential (and thereby the Cargo Bank Differential) and the Hedge-Month for any Cargo or part of Cargo that is affected by such change, in order that the Hedge-Month Pools and Cargo Banks remain in balance and the other principles of this Agreement ate maintained.

(iii) Calculation of the Pricing Element. For any Delivery Month, the Pricing Element shall be equal to [REDACTED]:

(1) [REDACTED]

(2) [REDACTED]

The pricing element shall be calculated to 4 decimal places.

(d) Fair market assessment. The fair market assessment variously referenced in this Clause 9 shall be a concept subject to certain principles, which will be adhered to by Seller. Seller shall make commercially reasonable efforts to provide Buyer with a fair and representative indication of the current market value of the components of risk that Buyer is seeking valuation for. These values can be obtained from a reliable third-party marketer approved by both Parties (for example an investment bank), from crude oil futures exchange brokers or from Seller’s own assessment. Furthermore Buyer understands that there is execution risk and that Seller shall reasonably provide valuations as close to market prices that it deems are executable in the marketplace. These valuations will be volume and liming dependent due to potential liquidity limitations.

(e) Resold Oil. For operational reasons Buyer may request that Seller resell a volume of Oil which has not yet been Delivered, but which has been Supplied or has been purchased by Seller to fulfill a Requirement of Seller and designated by the Parties as a volume of Oil to be Supplied in accordance with Clause 5. Provided the resale of such of Oil is not for optimization purposes (which will be transacted pursuant to the RGPO Optimization / Other Optimization methodology described in Clause 5(g)) the following provisions shall apply:

(i) Buyer will communicate to Seller a request to resell Oil, indicating the quality, volume, and location of Oil to be resold. Seller will review the request and advise Buyer if such a resale of Oil is possible. If in Seller’s opinion a requested resale is not possible, then Buyer and Seller shall discus alternative options.

(ii) If in the opinion of Seller the resale of Oil is possible the Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to achieve the best commercial terms for the resale of that Oil to either a third party or to Seller or an Affiliate of Seller. In such cases where Seller or an Affiliate of Seller is to be the purchaser of the resold Oil then the commercial terms governing such sale will be negotiated between the Patties,

(iii) If a resale of Oil is successfully negotiated the volume of Oil sold will be deemed to have been Delivered to Buyer and priced to Buyer pursuant to Clause 9. The payment by Buyer for such Cargo will follow the terms included in Clause 10 including TVM charges as applicable, Seller will make any adjustments required to the Hedge Month Pools and Cargo Banks and notify Buyer of such changes.

(iv) Seller will advise Buyer of the price and commercial terms achieved for the resold Oil, and Buyer will invoice Seller on the basis of these terms, less a US$[REDACTED] per Barrel service fee. For the avoidance of doubt (1) the payment to Buyer for Oil resold to a third party purchaser will be due promptly following Seller’s receipt of payment from such third party purchaser, and Seller shall not be a guarantor or surety with respect to such third party payment obligation, and (2) the payment to Buyer for Oil resold to Seller will be made in accordance with the payment terms mutually agreed between Seller and Buyer.

 

-32-


10. PAYMENT AND THE EPQ PROCESS

(a) Subject to Clause 10(d), payment for Oil Delivered under this Agreement shall be made in full, without discount, deduction, withholding, set-off or counterclaim upon presentation of Seller’s commercial invoice, on or before the payment due date pursuant to the provisions of this Clause 10.

(b) Payment shall be made in US Dollars by wire transfer of immediately available funds (same day funds) into Seller’s designated bank account as per this Clause 10, after receipt of Seller’s invoice and supporting documentation, delivered in accordance with Clause 29.

(c) Invoicing and payment shall be based upon the following schedule:

(i) After the Delivery Commencement Date, Seller shall initiate the EPQ Process on the second to last Business Day of each calendar week and on the final Business Day of each Month. Seller can also, at its option, initiate the EPQ process by communicating to Buyer by 12:00 noon on any Business Day (“ Day 1 ”) the requirement for Buyer to complete the EPQ Form; however, Seller agrees that it will only exercise such optional or non-routine EPQ process for the purposes of keeping Buyer within Buyer’s available credit limits.

(ii) Following initiation of the EPQ process, Buyer shall conduct an electronic (computer readout sufficient) inventory of the Storage Facilities using the regular volumetric monitoring system installed at the Refinery at 5:00 p.m. on Day 1. Buyer shall transmit the EPQ, in a format set forth in Appendix 1, to Seller so as to arrive at Seller’s normal place of business, no later than 8:00 a.m. on the following day (“ Day 2 ”). The EPQ shall include any necessary adjustment for over- or under-billed volumes from a previous period, as described in Clause 11. The EPQ Form shall establish the approximate quantity Delivered between the previous EPQ Form and such EPQ Form.

 

-33-


(iii) Prior to 5:00 p.m. on Day 1, Buyer and Seller shall agree on a “ Provisional Price ” for the EPQ. In the event that the Parties do not agree to a Provisional Price by 5:00 p.m. on Day 1, Seller reserves the sole right to calculate the Provisional Price for the purposes of preparing a provisional invoice (“ Provisional Invoice ”).

(iv) Seller shall process the information detailed in the EPQ Form and, taking into account (1) any payments received from any Off-Taker pursuant to a PDA, (2) any other payments made by Buyer or on Buyer’s behalf in respect of Buyer’s obligations under this Agreement, and (3) Buyer’s current and forecasted available capacity under the PBF Line of Credit, shall transmit a Provisional Invoice to Buyer’s normal place of business by no later than 10:00 a.m. on Day 2.

(v) Buyer shall remit funds as per Clause 10(b) no later than 12:00 noon on Day 2; provided, that if the EPQ Form has been prepared with respect to the last Business Day of a Month, then the payment made by Buyer shall be equal to the amount required to reduce the outstanding amount of the PBF Line of Credit to 0. If Buyer fails to remit funds by such time and such failure is caused solely by an error or omission of an administrative or operational nature of Seller, Buyer shall remit a reasonably estimated amount of the funds due, and the Parties shall continue to proceed through the payment process in a diligent manner to determine the correct amount of funds to be paid by Buyer on Day 2, after which Buyer shall remit to Seller additional funds for any underpayment by Buyer or Seller shall return to Buyer the amount of any overpayment by Buyer.

(d) All payments made by Off-Takers for Seller’s account pursuant to a PDA referencing this Agreement shall be applied to the obligations of Buyer to Seller under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer is fully responsible for all payment obligations to Seller hereunder regardless of whether any Off-Taker fails to timely and fully make payments directly to Buyer pursuant to the terms of a PDA, and Buyer takes all risk for non-payment, underpayment or non-timely payment by the Off-Takers. Buyer represents and warrants to Seller that, as of the Effective Date and the Delivery Commencement Date, all receivables for Refined Products will be included in the PDA, and the only PDA that will be effective at the Delivery Commencement Date will be the PDA between MSCG, Buyer and Seller.

(e) If at the beginning of a Business Day it appears that the net amount of cash received by Seller from Off-Takers pursuant to PDAs, after application of such cash to any payment obligations of Buyer then outstanding, exceeds Estimated Credit Usage for the following Business Day (such amount, the “ Direct Payment Excess ”), then Seller shall within 2 Business Days transfer to Buyer the Direct Payment Excess in US Dollars by wire transfer of immediately available funds into Buyer’s designated bank account; provided, that Seller shall be permitted to apply the Direct Payment Excess to any Buyer Credit Usage on the date such repayment to Buyer would be due.

 

-34-


11. RECONCILIATION OF MONTH END VOLUMES AND ADJUSTMENT

(a) At the end of each Month, M (as selected in accordance with Clause 11(a)(ii), “ MonthEnd ”), Buyer and Seller shall expeditiously reconcile the volumes of Oil priced, Supplied and Delivered during the Month, and calculate an economic adjustment (“ Adjustment ”) to the payments made in Month M, as follows:

(i) Delivered Volume . The Independent Inspector shall make an accurate assessment of the approximate volume of Oil in Inventory in the Storage Facilities at MonthEnd of Month M, and Buyer shall transmit a report based on the Independent Inspector’s assessment (each, an “ Inventory Assessment ”) to Seller in the format shown in Appendix 17. Such Inventory Assessment shall be the “ Closing Inventory ” for Month M and the “ Opening Inventory” for Month M+1. The “ Delivered Volume ” for Month M is equal to the Opening Inventory in Month M plus the Supplied Volume in Month M minus Closing Inventory in Month M.

(1) The Inventory Assessment shall be prepared on a NSV basis in accordance with then-current API/ASTM standards and guidelines, and subject to (A) Clause 5(j) regarding interim measurement or assessments of Tank Heels and related payments and adjustments and(B) Clause 5 of Appendix 5 relating to tanks being taken out of service and a reduction for the related Tank Heels, the deduction for the Tank Heels purchased by Seller pursuant to Appendix 11 on the Delivery Commencement Date shall remain consistent for the duration of the Agreement.

(2) The costs and expenses of the preparation of such Inventory Assessment, including any fees paid to the Independent Inspector, shall be shared equally by the Parties.

(ii) MonthEnd date Selection . At a time reasonably close to MonthEnd, Buyer and Seller shall assess the likelihood of Vessels actively transferring Oil in or out of the Storage Facilities at or close to MonthEnd and shall deem the day of such MonthEnd so as to avoid having to determine the Inventory during such transfer of Oil. The “ Supplied Volume ” shall be the total NSV recorded by an Independent Inspector(s) for all Vessels Supplying Oil during the Month M between such deemed MonthEnds.

(b) Adjustment . The Seller shall compare the total amount paid by or on behalf of Buyer in M, including any amount that Seller has received from an Off-Taker pursuant to a PDA (collectively, the “ Pre-Adjustment Payments ”), to the amount that should have been paid to Seller (“ Calculated Payment Obligation ”), for the Delivered Volume for M. The Parties acknowledge that the Calculated Payment Obligation may include quantities of Oil and Indigenous Feedstock that was Delivered in Month M but was originally priced in anticipation of delivery in M-1, M or M+1.

 

-35-


(c) If the Calculated Payment Obligation for M is greater than the Pre-Adjustment Payments for M, then Buyer will pay Seller the amount of such underpayment. If the Pre-Adjustment Payments for M are greater than the Calculated Payment Obligation for Month M, then Seller will refund to Buyer the amount of such overpayment. The amount of any such underpayment or overpayment shall be due and payable (together with interest at the Base Rate charged from the 15 th day of Month M until the reconciliation payment is made) on the same date that payment is due with respect to the next EPQ delivered by Seller in accordance with Clause 10 following completion of the above-described calculation of the Calculated Payment Obligation.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any amounts not paid when due under this Agreement shall bear interest from and including the date payment was originally to be made but excluding the date payment is actually made at the Default Rate. Interest shall be computed for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days. Acceptance of late payments shall not constitute a waiver of rights to interest and shall in no circumstance be considered as an agreement to provide extended credit.

 

12. PETTY CASH BANKS

(a) When each Requirement is filled by a Cargo, Buyer and Seller shall work together to agree on the following components of the Cargo Final Price for that Cargo. Not withstanding if the components remain an estimate or not, 10 days prior to the Month of Delivery of that Cargo, Buyer and Seller agree to use the latest estimates, or the best information available to finalize all components of the Cargo Final Price including, without limitation:

(i) Final Quality Differential at point of acquisition by Seller;

(ii) estimated freight;

(iii) estimated Taxes including any charges pursuant to Clause 20;

(iv) estimated demurrage;

(v) estimated outturn loss; and

(vi) estimated Cargo insurance.

(b) The Parties acknowledge that this Cargo Final Price is final only in the sense that it will be used for invoicing purposes between the Parties and does not fully reflect the value of the Oil upon Delivery. The difference in the actual value of the Oil and the value contained in the Cargo Final Price will be taken into account by the Petty Cash Bank.

(c) The Petty Cash Bank shall contain the continuous detailed outstanding account for elements of the price of Oil not contained in the Cargo Final Price, including, but not limited to:

(i) Freight outside of the Cargo Final Price;

(ii) Taxes outside of the Cargo Final Price;

 

-36-


(iii) Demurrage outside of the Cargo Final Price;

(iv) Outturn loss outside of the Cargo Final Price;

(v) Supplier and vendor costs.

(d) The construction of the “ Petty Cash Bank ” shall follow the format set out in Appendix 18.

(e) When the Petty Cash Bank value exceeds $500,000 (either in favor of Buyer or Seller) or, if no other payment was made pursuant to this subclause (e) during such calendar quarter, on March 30, June 30, September 30 and December 30 of each year (or if such day is not a Business Day, on the next Business Day thereafter) the balance of the Petty Cash Bank shall be paid down to $0 by the owing Party.

 

13. VESSEL, BERTH AND SUPPLY PORT

(a) Vessel .

(i) Oil relating to this Agreement shall be Supplied on Vessels acceptable to Buyer. Buyer shall accept such nominated Vessel, and such acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld. Buyer shall, within one Business Day after having received Seller’s nomination of a Vessel, notify Seller of:

(1) All instructions regarding customary Refinery documentation required at the Supply Port.

(2) The intended Berth at the Supply Port, with instructions to enable the Vessel to prepare and submit necessary information to the customs or border authorities in a timely manner so as to enable compliance with regulatory requirements as may be applicable.

(3) Whether the Vessel is acceptable to Buyer. If the Vessel is not acceptable to Buyer, Buyer shall notify Seller of the specific reason or reasons for such unacceptability so that Seller may take such reasonable corrective action to correct such unacceptability, if possible.

(ii) Seller shall instruct all Vessels to comply with Buyer’s then-current rules and regulations and to comply with all applicable Laws in force at the Supply Port, including the U.S. Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, the U.S. Federal Oil Pollution Control Act of 1990 and regulations issued pursuant thereto. Buyer shall provide Seller with an electronic copy of its rules and regulations and any amendments thereto. Seller shall ensure that all Vessels secure and carry on board the vessel a current U.S. Coast Guard Certificate of Financial Responsibility (Water Pollution). Vessels shall also have onboard any other Federal and/or state proof of financial responsibility certificate that may be required at the Refinery, as communicated by Buyer to Seller in a manner that reasonably allows the Vessel owner to obtain such certificate in a timely manner. Seller shall exercise due diligence to

 

-37-


ensure that any Vessel shall fully comply or hold waivers for non-compliance with all applicable US Customs and Border Protection regulations in effect as of the date of Berth. Seller shall provide all required Customs information to the US Customs and Border Protection and Buyer prior to a Vessel’s arrival.

(iii) Seller shall arrange that each Vessel shall comply with the requirements of the International Code for the Security of Ships and of Port Facilities and the relevant amendments to Chapter XI of SOLAS (“ ISPS Code ”) and the US Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002 (“ MTSA ”). Each Vessel shall, when required, submit a Declaration of Security to the appropriate authorities prior to arrival at the Supply Port. Notwithstanding any prior acceptance of any Vessel by Buyer, if at any time prior to the passing of risk such Vessel ceases to comply with the requirements of the ISPS Code and the MTSA, then:

(1) Buyer shall have the right not to berth such nominated Vessel.

(2) Seller shall be obliged to substitute such nominated Vessel with a Vessel complying with the requirements of the ISPS Code and the MTSA

(iv) Seller may substitute a different Vessel of a similar size and characteristics provided that Seller fulfills its obligations under this Clause 13.

(v) Notwithstanding any prior acceptance of any Vessel by Buyer, Buyer has the right to reject a Vessel on reasonable grounds if it has been involved in any material incident subsequent to approval that could be construed to have a negative impact on its performance, or more recent information regarding the Vessel becomes available to Seller at any time after such prior acceptance.

(vi) Seller shall use reasonable efforts to ensure that all Vessels used by Seller shall provide for the replacement of the master, officers or crew of the Vessel should (i) Seller have reason to complain of their performance and (ii) the owner of such Vessel, after due investigation, finds the complaint justified.

(vii) Seller shall supply to Buyer copies of bills of lading or other shipping papers as reasonably requested by Buyer.

(b) Berth and Supply Port .

(i) Buyer shall exercise due diligence to provide free of charge, a safe Berth or Berths at the Supply Port which Vessels can safely reach and leave and at which Vessels can lie and transfer cargo always afloat and always within the limits of possible air draft(s) or other physical or material restrictions.

(ii) Seller warrants to Buyer that all Seller-designated loading ports, facilities, or terminals for this Agreement are in compliance and will remain in compliance with the ISPS Code and similar Laws pertaining to the security of ports, facilities, or terminals. Buyer warrants to Seller that all Buyer-designated unloading ports, facilities, or terminals for this Agreement are in compliance and will remain in compliance with the ISPS Code and similar Laws pertaining to the security of ports, facilities, or terminals.

 

-38-


(iii) This Agreement is based on Buyer’s confirmation that any Vessel can safely transit to, lie alongside and transfer cargo with a draught up to and including 40 feet fresh water. In the event that the permissible draught is reduced to less than 40 feet fresh water, then any reasonable associated costs, including possible deadfreight, will be for Buyer’s account so long as Seller takes reasonable measures to mitigate its damages and follows the reasonable recommendations of Buyer. Any reasonable costs associated with the Supply of the Oil into a port other than the Supply Port, or to a Berth other than at the Refinery at the Supply Port, shall, unless for a reason attributable to the Vessel or Seller, be for the account of Buyer.

(iv) Any costs for normal cargo transfer not designated by Worldscale as freight, or any additional costs that occur subsequent to this Agreement being initiated, shall be for the account of Buyer.

(v) Any costs or expenses in respect of any Vessel including demurrage or any additional charge, fee or duty levied in respect of such Vessel at the Supply Port and actually incurred by Seller resulting directly from the failure of the Supply Port to comply with the requirements of the ISPS Code and, if located within the US and US territories or waters, with the MTSA, shall be for the account of Buyer, including but not limited to the time required or costs incurred by Seller in taking any action or any special or additional security measures required by the ISPS Code or MTSA; provided, however , Buyer’s liability to Seller for any costs, losses or expenses incurred by Seller in respect of any Vessel, the charterers, or the Vessel owners (excluding consequential damages) resulting from the failure of the Supply Port to comply with the requirements of the ISPS Code and, where located within the US and US territories or waters, with the MTSA, shall be limited to the payment of demurrage and costs actually incurred by Seller in accordance with the provisions herein, except to the extent such failure was due to Buyer’s willful breach of these provisions or applicable Law.

(vi) Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, Buyer will be responsible for the costs of any actions of third parties with respect to loading/lifting procedures that are outside of the direct control of Seller, including vessels arriving at the Refinery late due to mechanical difficulties, weather conditions, ship owner directive or otherwise, provided that Seller will use reasonable commercial efforts to minimize costs to Buyer relating to any such event or circumstance.

(vii) Buyer shall have the right to shift the Vessel from one Berth to another within its Refinery, or to anchorage. Any expenses incurred in such shifting or anchoring of a Vessel shall be for the account of Buyer. Any expenses incurred where the shifting of the Vessel within the Refinery is directed or mandated by any Person (including the US Coast Guard, US Customs Service and Border Protection, the applicable port authority, or any other Governmental Authority having proper jurisdiction over either the Vessel or its crew) other than Buyer shall be for the Vessel’s Account and shall be applied pursuant to the terms of the method of acquisition selected by the Parties in accordance with Clause 5.

 

-39-


(viii) The cost of all pumping of Oil or cargo from the Vessel to the Storage Facilities shall be arranged by and be at the cost of the Vessel. All wharfage or dock fees incurred for delivery or receipt of cargo shall be borne by the Vessel, including all duties and other charges on the Vessel, including those incurred by tugs and pilots, other port costs, such as harbor maintenance fees, and taxes on freight shall be for the Vessel’s account. Additionally, the Vessel shall pay any marine charge incurred by Buyer, including but not limited to, booming of the Vessel during marine transfers of cargo when such booming is required by Law, and tie up and release of Vessels and oil spill fees. The allocation of such costs borne by the Vessel shall be applied pursuant to the terms of the method of acquisition selected by the Parties in accordance with Clause 5.

(c) War Risk to Cargo & Vessel . Seller reserves the right to refuse at any time, without being considered in breach of this Agreement:

(i) to direct any Vessel to undertake or to complete a voyage to the Supply Port if such Vessel is required in the performance of such voyage:

(1) to transit, or to proceed to, or to remain in, waters so that the Vessel concerned (x) would be involved in a breach of any institute warranties (if applicable) or (y) would, in Seller’s reasonable opinion, risk such Vessel’s safety; or

(2) to transit, or to proceed to, or to remain in, waters where there is war or terrorist activity (de facto or de jure) or threat thereof.

(ii) prior to the commencement of loading a Cargo acquired for Buyer, to direct any Vessel to undertake the voyage to the intended Supply Port if such Vessel is required in the performance of the terms of this Agreement to transit waters which, in Seller’s reasonable opinion, would involve abnormal delay; or

(iii) to undertake any other activity in furtherance of a voyage to the Supply Port which in the opinion of the Vessel’s master or owner could place the Vessel, its cargo or crew at risk.

However, at Buyer’s request, if Seller agrees to direct a Vessel to undertake or to complete the voyage despite the conditions referred to in subclauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above, then Buyer shall reimburse Seller, in addition to the price payable under this Agreement, for costs incurred by Seller in respect of any additional insurance (Cargo or Vessel) premium and any other sums that Seller may be required to pay to the Vessel’s owner including any sums in respect of any amounts deductible under such owner’s insurance and any other costs and/or expenses incurred by Seller.

 

-40-


(d) The Parties shall additionally adhere to the Refinery Marine Terms set forth in Appendix 19. Subject to Clause 40(d), Appendix 19 contains terms in addition to those in Clauses 13, 14, 15 and 16 related to marine activities at the Refinery’s dock.

 

14. SHIPPING AND LIGHTERING

(a) Seller will only provide Shipping Services to Buyer in relation to the Supply of Oil pursuant to this Agreement. All shipping of Oil will be performed on Vessels which are acceptable to Seller in its reasonable discretion in consideration of Seller’s vetting policy in effect at the time. For Cargoes shipped using the Supply Point Method all shipping considerations upstream of the Supply Port are for the account of Seller. For Cargoes shipped using the Execution Method all Shipping Services will be provided under the following provisions:

(i) As part of the acquisition process when freight is fixed for a Cargo, at the appropriate time the Parties shall discuss the freight market and opportunities prior to fixing a Vessel with respect to a Cargo.

(ii) Seller shall at its sole discretion accept or reject charterparties for use in the Vessel fixtures. The terms of the performing Vessel charterparty will be the basis for the freight rate, and any claims, costs, charges, including demurrage, which will be passed through to Buyer.

(iii) In the event that the Seller wishes to use a Time Chartered Vessel or re-let a Vessel it already has on charter then the Parties will agree on a rate for the Vessel based on the prevailing market rate using BITRA publications as a guide. Additionally, when a Time Chartered Vessel is used for shipping a Cargo, a demurrage rate will be agreed between the Parties for the voyage.

(iv) The Parties acknowledge that freight costs can be optimized and that the benefits will be shared between the Parties pursuant to Clause 5(g)(ii). For example, for a Cargo shipped using the Execution Method:

(1) If a reasonable demurrage claim with respect to a Vessel used to ship a Cargo is successfully negotiated down by Seller to a lower dollar amount then the savings will be shared in an appropriately equitable manner; or

(2) If Seller identifies a co-load opportunity, then the freight savings in comparison to the original freight option will be assessed using the relevant BITRA Worldscale assessment for the Loading Terminal and will be shared in an appropriately equitable manner, or if there are any losses as a result of such a co-load, such losses will be shared in an appropriately equitable manner.

(b) Buyer anticipates a transit and alongside draft restriction of 40 feet fresh water at the Supply Port. In order to reach this safe draft, the Mother Vessel may have to lighter at a recognized and approved safe offshore location. Seller shall engage and maintain contract(s) with a company or companies which engage in and are approved and recognized for Lightering operations. Lightering operations shall be conducted in compliance with all applicable Law, and in strict compliance with Seller’s HSE policy.

 

-41-


(c) The cost of the Lightering operation shall be applied pursuant to the terms of the method of acquisition selected by the Parties in accordance with Clause 5.

(i) Under the Execution Method of supply as set forth in Clause 5, all costs related to the Lightering operation shall be consistent with the terms as outlined under the Execution Method Clause and shall be performed under Seller’s Lightering contract(s).

(ii) Under the Supply Point Method of supply as set forth in Clause 5, Lightering costs shall be as agreed to at the appropriate times between the parties.

(d) Should the draft restriction as noted above not be the same as the anticipated draft described in subclause (b) above, thus requiring Seller to lighter a higher volume from the Mother Vessel to allow for safe transit and berthing, the cost of the additional Lightering shall be for Buyer’s account. The cost of the Lightering may consist of a per Barrel transfer fee, fuel surcharge fee, Mother Vessel and service Vessel demurrage, any additional costs related to additional waiting time for a Mother Vessel, and/or additional inspection and analysis costs for Vessels at discharge.

(e) On or about the Delivery Commencement Date, Seller intends to enter into a term Lightering contract (the “ Initial TLA ”) with a third party which will include, among other things, a minimum volume requirement. From time to time throughout the term of this Agreement, Seller may enter into one or more additional term Lightering agreements (each, a “ TLA ”). Buyer shall by separate written instrument in its reasonable discretion consent to the terms of the Initial TLA and each TLA, each such consent to provide that Buyer shall be financially responsible for any costs, fees or expenses incurred by Seller resulting from Seller not utilizing the minimum volume requirement under the Initial TLA or any subsequent TLA.

(f) Any partial Lightering or Lightering to extinction, at sea or at a place outside a designated port, shall be conducted in accordance with the latest Oil Companies International Marine Forum guidelines for ship-to-ship transfers and with port authority approval, if applicable.

(g) Any Lightering Vessel utilized by either Seller or Buyer shall be subject to the approval of the other Party.

 

15. DETERMINATION OF QUANTITY AND QUALITY

(a) The quality and quantity of product Supplied by Seller to Buyer shall be determined by an Independent Inspector. The Independent Inspector’s determinations as to quantity, quality and line displacements shall be binding on both Parties and shall form the basis for invoicing, except for cases of manifest error or fraud. The costs of any Independent Inspector engaged pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be [REDACTED]. If the Parties are ever unable to agree on an Independent Inspector, Seller shall have the right, in good faith, to designate an entity as the Independent Inspector, provided such entity has been approved by US Customs. Each Party shall provide or cause to be provided to the Independent Inspector all necessary rights of access.

 

-42-


(b) Seller reserves the right to have, at Seller’s cost, a representative to attend the Supply and to witness all aspects of the measurement of the Oil outlined below, including, but not limited to, witnessing of shore tank gauging, meter setting and any analysis. Buyer shall arrange necessary clearance for Seller’s representative to gain access to all areas necessary to conduct such witnessing. Such clearance shall not be unreasonably denied.

(c) The quantity determined will reflect full deduction for sediment and water, measured in accordance with the latest API/ASTM standards and methods in effect at the time of Supply, as determined from a representative sample drawn by an automatic in-line sampler. In the event that an automatic in-line sampler is not available, malfunctions during the transfer, the Independent Inspector cannot verify the integrity of the sampler or the sampler container before or after Supply, or the Independent Inspector determines that the samples drawn by such sampler are not representative of the product on board the Vessel on arrival at the Supply Port (including, but not limited to, making a comparison with total of Vessel’s arrival composite sample analysis results and Vessel’s arrival freewater), then sediment and water deduction shall be determined from Vessel’s arrival volumetrically correct composite sample and Vessel’s arrival free water.

(d) The measurement of the quantity of Oil shall be carried out at the Supply Port in accordance with the latest API standards in effect at the time of Supply. The quantity of Oil shall be determined by proven meters in the immediate vicinity of the Berth, at the Supply Port. If meters are unavailable, not proven, not functioning correctly, or determined by the Independent Inspector to be inaccurate or not to represent the volume Supplied by the Vessel or the line displacement as detailed below is not performed, then the outturn quantity shall be based on static shore tank measurements at the Supply Port, with receiving shore tanks in conditions recommended in API for determining accurate measurement, and meeting the criteria specified below. If the shore tanks(s) are active, do not meet the criteria below, or the Independent Inspector cannot verify the shore tank measurements prior to or after Supply, or the Independent Inspector determines that these shore tank measurements are inaccurate or are not representative of the volume Supplied by the Vessel, or the receiving tanks are located at a location other than the Storage Facilities where the Vessel is berthed, or Seller’s representative is unable to witness any aspect of the measurement, then the Vessel’s arrival figure, less any remaining on board quantities (“ ROB ”), adjusted by the Vessel’s load experience factor (“ LVEF ”) as calculated by the Independent Inspector, shall be used to determine the Supplied quantity.

(e) In the event that the Supplied quantity is to be based on shore tank measurements, then all shore tanks taking Supply shall be static and shall contain sufficient Oil, prior to Supply, to ensure that the floating roofs are afloat and clear of the “critical zone” by a minimum of 6 inches.

(f) In the event that the Supplied quantity is to be based on shore tank measurements, or if meters are to be used, but are not located in the immediate vicinity of the Berth, then, at the commencement of Supply, after opening shore tank gauges have been established, the Independent Inspector shall monitor the performance of a line displacement consisting of the Vessel pumping Oil to the furthest shore tank taking Supply. The line displacement is to be

 

-43-


carried out in accordance with API guidelines. The Independent Inspector’s conclusions regarding the results of the line displacement shall be binding on both Parties, except for cases of manifest error or fraud, and the final shore outturn volume shall, if the results of the line displacement are found to be outside the “precision of measurement” limits detailed in API, be credited to the outturn, as necessary. In cases when the line is found to be slack, the entire difference between the volume that the shore tank receives and the volume that the vessel Supplies shall be credited to the final outturn volume.

(g) The Refinery shall confirm the line displacement volumes before the Supply resumes. The Refinery personnel present at Supply are required to have the necessary authority to agree to all measurements carried out in relation to the line displacement. Any delays incurred while in dispute after the first line displacement, including the carrying out of a second displacement at Buyer’s option, and until Supply has resumed, are for Buyer’s account.

 

16. LAYTIME AND DEMURRAGE

Buyer has two methods of requesting Seller to provide a Cargo to meet Buyer’s Requirement, the Execution Method and the Supply Point Method.

(a) As used herein, “demurrage” means the time in excess of the laytime allowed to Buyer calculated as per this Clause 16 and/or the agreed damages payable by Buyer to Seller for the excess time for Time Chartered Vessels as will be agreed upon pursuant to Clause 14(a)(iii).

(b) For the Execution Method, Buyer’s liability for demurrage will be directly to the ship-owner through Seller. Seller shall negotiate in a commercially reasonable manner directly with the owner of the Vessel on behalf of the Parties. The cost of demurrage shall be estimated as per Clause 12 and shall form a component of the Cargo Final Price. Any additional or rebated demurrage different from that estimate shall be accrued to the Petty Cash Bank as described in Clause 12. The final agreed settlement of demurrage with the owner shall be used to determine any addition or deduction from the Petty Cash Bank; provided that if Seller negotiates the owner’s claim so that the total liability is reduced, the amount apportioned to the Petty Cash Bank shall be [REDACTED]% of such liability reduction.

(c) For the Supply Point Method, Buyer’s liability for demurrage will be directly to Seller through the following method:

(i) Laytime allowed to Buyer for Seller to make Supply of the Cargo shall be [REDACTED] hours, unless the Cargo is a Part Cargo. In the event the Cargo is a Part Cargo, the laytime shall be pro rata portion of the total laytime allowed for a full Cargo in accordance with this Clause 16. The laytime allowed under this Agreement shall include Sundays and holidays and nighttime, unless working on Sundays, holidays or during night is prohibited by the Laws in force at the place of Supply.

(ii) Laytime shall not commence until a valid NOR is tendered by the master or owner of the Vessel to Buyer or the owner or operator of the Refinery or any of their representatives (as the case may be) upon arrival at the customary anchorage or the place where the Vessel is ordered to wait for Supply, whichever is applicable.

 

-44-


(iii) For Vessel tendering NOR in accordance with this Clause 16 within the [REDACTED] as detailed in Clause 6, laytime shall commence at the earlier of (1) [REDACTED] or (2) when the Vessel is securely moored at the Berth.

(iv) If Vessel tenders NOR outside the [REDACTED], the commencement of laytime shall be either:

(1) For a Vessel tendering NOR prior to the [REDACTED]; laytime shall commence at the earlier of (A) [REDACTED] or (B) when the Vessel is securely moored at the Berth, or

(2) For a Vessel tendering NOR after [REDACTED], and without prejudice to Buyer’s rights under this Agreement laytime shall commence when the Vessel is securely moored at the Berth, and Buyer shall make best efforts to berth the Vessel as soon as possible after arrival

(v) The following shall not count as laytime, or as demurrage if the Vessel is on demurrage:

(1) [REDACTED]

(2) [REDACTED]

(3) [REDACTED]

(4) [REDACTED]

(vi) Seller warrants that all Vessels shall be capable of Cargo transfer within [REDACTED] or can maintain an average backpressure of [REDACTED] at the Vessel’s manifold provided the Storage Facilities permit. Time lost as a result of Vessel being unable to transfer the Cargo as warranted above shall be adjusted as per the ASDEM pumping performance calculation.

(vii) In the event of a Force Majeure, any increase in the expense of laytime or demurrage, as applicable, shall be borne equally by the Parties.

(viii) Laytime shall cease upon Completion of Supply.

(ix) If the laytime is exceeded, Buyer shall, subject to the provisions of this Clause 16, pay demurrage to Seller in respect of the excess time. In the event that there is any delay in the process of Supply at the Supply Port for any reason whatsoever, the rights of Seller against Buyer in respect of such delay, shall be limited to a claim for demurrage in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 16.

(x) The demurrage to be paid shall be calculated at the agreed demurrage rate per day pro rata for part of a day. If no demurrage rate is agreed to between the Parties, the demurrage rate shall be:

(1) the “Average Freight Assessment Rate” of Worldscale appropriate to the size of the Vessel and current on the date of Completion of Supply, or

 

-45-


(2) the market rate for the appropriate/applicable size of Vessel on the date of Completion of Supply as shall be assessed by a mutually agreed independent and reputable broker.

(xi) Buyer’s obligation to pay demurrage shall be absolute and not subject to qualification by the provisions of Clause 18. In no event shall Buyer be liable for a demurrage claim if such claim, supported by appropriate documentation, is not received by Buyer in writing within [REDACTED] of Completion of Supply.

 

17. UNSCHEDULED DISRUPTION TO NORMAL REFINERY OPERATIONS

Unscheduled downtime at the Refinery due to an event of Force Majeure shall be handled in accordance with Clause 18. During any period of unscheduled downtime not caused by an event of Force Majeure, Buyer shall make reasonable attempts to take Delivery of Oil under this Agreement. Should unscheduled downtime not caused by an event of Force Majeure exceed [REDACTED], Buyer is entitled to request the rescheduling of future Cargoes. However, Seller shall not be required to reschedule or delay any Cargo that has been accepted by Buyer for Supply within a [REDACTED] period immediately following the date Buyer gives Seller notice of unscheduled downtime. Further, Buyer shall not make any such rescheduling request primarily for the purposes of commercial gain.

The Parties agree to take reasonable actions in order to minimize any losses to Buyer for Cargoes already committed to prior to any such unscheduled downtime at the Refinery not caused by an event of Force Majeure.

 

18. FORCE MAJEURE

(a) Neither Seller nor Buyer shall be responsible for any failure to fulfill their respective obligations, in whole or in part, under this Agreement if fulfillment has been prevented or curtailed by Force Majeure, and the affected Party shall be relieved of liability for failing to perform, wholly or in part, from the inception of such event of Force Majeure and during the continuance thereof. The foregoing right shall not be construed to limit or restrict either Party’s right to invoke any other subsequent Force Majeure event (even if the other, subsequent Force Majeure event relates to events or circumstances similar or identical to the events or circumstances underlying the subject Force Majeure event) or other Force Majeure event which occurs during all or any portion of the subject Force Majeure event. For purposes hereof, “ Force Majeure ” means any circumstances whatsoever that are beyond the reasonable control of Seller or Buyer, as the case may be, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, but not limited to:

(i) compliance with any order, demand or request of any Governmental Authority;

(ii) any strike, lockout or labor dispute;

 

-46-


(iii) adverse weather, perils of the sea, or embargoes;

(iv) fires, earthquakes, lightning, floods, explosions, storms, and other acts of natural calamity or acts of God;

(v) accidents at, closing of, or restrictions upon the use of mooring facilities, docks, ports, pipelines, harbors or other navigational or transportation mechanisms;

(vi) disruptions, breakdowns, explosions or accidents which may have a materially adverse effect on storage facilities, refineries, Storage Facilities, Vessels, lightering equipment or other facilities; and

(vii) acts of war, hostilities (whether declared or undeclared) civil commotion, blockades, terrorism, sabotage or acts of the public enemy;

provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall relieve either Party of any of its obligations to make payments due to the other Party under this Agreement, which obligations are absolute.

(b) The Party seeking relief under (a) of this Clause 18 (the “ Affected Party ”) shall advise the other Party in writing as soon as practicable of the circumstances causing the failure to fulfill its obligations and shall thereafter provide such information as is available regarding the progress and possible cessation of those circumstances, including, to the extent feasible, the details and the expected duration of the Force Majeure event and the volume of Oil or Indigenous Feedstock affected. The Affected Party shall notify the other Party when the Force Majeure event is terminated. Subject to the provisions of Clause 17, performance of obligations under this Agreement shall be resumed as soon as reasonably possible after such circumstances have ceased.

(c) The Affected Party shall use all reasonable efforts to, and the other Party shall use all reasonable efforts to assist the Affected Party in its efforts to, (i) attempt to prevent a Force Majeure and (ii) mitigate the effects of any Force Majeure. To the extent Seller is the Affected Party, mitigation efforts with respect to Clause 18(c)(ii) may [REDACTED].

(d) Notwithstanding subclause (a) above the Affected Party shall [REDACTED].

(e) Notwithstanding subclause (a) above, but subject to Clause 16(c)(vii), Buyer shall [REDACTED].

(f) In the event that either Party sends a proper notice of an event of Force Majeure and such event of Force Majeure is not remedied within 120 days from the date that notice of such event is given, and so long as such event is continuing, the Party receiving the notice of Force Majeure may terminate this Agreement by written notice to the Party that sent the notice of Force Majeure, and neither Party shall have any further liability to the other in respect of this Agreement except for the rights and remedies previously accrued under this Agreement.

 

-47-


19. CREDIT CONDITIONS

(a) Guaranties . On the Delivery Commencement Date, Buyer shall provide a parent guaranty from Buyer’s Guarantor to Seller in an amount, for a term, and in a format acceptable to Seller. Additionally, prior to any assignment or transfer of any rights or obligations of Buyer under this Agreement, Buyer shall provide to Seller its written guaranty of all of Buyer’s obligations, which guaranty shall be in an amount, for a term, and in a format acceptable to Seller. Buyer shall insure that any and all guaranties required under this Clause 19 shall continue to be in full force and effect throughout the term of this Agreement.

(b) Credit Line .

(i) Seller has agreed to [REDACTED].

(ii) Buyer shall not at any time [REDACTED].

(1) any and all amounts [REDACTED], plus

(2) the [REDACTED], plus

(3) [REDACTED], plus

(4) [REDACTED], plus

(5) [REDACTED], plus

(6) [REDACTED], plus

(7) [REDACTED].

(iii) Seller shall endeavor to [REDACTED].

(iv) If at any time it appears that the [REDACTED].

(v) Any of the following shall constitute “ Additional Acceptable Security ”:

(1) An additional federal funds wire transfer of USD to pay down amounts owed to Seller,

(2) A Standby Letter of Credit in the form attached hereto as Appendix 20 issued by a Qualified Institution.

(vi) Subject to the Parties’ mutual agreement, Seller may provide an additional line of credit to Buyer which would be above the PBF Line of Credit, on such terms, including payment of a fee, as mutually agreed by the Parties. Seller has no obligations to provide such additional line of credit.

(c) Financial Covenants . At all times Buyer shall ensure that the following financial covenants shall be satisfied. Buyer shall provide consolidated financial statements with respect to its ultimate parent company which shall also be a guarantor under this Agreement. Each of these financial covenants set forth herein shall be based on the consolidated financial information of such ultimate parent company guarantor and all of its subsidiaries.

(i) Minimum Shareholder’s Equity, excluding goodwill and intangibles, shall be greater than $150,000,000 as measured quarterly.

(ii) The ratio of Long-term Debt (excluding bank revolving working capital debt) to Shareholders Equity (excluding goodwill and intangibles) shall be less than 1 to 1 as measured quarterly.

(iii) At all times on or after the completion of the first 4 quarters of operation under this Agreement, the sum of (1) the rolling 4 quarter Consolidated Average EBITDA plus (2) cash on hand shall be greater than $80,000,000.

Buyer’s current ultimate parent company guarantor is Buyer’s Guarantor, and Buyer covenants that there shall be no change to its ultimate parent company unless the new ultimate parent company executes a parent company guaranty of Buyer’s obligations under this Agreement in substantially the form of the current ultimate parent company’s guaranty, and the new ultimate parent company’s consolidated financials will satisfy the above described financial covenants.

All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing audited financial statements. If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in this Agreement, and either Buyer or Seller shall so request, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP; provided , that, until so amended (1) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (2) Buyer shall provide to Seller financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.

 

-48-


(d) Payment Direction Agreement .

(i) [REDACTED].

(ii) Buyer agrees to [REDACTED].

(e) Reporting . Buyer shall provide or cause to be provided to Seller:

(i) The Guarantors’ consolidated unaudited monthly, and quarterly financial statements within 30 days and 60 days, respectively, after the end of such period; provided that the 60-day period shall be equal to the lesser of (1) 60 days or (2) the number of days following the end of the applicable period after which such financial statements are required to be reported or delivered under applicable Law.

(ii) The Guarantors’ consolidated audited annual financial statements within 120 days of the fiscal year end of the Guarantors.

(iii) The Refinery Subsidiaries’ consolidated unaudited monthly, and quarterly financial statements within 30 days and 60 days, respectively, after the end of such period; provided that the 60-day period shall be equal to the lesser of (1) 60 days or (2) the number of days following the end of the applicable period after which such financial statements are required to be reported or delivered under applicable Law.

(iv) A simultaneous copy of all notices that are provided to Buyer’s lenders, including:

(1) Loan covenant compliance certificates;

(2) Financial forecasts and bank line availability; and

(3) Certificates of good standing.

(f) Intercreditor Agreement(s) . At all times Buyer shall ensure that the Intercreditor Agreement(s) required pursuant to Clause 7(b) are in place and in full force and effect.

(g) TVM Payment .

(i) “ TVM Payment ” means for each Production Week, [REDACTED]:

TVM Payment = [REDACTED]

(1) “ IR ” means [REDACTED].

(2) “ WD ” means [REDACTED].

(3) “ OIFIC ” means the [REDACTED].

(4) “ UP ” means [REDACTED].

(ii) For each Production Week, Seller will calculate the TVM Payment payable by Buyer to Seller to compensate Seller for the TVM. Seller will provide written notice to Buyer by 9:00 a.m. one Business Day prior to the TVM Payment Date attributable to such Production Week (the “ TVM Statement Delivery Date ”). To the extent certain inputs used in calculating the TVM Payment are not yet fully ascertained or final as of the end of the day before the TVM Statement Delivery Date, Seller shall make a reasonable approximation thereof using the best available information. The TVM Payment is subject to true-up upon the fully ascertained and final information becoming available and such true-up shall be applied as an adjustment to the amount owed by Buyer in the TVM Payment following such true-up.

(iii) The TVM Payment will be paid by Buyer by wire transfer prior to 3:00 p.m. on the TVM Payment Date attributable to such Production Week.

(iv) To the extent of any dispute with respect to a TVM Payment, Buyer shall pay any undisputed amounts during the pending resolutions of any such disputed amounts.

(h) True Sale; Security Agreement .

(i) Seller and Buyer intend that the sales and purchases of Oil and Indigenous Feedstock pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated as a true sale in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, if title to any Oil or Indigenous Feedstock is recharacterized as having remained with or been transferred to Buyer other than as provided by the terms of this Agreement, or if the transaction evidenced by this Agreement is deemed to be a financing and not a true sale or determined to create, in substance, a security interest, Seller and Buyer agree that such Oil and/or Indigenous Feedstock are and shall be subject to the lien and security interest granted by Buyer to Seller pursuant to subclause (ii) below and that Seller shall have the rights and remedies set forth in subclause (iii) below.

 

-49-


(ii) As security for the payment of the obligations of Buyer under and in connection with this Agreement [REDACTED], together with any increases, extensions, and rearrangements of such obligations under any amendments, supplements, and other modifications hereof or thereof, Buyer hereby grants to Seller a first priority security interest in all of Buyer’s present and future right, title and interest in and to (1) the Oil and Indigenous Feedstock; (2) all payments under any insurance, indemnity, warranty, or guaranty of or for the foregoing; and (3) all proceeds of any of the foregoing. In connection with the foregoing, Buyer authorizes Seller to file such financing statements pursuant to the UCC as Seller deems necessary to perfect the foregoing interest. Buyer shall not grant or permit any other security interest in any of the foregoing collateral.

(iii) In the event of such re-characterization, upon any Event of Default, Seller may exercise all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC, whether or not the UCC applies to the affected collateral. Such remedies shall be cumulative with all other remedies of Seller hereunder and available at law or equity, and no delay in enforcing the foregoing shall act as a waiver of Seller’s rights hereunder or thereunder.

(i) Security Interest in Refined Products Sales Agreement . As security for the prompt and complete payment and performance in full of all obligations of Buyer to Seller hereunder, Buyer hereby grants to Seller a security interest in all of Buyer’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, in each case, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and wherever located:

(i) All sales agreements with Off-Takers, for the Refined Products, including the MSCG Sales Agreement;

(ii) The proceeds of Buyer’s sale of Refined Products from the Refinery, which includes all receivables of Buyer from Off-Takers including MSCG; and

(iii) All rights of Buyer to guaranties delivered to Buyer by parent companies of Off-Takers covering the payments due under sales agreements with such Off-Takers; and

(iv) All proceeds, products, accessions, additions, substitutions, replacements, rents and profits of or in respect of any or all of the foregoing.

In connection with the foregoing, Buyer authorizes Seller to file such financing statements pursuant to the UCC as Seller deems necessary to perfect the foregoing interest. Buyer shall not grant or permit any other security interest in any of the foregoing collateral.

 

20. TAXES, DUTIES AND CHARGES

(a) Ordinary agency fees, towage, pilotage and similar port charges, port duties and other taxes against the Vessel at the Supply Port, shall be paid by Seller.

(b) Buyer shall be the importer of record and shall comply with all applicable Laws governing said importation, procure all necessary licenses and permissions, and shall timely pay or cause to be timely paid all federal, state and local duties, taxes, imposts and customs fees

 

-50-


related to the transportation and/or importation of all Oil, including the Taxes imposed by Section 4081 and the registration and bonding requirements imposed by Section 4101 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). In addition, Buyer shall comply with the information and reporting requirements imposed by Section 4102 of the Code with respect to allowing the inspection of records by state and local Tax officers. Seller shall provide Buyer with sufficient information upon request to the extent its own records are inadequate to timely facilitate such importation and reporting.

(c) Each Party shall be solely responsible for its own federal and state income taxes. Buyer shall be liable for and shall pay (and shall indemnify and hold harmless Seller against) all Taxes, including sales, transfer, use, stamp, documentary, filing, recording, or similar fees or taxes or governmental charges as levied by any Governmental Authority (including any interest and penalties) that are attributable to the transactions provided for herein.

 

21. INSURANCE

(a) Insurance Required for Buyer . Buyer shall, at its sole expense, carry and maintain in full force and effect throughout the term of this Agreement insurance coverages, with insurance companies rated not less than A-, IX by A.M. Best or otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Seller, of the following types and amounts:

(i) Workers compensation coverage in compliance with the Law of the states having jurisdiction over each employee and employer’s liability coverage in a minimum amount of $[REDACTED] per accident.

(ii) Automobile liability coverage in a minimum amount of $[REDACTED].

(iii) Commercial general liability insurance and umbrella or excess liability insurance covering all of Buyer’s operations, including bodily injury, property damage and contractual liability with a minimum limit of $[REDACTED] per occurrence.

(iv) Pollution liability coverage for “sudden and accidental pollution” liability with a minimum limit of $[REDACTED] per occurrence.

(v) All risk” insurance covering the Refinery including full replacement cost of any Oil owned by Seller or Delivered to Seller.

(b) Seller’s Insurance . Seller shall, at its sole expense, carry and maintain in full force and effect throughout the term of this Agreement insurance coverages, with insurance companies rated not less than A-, IX by A.M. Best or otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, of the following types and amounts:

(i) Pollution liability coverage for “sudden and accidental pollution” liability with a minimum limit of $[REDACTED] per occurrence.

(ii) All risk insurance covering full replacement cost of any Oil owned by Seller while stored in the Storage Facilities.

 

-51-


(iii) Cargo insurance on Oil while on board sea going vessels at [REDACTED]% of their full CIF value based on Institute Cargo Clauses (A) “All Risks.”

(c) Additional Insurance Requirements .

(i) Seller will ensure that Vessels carry the liability and pollution insurance required by all applicable Laws.

(ii) Seller will only charter Vessels with an IACS Classification and such Vessel is to maintain such class during its full charter period. All Vessels nominated to load or discharge at the Supply Port shall have a valid and full entry with an International Group Associations P&I Club thus carrying a current limit of $[REDACTED] for pollution liabilities and related clean up costs.

(iii) The Parties shall cause their respective insurance carriers to furnish to the other Party insurance certificates, in a form and from a party reasonably satisfactory to the other Party, evidencing the existence of the coverages and endorsements required. The certificates shall specify that no insurance shall be canceled or materially changed during the term of this Agreement unless the other Party is given 30 days notice prior to cancellation or prior to a material change becoming effective. Each Party shall promptly provide the other Party with renewal certificates.

(iv) Seller shall be named as an “additional insured as its interests may appear” on each of Buyer’s insurance policies described in subclause (a) above.

(v) The insurance policies described in subclauses (a) and (b) above shall include an endorsement that the underwriters waive all rights of subrogation against the other Party, and shall be primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance that is maintained by the other Party.

(vi) Each Party shall notify the other Party if any self-insured retentions or deductibles exist in the foregoing policies, and all self-insured retentions or deductibles that exist in the foregoing policies shall be the sole responsibility of the Party responsible for providing such policy.

(vii) The mere purchase and existence of insurance does not reduce or release either Party from any Liability incurred or assumed under this Agreement.

 

22. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

(a) Mutual Representations and Warranties . Buyer and Seller each represents and warrants to the other as of the Effective Date, the Delivery Commencement Date and as of each Delivery that:

(i) There are no suits, proceedings, judgments, ruling or orders pending, or to its Knowledge, threatened, by or before any court or any Governmental Authority that materially and adversely affect its ability to perform, or the rights of the other Party, under this Agreement.

 

-52-


(ii) It is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, and it has the legal right, power and authority and is qualified to conduct its business and perform its obligations hereunder.

(iii) The making and performance by it of this Agreement is within its powers and has been duly authorized by all necessary action on its part.

(iv) This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding act and obligation of it, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other Laws affecting creditor’s rights generally.

(v) No Event of Default under Clause 24 with respect to it or, to its Knowledge, event, which with notice and or a lapse of time would constitute such an Event of Default, has occurred and is continuing, and no such event or circumstance would occur as a result of its entering into or performing its obligations under this Agreement.

(vi) It is an “Eligible Contract Participant” as defined in Section 1a(12) of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended.

(vii) It is a “forward contract merchant,” as defined in Section 101(26) of the Bankruptcy Code, in respect of this Agreement and each sale of Oil hereunder, and each sale of Oil hereunder is a forward contract for purposes of the Bankruptcy Code.

(viii) It is a “master netting agreement participant,” as defined in Section 101(38B) of the Bankruptcy Code, in respect of this Agreement and each sale of Oil hereunder, and each sale of Oil hereunder is a master netting agreement for purposes of the Bankruptcy Code.

(ix) Neither it nor any of its Affiliates has been contacted by or negotiated with any finder, broker or other intermediary in connection with the sale of Oil hereunder who is entitled to any compensation with respect thereto.

(x) All governmental and other authorizations, approvals, consents, notices and filings that are required to have been obtained or submitted by it with respect to this Agreement and its performance hereunder and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby have been obtained or submitted and are in full force and effect, and all conditions of any such authorizations, approvals, consents, notices and filings have been complied with.

(xi) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement do not violate or conflict with (a) any Law applicable to it, (b) any provision of its constitutional documents, (c) any order or judgment of any court or Governmental Authority applicable to it or any of its assets or (d) any contractual restriction binding on or affecting it or any of its assets, except to the extent such conflict or violation has not and could not be reasonably expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

 

-53-


(xii) It possesses all necessary permits, authorizations, registrations and licenses required to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, except to the extent such conflict or violation has not and could not be reasonably expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

(xiii) It is not bound by any other agreement that would preclude its execution, delivery, or performance of this Agreement.

(b) Representations of Buyer . Buyer represents and warrants to Seller as of the Delivery Commencement Date and as of each Delivery, and to its Knowledge, as of the Effective Date, that:

(i) The Storage Facilities are structurally sound and safe and Buyer does not Know, and has no reason to Know, of any leaks in the storage tanks, pipelines, or other equipment or of any other situation at the Storage Facilities which could cause environmental danger or be detrimental to the environment or to Seller’s interests.

(ii) The Storage Facilities are being maintained and operated in accordance with standard industry practices, all practices, methods, acts, standards and criteria employed and in force at the Refinery and all Environmental Laws and all other applicable Laws. Buyer specifically warrants that the Storage Facilities will operate in compliance with the oil spill response plan as may be required under the foregoing Laws.

(iii) Buyer has all operational and health and safety manuals relevant to the maintenance and operation of the Storage Facilities in compliance with standard industry practices and that all relevant personnel responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Storage Facilities are, and at all times during the term of this Agreement will be, familiar with the procedures set forth in such manuals. Buyer further represents all personnel responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Storage Facilities are, and at all times during the term of this Agreement will be, routinely trained on health and safety and disaster procedures in accordance with standard industry practices.

(iv) Except as permitted pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement(s), there are no Liens on the Storage Facilities or any property that is necessary for Buyer’s performance of this Agreement.

(c) Mutual Covenants .

(i) Each Party shall, in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, comply in all material respects with all Laws, including all Environmental Laws. Buyer and Seller each shall maintain the records required to be maintained by Environmental Law and shall make such records available to the other upon their request. Buyer and Seller each shall also immediately notify the other of any violation

 

-54-


or alleged violation with respect to the Oil sold or purchased under this Agreement, and, upon request shall provide the other with all evidence of environmental inspections or audits by any Governmental Authority with respect to such Oil.

(ii) All reports or documents rendered by Buyer or Seller to the other shall, to the best of its knowledge and belief, accurately and completely reflect the facts about the activities and transactions to which they relate. Buyer and Seller each promptly shall notify the other if at any time it has reason to believe that the records or documents previously furnished by such Party are no longer are accurate or complete.

(iii) During the first full year of the term of this Agreement neither Party shall, without the prior written consent of the other Party, suffer or permit any change in more than 50% of the direct or indirect ownership of such Party, (2) sell all or substantially all of its assets, or (3) have one or more subsidiaries sell all or substantially all of their assets, if such sale would have a material effect on the ownership or operation of the Refinery. After the first full year of the Term, if either Party shall suffer or permit any change in more than 50% of the direct or indirect ownership of such Party, (2) sell all or substantially all of its assets, or (3) have one or more subsidiaries sell all or substantially all of their assets and such sale could have a material effect on the ownership or operation of the Refinery, then the other Party shall have the option to terminate this Agreement on the effective date of any such transaction. The Party entering into the transaction shall give notice to the other Party within five (5) Business Days of entering into definitive agreements for the transaction, which notice shall also be no less than 60 days prior to the anticipated effective date of the transaction.

(d) Covenants of Buyer .

(i) From and after the Delivery Commencement Date, Buyer shall (1) maintain all material licenses, permits and franchises required by any Governmental Authority, (2) cause or ensure that any material subsidiary of Buyer’s Guarantor maintains and renews, all material licenses, permits and franchises required by any Governmental Authority.

(ii) Buyer shall ensure that no Lien, through Buyer’s or its Affiliate’s action or inaction, shall attach to Oil owned by Seller.

(iii) Prior to the Delivery Commencement Date, Buyer shall provide Seller with a copy of the current commitment for title insurance and on the Delivery Commencement Date a copy of a bring down certificate issued to Buyer in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Seller and reflecting an obligation of an acceptable title insurance company to issue a title insurance policy evidencing that (i) the use and operation of the Refinery in the manner contemplated herein does not violate in any material respect any instrument of record or agreement affecting the Refinery, and (ii) Buyer holds good and marketable title to the Refinery, free and clear of all Liens, except for those Liens governed by the respective Intercreditor Agreement(s).

 

-55-


(iv) As soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date and prior to the Delivery Commencement Date, Buyer shall provide or cause Valero and its affiliates to provide Seller with full information with regard to all third party contracts (including the Oil supply and the vessel and transportation contracts), that Seller determines are to be assigned to, assumed by or conveyed to Seller in connection with this Agreement, which information shall include copies of relevant contracts and agreements and full descriptions of related business terms and arrangements. Buyer shall ensure that all such contracts shall be assigned to Seller on the Delivery Commencement Date pursuant to one or more assignments in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Seller.

(e) HSE Covenants of Buyer . Buyer represents and warrants as of the Delivery Commencement Date, and covenants throughout the term of this Agreement that:

(i) Buyer is and shall be in material compliance with Environmental Law applicable to operations at the Refinery and has not received any formal notification that it is not presently so in compliance.

(ii) The Refinery is and shall remain structurally sound and safe, and Buyer does not Know of any leaks in the storage tanks, pipelines or other equipment or of any other situation at the Refinery that could cause significant environmental danger, generate significant environmental Liabilities or have a significant detrimental impact on the environment or to Seller’s interests.

(iii) Buyer shall maintain and operate the Refinery in good serviceable condition and in a manner that materially complies with reasonable and prudent industry standards adopted and used in petroleum refineries and with all Laws, including all Environmental Law.

(iv) Buyer shall maintain and operate the Refinery in accordance with HSE Standards acceptable to Seller, using API (including API-653), Coast Guard, ISGOTT and other industry standards as a guide.

(v) Buyer is and shall remain in material compliance with all Laws regarding worker occupational safety and training.

(vi) Buyer is and shall remain in material compliance with all Laws relating to marine oil pollution.

(vii) All tanks used for the storage and throughput of Seller’s Oil are and shall continue to be above ground.

(viii) Buyer promptly will provide Seller with notice of any changes to the representations and covenants in this subclause (e).

(ix) Upon request from Seller, Buyer promptly will provide Seller with copies of all of Buyer’s non-privileged environmental auditing materials that Buyer has in its possession or control with respect to the Refinery.

 

-56-


(x) In the event of any Oil, Feedstock, Refined Products or Hazardous Substances spill or discharge reportable under Law, or other environmental pollution occurring at the Refinery or the Storage Facilities or in a location that could impact the storage, transfer, delivery, transportation or receipt of Oil or Indigenous Feedstock, Buyer shall take all steps (if any) required under Law, including undertaking measures to prevent or mitigate resulting pollution damage. Even if not required by Law, Buyer nevertheless may determine to undertake such measures to prevent or mitigate pollution damage as it deems appropriate or necessary or is required by any Governmental Authority. Buyer shall notify Seller as soon as practicable of any such operations, and shall perform such operations in accordance with applicable plans and any other Law or National Contingency Plan, or as may be directed by the US Coast Guard or any other Governmental Authority.

(xi) In the event that a Party incurs costs to clean up or contain a spill or discharge or to prevent or mitigate resulting pollution damage, such Party reserves any rights provided by Law to recover such costs from the other Party, as well as any third party. In the event a third party is legally liable for such costs and expenses, each Party shall cooperate with the other Party for the purpose of obtaining reimbursement. Each Party shall also cooperate with the other Party for the purpose of obtaining reimbursement from any other applicable entity or source under Law.

 

23. AUDITING AND INSPECTION RIGHTS

(a) Auditing . Each Party shall keep and maintain true and correct books, records, files, and accounts of all information reasonably related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including all measurement and test results, all information used to determine price adjustments, and calculate invoices, and all invoices, statements, and payment records. Each Party and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to inspect or audit such other Party’s records at any reasonable time or times during the term of this Agreement or within 3 years after the termination of this Agreement.

(b) Inspection Rights . Prior to the Delivery Commencement Date, Buyer shall provide Seller or Seller’s designated agents sufficient access to the Refinery for Seller to update its previously completed health, safety and environmental vetting survey (the “HSE Diligence” ). During the term of this Agreement, Seller shall have the right, during Buyer’s normal business hours and after reasonable advance notice to Buyer so as not to disrupt Buyer’s operations: to make periodic operational and HSE inspections of the Refinery and to conduct physical verifications of the amount of Oil stored at the Refinery upon one Business Day’s notice. Seller shall have the right to conduct physical inspections of the storage facilities at the Refinery for a period of 90 days following the Termination Date. During any inspections, Seller shall comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Refinery, as well as any applicable Law. Buyer shall provide Seller or its designated agents with such materials, documents, governmental certificates and agreements as Seller or its designated agents may request from time to time to conduct the HSE Diligence.

 

-57-


24. DEFAULT, SUSPENSION AND TERMINATION

(a) Events of Default . Upon the occurrence of any of the events listed below (each, an “ Event of Default ” or “ Default ”) with respect to a Party (the “ Defaulting Party ”), the other Party (the “ Non-Defaulting Party ”) may, in its sole discretion, and in addition to any other legal remedies it may have, in law or equity, upon giving notice to the Defaulting Party (i) suspend its performance under this Agreement, including, the suspension of Seller’s Supply of Oil and Buyer’s taking Delivery of Oil, (ii) terminate this Agreement, or (iii) if Buyer is the Defaulting Party, Seller may (1) reduce the PBF Line of Credit to zero, (2) deliver a Termination of Deliveries Notice and/or (3) enter upon Buyer’s property and immediately remove all Oil from the storage facilities at the Refinery:

(i) Any Party fails to make payment when due under this Agreement; provided, however, that no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred if the relevant failure is caused solely by an error or omission of an administrative or operational nature; provided further that (a) funds were available to such Party to make the relevant payment when due and (b) such payment is made within one Business Day after notice of such failure is given to such Party.

(ii) Any Party fails to perform, breaches or repudiates any obligation or covenant to the other Party under this Agreement, other than an Event of Default described in Clause 24(a)(i) above or Clauses 24(a)(iii) through (xiv) below, or breaches any representation, or warranty in any material respect under this Agreement, that, if capable of being cured, is not cured to the satisfaction of the other Parties, within 5 Business Days from notice to such Party that corrective action is needed, or longer than 5 Business Days if the Party that fails to perform, breaches or repudiates demonstrates to the other Party within 5 Business Days after receiving notice that corrective action is needed, to the reasonable satisfaction of the other Party, that such cure will be successful and such Party provides a reasonable estimate of the time necessary in order to complete the curative actions;

(iii) A Party or a Guarantor becomes Bankrupt;

(iv) A Party fails to perform, breaches or repudiates Clause 22(c)(iii);

(v) A Party fails to give adequate assurances of its ability to perform within 5 Business Days upon a reasonable request therefor by the other Party;

(vi) A Party ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry on its business or a major part thereof, or a distress, execution, or other process is levied or enforced upon or against any significant part of the property of such Party that has a material adverse effect on a Party’s business or a major part thereof, or the other Party reasonably determines that any of the foregoing events is reasonably likely to occur;

(vii) Buyer or any material subsidiary of Buyer’s Guarantor directly or indirectly suffers the imposition of any restraining order or suspension in connection with any proceeding (judicial or administrative) with respect to any material license, permit or franchise which has a material adverse impact on Buyer’s business or a major part thereof;

 

-58-


(viii) Buyer fails to maintain a guaranty required under this Agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to Seller and covering all obligations due under this Agreement, or such Guaranty is for any reason partially or wholly revoked or invalidated or otherwise ceases to be in full force and effect, or a Guarantor denies that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder;

(ix) Buyer fails at any time to satisfy all of the collateral requirements that are set forth in Clauses 19(a), (b), (f) and (g);

(x) Except as otherwise agreed by the Parties, any event of default or automatic early termination event under any other agreement or contract that may from time to time be entered into between Buyer and Seller, including the Intercreditor Agreement(s);

(xi) Any early termination event occurs with respect to any other crude oil supply contract between Seller or any Affiliate of Seller and any Affiliate of Buyer;

(xii) Any automatic early termination event or material event of default under Buyer’s Credit Agreement or the Guaranty;

(xiii) A Material Adverse Change with respect to Buyer or any Guarantor; and

(xiv) Buyer fails to provide Seller with the full amount of Additional Acceptable Security required in accordance with Clause 24(c).

In the case of an Event of Default described in this Clause 24 above, the Non-Defaulting Party shall have the right at any time upon and for 10 Business Days after (and so long thereafter during the continuation of such Event of Default) to terminate this Agreement. In addition to the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default described in this Clause 24 above that occurs as the result of acts or omissions of Buyer, Seller shall have the immediate right to deliver a Termination of Deliveries Notice and Buyer shall immediately comply with its obligations as set out in Clause 24(d).

(b) Remedies . The Non-Defaulting Party’s rights under this Clause 24 shall be in addition to, and not in limitation or exclusion of, any other rights that it may have (whether by agreement, operation of law or otherwise), including any rights and remedies under the UCC. The Non-Defaulting Party may enforce any of its remedies under this Agreement successively or concurrently at its option. No delay or failure on the part of a Non-Defaulting Party to exercise any right or remedy to which it may become entitled on account of an Event of Default shall constitute an abandonment of any such right, and the Non-Defaulting Party shall be entitled to exercise such right or remedy at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default. All of the remedies and other provisions of this Clause 24 shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right to which any Party is at any time otherwise entitled (whether by operation of law, in equity, under contract or otherwise).

 

-59-


The Parties recognize and agree that if any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or are otherwise breached, immediate and irreparable harm or injury would be caused for which money damages would not be an adequate remedy. Accordingly, the Parties agree that, in addition to other remedies, each Party shall be entitled to an injunction restraining any violation or threatened violation of the provisions of this Agreement or to specific performance or other equitable relief to enforce the provisions of this Agreement. In the event that any action should be brought in equity to enforce the provisions of this Agreement, neither Party shall allege, and each Party hereby waives the defense, that there is adequate remedy at law. The Parties further agree that resort to the dispute resolution provisions contained in this Agreement shall not bar or restrict any Party from seeking any of the foregoing injunctive or equitable relief.

(c) Termination of PBF Line of Credit . Upon the occurrence of any of the events listed below, (each, a “ Credit Default ”) with respect to Buyer, Seller may, in its sole discretion, and in addition to any other legal remedies it may have, in law or equity, upon giving notice to Buyer reduce the PBF Line of Credit to zero:

(i) Buyer or any of Buyer’s Affiliates fails to make any payment in respect of indebtedness of more than $[REDACTED] when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) and such failure continues and is not discharged within 5 Business Days; and

(ii) Buyer fails to comply with the terms of Clauses 19, (c), (d) and (e).

In the case of the occurrence of any Credit Default, Seller may notify Buyer that the PBF Line of Credit has been reduced to zero. Within 1 Business Day after receipt of such notice by Buyer, Buyer shall provide Seller with Additional Acceptable Security in an amount equal to at least the total amount that will be owed to Seller hereunder through the next Business Day, and Buyer shall continue to provide Additional Acceptable Security in an amount equal to at least the total amount that will be owed to Seller hereunder through the next Business Day for the remaining term of this Agreement.

(d) Termination of Deliveries Notice . If Seller delivers to Buyer a Termination of Deliveries Notice, Buyer shall immediately cease taking any Deliveries of Oil or Indigenous Feedstock and all rights of Buyer to take deliveries of Oil and Indigenous Feedstock from the Storage Facilities shall terminate. With respect to the delivery of a Termination of Deliveries Notice, Buyer acknowledges Seller will suffer irreparable harm should Buyer, following delivery of a Termination of Deliveries Notice, continue to take quantities of Oil and that there is no adequate remedy at law with respect to such failure to comply. Buyer acknowledges that a temporary restraining order and temporary injunction are appropriate remedies for a failure by Buyer to comply with a Termination of Deliveries Notice and as such, Buyer waives any requirement that Seller post a bond in the event that Seller seeks either a temporary restraining order or temporary injunction as a result of Buyer failing to comply with a Termination of Deliveries Notice.

(e) Indemnification . The Defaulting Party shall indemnify and hold harmless the Non-Defaulting Party for all Liabilities incurred as a result of the Event of Default or in the exercise of any remedies under this Clause 24, including any damages, losses and expenses

 

-60-


incurred in obtaining, maintaining or liquidating commercially reasonable hedges relating to the Oil sold and purchased hereunder, all as determined in a commercially reasonable manner by the Non-Defaulting Party.

(f) Seller Termination Option . If Buyer (i) fails to acquire Refinery Project Company by February 1, 2011 or (ii) fails to assign this Agreement to Refinery Project Company pursuant to an assignment acceptable to Seller immediately after closing of the acquisition of Refinery Project Company, then Seller shall have the right at anytime thereafter to terminate this Agreement.

(g) Buyer Termination Option . If Buyer does not close the acquisition of Refinery Project Company, Buyer shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by providing notice of termination to Seller promptly after such acquisition has been terminated, along with evidence of the termination of the acquisition of Refinery Project Company; provided, that (i) such termination shall not affect the obligation of the Parties with respect to that certain Memorandum of Understanding dated September 23, 2010, Re: Delaware City Refinery and Paulsboro Refinery between Buyer, Seller and DCRC and (ii) if Buyer or any of its Affiliates shall acquire the Refinery or Refinery Project Company within 6 months of such termination, Seller shall have the right to, and Buyer shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, enter into an agreement on terms equivalent to those in this Agreement, with such revisions as may be agreed upon by Seller.

 

25. OBLIGATIONS AT TERMINATION

(a) Action Upon Termination . Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Parties agree and shall undertake to do the following:

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, on the date of expiration of this Agreement or the date of early termination (the “ Termination Date ”), Buyer shall purchase from Seller:

(1) all Inventories located at the Refinery or held on Buyer’s behalf at a Statoil Storage Facility, as well as any Oil nominated for Supply to Buyer, subject to the provisions of subclause (b) below. Any Oil and Indigenous Feedstock, other than the IF Staring Volume and Tank Heels, which are addressed by subclauses (2) and (3) below, both in-tank and in transit will be sold back to Buyer at the appropriate fully Delivered ex-tank price pursuant to this Agreement, including any accrued TVM Payment charge.

(2) All Indigenous Feedstock at the Refinery or held on Buyer’s behalf at any Statoil Storage Facility, and the price for such Indigenous Feedstock shall be the same as would apply under Clause 5(i)(i)(2) and Clause 5(i)(iii) as if such Termination Date were the IF Conclusion Date except that: (A) the IF Ending Price will be based on the Month in which the Termination Date occurs, and (B) Buyer will pay Seller an amount equal to the loss caused by Seller receiving such adjusted IF Ending Price rather than the compensation Seller would have received from being paid on the IF Conclusion Date in accordance with the original terms of this Agreement.

 

-61-


(3) All Tank Heels at the Refinery or held on Buyer’s behalf at any Statoil Storage Facility, and the price for such Tank Heels shall be the same as would apply under Clause 5(j)(i)(2) and Clause 5(j)(ii) as if such Termination Date were the TH Conclusion Date except that: (A) the TH Ending Price will be based on the Month in which the Termination Date occurs, and (B) Buyer will pay Seller an amount equal to the loss cause by Seller receiving such adjusted TH Ending Price rather than the compensation Seller would have received from being paid on the TH Conclusion Date in accordance with the original terms of this Agreement.

Seller shall prepare and provide Buyer with an invoice for the sale of such Inventories. In each case, title to the Inventories shall pass from Seller to Buyer upon receipt of payment into Seller’s designated account.

A full reconciliation of book stock, in accordance with the same procedures used in Clause 11 for reconciliation of month end volumes, will be conducted by Seller to ensure that all volumes are properly accounted for and any outstanding payments due are identified and promptly settled.

(ii) If this Agreement is terminated by Seller because of a Default by Buyer, Seller shall calculate within 10 days of the Termination Date (or within such longer period as is necessary under the circumstances) all damages incurred by Seller, including damages, losses and expenses incurred by Seller in liquidating all Inventories including any hedging losses, all as determined in a commercially reasonable manner by Seller, and Buyer shall be required to compensate Seller for all such damages, losses and expenses upon demand. Seller shall be entitled to deduct any such damages from any deposits or other available credit support or collateral.

(iii) If this Agreement is terminated due to a Default by Seller, Buyer shall calculate within 10 days of the Termination Date (or within such longer period as is necessary under the circumstances) all damages incurred by Buyer, as determined in a commercially reasonable manner by Buyer, and Seller shall be required to compensate Buyer for all such damages upon demand.

(iv) An estimate of all amounts owing between the Parties under this Agreement shall be paid on the Termination Date; provided that if any amounts required to be calculated cannot be determined as of the Termination Date, the Parties shall rely on a good faith estimate prepared as of the Termination Date and thereafter shall make a final settlement to true-up any such amounts when they become ascertainable. Any such true up payment shall be due within 10 days after submission of the final invoice from Seller.

(b) Nominated Volumes .

(i) If this Agreement is terminated due to a Default by Buyer, Seller shall have the option to sell to Buyer any volumes of Oil nominated by Buyer but not yet Delivered at such payment terms as it determines are appropriate in its sole discretion or to sell such volumes to a third party. Buyer shall compensate Seller for any resulting commercially reasonable additional costs, damages, losses or expenses.

 

-62-


(ii) If this Agreement is terminated due to a Default by Seller, Buyer shall have the option either: (1) to take Delivery of any or all volumes of Oil nominated by Buyer but not yet Delivered (applying the payment terms that would have been applied if there had not been a termination); or (2) to cancel such volumes. Seller shall compensate Buyer for any resulting additional costs, damages, losses or expenses.

(iii) In either event, if nominated volumes are sold to Buyer, the purchase price shall be the price that would have applied had the nominated volumes been timely Delivered prior to the date of termination of this Agreement.

(c) Failure to Repurchase Oil . If Buyer fails to pay Seller for the Inventories on the Termination Date, Seller may elect at its sole discretion to sell any or all of the Inventories to third parties pursuant to such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate in its sole discretion. Seller shall notify Buyer of this election and the instructions for delivery of the Oil to Seller or Seller’s consignees.

(i) If Seller elects to sell the Oil to third parties pursuant to this Clause 25, then Seller shall be entitled to a reasonable period of time from the Termination Date to remove the Oil from the Refinery or other storage facilities. Seller shall have reasonable access to such storage facilities for the purpose of removing its Oil or effectuating any third-party sales.

(ii) Buyer shall indemnify and hold harmless Seller against any Liabilities incurred in connection with its failure to purchase the Inventories in accordance with this Clause 25, including any losses and expenses incurred in obtaining, maintaining or liquidating commercially reasonable hedges or related trading positions, all as determined by Seller in a commercially reasonable manner.

 

26. INDEMNIFICATION AND CLAIMS

(a) Indemnification .

(i) To the fullest extent permitted by Law and except as specified otherwise elsewhere in this Agreement, Buyer shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Seller, its affiliates, and their directors, officers, employees, representatives, agents and contractors from and against any Liabilities accruing at any time during or following Supply of the Oil to the Storage Facilities (1) (A) arising out of or relating to injury, disease, or death of any person or damage to or loss of any property, fine or penalty, to the extent caused by Buyer, its Affiliates or their employees, directors, officers, representatives, agents or contractors, in performing its obligations under this Agreement or (B) arising out of or relating to violations of Law including Environmental Law, (2) arising out of or in connection with the transshipment or the import, storage, custody, transfer, or export of Oil, including any Liabilities directly or

 

-63-


indirectly arising out of or related to (A) any loss, spill, discharge or Release of the Oil or Hazardous Substances; (B) any act or omission in connection with or related to this Agreement on the part of Buyer its Affiliates or their employees, directors, officers, representatives, agents or contractors, or any vessel or barge, receiving connection, receiving facilities and/or transport, arranged or furnished by or for the account of Buyer; (C) Liabilities arising out of or in connection with the operation of the Storage Facilities by Buyer, its Affiliates or their employees, directors, officers, representatives, agents or contractors, any emissions or discharges from the Storage Facilities or the delivery, custody or storage of Oil or other products of any other party; or (D) any breach or violation of Environmental Laws by Buyer, its Affiliates or their employees, directors, officers, representatives, agents or contractors and (3) relating to any loss, contamination or damage to the Oil or Indigenous Feedstock in the custody of Buyer, its Affiliates or their employees, directors, officers, representatives, agents or contractors, stored in the Storage Facilities storage tanks, or while it is in the process of being imported into or exported out of storage, which have been caused by (A) the negligence or willful misconduct on the part of Buyer, its Affiliates or their employees, representatives, agents or contractors, (B) a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or other responsibility under this Agreement by Buyer, its Affiliates or their employees, directors, officers, representatives, agents or contractors or (C) failure by Buyer, its Affiliates or their employees, directors, officers, representatives, agents or contractors, to exercise due diligence in accordance with the standard of care applicable in the industry.

(ii) To the fullest extent permitted by Law and except as specified otherwise elsewhere in this Agreement, Seller shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Buyer and its Affiliates, and their directors, officers, employees, representatives, agents and contractors, from and against any Liabilities accruing at any time prior to the Supply of the Oil to the Storage Facilities arising out of or relating to (1) injury, disease, or death of any person or damage to or loss of any property, fine or penalty, to the extent caused by Seller, its Affiliates or their employees, directors, officers, representatives, agents or contractors in performing its obligations under this Agreement; (2) violations of Law including Environmental Law; or (3) the transshipment or the import, storage, custody, transfer, or export of Oil by Seller prior to Supply, including any Liabilities directly or indirectly arising out of or related to any loss, spill, discharge or Release of the Oil or Hazardous Substances.

(iii) In addition to the other indemnification obligations set forth in this Clause 26 and elsewhere in this Agreement, each Party (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall indemnify and hold the other Party (the “ Indemnified Party ”), its Affiliates, and their employees, directors, officers, representatives, agents and contractors, harmless from and against any and all Liabilities arising from (1) the Indemnifying Party’s breach of this Agreement, (2) the Indemnifying Party’s failure to comply with Law with respect to the sale, transportation, storage, handling or consumption of Oil, except to the extent that such liability results from the Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or (3) any material inaccuracy in or breach of any of the Indemnifying Party’s representations and warranties made herein at the time such representations and warranties were made.

 

-64-


(iv) A Party’s obligation to indemnify the other Party pursuant hereto shall not be nullified or otherwise effected by the allocation of risk of loss pursuant to Clause 8 hereof, or the transfer of title to the Oil pursuant to Clause 7 hereof, at the time any such Liabilities arise.

(v) The Parties’ obligations to defend, indemnify, and hold each other harmless under the terms of this Agreement shall not vest any rights in any third party (whether a Governmental Authority or private entity) other than those Persons who are expressly designated hereunder as Persons to be indemnified by a Party, nor shall they be considered an admission of liability or responsibility for any purposes other than those enumerated in this Agreement.

(b) Claims . Upon receipt by the Indemnified Party of notice of any claim, demand, suit or proceeding brought against it that might give rise to an indemnity claim under this Agreement (such claim, demand, suit or proceeding, a “ Third Party Claim ”), the Indemnified Party shall as soon as practicable send to the Indemnifying Party a notice specifying the nature of such Third Party Claim and the amount or estimated amount thereof if known (which amount or estimated amount shall not be conclusive of the final amount, if any, of such claim, demand or suit); provided , however , that any delay or failure by the Indemnified Party to give notice to the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder except to the extent, if at all, that the Indemnifying Party shall have been materially prejudiced by reason of such delay or failure. The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to assume the defense, at its own expense and by its own counsel, of any Third Party Claim; provided , however , that such counsel is reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Party and the Third Party Claim could not (i) result in a conflict of interest between the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party or (ii) involve a criminal or quasi-criminal charge. Notwithstanding an Indemnifying Party’s election to appoint counsel to represent an Indemnified Party in connection with a Third Party Claim, an Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel at its own expense provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party and its counsel shall have control of the defense of the Third Party Claim. If requested by the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnified Party agrees to reasonably cooperate with the Indemnifying Party and its counsel in contesting any claim, demand or suit that the Indemnifying Party defends, or, if appropriate and related to the claim, demand, suit or proceeding in question, in making any counterclaim against the Person asserting the Third Party Claim, or any cross-complaint against any Person. All reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Indemnified Party’s cooperation shall be borne by the Indemnifying Party. No Third Party Claim may be settled or compromised (x) by the Indemnified Party without the prior consent of the Indemnifying Party or (y) by the Indemnifying Party without the prior consent of the Indemnified Party unless such settlement would result in no payment or other obligation from the Indemnifying Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Indemnifying Party shall not be entitled to assume responsibility for and control of any judicial or administrative proceeding if such proceeding involves an Event of Default by the Indemnifying Party under this Agreement which shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

-65-


27. DAMAGES

(a) The Parties’ liability for damages under this Agreement is limited to direct, actual damages only and neither Party shall be liable for, except when claimed by a third party and covered under Clause 26 above, lost profits or other business interruption damages, or special, consequential, punitive, exemplary damages, in tort, contract or otherwise, of any kind, arising out of or in any way connected with the performance, the suspension of performance, the failure to perform, or the termination of this Agreement. Each Party acknowledges the duty to mitigate damages hereunder.

(b) To the maximum extent permissible by Law, Seller shall not be responsible in any respect whatsoever for any loss, damage or injury resulting from any hazards inherent in the nature of the Oil delivered under this Agreement.

 

28. ASSIGNMENT

(a) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Parties hereto, their respective successors and permitted assigns.

(b) Except as specifically provided herein, neither Party shall assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its rights or obligations hereunder, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent may be given and/or conditioned in such Party’s discretion; provided, however , that, (i) on the Delivery Commencement Date, Buyer shall assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to Refinery Project Company pursuant to an assignment agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Seller, which shall include a bring-down as of the Delivery Commencement Date of all representations, warranties and covenants made by Buyer hereunder by Refinery Project Company; (ii) Seller may assign this Agreement to an Affiliate of Seller without the consent of Buyer, and (iii) subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement(s), either Party shall be entitled to pledge their respective rights under this Agreement as collateral security to internationally recognized financial institutions without the consent of the other Party. Any assignment or transfer made shall be done so expressly subject to this Agreement with such assignee agreeing in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. The assigning Party shall remain liable hereunder for due and proper performance of all provisions of this Agreement, including any provisions governing the credit aspects of this Agreement.

(c) Any assignment by Buyer hereunder shall be contingent on such assignee’s compliance with Clauses 19(a) and 19(c).

(d) Any attempted assignment, transfer or other disposition in violation of this Clause 28 shall be null and void ab initio .

 

29. NOTICES AND ADDRESSES

Any notices, statements, requests or other communications to be given to either Party pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and, except to the extent provided in the other provisions of this Agreement, shall be given by messenger, telecopy or other electronic transmission, or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed

 

-66-


to such Party at its address, telecopy number shown below, or at such other address as either Party shall have furnished to the other by notice given in accordance with this Clause 29. Any notice delivered or made by messenger, telecopy, or mail shall be deemed to be given on the date of actual delivery as shown by messenger receipt, the addressor’s telecopy machine confirmation or other verifiable electronic receipt, or the registry or certification receipt; provided that if notice is actually delivered on a day which is not a Business Day, notice shall be deemed given on the next Business Day after such delivery.

 

If to Seller:    Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc.
   1055 Washington Boulevard – 7 th Floor
   Stamford, CT 06901
   Attention: Crude Oil Operations
   Fax Number: (203) 978-6958
   Telephone Number: (203) 978-6900
   E-mail: uscrudeops@statoil.com
With a copy (which    Statoil Marketing and Trading (US) Inc.
shall not constitute    1055 Washington Blvd. – 7 th Floor
notice) to:   

Stamford, CT 06901

Attention: General Counsel

   Fax Number: (203) 978-6952
   Telephone Number: (203) 978-6900
If to Buyer:    PBF Holding Company LLC
   1 Sylvan Way, 2 nd floor
   Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887
   Attention: Executive Vice President, Commercial
   Fax Number: (973) 455-7562
   Telephone Number: (973) 455-7500
   E-mail: dlucey@pbfenergy.com
With a copy (which    PBF Holding Company LLC
shall not constitute    1 Sylvan Way, 2 nd floor
notice) to:   

Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

Attention: General Counsel

   Fax Number: (973) 455-7562
   Telephone Number: (973) 455-7500

 

30. WARRANTIES; DISCLAIMER

Seller warrants good and marketable title to the Oil sold to Buyer under this Agreement, free and clear of all Liens arising by, through or under Seller and, subject to any deficiencies that are taken into account through the Final Quality Differential, warrants the Oil sold to Buyer under this Agreement conforms to the quality specifications for the Grade of Oil Delivered by Seller. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, SELLER EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ORAL OR WRITTEN, INCLUDING ANY

 

-67-


REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO (A) ANY INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT, TRADEMARK OR COPYRIGHT; OR (B) THAT THE OIL SOLD TO BUYER WILL (I) BE MERCHANTABLE OR FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, (II) CONFORM TO MODELS OR SAMPLES, OR (III) MEET CERTAIN SPECIFICATIONS.

 

31. APPLICABLE LAW, LITIGATION AND ARBITRATION

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Clause 31, the existence, validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement, and any controversy, claim or dispute hereunder, whether in contract, tort, equity or otherwise, shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles, and the federal Laws of the United States applicable therein. The United Nations convention on contracts for the international sale of goods (1980) shall not apply.

(b) The Parties shall attempt in good faith and within 10 days following receipt from either Party of a written notice of any cause of action, controversy, claim, counterclaim, demand, dispute or other matter in question arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, or the alleged breach thereof, or in any way relating to the subject matter of this Agreement or the relationship between the Parties created by this Agreement, including any question regarding the existence, validity, or termination of this Agreement (each, a “ Dispute ”), to resolve by mutual agreement such Dispute by direct dialogue between senior management of both Parties during which period the applicable statute of limitations shall be tolled, regardless of whether some or all of such Disputes allegedly (i) are extra-contractual in nature, (ii) sound in contract, tort, or otherwise, (iii) are provided by statute, common law or otherwise, or (iv) seek damages or any other relief, whether at law, in equity or otherwise. If a resolution is not achieved within 30 days from the initiation of such discussions, the matter shall be settled as provided in this Clause 31.

(c) Except as provided for in subclauses (d), (e) and (f) below, each Party irrevocably: (i) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the US Federal District Court for the Southern District of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan or, if such court declines to exercise or does not have jurisdiction, in any New York state court in the Borough of Manhattan or any other Federal court in the State of New York, and to service of process as provided by New York Law, and (ii) waives any objection which it may have at any time to the laying of venue of any proceedings brought in any such court, waives any claim that such proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum and further waives the right to object, with respect to such proceedings, that such court does not have jurisdiction over such Party. Further, each Party waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any proceedings relating to this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement precludes either Party from bringing proceedings in any other jurisdiction in order to enforce any judgment obtained in any proceedings referred to in this Clause 31, nor will the bringing of such enforcement proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the bringing of enforcement proceedings in any other jurisdiction. Either Party may file a copy of this Clause 31(c) with any court as written evidence of the knowing, voluntary and bargained agreement between the Parties irrevocably to waive any objections to jurisdiction, venue or to convenience of forum.

 

-68-


(d) Any Dispute (other than such as described in subclauses (e) and (f) below) where the amount in controversy does not exceed $[REDACTED] which the Parties are unable to resolve by mutual agreement, as provided in Clause 31(b) above, shall be settled by arbitration in New York, New York before 3 disinterested arbitrators in accordance with the international arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association; provided , however , that the Parties may elect to proceed with only one arbitrator by mutual agreement. Each Party shall appoint one arbitrator and the third arbitrator, who shall act as chairman, shall be appointed by the other two arbitrators chosen by the Parties, and if they cannot reach mutual agreement, then by the American Arbitration Association, provided that each arbitrator shall be knowledgeable and experienced in the international sale and purchase of crude oil. The arbitration shall be conducted in English, the arbitral award shall be final and binding on both Parties without appeal to any court, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

(e) Any Dispute that may arise in connection with or as a result of Clause 16 or Clause 15 where the amount in controversy does not exceed $[REDACTED] which the Parties are unable to resolve by mutual agreement, as provided in subclause (b) above, shall be settled by the “Shortened Arbitration Procedure” of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc. (“ SMA ”) in New York, New York pursuant to the “Rules for the Shortened Arbitration Procedure of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc.” then in force. The arbitration shall be conducted in English and the arbitral award shall be final and binding on both Parties without appeal to any court, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. In addition to the choice of law described in subclause (a) above, any such Dispute shall also be governed by, construed and enforced under the maritime Law of the US without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles, and in the case of any conflict between New York Law and the maritime Law of the US, the maritime Law of the US shall control.

(f) Any Dispute that may arise in connection with or as a result of Clause 16 or Clause 15 where the amount in controversy equals or exceeds $[REDACTED] but is less than $[REDACTED] which the Parties are unable to resolve by mutual agreement, as provided in subclause (b) above, shall be settled by arbitration in New York, New York pursuant to the “Maritime Arbitration Rules” of the SMA then in force before 3 disinterested arbitrators; provided , however , that the Parties may elect to proceed with only one arbitrator by mutual agreement. Each Party shall appoint one arbitrator and the third arbitrator, who shall act as chairman, shall be appointed by the other two arbitrators chosen by the Parties, and if they cannot reach mutual agreement, then by the SMA, provided that all 3 arbitrators shall be knowledgeable and experienced in the international sale and purchase of crude oil and further that all 3 arbitrators shall be members of the SMA. The arbitration shall be conducted in English and the arbitral award shall be final and binding on both Parties without appeal to any court, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. In addition to the choice of law described in subclause (a) above, any such Dispute shall also be governed by, construed and enforced under the maritime Law of the US without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles, and in the case of any conflict between New York Law and the maritime Law of the United States, the maritime Law of the United States shall control.

 

-69-


(g) The Parties agree that if at any time during the term of the Agreement, any Laws are changed or new Laws have become or are due to become effective, whether by Law or by response to the insistence or request of any Governmental Authority or any Person purporting to act for a Governmental Authority (a “ Change in Law ”), and the material effect of such Change in Law is (i) not covered by any other provision of the Agreement; and (ii) has or will have a material and substantial adverse regulatory effect on Seller or Buyer, then the affected Party shall have the option to notify the other Party of such event. The Party providing such notice shall provide as much notice as possible and include in such notice the change(s) and related consequences causing the issues covered by the notice. Thereafter, the Parties shall promptly negotiate in good faith and shall make such changes as are necessary to mitigate the consequences of the Change in Law.

 

32. HSE, DRUG AND ALCOHOL POLICY

The Parties represent that they are fully conversant with one another’s respective HSE policy and the ethical standards and requirements as provided to each other under separate cover, as the same may be amended from time to time, or as set forth in Clause 22(e) and on Appendix 21. All business between the Parties under this Agreement will be conducted in a commercially reasonable and responsible manner to further the Parties’ objective that the operations involve a minimal level of risk to people, the environment and equipment. The shared targets for the operation of the trade are zero personnel injuries, zero spills and environmental damage and zero equipment damage.

Each Party shall notify the other of any incidents in connection with its performance under this Agreement related to HSE issues including any pollution incidents that require notice to any Governmental Authorities, further investigation or other response action under applicable Environmental Laws.

Each Party agrees to issue HSE performance data in connection with its performance under this Agreement not older than 6 months upon reasonable request of the other Party covering any recordable incidents during the relevant period. Such reports shall provide a brief description of the incident and appropriate follow-up action taken.

The Party responsible for employing a Vessel for the transport of Oil under this Agreement warrants to the other Party that at all times the operator of such Vessel will strictly observe the HSE provisions, policy or guidelines in force at any terminal or place that it is required to use in the execution of this Agreement and, if relevant, the ports or places where such terminals are situated and the roads or railway network used for the transport and conduct its performance of the transport in accordance with any such regulations in force at such place or port.

Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Party responsible for the employment of a Vessel warrants that the operator of such Vessel shall strictly adhere to the drug and alcohol policy envisaged under the Oil Companies International Maritime Forum guidelines issued in June 1995 as may be amended from time to time, and any other Laws applicable to such Vessel’s delivery of Oil in connection with this Agreement.

 

-70-


Should a Vessel, or the employees, representatives or sub-contractors utilized by the operator of such Vessel on such Vessel fail to observe all of the guidelines and/or directions of the applicable terminal or national or regional legislation pertaining to HSE that results in losses, damages, costs, expenses or fines or any other costs against the Party not providing the transport, the Party who has undertaken the provision of transport shall indemnify the other Party in respect of such losses, damages, costs, expenses, fines.

 

33. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS.

(a) Seller shall provide Buyer with a copy of a current Material Safety Data Sheet (“ MSDS ”) for the Oil delivered under this Agreement.

(b) From and after the Delivery Commencement Date, Buyer shall be responsible for any consequences that result from the failure to properly use the information provided on an MSDS.

(c) From and after the Delivery Commencement Date, Buyer shall provide persons responsible for the management of HSE matters within its own organization with a copy of the MSDS.

(d) From and after the Delivery Commencement Date, Buyer shall provides its employees with appropriate information and training to enable them to handle and use the Oil delivered under this Agreement in a manner which does not endanger their health or safety.

 

34. VOICE RECORDING

Each Party may electronically record all telephone conversations between them, with or without the use of a warning tone, and that, to the extent permitted by Law, any such recordings may be submitted in evidence to any court or in any proceeding for the purpose of establishing the formation or existence of a transaction and the terms thereof. Each Party shall obtain the consent of its employees and agents to such recording to the extent required by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party reserves the right to object to the admissibility of any recording on the grounds of authenticity, relevance, and/or materiality, and neither Party waives its rights to such objections.

 

35. DISPOSAL

Buyer shall not knowingly resell, resupply or redeliver, directly or indirectly, the Oil to an embargoed country in contravention of applicable trade embargo requirements of the Kingdom of Norway or the US or any other country from which this Agreement is executed.

At any time Seller may require Buyer to provide any relevant documents for the purpose of verifying the final destination of Oil delivered to Seller under this Agreement, and Buyer undertakes to advise Seller, upon request, of the destination of the Oil. If at any time before delivery of the Oil, importation of the Oil at the designated delivery Storage Facilities is prohibited by order of the Governmental Authorities of the country in which the Oil has been produced or loaded or is to be imported, then Buyer shall arrange for delivery at an acceptable alternative port that is not subject to any such prohibition. Any resulting additional costs incurred by Seller as a result of such alternative Delivery shall be refunded promptly to Seller by Buyer.

 

-71-


In the event the Oil is disposed of by Buyer to a third party in whole or part, Buyer shall ensure that all end users of the Oil abide by the provisions set forth herein of this Clause 35 and without delay provide Seller with all relevant information as Seller may require related to such alternative disposal including name of end user, name of refinery and any other relevant information Seller may reasonably deem necessary.

Buyer’s failure to comply with any of the provisions of this Clause 35 shall entitle Seller (without prejudice to any other rights and remedies it may have under this Agreement) to cancel this Agreement, suspend further deliveries of Oil under this Agreement or dispose of any undelivered Oil as it deems fit.

 

36. CONFIDENTIALITY

All Confidential Information supplied by the Disclosing Party Representatives to the Receiving Party or the Receiving Party Recipients is confidential and is the sole and exclusive property of the Disclosing Party or is property to which the Disclosing Party has rights and an obligation to keep confidential and is being furnished to the Receiving Party or the Receiving Party Recipients in reliance by the Disclosing Party of the undertakings made in this Clause 36.

Each Receiving Party, on behalf of itself and the Receiving Party Recipients, (a) will keep the Confidential Information confidential and will not disclosure any Confidential Information in any manner whatsoever except as otherwise provided herein; and (b) will not use any Confidential Information other than in connection with this Agreement; provided, however, that Receiving Party may reveal the Confidential Information to Receiving Party Recipients: (i) who need to know the Confidential Information for the purpose of this Agreement; (ii) who are informed of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information; and (iii) who agree to act in accordance with the terms of this Clause 36. A Receiving Party will be responsible for any breach of this Clause 36 by any of its Receiving Party Recipients. Upon a Disclosing Party’s request, the Receiving Party shall return to the Disclosing Party or destroy all copies of any written data supplied as part of Confidential Information (including notes, extracts, summaries or other such materials prepared by the Receiving Party based in whole or in part upon the Confidential Information) to the extent permitted by applicable Law.

Buyer acknowledges that certain Receiving Party Recipients of Seller also have responsibility for trading and/or marketing products or transactions that are the same as, similar to or correlated with, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. It is not Buyer’s intent to restrict in any way or alter such Receiving Party Recipient’s trading or marketing activities.

Each Receiving Party acknowledges and agrees that remedies at law may be inadequate to protect a Disclosing Party against any actual or threatened breach of this Clause 36 by a Receiving Party or Receiving Party Recipients, and, without prejudice to any other rights and remedies otherwise available to such Disclosing Party, and upon an offer of proof by the Disclosing Party of an actual or threatened breach of this Clause 36, the Receiving Party agrees to the granting of injunctive relief in the Disclosing Party’s favor without proof of actual damages. In the event of litigation relating to this Clause 36, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final order that this Clause 36 has been breached by a Receiving Party, then such Receiving Party will reimburse the Disclosing Party for its costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and expenses) incurred in connection with all such litigation.

 

-72-


37. SOVEREIGN IMMUNITY

Each Party represents and warrants that it has entered into this Agreement in a commercial capacity and that with respect to this Agreement it is in all respects subject to civil and commercial Law. Each party irrevocably and unconditionally, and to the fullest extent permitted by Law, waives any rights of sovereign immunity which it may have now or subsequently acquire in respect of its position or any property and/or assets (present or subsequently acquired and wherever located) belonging to it.

 

38. ANTI-CORRUPTION AND FACILITATION PAYMENTS

(a) In connection with this Agreement and the business resulting therefrom Buyer and Seller shall respectively comply with all applicable Laws, relating to bribery, corruption and money laundering of:

(i) The Kingdom of Norway,

(ii) The US, and

(iii) Any other country in which this Agreement is partly or wholly executed.

(b) Each Party shall not, directly or indirectly, in connection with this Agreement and the business resulting therefrom, offer, pay, promise to pay, or authorize the giving of money or anything of value to a government official (including but not limited to employees of a government oil company), to any officer or employee of a public international organization, to any political party or official thereof or to any candidate for political office, or to any person, while knowing or being aware of a high probability that all or a portion of such money or thing of value will be offered, given or promised, directly or indirectly, to any government official, to any officer or employee of a public international organization, to any political party or official thereof, or to any candidate for political office, for the purpose of: (a) influencing any act or decision of such official, officer, employee, political party, party official, or candidate in his or its official capacity, including a decision to fail to perform his or its official functions; or (b) inducing such official, officer, employee, political party, or candidate to use his or its influence with the government or instrumentality thereof (including but not limited to a government oil company) or organization to affect or influence any act or decision of such government or instrumentality or organization, or to obtain an improper advantage in order to assist such party in obtaining or retaining business for or with, or directing business to such party or any other person in relation to this Agreement.

(c) The Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to insure that relevant third parties used for fulfilling the Parties’ respective obligations under this Agreement also comply with all applicable Laws relating to bribery, corruption and money laundering of:

(i) The Kingdom of Norway,

 

-73-


(ii) The US, and

(iii) Any other country in which this Agreement is partly or wholly executed.

(d) A Party may terminate this Agreement in accordance with Clause 24 if the other Party is in breach of the above.

(e) All financial settlements, billings and reports in connection with this Agreement shall properly reflect the facts related to any activities and transactions handled for the account of the other Party. The data may be relied upon as being complete and accurate in any further recordings and reporting made by the Parties or any of their representatives, for whatever purpose.

 

39. CONFLICT OF INTEREST

Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no director, employee or agent of either Party, its subcontractors or vendors, shall give or receive from any director, employee or agent of the other Party or any Affiliate of the other Party any commission, fee, rebate, gift or entertainment of significant cost or value in connection with this Agreement. In addition, no director, employee or agent of either Party, its subcontractors or vendors, shall enter into any business arrangement with any director, employee or agent of the other Party or any Affiliate of the other Party who is not acting as a representative of such Party or its Affiliate without prior written notification thereof to the other Party. Any representative(s) authorized by either Party may audit the applicable records of the last 3 years of the other Party for the sole purpose of determining whether there has been compliance with this Clause 39.

 

40. MISCELLANEOUS

(a) If any provision of this Agreement shall be (in whole or in part) determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction by a court of competent jurisdiction, then for such period that the same is invalid, illegal or unenforceable as to such jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed to be deleted from this Agreement without invalidating the remaining portions of this Agreement or affecting or impairing the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. It is also the intention of the Parties that in lieu of each clause or provision of this Agreement that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added, as a part of this Agreement, a clause or provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

(b) Any modification of, consent, waiver, amendment or addition to this Agreement shall be effective only if made in writing, specifically referencing this Agreement, signed by both Parties.

(c) Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not be construed so as to confer any right or benefit upon any Person other than the Parties to this Agreement, and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

 

-74-


(d) This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior proposals, negotiations, understandings and representations, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter hereof.

(e) In the event of a conflict between provisions in the main body of this Agreement and in the Appendices, the provisions in the main body of this Agreement shall control. In the event of any conflict between the provisions in this Agreement (including the Appendices) and the provisions in any other document or agreement entered into by the Parties in connection herewith, the terms of this Agreement shall control in the event of any conflict unless such other document or agreement provides expressly otherwise.

(f) The Parties acknowledge that they and their counsel have reviewed and revised this Agreement and that no presumption of contract interpretation or construction shall apply to the advantage or disadvantage of the drafter of this Agreement.

(g) Where not inconsistent with any of the terms defined herein, the terms as published by the International Chamber of Commerce (“ ICC ”) in the ICC Official Rules for the Interpretation of Trade Terms edition of 2000 shall apply.

(h) From and after the Effective Date, each Party, and will cause their respective Affiliates to, execute and deliver such further instruments and documents and take such other action as may reasonably be requested by any Party hereto to carry out the purposes and intents hereof, including to secure Seller’s security interest in the Oil Delivered hereunder and the proceeds thereof.

[Signature Page(s) Follow]

 

-75-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC.
By:  

/s/ Richard Martin Jones

Name:   Richard Martin Jones
Title:   President
PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Dill

Name:   Jeffrey Dill
Title:   Secretary

 

-76-


SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FOR THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH THE WORD “[REDACTED]”.

FIRST AMENDMENT TO CRUDE OIL/FEEDSTOCK SUPPLY/DELIVERY AND

SERVICES AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO CRUDE OIL/FEEDSTOCK SUPPLY/DELIVERY AND SERVICES AGREEMENT made and entered into as of January 7, 2011, by and between Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Seller”), and Paulsboro Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Buyer ”), amends that certain Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement between Seller and Buyer (as assignee from PBF Holding Company LLC) dated December 16, 2010 (the “ Original Agreement” )

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to modify the terms of the Original Agreement pursuant to the terms hereof (defined terms not defined herein are defined in the Original Agreement).

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Appendices . Appendix 13 is hereby amended by replacing the entirety of Appendix 13 with the Appendix 13 attached hereto, and incorporated herein by reference, as Exhibit A.

2. Definitions .

(a) Clause 2(a) is hereby amended by adding the following after the definition of “Saudi Arabian” and before the definition of “Saudi Contract”:

“Saudi Cargo” has the meaning set out on Appendix 13.

(b) Clause 2(a) is hereby amended by adding the following before the definition of “Acquisition Proposal”:

“Account agreement” has the meaning set out on Appendix 13.

3. No Other Modification . Except as specifically set forth above, the Original Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in all respects.

(Signature page follows)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US)
INC.
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

Richard Martin Jones

Title:  

President

PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

Jeffrey Dill

Title:  

Secretary

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement]


Exhibit A

APPENDIX 13 – SAUDI CONTRACT ARRANGEMENTS

On or about the date of the execution of that certain First Amendment to this Agreement, Buyer is entering into a contract (the Saudi Contract ), in substantially the form of Attachment I to this Appendix 13, with Saudi Arabian providing for the supply of Arab [REDACTED] Crude (Type C) from Saudi Arabian to Buyer, with Seller executing the Saudi Contract as “BUYER’S ASSIGNEE” for the limited purposes set forth therein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Clause 14(a) of this Agreement, Seller shall provide [REDACTED] and [REDACTED] per Barrel with respect to all volumes of Oil purchased by Buyer from Saudi Arabian under the Saudi Contract (each such volume, a Saudi Cargo ). Shipping Services for each Saudi Cargo (which shall be calculated and paid for by Buyer in the same manner as for the Cargoes being sold by Seller under the Agreement) shall be set using the “Delivery Method” unless otherwise agreed upon by the Parties.

Buyer shall sell and transfer title to each Saudi Cargo to Seller DES Paulsboro (title to such Oil transferring to Seller when such Oil is transferred to a lightering Vessel controlled by Seller with such Oil to be delivered to the Storage Facilities) at the same price Buyer purchases such Saudi Cargo from Saudi Arabian under the Saudi Contract; provided that Seller and Buyer may mutually agree on a separate delivery point. Buyer shall deliver to Seller such acceptable documentation as may be requested by Seller with respect to each such sale. Seller may purchase futures contracts on the Saudi Cargoes in connection with Oil pricing terms set forth in the Saudi Contract, in the same manner as for other Cargoes owned by Seller pursuant to Clause 9 and the other provisions of the Agreement, and the pricing for the subsequent resale of such Cargo by Seller to Buyer upon Delivery from Seller to Buyer shall be based on such futures contract pricing.

Upon receipt of each invoice from Saudi Arabian under the Saudi Contract, Buyer shall immediately deliver an exact copy of such invoice to Seller. Buyer and Seller shall use reasonable efforts to arrange with Saudi Arabian to permit direct payment by Seller to Saudi Arabian of Buyer’s obligations for each Saudi Cargo (in lieu of Seller paying Buyer and Buyer remitting the same amount to Saudi Arabian), but this arrangement does not and shall not create any direct obligation of Seller to Saudi Arabian. If Buyer and Seller are unable to arrange for direct payment from Seller to Saudi Arabian, Seller shall pay all amounts due Buyer with respect to Saudi Cargoes into a controlled Buyer account, pursuant to which Seller shall be party to an account agreement (the “Account Agreement”) . The Parties agree that the arrangements described in this Appendix 13 apply first Saudi Cargo and may be amended further for future Saudi Cargoes.

Payment for each Saudi Cargo shall be due from Seller to Buyer one Business Day after delivery of good title to such Oil from Buyer to Seller DES Paulsboro or at such other location as is mutually agreed by the Parties, free and clear of all Liens, except for the lien held by the bank that is party to the Account Agreement. Such Saudi Cargo shall be included in the calculation of OIFIC and the TVM Payment pursuant to Clause 19(g) of the Agreement when Payment becomes due from Seller to Buyer pursuant to this Appendix 13.

 

Appendix 13

Page 1


If there are any adjustments to the price of any Saudi Cargo under the Saudi Contract after payment becomes due from Seller to Buyer hereunder (including any adjustment relating to a provisional invoice delivered by Saudi Arabian to Buyer under the Saudi Contract): (a) if the adjustment results in Saudi Arabian making a payment to Buyer and Seller has title to all or any portion of such Saudi Cargo (because such Oil has not yet been Delivered by Seller to Buyer), Buyer shall immediately remit the portion of such funds allocable to the portion of the Saudi Cargo (up to 100%) owned by Seller upon receipt from Saudi Arabian, and the amount shall result in an adjustment to the price basis for such Oil; and (b) if the adjustment results in Buyer making an additional payment to Saudi Arabian, (i) if Seller has title to all or any portion of such Saudi Cargo (because such Oil has not yet been Delivered by Seller to Buyer), Seller shall pay the portion of such funds allocable to the portion of the Saudi Cargo (up to 100%) owned by Seller either directly to Saudi Arabian or into the controlled Buyer account (in the same manner as described above for the initial payment), and the amount shall result in an adjustment to the price basis for such Oil, or (ii) if the adjustment relates to a Saudi Cargo which has been Delivered in its entirety by Seller to Buyer, such adjustment shall be solely for the account of Buyer.

Buyer shall be fully liable for all obligations, and Seller shall have no obligation to Buyer except as specifically set forth herein, with respect to (i) any payment owing from Buyer to Saudi Arabian (ii) any breach by Buyer of the Saudi Contract, (iii) any termination of the Saudi Contract other than a termination resulting from Seller’s failure to perform its obligations under the Saudi Contract as “Buyer’s Assignee,” or (iv) any failure or refusal of Saudi Arabian to provide Oil to Buyer or Seller. Clause 40(c) of the Agreement expressly applies to this Appendix 13, and Saudi Arabian shall in no way be deemed a third party beneficiary of this Agreement, including this Appendix 13.

As security for the prompt and complete payment and performance in full of all obligations of Buyer to Seller hereunder (including the hedges and other obligations Seller undertakes in reliance on Buyer’s obligations to sell the Saudi Cargoes to Seller and to later repurchase such Saudi Cargoes in accordance with the terms of the Agreement), Buyer hereby grants to Seller a security interest in all of Buyer’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, in each case, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and wherever located:

(i) All Saudi Cargoes; and

(ii) All proceeds, insurance claims and proceeds, products, accessions, additions, substitutions, replacements, rents and profits of or in respect of any or all of the foregoing.

In connection with the foregoing, Buyer authorizes Seller to file such financing statements pursuant to the UCC as Seller deems necessary to perfect the foregoing interest. Buyer shall not grant or permit any other security interest in any of the foregoing collateral, except that, subject to the execution of an intercreditor agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Seller, Buyer may grant a senior security interest in such collateral to Buyer’s third party letter of credit provider (initially UBS AG, Stamford Branch) to secure Buyer’s obligations with respect to letters of credit required to be posted by Buyer to Saudi Arabian under the Saudi Contract.

 

Appendix 13

Page 2


Buyer shall not take any action that would cause Seller to incur an indemnity obligation pursuant to the Saudi Contract. If Seller under the Saudi Contract is required to defend, indemnify or hold harmless Saudi Arabian or any other party or otherwise becomes liable under the Saudi Contract as a result of the actions or inactions of Buyer, Buyer shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Seller for all obligations incurred by Seller thereby.

The Parties acknowledge that the Saudi Contract includes provisions which the Parties desire to amend to clarify ambiguity, and therefore the Parties agree to use their reasonable efforts to affect an amendment of the Saudi Contract to clarify that (a) Seller’s indemnity obligations in Section 6.6 of the Saudi Contract for Buyer’s actions only relate to “BUYER’s failure to comply with the aforesaid standard terms, conditions, port limitations, practices and procedures of SUMED” (bold language to be added) and (b) Seller’s only liability to Saudi Arabian under the Saudi Contract shall be for its own actions or inactions as lifter of the Saudi Cargoes or for the indemnity in Section 6.6 of the Saudi Contract by adding a provision similar to the following therein;

“Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (a) BUYER’s ASSIGNEE shall only be liable to SELLER for (i) BUYER’s ASSIGNEE’s performance of BUYER’s ASSIGNEE’s crude oil lifting obligations hereunder and (ii) the indemnification obligations of BUYER’s ASSIGNEE set forth in Section 6.6, and (b) upon the termination of this Agreement, BUYER’s ASSIGNEE’s only obligations to SELLER shall be for those obligations which accrued prior to such date of termination, including any incurred under Section 6.6.”

 

Appendix 13

Page 3


ATTACHMENT I TO APPENDIX 13

FORM OF SAUDI CONTRACT

[attached]

Attachment I to Appendix 13

Page 1


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

CRUDE OIL SALES AGREEMENT

This is to confirm the Agreement among:

 

1. Parties:

 

SELLER   -   SAUDI ARABIAN OIL COMPANY, A COMPANY WITH LIMITED LIABILITY ORGANIZED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE KINGDOM OF SAUDI ARABIA;
BUYER   -   PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC, A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF DELAWARE; and
BUYER’s

ASSIGNEE

  -   STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC., A COMPANY INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF DELAWARE

RECITALS

WHEREAS, SELLER desires to sell and deliver, or cause SELLER’s Supplier, to deliver to BUYER, and BUYER desires to purchase from SELLER and accept delivery from SELLER, or from SELLER’s Supplier, a certain quantity of Arabian crude oil of the specification set forth hereinafter;

WHEREAS, BUYER desires to assign BUYER’s ASSIGNEE to take delivery of and receive the sold crude oil hereunder and to perform all of BUYER’s crude oil lifting obligations as set forth herein on behalf of BUYER; and

WHEREAS, SELLER consents to the said assignment subject to the terms and conditions listed herein.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

2. Term of Agreement :

This Agreement shall be effective as of January 1 st , 2011 and shall continue in effect through and including December 31 st , 2011 with automatic one-year extensions thereafter unless terminated at the option of either party, other than for cause or in accordance with Paragraph 4.2 below, upon at least sixty (60) days written notice prior to the expiration of the original term or, if applicable, any subsequent anniversary date.

 

PBF HOLDING LLC – [REDACTED] – 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 1 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

3. Grade, Quantity and Quality:

 

  3.1 Subject to availability and the production policies determined by the Government of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, SELLER shall sell and deliver, or cause SELLER’s Supplier to deliver, to BUYER and BUYER shall buy and lift or receive, or cause BUYER’s ASSIGNEE to lift or receive, from SELLER a total of [REDACTED] barrels per day of Arabian [REDACTED] crude oil , minus up to ten percent (-10%) at BUYER’s or SELLER’s option, or plus up to ten percent (+10%) if BUYER so requests and SELLER agrees. Additional volumes of crude oil of similar or different grades may be delivered under this Agreement as the parties may from time to time agree.

 

  3.2 The availability of each grade of crude oil specified in Paragraph 3.1 will be advised by SELLER from time to time in accordance with the production policies of the Government of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. Subject to availability, and unless otherwise mutually agreed, the quantities of each grade of crude oil to be lifted or received and purchased by BUYER during the term of this Agreement shall be spread over the term of this Agreement as evenly as practicable.

Deliveries during BUYER’s planned refinery maintenance or turnaround shall be reduced to such quantities as the parties may mutually agree. In such case, after the period of refinery maintenance and turnaround, deliveries shall be increased from time to time as the parties may mutually agree, so that BUYER fulfills its obligation to lift or receive and buy the full contractual volume by the end of each annual period during the Agreement beginning with the effective date.

 

  3.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement and without prejudice to any other rights or remedies available to SELLER hereunder, if at any time BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE, for any reason other than force majeure (as defined in Paragraph 12.6) or a reason attributable to SELLER, fail to lift or receive and purchase quantities of crude oil in accordance with this Paragraph 3, SELLER may at one time or from time to time thereafter, at its sole discretion, and upon notice to BUYER, reduce any or all quantities and grades of crude oil which BUYER would have otherwise been entitled to lift and buy.

 

  3.4 The quality of each grade of crude oil delivered hereunder shall be the usual quality of that grade being made available by SELLER at the time of loading of the crude oil at the SELLER’s loading port in Saudi Arabia. SELLER warrants that it has good and marketable title to the crude oil, free and clear of all charges, liens and encumbrances but THERE ARE NO GUARANTEES OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS OR SUITABILITY OF THE CRUDE OIL, FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION OF THE CRUDE OIL AND ANY SPECIFICATIONS THEREFOR CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT.

 

PBF HOLDING LLC – [REDACTED] – 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 2 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

4. Price:

 

  4.1

The Price barrel of each Cargo of Arab [REDACTED] crude oil sold hereunder on [REDACTED] basis shall be the [REDACTED], as calculated below, plus or minus a [REDACTED]. The [REDACTED] price shall be calculated as the arithmetic average of the [REDACTED], for all the quotation days inclusive during the period from the [REDACTED] of the month [REDACTED] to the Scheduled Month of Delivery, through the [REDACTED].

 

  4.2 On or before the fifth (5th) day of each month, SELLER shall notify BUYER of the price differential per barrel of each grade of crude oil to be sold under this Agreement during the following month (the “Scheduled Month of Delivery”). Within five (5) calendar days after receipt of SELLER’s notification as set forth in the preceding sentence, BUYER may elect to terminate this Agreement by delivering written notice thereof to SELLER. Unless BUYER elects to terminate this Agreement in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, the price differential notified by SELLER shall apply. Termination by BUYER in accordance with this Paragraph 4.2 shall be effective as of the first day of the month following SELLER’s receipt of BUYER’s notice; provided, however, that termination under this or any other provision of this Agreement shall not affect the parties’ rights and obligations with respect to deliveries of crude oil under this Agreement which were made prior to the effective date of termination; and further provided that in the event of termination hereunder or expiration of the Agreement, this Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to all cargoes of crude oil for which delivery has been confirmed pursuant to Paragraph 6 herein. The differential applicable to such cargoes shall be the differential that was in effect during the month prior to termination.

 

  4.3 Should completion of physical loading of the vessel nominated by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE occur before or after the Scheduled Month of Delivery, the price of such cargo, unless otherwise mutually agreed, shall be calculated using the differential that would apply if completion of physical loading of the said vessel has occurred in the Scheduled Month of Delivery.

 

5. Payment:

 

  5.1 Payment for each parcel of crude oil sold shall be made in the full amount of SELLER’s telexed invoice without discounts or deductions by BUYER to SELLER via electronic transfer in immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars to SELLER’s account as follows:

JPMorgan Chase, New York [REDACTED]

under direct [REDACTED] advice to

JPMorgan Chase, London [REDACTED]

for the account of JPMorgan Chase, London [REDACTED]

 

PBF HOLDING LLC – [REDACTED] – 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 3 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

Account no. [REDACTED] for further credit to

The Saudi Arabian Oil Company (Saudi Aramco)

Account no. [REDACTED]

SELLER shall invoice BUYER on or before the [REDACTED] day from and including the completion of loading date and BUYER’s payment to SELLER shall be made not later than the [REDACTED] day from and including the bill of lading date.

If any payment hereunder falls due on a Saturday or a New York banking holiday other than a Monday, payment shall be effected on the preceding bank business day. If the payment falls due on a Sunday or Monday New York banking holiday, then payment shall be effected on the next bank business day.

 

  5.2 All invoices for crude oil sold under this Agreement shall be sent to BUYER by telex, facsimile, courier or mail (at SELLER’s discretion) in accordance with the following:

John E. Luke

Treasurer

Fax: 973-455-7560

Tel.: 973-455-7518

Email: john.luke@pbfenergy.com

With duplicate copy to:

John Barone

Corporate Controller

Fax: 973-455-7560

Tel.: 973-455-7517

Email: john.barone@pbfenergy.com

 

  5.3 If it is impossible or impracticable for SELLER to calculate the price for any parcel of crude oil sold hereunder prior to issuance of an invoice therefor, SELLER shall send to BUYER a provisional invoice and BUYER shall pay said invoice in accordance with Paragraph 5.1. SELLER’s provisional invoice shall be based upon (i) SELLER’s best estimate of the price(s) as provided in Paragraph 4 with reference to the reference crude(s) and differential(s) applicable to such parcel and (ii) SELLER’s best estimate of the quantity of crude oil delivered, if SELLER has not received inspection report(s) by independent inspector(s) in accordance with Paragraph 7.

 

  5.4

As soon as the total amount due for any parcel is determined with reference to price(s) determined under Paragraph 4 and quantity of crude oil delivered as shown in the inspection report(s) received by SELLER, SELLER shall issue an invoice, which shall set forth adjustments for parcels provisionally invoiced, the settlement date of which shall be the fifth (5th) day after the day of issuance thereof or the date payment is due pursuant to Paragraph 5.1, whichever is later. Said invoice shall be paid on or before the settlement date by BUYER/SELLER,

 

PBF HOLDING LLC – [REDACTED] – 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 4 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

  as appropriate. Said invoice shall include any applicable adjustment(s) due to BUYER or SELLER, the difference between the provisional price and the final price, and a further amount equal to such difference (i) multiplied by the rate set forth in Paragraph 5.5, (ii) multiplied by the number of days between the date of provisional payment and the settlement date, (iii) divided by 360 days.

 

  5.5 Any amount not paid by either party when due shall bear interest from the date upon which payment was due through the date of payment at a rate equal to the one (1) month British Bankers Assoc., London interbank offered rate (L.I.B.O.R.) for U.S. Dollar deposits as shown on Reuters screen, reference page ‘LIBOR01’ fixed at 11.00 a.m., London time, on the first banking day of the month in which payment was due plus one percent (1%). Interest at the rate set forth above, determined on the first banking day of the month in which BUYER’s payment is due, shall also be payable by the party who owes any adjustment pursuant to Paragraph 5.4, on the amount of such adjustment, from the date on which BUYER’s payment is due through the date such adjustment is paid. All payments of interest by either party under this Agreement shall be made in the full amount due, free of any withholding tax imposed by any government.

 

  5.6 Any payments by SELLER to BUYER shall be made by electronic transfer in immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars to BUYER’s account as follows:

JPMorgan Chase - NY

395 North Service Road

Melville, New York 11747

United States

ABA #021 000 021

For further credit to the account of:

PBF Holding Company LLC

Account #844041749

Contact: Ms. Barbara Pirozzi

Fax: 866-914-7380

Tel.: 631-755-5180

Email: Barbara.pirozzi@jpmchse.com

 

  5.7 For crude oil to be lifted or received under this Agreement, a BUYER shall establish and deliver to SELLER at least ten (10) days prior to the scheduled date of arrival of the vessel nominated by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE at the loading terminal, an irrevocable standby Letter of Credit issued or confirmed by a bank acceptable to SELLER in accordance with the attached Form L (02/18/08). All bank charges incurred in connection with the establishment of letters of credit, including without limitation, opening, amendment and correspondent charges, confirmation and all related banking fees, commissions or expenses shall be for BUYER’s account. In addition, BUYER shall bear all costs of demurrage or any other fees or charges arising from BUYER’s failure to provide a Letter of Credit or confirmation thereof acceptable to SELLER by the date specified. BUYER’s provision of a Letter of Credit is an express condition precedent to SELLER’s obligation to deliver and sell crude oil under this Agreement.

 

PBF HOLDING LLC – [REDACTED] – 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 5 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

6. Delivery:

 

  6.1 Subject to agreement of the parties and to the procedures set forth herein, delivery and receipt of the crude oil sold under this Agreement shall be based on FOB vessels to be supplied by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE at the loading terminal at [REDACTED], operated by SUMED (“SELLER’s Supplier”).

 

  6.2 SELLER agrees to deliver or cause to be delivered crude oil to BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE and BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE agree to receive the same or cause the same to be received from SELLER in accordance with monthly lifting schedules agreed upon; provided, however, that SELLER, while according nondiscriminatory treatment to buyers, shall not be required to furnish a quantity of any grade of crude oil exceeding the capacity of its facilities. BUYER’s ASSIGNEE performance hereunder shall not relieve BUYER of any of its obligations under this Agreement as further provided in Paragraph 6.7 below.

 

  6.3 SELLER, at its discretion, may cause its affiliate, Bolanter Corporation N.V. (“Bolanter”), or such other third party affiliated with SELLER as SELLER shall designate in writing (“Third Party Affiliate”), to perform SELLER’s obligation to deliver crude oil under this Paragraph 6, provided SELLER’s so doing shall not relieve SELLER of any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

  6.4

BUYER shall submit a monthly lifting schedule by the fifth (5 th ) day of each month preceding the Scheduled Month of Delivery. BUYER shall also submit at this time a provisional nomination schedule for the first fifteen (15) days of the month following the Scheduled Month of Delivery. If the fifth (5 th ) day is a non-working day in London, then the BUYER shall submit a monthly lifting schedule and a provisional nomination schedule by the nearest preceding working day in London. The requested monthly lifting schedule and provisional nomination schedule shall contain a preferred one (1) day date for each lifting. SELLER shall attempt to accommodate BUYER’s proposed schedule but shall only guarantee lifting dates during the last ten (10) days of the Scheduled Month of Delivery, using its best efforts to provide lifting dates during the five (5) days preceding the last ten (10) days in the Scheduled Month of Delivery. The vessel nominated by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE shall be deemed to have arrived at the load port on the accepted date if it arrives at the customary anchorage within one (1) day before or one (1) day after the date accepted by SELLER.

Any subsequent revisions requested by the BUYER and accepted by the SELLER shall be limited to a one (1) day acceptance range and the vessel nominated by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE shall be deemed to have arrived at the load port only on the accepted date.

 

  6.5

SELLER shall authorize SUMED to deliver the crude oil to BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE and BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE shall arrange with SUMED to

 

PBF HOLDING LLC – [REDACTED] – 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 6 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

  lift and receive delivery of the crude oil. Delivery and lifting of crude oil at [REDACTED] shall be subject to and in accordance with the standard terms, conditions, port limitations, practices and procedures of SUMED. BUYER and BUYER’s ASSIGNEE also agree to comply with the operation, lifting, and nomination procedures and obligations required of SELLER, pursuant to the Long Term Transportation Agreement between Bolanter and SUMED (the “Transportation Agreement”).

 

  6.6 BUYER and BUYER’s ASSIGNEE shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless SELLER, Bolanter, and any Third Party Affiliate from and against all claims, demands and liabilities of any kind whatsoever asserted against SELLER, Bolanter, or any Third Party Affiliate by any party as a result of BUYER’s failure to comply with the aforesaid terms, conditions, port limitations, practices and procedures, or as a result of deballasting of dirty ballast water by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE.

 

  6.7 Since SELLER is neither the terminal operator nor in control of any of the terminal operations, it is expressly understood and agreed that SELLER will not be liable to BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE for any demurrage, unless such demurrage is caused by SELLER’s failure to make the crude oil available for delivery. In those instances in which demurrage is incurred because of SELLER’s failure, BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE shall present its claim for reimbursement to SELLER at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the time limitation for demurrage claims set out in the applicable terminal regulations. Where BUYER’s demurrage claim does not arise from SELLER’s failure, as an accommodation to BUYER, SELLER will present to the terminal operator, on behalf of BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE, any claim for demurrage that is presented by BUYER to SELLER at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the time limitation for such demurrage claims, as set out in the applicable terminal regulations. After SELLER, on BUYER’s behalf, has presented a demurrage claim to the terminal operator, SELLER will follow up and make reasonable efforts, short of arbitration or litigation, to effect recovery. SELLER will promptly remit to BUYER any monies received from the terminal operator in whole or partial satisfaction of the demurrage claim of BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE with the terminal operator.

 

  6.8 Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary elsewhere in the Agreement, should SELLER in its sole judgment determine that BUYER’s ASSIGNEE has failed in any respect to perform in accordance with its obligations under this Agreement, or that BUYER’s ASSIGNEE has become bankrupt or insolvent or otherwise unable to meet its financial obligations, BUYER shall continue to be directly liable to SELLER for the performance of the obligations assigned to BUYER’s ASSIGNEE hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Bills of Lading issued hereunder shall name BUYER as consignee.

 

PBF HOLDING LLC – [REDACTED] – 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 7 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

7. Measurement and Inspection

 

  7.1 BUYER shall arrange for a mutually acceptable independent inspector to verify the quality and quantity of the crude oil delivered to BUYER or to BUYER’s ASSIGNEE, and shall cause said inspector to promptly provide to SELLER a copy of the inspector’s report and all other documentation relating to the inspection. The cost of such inspection shall be shared equally by BUYER and SELLER.

 

  7.2 The net quantity of crude oil delivered for title transfer and used by SELLER for the purpose of invoicing and for BUYER’s payment shall be determined by using meters at SELLER’s delivery sites where provable meters are available. Alternatively, SELLER’s delivery tank volumes as measured by manual tank gauges in accordance with API standards shall be the basis for the total delivered quantity.

 

  7.3 The net quantity of crude oil delivered shall be calculated by deducting from the total quantity, as determined above, both free water and suspended sediment and water (S&W) after completion of cargo transfer. Whenever possible, and provided that it is consistent with the terms and conditions of SELLER’s delivery sites referenced hereinabove, both free water and suspended S&W shall be determined from S&W analysis of a representative sample taken from an automatic inline sampler. Alternatively, if such a sample is not possible, or if the independent inspector determines that the sampler did not perform in accordance with API MPMS Chapter 8.2, the free water deduction shall be based on the free water increase of BUYER’s vessel’s tanks measured immediately before and after cargo receipt and the suspended S&W deduction shall be determined from analysis made on a composite sample composed of individual samples taken from BUYER’s vessel’s tanks after cargo receipt. Provided that it is consistent with the terms and conditions of the delivery sites referenced herein, all gross volumes determined hereunder shall be adjusted to 60 degrees F by applying API-IP Table 6A volume correction factors and S&W deductions used in determining Net Standard Volume shall be based on Water by Karl Fischer ASTM
(D-4928) and Sediment by Filtration (D-4807).

 

  7.4 NOTICE OF ANY CLAIM BY EITHER PARTY, EITHER AS TO SHORTAGE IN QUANTITY OR BASED ON THE CONTENTION THAT THE CRUDE OIL DELIVERED IS NOT THE USUAL QUALITY OF THAT GRADE BEING MADE AVAILABLE BY SELLER AT THE TIME OF LOADING OF THE CRUDE OIL AT SELLER’S LOADING PORT IN SAUDI ARABIA SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE OTHER PARTY, IN WRITING, WITH FULL SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION, WITHIN NINETY (90) DAYS AFTER THE DELIVERY DATE. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION SHALL BE DEEMED A WAIVER OF ANY SUCH CLAIM. WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH CLAIM FOR WHICH A PARTY GIVES NOTICE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION, THAT PARTY SHALL COMMENCE A PROCEEDING PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH 10 WITHIN TWO (2) YEARS FROM THE DELIVERY DATE OR THE CLAIM SHALL BE FOREVER BARRED.

 

PBF HOLDING LLC – [REDACTED] – 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 8 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

8. Title and Risk of Loss:

Title to and risk of loss of all crude oil sold hereunder shall pass to BUYER at the point at which the loading terminal’s loading line connects with the permanent hose connection of the vessel nominated by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE.

 

9. Termination for Cause:

SELLER or BUYER shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the other party in the event of a material breach (including without limitation anticipatory breach) by the other party of any of its terms, but without prejudice to the rights of either party theretofore accrued with respect to this Agreement (including without limitation the right of either party to damages arising from such breach or prior breaches hereof). Material breach by BUYER shall include, without limitation, BUYER’s failure to lift and buy crude oil as required in Paragraph 3 hereof or BUYER’s failure to comply with any of the Payment provisions of paragraph 5. The delay or failure on the part of either party hereto to insist, in any one instance or more, upon strict performance of any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement, or to exercise any right or privilege herein conferred shall not be construed as a waiver of any such terms, conditions, rights or privileges, but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect. All rights and remedies are cumulative.

 

10. Disputes:

Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, together with any amendments thereto which may be issued from time to time, or the breach or termination or invalidity thereof, which is not settled by agreement between the parties shall be finally settled in accordance with the Arbitration Regulations and the Rules for Implementation of the Arbitration Regulations for the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia by three neutral and impartial arbitrators, one to be appointed by each party and the third to be appointed by the two so chosen. The arbitrators shall base their award only upon the evidence presented to them, the terms of this Agreement and the laws of Saudi Arabia. This arbitration provision shall be specifically enforceable by either party under the Regulations, and the arbitrators’ award shall be final and binding on the parties.

 

11. Destination:

The country of destination of the crude oil delivered hereunder shall be a country in North America and the delivery of such shall be subject to the export laws and regulations of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. The country of destination of crude oil delivered hereunder shall be confirmed and attested to by BUYER to SELLER not later than one hundred and twenty days (120) days after the Bill of Lading date.

 

PBF HOLDING LLC – [REDACTED] – 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 9 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

12. Other Terms:

 

  12.1 This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the parties to this Agreement; however, neither party may assign or transfer this Agreement, either in whole or in part, without first obtaining the written consent of the other, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

  12.2 In no event shall either party be liable in connection herewith or with respect to operations related hereto, whether in tort, contract or otherwise, for special, indirect or consequential damages.

 

  12.3 Except as otherwise required to implement this Agreement, BUYER and BUYER’s ASSIGNEE undertake to treat the contents of this Agreement as strictly confidential. For violation of this undertaking by BUYER OR BUYER’s ASSIGNEE, SELLER shall have the right to immediately cancel this Agreement, without any liability as a result of such cancellation, upon giving notice to BUYER.

 

  12.4 This Agreement, and any amendments hereto, consisting of this signed document, any attachments hereto and other documents referred to herein, is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and is intended also as a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of their agreement.

 

  12.5 Subject to Paragraph 10, the laws and regulations of the Government of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia shall govern the interpretation and performance of this Agreement and any further agreements of that may result from it.

 

  12.6 Each party shall be relieved from the performance of any obligation, other than the obligation to make payments for amounts due hereunder, during the time and to the extent performance of such obligation is prevented or restricted as a result of a force majeure event, The term “force majeure” as used in this Agreement shall mean any act, event, cause or occurrence rendering a party unable to perform its obligations which is not within the reasonable control of such party. BUYER and SELLER specifically agree that SELLER’s inability to perform all, or any part, of this Agreement due to Government action or directive shall constitute a force majeure event; however, the term force majeure shall not apply to those events which merely make it more difficult or costly for BUYER to perform its obligations hereunder. BUYER and SELLER further agree that at the conclusion of any force majeure event, neither BUYER nor SELLER shall have any obligation to each other with respect to any quantities of crude oil not delivered as a consequence of such force majeure event. No condition of force majeure shall operate to extend the term of this Agreement.

 

  12.7

If at any time SELLER determines that reasonable grounds for insecurity have arisen with respect to BUYER’s performance of any of BUYER’s obligations under this Agreement, SELLER may demand adequate assurance of due performance by BUYER, and until SELLER receives such assurance SELLER may suspend its performance of obligations under this Agreement. BUYER’s

 

PBF HOLDING LLC – [REDACTED] – 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 10 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

  failure to provide within a reasonable time not exceeding ten (10) days such assurance of due performance as is adequate under the circumstances will constitute a material breach of this Agreement.

 

  12.8 Dues and other charges on the vessel nominated by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE at the loading port and terminal shall be for BUYER’s account. The amount of any taxes, duties, imposts, fees, charges and dues of every description imposed or levied by any governmental, local or port authority on the crude oil supplied hereunder, or on its export, delivery, transportation, ownership, sale or use, or on any vessel used in its transportation, in respect of any stage after such crude oil passes the tankship’s permanent hose connection at the loading port, shall be for BUYER’s account.

 

  12.9 The parties hereto contemplate that all the crude oil purchased under this Agreement shall be processed by BUYER and accordingly, the parties contemplate that the BUYER will not resell the crude oil purchased under this Agreement in its original form or blend it with other crude oils for purpose of resale.

 

  12.10  Compliance with ISPS CODE :

 

12.10.1   SELLER and BUYER shall comply with the International Code for the Security of Ships and Port Facilities and relevant amendments to Chapter XI of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (SOLAS), hereinafter (ISPS Code), in accordance with Form-I of this Agreement, which shall govern the parties rights and obligations with respect to such compliance.
12.10.2   In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and its Form-I (ISPS CODE TERMS AND CONDITIONS), the terms and conditions of Form-I shall prevail.

* * * * * * * *

 

PBF HOLDING LLC – [REDACTED] – 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 11 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

IN WITNESS of this Agreement, the parties have caused it to be signed on the dates shown below in three copies, each of which shall serve as an original.

 

For and on behalf of BUYER:

REPRESENTED BY:

    For and on behalf of SELLER:
    REPRESENTED BY:

LOGO

   

LOGO

(Name)       Mohammed H. Khazindar
(Title)       Manager, Crude Oil Sales and Marketing Department
Date:  

1/5/11

    Date  

1/29/11

Witness:  

LOGO

    Witness:  

LOGO

Date:  

1/5/11

    Date  

1/17/2011

For and on behalf of BUYER’s ASSIGNEE:

REPRESENTED BY

     

LOGO

     
(Name)   R.M. Jones      
(Title)   PRESIDENT      
Date:  

6/1/11

     
Witness:  

LOGO

     
Date:  

1/4/11

     

 

LOGO

 

PBF HOLDING LLC – [REDACTED] – 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 12 of 12


SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FOR THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH THE WORD “[REDACTED]”.

SECOND AMENDMENT TO CRUDE OIL/FEEDSTOCK SUPPLY/DELIVERY AND

SERVICES AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO CRUDE OIL/FEEDSTOCK SUPPLY/DELIVERY AND SERVICES AGREEMENT made and entered into as of April 26, 2011, by and between Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Seller ”), and Paulsboro Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Buyer ”), amends that certain Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement between Seller and Buyer (as assignee from PBF Holding Company LLC) dated December 16, 2010 as amended by that certain First Amendment to Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement dated January 7, 2011 (collectively, the “ Original Agreement ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to modify the terms of the Original Agreement pursuant to the terms hereof (defined terms not defined herein are defined in the Original Agreement).

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Appendices . Appendix 13 is hereby amended by replacing the entirety of Appendix 13 with the Appendix 13 attached hereto, and incorporated herein by reference, as Exhibit A .

2. No Other Modification . Except as specifically set forth above, the Original Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in all respects.

[ Signature page follows ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC.
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

Charles O’Brien II

Title:  

SECRETARY & GENERAL COUNSEL

PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

Jeffrey Dill

Title:  

Secretary

[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement]


Exhibit A

APPENDIX 13 – SAUDI CONTRACT ARRANGEMENTS

On or about the date of the execution of that certain First Amendment to this Agreement, Buyer entered into a contract (the “ Saudi Contract ”), in substantially the form of Attachment I to this Appendix 13, with Saudi Arabian providing for the supply of Arab [REDACTED] Crude (Type C) from Saudi Arabian to Buyer, with Seller executing the Saudi Contract as “BUYER’S ASSIGNEE” for the limited purposes set forth therein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Clause 14(a) of this Agreement, Seller shall provide [REDACTED] and [REDACTED] per Barrel with respect to all volumes of Oil purchased by Buyer from Saudi Arabian under the Saudi Contract (each such volume, a “ Saudi Cargo ”). Shipping Services for each Saudi Cargo (which shall be calculated and paid for by Buyer in the same manner as for the Cargoes being sold by Seller under the Agreement) shall be set using the “Delivery Method” unless otherwise agreed upon by the Parties.

Buyer shall sell and transfer title to each Saudi Cargo to Seller on the earlier of (i) the 23 rd day after the Bill of Lading date or (ii) arrival of such Saudi Cargo DES Paulsboro (the “Saudi Title Transfer Date” ) at the same price Buyer purchases such Saudi Cargo from Saudi Arabian under the Saudi Contract; provided that Seller and Buyer may mutually agree on a separate delivery point. Buyer shall deliver to Seller on the Business Day after the Saudi Title Transfer Date the original Bill of Lading corresponding to such Saudi Cargo with appropriate endorsements to Seller together with such other acceptable documentation as may be requested by Seller with respect to each such sale. Seller may purchase futures contracts on the Saudi Cargoes in connection with the Oil pricing terms set forth in the Saudi Contract, in the same manner as for other Cargoes owned by Seller pursuant to Clause 9 and the other provisions of the Agreement, and the pricing for the subsequent resale of such Cargo by Seller to Buyer upon Delivery from Seller to Buyer shall be based on such futures contract pricing.

Upon receipt of each invoice from Saudi Arabian under the Saudi Contract, Buyer shall immediately deliver an exact copy of such invoice to Seller. Buyer and Seller shall use reasonable efforts to arrange with Saudi Arabian to permit direct payment by Seller to Saudi Arabian of Buyer’s obligations for each Saudi Cargo (in lieu of Seller paying Buyer and Buyer remitting the same amount to Saudi Arabian), but this arrangement does not and shall not create any direct obligation of Seller to Saudi Arabian. If Buyer and Seller are unable to arrange for direct payment from Seller to Saudi Arabian, Seller shall pay all amounts due Buyer with respect to Saudi Cargoes into a controlled Buyer account, pursuant to which Seller shall be party to an account agreement (the “Account Agreement” ). The Parties agree that the arrangements described in this Appendix 13 may be amended further for future Saudi Cargoes.

Payment for each Saudi Cargo shall be due from Seller to Buyer one Business Day after delivery of good title to such Oil from Buyer on the Saudi Title Transfer Date, free and clear of all Liens, except for any lien held by the bank that is party to the Account Agreement. Such Saudi Cargo shall be included in the calculation of OIFIC and the TVM Payment pursuant to Clause 19(g) of the Agreement when payment becomes due from Seller to Buyer pursuant to this Appendix 13.

 

Appendix 13

Page 1


If there are any adjustments to the price of any Saudi Cargo under the Saudi Contract after payment becomes due from Seller to Buyer hereunder (including any adjustment relating to a provisional invoice delivered by Saudi Arabian to Buyer under the Saudi Contract); (a) if the adjustment results in Saudi Arabian making a payment to Buyer and Seller has title to all or any portion of such Saudi Cargo (because such Oil has not yet been Delivered by Seller to Buyer), Buyer shall immediately remit the portion of such funds allocable to the portion of the Saudi Cargo (up to 100%) owned by Seller upon receipt from Saudi Arabian, and the amount shall result in an adjustment to the price basis for such Oil; and (b) if the adjustment results in Buyer making an additional payment to Saudi Arabian, (i) if Seller has title to all or any portion of such Saudi Cargo (because such Oil has not yet been Delivered by Seller to Buyer), Seller shall pay the portion of such funds allocable to the portion of the Saudi Cargo (up to 100%) owned by Seller either directly to Saudi Arabian or into the controlled Buyer account (in the same manner as described above for the initial payment), and the amount shall result in an adjustment to the price basis for such Oil, or (ii) if the adjustment relates to a Saudi Cargo which has been Delivered in its entirety by Seller to Buyer, such adjustment shall be solely for the account of Buyer.

Buyer shall be fully liable for all obligations, and Seller shall have no obligation to Buyer except as specifically set forth herein, with respect to (i) any payment owing from Buyer to Saudi Arabian (ii) any breach by Buyer of the Saudi Contract, (iii) any termination of the Saudi Contract other than a termination resulting from Seller’s failure to perform its obligations under the Saudi Contract as “Buyer’s Assignee,” or (iv) any failure or refusal of Saudi Arabian to provide Oil to Buyer or Seller. Clause 40(c) of the Agreement expressly applies to this Appendix 13, and Saudi Arabian shall in no way be deemed a third party beneficiary of this Agreement, including this Appendix 13.

As security for the prompt and complete payment and performance in full of all obligations of Buyer to Seller hereunder (including the hedges and other obligations Seller undertakes in reliance on Buyer’s obligations to sell the Saudi Cargoes to Seller and to later repurchase such Saudi Cargoes in accordance with the terms of the Agreement), Buyer hereby grants to Seller a security interest in all of Buyer’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, in each case, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and wherever located:

(i) All Saudi Cargoes; and

(ii) All proceeds, insurance claims and proceeds, products, accessions, additions, substitutions, replacements, rents and profits of or in respect of any or all of the foregoing.

In connection with the foregoing, Buyer authorizes Seller to file such financing statements pursuant to the UCC as Seller deems necessary to perfect the foregoing interest. Buyer shall not grant or permit any other security interest in any of the foregoing collateral, except that, subject to the execution of an intercreditor agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Seller, Buyer may grant a senior security interest in such collateral to Buyer’s third party letter of credit provider (BNP) to secure Buyer’s obligations with respect to letters of credit required to be posted by Buyer to Saudi Arabian under the Saudi Contract.

 

Appendix 13

Page 2


Buyer shall not take any action that would cause Seller to incur an indemnity obligation pursuant to the Saudi Contract. If Seller under the Saudi Contract is required to defend, indemnify or hold harmless Saudi Arabian or any other party or otherwise becomes liable under the Saudi Contract as a result of the actions or inactions of Buyer, Buyer shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Seller for all obligations incurred by Seller thereby.

The Parties acknowledge that the Saudi Contract includes provisions which the Parties desire to amend to clarify ambiguity, and therefore the Parties agree to use their reasonable efforts to affect an amendment of the Saudi Contract to clarify that (a) Seller’s indemnity obligations in Section 6.6 of the Saudi Contract for Buyer’s actions only relate to “BUYER’s failure to comply with the aforesaid standard terms, conditions, port limitations, practices and procedures of SUMED ” (bold language to be added) and (b) Seller’s only liability to Saudi Arabian under the Saudi Contract shall be for its own actions or inactions as lifter of the Saudi Cargoes or for the indemnity in Section 6.6 of the Saudi Contract by adding a provision similar to the following therein:

“Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (a) BUYER’s ASSIGNEE shall only be liable to SELLER for (i) BUYER’s ASSIGNEE’s performance of BUYER’s ASSIGNEE’s crude oil lifting obligations hereunder and (ii) the indemnification obligations of BUYER’s ASSIGNEE set forth in Section 6.6, and (b) upon the termination of this Agreement, BUYER’s ASSIGNEE’s only obligations to SELLER shall be for those obligations which accrued prior to such date of termination, including any incurred under Section 6.6.”

 

Appendix 13

Page 3


ATTACHMENT I TO APPENDIX 13

FORM OF SAUDI CONTRACT

[attached]

Attachment I to Appendix 13

Page 1


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

CRUDE OIL SALES AGREEMENT

This is to confirm the Agreement among:

 

1. Parties:

 

SELLER   -   SAUDI ARABIAN OIL COMPANY, A COMPANY WITH LIMITED LIABILITY ORGANIZED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE KINGDOM OF SAUDI ARABIA;
BUYER   -   PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC, A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF DELAWARE; and
BUYER’s

ASSIGNEE

  -   STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC., A COMPANY INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF DELAWARE

RECITALS

WHEREAS, SELLER desires to sell and deliver, or cause SELLER’s Supplier, to deliver to BUYER, and BUYER desires to purchase from SELLER and accept delivery from SELLER, or from SELLER’s Supplier, a certain quantity of Arabian crude oil of the specification set forth hereinafter;

WHEREAS, BUYER desires to assign BUYER’s ASSIGNEE to take delivery of and receive the sold crude oil hereunder and to perform all of BUYER’s crude oil lifting obligations as set forth herein on behalf of BUYER; and

WHEREAS, SELLER consents to the said assignment subject to the terms and conditions listed herein.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

2. Term of Agreement :

This Agreement shall be effective as of January 1 st , 2011 and shall continue in effect through and including December 31 st , 2011 with automatic one-year extensions thereafter unless terminated at the option of either party, other than for cause or in accordance with Paragraph 4.2 below, upon at least sixty (60) days written notice prior to the expiration of the original term or, if applicable, any subsequent anniversary date.

 

PBF HOLDING LLC – [REDACTED] – 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 1 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

3. Grade, Quantity and Quality:

 

  3.1 Subject to availability and the production policies determined by the Government of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, SELLER shall sell and deliver, or cause SELLER’s Supplier to deliver, to BUYER and BUYER shall buy and lift or receive, or cause BUYER’s ASSIGNEE to lift or receive, from SELLER a total of [REDACTED] barrels per day of Arabian [REDACTED] crude oil , minus up to ten percent (-10%) at BUYER’s or SELLER’s option, or plus up to ten percent (+10%) if BUYER so requests and SELLER agrees. Additional volumes of crude oil of similar or different grades may be delivered under this Agreement as the parties may from time to time agree.

 

  3.2 The availability of each grade of crude oil specified in Paragraph 3.1 will be advised by SELLER from time to time in accordance with the production policies of the Government of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. Subject to availability, and unless otherwise mutually agreed, the quantities of each grade of crude oil to be lifted or received and purchased by BUYER during the term of this Agreement shall be spread over the term of this Agreement as evenly as practicable.

Deliveries during BUYER’s planned refinery maintenance or turnaround shall be reduced to such quantities as the parties may mutually agree. In such case, after the period of refinery maintenance and turnaround, deliveries shall be increased from time to time as the parties may mutually agree, so that BUYER fulfills its obligation to lift or receive and buy the full contractual volume by the end of each annual period during the Agreement beginning with the effective date.

 

  3.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement and without prejudice to any other rights or remedies available to SELLER hereunder, if at any time BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE, for any reason other than force majeure (as defined in Paragraph 12.6) or a reason attributable to SELLER, fail to lift or receive and purchase quantities of crude oil in accordance with this Paragraph 3, SELLER may at one time or from time to time thereafter, at its sole discretion, and upon notice to BUYER, reduce any or all quantities and grades of crude oil which BUYER would have otherwise been entitled to lift and buy.

 

  3.4 The quality of each grade of crude oil delivered hereunder shall be the usual quality of that grade being made available by SELLER at the time of loading of the crude oil at the SELLER’s loading port in Saudi Arabia. SELLER warrants that it has good and marketable title to the crude oil, free and clear of all charges, liens and encumbrances but THERE ARE NO GUARANTEES OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS OR SUITABILITY OF THE CRUDE OIL, FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION OF THE CRUDE OIL AND ANY SPECIFICATIONS THEREFOR CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT.

 

PBF HOLDING LLC – [REDACTED] – 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 2 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

4. Price:

 

  4.1

The Price barrel of each Cargo of Arab [REDACTED] crude oil sold hereunder on [REDACTED] basis shall be the [REDACTED], as calculated below, plus or minus a [REDACTED]. The [REDACTED] price shall be calculated as the arithmetic average of the [REDACTED], for all the quotation days inclusive during the period from the [REDACTED] of the month [REDACTED] to the Scheduled Month of Delivery, through the [REDACTED].

 

  4.2 On or before the fifth (5th) day of each month, SELLER shall notify BUYER of the price differential per barrel of each grade of crude oil to be sold under this Agreement during the following month (the “Scheduled Month of Delivery”). Within five (5) calendar days after receipt of SELLER’s notification as set forth in the preceding sentence, BUYER may elect to terminate this Agreement by delivering written notice thereof to SELLER. Unless BUYER elects to terminate this Agreement in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, the price differential notified by SELLER shall apply. Termination by BUYER in accordance with this Paragraph 4.2 shall be effective as of the first day of the month following SELLER’s receipt of BUYER’s notice; provided, however, that termination under this or any other provision of this Agreement shall not affect the parties’ rights and obligations with respect to deliveries of crude oil under this Agreement which were made prior to the effective date of termination; and further provided that in the event of termination hereunder or expiration of the Agreement, this Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to all cargoes of crude oil for which delivery has been confirmed pursuant to Paragraph 6 herein. The differential applicable to such cargoes shall be the differential that was in effect during the month prior to termination.

 

  4.3 Should completion of physical loading of the vessel nominated by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE occur before or after the Scheduled Month of Delivery, the price of such cargo, unless otherwise mutually agreed, shall be calculated using the differential that would apply if completion of physical loading of the said vessel has occurred in the Scheduled Month of Delivery.

 

5. Payment:

 

  5.1 Payment for each parcel of crude oil sold shall be made in the full amount of SELLER’s telexed invoice without discounts or deductions by BUYER to SELLER via electronic transfer in immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars to SELLER’s account as follows:

JPMorgan Chase, New York [REDACTED]

under direct [REDACTED] advice to

JPMorgan Chase, London [REDACTED]

for the account of JPMorgan Chase, London [REDACTED]

 

PBF HOLDING LLC – [REDACTED] – 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 3 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

Account no. [REDACTED] for further credit to

The Saudi Arabian Oil Company (Saudi Aramco)

Account no. [REDACTED]

SELLER shall invoice BUYER on or before the [REDACTED] day from and including the completion of loading date and BUYER’s payment to SELLER shall be made not later than the [REDACTED] day from and including the bill of lading date.

If any payment hereunder falls due on a Saturday or a New York banking holiday other than a Monday, payment shall be effected on the preceding bank business day. If the payment falls due on a Sunday or Monday New York banking holiday, then payment shall be effected on the next bank business day.

 

  5.2 All invoices for crude oil sold under this Agreement shall be sent to BUYER by telex, facsimile, courier or mail (at SELLER’s discretion) in accordance with the following:

John E. Luke

Treasurer

Fax: 973-455-7560

Tel.: 973-455-7518

Email: john.luke@pbfenergy.com

With duplicate copy to:

John Barone

Corporate Controller

Fax: 973-455-7560

Tel.: 973-455-7517

Email: john.barone@pbfenergy.com

 

  5.3 If it is impossible or impracticable for SELLER to calculate the price for any parcel of crude oil sold hereunder prior to issuance of an invoice therefor, SELLER shall send to BUYER a provisional invoice and BUYER shall pay said invoice in accordance with Paragraph 5.1. SELLER’s provisional invoice shall be based upon (i) SELLER’s best estimate of the price(s) as provided in Paragraph 4 with reference to the reference crude(s) and differential(s) applicable to such parcel and (ii) SELLER’s best estimate of the quantity of crude oil delivered, if SELLER has not received inspection report(s) by independent inspector(s) in accordance with Paragraph 7.

 

  5.4

As soon as the total amount due for any parcel is determined with reference to price(s) determined under Paragraph 4 and quantity of crude oil delivered as shown in the inspection report(s) received by SELLER, SELLER shall issue an invoice, which shall set forth adjustments for parcels provisionally invoiced, the settlement date of which shall be the fifth (5th) day after the day of issuance thereof or the date payment is due pursuant to Paragraph 5.1, whichever is later. Said invoice shall be paid on or before the settlement date by BUYER/SELLER,

 

PBF HOLDING LLC – [REDACTED] – 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 4 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

  as appropriate. Said invoice shall include any applicable adjustment(s) due to BUYER or SELLER, the difference between the provisional price and the final price, and a further amount equal to such difference (i) multiplied by the rate set forth in Paragraph 5.5, (ii) multiplied by the number of days between the date of provisional payment and the settlement date, (iii) divided by 360 days.

 

  5.5 Any amount not paid by either party when due shall bear interest from the date upon which payment was due through the date of payment at a rate equal to the one (1) month British Bankers Assoc., London interbank offered rate (L.I.B.O.R.) for U.S. Dollar deposits as shown on Reuters screen, reference page ‘LIBOR01’ fixed at 11.00 a.m., London time, on the first banking day of the month in which payment was due plus one percent (1%). Interest at the rate set forth above, determined on the first banking day of the month in which BUYER’s payment is due, shall also be payable by the party who owes any adjustment pursuant to Paragraph 5.4, on the amount of such adjustment, from the date on which BUYER’s payment is due through the date such adjustment is paid. All payments of interest by either party under this Agreement shall be made in the full amount due, free of any withholding tax imposed by any government.

 

  5.6 Any payments by SELLER to BUYER shall be made by electronic transfer in immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars to BUYER’s account as follows:

JPMorgan Chase - NY

395 North Service Road

Melville, New York 11747

United States

ABA #021 000 021

For further credit to the account of:

PBF Holding Company LLC

Account #844041749

Contact: Ms. Barbara Pirozzi

Fax: 866-914-7380

Tel.: 631-755-5180

Email: Barbara.pirozzi@jpmchse.com

 

  5.7 For crude oil to be lifted or received under this Agreement, a BUYER shall establish and deliver to SELLER at least ten (10) days prior to the scheduled date of arrival of the vessel nominated by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE at the loading terminal, an irrevocable standby Letter of Credit issued or confirmed by a bank acceptable to SELLER in accordance with the attached Form L (02/18/08). All bank charges incurred in connection with the establishment of letters of credit, including without limitation, opening, amendment and correspondent charges, confirmation and all related banking fees, commissions or expenses shall be for BUYER’s account. In addition, BUYER shall bear all costs of demurrage or any other fees or charges arising from BUYER’s failure to provide a Letter of Credit or confirmation thereof acceptable to SELLER by the date specified. BUYER’s provision of a Letter of Credit is an express condition precedent to SELLER’s obligation to deliver and sell crude oil under this Agreement.

 

PBF HOLDING LLC – [REDACTED] – 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 5 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

6. Delivery:

 

  6.1 Subject to agreement of the parties and to the procedures set forth herein, delivery and receipt of the crude oil sold under this Agreement shall be based on FOB vessels to be supplied by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE at the loading terminal at [REDACTED], operated by SUMED (“SELLER’s Supplier”).

 

  6.2 SELLER agrees to deliver or cause to be delivered crude oil to BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE and BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE agree to receive the same or cause the same to be received from SELLER in accordance with monthly lifting schedules agreed upon; provided, however, that SELLER, while according nondiscriminatory treatment to buyers, shall not be required to furnish a quantity of any grade of crude oil exceeding the capacity of its facilities. BUYER’s ASSIGNEE performance hereunder shall not relieve BUYER of any of its obligations under this Agreement as further provided in Paragraph 6.7 below.

 

  6.3 SELLER, at its discretion, may cause its affiliate, Bolanter Corporation N.V. (“Bolanter”), or such other third party affiliated with SELLER as SELLER shall designate in writing (“Third Party Affiliate”), to perform SELLER’s obligation to deliver crude oil under this Paragraph 6, provided SELLER’s so doing shall not relieve SELLER of any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

  6.4

BUYER shall submit a monthly lifting schedule by the fifth (5 th ) day of each month preceding the Scheduled Month of Delivery. BUYER shall also submit at this time a provisional nomination schedule for the first fifteen (15) days of the month following the Scheduled Month of Delivery. If the fifth (5 th ) day is a non-working day in London, then the BUYER shall submit a monthly lifting schedule and a provisional nomination schedule by the nearest preceding working day in London. The requested monthly lifting schedule and provisional nomination schedule shall contain a preferred one (1) day date for each lifting. SELLER shall attempt to accommodate BUYER’s proposed schedule but shall only guarantee lifting dates during the last ten (10) days of the Scheduled Month of Delivery, using its best efforts to provide lifting dates during the five (5) days preceding the last ten (10) days in the Scheduled Month of Delivery. The vessel nominated by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE shall be deemed to have arrived at the load port on the accepted date if it arrives at the customary anchorage within one (1) day before or one (1) day after the date accepted by SELLER.

Any subsequent revisions requested by the BUYER and accepted by the SELLER shall be limited to a one (1) day acceptance range and the vessel nominated by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE shall be deemed to have arrived at the load port only on the accepted date.

 

  6.5

SELLER shall authorize SUMED to deliver the crude oil to BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE and BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE shall arrange with SUMED to

 

PBF HOLDING LLC – [REDACTED] – 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 6 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

  lift and receive delivery of the crude oil. Delivery and lifting of crude oil at [REDACTED] shall be subject to and in accordance with the standard terms, conditions, port limitations, practices and procedures of SUMED. BUYER and BUYER’s ASSIGNEE also agree to comply with the operation, lifting, and nomination procedures and obligations required of SELLER, pursuant to the Long Term Transportation Agreement between Bolanter and SUMED (the “Transportation Agreement”).

 

  6.6 BUYER and BUYER’s ASSIGNEE shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless SELLER, Bolanter, and any Third Party Affiliate from and against all claims, demands and liabilities of any kind whatsoever asserted against SELLER, Bolanter, or any Third Party Affiliate by any party as a result of BUYER’s failure to comply with the aforesaid terms, conditions, port limitations, practices and procedures, or as a result of deballasting of dirty ballast water by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE.

 

  6.7 Since SELLER is neither the terminal operator nor in control of any of the terminal operations, it is expressly understood and agreed that SELLER will not be liable to BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE for any demurrage, unless such demurrage is caused by SELLER’s failure to make the crude oil available for delivery. In those instances in which demurrage is incurred because of SELLER’s failure, BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE shall present its claim for reimbursement to SELLER at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the time limitation for demurrage claims set out in the applicable terminal regulations. Where BUYER’s demurrage claim does not arise from SELLER’s failure, as an accommodation to BUYER, SELLER will present to the terminal operator, on behalf of BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE, any claim for demurrage that is presented by BUYER to SELLER at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the time limitation for such demurrage claims, as set out in the applicable terminal regulations. After SELLER, on BUYER’s behalf, has presented a demurrage claim to the terminal operator, SELLER will follow up and make reasonable efforts, short of arbitration or litigation, to effect recovery. SELLER will promptly remit to BUYER any monies received from the terminal operator in whole or partial satisfaction of the demurrage claim of BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE with the terminal operator.

 

  6.8 Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary elsewhere in the Agreement, should SELLER in its sole judgment determine that BUYER’s ASSIGNEE has failed in any respect to perform in accordance with its obligations under this Agreement, or that BUYER’s ASSIGNEE has become bankrupt or insolvent or otherwise unable to meet its financial obligations, BUYER shall continue to be directly liable to SELLER for the performance of the obligations assigned to BUYER’s ASSIGNEE hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Bills of Lading issued hereunder shall name BUYER as consignee.

 

PBF HOLDING LLC – [REDACTED] – 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 7 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

7. Measurement and Inspection

 

  7.1 BUYER shall arrange for a mutually acceptable independent inspector to verify the quality and quantity of the crude oil delivered to BUYER or to BUYER’s ASSIGNEE, and shall cause said inspector to promptly provide to SELLER a copy of the inspector’s report and all other documentation relating to the inspection. The cost of such inspection shall be shared equally by BUYER and SELLER.

 

  7.2 The net quantity of crude oil delivered for title transfer and used by SELLER for the purpose of invoicing and for BUYER’s payment shall be determined by using meters at SELLER’s delivery sites where provable meters are available. Alternatively, SELLER’s delivery tank volumes as measured by manual tank gauges in accordance with API standards shall be the basis for the total delivered quantity.

 

  7.3 The net quantity of crude oil delivered shall be calculated by deducting from the total quantity, as determined above, both free water and suspended sediment and water (S&W) after completion of cargo transfer. Whenever possible, and provided that it is consistent with the terms and conditions of SELLER’s delivery sites referenced hereinabove, both free water and suspended S&W shall be determined from S&W analysis of a representative sample taken from an automatic inline sampler. Alternatively, if such a sample is not possible, or if the independent inspector determines that the sampler did not perform in accordance with API MPMS Chapter 8.2, the free water deduction shall be based on the free water increase of BUYER’s vessel’s tanks measured immediately before and after cargo receipt and the suspended S&W deduction shall be determined from analysis made on a composite sample composed of individual samples taken from BUYER’s vessel’s tanks after cargo receipt. Provided that it is consistent with the terms and conditions of the delivery sites referenced herein, all gross volumes determined hereunder shall be adjusted to 60 degrees F by applying API-IP Table 6A volume correction factors and S&W deductions used in determining Net Standard Volume shall be based on Water by Karl Fischer ASTM
(D-4928) and Sediment by Filtration (D-4807).

 

  7.4 NOTICE OF ANY CLAIM BY EITHER PARTY, EITHER AS TO SHORTAGE IN QUANTITY OR BASED ON THE CONTENTION THAT THE CRUDE OIL DELIVERED IS NOT THE USUAL QUALITY OF THAT GRADE BEING MADE AVAILABLE BY SELLER AT THE TIME OF LOADING OF THE CRUDE OIL AT SELLER’S LOADING PORT IN SAUDI ARABIA SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE OTHER PARTY, IN WRITING, WITH FULL SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION, WITHIN NINETY (90) DAYS AFTER THE DELIVERY DATE. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION SHALL BE DEEMED A WAIVER OF ANY SUCH CLAIM. WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH CLAIM FOR WHICH A PARTY GIVES NOTICE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION, THAT PARTY SHALL COMMENCE A PROCEEDING PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH 10 WITHIN TWO (2) YEARS FROM THE DELIVERY DATE OR THE CLAIM SHALL BE FOREVER BARRED.

 

PBF HOLDING LLC – [REDACTED] – 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 8 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

8. Title and Risk of Loss:

Title to and risk of loss of all crude oil sold hereunder shall pass to BUYER at the point at which the loading terminal’s loading line connects with the permanent hose connection of the vessel nominated by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE.

 

9. Termination for Cause:

SELLER or BUYER shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the other party in the event of a material breach (including without limitation anticipatory breach) by the other party of any of its terms, but without prejudice to the rights of either party theretofore accrued with respect to this Agreement (including without limitation the right of either party to damages arising from such breach or prior breaches hereof). Material breach by BUYER shall include, without limitation, BUYER’s failure to lift and buy crude oil as required in Paragraph 3 hereof or BUYER’s failure to comply with any of the Payment provisions of paragraph 5. The delay or failure on the part of either party hereto to insist, in any one instance or more, upon strict performance of any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement, or to exercise any right or privilege herein conferred shall not be construed as a waiver of any such terms, conditions, rights or privileges, but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect. All rights and remedies are cumulative.

 

10. Disputes:

Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, together with any amendments thereto which may be issued from time to time, or the breach or termination or invalidity thereof, which is not settled by agreement between the parties shall be finally settled in accordance with the Arbitration Regulations and the Rules for Implementation of the Arbitration Regulations for the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia by three neutral and impartial arbitrators, one to be appointed by each party and the third to be appointed by the two so chosen. The arbitrators shall base their award only upon the evidence presented to them, the terms of this Agreement and the laws of Saudi Arabia. This arbitration provision shall be specifically enforceable by either party under the Regulations, and the arbitrators’ award shall be final and binding on the parties.

 

11. Destination:

The country of destination of the crude oil delivered hereunder shall be a country in North America and the delivery of such shall be subject to the export laws and regulations of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. The country of destination of crude oil delivered hereunder shall be confirmed and attested to by BUYER to SELLER not later than one hundred and twenty days (120) days after the Bill of Lading date.

 

PBF HOLDING LLC – [REDACTED] – 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 9 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

12. Other Terms:

 

  12.1 This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the parties to this Agreement; however, neither party may assign or transfer this Agreement, either in whole or in part, without first obtaining the written consent of the other, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

  12.2 In no event shall either party be liable in connection herewith or with respect to operations related hereto, whether in tort, contract or otherwise, for special, indirect or consequential damages.

 

  12.3 Except as otherwise required to implement this Agreement, BUYER and BUYER’s ASSIGNEE undertake to treat the contents of this Agreement as strictly confidential. For violation of this undertaking by BUYER OR BUYER’s ASSIGNEE, SELLER shall have the right to immediately cancel this Agreement, without any liability as a result of such cancellation, upon giving notice to BUYER.

 

  12.4 This Agreement, and any amendments hereto, consisting of this signed document, any attachments hereto and other documents referred to herein, is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and is intended also as a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of their agreement.

 

  12.5 Subject to Paragraph 10, the laws and regulations of the Government of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia shall govern the interpretation and performance of this Agreement and any further agreements of that may result from it.

 

  12.6 Each party shall be relieved from the performance of any obligation, other than the obligation to make payments for amounts due hereunder, during the time and to the extent performance of such obligation is prevented or restricted as a result of a force majeure event, The term “force majeure” as used in this Agreement shall mean any act, event, cause or occurrence rendering a party unable to perform its obligations which is not within the reasonable control of such party. BUYER and SELLER specifically agree that SELLER’s inability to perform all, or any part, of this Agreement due to Government action or directive shall constitute a force majeure event; however, the term force majeure shall not apply to those events which merely make it more difficult or costly for BUYER to perform its obligations hereunder. BUYER and SELLER further agree that at the conclusion of any force majeure event, neither BUYER nor SELLER shall have any obligation to each other with respect to any quantities of crude oil not delivered as a consequence of such force majeure event. No condition of force majeure shall operate to extend the term of this Agreement.

 

  12.7

If at any time SELLER determines that reasonable grounds for insecurity have arisen with respect to BUYER’s performance of any of BUYER’s obligations under this Agreement, SELLER may demand adequate assurance of due performance by BUYER, and until SELLER receives such assurance SELLER may suspend its performance of obligations under this Agreement. BUYER’s

 

PBF HOLDING LLC – [REDACTED] – 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 10 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

  failure to provide within a reasonable time not exceeding ten (10) days such assurance of due performance as is adequate under the circumstances will constitute a material breach of this Agreement.

 

  12.8 Dues and other charges on the vessel nominated by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE at the loading port and terminal shall be for BUYER’s account. The amount of any taxes, duties, imposts, fees, charges and dues of every description imposed or levied by any governmental, local or port authority on the crude oil supplied hereunder, or on its export, delivery, transportation, ownership, sale or use, or on any vessel used in its transportation, in respect of any stage after such crude oil passes the tankship’s permanent hose connection at the loading port, shall be for BUYER’s account.

 

  12.9 The parties hereto contemplate that all the crude oil purchased under this Agreement shall be processed by BUYER and accordingly, the parties contemplate that the BUYER will not resell the crude oil purchased under this Agreement in its original form or blend it with other crude oils for purpose of resale.

 

  12.10  Compliance with ISPS CODE :

 

12.10.1   SELLER and BUYER shall comply with the International Code for the Security of Ships and Port Facilities and relevant amendments to Chapter XI of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (SOLAS), hereinafter (ISPS Code), in accordance with Form-I of this Agreement, which shall govern the parties rights and obligations with respect to such compliance.
12.10.2   In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and its Form-I (ISPS CODE TERMS AND CONDITIONS), the terms and conditions of Form-I shall prevail.

* * * * * * * *

 

PBF HOLDING LLC – [REDACTED] – 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 11 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

IN WITNESS of this Agreement, the parties have caused it to be signed on the dates shown below in three copies, each of which shall serve as an original.

 

For and on behalf of BUYER:

REPRESENTED BY:

    For and on behalf of SELLER:
    REPRESENTED BY:

LOGO

   

LOGO

(Name)       Mohammed H. Khazindar
(Title)       Manager, Crude Oil Sales and Marketing Department
Date:  

1/5/11

    Date  

1/29/11

Witness:  

LOGO

    Witness:  

LOGO

Date:  

1/5/11

    Date  

1/17/2011

For and on behalf of BUYER’s ASSIGNEE:

REPRESENTED BY

     

LOGO

     
(Name)   R.M. Jones      
(Title)   PRESIDENT      
Date:  

6/1/11

     
Witness:  

LOGO

     
Date:  

1/4/11

     

 

LOGO

 

PBF HOLDING LLC – [REDACTED] – 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 12 of 12


THIRD AMENDMENT TO CRUDE OIL/FEEDSTOCK SUPPLY/DELIVERY AND

SERVICES AGREEMENT

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO CRUDE OIL/FEEDSTOCK SUPPLY/DELIVERY AND SERVICES AGREEMENT made and entered into as of July 28, 2011, by and among Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Seller ”), Paulsboro Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Buyer ”) and PBF Holding Company LLC (“ Buyer’s Parent ”), which is also a guarantor of Buyer’s obligations under the Original Agreement (as defined below) and hereby agrees to the direct obligations applicable to Buyer’s Parent as set forth in this Amendment and the attachments hereto, amends that certain Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement between Seller and Buyer (as assignee from PBF Holding Company LLC) dated December 16, 2010 (including all previous amendments, the “ Original Agreement ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS , the parties hereto desire to modify the terms of the Original Agreement pursuant to the terms hereof (defined terms not defined herein are defined in the Original Agreement).

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Appendices . Appendix 13 is hereby amended by replacing the entirety of Appendix 13 with the Appendix 13 attached hereto, and incorporated herein by reference, as Exhibit A .

2. Joint Obligations and Cooperation . Buyer’s Parent and Buyer undertake various responsibilities in Appendix 13 and in other documents with regard to the Saudi Contract (as defined in Appendix 13) and the transactions related thereto. Regardless of whether any specific obligation is specified as being applicable to Buyer or to Buyer’s Parent, both Buyer and Buyer’s Parent shall be jointly and severally liable for such obligations and shall pledge and grant security interests as their respective rights, title and interests may appear. Buyer and Buyer’s Parent also agree to cooperate and take all appropriate actions under or with respect to the Saudi Contract to enable and facilitate Buyer’s and Buyer’s Parent’s performance of their obligations with respect to the Saudi Contract, the Saudi Cargoes and the Original Agreement.

3. No Other Modification . Except as specifically set forth above, the Original Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in all respects.

[ Signature page follows ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC.
By:  

 

 
Name:  

Richard Martin Jones

 
Title:  

President

 
PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC   LOGO
By:  

 

 
Name:  

 

 
Title:  

 

 
PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC  
By:  

 

 
Name:  

 

 
Title:  

 

 

[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

PBE HOLDING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement]


Exhibit A to Third Amendment

APPENDIX 13 – SAUDI CONTRACT ARRANGEMENTS

On or about the date of the execution of that certain First Amendment to this Agreement, PBF Holding Company LLC, the 100% owner of Buyer (“ Buyer’s Parent ”), entered into a contract (the “ Original Saudi Contract ”), in substantially the form of Attachment I to this Appendix 13, with Saudi Arabian providing for the supply of Arab [REDACTED] Crude (Type C) from Saudi Arabian to Buyer’s Parent, with Seller executing the Saudi Contract as “BUYER’S ASSIGNEE” for the limited purposes set forth therein. In conjunction with the Third Amendment to this Agreement, Buyer’s Parent is entering into a Crude Oil Sales Agreement with a side letter entitled “Freight Protection for [REDACTED],” substantially in the form of Attachment II to this Appendix 13 (the “ Spot Saudi Agreement ”), with Saudi Arabian providing for the spot purchase of Arabian [REDACTED] and Arabian [REDACTED] crude oil, with Seller named in the Crude Oil Sales Agreement shown in Attachment II as “BUYER’S ASSIGNEE” for the limited purposes set forth therein. Furthermore, Buyer’s Parent anticipates potentially entering into future agreements similar to that shown in Attachment II. Buyer shall provide notice to Seller of any such future agreements and after Seller reviews such future agreement(s) and confirms (such confirmation not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) in writing that it is substantially similar to Attachment II and is reasonably acceptable to Seller, then such future agreement(s) shall be a “ Future Spot Saudi Agreement ” for purposes of this Appendix 13 and the Agreement. As used below and throughout the Agreement, the “ Saudi Contract ” shall include the Original Saudi Contract, the Spot Saudi Agreement and the Future Spot Saudi Agreement(s). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Clause 14(a) of this Agreement, Seller shall provide all Shipping Services (with a $[REDACTED] per Barrel service fee) and insurance at $[REDACTED] per Barrel with respect to all volumes of Oil purchased by Buyer from Saudi Arabian under the Saudi Contract (each such volume, a “ Saudi Cargo ”). Shipping Services for each Saudi Cargo (which shall be calculated and paid for by Buyer in the same manner as for the Cargoes being sold by Seller under the Agreement) shall be set using the “[REDACTED]” unless otherwise agreed upon by the Parties.

Buyer’s Parent shall sell and transfer title to each Saudi Cargo to Seller on the earlier of (i) either the 23rd day after the Bill of Lading date if the applicable Saudi Contract requires payment to Saudi Arabian by the 25 th day after the Bill of Lading date, or on the 28 th day after the Bill of Lading date if the applicable Saudi Contract requires payment to Saudi Arabian by the 30 th day after the Bill of Lading date, or (ii) arrival of such Saudi Cargo DES Paulsboro or a separately agreed upon delivery point (the “ Saudi Title Transfer Date ”), at the same price Buyer’s Parent purchases such Saudi Cargo from Saudi Arabian under the Saudi Contract; provided that Seller and Buyer’s Parent may mutually agree on any other separate delivery point or transshipment point, including Buyer’s Affiliates’ facility at Delaware City, Delaware or Seller’s South Riding Point terminal and storage facility located on Grand Bahama Island, The Bahamas. If the Saudi Title Transfer Date would otherwise occur on a non-Business Day, then the Saudi Title Transfer Date and the concurrent transfer of title to Seller for any such applicable Saudi Cargo shall take place on the preceding Business Day. In the event of any Future Spot Saudi Agreements as defined above, the Saudi Title Transfer Date shall be no later than the last Business Day that is at least two days prior to the date required for payment by Saudi Arabian. Buyer’s Parent shall deliver to Seller on the Business Day after the Saudi Title Transfer Date the

 

Appendix 13

1


original Bill of Lading corresponding to such Saudi Cargo with appropriate endorsements to Seller together with such other acceptable documentation as may be requested by Seller with respect to each such sale. Seller may purchase futures contracts on the Saudi Cargoes in connection with the Oil pricing terms set forth in the Saudi Contract, in the same manner as for other Cargoes owned by Seller pursuant to Clause 9 and the other provisions of the Agreement, and the pricing for the subsequent resale of such Cargo by Seller to Buyer upon Delivery from Seller to Buyer shall be based on such futures contract pricing.

Upon receipt of each invoice from Saudi Arabian under the Saudi Contract, Buyer’s Parent shall immediately deliver an exact copy of such invoice to Seller. Buyer’s Parent and Seller shall use reasonable efforts to arrange with Saudi Arabian to permit direct payment by Seller to Saudi Arabian of Buyer’s obligations for each Saudi Cargo (in lieu of Seller paying Buyer’s Parent and Buyer’s Parent remitting the same amount to Saudi Arabian), but this arrangement does not and shall not create any direct obligation of Seller to Saudi Arabian. If Buyer’s Parent and Seller are unable to arrange for direct payment from Seller to Saudi Arabian, Seller shall pay all amounts due Buyer’s Parent with respect to Saudi Cargoes into a controlled account, pursuant to which Seller shall be party to an account agreement (the “ Account Agreement ”). The Parties agree that the arrangements described in this Appendix 13 may be amended further for future Saudi Cargoes.

Payment for each Saudi Cargo shall be due from Seller to Buyer’s Parent one Business Day after delivery of good title to such Oil from Buyer’s Parent on the Saudi Title Transfer Date, free and clear of all Liens, except for any lien held by the bank that is party to the Account Agreement. Such Saudi Cargo shall be included in the calculation of OIFIC and the TVM Payment pursuant to Clause 19(g) of the Agreement when payment becomes due from Seller to Buyer’s Parent pursuant to this Appendix 13.

To the extent there are any adjustments to the price of any Saudi Cargo under the Saudi Contract after payment becomes due from Seller to Buyer’s Parent hereunder (including any adjustment relating to a provisional invoice delivered by Saudi Arabian to Buyer’s Parent under the Saudi Contract): (a) if the adjustment results in Saudi Arabian making a payment to Buyer’s Parent and Seller has title to all or any portion of such Saudi Cargo (because such Oil has not yet been Delivered by Seller to Buyer), Buyer’s Parent shall immediately remit the portion of such funds allocable to the portion of the Saudi Cargo (up to 100%) owned by Seller upon receipt from Saudi Arabian, and the amount shall result in an adjustment to the price basis for such Oil; and (b) if the adjustment results in Buyer’s Parent making an additional payment to Saudi Arabian, (i) if Seller has title to all or any portion of such Saudi Cargo (because such Oil has not yet been Delivered by Seller to Buyer), Seller shall pay the portion of such funds allocable to the portion of the Saudi Cargo (up to 100%) owned by Seller either directly to Saudi Arabian or into the controlled Buyer’s Parent account (in the same manner as described above for the initial payment), and the amount shall result in an adjustment to the price basis for such Oil, or (ii) if the adjustment relates to a Saudi Cargo which has been Delivered in its entirety by Seller to Buyer, such adjustment shall be solely for the account of Buyer’s Parent.

Buyer and Buyer’s Parent shall be fully liable for all obligations, and Seller shall have no obligation to Buyer or Buyer’s Parent except as specifically set forth herein, with respect to (i) any payment owing from Buyer’s Parent to Saudi Arabian (ii) any breach by Buyer’s Parent of

 

-2-


the Saudi Contract, (iii) any termination of the Saudi Contract other than a termination resulting from Seller’s failure to perform its obligations under the Saudi Contract as “Buyer’s Assignee,” or (iv) any failure or refusal of Saudi Arabian to provide Oil to Buyer’s Parent, Buyer or Seller. Clause 40(c) of the Agreement expressly applies to this Appendix 13, and Saudi Arabian shall in no way be deemed a third party beneficiary of this Agreement, including this Appendix 13.

As security for the prompt and complete payment and performance in full of all obligations of Buyer’s Parent and Buyer to Seller hereunder (including the hedges and other obligations Seller undertakes in reliance on Buyer’s Parent and Buyer’s obligations to sell the Saudi Cargoes to Seller and to later repurchase such Saudi Cargoes in accordance with the terms of the Agreement), Buyer’s Parent and Buyer hereby grant to Seller a security interest in all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the following, in each case, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and wherever located:

(i) All Saudi Cargoes; and

(ii) All proceeds, insurance claims and proceeds, products, accessions, additions, substitutions, replacements, rents and profits of or in respect of any or all of the foregoing.

In connection with the foregoing, Buyer’s Parent and Buyer authorize Seller to file such financing statements pursuant to the UCC as Seller deems necessary to perfect the foregoing interest. Neither Buyer’s Parent nor Buyer shall grant or permit any other security interest in any of the foregoing collateral, except that, subject to the execution of an intercreditor agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Seller, Buyer’s Parent may grant a senior security interest in such collateral to Buyer’s Parent’s third party letter of credit provider (BNP) to secure Buyer’s Parent’s obligations with respect to letters of credit required to be posted by Buyer’s Parent to Saudi Arabian under the Saudi Contract.

Neither Buyer’s Parent nor Buyer shall take any action that would cause Seller to incur an indemnity obligation pursuant to the Saudi Contract. If Seller under the Saudi Contract is required to defend, indemnify or hold harmless Saudi Arabian or any other party or otherwise becomes liable under the Saudi Contract as a result of the actions or inactions of Buyer’s Parent or its affiliates, Buyer’s Parent and Buyer shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Seller for all obligations incurred by Seller thereby.

The Parties acknowledge that the Saudi Contract includes provisions which the Parties desire to amend to clarify ambiguity, and therefore the Parties agree to use their reasonable efforts to affect an amendment of the January 1, 2011, Saudi Contract to clarify that (a) Seller’s indemnity obligations in Section 6.6 of the Saudi Contract for Buyer’s Parent’s actions only relate to “BUYER’s ASSIGNEE’s failure to comply with the aforesaid standard terms, conditions, port limitations, practices and procedures of SUMED” and (b) Seller’s only liability to Saudi Arabian under the Saudi Contract shall be for its own actions or inactions as lifter of the Saudi Cargoes or for the indemnity in Section 6.6 of the Saudi Contract by adding a provision similar to the following therein:

 

-3-


“Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (a) BUYER’s ASSIGNEE shall only be liable to SELLER for (i) BUYER’s ASSIGNEE’s performance of BUYER’s ASSIGNEE’s crude oil lifting obligations hereunder and (ii) the indemnification obligations of BUYER’s ASSIGNEE set forth in Section 6.6, and (b) upon the termination of this Agreement, BUYER’s ASSIGNEE’s only obligations to SELLER shall be for those obligations which accrued prior to such date of termination, including any incurred under Section 6.6.”

 

-4-


ATTACHMENT I TO APPENDIX 13

FORM OF SAUDI CONTRACT

[attached]


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

CRUDE OIL SALES AGREEMENT

This is to confirm the Agreement among:

 

1. Parties:

 

SELLER   -    SAUDI ARABIAN OIL COMPANY, A COMPANY WITH LIMITED LIABILITY ORGANIZED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE KINGDOM OF SAUDI ARABIA;
BUYER   -    PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC, A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF DELAWARE; and

BUYER’s

ASSIGNEE

  -    STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC., A COMPANY INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF DELAWARE

RECITALS

WHEREAS, SELLER desires to sell and deliver, or cause SELLER’s Supplier, to deliver to BUYER, and BUYER desires to purchase from SELLER and accept delivery from SELLER, or from SELLER’s Supplier, a certain quantity of Arabian crude oil of the specification set forth hereinafter;

WHEREAS, BUYER desires to assign BUYER’s ASSIGNEE to take delivery of and receive the sold crude oil hereunder and to perform all of BUYER’s crude oil lifting obligations as set forth herein on behalf of BUYER; and

WHEREAS, SELLER consents to the said assignment subject to the terms and conditions listed herein.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

2. Term of Agreement :

This Agreement shall be effective as of January 1 st , 2011 and shall continue in effect through and including December 31 st , 2011 with automatic one-year extensions thereafter unless terminated at the option of either party, other than for cause or in accordance with Paragraph 4.2 below, upon at least sixty (60) days written notice prior to the expiration of the original term or, if applicable, any subsequent anniversary date.

 

PBF HOLDING LLC - [REDACTED] - 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 1 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

3. Grade, Quantity and Quality :

 

  3.1 Subject to availability and the production policies determined by the Government of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, SELLER shall sell and deliver, or cause SELLER’s Supplier to deliver, to BUYER and BUYER shall buy and lift or receive, or cause BUYER’s ASSIGNEE to lift or receive, from SELLER a total of [REDACTED] barrels per day of Arabian [REDACTED] crude oil , minus up to ten percent (-10%) at BUYER’s or SELLER’s option, or plus up to ten percent (+10%) if BUYER so requests and SELLER agrees. Additional volumes of crude oil of similar or different grades may be delivered under this Agreement as the parties may from time to time agree.

 

  3.2 The availability of each grade of crude oil specified in Paragraph 3.1 will be advised by SELLER from time to time in accordance with the production policies of the Government of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. Subject to availability, and unless otherwise mutually agreed, the quantities of each grade of crude oil to be lifted or received and purchased by BUYER during the term of this Agreement shall be spread over the term of this Agreement as evenly as practicable.

Deliveries during BUYER’s planned refinery maintenance or turnaround shall be reduced to such quantities as the parties may mutually agree. In such case, after the period of refinery maintenance and turnaround, deliveries shall be increased from time to time as the parties may mutually agree, so that BUYER fulfills its obligation to lift or receive and buy the full contractual volume by the end of each annual period during the Agreement beginning with the effective date.

 

  3.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement and without prejudice to any other rights or remedies available to SELLER hereunder, if at any time BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE, for any reason other than force majeure (as defined in Paragraph 12.6) or a reason attributable to SELLER, fail to lift or receive and purchase quantities of crude oil in accordance with this Paragraph 3, SELLER may at one time or from time to time thereafter, at its sole discretion, and upon notice to BUYER, reduce any or all quantities and grades of crude oil which BUYER would have otherwise been entitled to lift and buy.

 

  3.4 The quality of each grade of crude oil delivered hereunder shall be the usual quality of that grade being made available by SELLER at the time of loading of the crude oil at the SELLER’s loading port in Saudi Arabia. SELLER warrants that it has good and marketable title to the crude oil, free and clear of all charges, liens and encumbrances but THERE ARE NO GUARANTEES OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS OR SUITABILITY OF THE CRUDE OIL, FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION OF THE CRUDE OIL AND ANY SPECIFICATIONS THEREFOR CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT.

 

PBF HOLDING LLC - [REDACTED] - 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 2 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

4. Price:

 

  4.1 The price per barrel of each Cargo of Arab [REDACTED] crude oil sold hereunder on [REDACTED] basis shall be the Argus Sour Crude Index Price (“ASCI”), as calculated below, plus or minus a differential to be provided to BUYER as provided in Paragraph 4.2 below. The ASCI price shall be calculated as the arithmetic average of the ASCI prices published in Argus Crude Report (“Argus”), for all the quotation days inclusive during the period from the [REDACTED] of the month [REDACTED] to the Scheduled Month of Delivery, through the [REDACTED].

 

  4.2 On or before the fifth (5th) day of each month, SELLER shall notify BUYER of the price differential per barrel of each grade of crude oil to be sold under this Agreement during the following month (the “Scheduled Month of Delivery”). Within five (5) calendar days after receipt of SELLER’s notification as set forth in the preceding sentence, BUYER may elect to terminate this Agreement by delivering written notice thereof to SELLER. Unless BUYER elects to terminate this Agreement in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, the price differential notified by SELLER shall apply. Termination by BUYER in accordance with this Paragraph 4.2 shall be effective as of the first day of the month following SELLER’s receipt of BUYER’s notice; provided, however, that termination under this or any other provision of this Agreement shall not affect the parties’ rights and obligations with respect to deliveries of crude oil under this Agreement which were made prior to the effective date of termination; and further provided that in the event of termination hereunder or expiration of the Agreement, this Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to all cargoes of crude oil for which delivery has been confirmed pursuant to Paragraph 6 herein. The differential applicable to such cargoes shall be the differential that was in effect during the month prior to termination.

 

  4.3 Should completion of physical loading of the vessel nominated by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE occur before or after the Scheduled Month of Delivery, the price of such cargo, unless otherwise mutually agreed, shall be calculated using the differential that would apply if completion of physical loading of the said vessel has occurred in the Scheduled Month of Delivery.

 

5. Payment:

 

  5.1 Payment for each parcel of crude oil sold shall be made in the full amount of SELLER’s telexed invoice without discounts or deductions by BUYER to SELLER via electronic transfer in immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars to SELLER’s account as follows:

JPMorgan Chase, New York [REDACTED]

under direct [REDACTED] advice to

JPMorgan Chase, London [REDACTED]

for the account of JPMorgan Chase, London [REDACTED]

 

PBF HOLDING LLC - [REDACTED] - 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 3 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

Account no. [REDACTED] for further credit to

The Saudi Arabian Oil Company (Saudi Aramco)

Account no. [REDACTED]

SELLER shall invoice BUYER on or before the [REDACTED] day from and including the completion of loading date and BUYER’s payment to SELLER shall be made not later than the [REDACTED] day from and including the bill of lading date.

If any payment hereunder falls due on a Saturday or a New York banking holiday other than a Monday, payment shall be effected on the preceding bank business day. If the payment falls due on a Sunday or Monday New York banking holiday, then payment shall be effected on the next bank business day.

 

  5.2 All invoices for crude oil sold under this Agreement shall be sent to BUYER by telex, facsimile, courier or mail (at SELLER’s discretion) in accordance with the following:

John E. Luke

Treasurer

Fax: 973-455-7560

Tel.: 973-455-7518

Email: john.luke@pbfenergy.com

With duplicate copy to:

John Barone

Corporate Controller

Fax: 973-455-7560

Tel.: 973-455-7517

Email: john.barone@pbfenergy.com

 

  5.3 If it is impossible or impracticable for SELLER to calculate the price for any parcel of crude oil sold hereunder prior to issuance of an invoice therefor, SELLER shall send to BUYER a provisional invoice and BUYER shall pay said invoice in accordance with Paragraph 5.1. SELLER’s provisional invoice shall be based upon (i) SELLER’s best estimate of the price(s) as provided in Paragraph 4 with reference to the reference crude(s) and differential(s) applicable to such parcel and (ii) SELLER’s best estimate of the quantity of crude oil delivered, if SELLER has not received inspection report(s) by independent inspector(s) in accordance with Paragraph 7.

 

  5.4

As soon as the total amount due for any parcel is determined with reference to price(s) determined under Paragraph 4 and quantity of crude oil delivered as shown in the inspection report(s) received by SELLER, SELLER shall issue an invoice, which shall set forth adjustments for parcels provisionally invoiced, the settlement date of which shall be the fifth (5th) day after the day of issuance thereof or the date payment is due pursuant to Paragraph 5.1, whichever is later. Said invoice shall be paid on or before the settlement date by BUYER/SELLER,

 

PBF HOLDING LLC - [REDACTED] - 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 4 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

  as appropriate. Said invoice shall include any applicable adjustment(s) due to BUYER or SELLER, the difference between the provisional price and the final price, and a further amount equal to such difference (i) multiplied by the rate set forth in Paragraph 5.5, (ii) multiplied by the number of days between the date of provisional payment and the settlement date, (iii) divided by 360 days.

 

  5.5 Any amount not paid by either party when due shall bear interest from the date upon which payment was due through the date of payment at a rate equal to the one (l) month British Bankers Assoc., London interbank offered rate (L.I.B.O.R.) for U.S. Dollar deposits as shown on Reuters screen, reference page ‘LIBOR01’ fixed at 11:00 a.m., London time, on the first banking day of the month in which payment was due plus one percent (1%). Interest at the rate set forth above, determined on the first banking day of the month in which BUYER’s payment is due, shall also be payable by the party who owes any adjustment pursuant to Paragraph 5.4, on the amount of such adjustment, from the date on which BUYER’s payment is due through the date such adjustment is paid. All payments of interest by either party under this Agreement shall be made in the full amount due, free of any withholding tax imposed by any government.

 

  5.6 Any payments by SELLER to BUYER shall be made by electronic transfer in immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars to BUYER’s account as follows:

JPMorgan Chase - NY

395 North Service Road

Melville, New York 11747

United States

ABA #021 000 021

For further credit to the account of:

PBF Holding Company LLC

Account #844041749

Contact: Ms. Barbara Pirozzi

Fax: 866-914-7380

Tel.: 631-755-5180

Email: Barbara.pirozzi@jpmchse.com

 

  5.7 For crude oil to be lifted or received under this Agreement, BUYER shall establish and deliver to SELLER at least ten (10) days prior to the scheduled date of arrival of the vessel nominated by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE at the loading terminal, an irrevocable standby Letter of Credit issued or confirmed by a bank acceptable to SELLER in accordance with the attached Form L (02/18/08). All bank charges incurred in connection with the establishment of letters of credit, including without limitation, opening, amendment and correspondent charges, confirmation and all related banking fees, commissions or expenses shall be for BUYER’s account. In addition, BUYER shall bear all costs of demurrage or any other fees or charges arising from BUYER’s failure to provide a Letter of Credit or confirmation thereof acceptable to SELLER by the date specified. BUYER’s provision of a Letter of Credit is an express condition precedent to SELLER’s obligation to deliver and sell crude oil under this Agreement.

 

PBF HOLDING LLC - [REDACTED] - 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 5 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

6. Delivery:

 

  6.1 Subject to agreement of the parties and to the procedures set forth herein, delivery and receipt of the crude oil sold under this Agreement shall be based on FOB vessels to be supplied by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE at the loading terminal at [REDACTED], operated by SUMED (“SELLER’s Supplier”).

 

  6.2 SELLER agrees to deliver or cause to be delivered crude oil to BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE and BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE agree to receive the same or cause the same to be received from SELLER in accordance with monthly lifting schedules agreed upon; provided, however, that SELLER, while according nondiscriminatory treatment to buyers, shall not be required to furnish a quantity of any grade of crude oil exceeding the capacity of its facilities. BUYER’s ASSIGNEE performance hereunder shall not relieve BUYER of any of its obligations under this Agreement as further provided in Paragraph 6.7 below.

 

  6.3 SELLER, at its discretion, may cause its affiliate, Bolanter Corporation N.V. (“Bolanter”), or such other third party affiliated with SELLER as SELLER shall designate in writing (“Third Party Affiliate”), to perform SELLER’s obligation to deliver crude oil under this Paragraph 6, provided SELLER’s so doing shall not relieve SELLER of any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

  6.4

BUYER shall submit a monthly lifting schedule by the fifth (5 th ) day of each month preceding the Scheduled Month of Delivery. BUYER shall also submit at this time a provisional nomination schedule for the first fifteen (15) days of the month following the Scheduled Month of Delivery. If the fifth (5 th ) day is a non-working day in London, then the BUYER shall submit a monthly lifting schedule and a provisional nomination schedule by the nearest preceding working day in London. The requested monthly lifting schedule and provisional nomination schedule shall contain a preferred one (1) day date for each lifting. SELLER shall attempt to accommodate BUYER’s proposed schedule but shall only guarantee lifting dates during the last ten (10) days of the Scheduled Month of Delivery, using its best efforts to provide lifting dates during the five (5) days preceding the last ten (10) days in the Scheduled Month of Delivery. The vessel nominated by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE shall be deemed to have arrived at the load port on the accepted date if it arrives at the customary anchorage within one (1) day before or one (1) day after the date accepted by SELLER.

Any subsequent revisions requested by the BUYER and accepted by the SELLER shall be limited to a one (1) day acceptance range and the vessel nominated by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE shall be deemed to have arrived at the load port only on the accepted date.

 

  6.5

SELLER shall authorize SUMED to deliver the crude oil to BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE and BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE shall arrange with SUMED to

 

PBF HOLDING LLC - [REDACTED] - 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 6 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

  lift and receive delivery of the crude oil. Delivery and lifting of crude oil at [REDACTED] shall be subject to and in accordance with the standard terms, conditions, port limitations, practices and procedures of SUMED. BUYER and BUYER’s ASSIGNEE also agree to comply with the operation, lifting, and nomination procedures and obligations required of SELLER, pursuant to the Long Term Transportation Agreement between Bolanter and SUMED (the “Transportation Agreement”).

 

  6.6 BUYER and BUYER’s ASSIGNEE shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless SELLER, Bolanter, and any Third Party Affiliate from and against all claims, demands and liabilities of any kind whatsoever asserted against SELLER, Bolanter, or any Third Party Affiliate by any party as a result of BUYER’s failure to comply with the aforesaid terms, conditions, port limitations, practices and procedures, or as a result of deballasting of dirty ballast water by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE.

 

  6.7 Since SELLER is neither the terminal operator nor in control of any of the terminal operations, it is expressly understood and agreed that SELLER will not be liable to BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE for any demurrage, unless such demurrage is caused by SELLER’s failure to make the crude oil available for delivery. In those instances in which demurrage is incurred because of SELLER’s failure, BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE shall present its claim for reimbursement to SELLER at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the time limitation for demurrage claims set out in the applicable terminal regulations. Where BUYER’s demurrage claim does not arise from SELLER’s failure, as an accommodation to BUYER, SELLER will present to the terminal operator, on behalf of BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE, any claim for demurrage that is presented by BUYER to SELLER at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the time limitation for such demurrage claims, as set out in the applicable terminal regulations. After SELLER, on BUYER’s behalf, has presented a demurrage claim to the terminal operator, SELLER will follow up and make reasonable efforts, short of arbitration or litigation, to effect recovery. SELLER will promptly remit to BUYER any monies received from the terminal operator in whole or partial satisfaction of the demurrage claim of BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE with the terminal operator.

 

  6.8 Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary elsewhere in the Agreement, should SELLER in its sole judgment determine that BUYER’s ASSIGNEE has failed in any respect to perform in accordance with its obligations under this Agreement, or that BUYER’s ASSIGNEE has become bankrupt or insolvent or otherwise unable to meet its financial obligations, BUYER shall continue to be directly liable to SELLER for the performance of the obligations assigned to BUYER’s ASSIGNEE hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Bills of Lading issued hereunder shall name BUYER as consignee.

 

PBF HOLDING LLC - [REDACTED] - 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 7 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

7. Measurement and Inspection

 

  7.1 BUYER shall arrange for a mutually acceptable independent inspector to verify the quality and quantity of the crude oil delivered to BUYER or to BUYER’s ASSIGNEE, and shall cause said inspector to promptly provide to SELLER a copy of the inspector’s report and all other documentation relating to the inspection. The cost of such inspection shall be shared equally by BUYER and SELLER.

 

  7.2 The net quantity of crude oil delivered for title transfer and used by SELLER for the purpose of invoicing and for BUYER’s payment shall be determined by using meters at SELLER’s delivery sites where provable meters are available. Alternatively, SELLER’s delivery tank volumes as measured by manual tank gauges in accordance with API standards shall be the basis for the total delivered quantity.

 

  7.3 The net quantity of crude oil delivered shall be calculated by deducting from the total quantity, as determined above, both free water and suspended sediment and water (S&W) after completion of cargo transfer. Whenever possible, and provided that it is consistent with the terms and conditions of SELLER’s delivery sites referenced hereinabove, both free water and suspended S&W shall be determined from S&W analysis of a representative sample taken from an automatic inline sampler. Alternatively, if such a sample is not possible, or if the independent inspector determines that the sampler did not perform in accordance with API MPMS Chapter 8.2, the free water deduction shall be based on the free water increase of BUYER’s vessel’s tanks measured immediately before and after cargo receipt and the suspended S&W deduction shall be determined from analysis made on a composite sample composed of individual samples taken from BUYER’s vessel’s tanks after cargo receipt. Provided that it is consistent with the terms and conditions of the delivery sites referenced herein, all gross volumes determined hereunder shall be adjusted to 60 degrees F by applying API-IP Table 6A volume correction factors and S&W deductions used in determining Net Standard Volume shall be based on Water by Karl Fischer ASTM (D-4928) and Sediment by Filtration (D-4807).

 

  7.4 NOTICE OF ANY CLAIM BY EITHER PARTY, EITHER AS TO SHORTAGE IN QUANTITY OR BASED ON THE CONTENTION THAT THE CRUDE OIL DELIVERED IS NOT THE USUAL QUALITY OF THAT GRADE BEING MADE AVAILABLE BY SELLER AT THE TIME OF LOADING OF THE CRUDE OIL AT SELLER’S LOADING PORT IN SAUDI ARABIA SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE OTHER PARTY, IN WRITING, WITH FULL SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION, WITHIN NINETY (90) DAYS AFTER THE DELIVERY DATE. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION SHALL BE DEEMED A WAIVER OF ANY SUCH CLAIM. WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH CLAIM FOR WHICH A PARTY GIVES NOTICE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION, THAT PARTY SHALL COMMENCE A PROCEEDING PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH 10 WITHIN TWO (2) YEARS FROM THE DELIVERY DATE OR THE CLAIM SHALL BE FOREVER BARRED.

 

PBF HOLDING LLC - [REDACTED] - 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 8 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

8. Title and Risk of Loss:

Title to and risk of loss of all crude oil sold hereunder shall pass to BUYER at the point at which the loading terminal’s loading line connects with the permanent hose connection of the vessel nominated by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE.

 

9. Termination for Cause:

SELLER or BUYER shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the other party in the event of a material breach (including without limitation anticipatory breach) by the other party of any of its terms, but without prejudice to the rights of either party theretofore accrued with respect to this Agreement (including without limitation the right of either party to damages arising from such breach or prior breaches hereof). Material breach by BUYER shall include, without limitation, BUYER’s failure to lift and buy crude oil as required in Paragraph 3 hereof or BUYER’s failure to comply with any of the Payment provisions of Paragraph 5. The delay or failure on the part of either party hereto to insist, in any one instance or more, upon strict performance of any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement, or to exercise any right or privilege herein conferred shall not be construed as a waiver of any such terms, conditions, rights or privileges, but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect. All rights and remedies are cumulative.

 

10. Disputes:

Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, together with any amendments thereto which may be issued from time to time, or the breach or termination or invalidity thereof, which is not settled by agreement between the parties shall be finally settled in accordance with the Arbitration Regulations and the Rules for Implementation of the Arbitration Regulations for the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia by three neutral and impartial arbitrators, one to be appointed by each party and the third to be appointed by the two so chosen. The arbitrators shall base their award only upon the evidence presented to them, the terms of this Agreement and the laws of Saudi Arabia. This arbitration provision shall be specifically enforceable by either party under the Regulations, and the arbitrators’ award shall be final and binding on the parties.

 

11. Destination:

The country of destination of the crude oil delivered hereunder shall be a country in North America and the delivery of such shall be subject to the export laws and regulations of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. The country of destination of crude oil delivered hereunder shall be confirmed and attested to by BUYER to SELLER not later than one hundred and twenty days (120) days after the Bill of Lading date.

 

PBF HOLDING LLC - [REDACTED] - 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 9 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

12. Other Terms:

 

  12.1 This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the parties to this Agreement; however, neither party may assign or transfer this Agreement, either in whole or in part, without first obtaining the written consent of the other, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

  12.2 In no event shall either party be liable in connection herewith or with respect to operations related hereto, whether in tort, contract or otherwise, for special, indirect or consequential damages.

 

  12.3 Except as otherwise required to implement this Agreement, BUYER and BUYER’s ASSIGNEE undertake to treat the contents of this Agreement as strictly confidential. For violation of this undertaking by BUYER OR BUYER’s ASSIGNEE, SELLER shall have the right to immediately cancel this Agreement, without any liability as a result of such cancellation, upon giving notice to BUYER.

 

  12.4 This Agreement, and any amendments hereto, consisting of this signed document, any attachments hereto and other documents referred to herein, is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and is intended also as a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of their agreement.

 

  12.5 Subject to Paragraph 10, the laws and regulations of the Government of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia shall govern the interpretation and performance of this Agreement and any further agreements that may result from it.

 

  12.6 Each party shall be relieved from the performance of any obligation, other than the obligation to make payments for amounts due hereunder, during the time and to the extent performance of such obligation is prevented or restricted as a result of a force majeure event. The term “force majeure” as used in this Agreement shall mean any act, event, cause or occurrence rendering a party unable to perform its obligations which is not within the reasonable control of such party. BUYER and SELLER specifically agree that SELLER’s inability to perform all, or any part, of this Agreement due to Government action or directive shall constitute a force majeure event; however, the term force majeure shall not apply to those events which merely make it more difficult or costly for BUYER to perform its obligations hereunder. BUYER and SELLER further agree that at the conclusion of any force majeure event, neither BUYER nor SELLER shall have any obligation to each other with respect to any quantities of crude oil not delivered as a consequence of such force majeure event. No condition of force majeure shall operate to extend the term of this Agreement.

 

  12.7

If at any time SELLER determines that reasonable grounds for insecurity have arisen with respect to BUYER’s performance of any of BUYER’s obligations under this Agreement, SELLER may demand adequate assurance of due performance by BUYER, and until SELLER receives such assurance SELLER may suspend its performance of obligations under this Agreement. BUYER’s

 

PBF HOLDING LLC - [REDACTED] - 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 10 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

   failure to provide within a reasonable time not exceeding ten (10) days such assurance of due performance as is adequate under the circumstances will constitute a material breach of this Agreement.
12.8    Dues and other charges on the vessel nominated by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE at the loading port and terminal shall be for BUYER’s account. The amount of any taxes, duties, imposts, fees, charges and dues of every description imposed or levied by any governmental, local or port authority on the crude oil supplied hereunder, or on its export, delivery, transportation, ownership, sale or use, or on any vessel used in its transportation, in respect of any stage after such crude oil passes the tankship’s permanent hose connection at the loading port, shall be for BUYER’s account.
12.9    The parties hereto contemplate that all the crude oil purchased under this Agreement shall be processed by BUYER and accordingly, the parties contemplate that the BUYER will not resell the crude oil purchased under this Agreement in its original form or blend it with other crude oils for purpose of resale.
12.10    Compliance with ISPS CODE :
   12.10.1    SELLER and BUYER shall comply with the International Code for the Security of Ships and Port Facilities and relevant amendments to Chapter XI of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (SOLAS), hereinafter (ISPS Code), in accordance with Form-1 of this Agreement, which shall govern the parties rights and obligations with respect to such compliance.
   12.10.2    In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and its Form-I (ISPS CODE TERMS AND CONDITIONS), the terms and conditions of Form-I shall prevail.

* * * * * * * *

 

PBF HOLDING LLC - [REDACTED] - 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 11 of 12


TRIPLICATE ORIGINAL

 

IN WITNESS of this Agreement, the parties have caused it to be signed on the dates shown below in three copies, each of which shall serve as an original.

 

For and on behalf of BUYER:    For and on behalf of SELLER:
REPRESENTED BY:    REPRESENTED BY:

 

  

 

(Name)    Mohammed M. Khazindar
(Title)    Manager, Crude Oil Sales and Marketing Department
Date:  

 

   Date  

 

Witness:  

 

   Witness:  

 

Date:  

 

   Date  

 

 

For and on behalf of BUYER’s ASSIGNEE:

REPRESENTED BY:

 

(Name)  
(Title)  
Date:  

 

Witness:  

 

Date:  

 

 

LOGO

 

PBF HOLDING LLC - [REDACTED] - 01 02 11 (ses)

  Page 12 of 12


ATTACHMENT II TO APPENDIX 13

FORM OF SPOT SAUDI AGREEMENT

[attached]


DRAFT

 

CRUDE OIL SALES AGREEMENT

This is to confirm the Agreement between us as follows:

 

1. Parties :

 

SELLER    -    SAUDI ARABIAN OIL COMPANY, A COMPANY WITH LIMITED LIABILITY ORGANIZED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE KINGDOM OF SAUDI ARABIA
BUYER    -   

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC, A LIMITED LIABILITY

COMPANY INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

BUYER

ASSIGNEE

   -    STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC., A COMPANY INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

 

2. Term of Agreement:

This Agreement shall be effective as of July 14, 2011 and shall continue in effect until the parties have completed all of their obligations hereunder.

 

3. Grade, Quantity and Quality:

 

  3.1 SELLER shall deliver and sell to BUYER and BUYER shall buy and lift from SELLER, or cause BUYER’s ASSIGNEE to buy and lift from SELLER, on a day from August 15 to August 17, 2011, inclusive (the “Accepted Lifting Date Range”) a total of [REDACTED] barrels of Saudi Arabian crude oil, of which [REDACTED] barrels shall be Arabian [REDACTED] crude oil, and [REDACTED] barrels shall be Arabian [REDACTED] crude oil, minus up to ten percent (10%) at BUYERS’s or SELLER’s option, or plus up to ten percent(10%) if BUYER so requests and SELLER agrees.

 

  3.2

The quality of Arabian [REDACTED] crude oil and Arabian [REDACTED] crude oil delivered hereunder shall be the usual quality of that grade SELLER makes available at SELLER’s Marine Loading Terminal at [REDACTED] (“Loading Port”), at the time the crude oil is delivered. SELLER warrants that it has good and marketable title to the crude oil, free and clear of all charges, liens and encumbrances but THERE ARE NO GUARANTEES OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF MERCHANTABILITY,

 

F.O.B. Crude Sales Agreement (Spot) – PBF Holding

   Page 1 of 8

(20 july 11) (whm)

  


DRAFT

 

  FITNESS OR SUITABILITY OF THE CRUDE OIL, FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION OF THE CRUDE OIL AND ANY SPECIFICATIONS THEREFOR CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT.

 

4. Price:

 

  4.1 The price per barrel of Arabian [REDACTED] crude oil to be sold hereunder shall be the [REDACTED], as calculated in Paragraph 4.3 below, minus a differential of [REDACTED] per barrel.

 

  4.2 The price per barrel of Arabian [REDACTED] crude oil to be sold hereunder shall be the [REDACTED], as calculated in Paragraph 4.3 below, minus a differential of [REDACTED] per barrel.

 

  4.3 The [REDACTED] shall be calculated as the arithmetic average of the [REDACTED] published in the Argus Crude Report for such grade for all the quotation days, inclusive, during the period from the [REDACTED] of the month [REDACTED] to the scheduled month of delivery, through the [REDACTED] of the scheduled month of delivery.

 

  4.4 Should completion of physical loading of the vessel nominated by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE occur before or after the scheduled month of delivery, the price of such cargo, unless mutually agreed otherwise, shall be calculated using the differential that would apply if completion of physical loading of the vessel has occurred in the [REDACTED].

 

5. Payment:

 

  5.1 Payment for this cargo of crude oil sold shall be made in the full amount of SELLER’s invoice without discounts or deductions by BUYER to SELLER via electronic transfer in immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars to SELLER’s account as follows:

JPMorgan Chase, New York [REDACTED]

Under direct [REDACTED] advice to

JPMorgan Chase, London [REDACTED]

For the account of JPMorgan Chase, London [REDACTED]

Account no. [REDACTED] for further credit to

The Saudi Arabian Oil Company (Saudi Aramco)

Account no. [REDACTED]

 

F.O.B. Crude Sales Agreement (Spot) – PBF Holding

   Page 2 of 8

(20 july 11) (whm)

  


DRAFT

 

For the cargo of crude oil delivered under this Agreement, SELLER shall present to the BUYER the SELLER’s invoice and the Bill of Lading, and BUYER’s payment to SELLER shall be made not later than [REDACTED] from and including the Bill of Lading date.

If any payment hereunder falls due on a Saturday, Sunday, or a banking holiday in New York, then payment shall be effected on the next bank business day.

 

  5.2 All invoices for crude oil sold under this Agreement shall be sent to BUYER by telex, facsimile, courier or mail (at SELLER’s discretion) in accordance with the information contained in BUYER’s acceptance telex.

 

  5.3 If it is impossible or impracticable for SELLER to calculate the price for the cargo of crude oil sold hereunder prior to issuance of an invoice for the cargo, SELLER shall send to BUYER a provisional invoice, and BUYER shall pay said invoice in accordance with paragraph 5.1. SELLER’s provisional invoice shall be based upon (i) SELLER’s good faith estimate of the price(s) as provided in Paragraph 4 with reference to the reference crude(s) and differential(s) applicable to the cargo and (ii) SELLER’s best estimate of the quantity of crude oil delivered.

 

  5.4 Any amount not paid by BUYER when due shall bear interest from the date upon which payment was due through the date of payment at a rate equal to one percent (1%) above the one (1) month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) for U.S. Dollar deposits offered by the National Westminster Bank at 11:00 a.m., London time, on the first banking day of the month in which payment was due. Such payments of interest shall be made in the full amount due, free of any withholding tax imposed by any government.

 

  5.5 For the cargo of crude oil to be lifted or received under this agreement, BUYER shall establish and deliver to SELLER at least ten (10) days prior to the Accepted Lifting Date Range, an irrevocable standby Letter of Credit issued or confirmed by a bank acceptable to SELLER in accordance with the attached FORM L (02/18/08). All bank charges incurred in connection with the establishment of letters of credit, including, without limitation, opening, amendment and correspondent charges, confirmation and all related banking fees, commissions or expenses shall be for BUYER’s account. In addition, BUYER shall bear all costs of demurrage or any other fees or charges arising from BUYER’s failure to provide a Letter of Credit or confirmation thereof acceptable to SELLER by the Accepted Lifting Date Range. BUYER’s provision of a Letter of Credit is an express condition precedent to SELLER’s obligation to deliver and sell crude oil under this agreement.

 

F.O.B. Crude Sales Agreement (Spot) – PBF Holding

   Page 3 of 8

(20 july 11) (whm)

  


DRAFT

 

6. Independent Inspection and Measurement

 

  6.1 SELLER shall arrange, at its expense, an independent inspector to verify the quality and quantity of crude oil delivered to BUYER and shall cause said inspector to provide promptly to BUYER a copy (or copies as requested by BUYER) of inspector’s summary report only. Should BUYER require more detailed loading information, BUYER shall have the right to equally share the cost of the inspection with SELLER, and SELLER shall cause said inspector to provide to BUYER a copy of the inspector’s full report and other documentation relating to the inspection.

 

  6.2 The quantity of crude oil shipped and sold hereunder shall be determined using, at SELLER’s option, either custody transfer meter measurements carried out by SELLER, or shore tank measurements gauged by SELLER immediately before and after loading. In determining the net volume of crude oil shipped, adjustment in volume to sixty degrees Fahrenheit, owing to differences in temperature, shall be made in accordance with ASTM IP Petroleum Measurement Table 6, American Edition 1952, prepared jointly by the American Society for Testing Materials and the Institute of Petroleum (or, subject to prior Saudi Arab Government approval, the currently effective tables superseding the same).

 

  6.3 Test of quality, unless otherwise mutually agreed, shall be made according to the latest Standard or Tentative Standard Methods of the American Society for Testing Materials that may be available in official publications of the Society at the time such tests are made (the testing methods being subject to the approval of the Saudi Arab Government).

 

  6.4 SELLER shall, at its own expense, take and retain samples of shipments of crude oil and shall furnish suitable storage accommodations for such samples. Samples shall be kept for a period of not less than ninety (90) days provided that SELLER shall keep samples up to a period of not more than one (1) year if so specifically requested and justified in writing by BUYER in each instance, subject to SELLER’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

  6.5 The determination of quantity and quality, as provided in this Paragraph 6, shall be final and binding on both BUYER and SELLER, and the quantity and quality so determined shall be deemed to be the quantity and quality shipped and sold.

 

F.O.B. Crude Sales Agreement (Spot) – PBF Holding

   Page 4 of 8

(20 july 11) (whm)

  


DRAFT

 

7. Delivery:

 

  7.1 Delivery and lifting shall be free on board (F.O.B.) at the Loading Port in accordance with the Terms and Conditions Governing Deliveries of Bulk Crude Oil by Saudi Aramco as “SELLER” at [REDACTED], dated [REDACTED] as SELLER may amend such Terms and Conditions from time to time.

 

  7.2 In connection with F.O.B. delivery at the Loading Port; BUYER shall have the right to appoint at its expense an independent inspector to witness the quantity and quality measurements of crude oil performed by SELLER in accordance with appropriate measurement standards and procedures in use at the loading terminal.

 

  7.3 Dues and other charges on BUYER’s vessel(s) at the loading port and terminal shall be for BUYER’s account. The amount of any taxes, duties, imposts, fees, charges, and dues of every description imposed or levied by any governmental, local or port authority on the crude oil supplied hereunder, or on any vessel used in its transportation, in respect of any stage after such crude oil passes the tankship’s permanent hose connection at the loading terminal, shall be for BUYER’s account.

 

8. Title and Risk of Loss:

Title to and risk of loss of all crude oil sold hereunder shall pass to BUYER at the point at which the loading terminal’s loading line connects with the vessel’s permanent hose connection,. It is expressly understood that the passage of title and risk of loss as aforesaid is not conditioned upon delivery or receipt of Bills of Lading.

 

9. Destination:

The country of destination of crude oil delivered hereunder shall be the State of Delaware in the United States of America for the Arabian [REDACTED] crude oil and the State of New Jersey in the United States of America for the Arabian [REDACTED] crude oil, subject to the export laws and regulations of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. The final country destination of crude oil delivered hereunder shall be confirmed and attested to by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE to SELLER not later than [REDACTED] days after BUYER’s or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE’s payment for such cargo. The parties hereto contemplate that all crude oil purchased under this

 

F.O.B. Crude Sales Agreement (Spot) – PBF Holding

   Page 5 of 8

(20 july 11) (whm)

  


DRAFT

 

  Agreement shall be processed by BUYER or BUYER’s ASSIGNEE and accordingly, the parties contemplate that neither the BUYER nor BUYER’s ASSIGNEE will resell the crude oil purchased under this Agreement in its original form or blend it with other crude oils for purpose of resale.

 

10. Termination for Cause:

SELLER or BUYER shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the other party in the event of a material breach (including without limitation anticipatory breach) by the other party of any of its terms, but without prejudice to the rights of either party theretofore accrued with respect to this Agreement (including without limitation the right of either party to damages arising from such breach or prior breaches hereof). Material breach by BUYER shall include, without limitation, BUYER’s failure to lift and buy crude oil as required in Paragraph 2 hereof or BUYER’s failure to comply with any of the Payment provisions of Paragraph 5. The delay or failure on the part of either party hereto to insist, in any one instance or more, upon strict performance of any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement, or to exercise any right or privilege herein conferred shall not be construed as a waiver of any such terms, conditions, rights or privileges, but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect. All rights and remedies are cumulative.

 

11. Disputes:

Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach or termination or invalidity thereof, which is not settled by agreement between the parties shall be finally settled in accordance with the Arbitration Regulations and the Rules for Implementation of the Arbitration Regulations for the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, together with any amendments thereto which may be issued from time to time, by three neutral and impartial arbitrators, one to be appointed by each party and the third to be appointed by the two so chosen. The arbitrators shall base their award only upon the evidence presented to them, the terms of this Agreement and the laws of Saudi Arabia. This arbitration provision shall be specifically enforceable by either party under the Regulations, and the arbitrators’ award shall be final and binding on the parties.

 

F.O.B. Crude Sales Agreement (Spot) – PBF Holding

   Page 6 of 8

(20 july 11) (whm)

  


DRAFT

 

12. Other Terms:

 

  12.1 This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the parties to this Agreement; however, neither party may assign or transfer this Agreement, either in whole or in part, without first obtaining the written consent of the other.

 

  12.2 In no event shall either party be liable in connection herewith or with respect to operations related hereto, whether in tort, contract or otherwise, for special, indirect or consequential damages.

 

  12.3 Except as otherwise required to implement this Agreement, BUYER undertakes to treat the contents of this Agreement as strictly confidential, except as may be required by law. For violation of this undertaking by BUYER, SELLER shall have the right to immediately cancel this Agreement, without any liability as a result of such cancellation, upon giving notice to BUYER.

 

  12.4 This Agreement, and any amendments hereto, consisting of this signed document, any attachments hereto and other documents referred to herein, is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and is intended also as a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of their agreement.

 

  12.5 The laws and regulations of the Government of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia shall govern the interpretation and performance of this Agreement and any further Agreements that may result from it.

 

  12.6 Each party shall be relieved from the performance of any obligation, other than the obligation to make payments for amounts due hereunder, during the time and to the extent performance of such obligation is prevented or restricted as a result of force majeure event. The term “force majeure” as used in this Agreement shall mean any act, event, cause or occurrence rendering a party unable to perform its obligations which is not within the reasonable control of such party. BUYER and SELLER specifically agree that SELLER’s inability to perform all, or any part, of this Agreement due to Government action or directive shall constitute a force majeure event; however, the term force majeure shall not apply to those events which merely make it more difficult or costly for BUYER to perform its obligations hereunder. BUYER and SELLER further agree that at the conclusion of any force majeure event, neither BUYER nor SELLER shall have any obligation to each other with respect to any quantities of crude oil not delivered as a consequence of such force majeure event. No condition of force majeure shall operate to extend the term of this Agreement.

 

F.O.B. Crude Sales Agreement (Spot) – PBF Holding

   Page 7 of 8

(20 july 11) (whm)

  


DRAFT

 

  12.7 If at any time SELLER determines that reasonable grounds for insecurity have arisen with respect to BUYER’s performance of any BUYER’s obligations under this Agreement, SELLER may demand adequate assurance of due performance by BUYER, and until SELLER receives such assurance SELLER may suspend its performance of obligations under this Agreement. BUYER’s failure to provide within a reasonable time not exceeding ten (10) days such assurance of due performance as is adequate under the circumstances will constitute a material breach of this Agreement.

 

  12.8 Compliance with ISPS CODE:

 

  (a) SELLER and BUYER shall comply with the International Code for the Security of Ships and Port Facilities and relevant amendments to chapter X1 of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (SOLAS), hereinafter (ISPS Code), in accordance with Form-I of this Agreement, which shall govern the parties rights and obligations with respect to such compliance.

 

  (b) In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and its Form-I (ISPS CODE TERMS AND CONDITIONS), the terms and conditions of Form-I shall prevail.

IN WITNESS of this Agreement, the parties have caused it to be signed on the dates shown below in two (2) copies, each of which shall serve as a duplicate original.

 

For and on behalf of BUYER:    For and on behalf of SELLER:
REPRESENTED BY:    REPRESENTED BY:
By:  

 

   By:  

 

       Mohammad H. Khazindar
Title:  

 

   Title:   Manager, Crude Oil Sales and Marketing Department
Date:  

 

   Date:  

 

 

F.O.B. Crude Sales Agreement (Spot) – PBF Holding

   Page 8 of 8

(20 july 11) (whm)

  


 

: Saudi Arabian Oil Company

: Crude Oil Sales and Marketing Department

:TN-1030, Tower Building

: Dhahran 31311, Saudi Arabia

  

:Te1: (+966-3)874-5322

: Fax: (+966-3) 873-2173

 

LOGO

July 20, 2011

COSMD - 117/2011

Freight Protection for [ REDACTED ]

Dear Mr. XXXXX,

Please be advised that Saudi Aramco will add freight protection to your [REDACTED] lifting of Arabian [REDACTED] and Arabian [REDACTED] grades of crude oil made pursuant to our Spot/Letter Agreement (COSMD-117/2011 dated July 20, 2011) which is destined for your refining facility in the State of Delaware, United States of America, in the case of the Arabian [REDACTED], and your refining facility in the State of New Jersey, United States of America, in the case of the Arabian [REDACTED]. It is expressly understood that Saudi Aramco reserves the right to prospectively revoke this freight protection at any time by giving you written notice of said revocation.

Recognizing that the cost of shipping crude oil from [REDACTED] to the U.S. Gulf is subject to monthly fluctuations, Saudi Aramco freight protection is designed to adjust upward or downward the price of [REDACTED] crude oil for the U.S. Gulf destination.

Saudi Aramco freight protection is calculated as follows:

First, the monthly average cost of shipping crude oil from [REDACTED] to [REDACTED] is assessed by the [REDACTED]. The [REDACTED] assessment is based on the movement of cargoes of one or two grades of non-heat crude oil in [REDACTED]. The [REDACTED] monthly assessment is made in terms of $ per metric ton.

Second, Saudi Aramco adjusts the [REDACTED] monthly assessment from [REDACTED] using a Saudi Aramco monthly calculated percentage factor to reflect the cost of shipping crude oil from [REDACTED]. The percentage factor used reflects the [REDACTED], [REDACTED], or the [REDACTED].


Third, the difference is calculated between the [REDACTED] monthly assessment adjusted by the monthly calculated percentage factor and the Base Freight Rate from [REDACTED] . The Base Freight Rate is $[REDACTED] per metric ton.

Fourth, the calculated difference is converted from $ per metric to $ per barrel using the following densities:

 

     Barrels/Metric Ton  

Arabian [REDACTED]

     [REDACTED

Arabian [REDACTED]

     [REDACTED

As an example, the [REDACTED] monthly assessment for May 2011 was $[REDACTED] per metric ton. The Saudi Aramco calculated monthly percentage factor for May 2011 was [REDACTED]%. The calculated difference with the Base Freight Rate was $[REDACTED] per metric ton. The freight protection for Arab [REDACTED] and Arab [REDACTED] for May 2011 was $[REDACTED] per barrel and $[REDACTED] per barrel respectively.

The freight protection methodology is subject to revision from time to time as deemed necessary and appropriate.

 

Regards,

 

Mohammad H. Khazindar, Manager

Crude Oil Sales & Marketing Department

ASK

 

cc: SPII, New York

Operations Accounting Department

Customer File

Letter Book


SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FOR THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH THE WORD “[REDACTED]”.

APPENDICES

 

APPENDIX 1      FORM OF ESTIMATED PERIOD QUANTITY (EPQ) STATEMENT
APPENDIX 2      INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENTS
APPENDIX 3      PAYMENT DIRECTION AGREEMENT
APPENDIX 4      REFINERY DESCRIPTION
APPENDIX 5      STORAGE FACILITIES USE PROVISIONS
APPENDIX 6      GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF SERVICE
APPENDIX 7      LIST OF MUTUALLY AGREED GRADES
APPENDIX 8      REQUIREMENTS SCHEDULE
APPENDIX 9      GRADE PECKING ORDER
APPENDIX 10      CARGO CONFIRMATION NOTICE
APPENDIX 11      COMMENCEMENT INVENTORY ACQUISITION
APPENDIX 12      TERMINATION OF DELIVERIES NOTICE
APPENDIX 13      SAUDI CONTRACT ARRANGEMENTS
APPENDIX 14      CARGO BANKS AND HEDGE MONTHS SPREADSHEET
APPENDIX 15      CARGO TABLE SPREADSHEET
APPENDIX 16      FORM OF DELAWARE CITY TANK LEASE
APPENDIX 17      FORM OF BUYER’S INVENTORY STATEMENT
APPENDIX 18      FORM OF PETTY CASH SPREADSHEET
APPENDIX 19      REFINERY MARINE TERMS
APPENDIX 20      STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT
APPENDIX 21      HSE AND ETHICS POLICY


APPENDIX 1 – FORM OF ESTIMATED PERIOD QUANTITY (EPQ) STATEMENT

 

LOGO

 

Appendix 1

Page 1


APPENDIX 2 – INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENTS

Set out on Attachment I is that certain Intercreditor Agreement between UBS AG, Stamford Branch, Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc., PBF Holding Company LLC, Delaware City Refining Company LLC and Paulsboro Refining Company LLC.

Set out on Attachment II is that certain Intercreditor Agreement between Valero Refining and Marketing Company, Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc., PBF Holding Company LLC and Paulsboro Refining Company LLC.

 

Appendix 2

Page 1


ATTACHMENT I TO APPENDIX 2

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

Dated as of December     , 2010

by and among

STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC.,

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,

as Revolving Agent,

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,

as Term Loan Agent,

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC,

DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC

and

PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC,

as Borrowers,

and

THE OTHER LOAN PARTIES HERETO

 

Attachment I to Appendix 2

Page 1


This INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT, dated as of December     , 2010 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this “ Agreement ”), by and among STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC. (“ Statoil ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, in its capacity as Revolving Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Revolving Lenders (as defined below) (the “ Revolving Agent ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, in its capacity as Term Loan Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Term Loan Lenders (as defined below) (the “ Term Loan Agent ” and together with the Revolving Agent, the “ Lenders Agents ”), PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC (“ Holdings ”), DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC (“ DCR ”) and PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC (“ PBF ” and together with Holdings and DCR, the “ Borrowers ”), and the other Loan Parties (as defined below) party hereto.

RECITALS:

A. Statoil has entered into that certain oil supply agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, the “ Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement ”), by and among Statoil and Holdings under which Statoil has agreed to supply crude oil and feedstocks to, and provide related services to, Holdings and purchase the crude oil and feedstocks in the tanks at, and on the water for, the Paulsboro Facility.

B. The Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement provides for the filing of UCC financing statements to perfect the ownership and security interest of Statoil with respect to certain Statoil Assets and Collateral.

D. The Borrowers, the other Loan Parties party thereto, the Revolving Agent and the financial institutions from time to time party thereto as lenders (collectively, the “ Revolving Lenders ”) are parties to that certain Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, restated supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, the “ Revolving Credit Agreement ”).

E. To secure the Borrowers’ and the other Loan Parties’ obligations to the Revolving Lenders and the Revolving Agent under the Revolving Credit Agreement and the other Revolving Loan Documents (as hereinafter defined), the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties have granted to the Revolving Agent for the benefit of the Revolving Agent and the Revolving Lenders a Lien on many of the assets of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties.

F. The Borrowers, the other Loan Parties party thereto, the Term Loan Agent and the financial institutions from time to time party thereto as lenders (collectively, the “ Term Loan Lenders ” and together with the Revolving Lenders, the “ Lenders ”) are parties to that certain Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, restated supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, the “ Term Loan Credit Agreement ” and together with the Revolving Credit Agreement, the “ Credit Agreements ”).

 

Attachment I to Appendix 2

Page 2


G. To secure the Borrowers’ and the other Loan Parties’ obligations to the Term Loan Lenders and the Term Loan Agent under the Term Loan Credit Agreement and the other Term Loan Documents (as hereinafter defined), the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties have granted to the Term Loan Agent for the benefit of the Term Loan Agent and the Term Loan Lenders a Lien on many of the assets of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties.

H. The parties hereto wish to set forth certain agreements with respect to the Statoil Assets and Collateral (as hereinafter defined) and with respect to the Lenders Collateral (as hereinafter defined).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, it is hereby agreed as follows:

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS.

1.1 Certain Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

Affiliate ” means, when used with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified; provided , that with respect to Statoil, “Affiliates” shall mean only those Affiliates that have current or future rights under the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement or any related agreement, instrument or document.

Certain Hydrocarbon Assets ” means crude oil, feedstock, indigenous feedstock and other hydrocarbon inventory of the same type sold to the Loan Parties by Statoil and/or its Affiliates and all proceeds of such crude oil, feedstock, indigenous feedstock or other hydrocarbon inventory of the same type (it being understood and agreed that immediately upon any payment in cash to the Loan Parties in respect of such crude oil, feedstock, indigenous feedstock or other hydrocarbon inventory of the same type, such proceeds shall cease to be “Certain Hydrocarbon Assets”). For the avoidance of doubt, Certain Hydrocarbon Assets shall not include Intermediate Products.

Certain MSCG Receivables ” means accounts originated by the sale of Refined Products sold by the Loan Parties to MSCG and/or its Affiliates under the Paulsboro Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreement (it being understood and agreed that upon collection of such accounts by virtue of payment in cash in respect thereof to any Loan Party, the proceeds of such accounts will cease to be “Certain MSCG Receivables”).

Claims ” means the Revolving Lenders Claims, the Term Loan Lenders Claims or the Statoil Claims, as applicable.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

 

Attachment I to Appendix 2

Page 3


Disposition ” means, with respect to any assets of any Borrower or any other Loan Party, any liquidation of such Borrower or such other Loan Party or its assets, the establishment of any receivership for such Borrower or such other Loan Party or its assets, a bankruptcy proceeding of such Borrower or such other Loan Party (either voluntary or involuntary), the payment of any insurance, condemnation, confiscation, seizure or other claim upon the condemnation, confiscation, seizure, loss or destruction thereof, or damage to, or any other sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition of such assets.

Enforcement ” means collectively or individually, for: (a) Statoil or any of its Affiliates during the continuance of a Statoil Event of Default (i) to demand payment in full of or accelerate any of the obligations, including, without limitation, any payment obligations, of any Borrower or any other Loan Party to Statoil or (ii) to commence the judicial or nonjudicial enforcement of any right or remedy or to commence any action to enforce any provision under the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement; (b) any of the Revolving Agent or the Revolving Lenders during the continuance of a Revolving Lenders Event of Default (i) to demand payment in full of or accelerate the indebtedness of any Borrower or any other Revolving Loan Party to the Revolving Lenders and Revolving Agent or (ii) to commence the judicial or nonjudicial enforcement of any of the default rights and remedies under any of the Revolving Loan Documents; and (c) any of the Term Loan Agent or the Term Loan Lenders during the continuance of a Term Loan Event of Default (i) to demand payment in full of or accelerate the indebtedness of any Borrower or any other Term Loan Party to the Term Loan Lenders and Term Loan Agent or (ii) to commence the judicial or nonjudicial enforcement of any of the default rights and remedies under any of the Term Loan Documents.

Enforcement Notice ” means a written notice delivered in accordance with Section 2.5 which notice shall: (i) if delivered by Statoil, state that a Statoil Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and that Statoil intends to commence an Enforcement, specify the nature of the Statoil Event of Default that caused Statoil to intend to take such action, and state that an Enforcement Period has commenced; (ii) if delivered by the Revolving Agent, state that a Revolving Lenders Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and that the payment in full of the Revolving Lenders Claims has been demanded or the indebtedness of any Borrower or any other Revolving Loan Party to the Revolving Lenders has been accelerated, specify the nature of the Revolving Lenders Event of Default that caused such demand and acceleration, and state that an Enforcement Period has commenced; (iii) if delivered by the Term Loan Agent, state that a Term Loan Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and that the payment in full of the Term Loan Lenders Claims has been demanded or the indebtedness of any Borrower or any other Term Loan Party to the Term Loan Lenders has been accelerated, specify the nature of the Term Loan Event of Default that caused such demand and acceleration, and state that an Enforcement Period has commenced.

Enforcement Period ” means the period of time following the receipt by both Lenders Agents, on the one hand, or Statoil, on the other hand, of an Enforcement Notice delivered by the other until the earliest of the following: (1) the Statoil Claims have been

 

Attachment I to Appendix 2

Page 4


satisfied in full, Statoil has no further obligations under the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement and the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement has been terminated (other than, in each case, for any Unasserted Contingent Obligation); (2) the Lenders Claims have been satisfied in full, the Lenders have no further obligations under the Credit Agreements and the other Loan Documents and the Credit Agreements and the other Loan Documents have been terminated (other than, in each case, for any Unasserted Contingent Obligation); and (3) all of the parties hereto agree in writing to terminate the Enforcement Period.

Intermediate Products ” shall mean hydrocarbons intermediate products and blendstocks. For the avoidance of doubt, Intermediate Products shall not include Certain Hydrocarbon Assets or Refined Products.

Lenders ” mean the Revolving Lenders and the Term Loan Lenders.

Lenders Claims ” means the Revolving Lenders Claims and the Term Loan Lenders Claims.

Lenders Collateral ” means the Revolving Lenders Collateral and the Term Loan Lenders Collateral. In no event shall the “Lenders Collateral” include any of the Statoil Assets and Collateral.

Lenders Interests ” means the Revolving Lenders Interests and the Term Loan Lenders Interests.

Lien ” means, with respect to any property, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, encumbrance, claim, charge, assignment, hypothecation, ownership right or interest, security interest or encumbrance of any kind or any arrangement to provide priority or preference or any filing of any financing statement under the UCC or any other similar notice of lien under any similar notice or recording statute of any governmental authority, including any easement, right-of-way or other encumbrance on title to real property, in each of the foregoing cases whether voluntary or imposed by law, and any agreement to give any of the foregoing; (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such property; and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

Loan Documents ” means the Revolving Loan Documents and the Term Loan Documents.

“Loan Parties” means the Revolving Loan Parties and the Term Loan Parties.

“MSCG” means Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc., and its successors and assigns (including any changed counterparty).

Paulsboro Facility ” means Paulsboro’s petroleum refinery, terminalling facility and all related assets and properties located in Paulsboro, New Jersey.

 

Attachment I to Appendix 2

Page 5


“Paulsboro Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreement” means that certain Products Off-Take Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2010, between MSCG and Holdings (with Holdings assigning its rights and obligations immediately to Paulsboro upon the Closing of the Acquisition), as such agreement may be replaced, superseded, amended (including as to changes of counterparty), modified or supplemented from time to time.

Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Recitals to this Agreement.

Person ” means any individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity.

Proceeds ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the UCC.

Refined Products ” means finished gasoline, heating oil, lube oil, specialty grades, slurry, diesel fuel, and jet fuel for onward sale to MSCG pursuant to the Paulsboro Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Agreement, the term “Refined Products” excludes intermediate products, components of gasoline, heating oil, lube oil, diesel fuel or jet fuel and all other products other than those specifically listed above in this definition.

Revolver-Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement ” means that certain Revolver-Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Term Loan Agent and the Revolving Agent.

Revolving Lenders ” shall mean the Lenders from time to time party to the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Revolving Agent and each other Secured Party (as defined in the Revolving Security Agreement).

Revolving Lenders Claims ” means all of the indebtedness, obligations and other liabilities of the Borrowers and the other Revolving Loan Parties now or hereafter arising under, or in connection with, the Revolving Credit Agreement and the other Revolving Loan Documents, including, but not limited to, all sums now or hereafter loaned or advanced to or for the benefit of any Borrower or any other Revolving Loan Party, all reimbursement obligations of any Borrower or any other Revolving Loan Party with respect to letters of credit and guarantees issued thereunder for its account, all guarantee obligations of the Revolving Loan Parties, any interest thereon (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the commencement of a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding relating to any of the Revolving Loan Parties, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim in any such proceeding), any obligations under any hedging agreement and/or treasury services agreement with any counterparty that is a secured party pursuant to any Revolving Loan Documents, any reimbursement obligations, fees or expenses due thereunder, and any costs of collection or enforcement, and, in all events, shall include any and all “Secured Obligations” (as such term is defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement).

 

Attachment I to Appendix 2

Page 6


Revolving Lenders Collateral ” means all property and interests in property, now owned or hereafter acquired or created, of any Borrower or any other Revolving Loan Party in or upon which a Revolving Lenders Interest is granted or purported to be granted by such Borrower or such other Revolving Loan Party to the Revolving Lenders or the Revolving Agent under any of the Revolving Loan Documents and all Proceeds thereof, in each case, other than property and assets comprising the Statoil Assets and Collateral; provided , however , that, upon the payment of cash or cash equivalents to any account owned by Statoil of any amounts in respect of any property or interests in property, now owned or hereafter acquired or created, of any Borrower or any other Revolving Loan Party in or upon which a Revolving Lenders Interest is granted or purported to be granted by such Borrower or such other Revolving Loan Party to the Revolving Lenders or the Revolving Agent under any of the Revolving Loan Documents and all Proceeds thereof, in each case, other than property and assets comprising the Statoil Assets and Collateral, then such cash and/or cash equivalents shall cease to be “Revolving Lenders Collateral”.

Revolving Lenders Event of Default ” means an “Event of Default” as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement.

Revolving Lenders Interest ” means, with respect to any property or interest in property, now owned or hereafter acquired or created, of any Borrower or any of the other Revolving Loan Parties, any Lien (regardless of the priority thereof) of the Revolving Agent or the Revolving Lenders on such property or interest in property, provided, that, the parties agree that the Revolving Lenders Interest shall not cover or encumber in any way the Statoil Assets and Collateral.

Revolving Loan Documents ” means “Loan Documents” as such term is defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement.

“Revolving Loan Party” means “Loan Party” as such term is defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement.

Statoil Assets and Collateral ” means: (i) Certain Hydrocarbon Assets; (ii) Certain MSCG Receivables; (iii) oil and feedstock to be sold to the Borrowers or the other Loan Parties by Statoil prior to the time at which title thereto passes from Statoil to such Borrowers or other Loan Parties by passing through the outlet flange of the storage tanks and entering the Paulsboro Facility, and all payments under insurance, indemnity, warranty, or guaranty of, or for any of, the foregoing; (iv) contract rights in respect of the refined products sale contracts with MSCG solely to the extent related to the Certain MSCG Receivables; (v) oil and feedstock stored in the tanks located at the Paulsboro Facility which is owned by Statoil or has been sold by Statoil to a Borrower or any other Loan Party and any other oil and feedstock located at tanks that are used in connection with the operation of the Paulsboro Facility; and (vi) Proceeds with respect to any of the foregoing; provided , however , that, upon the payment of cash or cash equivalents to any Borrower or any other Loan Party of any amounts in respect of any items set forth in clauses (i)  through (vi)  inclusive of this definition, such cash and/or cash equivalents proceeds shall cease to be “Statoil Assets and Collateral”. For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provisions of this Agreement, the Revolving Loan

 

Attachment I to Appendix 2

Page 7


Documents, the Term Loan Documents and/or the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement, and without limiting the generality or scope of the definitions of “Revolving Lenders Collateral” or “Term Lenders Collateral”, Statoil Assets and Collateral shall not include (a) propane, refinery grade propylene, normal butane, asphalt, decant oil, petcoke, sulfur, extracts or other finished goods inventory of the Paulsboro Facility (that are not Refined Products), (b) any accounts receivable arising from the sale of any of the inventory or other property described in the preceding clause (a)  or (c) any Proceeds of any such inventory, accounts receivable or other property described in the preceding clauses (a)  or (b) .

Statoil Claims ” means all amounts, obligations and other liabilities of any Borrower or any other Loan Party to Statoil now or hereafter arising under, or in connection with, the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement including time value of money and any interest thereon (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the commencement of a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding relating to any of the Borrowers or Loan Parties, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim in any such proceeding), any reimbursement obligations, fees or expenses due thereunder, and any costs of collection or enforcement in each case as provided for under the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement or applicable law.

Statoil Event of Default ” means the occurrence of any event (including, without limitation, any default) or the breach of any provision under the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement which would enable Statoil to exercise any right or remedy, demand any payment, declare any breach or take any other action in respect of the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement.

Statoil Interest ” means, with respect to any Statoil Assets and Collateral now owned or hereafter acquired or created of the Borrowers or the other Loan Parties or Statoil or its Affiliates, any security interest of Statoil or any of its Affiliates in, or any Lien or ownership right or interest of Statoil or any of its Affiliates on, such Statoil Assets and Collateral.

Term Loan Lenders ” shall mean the Lenders from time to time party to the Term Loan Credit Agreement, the Term Loan Agent and each other Secured Party (as defined in the Term Loan Security Agreement).

Term Loan Lenders Claims ” means all of the indebtedness, obligations and other liabilities of the Borrowers and the other Term Loan Parties now or hereafter arising under, or in connection with, the Term Loan Credit Agreements and the other Term Loan Documents, including, but not limited to, all sums now or hereafter loaned or advanced to or for the benefit of any Borrower or any other Term Loan Party, all reimbursement obligations of any Borrower or any other Term Loan Party with respect to letters of credit and guarantees issued thereunder for its account, all guarantee obligations of the Term Loan Parties, any interest thereon (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the commencement of a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding relating to any of the Term Loan Parties, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim in any such proceeding), any obligation under any hedging agreement and/or treasury services agreement with any counterparty that is a secured party pursuant to any Term Loan Documents, any reimbursement obligations, fees or expenses due thereunder, and any costs of collection or enforcement, and, in all events, shall include any and all “Secured Obligations” (as such term is defined in the Term Loan Credit Agreement).

 

Attachment I to Appendix 2

Page 8


Term Loan Lenders Collateral ” means all property and interests in property, now owned or hereafter acquired or created, of any Borrower or any other Term Loan Party in or upon which a Term Loan Lenders Interest is granted or purported to be granted by such Borrower or such other Term Loan Party to the Term Loan Lenders or the Term Loan Agent under any of the Term Loan Documents and all Proceeds thereof, other than property and assets comprising the Statoil Assets and Collateral; provided , however , that, upon the payment of cash or cash equivalents to any account owned by Statoil of any amounts in respect of any property or interests in property, now owned or hereafter acquired or created, of any Borrower or any other Term Loan Party in or upon which a Term Loan Lenders Interest is granted or purported to be granted by such Borrower or such other Term Loan Party to the Term Loan Lenders or the Term Loan Agent under any of the Term Loan Documents and all Proceeds thereof, in each case, other than property and assets comprising the Statoil Assets and Collateral, then such cash and/or cash equivalents shall cease to be “Term Lenders Collateral”.

Term Loan Lenders Event of Default ” means an “Event of Default” as defined in the Term Loan Credit Agreement.

Term Loan Lenders Interest ” means, with respect to any property or interest in property, now owned or hereafter acquired or created, of any Borrower or any of the other Term Loan Parties, any Lien (regardless of the priority thereof) of the Term Loan Agent or the Term Loan Lenders on such property or interests in property, provided, that, the parties agree that the Term Loan Lenders Interest shall not cover or encumber in any way the Statoil Assets and Collateral.

Term Loan Documents ” means “Loan Documents” as such term is defined in the Term Loan Credit Agreement.

“Term Loan Party” means “Loan Party” as such term is defined in the Term Loan Credit Agreement.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

“Unasserted Contingent Obligations” means taxes, costs, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other claims liabilities in respect of which no written assertion of liability or no claim or demand for payment has been made at such time.

1.2 References to Terms Defined in the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement and the Loan Documents . Whenever in Section 1.1 a term is defined by reference to the meaning ascribed to such term in the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement or in any of the Loan Documents, then, unless otherwise specified herein, such term shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement or Loan Documents.

 

Attachment I to Appendix 2

Page 9


ARTICLE 2. INTERCREDITOR PROVISIONS.

2.1 Agreements with Respect to Statoil Assets and Collateral . Notwithstanding any provision of the UCC, any applicable law, equitable principle or decision or any of the Loan Documents or the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement, each of the Revolving Agent (for itself and on behalf of each of the Revolving Lenders) and the Term Loan Agent (for itself and on behalf of each of the Term Loan Lenders) hereby agrees that, unless and until the Statoil Claims have been paid and satisfied in full in cash and the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement has terminated (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations), neither of the Lenders Agents nor any of the Lenders shall have any Lenders Interest in any of the Statoil Assets and Collateral. In addition, each of the Revolving Agent (for itself and on behalf of each of the Revolving Lenders) and the Term Loan Agent (for itself and on behalf of each of the Term Loan Lenders) hereby agrees that, unless and until the Statoil Claims have been paid and satisfied in full in cash and the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement has terminated (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations), Statoil may receive direct payments from MSCG or its successors or assigns in respect of Certain MSCG Receivables.

2.2 Agreements with Respect to Lenders Collateral . Notwithstanding any provision of the UCC, any applicable law, equitable principle or decision or any of the Loan Documents or the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement, Statoil (for itself and on behalf of its Affiliates) hereby agrees that, unless and until the Lenders Claims have been paid and satisfied in full in cash and the Credit Agreements and the other Loan Documents have terminated (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations), neither Statoil nor any of its Affiliates shall have any Statoil Interest in any of the Lenders Collateral.

2.3 Respective Interests in Statoil Assets and Collateral and Lenders Collateral .

(a) Statoil agrees that: (i) it does not have and shall not have any Statoil Interest in any of the Lenders Collateral; and (ii) it shall not request or accept, directly or indirectly (by assignment or otherwise) from any Borrower or any other Loan Party any collateral or other security for payment of any Statoil Claims (other than the Statoil Assets and Collateral) and hereby releases any Statoil Interest in any such collateral or other security except that Statoil may accept the issuance of a letter of credit by a Loan Party in favor of Statoil pursuant to the Paulsboro Statoil Oil Supply Agreement.

(b) The Revolving Agent (for itself and on behalf of each Revolving Lender) agrees that neither the Revolving Agent nor the Revolving Lenders have, nor shall they have, any Revolving Lenders Interest in the Statoil Assets and Collateral.

(c) The Term Loan Agent (for itself and on behalf of each Term Loan Lender) agrees that neither the Term Loan Agent nor the Term Loan Lenders have, nor shall they have, any Term Loan Lenders Interest in the Statoil Assets and Collateral.

 

Attachment I to Appendix 2

Page 10


2.4 Certain Turnover Provisions .

(a) In the event that Statoil or any of its Affiliates now has or hereafter obtains possession of any Lenders Collateral, Statoil or such Affiliate thereof, as the case may be, shall immediately deliver to the Revolving Agent (or as the Revolving Agent may reasonably direct) such Lenders Collateral in whatever form possessed by Statoil or such Affiliate thereof (and until delivered to the Revolving Agent such Lenders Collateral shall be held in trust for the Lenders Agents). Any assets received by the Revolving Agent under this Section 2.4(a) shall be received by the Revolving Agent subject to the terms of the Revolver-Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement.

(b) In the event that either Lenders Agent or any Lenders now or hereafter obtains possession of any Statoil Assets and Collateral, such Person shall immediately deliver to Statoil (or as Statoil may reasonably direct) such Statoil Assets and Collateral in whatever form possessed by such Lenders Agent (and until delivered to Statoil such Statoil Assets and Collateral shall be held in trust for Statoil).

2.5 Enforcement Actions . Each of the Revolving Agent, Term Loan Agent and Statoil agrees to use reasonable efforts to give an Enforcement Notice to the others prior to or concurrently with commencement of Enforcement (but failure to do so shall not prevent such Person from commencing Enforcement or affect its rights hereunder nor create any cause of action or liability against such Person). Subject to the foregoing, each of the parties hereto agrees that during an Enforcement Period:

(a) Statoil may at its option and without the prior consent of the other parties hereto, take any action to (i) liquidate the Statoil Assets and Collateral or to foreclose or realize upon or enforce any of its rights with respect to the Statoil Assets and Collateral or (ii) take any other action of Enforcement.

(b) The Revolving Agent or the Revolving Lenders may, at their option and without the prior consent of the other parties hereto, take any action to accelerate payment of the Revolving Lenders Claims, foreclose or realize upon or enforce any of their rights with respect to the Revolving Lenders Collateral, or take any other actions as they deem appropriate in respect of the Revolving Lenders Collateral or the Revolving Lenders Claims.

(c) The Term Loan Agent or the Term Loan Lenders may, at their option and without the prior consent of the other parties hereto, take any action to accelerate payment of the Term Loan Lenders Claims, foreclose or realize upon or enforce any of their rights with respect to the Term Loan Lenders Collateral, or take any other actions as they deem appropriate in respect of the Term Loan Lenders Collateral or the Term Loan Lenders Claims.

2.6 Agency for Perfection . Statoil and the Lenders Agents hereby severally appoint each other as agent for purposes of perfecting by possession their respective ownership interests and Liens on the Lenders Collateral and the Statoil Assets and Collateral described hereunder. In the event that Statoil obtains possession of any of the Lenders Collateral, Statoil shall promptly notify the Lenders Agents of such fact, shall hold such Lenders Collateral in trust

 

Attachment I to Appendix 2

Page 11


and shall promptly deliver Lenders Collateral to the Revolver Agent. Any Lenders Collateral delivered to the Revolving Agent under the provisions of this Section 2.6 shall be delivered to the Revolving Agent subject to the terms and provisions of the Revolver-Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement. In the event that any Lenders Agent obtains possession of any of the Statoil Assets and Collateral, such Lenders Agent shall promptly notify Statoil of such fact, shall hold such Statoil Assets and Collateral in trust and shall deliver such Statoil Assets and Collateral to Statoil.

2.7 UCC Notices . In the event that any party hereto shall be required by the UCC or any other applicable law to give notice to the other of an intended Disposition of Statoil Assets and Collateral or Lenders Collateral, respectively, such notice shall be given in accordance with Section 3.1 hereof and ten (10) days’ notice shall be deemed to be commercially reasonable.

2.8 Independent Credit Investigations . Neither Statoil, the Revolving Agent, the Revolving Lenders, the Term Loan Agent nor the Term Loan Lenders nor any of their respective directors, officers, agents or employees shall be responsible to the other or to any other person, firm, corporation or entity for the solvency, financial condition or ability of any Borrower or any other Loan Party to repay or otherwise honor the Statoil Claims, the Revolving Lenders Claims or the Term Loan Lenders Claims, or for the worth of the Statoil Assets and Collateral, the Revolving Lenders Collateral or the Term Loan Lenders Collateral, or for statements of any Borrower or any other Loan Party, oral or written, or for the validity, sufficiency, existence or enforceability of the Statoil Claims, the Revolving Lenders Claims, the Term Loan Lenders Claims, the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement, the Revolving Credit Agreement, the other Revolving Loan Documents, the Term Loan Credit Agreement, the other Term Loan Loan Documents, Statoil’s interest in the Statoil Assets and Collateral, the Revolving Agent’s and Revolving Lenders’ interest in the Revolving Lenders Collateral or the Term Loan Agent’s or Term Loan Lenders’ interest in the Term Loan Lenders Collateral. The Revolving Lenders, the Revolving Agent, the Term Loan Lenders, the Term Loan Agent and Statoil have entered into their respective agreements with the Borrowers and the other applicable Loan Parties based upon their own independent investigations. None of the Revolving Lenders, the Revolving Agent, the Term Loan Lenders, the Term Loan Agent or Statoil makes any warranty or representation to any other party hereto nor does it rely upon any representation of any other party hereto with respect to matters identified or referred to in this Section 2.8 .

2.9 Turnover of Identifiable Cash Proceeds . (a) In the event, and only in the event, that Revolving Lenders Collateral or Term Loan Lenders Collateral shall contain identifiable cash proceeds of Statoil Assets and Collateral, the provisions of this Section 2.9(a) shall apply. Revolving Agent agrees that if Statoil demonstrates to Revolving Agent that identifiable cash proceeds of Statoil Assets and Collateral have become part of the Revolving Lenders Collateral, and such demonstration is made to Revolving Agent within five Business Days of such identifiable cash proceeds of Statoil Assets and Collateral becoming part of the Revolving Lenders Collateral, then in such instance, and solely in such instance, Revolving Agent shall promptly turn over such identifiable cash proceeds to Statoil. Term Loan Agent agrees that if Statoil demonstrates to Term Loan Agent that identifiable cash proceeds of Statoil Assets and Collateral have become part of the Term Loan Lenders Collateral, and such

 

Attachment I to Appendix 2

Page 12


demonstration is made to Term Loan Agent within five Business Days of such identifiable cash proceeds of Statoil Assets and Collateral becoming part of the Term Loan Lenders Collateral, then in such instance, and solely in such instance, Term Loan Agent shall promptly turn over such identifiable cash proceeds to Statoil. (b) In the event, and only in the event, that Statoil Assets and Collateral shall contain identifiable cash proceeds of Revolving Lenders Collateral, the provisions of this Section 2.9(b) shall apply. Statoil agrees that if Revolving Agent demonstrates to Statoil that identifiable cash proceeds of Revolving Lenders Collateral have become part of the Statoil Assets and Collateral, and such demonstration is made to Statoil within five Business Days of such identifiable cash proceeds of Revolving Lenders Collateral becoming part of the Statoil Assets and Collateral, then in such instance, and solely in such instance, Statoil shall promptly turn over such identifiable cash proceeds to Revolving Agent. (c) In the event, and only in the event, that Statoil Assets and Collateral shall contain identifiable cash proceeds of Term Loan Lenders Collateral, the provisions of this Section 2.9(c) shall apply. Statoil agrees that if Term Loan Agent demonstrates to Statoil that identifiable cash proceeds of Term Loan Lenders Collateral have become part of the Statoil Assets and Collateral, and such demonstration is made to Statoil within five Business Days of such identifiable cash proceeds of Term Loan Lenders Collateral becoming part of the Statoil Assets and Collateral, then in such instance, and solely in such instance, Statoil shall promptly turn over such identifiable cash proceeds to Term Loan Agent.

2.10 Amendments to Loan Documents, the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement or to this Agreement . (i) The Revolving Agent agrees to use reasonable efforts to give, concurrently with the execution and delivery of any written amendment, waiver or other modification to the Revolving Loan Documents with respect to the Revolving Lenders Collateral, prompt notice to Statoil of the same. (ii) The Term Loan Agent agrees to use reasonable efforts to give, concurrently with the execution and delivery of any written amendment, waiver or other modification to the Term Loan Documents with respect to the Term Loan Lenders Collateral, prompt notice to Statoil of the same. (iii) Statoil agrees to use reasonable efforts to give, concurrently with the execution and delivery of any written amendment, waiver or other modification to any Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement with respect to the Statoil Assets and Collateral, prompt notice to each Lenders Agent of the same; provided , however , that in the case of each of the preceding clauses (i) , (ii)  and (iii) , the failure to give notice shall not create a cause of action against any party failing to give such notice or create any claim or right on behalf of any third party or affect any such amendment or modification. Each party hereto shall, upon reasonable request of any other party hereto, provide copies of all such modifications or amendments and copies of all other agreements, instruments, filings or documentation relevant to the Statoil Assets and Collateral or the Lenders Collateral. All modifications or amendments of this Agreement must be in writing and duly executed by an authorized officer of each party hereto to be binding and enforceable.

2.11 Marshalling of Assets . Nothing in this Agreement will be deemed to require either Statoil or any Lenders Agent to marshal the applicable Lenders Collateral (or any other collateral) or the Statoil Assets and Collateral, as applicable, upon the enforcement of a Lenders Agent’s or Statoil’s remedies under the applicable Loan Documents or the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement, as the case may be.

 

Attachment I to Appendix 2

Page 13


2.12 Reliance on Power and Authority to Act .

(a) Statoil shall be entitled to rely on the power and authority of the Revolving Agent to act on behalf of all of the Revolving Lenders to the extent the provisions hereof have the Revolving Agent so act.

(b) Statoil shall be entitled to rely on the power and authority of the Term Loan Agent to act on behalf of all of the Term Loan Lenders to the extent the provisions hereof have the Term Loan Agent so act.

(c) Each of the Lenders Agents and each Lender shall be entitled to rely on the power and authority of Statoil to act on behalf of itself and its Affiliates to the extent the provisions hereof have Statoil so act.

2.13 Effect Upon Loan Documents and Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement . By executing this Agreement, the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties agree to be bound by the provisions hereof as they relate to the relative rights of the Lenders and the Lenders Agents, on the one hand, and Statoil, on the other hand, with respect to the property of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties. Each Borrower and each other Loan Party acknowledges that the provisions of this Agreement shall not give it any substantive rights as against the Lenders Agents or the Lenders and that nothing in this Agreement shall (except as expressly provided herein) amend, modify, change or supersede the terms of the Loan Documents as between the Borrowers, the other Loan Parties, the Lenders Agents and the Lenders. Each Borrower and each other Loan Party acknowledges that the provisions of this Agreement shall not give it any substantive rights as against Statoil and that nothing in this Agreement shall (except as expressly provided herein) amend, modify, change or supersede the terms of the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement as among Statoil and the applicable Loan Parties. Each of Statoil, the Revolving Agent (for itself and on behalf of each Revolving Lender) and the Term Loan Agent (for itself and on behalf of each Term Loan Lender) agrees, that, as among themselves, to the extent the terms and provisions of the other Loan Documents or the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement are inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall control.

2.14 Nature of the Lenders Claims and Modification of Loan Documents; Nature of Statoil Claims . (a) Statoil acknowledges that the Revolving Lenders Claims and other obligations and liabilities owing under the Revolving Loan Documents are revolving in nature and that the amount of any such revolving indebtedness which may be outstanding at any time or from time to time may be increased or reduced and subsequently reborrowed. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Credit Agreements and the other Loan Documents may be modified, extended or amended from time to time, and the amount thereof may be increased or reduced, all without notice to or consent by Statoil and without affecting the provisions of this Agreement. Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, Statoil hereby agrees that the maximum amount of the Lenders Claims and other obligations and liabilities owing under the Loan Documents may be increased at any time and from time to time to any amount.

 

Attachment I to Appendix 2

Page 14


(b) The terms of the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement and the amounts and obligations owing thereunder may be modified, extended or amended from time to time, all without notice to or consent by the Lenders Agents and without affecting the provisions of this Agreement.

2.15 Revolver-Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement . For the avoidance of doubt, each party hereto (i) acknowledges the existence of the Revolver-Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement and (ii) agrees that the Revolver-Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control all matters with respect to the Lenders Collateral as between the Revolving Agent and Revolving Lenders, on the one hand, and the Term Loan Agent and Term Loan Lenders, on the other hand. In addition, the parties hereto agree that, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the terms or provisions of the Revolver-Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement with respect to the Lenders Collateral, the Revolver-Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control solely as between the Revolving Agent and the Revolving Lenders, on the one hand, and the Term Loan Agent and the Term Loan Lenders, on the other hand. All parties hereto agree that the Revolver-Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement is not binding in any way upon Statoil or its Affiliates.

2.16 Further Assurances . Each of the parties agrees to take such actions as may be reasonably requested by any other party, whether before, during or after an Enforcement Period, in order to effect the rules of distribution and allocation set forth above in this Article 2 and to otherwise effectuate the agreements made in this Article 2, including, to the extent that such party has the ability to do so, allowing removal of and access to their respective assets and collateral.

ARTICLE 3. MISCELLANEOUS

3.1 Notices . All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall, unless otherwise stated herein, be in writing (including communication by facsimile copy) and mailed, telexed, transmitted or delivered, as to each party hereto, at its address set forth under its name on Annex A hereto or at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices and communications shall be effective upon receipt, or, in the case of notice by mail, five (5) days after being deposited in the mails, postage prepaid, or in the case of notice by facsimile copy, when verbal confirmation of receipt is obtained, in each case addressed as aforesaid.

3.2 Agreement Absolute . Statoil shall be deemed to have entered into and continued with the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement in express reliance upon this Agreement, the Revolving Lenders and the Revolving Agent shall be deemed to have entered into and continued with the Revolving Credit Agreement and the other Revolving Loan Documents in express reliance upon this Agreement, and the Term Loan Lenders and the Term Loan Agent shall be deemed to have entered into and continued with the Term Loan Credit Agreement and the other Term Loan Documents in express reliance upon this Agreement. This Agreement may not be amended or otherwise modified, unless such amendment or other modification is agreed to in writing by all of the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be applicable both before and

 

Attachment I to Appendix 2

Page 15


after the filing of any petition by or against any Borrower or any other Loan Party under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and all references herein to the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties shall be deemed to apply to a debtor-in-possession for such party and all allocations of payments between the Lenders, on the one hand, and Statoil, on the other hand, shall, subject to any court order to the contrary, continue to be made after the filing of such petition on the same basis that the payments were to be applied prior to the date of the petition.

3.3 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. The successors and assigns of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties shall include a debtor-in-possession or trustee of or for such party. The successors and assigns of the Revolving Lenders, the Revolving Agent, the Term Loan Lenders, the Term Loan Agent and Statoil, as the case may be, shall include any successors and assigns appointed under the terms of the Revolving Loan Documents, the Term Loan Documents or the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement, as applicable. Any such successor or assign shall be subject in all respect to this Agreement.

3.4 Beneficiaries . The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be for the sole benefit of the parties hereto, the Lenders, the Affiliates of Statoil, and their respective successors and assigns, and no other Person shall have any right, benefit or priority by reason of this Agreement.

3.5 GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK COUNTY, CITY OF NEW YORK, NEW YORK SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

3.6 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO.

 

Attachment I to Appendix 2

Page 16


3.7 Section Titles . The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are and shall be without substantive meaning or content of any kind whatsoever and are not a part of the agreement between the parties hereto.

3.8 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or thereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

3.9 Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page by telecopy machine shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed, original signature page.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

Attachment I to Appendix 2

Page 17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Attachment I to Appendix 2

Page 18


 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
  as Revolving Agent
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Attachment I to Appendix 2

Page 19


 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
  as Term Loan Agent
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Attachment I to Appendix 2

Page 20


 

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC,
as a Borrower
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC,

as a Borrower

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC,

as a Borrower

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Attachment I to Appendix 2

Page 21


 

PBF POWER MARKETING, LLC,
as a Loan Party
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

DELAWARE PIPELINE COMPANY LLC,

as a Loan Party

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

PBF INVESTMENTS LLC,

as a Loan Party

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

PAULSBORO NATURAL GAS PIPELINE COMPANY LLC,

as a Loan Party

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Attachment I to Appendix 2

Page 22


Annex A

to

Intercreditor Agreement

Notice Addresses

 

Entity

  

Notice Address

Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc.   

Statoil Marketing and Trading (US) Inc.

1055 Washington Blvd. – 7 th Floor

Stamford, CT 06901

Attention: General Counsel

Fax Number: (203) 978-6952

Telephone Number: (203) 978-6900

UBS AG, Stamford Branch,

as Revolving Agent

  

UBS AG, Stamford Branch

677 Washington Boulevard

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

Attention: Mary E. Evans

Telecopy: (203) 719 – 3029

UBS AG, Stamford Branch,

as Term Loan Agent

  

UBS AG, Stamford Branch

677 Washington Boulevard

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

Attention: Mary E. Evans

Telecopy: (203) 719 – 3029

PBF Holding Company LLC,

Delaware City Refining Company LLC and

Paulsboro Refining Company LLC,

as Borrowers

  

PBF Holding Company LLC

One Sound Shore Drive, Suite 303

Greenwich, Connecticut 06830

Attention: Jeffrey Dill

Telecopy: 973-455-7562

PBF Power Marketing, LLC,

Delaware Pipeline Company LLC,

PBF Investments LLC and

Paulsboro Natural Gas Pipeline Company LLC,

as Loan Parties

  

PBF Holding Company LLC

One Sound Shore Drive, Suite 303

Greenwich, Connecticut 06830

Attention: Jeffrey Dill

Telecopy: 973-455-7562

 

Annex A to Attachment I

Page 1


ATTACHMENT II TO APPENDIX 2

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

Dated as of December     , 2010

by and among

STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC.,

VALERO REFINING AND MARKETING COMPANY,

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC,

and

PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC

 

Attachment II to Appendix 2

Page 1


This INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT, dated as of December     , 2010 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this “ Agreement ”), by and among STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC. (“ Statoil ”), VALERO REFINING AND MARKETING COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“ Valero ”), PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC (“ Holdings ”) and PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC (“ Paulsboro ” and together with Holdings, “ PBF ”).

RECITALS:

A. Statoil has entered into that certain Crude Oil / Feedstock Supply / Delivery and Services Agreement, dated as of December     , 2010 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, the “ Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement ”), by and among Statoil and Holdings under which Statoil has agreed to supply crude oil and feedstocks to, and provide related services to, Holdings and purchase the crude oil and feedstocks in the tanks at, and on the water for, the Paulsboro Facility with Holdings assigning its rights and obligations to Paulsboro immediately upon the closing of the Acquisition (as defined below).

B. The Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement provides for the filing of UCC financing statements to perfect the ownership and security interest of Statoil with respect to certain Statoil Assets and Collateral (as defined below).

C. Prior to the date hereof, Valero has entered into that certain Stock Purchase Agreement with Holdings dated September 24, 2010, pursuant to which Valero has agreed to sell, and Holdings has agreed to purchase, all of the issued and outstanding common stock of Valero-Refining Company-New Jersey, which is the predecessor entity to Paulsboro (the “ Acquisition ”), on the terms and conditions set forth therein.

D. As part of the purchase price for the Acquisition, Valero has agreed to accept a senior secured promissory note in the principal amount of $160,000,000.00 issued by PBF and delivered to Valero upon closing of the Acquisition pursuant to the terms of that certain Senior Secured Note Agreement by and among Paulsboro, Valero, Paulsboro Natural Gas Pipeline Company LLC, PBF Energy Company LLC and Holdings, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Seller Note Agreement ”).

E. The Seller Note Agreement and Collateral Documents provide for the filing of UCC financing statements to perfect the security interest of Valero with respect to certain Valero Collateral (as defined below).

F. The parties hereto wish to set forth certain agreements with respect to the Statoil Assets and Collateral and the Valero Collateral.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, it is hereby agreed as follows:

 

Attachment II to Appendix 2

Page 2


ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS.

1.1 Certain Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

Acquisition ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

Certain Hydrocarbon Assets ” means, any and all crude oil, feedstock, indigenous feedstock and other hydrocarbon inventory and all proceeds of such inventory (it being understood and agreed that upon purchase of specified hydrocarbons and payment in full in cash by PBF the hydrocarbon proceeds (such as Refined Products), will not be included as “Certain Hydrocarbon Assets”).

Certain MSCG Receivables ” means accounts originated by the sale of Refined Products sold by PBF to MSCG or another offtaker under the Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreements or similar offtake agreements (it being understood and agreed that following collection of such accounts by virtue of payment in cash in respect thereof to Statoil, to the extent Statoil pays to PBF a portion of those proceeds then such portion of the proceeds received from Statoil will cease to be “Certain MSCG Receivables”).

Claims ” means the Valero Claims or the Statoil Claims, as applicable.

Collateral Documents ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Seller Note Agreement.

Copyright License ” means any and all rights now owned or hereafter acquired by Paulsboro under any written agreement granting any right to use any Copyright or Copyright registration.

Copyrights ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter adopted or acquired by Paulsboro: (a) all copyrights and general intangibles of like nature (whether registered or unregistered), all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, including all registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Copyright Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any state or territory thereof, or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, and (b) all reissues, extensions or renewals thereof.

Disposition ” means, with respect to any assets of Paulsboro, any liquidation of Paulsboro or its assets, the establishment of any receivership for Paulsboro or its assets, a bankruptcy proceeding of Paulsboro (either voluntary or involuntary), the payment of any insurance, condemnation, confiscation, seizure or other claim upon the condemnation, confiscation, seizure, loss or destruction thereof, or damage to, or any other sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition of such assets.

 

Attachment II to Appendix 2

Page 3


Enforcement ” means collectively or individually, for: (a) Statoil during the continuance of a Statoil Event (i) to demand payment in full of or accelerate any of the obligations, including, without limitation, any payment obligations, of PBF to Statoil or (ii) to commence the judicial or nonjudicial enforcement of any right or remedy or to commence any action to enforce any provision under the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement; and (b) Valero (i) to demand payment in full of or accelerate the indebtedness of PBF to Valero or (ii) to commence the judicial or nonjudicial enforcement of any of the default rights and remedies under the Seller Note Agreement or any of the Collateral Documents.

Enforcement Notice ” means a written notice delivered in accordance with Section 2.5 which notice shall: (i) if delivered by Statoil, state that a Statoil Event has occurred and that Statoil intends to commence an Enforcement, specify the nature of the Statoil Event that caused Statoil to intend to take such action, and state that an Enforcement Period has commenced; (ii) if delivered by Valero, state that a Valero Event has occurred and that the payment in full of Valero’s Claims has been demanded or the indebtedness of any party hereto has been accelerated, specify the nature of the Valero Event that caused such demand and acceleration, and state that an Enforcement Period has commenced.

Enforcement Period ” means the period of time following the receipt by Valero, on the one hand, or Statoil, on the other hand, of an Enforcement Notice delivered by the other until the earliest of the following: (1) the Statoil Claims have been satisfied in full, Statoil has no further obligations under the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement and the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement has been terminated; (2) the Valero Claims have been satisfied in full, Valero has no further obligations under the Seller Note Agreement or any of the Collateral Documents and the Seller Note Agreement and the Collateral Documents have been terminated; and (3) all of the parties hereto agree in writing to terminate the Enforcement Period.

Equipment ” means all “equipment,” as such term is defined in the Uniform UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by Paulsboro, wherever located and, in any event, including all of Paulsboro’s machinery and equipment, including processing equipment, spare parts, conveyors, machine tools, data processing and computer equipment, including embedded software and peripheral equipment and all engineering, processing and manufacturing equipment, office machinery, furniture, materials handling equipment, tools, attachments, accessories, forklifts, molds, dies, stamps and other equipment of every kind and nature, trade fixtures and fixtures not forming a part of real property, together with all additions and accessions thereto, replacements therefor, all parts therefor, all substitutes for any of the foregoing, fuel therefor, and all manuals, drawings, instructions, warranties and rights with respect thereto, and all products and proceeds thereof and condemnation awards and insurance proceeds with respect thereto, in each case other than Titled Collateral.

Holder ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Seller Note Agreement.

Intellectual Property ” means any and all Licenses, Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks, and the goodwill associated with such Trademarks.

 

Attachment II to Appendix 2

Page 4


License ” means any Copyright License, Patent License, Trademark License or other license of rights or interests relating to Intellectual Property now held or hereafter acquired by Paulsboro.

Lien ” means, with respect to any property, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, encumbrance, claim, charge, assignment, hypothecation, ownership right or interest, security interest or encumbrance of any kind or any arrangement to provide priority or preference or any filing of any financing statement under the UCC or any other similar notice of lien under any similar notice or recording statute of any governmental authority, including any easement, right-of-way or other encumbrance on title to real property, in each of the foregoing cases whether voluntary or imposed by law, and any agreement to give any of the foregoing; (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such property; and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

“MSCG” means Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. and any successors and assigns (including as a result of change of counterparties to the Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreements).

“Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreements” means (i) those certain products off-take agreements and other agreements entered into in connection therewith by and among MSCG and Holdings (with Holdings assigning its rights and obligations immediately to Paulsboro upon the closing of the Acquisition) relating to the purchase of refined oil products inventories located at the Paulsboro Facility, the exclusive purchase of production of finished Refined Products and the purchase and sale back to PBF of intermediate products and blendstocks and (ii) all modifications, amendments and replacements of such off-take agreements between Holdings and MSCG or a subsequent off-taker.

“Oil” means crude oil, feedstock and indigenous feedstock.

Patent License ” means rights under any written agreement now owned or hereafter acquired by Paulsboro granting any right with respect to any invention on which a Patent is in existence.

Patents ” means all of the following in which Paulsboro now holds or hereafter acquires any interest: (a) all letters patent of the United States or of any other country, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters patent of the United States or of any other country, including registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State, or any other country, and (b) all reissues, continuations, continuations-in-part or extensions thereof.

Paulsboro Facility ” means Paulsboro’s petroleum refinery, terminalling facility and all related assets and properties located in Paulsboro, New Jersey.

 

Attachment II to Appendix 2

Page 5


Person ” means any individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity.

Proceeds ” means “proceeds,” as such term is defined in the UCC, including (a) any and all proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to Paulsboro from time to time with respect to any of the Valero Collateral, (b) any and all payments (in any form whatsoever) made or due and payable to Paulsboro from time to time in connection with any requisition, confiscation, condemnation, seizure or forfeiture of all or any part of the Valero Collateral by any governmental authority, (c) any claim of Paulsboro against third parties (i) for past, present or future infringement of any Patent or Patent License, or (ii) for past, present or future infringement or dilution of any Copyright, Copyright License, Trademark or Trademark License, or for injury to the goodwill associated with any Trademark or Trademark License in respect of any Valero Collateral or required in connection with the operation of the Paulsboro Facility, (d) any recoveries by Paulsboro against third parties with respect to any litigation or dispute concerning any of the Valero Collateral including claims arising out of the loss or nonconformity of, interference with the use of, defects in, or infringement of rights in, or damage to, Valero Collateral, (e) all amounts collected on, or distributed on account of, other Valero Collateral, including dividends, interest, distributions and instruments with respect to investment property and pledged stock, and (f) any and all other amounts, rights to payment, accounts (as “accounts” are defined in the UCC) or other property acquired upon the sale, lease, license, exchange or other disposition of Valero Collateral and all rights arising out of Valero Collateral.

Refined Products ” means finished gasoline, heating oil, diesel, jet fuel and specialty grades produced for sale to MSCG or another offtaker pursuant to the Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreements or similar offtake agreements.

Seller Note Agreement ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

Statoil Assets and Collateral ” means: (i) Certain Hydrocarbon Assets; (ii) Certain MSCG Receivables; (iii) Oil to be sold to PBF by Statoil prior to the time at which title thereto passes from Statoil to PBF by passing through the outlet flange of the storage tanks at the Paulsboro Facility; (iv) contract rights in respect of the Refined Products sale contracts that are related to Certain MSCG Receivables; (v) Oil stored in the tanks located at the Paulsboro Facility or other storage facilities which is owned by Statoil or has been sold by Statoil to PBF and other nearby Oil located at tanks that are used in connection with the operation of the Paulsboro Facility; and (vi) proceeds with respect to any of the foregoing, except that cash proceeds paid to PBF with respect to the Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreements but which are not proceeds of or related to the Certain MSCG Receivables, will cease to be “Statoil Assets and Collateral”. For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provisions of this Agreement and/or the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement, Statoil Assets and Collateral shall not include any Valero Collateral.

 

Attachment II to Appendix 2

Page 6


Statoil Claims ” means all amounts, obligations and other liabilities of PBF or any of its affiliates to Statoil now or hereafter arising under, or in connection with, the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement including time value of money and any interest thereon (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the commencement of a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding relating to PBF or any of its affiliates, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim in any such proceeding), any reimbursement obligations, fees or expenses due thereunder, and any costs of collection or enforcement in each case as provided for under the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement or applicable law.

Statoil Event ” means the occurrence of any event (including, without limitation, any default) or the breach of any provision under the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement which would enable Statoil to exercise any right or remedy, demand any payment, declare any breach or take any other action in respect of the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement.

Statoil Interest ” means, with respect to any Statoil Assets and Collateral now owned or hereafter acquired or created of PBF or Statoil, any security interest of Statoil in, or any Lien or ownership right or interest of Statoil on, such Statoil Assets and Collateral.

Titled Collateral ” means all property owned by Paulsboro used in connection with the operation of the Paulsboro Facility for which the title to such property is governed by a certificate of title or certificate of ownership, including, without limitation, all motor vehicles (including, without limitation, all trucks, rail cars, trailers, tractors, service vehicles, automobiles and other mobile equipment) for which the title to such motor vehicles is governed by a certificate of title or certificate of ownership.

Trademark License ” means rights under any written agreement now owned or hereafter acquired by Paulsboro granting any right to use any Trademark.

Trademarks ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter existing or adopted or acquired by Paulsboro: (a) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, business names, trade styles, service marks, logos, other source or business identifiers, prints and labels on which any of the foregoing have appeared or appear, designs and general intangibles of like nature (whether registered or unregistered), all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, including registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any state or territory thereof, or any other country or any political subdivision thereof; (b) all reissues, extensions or renewals thereof; and (c) all goodwill associated with or symbolized by any of the foregoing.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of Delaware.

Valero Claims ” means all amounts, obligations and other liabilities of PBF or any of its affiliates to Valero now or hereafter arising under, or in connection with, the Seller Note Agreement or any of the Collateral Documents including any interest thereon (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the commencement of a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding relating to PBF or any of its affiliates, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim in any such proceeding), any reimbursement obligations, fees or expenses due thereunder, and any costs of collection or enforcement in each case as provided for under the Seller Note Agreement or any of the Collateral Documents or applicable law.

 

Attachment II to Appendix 2

Page 7


Valero Collateral ” means, collectively, all of Paulsboro’s right, title, and interest in, to and under all of the personal property and other assets described below, whether now owned by or owing to, or hereafter acquired by or arising in favor of Paulsboro (including under any trade names, styles or derivations thereof), and whether owned or consigned by or to, or leased from or to, Paulsboro and regardless of where located, to the extent subject to a Lien or security interest in favor of Valero, including, but not limited to:

all of property, plant and Equipment comprising the Paulsboro Facility and used in connection with the operation of the Paulsboro Facility;

all spare parts and precious metal catalysts used in connection with the operation of the Paulsboro Facility;

all Intellectual Property used in connection with the operation of the Paulsboro Facility;

Titled Collateral; and

to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds, insurance claims and other rights to payments of any of the foregoing and products of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for, and rents and profits of, each of the foregoing. For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provisions of this Agreement and/or the Seller Note Agreement or any of the Collateral Documents, the Valero Collateral shall not include any Statoil Assets and Collateral.

Valero Event ” means the occurrence of any event (including, without limitation, any default) or the breach of any provision under the Seller Note Agreement or any of the Collateral Documents which would enable Valero to exercise any right or remedy, demand any payment, declare any breach or take any other action in respect of the Seller Note Agreement or any of the Collateral Documents.

Valero Interest ” means, with respect to any Valero Collateral now owned or hereafter acquired or created by PBF, any security interest of Valero in, or any Lien on or ownership right or interest of Valero in, such Valero Collateral.

1.2 References to Terms Defined in the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement and the Seller Note Agreement . Whenever in Section 1.1 a term is defined by reference to the meaning ascribed to such term in the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement or in the Seller Note Agreement, then, unless otherwise specified herein, such term shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement or the Seller Note Agreement.

 

Attachment II to Appendix 2

Page 8


ARTICLE 2. INTERCREDITOR PROVISIONS.

2.1 Respective Interests in Statoil Assets and Collateral and Valero Collateral .

(a) Statoil agrees that it does not have and shall not at any time have any Statoil Interest in any of Valero Collateral.

(b) Valero agrees that it does not have and shall not at any time have any Valero Interest in the Statoil Assets and Collateral.

2.2 Certain Turnover Provisions .

(a) In the event that Statoil now has or hereafter obtains possession of any Valero Collateral, Statoil shall promptly deliver to Valero such Valero Collateral in whatever form possessed by Statoil (and until delivered to Valero such Valero Collateral shall be held in trust for Valero).

(b) In the event that Valero obtains possession of any Statoil Assets and Collateral, Valero shall promptly deliver to Statoil (or as Statoil may reasonably direct) such Statoil Assets and Collateral in whatever form possessed by Valero (and until delivered to Statoil such Statoil Assets and Collateral shall be held in trust for Statoil).

2.3 Enforcement Actions . Valero and Statoil agree to use reasonable efforts to give an Enforcement Notice to the other prior to or concurrently with commencement of Enforcement (but failure to do so shall not prevent such Person from commencing Enforcement or affect its rights hereunder nor create any cause of action or liability against such Person). Subject to the foregoing, each of the parties hereto agrees that during an Enforcement Period:

(a) Statoil may, at its option and without the prior consent of the other parties hereto, take any action to (i) liquidate the Statoil Assets and Collateral or to foreclose or realize upon or enforce any of its rights with respect to the Statoil Assets and Collateral or (ii) take any other action of Enforcement.

(b) Valero may, at its option and without the prior consent of the other parties hereto, take any action to accelerate payment of Valero Claims or any other obligation or liability arising under the Seller Note Agreement or any of the Collateral Documents, foreclose or realize upon or enforce any of its rights with respect to the Valero Collateral, or take any other actions as it deems appropriate in respect of the Valero Collateral or the Valero Claims.

2.4 Agency for Perfection . Statoil and Valero hereby severally appoint each other as agent for purposes of perfecting by possession their respective ownership interests and Liens on the Valero Collateral and the Statoil Assets and Collateral described hereunder. In the event that Statoil obtains possession of any of the Valero Collateral, Statoil shall promptly and in any event within 3 business days notify Valero of such fact, shall hold such Valero Collateral in trust and shall promptly deliver such Valero Collateral to Valero. In the event that Valero

 

Attachment II to Appendix 2

Page 9


obtains possession of any of the Statoil Assets and Collateral, Valero shall promptly and in any event within 3 business days notify Statoil, shall hold such Statoil Assets and Collateral in trust and shall promptly deliver such Statoil Assets and Collateral to Statoil.

2.5 UCC Notices . In the event that any party hereto shall be required by the UCC or any other applicable law to give notice to the other of an intended Disposition of Statoil Assets and Collateral or Valero Collateral, respectively, such notice shall be given in accordance with Section 3.1 hereof and ten (10) days’ notice shall be deemed to be commercially reasonable.

2.6 Limitation on Liability of Parties to Each Other . Except with respect to liability for breach of an obligation under this Agreement, no party hereto shall have any liability to any other party hereto.

2.7 Marshalling of Assets . Nothing in this Agreement will be deemed to require either Statoil or Valero to marshal the applicable Valero Collateral (or any other collateral) or the Statoil Assets and Collateral, as applicable, upon the enforcement of Valero’s or Statoil’s remedies under the applicable Seller Note Agreement, any of the Collateral Documents or the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement, as the case may be.

2.8 Effect Upon Seller Note Agreement, Collateral Documents and Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement . By executing this Agreement, PBF agrees to be bound by the provisions hereof as they relate to the relative rights of Valero on the one hand, and Statoil, on the other hand, with respect to the property of PBF, Statoil and Valero. PBF acknowledges that the provisions of this Agreement shall not give it any substantive rights as against Valero and that nothing in this Agreement shall amend, modify, change or supersede the terms of the Seller Note Agreement or any of the Collateral Documents as between the Valero and PBF. PBF acknowledges that the provisions of this Agreement shall not give it any substantive rights as against Statoil and that nothing in this Agreement shall amend, modify, change or supersede the terms of the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement as among Statoil and PBF. Statoil and Valero agree that, as among themselves, to the extent the terms and provisions of the Seller Note Agreement, any of the Collateral Documents or the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement are inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall control.

2.9 Cooperation and Further Assurances . Each of the parties agrees to take such actions as may be reasonably requested by any other party, whether before, during or after an Enforcement Period, in order to effect the rules of distribution and allocation set forth above in this Article 2 and to otherwise effectuate the agreements made in this Article 2 , including allowing removal of and access to their respective assets and collateral.

 

Attachment II to Appendix 2

Page 10


ARTICLE 3. MISCELLANEOUS

3.1 Notices . All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall, unless otherwise stated herein, be in writing (including communication by facsimile copy) and mailed, telexed, transmitted or delivered, as to each party hereto, at its address set forth under its name on Annex A hereto or at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices and communications shall be effective upon receipt, or, in the case of notice by mail, five (5) days after being deposited in the mails, postage prepaid, or in the case of notice by facsimile copy, when verbal confirmation of receipt is obtained, in each case addressed as aforesaid.

3.2 Agreement Absolute . Statoil shall be deemed to have entered into and continued with the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement in express reliance upon this Agreement and Valero shall be deemed to have entered into and continued with the Seller Note Agreement or any of the Collateral Documents in express reliance upon this Agreement. This Agreement may not be amended or otherwise modified, unless such amendment or other modification is agreed to in writing by all of the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be applicable both before and after the filing of any petition by or against PBF under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and all references herein to PBF shall be deemed to apply to a debtor-in-possession for such party and all allocations of payments between Valero, on the one hand, and Statoil, on the other hand, shall, subject to any court order to the contrary, continue to be made after the filing of such petition on the same basis that the payments were to be applied prior to the date of the petition.

3.3 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Any such successor or assign shall be subject in all respect to this Agreement. In the event that the supply products and services provided under the Paulsboro Oil Supply Agreement shall be replaced, substituted or restated, each of the parties hereto agrees, at the request of Statoil or the replacement supplier of products and services, to execute and deliver a new intercreditor agreement with such Person on substantially the same terms as herein provided. In the event that the Holder provided under the Seller Note Agreement shall be replaced, substituted or restated, each of the parties hereto agrees, at the request of Valero or the replacement Holder, to execute and deliver a new intercreditor agreement with such Person on substantially the same terms as herein provided.

3.4 Beneficiaries . The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, and no other Person shall have any right, benefit or priority by reason of this Agreement.

3.5 GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK COUNTY, CITY OF NEW YORK, NEW YORK SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

Attachment II to Appendix 2

Page 11


3.6 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO.

3.7 Section Titles . The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are and shall be without substantive meaning or content of any kind whatsoever and are not a part of the agreement between the parties hereto.

3.8 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or thereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

3.9 Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page by telecopy machine shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed, original signature page.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

Attachment II to Appendix 2

Page 12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC.
By:  

 

Name:
Title:

 

Attachment II to Appendix 2

Page 13


 

VALERO REFINING AND MARKETING COMPANY
By:  

 

Name:
Title:

 

Attachment II to Appendix 2

Page 14


PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Attachment II to Appendix 2

Page 15


Annex A

to

Intercreditor Agreement

Notice Addresses

 

Entity

 

Notice Address

Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc.  

Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc.

1055 Washington Boulevard – 7th Floor

Stamford, CT 06901

Attention: General Counsel

Fax Number: (203) 978-6952

Telephone Number: (203) 978-6900

Valero Refining and Marketing Company  

c/o Valero Energy Corporation

One Valero Way

San Antonio, Texas 78249

Attention: Executive Vice President and General Counsel

Telephone: (210) 345-2246

Facsimile: (210) 345-2622

PBF Holding Company LLC and

Paulsboro Refining Company LLC

 

PBF Holding Company LLC

1 Sylvan Way, 2nd Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

Attention: General Counsel

Fax Number: (973) 455-7562

Telephone Number: (973) 455-7500

 

Annex A to Attachment II

Page 1


APPENDIX 3 – PAYMENT DIRECTION AGREEMENT

This PAYMENT DIRECTION AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) dated as of December 17, 2010, by and among Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. (“ MSCG ”), Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc. (“ Statoil ”) and PBF Holding Company LLC (“ PBO ”).

1. Certain Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

Additional Termination Event ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Off-Take Agreement.

Base Barge Price ” means, with respect to any delivery by PBO of Refined Products to MSCG, [REDACTED], where:

(a) “[REDACTED]” means, [REDACTED].

(b) “[REDACTED]” means [REDACTED]:

(i) [REDACTED].

(ii) [REDACTED].

Business Day ” means a day on which banks are open for general commercial business in New York, New York.

Delivery Day ” means with respect to any Refined Products, the day of delivery of such Refined Products to MSCG pursuant to the Off-Take Agreement.

Event of Default ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Off-Take Agreement.

Feedstock ” means vacuum gas oil (VGO), straight run fuel oil and other similar hydrocarbons.

Final Payment Amount ” means for any Delivery Day, the greater of:

(a) zero dollars; and

(b) (i) the sum for all grades of Refined Products delivered by PBO to MSCG on such Delivery Day of the number of gallons of each grade of such Refined Product delivered to MSCG on such Delivery Day multiplied by the applicable Final Price per gallon of such grade minus (ii) the Provisional Payment Amount for such Delivery Day.

Final Payment Day ” means the applicable day determined in accordance with Annex C attached hereto.

Final Price ” means with respect to a Refined Product, [REDACTED].

Indigenous Feedstock ” means Feedstock produced in the Refinery, together with all Feedstock located in the indigenous feedstock tanks at the Refinery on the date Statoil commences deliveries under the Supply Agreement whether such Feedstock was produced in the Refinery or elsewhere.

 

Appendix 3

Page 1


Initial Inventory ” means the volumes of Products and ethanol sold to MSCG on the Closing Date (as defined in the Off-Take Agreement).

Intermediate Products ” means the intermediate products sold by PBO to MSCG pursuant to the Off-Take Agreement.

Lubes ” means lube base oils sold by PBO to MSCG pursuant to the Off-Take Agreement.

MS Guaranty ” means that certain Guarantee of Morgan Stanley dated as of the date hereof, executed by Morgan Stanley in favor of PBO, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

MS Products ” means the product inventories purchased from time to time by MSCG from PBO pursuant to the Off-Take Agreement, including, without limitation, the Initial Inventory but excluding Oil and Indigenous Feedstock which has not been refined into light finished products, Intermediate Products, Lubes or Slurry.

MS Receivables ” means (a) for Refined Products other than Specialty Grades, all of PBO’s rights to payment from MSCG of the Provisional Payment Amount and the Final Payment Amount with respect thereto, (b) for Specialty Grades, all of PBO’s rights to payment from MSCG with respect thereto and (c) all proceeds of the amounts specified in (a) and (b) of this definition.

Off-Take Agreement ” means that certain Products Offtake Agreement dated as of December 14, 2010, between MSCG and PBO, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with this Agreement, a redacted copy of which is attached hereto as Annex B.

Oil ” means crude oil and/or Feedstock but shall not include Indigenous Feedstock.

Products ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Off-Take Agreement.

Provisional Overpayment Amount ” means for any Delivery Day the amount, if any, by which the Provisional Payment Amount for such Delivery Day exceeds the sum for all grades of Refined Products delivered by PBO to MSCG on such Delivery Day, of the number of gallons of each grade of such Refined Product delivered to MSCG on such Delivery Day multiplied by the applicable Final Price per gallon of such grade.

Provisional Payment Amount ” means for any Delivery Day, the sum for all grades of Refined Products delivered by PBO to MSCG on such Delivery Day, of the number of gallons of each grade of such Refined Product delivered to MSCG on such Delivery Day multiplied by the applicable Provisional Price per gallon of such grade. To the extent the Provisional Payment Day for a relevant Delivery Day occurs on or before such relevant Delivery Day, the Provisional Payment Amount shall be based on the actual volumes delivered on the Delivery Day immediately preceding such relevant Delivery Day as specified in the Daily Report of Delivered Volumes (as defined in the Off-Take Agreement) for such preceding Delivery Day.

 

Appendix 3

Page 2


Provisional Payment Day ” means the applicable day determined in accordance with Annex C attached hereto.

Provisional Price ” means [REDACTED].

Refined Products ” means finished gasoline, heating oil, diesel, and jet fuel produced for sale to MSCG pursuant to the Off-Take Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Agreement, the term Refined Products includes Specialty Grades but excludes Intermediate Products, Lubes, Slurry, components of gasoline, heating oil, diesel or jet fuel and all other products other than those specifically listed above in this definition.

Refinery ” means PBO’s Paulsboro, New Jersey refinery.

Slurry ” means slurry sold by PBO to MSCG pursuant to the Off-Take Agreement.

Specialty Grades ” means customized products that are not included in the grades of Products encompassed in Schedule 1 to the Off-Take Agreement.

Supply Agreement ” means that certain Crude Oil / Feedstock Supply / Delivery and Services Agreement dated as of December 17, 2010, between Statoil and PBO with respect to the Refinery.

2. Security Interest . PBO has granted Statoil a security interest in the following:

(a) all rights of PBO in and to proceeds of PBO’s sale of Refined Products from the Refinery, including all of the MS Receivables;

(b) all rights of PBO under the Off-Take Agreement to enforce payment of the MS Receivables from MSCG and all other rights under the Off-Take Agreement to collect the MS Receivables;

(c) all rights of PBO under the MS Guaranty and all other supporting obligations with respect to the MS Receivables.

As between Statoil and MSCG (i) MSCG acknowledges and consents to the grant of such security interests (described in 2(a), (b) and (c) above) by PBO to Statoil, (ii) Statoil acknowledges and agrees that MSCG has title to the MS Products, and except for its interest in the MS Receivables, Statoil claims no interest in the MS Products, and (iii) MSCG acknowledges and agrees that Statoil has title to or first priority liens on all Oil, Indigenous Feedstock and MS Receivables; and MSCG claims no interest in such items.

The Off-Take Agreement permits PBF Holding Company LLC to assign its rights and obligations under the Off-Take Agreement to Paulsboro Refining Company LLC subject to delivery to MSCG of a guaranty of PBF Holding Company LLC. From and after the date of such assignment and the delivery of a guaranty in form and substance acceptable to Statoil from PBF Holding Company LLC of the obligations under this Agreement, for the purposes of this Agreement, “PBO” shall mean Paulsboro Refining Company LLC.

 

Appendix 3

Page 3


3. Direct Payment . PBO hereby irrevocably directs MSCG to make all payments on the MS Receivables directly to the Statoil account designated on Annex A hereto (the “ Payment Account ”). MSCG acknowledges such payment direction and agrees (a) to pay all Provisional Payment Amounts on the corresponding Provisional Payment Day as set forth in Annex C, (b) to pay all Final Payment Amounts on the corresponding Final Payment Day as set forth in Annex C, (c) to make all other payments owing on the MS Receivables by the time specified in the Off-Take Agreement, and (d) to make all such payments described in the foregoing subsections (a), (b) and (c) directly to Statoil into the Payment Account. Any changes to these payment instructions shall be honored by MSCG only if given in writing by Statoil. All payments on the MS Receivables made by MSCG to the Payment Account or as otherwise directed by Statoil hereunder shall be treated for all purposes as satisfying MSCG’s payment obligations to PBO in respect of the MS Receivables. MSCG also agrees and covenants that upon receipt of written instructions from PBO, MSCG also will make direct payment to Statoil in accordance with this Section 3 of any amounts owed by MSCG to PBO pursuant to the Off-Take Agreement that are not included in MS Receivables, provided that MSCG’s obligation to make direct payment to Statoil with respect to any such other amounts shall be subject to all claims, defenses, offsets and other rights that MSCG may have with respect to its obligation to pay such other amounts.

4. Offsets . For so long as this Agreement is in effect, MSCG agrees not to exercise or claim any right of offset or other similar right against PBO or Statoil with respect to the MS Receivables other than the offsets and other rights described in the Off-Take Agreement. However, in no event shall MSCG reduce by reason of offset or otherwise (whether any such right arises under the Off-Take Agreement, other contractual provisions or common law), any amounts required to be paid hereunder by MSCG to Statoil in respect of MS Receivables owing for Refined Products which are delivered to MSCG prior to or on the business day on which Statoil receives written notice from MSCG of the occurrence of an Event of Default, an Additional Termination Event or termination of the Off-Take Agreement, except that MSCG may reduce any amounts owing on MS Receivables payable to Statoil hereunder by the amount of any Provisional Overpayment Amount attributable to any Delivery Day occurring prior to the day of such reduction. Nothing contained herein shall limit MSCG’s rights of offset against PBO for amounts owing by MSCG to PBO (and not payable to Statoil hereunder) or its rights to exercise any other remedies that MSCG may have against PBO.

5. Assignment, Amendment and Termination of Off-Take Agreement .

(a) MSCG or PBO as applicable shall deliver not less than 10 Business Days prior written notice to Statoil of any proposed assignment by MSCG or PBO of the Off-Take Agreement. Neither MSCG nor PBO shall assign its rights under the Off-Take Agreement in any manner that would materially and adversely affect Statoil’s rights hereunder without Statoil’s prior written consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any assignment by MSCG of its rights under the Off-Take Agreement that is expressly subject to the terms of this Agreement shall not require Statoil’s prior written consent; provided, however, if Statoil reasonably determines that any such assignment would materially and adversely affect Statoil’s rights hereunder, then Statoil shall have the unilateral right to terminate the Supply Agreement and/or this Agreement under the provisions thereof and hereof applicable to a default by the non-Statoil parties.

 

Appendix 3

Page 4


(b) MSCG and PBO shall not, without Statoil’s prior written consent, amend the Off-Take Agreement in any manner that would: (i) alter the terms of MSCG’s payment obligations, PBO’s enforcement rights with respect to the MS Receivables or any defined term used herein that is defined by reference to the Off-Take Agreement; (ii) modify the methodology for determining Other Costs or any other factor that would modify the calculation of the Base Barge Price; (iii) modify the timing of MSCG’s payment obligations or (iv) modify MSCG’s offset or similar rights.

(c) MSCG shall deliver to Statoil written notice of any default, or Event of Default, by PBO under or any Early Termination Event with respect to or any early termination of the Off-Take Agreement contemporaneously with any notice thereof delivered to PBO.

(d) PBO shall deliver to Statoil written notice of any default, or Event of Default, by MSCG under or any Early Termination Event with respect to or any early termination of the Off-Take Agreement contemporaneously with any notice thereof delivered to MSCG.

6. No Default . MSCG and PBO each hereby agree and acknowledge that as of the date hereof, there are no defaults, Events of Default, Early Termination Events or events that with the passage of the applicable grace or cure period would constitute a default, Event of Default or Early Termination Event under the Off-Take Agreement.

7. Conflict . To the extent there is any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Off-Take Agreement, this Agreement shall control.

8. Further Assurances . The parties hereto agree that from and after the date hereof, each of them will execute and deliver such further instruments and take such other action as may reasonably be requested by any party hereto to carry out the purpose and intent hereof.

9. Governing Law . The provisions of this Agreement and the documents delivered pursuant hereto shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without regard to any conflicts-of-law rule or principle that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction).

10. Jurisdiction, Venue and Forum . Each of the parties hereto (a) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction of the U.S. District Court of the Southern District of New York, any court of the State of New York and any other Federal court sitting in the State of New York in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, (b) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court and (c) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in any court other than the U.S. District Court of the Southern District of New York (or, if the U.S. District Court of the Southern District of New York shall be unavailable, any court of the State of New York or any other Federal court sitting in the State of New York). Each party hereto waives any objection to convenience of forum or venue laid in such courts. The parties hereto agree that any one or all of them may file

 

Appendix 3

Page 5


a copy of this Section 10 with any court as written evidence of the knowing, voluntary and bargained agreement between the parties irrevocably to waive any objections to jurisdiction, venue or to convenience of forum.

11. No Third Party Beneficiaries . Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not be construed so as to confer any right or benefit upon any person or entity other than the parties to this Agreement, and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

12. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or affecting or impairing the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. It is also the intention of the parties that in lieu of each clause or provision of this Agreement that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added, as a part of this Agreement, a clause or provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

13. Term . This Agreement shall continue until the earlier of the following to occur: (a) MSCG receives written notice from Statoil of the termination or expiration of the Supply Agreement, (b) termination or expiration of the Off-Take Agreement and Statoil’s receipt of the required notice thereof as provided in Section 4 above, subject, however, to the obligations of MSCG to make payments to Statoil hereunder continuing until payment in full thereof with respect to MS Receivables owing for Refined Products delivered to MSCG prior to or on the business day on which Statoil receives written notice from MSCG of an Event of Default or Additional Termination Event as provided in Section 4 above, and (c) termination of this Agreement by the mutual agreement of all of the parties hereto. Statoil shall deliver prompt written notice to MSCG of the expiration or termination of the Supply Agreement.

14. Amendment . Any amendment or waiver of this Agreement shall be effected solely by an instrument in writing executed by all of the parties hereto.

15. Headings . The headings and captions used or contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile or other electronic copies (such as .pdf files delivered by electronic mail) of signatures shall constitute original signatures for all purposes of this Agreement and any enforcement hereof.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

Appendix 3

Page 6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

MORGAN STANLEY CAPITAL GROUP INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Notice Address:
Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc.
2000 Westchester Avenue, Floor 01
Purchase, New York 10577-2530
Attention: Randall O’Connor
Phone: 914-225-1466
Facsimile: 914-225-9298
E-mail: randall.o’connor@morganstanley.com
With a copy to:
Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc.
2000 Westchester Avenue, Floor 01
Purchase, New York 10577-2530
Attention: Kenneth Carlino
Phone: 914-225-1417
Facsimile: 914-225-9299
E-mail: kenneth.carlino@morganstanley.com

 

Appendix 3

Page 7


 

STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Notice Address:
Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc.
1055 Washington Boulevard – 7th Floor
Stamford, CT 06901
Attention: Crude Oil Operations
Fax Number: (203) 978-6958
Telephone Number: (203) 978-6900
E-mail: uscrudeops@statoil.com
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Statoil Marketing and Trading (US) Inc.
1055 Washington Blvd. – 7th Floor
Stamford, CT 06901
Attention: General Counsel
Fax Number: (203) 978-6952
Telephone Number: (203) 978-6900

 

Appendix 3

Page 8


 

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Notice Address:
1 Sylvan Way, 2nd floor
Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887
Attention: Executive Vice President, Commercial
With a copy to:

PBF Holding Company LLC

1 Sylvan Way, 2nd floor
Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887
Attention: General Counsel

 

Appendix 3

Page 9


ANNEX A

PAYMENT ACCOUNT INFORMATION

JP Morgan Chase Bank

ABA No.: [REDACTED]

SWIFT: [REDACTED]

Account No.: [REDACTED]

 

Annex A to Appendix 3

Page 1


ANNEX B

REDACTED OFF-TAKE AGREEMENT

[Attached]

 

Annex B to Appendix 3

Page 1


APPENDIX 4 – REFINERY DESCRIPTION

Set out on Attachment I are diagrams of the Refinery, including: (i) the Paulsboro Refinery Plot Plan, Drawing No. 95-0-AA-16B; and (ii) the Building & Unit Location Plan, that reflect the storage tanks comprising the Storage Facilities, dock location, locations of berths, locations of transfer points, locations of platforms, locations of pipelines and other key assets.

As of the Delivery Commencement Date the Storage Facilities consist of the specific Storage Tanks more fully described on Attachment II (and reflected on Attachment I), as such list of storage tanks may be updated from time-to-time to in accordance with the terms of Clause 5(d) of Appendix 5.

 

Appendix 4

Page 1


ATTACHMENT I TO APPENDIX 4

[REDACTED]

 

Attachment I to Appendix 4

Page 1


[REDACTED]

 

Attachment I to Appendix 4

Page 2


ATTACHMENT II TO APPENDIX 4

Paulsboro Crude and Feedstock Tankage

 

Tank Numbers Crude         Shell Cap     Heels     Working Cap  

S74

        [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

S75

        [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

S76

        [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

S77

        [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

S78

        [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

S79

        [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

Other

         

T1969

  

VGO

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

S65

  

VGO

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

S66

  

VGO

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

S68

  

VGO

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

S70

  

VGO

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

T41

  

VGO

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

T412

  

VGO

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

T1474

  

Coker Feed

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

T2504

  

Coker Feed

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

T2041

  

Coker Feed

       [REDACTED     [REDACTED

T2042

  

Coker Feed

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

T2043

  

Coker Feed

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

T640

  

Slop

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

T641

  

Stop

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

T3592

  

Slop

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

T54

  

Slop

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

T1320

  

Slop

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

T1919

  

Slop

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

T1920

  

Slop

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

 

Attachment II to Appendix 4

Page 1


APPENDIX 5 – STORAGE FACILITIES USE PROVISIONS

The following terms and conditions set forth the terms and conditions governing Seller’s sole and exclusive right to store Oil and Indigenous Feedstock in the Storage Facilities:

1. USAGE AND OPERATION

(a) Exclusive Use . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and this Appendix, Seller shall, as of the Delivery Commencement Date and during the term of this Agreement, have the sole and exclusive right to store Oil and Indigenous Feedstock in the Storage Facilities.

(b) Buyer Restrictions and Rights . Nothing herein shall restrict Buyer’s right and ability to operate the Refinery, including the Storage Facilities, provided, however, that:

(i) Except as expressly provided for in Clause 7(e) of this Agreement, Buyer shall not cause or permit any Oil and Indigenous Feedstock to be withdrawn from the Storage Facilities without the prior written consent of Seller.

(ii) Buyer will not commingle any crude oil or Feedstocks with Seller’s Oil and Indigenous Feedstock without the prior written consent of Seller.

(iii) With respect to a request by Buyer to add any storage tanks to the Storage Facilities pursuant to Clause 5(d) below, such request by Buyer shall be deemed to constitute a representation from Buyer that such additional storage tank(s) are (i) owned in fee by Buyer, (ii) are free and clear of any Liens other than those expressly permitted pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, and (iii) in full compliance with all of the applicable covenants and obligations set out herein.

2. COVENANTS OF BUYER

(a) Buyer shall maintain and operate, at its sole cost and expense, the Storage Facilities in a manner that fully complies with (i) all applicable Laws and Regulations; and (ii) standard industry practice. With respect to the operation of the Storage Facilities, Buyer shall make all repairs and perform all maintenance in a reasonably timely manner.

(b) Buyer shall ensure that the Storage Facilities adhere to its current maintenance standards. Buyer shall maintain its ISO 9000:2000, ANSI/ISO/ASQ Q9001-2000 accreditation by the International Standards Organization during the term of this Agreement.

(c) At any time during this Agreement Seller shall have the right to enter the Storage Facilities and to inspect, examine and inquire concerning all aspects of the Refinery, Storage Facilities and the Oil and Indigenous Feedstock stored therein, including, without limitation, docking facilities, storage tanks, and pipelines, measuring equipment, and any other physical or operational aspects of the Storage Facilities or any of Seller’s products stored in the Storage Facilities; provided that, if no Event of Default has occurred with respect to Buyer, Seller shall provide reasonable prior notice to Buyer and adhere to Buyer’s HSE procedures for the Refinery. Seller shall not exercise its rights hereunder if such exercise will: (i) cause or exacerbate any dangerous, emergency or unsafe conditions at the Storage Facilities, or (ii) obstruct or interfere with the operations of the Storage Facilities in a manner inconsistent with standard industry practices.

 

Appendix 5

Page 1


(d) Buyer shall not introduce into any of the Storage Facilities or add any chemical substances to Seller’s Oil and Indigenous Feedstock, including any substances designed to minimize or reduce Tank Heel levels, without the express prior written authorization of Seller.

(e) Buyer shall not subcontract any part of the work under this Agreement relating to the Storage Facilities without the prior written consent of Seller in its sole discretion. If Buyer subcontracts any part of the work under this Agreement relating to the Storage Facilities with Seller’s consent, Buyer shall require its subcontractors to maintain insurance required in this Agreement to the extent applicable to the Storage Facilities. If requested by Seller, Buyer shall have its subcontractors furnish the same evidence of insurance required of Buyer.

3. EMERGENCIES

In the event that Buyer reasonably believes that there are, or are about to be, emergency or urgent circumstances which could have a material adverse impact on the Refinery, the Refinery site, the operation of the Refinery, or the health and safety of any person or the environment (“ Emergency Circumstances ”), regardless of the cause of such Emergency Circumstances and without assuming any duty hereunder to do so, Buyer may take such steps and actions as it, in its sole discretion, deems reasonable to protect against such circumstances occurring or to minimize, reduce or avoid their adverse impact including the immediate lifting, removal, relocation and commingling of Oil of different Grades. Any such steps which Buyer takes shall not, on their own, constitute a Default of the terms of this Agreement provided, however, Buyer shall not be absolved of any responsibility or liability hereunder resulting from any breach of the terms of this Agreement which caused such emergency or urgent circumstances. Buyer shall promptly notify Seller of any steps or actions so taken. Buyer shall compensate Seller for any Liabilities resulting from any such steps or actions taken hereunder.

4. SUBLETTING AND RELEASE OF SELLER’S CAPACITY

During the term of this Agreement, neither Party may further assign, sublet, sublicense, grant or release any storage capacity in the Storage Facilities except in connection with a permitted assignment under this Agreement.

5. TANKS BEING TAKEN OUT OF SERVICE / CHANGING SERVICE

During the term of this Agreement certain of the tanks constituting Storage Facilities may be required to come out of service for maintenance or other reasons.

(a) Cleaning of tanks and the safe disposal of any sludge, oil or other hazardous substances from tanks which are taken out of service whether before or after the termination of this Agreement is the sole responsibility of Buyer. Buyer warrants to Seller that Buyer will dispose of such material in a lawful and safe manner. Buyer shall be solely responsible for any and all costs associated with such disposal and shall indemnify Seller against any and all liabilities arising from the disposal of such materials.

 

Appendix 5

Page 2


(b) Prior to removing from service a tank comprising part of the Storage Facilities the Parties shall meet to discuss and agree to the measurement of any quantities of usable Oil and/or Indigenous Feedstock that constitutes Tank Heels that need to be transferred between tanks constituting Storage Facilities, the measurement or assessment of such Tank Heels and whether the actual net Tank Heel volume following such operations will be less or more than the TH Starting Volume as adjusted by any prior interim Tank Heel purchases and sales. If there will be a net reduction in the Tank Heel volume following such operations Buyer shall purchase such reduction quantity of Tank Heel volume pursuant to the terms of Clause 5(j)(ii)(2), with the volume of such Tank Heels purchase being treated as an interim purchase by Buyer. If a measurement or assessment indicates that Buyer has not yet purchased the full amount of Oil or Indigenous Feedstock that has been used, then Buyer shall purchase and pay for such used Oil and/or Indigenous Feedstock at a price equal to the then-applicable price for such Oil or Indigenous Feedstock as specified in the applicable Cargo Bank for Oil applying the FIFO accounting practice to determine which Oil is being purchased and applying the Provisions of Clause 5(i) with respect to interim Indigenous Feedstock purchases.

(c) When returning a tank to service that has been removed from service pursuant to Clause 5(b) of this Appendix 5, the Parties shall meet to discuss and agree to a quantity of Tank Heels that will be used to re-float the tank and such quantity of Oil or Indigenous Feedstock shall be treated as Tank Heels for all purposes hereunder. Such new Tank Heels will be purchased by Seller pursuant to the provisions of Clause 5(j)(ii)(1), with the volume of such new Tank Heels treated as an interim purchase by Seller and will be subject to Clauses 5(j) and 25 at the TH Conclusion Date and at termination of the Agreement.

(d) To the extent Buyer desires to change service for any tank constituting part of the Storage Facilities or add or remove a tank from the Storage Facilities, Seller must provide its written consent. Upon the granting of Seller’s consent, Attachment II to Appendix 4 shall be automatically deemed to reflect such modifications. To the extent applicable, the Parties shall also meet and agree prior to the granting of any such consent to any of the matters set forth in subclause (b) above.

 

Appendix 5

Page 3


APPENDIX 6 – GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF SERVICE

The Commercial Services and Shipping Services under this Agreement will be rendered in accordance with the following:

1. COMMERCIAL SERVICES

(a) Commercial Services Provided

The Commercial Services shall include the following:

(i) Onward transportation of Oil as required to Supply Oil to the Refinery;

(ii) Storage of Oil in the Storage Facilities until such time the Oil is delivered to Buyer (with Buyer providing all maintenance and operation of the Storage Facilities);

(iii) Information services, including the provision of information that helps Buyer run the Refinery LP and plan and schedule Refinery operations;

(iv) Operational, shipping, financial, contractual and other administrative services related to the activities as detailed in (i)-(iii) above, which include the conduct of commercial contract negotiations, resolving any trading disputes with third parties and contractual compliance matters with third parties.

(b) Commercial Services Actions . Seller:

(i) shall perform its duties in both a reasonable and prudent manner;

(ii) shall act as a principal in the market in front of third parties for purchases and sales of Oil under this Agreement;

(iii) shall be the only face to market for the execution of all Commercial Services;

(iv) shall use reasonable efforts to secure optimal pricing of the Oil purchased or sold under this Agreement and to minimize delivery-related costs for Oil purchased under the Execution Method;

(v) shall allocate the necessary resources to support and to interface with Buyer in the provision of the Commercial Services hereunder;

(vi) may enter into commercial commitments with third parties in connection with the performance of the Commercial Services, with all commercial terms being agreed to at its reasonable sole discretion, in line with Buyer’s mandate;

(vii) may conduct any re-sale of any Oil purchased as part of this Agreement in line with its credit control procedures in effect at the time of such disposal. The costs of a third party credit default under such re-sale of Oil shall be for Buyer’s account unless caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Seller.

 

Appendix 6

Page 1


(c) Commercial Services Actions . Buyer:

(i) shall maintain an organizational structure to support and interface with Seller in the conduct of this Agreement;

(ii) may maintain such market knowledge as it sees fit independently of Seller, but will refrain from seeking bids / offers / indications or otherwise contracting in the market directly or via intermediates for any of the Commercial Services covered under this Agreement except if compelled to do so due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Seller;

(iii) acknowledges and accepts that Seller will only contract with third party companies which have been compliance cleared by Seller, with such clearance not to be unreasonably withheld;

(iv) acknowledges that Seller cannot be obliged to use contractors or service providers which do not meet Seller’s HSE requirements.

2. SHIPPING SERVICES

(a) Shipping Services Provided

Seller shall be the sole and exclusive face to the market for the provision of Shipping Services in relation to the Supply of Oil under this Agreement. Such Shipping Services shall include:

(i) the provision of shipping market availability and price information to Buyer;

(ii) the negotiation and execution of all shipping agreements including lightering services into the Delaware River, other than with respect to (1) the Hess Tanks and (2) any Excluded Term Contracts in accordance with the Agreement;

(iii) shipping operational services including managing logistics in relation to each Cargo from the Loading Terminal to the Supply Port, liaising with terminals, ship owners, and appointing Independent Inspectors for quality and quantity testing and certification;

(iv) quality control and loss control services including overseeing independent inspection services and providing reasonable technical support and advice in relation to any Oil quality claims and any recovery actions against ship owners;

(v) any vetting requirements including all Vessels used; and loadports as required by Seller’s vetting policy. Buyer acknowledges that Seller shall not be obliged to use Vessels, service providers or call at loadports which are not in compliance with Seller’s vetting policy.

 

Appendix 6

Page 2


(b) Pre-Commencement Meetings . Prior to the Delivery Commencement Date the Parties shall meet to coordinate the start-up process with respect to this Agreement. The Parties shall coordinate all matters necessary or convenient to the operations leading up to the Delivery Commencement Date, including the following: (i) identification of potential third party suppliers and (ii) review of potential Vessels to confirm their acceptance by Seller, which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

Appendix 6

Page 3


APPENDIX 7 – LIST OF MUTUALLY AGREED GRADES

List of approved crude oils

Crude

 

Country

 

Loadport

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]

   

[REDACTED]

   

[REDACTED]

 

Appendix 7

Page 1


APPENDIX 8 – REQUIREMENTS SCHEDULE

 

Buyers tentative requirement schedule             date
       mbd
Jan
   mbd
Feb
   mbd
Mar
   mbd
Apr

Type A

           

Kirkuk

           

Urals

           

Vasconia

           

Basra

           
           
           

Type B

           

Terra Nova

           

Hibernia

           

Azeria

           

Dalia

           
           

Type C

           

Arab light

           

Arab medium

           

Kirkuk

           
           
           

Type D

           

M100

           

VGO

           
           
           

 

Appendix 8

Page 1


 

PAULSBORO CRUDE RUNOUT

LUBE CRUDE

 

PAULSBORO CRUDE RUNOUT

CRACKING CRUDE

[REDACTED]

 

Appendix 8

Page 2


APPENDIX 9 – GRADE PECKING ORDER

CRUDE EVALUATION TABLES

 

Date of Issue    “date”
Period Valid    (days)    7

GRADE PECKING ORDER (GPO)

For 15 Day Period ending     “date1”

 

Type A

Grade

  Max volume
at value
   Seller price
Indication
refinery gate
   Buyer
LP run
margin
  

Type B

Grade

   Max volume
at value
   Seller price
Indication
refinery gate
   Buyer
LP run
margin

Base

           Base         

Alt 1

           Alt 1         

Alt 2

           Alt 2         

Alt 3

           Alt 3         

Alt 4

           Alt 4         

etc

           etc         

For 15 Days Period ending     “date2”

 

Type A

Grade

  Max volume
at value
   Seller price
Indication
refinery gate
   Buyer
LP run
margin
  

Type B

Grade

   Max volume
at value
   Seller price
Indication
refinery gate
   Buyer
LP run
margin

Base

           Base         

Alt 1

           Alt 1         

Alt 2

           Alt 2         

Alt 3

           Alt 3         

Alt 4

           Alt 4         

etc

           etc         

 

More Periods in future give more tables. Suggest minimum 15 day periods to allow flexible buying.

REPLACEMENT GRADE PECKING ORDER (RGPO)

Table contains value of alternative grade in row vs Grade of crude currently covering requirement in column. If no value is shown, grade is not an allowed alternative

 

Covered requirement

Date range allowed

Grade

  

1

  

2

  

3

  

4

  

5

  

6

A

                 

B

                 

C

                 

D

                 

E

                 

F

                 

G

                 

SPECIAL REFINERY NOTES

Freeform text highlighting special needs attributable to certain requirements.

 

Appendix 9

Page 1


APPENDIX 10 – CARGO CONFIRMATION NOTICE

 

 

Seller hereby confirms the covering of a Requirement in accordance with Clause 5 “Acquisition of Oil” as set forth in the Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement between the Parties dated December [    ], 2010, with the Cargo of Oil per the following Transparent Contractual Terms:

 

CONTRACT DATE:

   XXXXXX
REQUIREMENT NO.:    XXXXXX
QUALITY:    XXXXXXXXXX
QUANTITY:    XXXXXXXX (US BBLS)
TOLERANCE:    XXXXX
TOLERANCE OPTION:    SELLER’S
PLACE OF DELIVERY:    XXXXXXX BY VESSEL (DES), AT ONE SAFE BERTH
PERIOD OF DELIVERY:    XXXXXXX
PRICE AND CURRENCY:   
BASIS:    XXXXXXXX
DIFFERENTIAL:    XXXXXXXX
PERIOD:    XXXXXXXX
PAYMENT TERM:    XXXXXXX
ACQUISITION METHOD:    EXECUTION METHOD / SUPPLY POINT METHOD
CREDIT TERMS:    XXXXXXX
OTHER TERMS:   
FURTHER COMMERCIAL AGREEMENTS PERTAINING TO THIS CARGO:

Regards,

Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc.

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Appendix 10

Page 1


APPENDIX 11 – COMMENCEMENT INVENTORY ACQUISITION

This Appendix 11 sets forth the procedures whereby Seller will (i) purchase from or on behalf of Buyer the Initial Inventory (as hereinafter defined in Section 6 of this Appendix 11) held at the Refinery on the Delivery Commencement Date which is being purchased from Valero and (ii) commit to purchase from or on behalf of Buyer the Oil and Indigenous Feedstock designated as “Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit” in Exhibit F (as hereinafter defined) when Supplied to the Storage Facilities by Valero. This Appendix 11 constitutes Buyer’s written mandate for Seller to purchase the volumes of Oil and Indigenous Feedstock acquired hereunder by Seller and under the Tri-Party Agreement from Valero.

1. PBF-VALERO INVENTORY SALES AGREEMENT

On the Delivery Commencement Date, Buyer is entering into a Feedstock and Product Inventory Sales Agreement (the “ ISA ”) with Valero in the form of “Exhibit F to Stock Purchase Agreement” which is attached to this Appendix 11 as Annex A (“ Exhibit F ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in the Agreement or this Appendix 11 have the meanings given such terms in Exhibit F.

2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Buyer represents and warrants to Seller as of the Effective Date, as of the Delivery Commencement Date and as of the date of any purchase of Initial Inventory by Seller pursuant to this Appendix 11 that (a) Exhibit F is a true, correct and complete copy of the agreement between Buyer and Valero with respect to the ISA and (b) there are no provisions in the Stock Purchase Agreement between Buyer and Valero Refining and Marketing Company (an affiliate of Valero) dated September 24, 2010 (the “ SPA ”) with respect to any matter that would cause the terms of the SPA to control in accordance with Section 6.14 of the ISA.

3. TRI-PARTY AGREEMENT; COVENANTS

(a) Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Buyer, Seller and Valero are entering into an agreement (the “ Tri-Party Agreement ”) providing that (i) at Buyer’s instruction Seller shall on the Delivery Commencement Date pay the Initial Inventory Purchase Price (as hereinafter defined) directly to Valero on behalf of Buyer, (ii) Valero shall deliver title to the Initial Inventory, with special warranty of title described in Section 2 of the ISA, directly to Seller as Buyer’s assignee, (lit) when payment to Valero from Buyer becomes due for volumes of Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit, Seller, at Buyer’s instruction, shall pay such amounts directly to Valero on behalf of Buyer, (iv) Valero shall deliver title to such Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit, with special warranty of title described in Section 4.2 of the ISA, directly to Seller instead of Buyer, and (v) Seller will purchase directly from Valero certain Cargoes of Oil.

(b) Except to the extent consented to by Seller, Buyer shall (i) ensure that the ISA is in the same form as Exhibit F, and (ii) not amend, modify or waive any term, right or obligation arising under the ISA.

 

Appendix 11

Page 1


(c) Buyer shall promptly (and in any event within one Business Day after receipt) deliver to Seller copies of all notices, correspondence or other written materials that are either received or delivered by Buyer or Buyer’s Inventory Committee representative that pertain to the transactions contemplated by the ISA, including any notices, correspondence or other written materials from third parties, including Morgan Stanley Capital Group, Inc., which are to acquire from Buyer other inventory included within the scope of the ISA.

(d) Buyer shall promptly (and in any event within one Business Day after becoming aware) notify Seller of: (i) any breach or non-performance by Valero under the ISA, (ii) any other event or circumstance which may delay, restrict, or limit in any way a payment under the ISA, and (iii) any proposed modification, amendment restatement or termination of the ISA or of rights or obligations related thereto.

(e) On the Delivery Commencement Date, (i) Seller shall, (1) at Buyer’s instruction, purchase from Valero the Initial Inventory and (2) commit to purchase, when Supplied to the Storage Facilities, the Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit, and (3) deliver to Buyer a Cargo Confirmation Notice for each Cargo of Oil included in the Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit.

4. PRE-DELIVERY COMMENCEMENT DATE CONSULTATION

Prior to the Delivery Commencement Date, Buyer shall advise Seller on a regular basis as to the volume, anticipated price and status of the Initial Inventory that Buyer is to purchase from Valero pursuant to the ISA (and that Seller is to purchase hereunder). Prior to the Delivery Commencement Date, Buyer shall consult with Seller regarding the Cargoes of Oil (and the Vessels carrying such Cargo) that will be designated as Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit in accordance with Section 4 of the ISA, and Seller reserves the right to reject any such Cargo that does not meet the requirements of Clause 9 of this Appendix 11.

5. INVENTORY COMMITTEE AND INVENTORY SCHEDULE

(a) At least 3 Business Days prior to the Delivery Commencement Date, Buyer shall advise Seller of (i) the person that Buyer intends to nominate as Buyer’s Inventory Committee representative pursuant to Section 3.1.1 of the ISA and (ii) the company that Buyer and Valero agree upon for the Petroleum Inspection Company.

(b) Buyer may not designate a different Inventory Committee representative or agree on a new Petroleum Inspection Company without the consent of Seller.

(c) Buyer shall regularly consult with Seller regarding Buyer’s and Buyer’s Inventory Committee representative’s discussions and negotiations pursuant to Section 3 and Exhibit A of the ISA. Buyer shall promptly (and in any event within one Business Day after receipt) deliver copies of all reports and other documents received by Buyer or Buyer’s Inventory Committee representative pursuant to Section 3 of the ISA and shall consult with Seller regarding the contents of such reports and other documents.

(d) Buyer shall provide Seller with prior notice of any inspections or meeting to be held pursuant to the ISA and will provide Seller the ability to observe any such inspection or meeting.

 

Appendix 11

Page 2


(e) Buyer shall, and shall cause Buyer’s Inventory Committee representative to, only approve an Inventory Schedule that contains sufficient detail regarding all amounts allocated to IF Starting Volume, Initial Oil Inventory, Crude Line Fill, Feedstock Line Fill and Tank Heels as is necessary for the Parties to determine the amount of the Final Feedstock and Product Inventory Sales Amount and Feedstock and Products Sales Amount Adjustment allocable to the Initial Inventory.

(f) Buyer shall, and shall cause Buyer’s Inventory Committee representative to, only make such approvals and take such actions pursuant to the ISA with the consent of Seller, including (i) approval of the Inventory Schedule, (ii) challenges of the Inventory Report pursuant to Section 3.1.4 of the ISA; (iii) disputing or approving the Feedstock and Product Sales Statement pursuant to Section 3.1.5 of the ISA; (iv) decisions with respect to arbitration of disputes pursuant to Section 3.1.5 of the ISA; (v) determination of methodology in accordance with Section B of Appendix A of the ISA; and (vi) sign-off on the Gauge Ticket in accordance with Section E of Appendix A of the ISA. In addition, with respect to (ii), (iii) and (iv) above, Buyer shall, and shall direct Buyer’s Inventory Committee representative to, take any actions reasonably requested by Seller in connection with such actions.

6. INITIAL INVENTORY

(a) The “Initial Inventory” consists of the Feedstock and Products Inventory which are purchased on Buyer’s behalf from Valero pursuant to the ISA that are identified as “Crude Oil” and “Feedstocks” on Part II to Exhibit A of the ISA, including Tank Heels and the Hess VGO, but excludes any “Crude Oil” or “Feedstocks” located (i) in the Hess VGO Terminal - Baltimore or (ii) downstream of the outlet flange of the Storage Facilities. The Initial Inventory specifically excludes the hydrocarbon products identified as “Distillate,” “Gasoline,” “Intermediates,” “LPGS,” “Lube Plant,” “Residual” and “Other” on Part II to Exhibit A of the ISA.

(b) The Initial Inventory includes the following components:

(i) The IF Starting Volume, including any Tank Heels associated therewith;

(ii) The volume of crude oil which is Refinery OSBL Line Fill located in Dock to S-79 tank (4,474 Barrels), as designated on Exhibit C to the ISA (the “Crude Line Fill”);

(iii) The volume of FCC Charge / VGO which is Refinery OSBL Line Fill located in Dock to S-70 tank (1,087 Barrels), as designated on Exhibit C to the ISA (the “Feedstock Line Fill,” and collectively with the Crude Line Fill, the “Line Fill”);

(iv) The volume of Oil included in the Initial Inventory which is not Line Fill (“Initial Oil Inventory”), including any Tank Heels associated therewith.

7. INITIAL PRICING; CONVEYANCE; IN-TRANSIT INVENTORY

(a) The Initial Inventory shall be measured, and the price paid by Seller to or on behalf of Buyer for the Initial Inventory shall be determined, in accordance with the procedures described in Section 3 to Exhibit F and in accordance with this Clause 5 of this Appendix 11, subject to adjustment in accordance with Clause 8 of this Appendix 11.

 

Appendix 11

Page 3


(b) Buyer shall cause Valero to prepare the Excel spreadsheet accompanying the Estimated Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount in sufficient detail to allow the Parties to determine the amount of the Estimated Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount that is allocable to the Initial Inventory and which is payable on the Delivery Commencement Date (such amount the “Initial Inventory Purchase Price”), which amount excludes any amounts which will become payable at a future date with respect to In-Transit Inventory, including such detail as necessary to determine the amounts allocable to the IF Starting Volume, Initial Oil Inventory, Crude Line Fill, Feedstock Line Fill and Tank Heels associated with each storage space at the Storage Facilities.

(c) On the Delivery Commencement Date, Seller shall pay to Valero the Initial Inventory Purchase Price on behalf of Buyer in accordance with the Tri-Party Agreement, and Buyer shall cause Valero to sell assign, transfer and deliver unto Seller, its successors and assigns forever, all of Valero’s right, title, and interest in and to all of the Initial Inventory and shall deliver to Seller such documentation as may be reasonably requested by Seller.

(d) On each delivery of Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit, Buyer shall direct Seller to purchase the Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit from Valero in accordance with the Tri-Party Agreement, and concurrently therewith Buyer shall cause Valero to sell assign, transfer and deliver unto Seller, its successors and assigns forever, all of Valero’s right, title, and interest in and to such Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit and shall deliver to Seller such documentation as may be reasonably requested by Seller. In accordance with the Tri-Party Agreement, Seller shall pay Valero directly for Buyer’s obligations to Valero for the Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit when due, and Valero shall deliver title with special warranty to Seller when such oil is Supplied to the Storage Facilities.

8. PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENT

(a) Upon final determination of the Final Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount and Feedstock and Products Sales Amount Adjustment in accordance with the ISA, the Patties shall allocate any Feedstock and Products Sales Amount Adjustment in accordance with this Clause 8 of this Appendix 11. All amounts shall be paid or received in accordance with the timing for such payments described in Section 3.1.6 of the ISA and shall be allocated as follows:

(i) With respect to the Initial Oil Inventory other than Tank Heels,

(1) With respect to any Oil in the Initial Oil Inventory which has been Delivered to Buyer by Seller as of the date of final determination of the Feedstock and Products Sales Amount Adjustment (the “Delivered Initial Oil Inventory”),

(A) If the adjustment amount allocable to the Delivered Initial Oil Inventory would result in a payment by Valero to Buyer under the ISA, Buyer shall receive such amount from Valero in accordance with the ISA;

 

Appendix 11

Page 4


(B) If the adjustment amount allocable to the Delivered Initial Oil Inventory would result in a payment by Buyer to Valero under the ISA, Buyer shall pay such amount to Valero in accordance with the ISA; and

(C) There shall be no adjustment to the price paid as between Buyer and Seller (which was based on the Estimated Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount) with respect to the Delivered Initial Oil Inventory.

(2) With respect to any Oil in the Initial Oil Inventory other than Tank Heels, if any, which has not been Delivered to Buyer by Seller as of the date of final determination of the Feedstock and Products Sales Amount Adjustment (the “Undelivered Initial Oil Inventory” ) plus any adjustment for the measured volume of Oil in the Initial Oil Inventory (the “Volume Adjustment” ),

(A) If the sum of (i) the adjustment amount allocable to the Undelivered Initial Oil Inventory and (ii) the Volume Adjustment would result in a payment by Valero to Buyer under the ISA, Buyer shall direct Valero to pay such amount directly to Seller, and such amount shall reduce the amount allocated to the price of the Undelivered Initial Oil Inventory; or

(B) If the sum of (i) the adjustment amount allocable to the Undelivered Initial Oil Inventory and (ii) the Volume Adjustment would result in a payment by Buyer to Valero under the ISA, Seller shall pay such amount to Valero, and such amount shall increase the amount allocated to the price of the Undelivered Initial Oil Inventory.

(ii) With respect to the IF Starting Volume other than Tank Heels,

(1) If the adjustment amount allocable to the IF Starting Volume would result in a payment by Valero to Buyer under the ISA, Buyer shall direct Valero to pay such amount directly to Seller, and such amount shall reduce the amount allocated to the IF Starting Volume; or

(2) If the adjustment amount allocable to the IF Starting Volume would result in a payment by Buyer to Valero under the ISA, Seller shall pay such amount to Valero, and such amount shall increase the amount allocated to the IF Starting Volume.

(iii) With respect to Tank Heels,

(1) If the adjustment amount allocable to Tank Heels would result in a payment by Valero to Buyer under the ISA, Buyer shall direct Valero to pay such amount directly to Seller, and such amount shall reduce the amount allocated to Tank Heels for such volumes; or

 

Appendix 11

Page 5


(2) If the adjustment amount allocable to Tank Heels would result in a payment by Buyer to Valero under the ISA, Seller shall pay such amount to Valero, and such amount shall increase the amount allocated to Tank Heels for such volumes.

(iv) With respect to Line Fill, there shall be no adjustment and the deemed volumes of Line Fill used for the Estimated Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount shall be the same as those used for the Final Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount. To the extent there is an adjustment in the volume of Line Fill in the Final Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount, as between Buyer and Seller, the Parties will allocate such volume change to Initial Oil Inventory or IF Starting Volume, as appropriate, and the purchase price adjustment shall be calculated in accordance with Clause 8(a)(i) and 8(a)(ii) of this Appendix 11 above.

(v) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Appendix 11, if an Event of Default has occurred as of the date of determination of the Feedstock and Products Sales Amount Adjustment and Buyer is the Defaulting Party,

(1) Buyer shall direct Valero to make any payments that would otherwise be made to Buyer in accordance with this Clause 8 of this Appendix 11 directly to Seller;

(2) If Buyer fails to direct Valero to make a payment to Seller that Seller is entitled to receive directly in accordance with this Clause 8 of this Appendix 11, Seller may (A) direct Valero to make such payment to Seller and (B) deliver a copy of this Appendix 11 to Valero as evidence of Seller’s entitlement to such payment; and

(3) Seller shall have no obligation to make any payments to Valero with respect to obligations of Buyer, including with respect to Clauses 8(a)(i)(2)(B), 8(a)(ii)(2) and 8(a)(iii)(2) above.

(b) The amounts to be paid or received by Buyer and Seller with respect to Valero in accordance with Clause 8(a) of this Appendix 11 may, at the discretion of the Parties, be netted in such a manner to result in a fewer number of payments or receipts by the Parties. Additionally, Seller may at its sole discretion require payment from Buyer in lieu of Buyer directing Valero to make any payment to which Seller is entitled hereunder.

9. ACCEPTANCE OF VESSELS

All shipping of Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit will be performed on Vessels which are acceptable to Seller in its reasonable discretion in consideration of Seller’s vetting policy in effect at the time. Seller reserves the right to reject any Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit on the basis that the Vessel carrying such Oil does not pass Seller’s vetting policy. In the event any Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit is rejected by Seller in accordance with this Clause 9 of this Appendix 11, the Parties shall work together to resolve the issue, at the sole cost and expense of Buyer. If the issue cannot be resolved to Seller’s reasonable satisfaction, Seller will not purchase such Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit.

 

Appendix 11

Page 6


10. EXCLUDED VOLUMES; VOLUMES PURCHASED UNDER SEPARATE TERMS

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Appendix 11 or in the ISA:

(a) The Hess VGO (as defined in Exhibit F) will be purchased from Valero on 3 vessels in the water and not at the Hess VGO Terminal - Baltimore, subject to Clause 9 of this Appendix 11. Seller has no obligation to purchase any “Crude Oil in-Transit Inventory” (as defined in Exhibit F) other than the Hess VGO, if any, or any Oil at the Hess VGO Terminal – Baltimore;

(b) Seller will take assignment by separate written agreement from Valero of BP North America Petroleum Contract 4200085621 with Valero regarding a volume of vacuum gasoil; and

(c) Seller will, by separate written agreement, purchase from Valero a Cargo of vacuum tower bottoms on a delivered basis to the Refinery’s Storage Facilities, in accordance with the pricing terms of Shell Trading (US) Company Purchase Order. 4300423622 with Valero.

11. ISA

(a) All costs incurred with respect to the ISA, other than the Initial Inventory purchase obligations expressly imposed on Seller pursuant to this Appendix 11, shall be solely for the account of Buyer.

(b) As between Seller and Buyer, notwithstanding the terms of the ISA, in the event of the conflict between any terms of the SPA and the ISA that could adversely affect Seller, the terms of the ISA shall apply instead.

(c) The provisions of Clause 40(c) of the Agreement expressly apply to this Appendix 11, and there are no third party beneficiaries of this Appendix 11. For the avoidance of doubt, Valero shall have no rights with respect to the Agreement or this Appendix 11, and Seller shall not be subject to any terms of the ISA and SPA.

12. OTHER FEES

The Initial Inventory, the Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit and the Cargoes of Oil purchased directly from Valero pursuant to the Tri-Party Agreement are each subject to the normal $[REDACTED]. per Barrel service fee and insurance of $[REDACTED] per Barrel, and shall be included in the calculation of the TVM Payment when Seller becomes responsible for payment for such Initial Inventory, Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit and other Cargoes.

 

Appendix 11

Page 7


ANNEX A TO APPENDIX 11

FORM OF EXHIBIT F TO STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

[Attached]

 

Annex A to Appendix 11

Page 1


EXHIBIT F

TO

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

FEEDSTOCK AND PRODUCT INVENTORY SALES AGREEMENT

THIS FEEDSTOCK AND PRODUCT INVENTORY SALES AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is made and entered into as of December 17, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY , a Delaware corporation (“ Seller ”) and PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Buyer ”) (collectively, the “ Parties ”).

RECITALS

A. Buyer, and Valero Refining and Marketing Company, a Delaware corporation (“ VRMC ”), have entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 24, 2010 (the “ SPA ”), pursuant to which VRMC will sell and transfer, and Buyer will purchase and acquire, the Shares (as defined in the SPA) and, as such, Buyer will indirectly acquire the Refinery (as defined in the SPA) and certain related, tankage and logistics assets (collectively, the “ Refinery Logistics Assets ”). VRMC is an affiliate of Seller.

B. Seller has historically provided feedstock to the owner of the Refinery for use in its operations, and Seller has maintained title to and ownership of the products produced by the Refinery (such feedstocks and products are more particularly defined herein as the “ Feedstock and Products Inventory ”). In connection with consummation of the transactions contemplated by the SPA, Seller desires to sell to Buyer, and Buyer desires to purchase from Seller, all of Seller’s right, title, and interest in and to the Feedstock and Products Inventory and subsequently the Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit. At Closing, Buyer may concurrently sell or assign the Feedstock and Products Inventory to certain third parties who will directly pay Seller for such inventory that they purchase from Buyer, provided, however, Buyer shall remain responsible for all Closing payments to Seller.

C. Seller and Buyer desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth their agreements regarding the protocols to be used for measuring the quantity and quality of the Feedstock and Products Inventory and certain other inventories of feedstocks consumed and products produced at the Refinery, and to establish the prices to be paid by Buyer to Seller for the Feedstock and Products Inventory.

D. As a condition precedent to Closing under the SPA, Buyer and VMRC require the execution of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises, the mutual promises and covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, agree as follows:

 

- 1 -


SECTION 1: DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions . The following terms shall have the following meanings for the purposes of this Agreement:

1.1.1 “ Affiliate ” has the same meaning as that term is defined in the SPA.

1.1.2 “ Argus ” means the various daily reports published by Argus Media Group including the Argus International Crude Report and the U.S. Products Report.

1.1.3 “ Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph immediately preceding the Introduction.

1.1.4 “ Asphalt Terminals ” means the following asphalt terminals: the Apex Terminal in Baltimore, MD and the Kinder Morgan Terminal in Richmond, VA.

1.1.5 “ Bath Butane ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 hereof.

1.1.6 “ Barrel ” means 42 United States standard gallons of 231 cubic inches at 60 degrees Fahrenheit and one atmosphere of pressure (14.696 PSIA).

1.1.7 “ Business Day ” has the same meaning as that term is defined in the SPA.

1.1.8 “ Buyer ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph immediately preceding the Introduction.

1.1.9 “ Closing ” has the same meaning as that term is defined in the SPA.

1.1.10 “ Closing Date ” shall be December 17, 2010.

1.1.11 “ Crude Oil In-Tankage ” means all volumes of crude oil and refinery feedstock that Seller has title to on or before the Inventory Transfer Time which are located within the Refinery Tankage and the Third-Party Tankage or Storage.

1.1.12 “ Crude Oil In-Transit Inventory ” means those volumes of crude oil and feedstock that Seller either has title to or has purchased on or before the Inventory Transfer Time that are scheduled for delivery to the Refinery, the Refinery Tankage, or the Third-Party Tankage or Storage, but which have not, as yet, been delivered to the Refinery, any Refinery Tankage, or any Third-Party Tankage or Storage as of the Inventory Transfer Time and which will include, without limitation, Seller’s crude oil and feedstock as is located, in pipelines, barges, and vessels but excludes Unpaid Crude-Oil In-Transit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Parties assume that on the Inventory Transfer Time that there will be no Crude Oil In-Transit Inventory except for the Hess VGO.

1.1.13 “ Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph immediately preceding the Introduction.

 

- 2 -


1.1.14 “ Estimated Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount ” means the amount specified in a notice from Seller to Buyer no later than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing, being Seller’s reasonable good faith estimate of the Final Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount, as determined in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3 and Exhibit A of this Agreement. Such notice shall also include Seller’s calculations used to determine the Estimated Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount, which shall be provided in an Excel spreadsheet.

1.1.15 “ Feedstock and Products Inventory ” means all (i) In-Tankage Inventory, (ii) In-Transit Inventory, (iii) Refinery OSBL Line Fill and (iv) any volumes of the Products identified in Part II of Exhibit A which are in the physical possession of Seller or Company and located within the Refinery as of the Inventory Transfer Time; in all cases which, as of the Inventory Transfer Time shall be subject to the physical inventory procedures set forth in Exhibit A hereto and the pricing adjustments set forth in Section 3. The definition of Feedstock and Products Inventory herein shall not mean nor include, and expressly excludes , all Refinery and Unit Process Chemicals and Catalyst, Unit Fill and the Retained Feedstock and Products.

1.1.16 “ Feedstock and Products Sales Amount Adjustment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.6 of this Agreement.

1.1.17 “ Feedstock and Products Sales Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.5 of this Agreement.

1.1.18 “ Final Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount ” means the amount of the Feedstock and Products Inventory as determined in accordance with the procedures described in Section 3 and Exhibit A of this Agreement.

1.1.19 “ Final Inventory Report ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.4 of this Agreement.

1.1.20 “ Finished Product In-Tankage ” means all volumes of finished or refined Products that Seller has title to and are located within the Refinery Tankage and the Third-Party Tankage or Storage as of the Inventory Transfer Time.

1.1.21 “ Finished Product In-Transit ” means all volumes of finished or refined Products that Seller has title to which are, as of the Inventory Transfer Time, located in the Jet Pipeline, NuStar Pipeline or the Plains Pipeline, or in the case of lubes and petcoke Products, in any railcars, barges, tank trucks or other facilities outside the Refinery and have not yet been delivered to any Third Party Tankage or Storage or customer, if sold to such customer on a delivered basis, or in the case of certain lube Products to be transloaded, which have not yet been transloaded at the transload terminal or facility.

1.1.22 “ Gallon ” means one standard United States gallon of 231 cubic inches at 60 degrees Fahrenheit and one atmosphere of pressure (14.696 PSIA).

1.1.23 “ Hess VGO ” means approximately 123,386 bbls of VGO loaded on three separate barges and in transit to the Refinery from the Hess Terminal in Baltimore, Md.

 

- 3 -


1.1.24 “ In-Transit Inventory ” means the Crude Oil In-Transit Inventory and the Finished Product In-Transit.

1.1.25 “ In-Tankage Inventory ” means the Crude Oil In-Tankage and the Finished Product In-Tankage.

1.1.26 “ Inventory Committee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.1 of this Agreement.

1.1.27 “ Inventory Schedule ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.1 of this Agreement.

1.1.28 “ Inventory Transfer Time ” means 00:00:01 A.M., local time, on the Closing Date.

1.1.29 “ Jet Line ” means the jet fuel pipeline which runs from the Refinery to the Philadelphia Airport which is owned and operated by Buckeye Pipeline.

1.1.30 “ NuStar Line ” means the product line which runs from the Refinery to the NuStar Terminal.

1.1.31 “ NuStar Terminal ” means the refined product distribution terminal owned by NuStar and located adjacent to the Refinery at 7 North Delaware Street, Paulsboro, NJ.

1.1.32 “ OPIS ” means Oil Price Information Service.

1.1.33 “ Parties ” and “ Party ” have the meanings set forth in the introductory paragraph immediately preceding the Introduction.

1.1.34 “ Plains Line ” means the ethanol pipeline which runs from the Plains Terminal to the NuStar Terminal.

1.1.35 “ Plains Terminal ” means the ethanol distribution terminal owned by Plains and located adjacent to the Refinery at 3 rd Street and Billingsport, Paulsboro, NJ.

1.1.36 “ Platt’s ” means Platt’s Oilgram Price Report.

1.1.37 “ Permitted Liens ” has the same meaning as that term is defined in the SPA.

1.1.38 “ Petroleum Inspection Company ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.1 of this Agreement.

1.1.39 “ Products ” means all crude oil, feedstock, and products that are currently used and/or produced in the ordinary course of the business conducted at the Refinery.

1.1.40 “ Refinery ” has the same meaning as that term is defined in the SPA.

 

- 4 -


1.1.41 “ Refinery Butane ” means all normal butane and isobutane that Seller has title to which is, as of the Inventory Transfer Time, stored in railcars located within the boundaries of the Refinery or in-transit for storage at the Refinery.

1.1.42 “ Refinery OSBL Line Fill ” means the Products that Seller has title to which are, as of the Inventory Transfer Time, located in any pipeline or lateral located within the boundaries of the Refinery, but outside the battery limits of the refining or processing units within the Refinery, as further identified by product and volume on Exhibit C attached hereto. The definition of Refinery OSBL (outside battery limits) Line Fill expressly excludes any In-Transit Inventory and In-Tankage Inventory.

1.1.43 “ Refinery Tankage ” means and includes all tankage (and in the case of certain specialty products, all staging areas, sulfur pits or other storage facilities) which is used for the storage of Products and is located within the boundaries of the Refinery; including any segment of any pipe or conveyor used to move such Products into and out of such tankage or facilities which is attached to, and is situated only in the immediate vicinity of, such tankage or facilities.

1.1.44 “ Retained Feedstock and Products ” means all of the following types of Products: (i) those volumes of refined Products that Seller either has title to or has sold to any third party on or before the Inventory Transfer Time and which have already been either loaded or removed from and delivered out of the Refinery Tankage and the Refinery as of the Inventory Transfer Time, but in all cases excluding any Finished Product In-Transit or refined Products located within the Third-Party Tankage or Storage; (ii) those volumes of asphalt Products in transit to or located at the Asphalt Terminals as of the Inventory Transfer Time; and (iii) the Refinery Butane, as of the Inventory Transfer Time.

1.1.45 “ Seller ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph immediately preceding the Introduction.

1.1.46 “ SPA ” has the meaning set forth in the Introduction.

1.1.47 “ Tank Heels ” means the greater of: a) volume of Product below the lowest suction in a tank, unless the tank is equipped with a regular side entry pipe in which case “Tank Heels” means the volume below the middle of the lowest suction in such tank, or b) the volume required to safely float a roof in a floating roof tank.

1.1.48 “ Third-Party Tankage or Storage ” means each of the third-party owned and/or operated storage tanks, underground storage caverns or in the case of petcoke, dry bulk storage facilities described on Exhibit B . The term “Third-Party Tankage or Storage” includes any segment of any pipe or in the case of Petcoke any gondolas, chutes or conveyors used to move such Products into and out of such tankage or storage which is attached to, and is situated only in the immediate vicinity of, such tankage or storage.

1.1.49 “ Unit Fill ” means all volumes of Products that Seller has title to which is, as of the Inventory Transfer Time, located at or contained in any part or portion of any refining or processing unit located within the boundaries of the Refinery, but excludes the Refinery OSBL Line Fill and any products contained in the Refinery Tankage.

 

- 5 -


1.1.50 “ Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit ” means those volumes of crude oil and feedstock on vessels that Seller has purchased or contracted to purchase but which have not been paid for by Seller as of the Inventory Transfer Time and are scheduled for delivery to the Refinery, the Refinery Tankage, or the Third-Party Tankage or Storage, but which have not, as yet, been delivered to the Refinery, any Refinery Tankage, or any Third-Party Tankage or Storage as of the Inventory Transfer Time, and which are designated as “Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit” on Exhibit F .

All capitalized terms used, but that are not otherwise defined, in the body of this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the SPA.

SECTION 2: ASSIGNMENT AND CONVEYANCE

2.1 Assignment and Conveyance . Seller hereby SELLS, ASSIGNS, TRANSFERS, and DELIVERS unto Buyer (or its designated assignee), its successors and assigns forever, all of Seller’s right, title, and interest in and to all of the Feedstock and Products Inventory and Unit Fill TO HAVE AND TO HOLD, all of Seller’s right, title, and interest in and to the Feedstock and Products Inventory and Unit Fill, together with all and singular the rights and appurtenances thereto in anywise belonging, unto Buyer (or its designated assignee) and Buyer’s (or its designated assignee’s) successors and assigns forever. Seller, for itself, its successors and assigns, covenants and agrees to warrant and forever defend good title to the Feedstock and Products Inventory, free and clear of all liens, against the claims of all parties claiming the same by, through, or under Seller, but not otherwise.

2.2 Warranties and Representations of Seller; Disclaimer of Warranties . EXCEPT FOR THE FOREGOING LIMITED SPECIAL WARRANTY OF TITLE, THIS CONVEYANCE IS MADE AND ACCEPTED WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, REGARDING THE FEEDSTOCK AND PRODUCTS INVENTORY AND UNIT FILL INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY AS TO THE CONDITION OR MERCHANTABILITY OF SUCH COMMODITY OR FITNESS OF ANY SUCH COMMODITY FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. BUYER SHALL ACCEPT ALL OF THE FEEDSTOCK AND PRODUCTS INVENTORY AND UNIT FILL IN ITS “AS IS, WHERE IS” CONDITION AND “WITH ALL FAULTS.

SECTION 3: TIMELINE

3.1 Timeline . The Parties anticipate that the following events will occur in the manner and sequence set forth as follows:

3.1.1 Inventory Committee . An inventory committee (the “ Inventory Committee ”) consisting of a representative of each of Buyer and Seller and a mutually agreeable independent petroleum inspection company (the “ Petroleum Inspection Company ”) shall be established to prepare and conduct the physical inventory measurement pursuant to the procedures set forth in Exhibit A . As of the Effective Date of this Agreement, Buyer and Seller shall each designate their respective Inventory Committee representatives, and the

 

- 6 -


representatives shall agree upon and appoint the Petroleum Inspection Company. Promptly upon appointment of the Petroleum Inspection Company, Seller shall provide Buyer and the Petroleum Inspection Company with all information relating to the Feedstock and Products Inventory, including tank and product types, which is necessary to design and carry out an effective physical inventory in the manner set forth in Exhibit A . The Inventory Committee shall use this information to develop a mutually agreed upon gauging and sampling schedule by location and tank (the “ Inventory Schedule ”). The Inventory Schedule shall be approved by the Inventory Committee no later than five (5) Business Days prior to Closing. The physical inventory measurement shall then be conducted in accordance with the Inventory Schedule and the provisions of Exhibit A .

3.1.2 Delivery of Estimated Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount . No later than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing, Seller shall deliver to Buyer the Estimated Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount.

3.1.3 Payment of Estimated Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount . At the Closing, in consideration of Seller’s assignment and conveyance of the Feedstock and Products Inventory, Buyer shall pay to Seller, by wire transfer or delivery of other immediately available funds, the Estimated Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount.

3.1.4 Inventory Report . Within ten (10) Business Days after the Closing Date, the Petroleum Inspection Company shall provide the Parties with a physical inventory report setting forth the quantity (which shall be temperature, API gravity, bottom sediment & water (BS&W), and pressure corrected) and qualitative laboratory results of the Feedstock and Products Inventory (excluding In-Transit Inventory, Refinery OSBL Line Fill, and Retained Feedstock and Products).

During a fifteen (15) day review period following receipt by both Parties of the physical inventory report, either Party may question the calculations and/or laboratory results set forth therein and the members of the Inventory Committee shall resolve any outstanding quantity and quality disputes. At the end of such review period and following resolution of all quantity and quality disputes, the quantity and quality entries set forth in the adjusted physical inventory report, for each of the Feedstock and Products Inventory, will become the official quantity and quality measurements of the Feedstock and Products Inventory as of the Inventory Transfer Time and the physical inventory report, as may be revised pursuant to the foregoing, will become the “ Final Inventory Report ”.

3.1.5 Feedstock and Products Sales Statement . On or before ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, Seller shall calculate the Final Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount by using (i) the quantity and quality measurements set forth in the Final Inventory Report prepared in accordance with Section 3.1.4 and Exhibit A , and (ii) with respect to any Crude Oil In-Transit Inventory, bills of lading, shore meters or other appropriate statements evidencing the volume thereof. The various quantities set forth therein shall be multiplied by the relevant price formulas set forth in Part II of Exhibit A , and Seller shall deliver to Buyer a statement (the “ Feedstock and Products Sales Statement ”) setting forth the Final Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount, together with supporting calculations and documentation used to determine the Final Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount. Unless Buyer gives

 

- 7 -


notice to Seller on or before thirty (30) calendar days after Buyer’s receipt of the Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Statement that Buyer disputes the Final Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount specified in the Feedstock and Products Sales Statement, the Final Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount shall be as specified in the Feedstock and Products Sales Price Statement. If Buyer gives timely notice to Seller that it disputes the Final Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Price (or the final quantity or price of In-Transit Inventory) specified in the Feedstock and Products Sales Price Statement, Seller and Buyer shall consult in good faith and use all reasonable efforts to agree upon the calculation of the Final Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Price. If Seller and Buyer have not agreed on the Final Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Price within fifteen (15) calendar days after Seller’s receipt of Buyer’s dispute notice, either Seller or Buyer shall have the right to submit such matters as remain in dispute to Grant Thornton or Baker O’Brien (depending on the issues in dispute) as Seller and Buyer shall mutually agree, for final resolution, which resolution shall be binding upon Seller and Buyer, and judgment upon which may be entered in any court having jurisdiction over the Party against which such determination is sought to be enforced. Such firm’s determination shall be in the form of a written opinion as is appropriate under the circumstances and shall confirm that it was rendered in accordance with this Section 3.1.5 and Exhibit A . The fees and expenses of such firm for its services in resolving such dispute shall be borne equally by Seller and Buyer.

3.1.6 Feedstock and Products Sales Amount Adjustment . Upon final determination of the Final Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount pursuant to Section 3.1.5 , a true-up adjustment including interest at the Applicable Rate from the Closing Date will be made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.1.6 (the “ Feedstock and Products Sales Amount Adjustment ”). If the Final Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount is greater than the Estimated Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount paid by Buyer at Closing, Buyer shall make an additional payment to Seller in an amount equal to the amount by which the Final Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount, as finally agreed upon pursuant to Section 3.1.5 , exceeds the Estimated Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount, which payment shall be made by wire transfer or delivery of other immediately available funds on or before the fifth (5 th ) Business Day after the final determination of the Feedstock and Products Sales Amount Adjustment. If the Final Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount is less than the Estimated Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount paid by Buyer at Closing, Seller shall make a payment to Buyer in an amount equal to the amount by which the Estimated Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount exceeds the Final Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount, as finally agreed upon pursuant to Section 3.1.5 , which payment shall be made by wire transfer or delivery of other immediately available funds on or before the fifth (5 th ) Business Day after the final determination of the Feedstock and Products Sales Amount Adjustment.

3.1.7 Access to Records and Audit . From the Closing Date through sixty (60) days after the Buyer’s receipt of the Final Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Price Statement, the Parties shall afford each other access, at all reasonable times, to the relevant personnel, properties and books and records, and working papers for the purpose of auditing and verifying the accuracy of the physical inventory and feedstock and product inventory sales prices.

 

- 8 -


SECTION 4: CRUDE OIL IN-TRANSIT

4.1 Crude Oil In-Transit Inventory . The Parties expressly agree the deliveries of Crude Oil In-Transit Inventory shall be included as part of the Feedstock and Products Inventory. The Crude Oil In-Transit Inventory shall be deemed to include (i) crude oil cargo of any ship (whether or not loaded prior to the Closing Date) that has been identified and agreed by representatives of Seller and Buyer prior to the Closing Date for delivery to the Refinery and the Refinery Tankage following the Closing Date which Seller or any Affiliate of Seller has paid for on or before the Closing Date, (ii) the Hess VGO and (iii) subject to the requirements of the Agreement, the crude oil cargo of any ship to be processed at the Refinery (A) that Seller or any of its Affiliates purchases (or enters into a contract to purchase) and pays the seller of such crude oil on or prior to the Closing Date for processing at the Refinery in the ordinary course of business of the Company, and (B) in respect of which prior to the Closing Date, Seller has provided the Buyer with written notice. For purposes of clarification, it is agreed that the entire cargo of any ship that has started but not completed delivery of crude oil as of the Inventory Transfer Time shall be considered Crude Oil In-Tankage, provided that Seller or any Affiliate of Seller has paid the seller of such crude oil prior to the Inventory Transfer Time. Each cargo of Crude Oil In-Transit Inventory purchased and paid for by Seller or any of its Affiliates on a delivered basis shall be considered as part of the Feedstock and Products Inventory only to the extent of actual outturn volume, which results from the completed delivery of such Crude Oil In-Transit Inventory to the Refinery and the Refinery Tankage, respectively. The actual outturn volume for Crude Oil In-Transit Inventory purchased on a delivered basis will be based on tank gauges at the appropriate facilities and the protocols and procedures applicable to the quantification and valuation of such Crude Oil In-Transit Inventory upon the conclusion of the delivery of such In-Transit Inventory to the Refinery and the Refinery Tankage in the same manner in which is applicable to Crude Oil In-Tankage as of the Inventory Transfer Time. Each cargo of Crude Oil In-Transit Inventory purchased on a FOB basis shall be considered as part of the Feedstock and Products Inventory only to the extent of volume reflected in the bill of lading for such Crude Oil In-Transit Inventory.

4.2 Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit . The Parties expressly agree the deliveries of Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit shall not be included as part of the Feedstock and Products Inventory as of the Inventory Transfer Time but will be sold and transferred to Buyer (or its designated assignee) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 4.2. The Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit shall be limited to (i) crude oil and feedstock cargo of any ship (whether or not loaded prior to the Closing Date) that has been scheduled on Exhibit F attached hereto and will be delivered to the Refinery and the Refinery Tankage following the Closing Date, and (ii) subject to the requirements of the Agreement, the crude oil and feedstock cargo of any ship to be processed at the Refinery (A) that Seller or any of its Affiliates purchases (or enters into a contract to purchase) prior to the Closing Date for processing at the Refinery in the ordinary course of business of the Company, and (B) is more fully described on Exhibit F. Seller hereby agrees to sell and deliver to Buyer, and Buyer hereby agrees to purchase and receive from Seller all such Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit on the following terms and conditions:

 

  (a)

All Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit shall be purchased by Buyer (or its designated assignee as such Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit is discharged at the Refinery. Title to and risk of loss of the Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit

 

- 9 -


  sold hereunder shall pass from Seller to Buyer (or its designated assignee) as such Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit passes the last permanent flange connection between the cargo intake manifold of the delivering vessel and the delivering hose at the docks at the Refinery. The actual outturn volume for Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit purchased will be based on tank gauges at the appropriate facilities and the protocols and procedures applicable to the quantification and valuation of such Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit upon discharge of such Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit at the Refinery and the Refinery Tankage in the same manner in which is applicable to Crude Oil In-Tankage.

 

  (b) The price for the Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit will be based on the same valuation formulae (for each type of in-transit crude oil which makes up the Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit) set forth in Exhibit A; provided however, (i) that if the actual freight protection costs are not available at the time of delivery, Seller shall invoice Buyer based on the estimated freight protection costs, with an adjustment being made between Seller and Buyer when the actual freight protection costs are known; and (ii) the payment terms for such Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit will be the earlier of 10 days after completion of discharge or 15 days after Notice of Readiness (10/15 COD/NOR). All payments shall be made without offset, discount, deduction or counterclaim by wire transfer of immediately available funds to Seller at such account as Seller may designate in writing. Any amount payable by Buyer hereunder shall, if not paid when due, bear interest from the payment due date until, but excluding the date payment is received by Seller, at the Applicable Rate. Buyer may direct a third party to make payment to Seller on Buyer’s behalf, but Buyer shall remain responsible for making such payments to Seller. On delivery of Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit to Buyer (or its designated assignee), Seller shall SELL, ASSIGN, TRANSFER and DELIVER unto Buyer (or its designated assignee), its successors and assigns forever, all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to all of such Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit TO HAVE AND TO HOLD, all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to such Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit, together with all and singular the rights and appurtances thereto in anywise belonging, unto Buyer (or its designated assignee) and Buyer’s (or its designated assignee’s) successors and assigns forever. Seller shall deliver to Buyer (or its designated assignee) such bills of lading or any other documentation reasonably requested by Buyer (or its designated assignee) to evidence the foregoing.

 

  (c)

Seller represents and warrants to Buyer (or its designated assignee) that as of the date of delivery of the Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit hereunder, Seller shall have good title to the Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit sold and delivered, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances, other than taxes that are due by Buyer (or its designated assignee). After delivery, Seller, for itself, its successors and assigns, covenants and agrees to warrant and

 

- 10 -


  forever defend good title to such Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit, free and clear of all liens (other than taxes that are due by Buyer), against the claims of all parties claiming the same by, through or under Seller, but not otherwise. EXCEPT FOR THE FOREGOING WARRANTY OF TITLE, THIS CONVEYANCE IS MADE AND ACCEPTED WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, REGARDING THE UNPAID CRUDE OIL IN-TRANSIT INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY AS TO THE CONDITION OR MERCHANTABILITY OF SUCH COMMODITY OR FITNESS OF ANY SUCH COMMODITY FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. BUYER SHALL ACCEPT ALL OF THE UNPAID CRUDE OIL IN-TRANSIT IN ITS “AS IS, WHERE IS” CONDITION AND “WITH ALL FAULTS.

 

  (d) All other terms and conditions for the sale and delivery of the Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit, to the extent not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, shall be governed by ChevronTexaco Global Trading General Provisions DES (Named Port of Destination) Sales, dated January 1, 2002 which are made a part of, and incorporated into this Section 4.2 of the Agreement. Marine movements of the Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit into the docks at the Refinery shall be in accordance with the Valero Marketing and Supply Company Marine Provisions Effective July 15, 2009.

SECTION 5: BUTANE SUPPLY

5.1 Bath Butane . The Parties acknowledge that Seller has entered into a buy sell arrangement with Plains Marketing Canada, LP (“ Plains ”) whereby Seller has sold to Plains under Sales Contract number 40249582 (the “ Plains Sales Contract ”) [REDACTED] barrels of Mixed Butane (approximately [REDACTED] barrels per month during the period April 1, 2010 through August 31, 2010) for storage at Plain’s Bath NY Storage Facility (the “ Bath Storage Facility ”), and Seller is obligated to purchase from Plains under Purchasing Contract number 4200079667 (the “ Plains Purchase Contract ”) [REDACTED] barrels of Mixed Butane (approximately [REDACTED] barrels per month during the period beginning October 1, 2010 through February 28, 2010 for use by the Refinery) from storage at the Bath Storage Facility. The Plains Sales Contract and the Plains Purchase Contract will not be assigned to Buyer at Closing; however, Buyer hereby agrees to purchase from Seller and Seller hereby agrees to sell to Buyer the remaining volumes of Mixed Butane (the “ Bath Butane ”) to be sold under the Plains Purchase Contract pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth on Exhibit D attached hereto.

5.2 Refinery Butane . From and after the Closing Date, Seller shall store at the Refinery and sell to Buyer the Refinery Butane under the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit E attached hereto.

SECTION 6: MISCELLANEOUS

 

- 11 -


6.1 Assignment . The provisions of this entire Agreement shall be binding upon the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the Parties hereto. Neither Party may assign this Agreement to a third party without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned; provided , however , that without the consent of the other Party, (a) either Party may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to its parent entity, subsidiary, or Affiliates, and (b) Buyer may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement, in whole or in part, to Morgan Stanley Capital Group, Inc. (“ MSCG ”) and Statoil Marketing and Trading (US) Inc. (“ SMT ”), provided that MSCG and SMT assume such assigned obligations under this Agreement and Buyer shall remain liable for the performance of all of the terms, conditions and covenants of this Agreement. Buyer’s right, title and interest in the Feedstock and Products Inventory and the Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit shall be assigned to SMT and MSCG as shall be specified by Buyer in writing to Seller.

6.2 Notices . All notices and other communications that are required to be or may be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered in person or by courier or mailed by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the relevant Party hereto at the following addresses or sent by facsimile to the following numbers:

If to Seller:

 

Valero Marketing and Supply Company
One Valero Way
Mail Station B2E-183
San Antonio, Texas 78249-1616
Attention:   Executive Vice President – Corporate Development
Telephone:   (210) 345-2410
Facsimile:   (210) 345-2270

If to Buyer:

 

PBF Holding Company LLC

1 Sylvan Way, 2nd floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

Attention:   Senior Vice President – General Counsel
Telephone:   (973) 455-7500
Facsimile:   (973) 455-7560

or to such other address or facsimile number as Seller or Buyer may, from time to time, designate in a written notice given in accordance with this Section 5.2 . Any such notice or communication shall be effective (a) if delivered in person or by courier, upon actual receipt by the intended recipient, (b) if sent by facsimile transmission, upon actual receipt if received during the recipient’s normal business hours, or at the beginning of the recipient’s next business day after receipt if not received during recipient’s normal business hours, or (c) if mailed, upon the earlier often (10) days after deposit in the mail and the date of delivery as shown by the return receipt therefore.

 

- 12 -


6.3 Choice of Law; Dispute Resolution . This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted and the rights of the parties determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, exclusive of its conflict of laws principles. All controversies or disputes arising out of and related to this Agreement shall be resolved in accordance with the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Exhibit D of the SPA.

6.4 Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process; Waiver . Each of the Parties hereto agrees, subject to Section 5.6 , that it shall bring any action or proceeding in respect of any claim arising out of or related to this Agreement, whether in tort or contract or at law or in equity, exclusively in any federal or state court in the State of New York and solely in connection with such claims, if any, (i) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts, (ii) waives any objection to laying venue in any such action or proceeding in such courts, (iii) waives any objection that such courts are an inconvenient forum or do not have jurisdiction over it and (iv) agrees that service of process upon it may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to it at its address specified in Section 5.2 of the Agreement. The foregoing consents to jurisdiction and service of process shall not constitute general consents to service of process in the State of New York for any purpose except as provided herein and shall not be deemed to confer rights on any Person (as such term is defined in the SPA) other than the Parties hereto. Each of the Parties hereto knowingly and intentionally, irrevocably and unconditionally waives trial by jury in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and for any counterclaim therein.

6.5 Availability of Equitable Relief . Each of the Parties hereto recognizes that irreparable injury will result from a breach of any provision of this Agreement and that money damages will be inadequate to fully remedy the injury. In order to prevent such irreparable injury, the arbitrators selected pursuant to Section 6.3 shall have the power to grant temporary or permanent injunctive or other equitable relief. Notwithstanding Section 6.3 , prior to the appointment of the arbitrators, a party hereto may, subject to this Section 6.5 , seek temporary injunctive relief from any court of competent jurisdiction; provided that the party seeking such relief shall (if arbitration has not already been commenced) simultaneously commence arbitration in compliance with the dispute resolution procedures. Such court ordered relief shall not continue more than 10 days after the appointment of the arbitrators (or in any event for longer than 60 days).

6.6 Amendment . This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing executed and delivered by the Parties hereto.

6.7 Severability . In the event any portion of this Agreement shall be found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, that portion of this Agreement will be null and void and the remainder of this Agreement will be binding on the Parties as if the unenforceable provisions had never been contained herein.

6.8 Waivers; Limitation of Liability . The delay or failure of any Party to enforce any of its rights under this Agreement arising from any default or breach by the other Party shall not constitute a waiver of any such default, breach, or any of the Party’s rights relating thereto. No custom or practice which may arise between the Parties in the course of operating under this Agreement will be construed to waive any Parties’ rights to either ensure the other Party’s strict

 

- 13 -


performance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, or to exercise any rights granted to it as a result of any breach or default under this Agreement. Neither Party shall be deemed to have waived any right conferred by this Agreement or under any applicable law unless such waiver is set forth in a written document signed by the Party to be bound, and delivered to the other Party. No express waiver by either Party of any breach or default by the other Party shall be construed as a waiver of any future breaches or defaults by such other Party.

IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOST PROFITS, ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

6.9 Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence in this Agreement. If the date specified in this Agreement for giving any notice or taking any action is not a Business Day (or if the period during which any notice is required to be given or any action taken expires on a date which is not a Business Day), then the date for giving such notice or taking such action (and the expiration date of such period during which notice is required to be given or action taken) shall be the next day which is a Business Day.

6.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts and by the different Parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Signed counterparts of this Agreement may be delivered by facsimile and by scanned PDF image; provided that each Party hereto uses commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to each other Party hereto original signed counterparts as soon as possible thereafter.

6.11 Further Assurances . Both Seller and Buyer agree to execute and deliver, from time to time, such other and additional instruments, notices, transfer orders and other documents, and to do all such other and further acts and things as may be necessary to more fully and effectively transfer and assign the Feedstock and Products Inventory to Buyer.

6.12 Third Party Consents . The assignment and conveyance set forth in this Agreement shall not constitute an assignment or transfer of any of the Feedstock and Products Inventory if an attempted assignment thereof without the prior consent of a third party would result in a termination thereof, unless and until such consent shall have been obtained, at which time such asset(s) shall be and is hereby deemed to be transferred and assigned to Buyer in accordance herewith.

6.13 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Exhibits attached hereto and any portion of the SPA containing a defined term incorporated herein by reference, all of which are hereby incorporated by reference, contains the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes any prior agreement pertaining to the subject matter of this Agreement.

6.14 Conflict of Terms . If the terms of this Agreement conflict with terms of the SPA with respect to any matter, then the terms of the SPA will control.

 

- 14 -


The Parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date first above written, to be effective as of the Closing Date.

 

VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY

By:

 

 

  S. Eugene Edwards, Executive Vice President
PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Feedstock and Product Inventory Sales Agreement]

Signature Page


EXHIBIT A

FEEDSTOCK AND PRODUCTS

MEASUREMENT PROCEDURES AND PRICING

The Feedstock and Product Inventory Sales Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) to which this Exhibit A (“ Exhibit A ”) relates and forms a part, provides that the Feedstock and Products Inventory will be measured and valued in accordance with this Exhibit A .

Part I of this Exhibit A sets forth the procedures for conducting the physical inventory of the Feedstock and Products Inventory (other than the In-Transit Inventory, which shall be estimated or otherwise calculated in accordance with the specific applicable provisions hereof but not subject to a physical inventory as of the Closing, and the Refinery OSBL Line Fill which shall be based on the volumes set forth in Exhibit C) and located at and within the Refinery, the Refinery Tankage and the Third-Party Tankage or Storage as of the Inventory Transfer Time.

Part II of this Exhibit A sets forth the valuation formulae and procedures for valuing the Feedstock and Products Inventory (including the In-Transit Inventory, but excluding any Unit Fill) in order to determine the Estimated Feedstock and Products Sales Amount, Feedstock and Products Sales Statement, and the Final Feedstock and Products Inventory Sales Amount.

All capitalized terms used in this Exhibit A that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.

Part I. Physical Inventory Procedures

 

(A.) INDEPENDENT INSPECTION :

All gauging, temperature measurment, sampling, testing and net volume calculations will be done by the Petroleum Inspection Company with the participation of Buyer’s and Seller’s Inventory Committee representatives using a mutually agreed upon gauging and sampling schedule by tank (the “Inventory Schedule”). The Inventory Schedule will be mutually developed between the Buyer, Seller and Petroleum Inspection Company. All three parties shall have the right to participate in the physical inventory measurement by observing the gauging, temperature readings, sampling, etc. In addition, Buyer and Seller shall each have the right to have its own independent accountants, consultants, or agents present during the physical inventory, at such respective Parties’ sole cost and expense. Inspection/Testing costs for the Petroleum Inspection Company, including, travel, laboratory, and incidental costs (such as bottles, bombs, seals, etc.), shall be shared on a 50/50 basis (i.e., 50% by the Seller and 50% by the Buyer) by the Parties. Any additional requests (outside of the inventory process) to the Petroleum Inspection Company will be billed to the requesting party at 100%.

 

(B.) QUANTIFICATION PROCEDURES :

In determining the quantities of the various Products to be inventoried, all volumes shall be determined on the basis of the Inventory Transfer Time and as of the completion of delivery to the Refinery, the Refinery Tankage, and the Third-Party Tankage or Storage (with respect to any cargo or tender of In-Transit Inventory). Non-usable and non-merchantable quantities are

 

Exhibit A, Page 1


materials such as water, sludge and other foreign contaminants commonly referred to as basic sediment and water (“ BS&W ”) and shall be excluded for purposes of determining the quantities. BS&W will be determined by using Karl Fisher methodology or Water by Distillation summed with Sediment by Extraction or Membrane Filtration.

 

(C.) INVENTORY MEASUREMENT PROTOCOL :

All gauging, sampling, and analysis related to the determination of quality and quantity of the Feedstock and Products Inventory shall be done in accordance with the latest API Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards as published by the American Petroleum Institute (the “ API Manual ”), ASTM test methods, or by currently accepted industry standards or procedures. The specific standards to be used shall be determined by the Inventory Committee prior to the Closing. Tanks with floating roofs shall contain sufficient Product to fully “float” the roof when it is being gauged. Tanks equipped with steam coils or other means of heating product will have the heat shut off at least one (1) hour prior to gauging. Tank mixers will be shut off at least two (2) hours prior to gauging.

 

(D.) CERTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT :

The Petroleum Inspection Company will standardize, calibrate and certify all gauging tapes and temperature devices used in the transfer of all Feedstock and Products Inventory. The Petroleum Inspection Company will provide quality assurance documentation for its laboratory used for the physical inventory process. The Petroleum Inspection Company shall make all calibration and certification records available to any Party for review. All Parties may witness the verification of the portable electronic thermometers prior to their use. All laboratory equipment used for testing of the inventory samples will also be calibrated/standardized in accordance with industry and manufacturers procedures.

Prior to the Closing Date, the Inspector will inspect the Refinery’s laboratory testing equipment and procedures for the quality tests scheduled to be done by that laboratory, to verify that they are adequate to comply with the ASTM Standards. Both parties may witness the verification, If the Inspector determines the equipment and procedures to be acceptable to perform the required testing, without objection from either Buyer or Seller, the test results from the laboratory may be accepted without further observation of the testing. If the Refinery’s laboratory capacity is not sufficient or if the equipment and procedures are determined to be inadequate to comply with the ASTM Standards, an independent laboratory’s costs shall be shared equally (50:50 basis) by the Buyer and Seller.

 

(E.) ACCEPTANCE AND REVIEW; INVENTORY COMMITTEE :

The Parties shall be deemed to have accepted the accuracy of the gauging and temperature measurements of a tank as recorded by the Petroleum Inspection Company on the gauge ticket (to be mutually developed) (the “ Gauge Ticket ”) if the Parties’ respective Inventory Committee representatives “sign-off” on the Gauge Ticket. Additional sampling will be taken by the Petroleum Inspection Company upon the request of either Party at the sole expense of the requesting Party. All inventory measurements (such as gauges, temperature determinations, and

 

Exhibit A, Page 2


water cuts) shall be resolved to the best of their abilities by Buyer, Seller and Inspector at the time measurements are taken. Any disputes will be resolved by noon the following working day.

 

(F.) QUALITATIVE PROCEDURES :

The determination of the quality of some Products must be performed utilizing special laboratory equipment. Samples of such Products shall be jointly taken as described in subsequent sections, and such tests shall be conducted in a mutually acceptable laboratory. The results of the tests so run shall be binding on both Parties.

All testing conducted in the Refinery laboratory is to be witnessed by a chemist employed by the Petroleum Inspection Company. Both Buyer and Seller may have representatives witness all testing.

All issues related to measurement procedures such as sampling, temperature readings, and gauging shall be resolved to the best of their abilities by the Parties’ representatives at the time the measurement is taken. Any remaining disputes shall be resolved by noon the following working day (or in the case of quality disputes, promptly following receipt of test results) by a majority vote of the members of the Inventory Committee.

 

(G.) PRE-CLOSING INVENTORY PROCEDURES :

Prior to the Inventory Transfer Time, Seller’s personnel shall determine which of the Refinery Tankage shall be active and inactive, and which tanks will contain inventory and which will be empty, as of the Inventory Transfer Time. The Inventory Schedule will take into account the determination of active and inactive tankage and will provide for performing the physical inventory of both active and inactive tankage prior to the Inventory Transfer Time. The Inventory Schedule will be subject to the approval of the Inventory Committee, and shall indicate the following for each tank to be inventoried:

 

   

Storage tank location, tank number, tank type, size, capacity (shell and working);

 

   

Status at closing (active or inactive);

 

   

Product stored including classification as sweet, sour, type of crude, etc.;

 

   

Tank reference gauge height;

 

   

Method of Tank gauging (ullage or innage) based on the Tank calibration table; and

 

   

Tank Heels (volume).

Prior to closing, the Inspector will perform a pre-closing survey of the crude oil and heavy fuel (“Black Oil”) tanks at the Facility to measure the actual gauge height, to compare the actual manual gauge to the automatic gauge, and to determine the amounts of solids and sludge accumulated on the bottoms of the tanks. The results of the survey will be made available to all parties prior to Closing. Upon joint agreement by both Parties, this pre-closing survey may be waived for specific products, tanks or Facilities.

 

Exhibit A, Page 3


(H.) PHYSICAL INVENTORY PROCEDURES :

 

  (i) General :

Tanks with floating roofs shall not be in the critical zone of the floating roof when it is being gauged. Tanks equipped with steam coils or other means of heating product will have the heat shut off at least one (1) hour prior to gauging. Tank mixers shall be shut off at least two (2) hours prior to gauging. Temperature measurements will be obtained at the time of gauging, except as otherwise provided herein.

To the extent applicable, the Parties will cooperate in order to develop mutually acceptable procedures to address measurement of Product that is in the midst of delivery to the Refinery or the Refinery Tankage as of the Inventory Transfer Time.

 

  (ii) Nonmoving Tanks (Inactive Tanks) :

All Refinery Tankage that is standing with no movement in or out as of the Inventory Transfer Time will be gauged and sampled prior to the Inventory Transfer Time in accordance with the Inventory Schedule. All valves in and out of the tank will be closed and sealed at the time of gauging. The Petroleum Inspection Company will seal the tank valves and will be responsible for recording seal numbers and checking of seals. The Petroleum Inspection Company will provide a measurement and seal report identifying all valves and seals by tank and manifold valve. If it is necessary to break seals to transfer Product into or out of a sealed gauged tank, prior notification and confirmation must be obtained from the Inventory Committee in order to keep accurate records of the proceedings.

Once physical inventory operations have started, no tank switching, changes or movements shall be made without written notification to Buyer, Seller, and the Petroleum Inspection Company’s representatives. If tankage seals are broken, tankage must be resealed when movement stops. Said tankage must then be regauged, resampled and temperature determined anew. Otherwise, it will be gauged as an active tank.

Inactive tanks that are required for thermal relief of connecting pipelines will be gauged using the inactive tanks’ automatic gauge readings. Each automatic gauge will be calibrated as close to the Inventory Transfer Time as possible. The automatic gauge reading will be monitored every 10 minutes for 90 minutes before and after the Inventory Transfer Time to confirm that there was no movement into or out of said inactive tank. In cases where the automatic gauge readings indicate tank movement, the tank will be gauged as an active tank.

 

  (iii) Moving Tanks (Active Tanks) :

Active Refinery Tankage that must have movements in or out during the physical inventory quantification process as of the Inventory Transfer Time will be manually gauged during a period in which the active tanks are temporarily inactive, as close to the Inventory Transfer Time as possible. The physical inventory of the active Refinery

 

Exhibit A, Page 4


Tankage will be obtained using the applicable procedures prescribed herein and must coincide with the “closing” of rack meters where appropriate.

Refinery Tankage that will remain active during the inventory period will be measured as close to the Inventory Transfer Time as possible. The gross inventory measurement will be compared against the tanks’ automatic gauges. The volume difference between the two measurements, in gross inches or fractions thereof, will be recorded on the tanks’ physical inventory worksheet. The Petroleum Inspection Company report will identify each tank by number, location and description.

 

  (iv) Loaded Tank Trucks and Rail Cars :

All outbound loaded trucks and rail cars which have been ticketed for sale at the Inventory Transfer Time, other than such trucks and rail cars constituting Finished Product In-Transit, will be considered as a Seller account receivable unless previously paid and will not be part of the Feedstock and Products Inventory. Except for the Retained Feedstock and Products, all loaded trucks and railcars which have not been ticketed for sale will be part of the Feedstock and Products Inventory.

 

  (v) Sulfur :

Sulfur, if any will be sold pursuant to this Agreement, will be measured in accordance production records maintained by the Seller, or through other means agreeable by the Inventory Committee and Petroleum Inspection Company.

 

  (vi) Finished Product In-Transit :

Finished Product In-Transit will be measured in accordance with inventory records maintained by Seller, as confirmed by the Inventory Committee.

 

  (vii) Unit Fill :

Unit Fill will not be measured.

 

  (viii)  Sampling, Testing, and Retention of the Inventory Samples :

1. Intermediates and Heavy Oil Products : A minimum of two sample sets consisting of one quart zone samples from the upper, middle, and lower liquid zones (as those terms are defined or used in the API Manual) will be obtained per tank per API Manual or ASTM D4057 (Standard Practice for Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum Products). In the chosen laboratory, a one quart volumetric blend will be prepared for the inventory quality analyses. The number of sample sets and volume of laboratory blend shall be adjusted based on the defined inventory quality analyses.

2. Light Oil Products : A minimum of two sample sets consisting of one quart average sample will be obtained per tank per the API Manual or ASTM D4057 (Standard Practice for Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum Products).

 

Exhibit A, Page 5


At the Inventory Committee’s discretion and approval the amount/volume of sample obtained will be increased dependent on required laboratory analyses.

3. Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) Samples : All inventory LPGs will have two sample sets consisting of a liquid phase sample and a vapor phase sample obtained per the API Manual, ASTM D1265 (Practice for Sampling Liquefied Petroleum (LP) Gases (Manual Method) or ASTM D3700 (Standard Practice for Obtaining LPG Samples Using a Floating Piston Cylinder). One set of the sealed samples will be retained a minimum of two (2) weeks by the Petroleum Inspection Company.

4. Petroleum Coke and Sulfur : Petroleum coke and sulfur, if any, will be sampled in accordance with ASTM D346 (Collection and Preparation of Coke Samples for Laboratory Analysis), ASTM D2234 (Collection of Gross Sample of Coal) or other mutually agreed procedure.

5. Lubes : A minimum of two sample sets consisting of one quart average sample will be obtained per tank per the API Manual or ASTM D4057 (Standard Practice for Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum Products). At the Inventory Committee’s discretion and approval the amount/volume of sample obtained will be increased dependent on required laboratory analyses.

6. Asphalt : Asphalt will be sampled in accordance with ASTM D 140 (Standard Practice of Sampling Bituminous Materials).

7. Additive Tanks : If Product additive tanks contain diluents blended with the additives, then prior to the Closing Date the Facilities’ personnel will provide the Parties the blending/dilution ratios for additives in the tanks.

8. Retention : Of the sample sets obtained during the physical inventory process, one half (1/2) of each set will be sealed and retained by the Petroleum Inspection Company. The unused portion(s) of the analyzed sample sets will also be sealed and retained. These sealed samples will be maintained by the Petroleum Inspection Company for a minimum period of ninety (90) days or a mutually agreed retention time, LPG samples will be retained as specified in 3. above. At the time of disposal, the Petroleum Inspection Company will properly dispose of samples and appropriate “cradle to grave” documentation forwarded to Seller and Buyer. All retained samples shall be made available to either Buyer or Seller after a three day notice is given and approved by the other party.

 

  (ix) Measurement :

All measurements taken during the physical inventory process will be performed by the Petroleum Inspection Company. The following will be measured, recorded/obtained and documented by the Petroleum Inspection Company on the individual Gauge Ticket: (1) tank location, identification, and type, (2) date and time of measurements, (3) product type within tank, (4) manual gauge recorded in appropriate units and fractional units, (5) measurement method, that is, innage or ullage, (6)

 

Exhibit A, Page 6


temperature readings, (7) free water measurement recorded in appropriate units, (8) Tank Heels, (9) the tanks automatic reading, and (10) tank pressure as applicable to pressurized tanks or vessels.

Duplicate calculations will be made in determining the net inventory contained in each tank at 60 degrees F or the appropriate temperature base for each Product in inventory and in each tank. Seller will make a set of calculations based on “normal” inventory calculation methods at the respective Facilities. The second set of measurements will be made independently by the Inspector. The Inspector’s final calculation after review by Buyer and Seller will determine the net inventory.

 

(I.) METER READINGS – LOADING RACKS AND PIPELINES:

 

  (i) Inactive Systems :

Meter readings shall be obtained on all inactive metered systems (tank truck rack, rail car rack and pipeline) in advance of the Inventory Transfer Time. The Petroleum Inspection Company will secure these systems by sealing the same and inserting meter tickets in these meters to ensure that no Product is moved through these systems during the physical inventory process and the Petroleum Inspection Company report will clearly identify the date and time.

The last tickets used to record Product sales, incoming receipts, Product shipments, and other Product movements will be legibly photocopied and retained by Buyer, Seller, and the Petroleum Inspection Company.

 

  (ii) Active Systems :

Meter readings shall be obtained on all active metered systems coincident with the physical inventory measurements obtained on the storage tank(s) by supplying said metered systems. New meter tickets shall be inserted at this time. Where practical and non-interfering with normal refinery operations, active tanks shall be shut down immediately prior to and during the physical inventory.

The last tickets used to record Product sales or other Product transactions through the meters will be photocopied and retained by Buyer, Seller, and the Petroleum Inspection Company.

 

(J.) POST-INVENTORY PROCEDURES:

(i) Both of the Parties’ representatives shall sign the Gauge Ticket or gauge worksheet for each tank inventoried, which shall include the calculation of gross observed volume and Net Standard Volume. The Buyer’s and Seller’s signature on the Gauge Ticket or gauge worksheet shall indicate agreement with all physical measurements recorded on the ticket or sheet.

 

Exhibit A, Page 7


(ii) Similarly, the Parties’ representatives shall identify and acknowledge all closing meter readings, as well as the last rack sale, Product shipment, and Product receipt prior to the physical inventory.

(iii) An inspection shall be made to assure that all systems previously closed and sealed remained inactive during the physical inventory and that no Product movements occurred through these systems. At this time all seals will be removed by the Petroleum Inspection Company.

 

(K.) CALCULATION OF FINAL INVENTORY QUANTITY:

The Petroleum Inspection Company will tabulate the data from the signed individual tank Gauge Tickets and using current tank calibration tables will determine the total observed volume for each tank (“ Total Observed Volume ”). Correcting for Free Water, applying roof corrections, applying tank shell corrections, and using the most current CTL and CPL correction factors, the Total Observed Volumes will be corrected to Gross Standard Volumes and then to Net Standard Volumes. Volumes within LPG inventory tanks will be corrected for vapor. The Petroleum Inspection Company will produce a final report reporting its conclusions of its calculation of the Inventory Quantity and Quality. The final report is due by the Petroleum Inspection Company to the parties no later than ten (10) business days after Closing. After review and signature of all parties, the Petroleum Inspection Company’s final calculation will be the Final Inventory Quantity. Volumes within Residual Tanks will be corrected to Net Standard Volume only for the BS&W exceeding 1.0% by volume. For purposes of this Exhibit D, the term (i) “ Gross Standard Volume ” means the volume at 60 degrees Fahrenheit and one atmosphere of pressure (14.696 PSIA), including suspended sediment and water, as calculated by the most recent standards under the API Manual, (ii) “ Net Standard Volume ” means the volume at 60 degrees Fahrenheit and one atmosphere of pressure (14.696 PSIA) after deducting BS&W from the Gross Standard Volume, (iii) “ CTL ” means the Correction for the effect of Temperature on Liquid, and (iv) “ CPL ” means the Correction for the effect of Pressure on Liquid.

 

Exhibit A, Page 8


 

FEEDSTOCK AND PRODUCTS SALES PRICE

MEASUREMENT PROCEDURES AND PRICING

Part II. Inventory Valuation

Unless otherwise noted, all inventories will price using the agreed upon prices effective for [REDACTED] day pricing event [REDACTED] Closing using [REDACTED] unique pricing days for each respective formula,.

All volumes of Product making up the Feedstock and Products Inventory that do not meet the relevant quality specifications shall be subject to downward price adjustments in an amount to be determined by the Parties as specified in each “fallback” formula for each price group.

All Tank Heels shall price at the price for the component in each tank less $[REDACTED]/Bbl.

 

PBF Product Name

  

Valero Product Name

  

Pricing Methodology

Crude Oil

     
TERRA NOVA    TERRA NOVA    In Tank: Price to be based on the average daily price differential relative to [REDACTED] for Terra Nova as published by [REDACTED] for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date. Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique quotation days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the sum of the [REDACTED] price, the average [REDACTED] differential, Valero’s actual, [REDACTED], actual [REDACTED], and [REDACTED] costs,
      In Transit: Price to be based on the average of the daily price differential relative to [REDACTED] for Terra Nova as published by [REDACTED] for the [REDACTED] unique quotation days [REDACTED] the Cargo Discharge date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the sum of the daily price differential relative to [REDACTED] for Terra Nova, the [REDACTED] price, Valero’s actual [REDACTED], actual, [REDACTED], and [REDACTED] costs.
VASCONIA    VASCONIA    In Tank: Price to be the differential between Vasconia and the [REDACTED] futures contract for the [REDACTED] completed by Valero for Vasconia crude. Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the sum of the [REDACTED] futures contract settlement price, Valero’s [REDACTED] for [REDACTED], Valero’s actual [REDACTED], actual, [REDACTED] and [REDACTED] costs.
      In Transit: Price to be the differential between Vasconia and


 

      the [REDACTED] futures contract for the [REDACTED] completed by Valero for Vasconia crude. Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique quotation days [REDACTED] the Cargo Discharge date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the sum of the [REDACTED] differential, the [REDACTED] futures contract settlement price, Valero’s actual [REDACTED], actual [REDACTED], and [REDACTED] costs.
URALS    URALS    In Tank Basis: Price to be based on the average daily price differential relative to [REDACTED] as published by [REDACTED] for the [REDACTED] unique quotation days [REDACTED] the Closing date. Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique quotation days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the sum of the [REDACTED] price, the average [REDACTED] differential, a spot market [REDACTED] (provided by three (3) independent Ship Brokers see Note 1), and [REDACTED] costs. Freight assessment to be done on assumption of [REDACTED]/mbbls on an Aframax vessel. [REDACTED] costs for [REDACTED]mbbls at $[REDACTED]/bbl. [REDACTED] times Aframax market demurrage assessment as deemed by independent Ship Brokers. Freight assessment to be calculated for [REDACTED]MT basis [REDACTED] assessment from broker panel consisting of McQullling, Galbraith, and Clarksons London for the period [REDACTED] to Closing Date (consistent with pricing).
      In Transit FOB: Price to be based on the average of the daily price differential relative to [REDACTED] for [REDACTED] for the [REDACTED] unique quotation days [REDACTED] the Cargo Discharge date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the sum of the daily price differential relative to [REDACTED], the [REDACTED] price, Valero’s actual [REDACTED], actual [REDACTED], plus [REDACTED] costs.
      In Transit DBS or CFR: Price to be based on the average of the daily price differential relative to [REDACTED] for [REDACTED] for the [REDACTED] unique quotation days [REDACTED] the Cargo Discharge date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the sum of the daily price differential relative to [REDACTED] the [REDACTED] price, a spot market [REDACTED] (provided by three (3) independent Ship Brokers see Note 1), and [REDACTED] costs. DES cargoes will have no deemed losses. Freight assessment to be done on assumption of [REDACTED]mbbls on an Aframax vessel. [REDACTED] costs for [REDACTED]mbbls at $[REDACTED]/bbl. [REDACTED] times Aframax market demurrage assessment as deemed by independent Ship Brokers. Freight


      assessment to be calculated for [REDACTED] MT basis [REDACTED] assessment from broker panel consisting of McQuilling, Galbraith, and Oarksons London for the period [REDACTED] cargo discharge date.
ARABIAN LT    ARABIAN LT    In Tank: Price will be the average of the [REDACTED] for the [REDACTED] unique quotation days [REDACTED], the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the sum of the [REDACTED] settlement, the [REDACTED] for the Port of loading applicable to the month of Closing, Valero’s last paid [REDACTED] actual [REDACTED] costs [REDACTED] plus [REDACTED] costs.
      In-Transit: Price to be based on the average of the [REDACTED] for the [REDACTED] unique quotation days [REDACTED] the Cargo Discharge date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the sum of the [REDACTED] settlement, the [REDACTED] for the Port of loading applicable to the month of Closing, Valero’s actual [REDACTED], actual [REDACTED], plus [REDACTED] costs.
KIRKUK    KIRKUK   

In Tank: Price will be the average of the [REDACTED] for the [REDACTED] unique quotation days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the sum of the [REDACTED] settlement, the [REDACTED] applicable to the month of Closing, Valero’s last [REDACTED], actual [REDACTED] plus [REDACTED] costs and the applicable [REDACTED].

 

In-Transit: Price to be based on the average of the [REDACTED] Index for the [REDACTED] unique quotation days [REDACTED] the Cargo Discharge date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the sum of [REDACTED] settlement, the [REDACTED] applicable to the month of Closing, Valero’s actual [REDACTED], actual [REDACTED], plus [REDACTED] costs, and the applicable [REDACTED].

HIBBRNIA    CRD-HIBERNIA   

In Tank: Price to be based on the average daily price differential relative to [REDACTED] for Hibernia as published by [REDACTED] for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date. Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique quotation days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the sum of the [REDACTED], the average [REDACTED] differential, Valero’s actual [REDACTED] for the last purchase of that grade, acutal [REDACTED], and [REDACTED] costs.

 

In Transit: Price to be based on the average of the daily price


      differential relative to [REDACTED] for Hibernia as published by [REDACTED] for the [REDACTED] unique quotation days [REDACTED] the Cargo Discharge date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the sum of the daily price differential relative to [REDACTED] for Hibernla, the [REDACTED] price, Valero’s actual [REDACTED] actual [REDACTED], and [REDACTED] costs,
ISTHMUS    ISTHMUS    in Tank: Price to be based on the average daily price differential for Isthmus relative to [REDACTED] as published by [REDACTED] for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, which includes the applicable K factor. Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique quotation days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the sum of the [REDACTED] futures contract settlement price, the average [REDACTED] differential for Isthmus, Valero’s actual [REDACTED] for the last purchase of that grade, actual [REDACTED] and [REDACTED] costs.
      In Transit: Price to be based on Valero’s paid price differential between Isthmus and the [REDACTED] futures contract at the time the cargo priced. Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique quotation days [REDACTED] the Cargo Discharge date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the sum of the Isthmus differential, the [REDACTED] futures contract settlement price, Valero’s actual [REDACTED] actual [REDACTED] and [REDACTED] costs.
CPC BLEND    CPC BLEND    In Tank Delivered Basis: Price to be based on the average daily price differential relative to [REDACTED] for [REDACTED] for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date. Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique quotation days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the sum of the [REDACTED] price, the average [REDACTED], a spot market [REDACTED] (to be provided by three (3) independent Ship Brokers, see Note l), and [REDACTED] costs to include applicable [REDACTED] Freight assessment to be calculated using [REDACTED] vessels ([REDACTED] mbbls) from [REDACTED] with [REDACTED] for of [REDACTED] days. Freight calculation basis [REDACTED] MT utilizing broker panel consisting of McQuilling.Galbraith, and Ciarksons London for the period [REDACTED] Closing Date (consistent with pricing)
M-100    M-1OO    In Tank Delivered Basis: Price to be based on Valero’s [REDACTED] between Delivered US Gulf Coast M-100 and the [REDACTED] futures


      contract. Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, Inclusive. Daily Price to be the sum of the M-100 differential, the [REDACTED] futures contract settlement price, , plus [REDACTED] costs.
Distillate      
FINISHED HEATING OIL    HEATING OIL #2 FUEL    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED] less [REDACTED]cpg. If Sulfur is [REDACTED] ppmw, a sulfur price de-escalator shall apply, as attached for “Heating Oil”. See Note 2.
HEATING OIL    HEATING OIL #2 FUEL UNDYED    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED] less [REDACTED]cpg. If Sulfur is [REDACTED] ppmw, a sulfur price de-escalator shall apply, as attached for “Heating Oil”. See Note 2.
MARINE DIESEL    MARINE DIESEL    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED] less [REDACTED]cpg, plus or minus a quality adjustment, as attached for “Marine Diesel”.
FINISHED JET    MOBILJBTA    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED] less [REDACTED]cpg. See Note 2
FINISHED LSD    LS DIESEL FUEL    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED]. See Note 2.
Feedstocks      
FCC FEED    FCC CHARGB INV(HVY)    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED] plus or minus a quality adjustment, as attached for “FCC Feed”.
CKUDBSLOP    TS 7 HY GAS O1L    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED], as calculated herein.
COKBRFEBD/VTB    COKER CHARGB    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED] plus or minus a


      quality adjustment, as attached for “Coker Feed/VTB”.
PDA FEED/VTB    345 RESID    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED] plus or mlnus a quality adjustment, as attached for “PDA Feed/VTB”
SLOP    API WET SLOP    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED], as calculated herein.
SLOP DRYING       Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED], as calculated herein.
TBX-PAWBTSLOP       Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED], as calculated herein.
RO API SLOP       Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED], as calculated herein.
FCC FEED (BALTIMORE)    FCC FEED (BALTMORE)    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED], plus or minus a quality adjustment, as attached for “FCC Feed”.
Gasoline      
RBOB    RBOB10.0UNLV2    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED] see Note 2.
PBOB    RBOB10.0PREV2    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED] see Note 2.
CBOB    CBOB REG 7.8 RVP    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be[REDACTED] see Note 2.
CBOB REG 12.9       Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, Inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED] see Note 2.


CBOB_SUP    CBOB SOP 12.9   

Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED] less.

See Note 2.

CBO BSUP7. 8 RVP      

Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED] less.

See Note 2.

Intermediates      
LT. STRAIGHT RUN    TR180 EP GASO    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED] futures contract settlement price less [REDACTED] cpg. If the octane [(R+M)/2] is greater than or equal to [REDACTED] , the discount shall be [REDACTED] cpg. See Note 3.
RAW FCC NAPHTHA    FCC GASOLINE    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED] plus an octane and RVP adjustment as attached for “RAW FCC NAPHTHA”.
SOURNAPHTHA    NAPHTHA    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the [REDACTED] futures contract settlement price less [Redacted] cpg. See Note 3.
400 EP NAPHTHA       Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the [REDACTED] futures contract settlement price less [REDACTED] cpg. See Note 3.
SWEET NAPHTHA    PRETREAT    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the [REDACTED] futures contract settlement price less [REDACTED]cpg. See Note 3.
ALKYLATE    ALKYLATE    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED] plus an octane and RVP adjustment as attached for “ALKYLATE OR REFORM ATE”,
RBFORMATE    REFORMATS    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED] an octane and RVP adjustment as attached for “ALKYLATE ORREFORMATE”.
CHD1 FEED    CHDLGO    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED] less [REDACTED] cpg quality adjustment less [REDACTED] cpg location basis.


SOUR ST RUN KBRO    500EPKEROSINE    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED] less [REDACTED] cpg quality adjustment less [REDACTED] cpg location basis.
LPGS      
PROPANE    C3C0MM PROPANE    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily price to be [REDACTED] plus $[REDACTED]/Bbl.
PPMIX    PP-MIX PROPANE    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for (the [REDACTED] unique days
PROPYLBNE       [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be: [REDACTED] minus [REDACTED] Bbl plus [REDACTED], where A= [REDACTED] B= [REDACTED]
OFFSPBC PROPANE    OFF SPEC PROPANE    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED] plus [REDACTED] or minus a BTU based quality adjustment.
ISOBUTANE    IC4 ISO BUTANB PURCH    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED] plus $[REDACTED]/Bbl.
NORMAL BUTANE    C4MIX    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED] plus $[REDACTED]/Bbl.
BB MIX/ALKY FEED    FCC BB STOCK    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED] multiplied by [REDACTED]
Lube Plant      
LUBE DISTILLATE    339, DIST    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED] plus or minus quality adjustment, as attached for “Lube Distillate”.
6154 DIST       Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED] plus or minus quality adjustment, as attached for “Lube Distillate”.
318 DIST       Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price
     


      to be [REDACTED] plus or minus quality adjustment, as attached for “Lube Distillate”.
6336 DIST       Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED] plus or minus quality adjustment, as attached for “Lube Distillate
LUBE MISC.    6287 LHDT CHG    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the price for [REDACTED] as calculated herein.
6051 LHDT CHARGE       Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the price for [REDACTED] as calculated herein.
LUBE EXTRACT    LUBE EXTRACT 130VIS    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the average of: [REDACTED]
LUBE EXTRACT 100VIS       Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the average of: [REDACTED]
LUBE EXTRACT 45VIS       Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the average of: [REDACTED]
345 FURF EXT       Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the average of: [REDACTED]
LUBE EXTRACT    318 FURF EXT    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the average of: [REDACTED]
339 FURF EXT       Price will be the average of the Daily Pricefor the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the average of: [REDACTED]
LUBE BASE OIL    6154 STOCK    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, Inclusive. Daily Price


     
      contract settlement price plus [REDACTED]$/bbl.
6336 STOCK       Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the [REDACTED] futures contract settlement price plus [REDACTED]$/bbl.
339 STOCK      

Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price

contract settlement price plus [REDACTED]$/bbl.

VP850 Stock      

Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price

contract settlement price plus [REDACTED] $/bbl.

318 STOCK      

Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price

contract settlement price plus [REDACTED]$/bbl.

345 STOCK      

Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price

contract settlement price plus [REDACTED] $/bbl.

LUBERAFFINATE    850 Furf Raff    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive, Daily Price to be the volumetric weighted average of the individual [REDACTED] (as calculated herein and adjusted for quality) plus [REDACTED]$/bbl.
6336 RAFF       Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the volumetric weighted average of the individual [REDACTED] (as calculated herein and adjusted for quality) plus [REDACTED]$/bbl.
LUBERAFFINATE    6154 FURF RAFF    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the dosing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the volumetric weighted average of the individual [REDACTED] (as calculated herein and adjusted for quality) plus [REDACTED]$/bbl.
339 FURP RAFF       Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the volumetric weighted average of the individual [REDACTED] (as calculated herein and adjusted for quality) [REDACTED]$bbl.
318 FURF RAFF       Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the volumetric weighted average of the individual [REDACTED] (as calculated herein and adjusted for quality)


      plus [REDACTED]
345 RAFF       Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the volumetric weighted average of the individual [REDACTED] prices (as calculated herein and adjusted for quality) plus [REDACTED] $/bbl.
Residual      
FCCSLURRY/DECANT CLAR SLURRY OIL       Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be [REDACTED] less $[REDACTED]/BBL.
ASPHALT    ASPHALT CMNTPG64-22    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily price to be one hundred percent (100%) of the mean of the [REDACTED] , Density factor for converting prices from short tons to barrels to be [REDACTED] Bbl/short ton.
DAO    PD 345 RAFF    Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing date, inclusive. Daily Price to be the average [REDACTED], as calculated herein, less $[REDACTED]/bbl.


Other

 

Ethanol

   Price will be the average of the Daily Price for the [REDACTED] unique days [REDACTED] the Closing Date, Inclusive, Daily Price to be [REDACTED]

Sulfur

   [REDACTED], minus $[REDACTED/bbl for freight.

Petcoke at Refinery

   [REDACTED] minus $[REDACTED] per Wet Metric Ton using the [REDACTED] Pace Index.

Petcoke Port Contractors (Port of Wilmington)

   [REDACTED] using the [REDACTED] Pace Index. Valero to retain ownership of any inventory of Petcoke located in the barn at the Port Contractors - Facility B1 - 310 Pigeon Point Road, New Castle, Delaware.

 

Part II to Exhibit A, Page 10


QUALITY ADJUSTERS

 

HEATING OIL    1) If Sulfur is greater than [REDACTED] parts-per-million (ppm) by weight (ppmw), the following adjustment shall be added to the price:
   For every [REDACTED] ppmw Sulfur above [REDACTED] ppmw, the price shall be reduced by [REDACTED] cents per gallon, pro rata.
   Example; If the Sulfur is [REDACTED] ppmw, the adjustment shall be;
  

[REDACTED]

   No adjustment shall apply for Sulfur at or less than [REDACTED] ppmw.
MARINE DIESEL    1) If Sulfur is greater than [REDACTED] parts-per-million (ppm) by weight (ppmw), the following adjustment shall be added to the price:
   For every [REDACTED] ppmw Sulfur above [REDACTED] ppmw, the price shall be reduced by [REDACTED] cents per gallon, pro rata.
   Example: If the Sulfur is [REDACTED] ppmw, the adjustment shall be:
  

[REDACTED]

   No adjustment shall apply for Sulfur at or less than [REDACTED] ppmw.
   2) If API gravity at [REDACTED] degrees Fahrenheit is less than [REDACTED], the following adjustment shall be added to the price:
   For every [REDACTED] degree API gravity below [REDACTED], the price shall be reduced by [REDACTED] per gallon, pro rata.
   Example: If the API gravity is [REDACTED], the adjustment shall be:
  

[REDACTED]

   No adjustment shall apply for API gravity at or greater than [REDACTED].
   3) If Cetane Index is less than [REDACTED], the following adjustment shall be added to the price:
   For every [REDACTED] Cetane Index below [REDACTED], the price shall be reduced by [REDACTED] per gallon, pro rata.
   Example: If the Cetane Index is [REDACTED], the adjustment shall be:
  

[REDACTED]

   No adjustment shall apply for Cetane Index at or greater than [REDACTED].

 

Part II to Exhibit A, Page 11


QUALITY ADJUSTER (2)

 

FCC FEED    1) If Sulfur is greater than [REDACTED] wt.%, the following adjustment shall be added to the price:
   Sulfur Adjustment = [REDACTED]
   Example: If the Sulfur is [REDACTED] wt.% the adjustment shall be: (using prices from 09/14/2010):
  

[REDACTED]

   No adjustment shall apply for Sulfur at or less than [REDACTED] wt.%.
   2) If API gravity at [REDACTED] degrees Fahrenheit is less than [REDACTED], the following adjustment shall be added to the price:
   For every [REDACTED] degree API gravity below [REDACTED], the price shall be reduced by [REDACTED] per barrel, pro rata.
   Example: If the API gravity is [REDACTED], the adjustment shall be:
  

[REDACTED]

   No adjustment shall apply for API gravity at or greater than [REDACTED].
   3) If Nitrogen is is greater than [REDACTED] parts-per-million (ppm) by weight (ppmw), the following adjustment shall be added to the price:
   For every [REDACTED] ppmw Nitrogen above [REDACTED] ppmw, the price shall be reduced by [REDACTED] per barrel, pro rata.
   Example: If the Nitrogen is [REDACTED] ppmw, the adjustment shall be:
  

[REDACTED]

   No adjustment shall apply for Nitrogen at or less than [REDACTED] ppmw.
   4) If Analine Point is less than [REDACTED] degrees Fahrenheit, the following adjustment shall be added to the price:
   For every [REDACTED] degree Fahrenheit below [REDACTED], the price shall be reduced by [REDACTED] per barrel, pro rata.
   Example: If the Analine Point is [REDACTED] degrees Fahrenheit, the adjustment shall be:
  

[REDACTED]

   No adjustment shall apply for Analine Point at or greater than [REDACTED] degrees Fahrenheit.
   5) If Vanadium is greater than [REDACTED] parts-per-million (ppm) by weight (ppmw), the following adjustment shall be added to the price:
   For every [REDACTED] ppmw Vanadium above [REDACTED] ppmw, the price shall be reduced by [REDACTED] per barrel, pro rata.

 

Part II to Exhibit A, Page 12


 

   Example: If the Vanadium is [REDACTED] ppmw, the adjustment shall be:
  

[REDACTED]

   No adjustment shall apply for Vanadium at or less than [REDACTED] ppmw.

 

Part II to Exhibit A, Page 13


QUALITY ADJUSTERS (3)

 

FCC FEED (cont)    6) If Nickel is greater than [REDACTED] parts-per-million (ppm) by weight (ppmw), the following adjustment shall be added to the price:
   For every [REDACTED] ppmw Nickel above [REDACTED] ppmw, the price shall be reduced by $[REDACTED] per barrel, pro rata.
   Example: If the Nickel is [REDACTED] ppmw, the adjustment shall be:
  

[REDACTED]

   No adjustment shall apply for Nickel at or less than [REDACTED] ppmw.
   7) If Sodium is greater than [REDACTED] parts-per-million (ppm) by weight (ppmw), the following adjustment shall be added to the price:
   For every [REDACTED] ppmw Sodium above [REDACTED] ppmw, the price shall be reduced by [REDACTED] per barrel, pro rata.
   Example: If the Sodium is [REDACTED] ppmw, the adjustment shall be:
  

[REDACTED]

   No adjustment shall apply for Sodium at or less than [REDACTED] ppmw.
   8) If Conradson’s Carbon (CCR) is greater than [REDACTED] wt.%, the following adjustment shall be added to the price:
   For every [REDACTED] wt% Conradson’s Carbon between [REDACTED] wt.% and [REDACTED] wt.%, the price shall be reduced by $[REDACTED] per barrel, pro rata.
   Example: If the Conradson’s Carbon is [REDACTED] wt.%, the adjustment shall be:
  

[REDACTED]

   For every [REDACTED] wt.% Conradson’s Carbon greater than [REDACTED] wt.%, the price shall be reduced by $[REDACTED] per barrel, pro rata.
   Example: If the Conradson’s Carbon is [REDACTED] wt.%, the adjustment shall be:
  

[REDACTED]

   No adjustment shall apply for Conradson’s Carbon at or less than [REDACTED] wt.%.

 

Part II to Exhibit A, Page 14


QUALITY ADJUSTERS (4)

 

COKER FEED/VTB    1) If Sulfur is greater than [REDACTED]wt.%, the following adjustment shall be added to the price:
   Sulfur Adjustment = [REDACTED]
   Example: If the Sulfur is [REDACTED] wt.% the adjustment shall be: (using prices from 09/14/2010):
  

[REDACTED]

   No adjustment shall apply for Sulfur at or less than [REDACTED] wt.%.

 

Part II to Exhibit A, Page 15


QUALITY ADJUSTERS (5)

 

PDA FEED/VTB    1) If Sulfur is greater than [REDACTED] wt.%, the following adjustment shall be added to the price:
   Sulfur Adjustment = [REDACTED]
   Example: If the Sulfur is [REDACTED] wt.% the adjustment shall be: (using prices from 09/14/2010):
  

[REDACTED]

   No adjustment shall apply for Sulfur at or less than [REDACTED] wt.%.

 

Part II to Exhibit A, Page 16


QUALITY ADJUSTERS (6)

RAW FCC NAPHTHA

1) OCTANE ADJUSTMENT, RELATIVE TO ARGUS NYH CBOB 83.5 BARGE MEAN:

A = [REDACTED]

B = [REDACTED]

OCTANE ADJUSTMENT = A * B

 

EXAMPLE:   
  

[REDACTED] = [REDACTED] CPG

  

[REDACTED] = [REDACTED] CPG

   [REDACTED] = [REDACTED]

 

   A = [REDACTED] = [REDACTED]
   B = [REDACTED]

OCTANE ADJUSTMENT = A * B = [REDACTED]

2) RVP ADJUSTMENT, RELATIVE TO ARGUS NYH CBOB 83.5 BARGE MEAN:

A = [REDACTED]

B = [REDACTED]

RVP ADJUSTMENT = A * B

 

EXAMPLE:   

[REDACTED] = [REDACTED]

[REDACTED] = [REDACTED]

[REDACTED] = [REDACTED]

[REDACTED] = [REDACTED]

 

A = [REDACTED]

B = [REDACTED]

 

Part II to Exhibit A, Page 17


RVP ADJUSTMENT = A * B = [REDACTED]

 

Part II to Exhibit A, Page 18


QUALITY ADJUSTERS (7)

ALKYLATE OR REFORMATE

1) OCTANE ADJUSTMENT, RELATIVE TO ARGUS NYH 87 M PROMPT BARGE MEAN:

A = [REDACTED]

B = [REDACTED]

OCTANE ADJUSTMENT = A * B

 

   EXAMPLE:   
      [REDACTED] = [REDACTED] CPG
      [REDACTED] = [REDACTED] CPG
      [REDACTED] = [REDACTED]
   A = [REDACTED]   
   B = [REDACTED]   

OCTANE ADJUSTMENT = A * B = [REDACTED]

  

2) RVP ADJUSTMENT, RELATIVE TO ARGUS NYH 87 M PROMPT BARGE MEAN:

A = [REDACTED]

     

B = [REDACTED]

     
RVP ADJUSTMENT = A * B      
   EXAMPLE:   
      [REDACTED] = [REDACTED]
      [REDACTED] = [REDACTED] CPG
      [REDACTED] = [REDACTED] PSI
      [REDACTED] = [REDACTED] PSI
   A = [REDACTED]   

 

Part II to Exhibit A, Page 19


B = [REDACTED]

RVP ADJUSTMENT = [REDACTED]

 

Part II to Exhibit A, Page 20


QUALITY ADJUSTERS (8)

 

LUBE DISTILLATE    1) If Sulfur is greater than [REDACTED] wt.%, the following adjustment shall be added to the price:
   Sulfur Adjustment = [REDACTED]
   Example: If the Sulfur is [REDACTED] wt.% the adjustment shall be: (using prices from 09/14/2010):
  

[REDACTED]

   No adjustment shall apply for Sulfur at or less than [REDACTED] wt.%.
   2) If API gravity at [REDACTED] degrees Fahrenheit is less than [REDACTED], the following adjustment shall be added to the price:
   For every [REDACTED] API gravity below [REDACTED], the price shall be reduced by [REDACTED] per barrel, pro rata.
   Example: If the API gravity is [REDACTED], the adjustment shall be:
  

[REDACTED]

   No adjustment shall apply for API gravity at or greater than [REDACTED].
   3) If Nitrogen is greater than [REDACTED] parts-per-million (ppm) by weight (ppmw), the following adjustment shall be added to the price:
   For every [REDACTED] ppmw Nitrogen above [REDACTED] ppmw, the price shall be reduced by [REDACTED] per barrel, pro rata.
   Example: If the Nitrogen is [REDACTED] ppmw, the adjustment shall be:
  

[REDACTED]

   No adjustment shall apply for Nitrogen at or less than [REDACTED] ppmw.
   4) If Analine Point is less than [REDACTED] degrees Fahrenheit, the following adjustment shall be added to the price:
   For every [REDACTED] degree Fahrenheit below [REDACTED], the price shall be reduced by [REDACTED] per barrel, pro rata.
   Example: If the Analine Point is [REDACTED] degrees Fahrenheit, the adjustment shall be:
  

[REDACTED]

   No adjustment shall apply for Analine Point at or greater than [REDACTED] degrees Fahrenheit.

 

Part II to Exhibit A, Page 21


   5) If Vanadium is greater than [REDACTED] parts-per-million (ppm) by weight (ppmw), the following adjustment shall be added to the price:
   For every [REDACTED] ppmw Vanadium above [REDACTED] ppmw, the price shall be reduced by [REDACTED] per barrel, pro rata.
   Example: If the Vanadium is [REDACTED] ppmw, the adjustment shall be:
  

[REDACTED]

   No adjustment shall apply for Vanadium at or loss than [REDACTED] ppmw.
QUALITY ADJUSTERS (9)   
LUBE DISTILLATE (cont)    6) If Nickel is greater than [REDACTED] parts-per-million (ppm) by weight (ppmw), the following adjustment shall be added to the price:
   For every [REDACTED] ppmw Nickel above [REDACTED] ppmw, the price shall be reduced by [REDACTED] per barrel, pro rata.
   Example: If the Nickel is [REDACTED] ppmw, the adjustment shall be:
  

[REDACTED]

   No adjustment shall apply for Nickel at or less than [REDACTED] ppmw.
   7) If Sodium is greater than [REDACTED] parts-per-million (ppm) by weight (ppmw), the following adjustment shall be added to the price:
   For every [REDACTED] ppmw Sodium above [REDACTED] ppmw, the price shall be reduced by [REDACTED] per barrel, pro rata.
   Example: If the Sodium is [REDACTED] ppmw, the adjustment shall be:
  

[REDACTED]

   No adjustment shall apply for Sodium at or less than [REDACTED] ppmw.
   8) If Conradson’s Carbon (CCR) is greater than [REDACTED] wt.%, the following adjustment shall be added to the price:
   For every [REDACTED] wt% Conradson’s Carbon between [REDACTED] wt.% and [REDACTED] wt.%, the price shall be reduced by $[REDACTED] per barrel, pro rata.
   Example: If the Conradson’s Carbon is [REDACTED] wt.%, the adjustment shall be:
  

[REDACTED]

   For every [REDACTED] wt.% Conradson’s Carbon greater than [REDACTED] wt.%, the price shall be reduced by [REDACTED] per barrel, pro rata.
   Example: If the Conradson’s Carbon is [REDACTED] wt.%, the adjustment shall be:
  

[REDACTED]

   No adjustment shall apply for Conradson’s Carbon at or less than [REDACTED] wt.%.

 

Part II to Exhibit A, Page 22


NOTES

NOTE 1:

Where required, freight assessments shall be obtained and averaged via the following three (3) independent Ship Brokers.

1. Poten

2. McQuilling

3. Dietze

NOTE 2:

In the event that more than one price posting or assessment for the applicable is available, the price posting or assessment applicable to the product delivered shall apply. In the event a price posting or assessment for the product delivered does not exist, the parties make appropriate adjustments to the closest price posting or assessment to compensate for quality differences. (I.E. Gasoline RVP during transition periods.)

NOTE 3:

All references to the Front Month Nymex RBOB futures contract are valid if and only if the Front contact month at Closing precedes the April 2011 Nymex RBOB futures contract.

 

Part II to Exhibit A, Page 23


DEEMED SECONDARY COSTS

Deemed Secondary Costs

Secondary Costs

 

     Arab Light     Kirkuk     Urals     Terra
[Illegible]
    Illbernia     [Illegible]     CPC     [Illegible]     [Illegible]  

Import Duties, S/bbl

   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ —     

Custom Fee, Per Entry

   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED

Inspection, S/bbl

   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED

Insurance, S/bbl

   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED

Oil Spill Tax, S/bbl

   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED

Letter of Credit Cost, S/bbl

   $ —        $ [REDACTED   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

New Jersey Spill Compensation & Control Tax

   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED   $ [REDACTED

Harbor Maintenance Fund, % of crude cost

     [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]% 

Deemed [Illegible] Losses, % of crude cost

     [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]% 


EXHIBIT B

LIST OF THIRD-PARTY TANKAGE OR STORAGE

 

1. Hess VGO Terminal – Baltimore, MD

 

2. NuStar Terminal

 

3. Plains Terminal

 

4. Gordon Terminal Service Co. of NJ, Inc. – Bayonne, NJ

 

5. Port Contractors – Outside Bins – Port of Wilmington

The following location is used for lubes transloading

Transflo Terminal Services Inc. – Baltimore MD (CSX transloading)

 

Exhibit B


EXHIBIT C

REFINERY OSBL LINE FILL

Crude Oil

Dock to S-79 tk. — [REDACTED] bbls.

Crude charge pump station to CU#6 — [REDACTED] bbls.

Crude charge pump station to CU#7 — [REDACTED] bbls.

FCC charge / VGO

Dock to S-70 tk. — [REDACTED] bbls.

FCC charge pump station to FCC — [REDACTED] bbls.

CCR charge

Dock Naphtha line to S-81 tk. — [REDACTED] bbls.

CCR charge pump station to CCR — [REDACTED] bbls.

Distillate

CHD #1 to S-51 tk. — [REDACTED] bbls.

Dock to S-51 tk. (10” line) – [REDACTED] bbls.

Dock to S-51 tk. (16” line) – [REDACTED] bbls.

S-51 tk. to NuStar Sales Terminal — [REDACTED] bbls.

1911 chain valve to NuStar Sales Terminal (1600’ X 8” pipe) — [REDACTED] bbls.

Jet

Dock to S-33 tk. — [REDACTED] bbls.

CHD #2 to 2808 tk. — [REDACTED] bbls.

G-122 to NuStar Sales Terminal (1700’ x 8” pipe) — [REDACTED] bbls.

Jet pumping station to Phila. Airport — [REDACTED] bbls.

Gasoline

2941 tk. to BPL pumping station at Paulsboro — [REDACTED] bbls.

Dock to 2941 tk. — [REDACTED] bbls.

2173 tk. to NuStar Sales Terminal — [REDACTED] bbls.

Premium

VP3574 pump to NuStar Sales Terminal — [REDACTED] bbls.

 

Exhibit C


Ethanol

Plains through the Tee to Nustar tank 1972 — [REDACTED] bbls.

Lube lines

#2 line to XOM — [REDACTED] bbls.

#3 line to XOM — [REDACTED] bbls.

#4 line to XOM — [REDACTED]

#5 line to XOM — [REDACTED]

#6 line to XOM — [REDACTED] bbls.

#7 line to XOM — [REDACTED] bbls.

LPG

Coker OM to LPG tankage:

BB – [REDACTED] bbls.

C3 – [REDACTED] bbls.

Deprop to OM tankage

BB – [REDACTED] bbls.

C3 – [REDACTED] bbls.

CCR to OM tankage

C3 – [REDACTED] bbls.

FCC to OM tankage

PP – [REDACTED] bbls.

Alky to OM tankage

C3 – [REDACTED] bbls.

 

Exhibit C


EXHIBIT D

BUTANE SUPPLY TERMS

 

Seller:    Valero Marketing and Supply Company
Purchaser:    Company
Product:    Mixed Butane
Quantity:    [REDACTED] barrels less that amount which has been delivered to the Refinery prior to the Closing Date.
Delivery:   

As mutually scheduled via Buyer’s railcars FOB the Refinery

Term:   

Beginning on the Closing Date and ending on February 28, 2011

Price:    [REDACTED]

 

Exhibit D


EXHIBIT E

REFINERY BUTANE STORAGE AND SALE TERMS

From and after the Closing Date, until the earlier of (ii) 60 days following the Closing Date, or (ii) such time as all volumes of Refinery Butane have been consumed or exhausted (the “ Refinery Butane Term ”), Buyer shall (a) allow Seller the right to store the Refinery Butane at the Refinery, and (ii) purchase from Seller the Refinery Butane on the following terms and conditions:

1. Refinery Butane Storage . Buyer hereby agrees to (i) provide, operate and maintain at the Refinery sufficient track siding and other necessary facilities for the receipt, storage and delivery of railcars containing the Refinery Butane; (ii) receive any railcars of Refinery Butane which are in-transit as of the Closing Date; (iii) store at the Refinery all railcars of Refinery Butane; and (iv) deliver on a ratable basis the Refinery Butane from the railcar storage to the Refinery. The Refinery shall have daily railcar switching and adequate railcar spots to receive and unload the Refinery Butane. Buyer agrees to provide a safe area for the purpose of storing and unloading all Refinery Butane. The dedicated area of the Refinery for storage of the railcars containing the Refinery Butane shall be available and accessible twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week. Buyer shall not charge Seller for the receipt, storage or handling of the Normal Butane since this arrangement is conducted as an accommodation to Buyer.

2. Refinery Butane Sale and Purchase . Buyer shall purchase from Seller all volumes of Refinery Butane on a ratable basis on the terms and conditions set forth herein. If at the end of the Refinery Butane Term, there are remaining volumes of Refinery Butane, Buyer shall purchase all such remaining volumes on the terms and conditions set forth herein. Buyer further agrees that it will purchase and use all Refinery Butane first before it purchases or uses any other normal butane or isobutene at the Refinery.

3. Reports . On a daily basis during the Refinery Butane Term, an inventory reflecting (i) the number of rail cars containing Refinery Butane and volume of Refinery Butane received at the Refinery during the preceding day, (ii) the number of rail cars containing Refinery Butane and volume of Refinery Butane stored at the Refinery on the preceding day, and (iii) the number of rail cars containing Refinery Butane and volume of Refinery Butane unloaded at the Refinery during the preceding day will be determined and reported by Buyer to Seller using Buyer’s Operator’s standard reporting format (the “ Daily Activity Report ”). Each Daily Activity Report shall also include a breakdown between Isobutane and Normal Butane and reflect the applicable bill of lading for each railcar.

4. Title and Risk of Loss . Title to the Refinery Butane will remain with Seller until such time as the Refinery Butane passes the receiving flange between the railcar and the unloading assembly at the Refinery (the “ Refinery Butane Delivery Point ”). Buyer shall have care, custody, control and risk of damage or loss of the Refinery Butane from the time the railcar is received at the Refinery.

 

Exhibit E-1


5. Delivery . All Refinery Butane sold hereunder shall be delivered to Buyer at the Refinery Butane Delivery Point. There shall be no split cargos or partial deliveries of Refinery Butane. Buyer shall be obligated to pay for the entire volume of Refinery Butane as reflected on the applicable bill of lading.

6. Quantity of Refinery Butane . The volume of Refinery Butane shall be determined by the bill of lading for each railcar, which bill of lading shall be provided to Buyer upon delivery of the Refinery Butane.

7. Refinery Butane Price . The Refinery Butane shall be sold to Buyer at the prices set forth below:

(a) Isobutane Price will be the average of the Daily Price on the Delivery Date, inclusive. Daily Price to be OPIS Isobutane Sarnia posting Mean [REDACTED] $[REDACTED]/bbl.

(b) Normal Butane Price will be the average of the Daily Price on the Delivery Date, inclusive. Daily Price to be OPIS TET Normal Butane Mt Belvieu Mean [REDACTED] $[REDACTED]/bbl.

8. Invoicing and Payment Terms .

(a) Seller shall submit a weekly summary invoice, together with a copy of the applicable bill of lading for each rail car of Refinery Butane delivered to Buyer during each one week billing period within two (2) Business Days after the end of each such billing period, and Buyer agrees to pay Seller within ten (10) days following delivery of the invoice. Each such weekly invoice will be based upon on weekly cycles (Monday through Sunday) during the month. The first and last cycle will start on the first day of the month and end on the last day of the month. If the first day of the month is not a Monday, the cycle will start on the first calendar day and end on Sunday. If the last day of the month is not a Sunday, the final cycle will end on the last calendar day. Each invoice shall, with respect to the relevant billing period, include all bills of lading. Seller shall deliver each invoice to Buyer via facsimile or electronic transmission, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties. The Parties agree to work together in good faith to arrange for each invoice to be sent via electronic data interchange (“ EDI ”).

(b) All payments shall be made without offset, discount, deduction or counterclaim by wire transfer of immediately available funds to Seller at such account as Seller may designate in writing. Any amount payable by Buyer hereunder shall, if not paid when due, bear interest from the payment due date until, but excluding the date payment is received by Seller, at the Applicable Rate.

(c) Invoice Address . Until such times that the Parties use EDI, all invoices shall be transmitted to the following address:

VALERO MARKETING AND SUPPLY COMPANY

One Valero Way

Mail Station F3R-118B

San Antonio, Texas 78249

Attention: Bulk Finished Product Accounting – Carrie Tate

 

Exhibit E-2


Telephone: (210) 345-2051

Facsimile: (210) 444-8512

9. Specifications . The Refinery Butane to be sold hereunder shall meet the specification set forth by the GPA for commercial butane or isobutene as the case may be.

10. Warranty . Seller represents and warrants to Buyer that as of the date of delivery of the Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit hereunder, Seller shall have good title to the Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit sold and delivered, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances, other than taxes that are due by Buyer and governmental and statutory liens securing payments not yet due and payable EXCEPT FOR THE FOREGOING WARRANTY OF TITLE, THIS CONVEYANCE IS MADE AND ACCEPTED WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, REGARDING THE UNPAID CRUDE OIL IN-TRANSIT INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY AS TO THE CONDITION OR MERCHANTABILITY OF SUCH COMMODITY OR FITNESS OF ANY SUCH COMMODITY FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. BUYER SHALL ACCEPT ALL OF THE UNPAID CRUDE OIL IN-TRANSIT IN ITS “AS IS, WHERE IS” CONDITION AND “WITH ALL FAULTS.

11. Other Terms . All other terms and conditions for the sale and delivery of the Refinery Butane, to the extent not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, shall be governed by the General Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit C to the Offtake Agreement which are made a part of, and incorporated into this Exhibit E.

 

Exhibit E-3


EXHIBIT F

UNPAID CRUDE OIL IN-TRANSIT

 

    

Crude

   Volume      Purchase
Basis
  

Window

  

Title Date

  

ETA Paulsboro

  

Payment
Terms

  

Est Payment Date

1.    Urals***      735,000       CFR    Dec 10-15    Dec 12th    Dec 12th    10 days    December 22 nd
2.    Vasconia      500,000       FOB    Dec 17-21    Dec 19th    Dec 24-27    15 days    January 4 th
3.    Terra Nova      630,000       FOB    Jan 4-5    Jan 5th    Jan 9-10th    15 days    January 20 th
4.    Vasconia      500,000       FOB    Jan 7-2    Jan 8th    Jan 24-25    15 days    February 2 nd
5.    Kirkuk      1,000,000       FOB    Nov 30    Dec 3rd    Dec 21-23    30 days    January 3 rd
6.    Arab Light      730,000       FOB    Dec 15-17    Dec 16th    Jan 3-5    25 days    January 10 th
7.    Kirkuk      1,000,000       FOB    Dec 25    Dec 27th    Jan 14-16    30 days    January 27 th
8.    Arab Light      730,000       DES    Jan 7-9    Jan 8 th    Jan 25-27    25 days    February 1 st
9.    Arab Light**      730,000       FOB    Jan 17-19    Jan 18th    Feb 5-7    25 days    February 11 th
10.    Kirkuk      1,000,000       FOB    Jan 27    Feb 1st    Feb 20-21    30 days    March 5 th

 

* These cargos are not Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit but are described herein for the purpose of identifying commitments which Seller has made for the purchase of Crude Oil for processing at the Refinery following the Closing Date. Pursuant to the Tri-Party Agreement of even date herewith between Seller, Buyer and SMT, Seller will sell this Crude Oil to SMT on an FOB basis at the load port. SMT will arrange for and charter vessel. SMT will pay Seller for such cargos on the same terms and conditions as Seller is required to pay its supplier, which terms are set out on Exhibit C to the Tri-Party Agreement.
** These cargo commitments/contracts are Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit but Seller, Buyer and SMT each anticipate that Buyer and/or SMT will enter into a new term contract (the “Buyer/SMT Saudi Contract”) with Saudi Arabian Oil Company (“Aramco”). If the Buyer/SMT Saudi Contract is entered into prior to loading, Seller, Buyer and SMT shall use commercially reasonable efforts to have these cargos transferred from Seller’s contract with Aramco to the Buyer/SMT Saudi Contract in a timely manner that allows SMT to charter vessels to carry such cargos in a commercially reasonable manner. If they are so transferred, these cargo commitments/contracts shall not be purchased by Valero and shall cease to be Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit. If (a) the Buyer/SMT Saudi Contract is not executed prior to the loading date or (b) the parties are unsuccessful in their efforts to transfer the cargo commitments/contracts to the Buyer/SMT Saudi Contract in a timely manner that allows SMT to charter vessels for such cargos in a commercially reasonable manner by the loading date, these cargo commitments/contracts shall remain Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit and be delivered to Buyer/SMT in the same manner as all other Unpaid Crude Oil In-Transit
*** Pricing shall be deemed on December 20-23 for this cargo.

 

Exhibit F-1


APPENDIX 12 – TERMINATION OF DELIVERIES NOTICE

[LETTERHEAD OF STATOIL]

[             , 20    ]

PBF Holding Company LLC

1 Sylvan Way, 2nd floor,

Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

Attention: Executive Vice President, Commercial

Fax Number: (973) 455-7562

Telephone Number: (973) 455-7500

E-mail: dlucey@pbfenergy.com

 

  Re: Termination of Deliveries Notice Affecting Crude Oil / Feedstock Supply, Delivery and Services Agreement dated December [    ], 2010 between Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc. (“Seller”) and PBF Holding Company LLC (“Buyer”) (the “Supply Agreement”)

Dear Mr. [                    ]:

This Termination of Deliveries Notice (“Notice”) is to advise you that pursuant to the Supply Agreement an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with Buyer as Defaulting Party.

As a result of the foregoing, Seller has elected to send this Termination of Deliveries Notice. Pursuant to Clause 24(d) of the Supply Agreement, Buyer shall immediately cease taking Deliveries of Oil or Indigenous Feedstock and all rights of Buyer to take such Deliveries is hereby terminated. If Buyer does not immediately cease taking Deliveries of Oil or Indigenous Feedstock and provide confirmation of such shutdown to Seller to be received within one (1) hour from delivery of this Notice, Seller may seek injunctive relief via a temporary restraining order and / or a temporary and permanent injunction.

Confirmation of shutdown must be sent via telecopy or other electronic transmission to the following:

Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc.

1055 Washington Boulevard – 7th Floor

Stamford, CT 06901

Attention: Crude Oil Operations

Fax Number: (203) 978-6958

Telephone Number: (203) 978-6900

E-mail: uscrudeops@statoil.com

 

Appendix 12

Page 1


Very truly yours,
Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

cc:    PBF Holding Company LLC
   1 Sylvan Way, 2 nd floor
   Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887
   Attention: General Counsel
   Fax Number: (973) 455-7562
   Telephone Number: (973) 455-7500

 

Appendix 12

Page 2


APPENDIX 13 – SAUDI CONTRACT ARRANGEMENTS

As of the Effective Date, the Parties have not entered into a contract with Saudi Arabian providing for the supply of Arab [REDACTED] Crude (Type C), and the Parties do not anticipate entering into such contract on or before the Delivery Commencement Date.

The Parties shall continue to negotiate with each other and with Saudi Arabian in good faith for a reasonable period of time in an attempt to enter into an acceptable term contract for the supply of Arab [REDACTED] Crude (Type C) for refining at the Refinery which provides that Seller may lift and take title to such Oil FOB loadport from Saudi Arabian. Any such contract with Saudi Arabian (the “ Saudi Contract ”) shall be in form and substance acceptable to each Party in its sole discretion after negotiations in good faith.

In the event the Parties determine after a reasonable time that Saudi Arabian will not enter into the Saudi Contract in the form described in the foregoing paragraph:

(a) Buyer shall enter into the Saudi Contract, which shall be in form and substance acceptable to each Party in its sole discretion after negotiations in good faith, providing that (i) Buyer shall purchase such Arab [REDACTED] crude from Saudi Arabian, (ii) Buyer shall be solely responsible for posting any credit support to Saudi Arabian, including any letters of credit, and (iii) Seller shall act as “Buyer’s Assignee” with certain rights with respect to loading and shipping the crude that permit Seller to handle Shipping Services in the same manner as all other Cargoes under this Agreement; and

(b) The Parties shall enter into an agreement on terms reasonably acceptable to the Parties, providing (i) that Buyer will (1) sell and transfer title to each Cargo of crude lifted under the Saudi Contract to Seller DES Paulsboro, and (2) deliver acceptable documentation to Seller with respect to each such sale, (ii) Buyer shall grant a lien on such Cargoes of Oil to Seller to provide security for the hedges and other obligations Seller undertakes in reliance on Buyer’s obligations to sell the Oil to Seller and to later repurchase such Oil in accordance with the terms of the Agreement (the Parties understand that Seller may also grant a lien on such Cargoes to the provider of the LC under the Saudi Contract and Seller’s lien granted pursuant to this Clause (b)(ii) shall be subordinated to the position of the LC holder) (iii) Seller shall provide Shipping Services with respect to such Cargoes, (iv) how pricing and TVM Payments will be calculated, (v) the timing and process as to how such Oil will be handled pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (vi) that such Oil will except as otherwise set forth in such agreement, be handled in the same manner as all other Oil under the Agreement, and (vii) such other details as the Parties deem reasonably necessary to accomplish foregoing.

Buyer shall be fully liable for all obligations, and Seller shall have no obligation to Buyer, with respect to (i) any breach by Buyer of the Saudi Contract, (ii) any termination of the Saudi Contract other than a terminations resulting from Seller’s failure to perform its obligations under the Saudi Contract “Buyer’s Assignee”, (iii) any failure or refusal of Saudi Arabian to provide Oil to Buyer or Seller, or (iv) any failure by the Parties to enter into the Saudi Contract.

Until such time as the Saudi Contract is in place, Seller shall have no obligation to supply Buyer with any Arab [REDACTED] Crude (Type C). The Parties shall attempt to identify alternative Cargoes and shall comply with the terms of Clauses 5(e)(iv) through (vi).

 

Appendix 13

Page 1


APPENDIX 14 – CARGO BANKS AND HEDGE MONTHS SPREADSHEET

CARGO AND HEDGE MONTH BANKS

 

                                             Predicted/Actual Refinery State        
                                           RUN MONTH
Withdrawals
       
                     CARGO BANKS                          
              HEDGE-MONTH      Number      Grade    CBDiff /     Volume     JAN     FEB     MAR     Cargo
balance
 

Cargo bank

   g           FEB         1       Kirkuk      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED         [REDACTED

Cargo bank

   g              2       Saudi Light      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED         [REDACTED

Cargo bank

   g              3       Urals      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED       [REDACTED

Cargo bank

   g              4       Kirkuk      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED       [REDACTED
       
Hedge-Month Total Feb WTI
  
      [REDACTED     [REDACTED    

Hedge month

     {            5       Terra Nova      [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED         [REDACTED

bank (MAR)

        MAR         6       Saudi Light      [REDACTED     [REDACTED       [REDACTED       [REDACTED
           7       Hibernia      [REDACTED     [REDACTED       [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED
       
Hedge-Month Total Mar WTI
  
    [REDACTED    
[REDACTED

   
[REDACTED

 

Hedge month

bank (APR)

    
{
  
        8       Vasconia      [REDACTED     [REDACTED       [REDACTED       [REDACTED
        APR         9       Saudi Light      [REDACTED     [REDACTED         [REDACTED     [REDACTED
           10       Terra Nova      [REDACTED     [REDACTED         [REDACTED     [REDACTED
        Hedge-Month Total Apr WTI            [REDACTED     [REDACTED  
           11       Kirkuk      [REDACTED     [REDACTED         [REDACTED     [REDACTED
        MAY         12       Hibernia      [REDACTED     [REDACTED         [REDACTED     [REDACTED
        Hedge-Month Total May WTI              [REDACTED  
           TOTAL RUNS          [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED  

 

Appendix 14

Page 1


APPENDIX 15 – CARGO TABLE SPREADSHEET

CARGO TABLE

Cargo Details

 

Description   

Cargo number

Grade

Volume

Execution / Supply Point

Trade location

Delivery terms

     

Monthly Quality and Basis Differential / Hedge-Month

 

Price details   

Differential (at price point)

Pricing basis

Pricing period

   A   
Conversion    Hedge-Month      
   Conversion differential    C   
   Notes      
Costs (from price point) Estimated   

Freight

Demurrage

Lightering

Outturn loss differential

Taxes etc total

Other

     
Total estimated costs    E   
Total estimated costs per outturn barrel    B   

Total price differential Delivered: FQD = A+B      Final Quality Differential

Hedge-Month Conversion:             CBD = C           Cargo Basis Differential

Monthly Quality and Basis Differential = FQD+CBD

Petty Cash Adjustments

 

Actual costs    Freight      
   Demurrage      
   Lightering      
   Outturn loss differential      
   Taxes etc total      
   Other      
   Other      
Total actual costs    D   
Total estimated costs    E   
Total Petty Cash Adjustment (USD) D-E      
Petty cash reference #      

 

Appendix 15

Page 1


APPENDIX 16 – FORM OF DELAWARE CITY TANK LEASE

This Delaware City Tank Lease (“Agreement”) is executed on [December      , 2010] (“Effective Date”) by and between Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Statoil”), and Delaware City Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Storage Provider”). Storage Provider and Statoil hereinafter are referred to individually as a “Party” or collectively as the “Parties.” This Agreement is being executed in connection with that certain Crude Oil / Feedstock Supply / Delivery and Services Agreement between Statoil and PBF Holding Company LLC (the “Crude Supply Agreement”) dated December [      ], 2010. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed such terms in the Crude Supply Agreement.

 

1. USAGE AND OPERATION

 

  (a) Exclusive Use . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, Statoil shall, for the Term of this Agreement, have (i) the sole and exclusive right to store Vacuum Gas Oil (“VGO”) in the storage tank(s) owned by Storage Provider at the Delaware City Refinery and described as follows [                      ] (“DCR Storage Tank”), (ii) the right of ingress and egress over the properly of Storage Provider to access the DCR Storage Tank to add or remove VGO, (iii) the right to label the DCR Storage Tank, subject to Storage Provider’s reasonable approval, in such a manner as to put third parties on notice of Statoil’s rights in such tank(s) and the VGO stored therein, and (iv) the right to make any and all filings under the UCC that are appropriate to clarify Statoil’s ownership and other rights with respect to such VGO. Storage Provider agrees to immediately notify Seller pursuant to the notice provision herein in the event that a Lien is placed upon the Delaware City Refinery by any creditor of Storage Provider at any time during the Term. If at anytime Statoil elects to remove its VGO, Storage Provider shall provide access to all necessary equipment and all assistance reasonably required to complete such removal.

 

  (b) Storage Provider Restrictions and Rights . Nothing herein shall restrict Storage Provider’s right and ability to operate the DCR Storage Tank, provided, however, that:

 

  (i) Except under express instructions from Statoil, Storage Provider shall not cause or permit any VGO to be withdrawn from the DCR Storage Tank. All VGO removed from DCR Storage Tank shall be for the sole account of Statoil.

 

  (ii) Storage Provider will not commingle any other product with Statoil’s VGO without the prior written consent of Statoil.

 

  (iii) On a daily basis, Storage Provider shall provide Statoil with all services necessary to allow Statoil to accept VGO from and load VGO onto vessels, inspect such VGO, transfer by pipeline such VGO to and from the DCR Storage Tank, and otherwise comply with its obligations relating to VGO as set out in the Crude Supply Agreement.

 

Appendix 16

Page 1


2. TERM

This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date and except as otherwise agreed to by the Parties, shall run coterminous with the term of that certain Crude Supply Agreement (the “Term”).

 

3. STORAGE FEES AND PAYMENT

The services that Storage Provider is providing to Statoil hereunder are services that Statoil needs to receive in order to comply with its obligations under the Crude Supply Agreement. As such, the fees that would be due to Storage Provider for the services it will provide hereunder have been factored into the fee structure set out in the Crude Supply Agreement. Storage Provider acknowledges the foregoing, and represents that it has received adequate consideration for the execution and compliance of this Agreement from PBF Holding Company LLC, its ultimate parent. As a result of the foregoing and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Storage Provider shall provide to Statoil all services as required hereunder at no cost to Statoil.

 

4. STORAGE PROVIDER COVENANTS

 

  (a) Storage Provider shall maintain and operate the DCR Storage Tank in a manner that fully complies with (i) all applicable Laws and Regulations; and (ii) standard industry practice. With respect to the operation of the DCR Storage Tank, Storage Provider shall make all repairs and perform all maintenance in a reasonably timely manner.

 

  (b) Storage Provider shall ensure that the DCR Storage Tank adheres to its current maintenance standards.

 

  (c) At any time during this Agreement Statoil shall have the right to enter the DCR Storage Tank facility and to inspect, examine and inquire concerning all aspects of the Delaware City Refinery, DCR Storage Tank and VGO stored therein; provided that, if no Event of Default has occurred with respect to Storage Provider, Statoil shall provide reasonable prior notice to Storage Provider and adhere to Storage Provider’s HSE procedures for the Delaware City Refinery. Statoil shall not exercise its rights hereunder if such exercise will: (i) cause or exacerbate any dangerous, emergency or unsafe conditions at the Delaware City Refinery, or (ii) obstruct or interfere with the operations of the Delaware City Refinery in a manner inconsistent with standard industry practices.

 

  (d) Storage Provider shall not introduce into the DCR Storage Tank or add any chemical substances to Statoil’s VGO, including any substances designed to minimize or reduce Tank Heel levels, without the express prior written authorization of Statoil.

 

Appendix 16

Page 2


  (e) Storage Provider shall not subcontract any part of the work under this Agreement relating to the DCR Storage Tank without the prior written consent of Statoil in its sole discretion. If Storage Provider subcontracts any part of the work under this Agreement relating to the DCR Storage Tank with Statoil’s consent, Storage Provider shall require its subcontractors to maintain insurance required in this Agreement to the extent applicable to the DCR Storage Tank. If requested by Statoil, Storage Provider shall have its subcontractors furnish the same evidence of insurance required of Storage Provider.

 

  (f) With respect to Storage Provider’s ownership and operation of the Delaware City Refinery, Storage Provider hereby covenants to comply with all of the provisions set out in Clauses 22(d)(i) and (ii) and 22(e) of the Crude Supply Agreement. For purposes of the foregoing, Storage Provider shall be considered the “Buyer”.

 

5. EMERGENCIES

In the event that Storage Provider reasonably believes that there are, or are about to be, emergency or urgent circumstances which could have a material adverse impact on the DCR Storage Tank, the Delaware City Refinery, the operation of the Delaware City Refinery, or the health and safety of any person or the environment (“Emergency Circumstances”), regardless of the cause of such Emergency Circumstances and without assuming any duty hereunder to do so, Storage Provider may take such steps and actions as it, in its sole discretion, deems reasonable to protect against such circumstances occurring or to minimize, reduce or avoid their adverse impact including the immediate lifting, removal and relocation of VGO. Any such steps which Storage Provider takes shall not, on their own, constitute a Default of the terms of this Agreement provided, however, Storage Provider shall not be absolved of any responsibility or liability hereunder resulting from any breach of the terms of this Agreement which caused such emergency or urgent circumstances. Storage Provider shall promptly notify Statoil of any steps or actions so taken. Storage Provider shall compensate Statoil for any Liabilities resulting from any such steps or actions taken hereunder.

 

6. INSURANCE

During the Term, (i) Statoil, with respect to the DCR Storage Tank, will carry and maintain insurance coverage in accordance with Clauses 21(b)(i) and (ii) of the Crude Supply Agreement; and (ii) Storage Provider, with respect to the Delaware City Refinery, will carry and maintain insurance coverage in accordance with Clause 21(a) of the Crude Supply Agreement. For purposes of the foregoing, Statoil shall be considered the “Seller” and Storage Provider shall be considered the “Buyer”.

 

7. SUBLETTING AND RELEASE OF STORAGE PROVIDER’S CAPACITY

During the Term, neither Party may further assign, sublet, sublicense, grant or release any storage capacity in the DCR Storage Tank except in connection with a permitted assignment under Clause 28 of the Crude Supply Agreement. For purposes of the foregoing, Statoil shall be considered the “Seller” and Storage Provider shall be considered the “Buyer”.

 

Appendix 16

Page 3


8. TANKS BEING TAKEN OUT OF SERVICE / CHANGING SERVICE

During the Term, certain tank(s) constituting the DCR Storage Tank may be required to come out of service for maintenance or other reasons.

 

  (a) Cleaning of tank(s) and the safe disposal of any sludge, oil or other hazardous substances from tank(s) which are taken out of service whether before or after the termination of this Agreement is the sole responsibility of Storage Provider. Storage Provider warrants to Statoil that Storage Provider will dispose of such material in a lawful and safe manner. Storage Provider shall be solely responsible for any and all costs associated with such disposal and shall indemnify Statoil against any and all liabilities arising from the disposal of such materials.

 

  (b) To the extent Storage Provider desires to change service for any tank constituting part of the Storage Facilities or add or remove a tank from the Storage Facilities, Statoil must provide its written consent. With respect to a request by Storage Provider to add any additional storage tank(s) as a DCR Storage Tank, such request by Storage Provider shall be deemed to constitute a representation from Storage Provider that such additional storage tank(s) (i) are owned in fee by Storage Provider, (ii) are free and clear of any Liens other than those expressly permitted pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, and (iii) are in full compliance with all of the applicable covenants and obligations set out herein.

 

9. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

In connection with each Party’s performance of its obligations hereunder, both Parties hereby make all of the representations and warranties as are set out in Clause 22(a) of the Crude Supply Agreement, and Storage Provider hereby makes all of the representations and warranties as are set out in Clause 22(b) of the Crude Supply Agreement. Furthermore, both Parties hereby agree to comply with the covenants as are set out in Clause 22(c) of the Crude Supply Agreement. For purposes of the foregoing, Statoil shall be considered the “Seller” and Storage Provider shall be considered the “Buyer”.

 

10. NOTICES

Any notice made under this Agreement will be in writing either delivered personally by overnight courier to the relevant address set forth below, faxed with uninterrupted transmission confirmed by transmission report to the number set forth below or by electronic mail to the email address indicated below. Either Party may change their notice address, electronic mail address or fax number upon notice to the other Party at least ten (10) days in advance of the effective date of the change.

 

If to Statoil:

  

If to Storage Provider:

Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc.

1055 Washington Boulevard - 7 th Floor

Stamford, CT 06901

  

Delaware City Refining Company LLC

1 Sylvan Way, 2 nd floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

Attention: Crude Oil Operations    Attention: Executive Vice President,
Fax Number: (203) 978-6958    Commercial
Phone Number: (203) 978-6900    Fax Number: (973) 455-7562
   Phone Number: (973) 455-7500
Email: uscrudeops@statoil.com    Email: dlucey@pbfenergy.com

 

Appendix 16

Page 4


11. SHIPPING AND LIGHTERING

In connection with each Party’s performance of its obligations hereunder, the Parties will comply with all of the obligations as are set out in Clause 14 of the Crude Supply Agreement. For purposes of the foregoing, Statoil shall be considered the “Seller” and Storage Provider shall be considered the “Buyer”.

 

12. DCR STORAGE TANK OPERATIONS

Control and operation of the DCR Storage Tank will rest exclusively with Storage Provider. Storage Provider will be an independent contractor with respect to all services it provides under this Agreement. This Agreement is made as an accommodation to Statoil, and in no event will Storage Provider’s services be deemed to be those of a public utility or common carrier.

 

13. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

Each Party will comply with all applicable Laws in all material respects in the performance of this Agreement. Storage Provider will prepare, file and maintain copies of all reports required by Law to be filed with any federal, state or local governmental authority concerning the receipt, delivery, storage, handling, and blending of VGO, and Storage Provider promptly will provide a copy of any such reports to Statoil upon their preparation.

 

14. CONDITION OF DCR STORAGE TANK

Storage Provider shall provide all necessary maintenance services and repairs as are necessary to keep the DCR Storage Tank in a clean and safe operating condition in accordance with good industry practice and applicable Law. At any time during the Term, Statoil may enter and inspect the DCR Storage Tank in accordance with Clause 23(b) of the Crude Supply Agreement. For purposes of the foregoing, Statoil shall be considered the “Seller” and Storage Provider shall be considered the “Buyer”.

 

15. AUDITING

In connection with each Party’s performance of its obligations hereunder, the Parties will adhere to the auditing provisions in Clause 23(a) of the Crude Supply Agreement.

 

16. DEFAULT, SUSPENSION AND TERMINATION

The Parties will adhere to Clause 24 of the Crude Supply Agreement with regards to all issues relating to Default by either Party under this Agreement. For purposes of the foregoing, Statoil shall be considered the “Seller” and Storage Provider shall be considered the “Buyer”.

 

Appendix 16

Page 5


17. HSE, DRUG AND ALCOHOL POLICY

In connection with each Party’s performance of its obligations hereunder, the Parties will adhere to all HSE, drug and alcohol provisions in Clause 32 of the Crude Supply Agreement.

 

18. LIABILITY

 

  (a) Force Majeure . The Parties will adhere to Clause 18 of the Crude Supply Agreement with respect to potential responsibility for nonperformance of any obligation under this Agreement based on an event of Force Majeure. For purposes of the foregoing, Statoil shall be considered the “Seller” and Storage Provider shall be considered the “Buyer”.

 

  (b) Indemnification . In connection with each Party’s performance of its obligations hereunder, each Party agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other Party in accordance with Clause 26 of the Crude Supply Agreement. For purposes of the foregoing, Statoil shall be considered the “Seller”, Storage Provider shall be considered the “Buyer” and DCR Storage Tank shall be considered “Storage Facilities”.

 

  (c) Confidentiality . The Parties will adhere to the confidentiality requirements in Clause 36 of the Crude Supply Agreement. For purposes of the foregoing, Statoil shall be considered the “Seller” and Storage Provider shall be considered the “Buyer”.

 

19. MISCELLANEOUS

 

  (a) No Waiver . No waiver by either Party of any right hereunder at any time will serve to waive the same right at any future date.

 

  (b) Amendment . No amendment to this Agreement will be effective unless made in writing and signed by both Parties.

 

  (c) Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is partially or completely unenforceable pursuant to Law, that provision will be deemed amended to the extent necessary to make it enforceable, if possible. If not possible, then that provision will be deemed deleted. If any provision is so deleted, then the remaining provisions will remain in full force and effect.

 

  (d) Conflict of Interest . Neither Party will pay any commission, fee, or rebate to an employee of the other Party or favor an employee of the other Party with any gift or entertainment of significant value.

 

  (e) Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to the choice of law principles thereof.

 

Appendix 16

Page 6


  (f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original and part of one and the same document.

 

  (g) Entire Agreement . This Agreement represents the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the matters addressed herein.

 

  (h) Miscellaneous . References in this Agreement to “days,” “months” or “years” will mean to calendar days, months and years unless otherwise indicated. The word “including” does not limit the preceding words or terms. All section titles and headings in this Agreement are merely for convenience, and will not limit in any way the interpretation of this Agreement. No provisions of this Agreement will be construed against or interpreted to the disadvantage of any Party by reason of such Party having drafted such provision. Except as otherwise provided herein, the remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative, not exclusive, and in addition to all other remedies in either Party’s favor at law or in equity.

 

Appendix 16

Page 7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

Appendix 16

Page 8


APPENDIX 17 – FORM OF BUYER’S INVENTORY STATEMENT

Buyer’s Monthly Statement of Inventory

Paulsboro Refinery

 

   Inventory Conducted at 2300      31-Oct-10   
   Total Oil in Crude Tank Field, M:      [REDACTED]   
   Month End Inventory, M-1:      [REDACTED]   
   Difference:      [REDACTED]   
   Oil Supplied by Seller in M:      [REDACTED]   
   Delivered Quantity in M:      [REDACTED]   

 

Cargo Supplied in M

   Volume

M-345

   [REDACTED]

M-345

   [REDACTED]

M-897

   [REDACTED]

M-854

   [REDACTED]

Total:

   [REDACTED]

 

EPQ Number

   EPQ Quantity

4356

   [REDACTED]

5677

   [REDACTED]

5678

   [REDACTED]

6899

   [REDACTED]

7890

   [REDACTED]

3467

   [REDACTED]
 

 

   Total EPQ Volume for M:    [REDACTED]
   Quantity Delivered in M:    [REDACTED]
   EPQ/Delivered Difference:    [REDACTED]

 

Signed:  

 

Appendix 17

Page 1


APPENDIX 18 – FORM OF PETTY CASH SPREADSHEET

Buyer’s Petty Cash Account

 

     Petty Cash Opening Account:      
     Running Total:      

 

    Cargo
Number
  

Description

   Cost  

DCF Location

  

Comment

1         [REDACTED]   General/Paulsboro/Jan 2011   
2             
3             
4             
5             
6             
7             
8             
9             
10             
11             
12             
13             
14             
15             
16             
17             
18             
19             
20             
21             
22             
23             
24             
25             
26             
27             
28             
29             
30             
     Running Total:        
     Buyer’s Paydown:        
     Balance:         Transferred
            

 

Appendix 18

Page 1


APPENDIX 19 – REFINERY MARINE TERMS

1. PRE-ARRIVAL INFORMATION

In addition to the notice requirements contained in the Agreement, Seller, or the owner or master of a Vessel chartered by Seller, shall:

(a) Give notice in writing to Buyer, or the operator of the Refinery, of the estimated time of arrival (“ETA”) of any scheduled Vessel at [REDACTED] before the expected arrival at the Refinery.

(b) Promptly notify Buyer, or the operator of the Refinery, in writing about a new ETA if the ETA advances or recedes by [REDACTED] or more after the [REDACTED] ETA notice has been given.

(c) Furnish, as reasonably requested by Buyer, additional data in writing, about the Vessel’s dimensions, equipment and certificates, as well as the nature and estimated duration of the anticipated cargo handling and other operations at the Refinery based on Vessel’s pumping capabilities, such information to be actually received by Buyer not later than [REDACTED] before the Vessel’s arrival at the Refinery.

2. DOCKED VESSEL OPERATIONS

Buyer may instruct Seller to direct a Vessel to vacate its Berth if the Vessel fails to comply with Buyer’s rules and regulations or if there is a deficiency in the Vessel’s safety or environmental systems. If the Vessel does not vacate the Berth in a reasonable time following said instructions, Seller agrees to indemnify Buyer in accordance with Clauses 26 and 27 of the Agreement for any Liabilities Buyer incurs or is required to pay third parties as a result thereof, upon receipt of proper supporting documents.

3. SAFE BERTH AND PASSAGE

(a) If a Vessel cannot, in Buyer’s reasonable opinion, maintain its mooring safely at the dock, and the Vessel is causing the unsafe condition, then Buyer at its sole discretion may order hold-in tugs, and the cost of such tugs shall be for the Vessel’s account. Dockage and service fees, including mooring, booming and gangway use, will be charged to the Vessel. In addition, all duties and other charges on the Vessel, including those incurred for tugs and pilots, and other port costs shall be for the Vessel’s account, unless required by Buyer.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Appendix or Agreement, Buyer does not warrant the safety or draft of public channels, fairways, approaches thereto, anchorages or other publicly-maintained area either inside or outside the port area where the Vessel may be directed. Buyer shall not be liable for (i) any loss, damage, injury or delay to Vessel resulting from the use of such waterways not caused by Buyer’s sole fault or sole negligence or which could have been avoided by the exercise of reasonable care on the part of the Vessel or its master, or (ii) any damage to Vessel at the Refinery caused by other vessels passing in the waterway.

 

Appendix 19

Page 1


(c) Buyer warrants to Seller that (i) Buyer shall provide two jetties for import and export of crude oil and Feedstock fitted with mechanical cargo transfer loading arms and insulation flanges for Berthing as specified in this Clause 3(c) of this Appendix 19 and (ii) one jetty (the “ Number 1 Berth ”) shall meet the requirements listed in subclause (i) below and the second jetty (the “ Number 2 Berth ”) shall meet the requirements listed in subclause (ii) below:

(i) Number 1 Berth: (1) maximum 1200 feet length overall (“ LOA ”), (2) maximum 280,000 deadweight tonnage (“ DWT ”), and (3) maximum draft of 40 feet freshwater, with minimum 400 feet LOA due to bumper configuration.

(ii) Number 2 Berth: (1) maximum 900 feet LOA, (2) maximum 150,000 DWT, and (3) maximum draft of 32 feet 10 inches freshwater, with no minimum LOA.

4. SHORE TANK AVAILABILITY

Buyer has the right to restrict or modify Berthing times based on the availability of shore tank ullage. Buyer will make every effort to communicate to Seller any anticipated issues with shore tank or ullage. Any delay or cost resulting from such restriction or modification, including demurrage, shifting costs, pilotage and additional tugs, shall be solely for Buyer’s account.

5. POLLUTION PREVENTION AND RESPONSIBILITY

In the event of an escape or discharge of Oil, cargo or bunkers from a Vessel that causes or threatens to cause pollution or damage, Buyer will promptly take whatever measures are necessary to prevent, mitigate and clean up such release or damage. Buyer shall keep Seller advised of the nature and results of any such measures taken, and, if time permits, the nature of the measures intended to be taken.

6. HOSES AND SIMULTANEOUS DISCHARGE

(a) Hoses/Arms between the Vessel and the shore flanges shall be furnished by Buyer. Flanges for hose connection should be at or near the Vessel’s dockside rail and should comply with OCIMF recommendations and US Coast Guard regulations. Use of crossover hoses/jumpers is not allowed without prior authorization from Buyer.

(b) Vessel cargo hoses, including marine vapor recovery and offshore manifold crossover hoses (or jumpers), must be tested annually and be in service for less than 5 years. Documentation of annual hydrostatic testing and service age must be aboard the Vessel and available to Buyer on request. Any time lost due to verification of compliance shall be for the account of Seller.

(c) If requested by Buyer, Vessel shall discharge more than one grade simultaneously whenever technically capable of doing so.

 

Appendix 19

Page 2


7. AMERICAN TANKER RATE SCHEDULE / WORLDSCALE REFERENCE

All terms, conditions and differentials as set forth in the current revised American Tanker Rate Schedule / Worldscale Reference on the date of the Vessel loading or discharging, as applicable, and amendments thereto, shall apply insofar as they are not in conflict with any of the above written provisions.

 

Appendix 19

Page 3


APPENDIX 20 – STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT

BENEFICIARY:

GENTLEMEN:

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH THIS IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [                    ] IN YOUR FAVOR FOR DRAWINGS UP TO USD [                    ] EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY. THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL EXPIRE WITH OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON [             , 20    ] (“EXPIRY DATE”)[A date not less than 6 months following the issuance date].

FUNDS UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [                    ] ARE AVAILABLE AGAINST BENEFICIARY’S SIGNED DRAFT (DEMAND FOR PAYMENT) DRAWN ON UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH ACCOMPANIED BY THE ORIGINAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT INCLUDING ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENT(S) AND BENEFICIARY’S STATEMENT PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED SIGNER, STATING THE FOLLOWING:

“I, [        ] AN AUTHORIZED SIGNER FOR (insert beneficiary), HEREBY DEMAND PAYMENT OF USD [                    ] UNDER UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [                    ], SINCE (insert applicant), DEFAULTED IN COMPLYING WITH THE TERMS OF A CERTAIN AGREEMENT SIGNED BETWEEN (insert beneficiary) AND (insert applicant).”

Or

“I, [        ] AN AUTHORIZED SIGNER FOR (insert beneficiary), HEREBY DEMAND PAYMENT OF USD [                    ] UNDER UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [                    ], BECAUSE (insert applicant) IS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IN PLACE, BUT THE LETTER OF CREDIT’S EXPIRY DATE HAS NOT BEEN EXTENDED AT LEAST 30 DAYS OR MORE PRIOR TO THE CURRENT EXPIRY DATE.”

SPECIAL CONDITIONS:

 

  A) All bank charges and commissions shall be for the applicant’s account.

 

  B) Spelling and typographical errors are not to be construed as a discrepancy.

 

  C) Partial and multiple drawings are permitted.

 

  D) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, telecopy documents and faxes in lieu of originals are acceptable for purposes of this letter of credit.

 

Appendix 20

Page 1


  E) The Expiry Date shall be automatically extended for an additional one year period, 45 calendar days prior to the currently applicable Expiry Date, unless at least 45 calendar days prior to the original Expiry Date and any amended or renewal Expiry Date, we notify the Beneficiary in writing by certified mail that there will be no (further) renewals or extensions.

EACH DEMAND HEREUNDER WILL BE HONORED BY [    ] P.M. ON THE BANKING DAY ON WHICH SUCH DEMAND WAS RECEIVED IF THE DEMAND IS RECEIVED BY [10:00] A,M, AND WILL BE HONORED BY [    ] P.M. ON THE BANKING DAY FOLLOWING THE DAY ON WHICH SUCH DEMAND WAS RECEIVED IF THE DEMAND IS RECEIVED AFTER [10:00] A,M, PAYMENTS SHALL BE MADE BY US IN UNITED STATES DOLLARS, IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS AND IN FULL WITHOUT ANY DEDUCTION OR WITHOLDING (WHETHER IN RESPECT OF SET OFF, COUNTERCLAIM, DUTIES, PRESENT OR FUTURE TAXES, CHARGES OR OTHERWISE WHATSOEVER).

WE SHALL HONOR ANY SIGHT DRAFT(S) PRESENTED UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PROVIDED SUCH DRAFT(S) AND ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTS CONFORM TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS HEREOF. DRAFT(S) AND STATEMENT MAY BE SUBMITTED (a) IN PERSON AT [list physical address of appropriate branch of the issuing bank OR (b) BY OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE ADDRESSED TO UBS AG. 299 PARK AVENUE, 26 TH FLOOR, NEW YORK, NY 10171, ATTN: LETTER OF CREDIT SERVICES.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BECOME IMMEDIATELY DUE AND PAYABLE IF WE SHALL COMMENCE ANY CASE, PROCEEDING OR OTHER ACTION UNDER ANY EXISTING OR FUTURE LAW OF ANY JURISDICTION RELATING TO BANKRUPTCY, INSOLVENCY, AND REORGANIZATION. ARRANGEMENT. SCHEME OF ARRANGEMENT, ADJUSTMENT, WINDING-UP, LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION, COMPOSITION OR OTHER RELIEF WITH RESPECT TO OUR DEBTS, OR SEEK APPOINTMENT OF A LIQUIDATOR, PROVISIONAL LIQUIDATOR, RECEIVER, ADMINISTRATOR, TRUSTEE, CUSTODIAN, OR OTHER INSOLVENCY OFFICIAL FOR ALL OR ANY SUBSTANTIAL PART OF OUR ASSETS; OR TAKE ANY ACTION IN FURTHERANCE OF, OR INDICATING OUR CONSENT TO, APPROVAL OF, OR ACQUIESCENCE IN, ANY OF THE ACTS SET FORTH ABOVE.

THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE ISP98 (INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES, INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE, PARIS PUBLICATION NO. 590).

As to matters not governed by ISP98 the construction, validity and performance of this Standby Letter of Credit shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York and any dispute shall be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, or, if such court declines to exercise or does not have jurisdiction, in any New York State court in the Borough of Manhattan.

 

Appendix 20

Page 2


APPENDIX 21 – HSE AND ETHICS POLICY

Seller has previously delivered under separate cover certain of Seller’s HSE policies as set forth in the report prepared by Seller regarding that certain Terminal Vetting carried out by Seller on August 17, 2010, with respect to the Refinery.

Seller has delivered under separate cover Seller’s Ethics Policy as set forth in that certain Ethics Code of Conduct.

 

Appendix 21

Page 1

Exhibit 10.10

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

LETTER OF CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made this 24th day of April, 2012

by and between

PBF Holding Company LLC,

a company entity duly established and operating under the laws of Delaware

United States of America

having its principal office at

1 Sylvan Way, 2 nd Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

(hereinafter referred to as “ Holdings ”)

and

Paulsboro Refining Company LLC,

a company entity duly established and operating under the laws of Delaware

United States of America

having its principal office at

1 Sylvan Way, 2 nd Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

(hereinafter referred to, individually, as “ Paulsboro Refining ”)

and

Delaware City Refining Company LLC,

a company entity duly established and operating under the laws of Delaware

United States of America

having its principal office at

1 Sylvan Way, 2 nd Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

(hereinafter referred to, individually, as “Delaware City Refining ”,

and, collectively with Holdings and Paulsboro Refining, as the Clients )

and

BNP Paribas (Suisse) SA,

a bank incorporated and organised under Swiss law

having its principal place of business at

2, Place de Hollande

CH—1211 Geneva 11 / Switzerland

(hereinafter referred to as the “Bank” )

WHEREAS

 

- Holdings (a) has entered into (i) the Crude Oil Sales Agreement, effective January 1, 2011, with Saudi Arabian Oil Company, a company organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (the “ Beneficiary ”), and Statoil (as defined below), (ii) the Crude Oil Sales Agreement, effective July 14, 2011, with the Beneficiary, and (iii) the Crude Oil Sales Agreement effective September 14, 2011, with the Beneficiary (each such contract, as amended, modified, amended and restated, or supplemented from time to time as permitted hereunder, an “ Existing Purchase Contract ”, and collectively, the “ Existing Purchase Contracts ”), in the case of each of clauses (i)-(iii) for the purchase, from time to time, of crude oil, vacuum gas oil, straight run fuel oil and similar hydrocarbons (the


  Hydrocarbon Assets ”) and (b) may enter into Additional Purchase contracts (as defined below, and such Additional Purchase Contracts together with the Existing Purchase Contracts, the “ Purchase Contracts ” and each a “ Purchase Contract ”) from time to time. As used herein, an “ Additional Purchase Contracts ” shall mean all additional crude oil sales agreement entered into from time to time after September 29, 2011 by Holdings and Beneficiary, to the extent that they are designed as “Additional Purchase Contracts / Additional Agreements” in writing by Clients and Acknowledged as such in writing by both Bank and Statoil (as defined below), as such contracts may be amended, modified, amended and restated, or supplemented from time to time as permitted hereunder, and “ Additional Purchase Contract ” shall mean each such agreement;

 

- (i) Paulsboro Refining is a party to the Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2010, as amended by the First Amendment to Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2011, the Second Amendment to Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2011, and the Third Amendment to Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2011 (as so amended and further amended, modified, amended and restated, or supplemented from time to time as permitted hereunder, the “ Paulsboro Sale Contract ”), with Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc., a company incorporated in Delaware, United States of America (“ Statoil ”), and (ii) Delaware City Refining is a party to the Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement, dated as of April 7, 2011, as amended by the First Amendment to Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2011 (as so amended and further amended, modified, amended and restated, or supplemented from time to time as permitted hereunder, the “ Delaware City Sale Contract ”, and together with the Paulsboro Sale Contract, the “ Sale Contracts ”, and each a “ Sale Contract ”), with Statoil, in the case of each Sale Contract, for the supply of Hydrocarbon Assets by the Clients, from time to time, pursuant to which Statoil is required to deliver to Paulsboro Refining or Delaware City Refining, as applicable, a cargo confirmation notice issued to Paulsboro Refining or Delaware City Refining, as applicable, and Bank, as standby letter of credit issuer for Holdings, for each shipment of Hydrocarbon Assets (collectively, the “ Cargo Confirmation Notices ”) and purchase the Hydrocarbon Assets in accordance therewith for delivery to DES Paulsboro, Delaware City or another location agreed upon by Statoil and the Clients (each a “ Destination Point ,” and collectively, the “ Destination Points ”) (in each case, as such Destination Point is specified by the Clients to Statoil and included in the then current Cargo Confirmation Notice, a copy of which Cargo Confirmation Notice shall be delivered to the Bank in accordance with Clause 2.1);

 

- The purchase price in respect of each shipment of Hydrocarbon Assets under the Purchase Contract is to be paid or guaranteed by means of a standby letter of credit (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ L/Cs ” in the plural form and an “ L/C ” in the singular form) issued at the request, and on behalf, of Holdings in favour of the Beneficiary;

 

- Holdings has (i) guaranteed Paulsboro Refining’s obligations under the Paulsboro Sale Contract pursuant to a Guaranty in favor of Statoil dated December 17, 2010, (ii) agreed to cooperate with and take all appropriate actions to enable and facilitate Paulsboro Refining’s performance under the Paulsboro Sale Contract pursuant to a Consent, Acknowledgement and Cooperation Agreement effective as of January 7, 2011 between Holdings and Statoil, and (iii) guaranteed Delaware City Refining’s obligations under the Delaware City Sale Contract pursuant to a Guaranty in favour of Statoil dated April 7, 2011;

 

-

(i) Holdings, Paulsboro Refining and Bank entered into that certain Uncommitted Letter of Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2011 (as amended by the First

 

2


  Amendment to Uncommitted Letter of Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of February 18, 2011, and the Second Amendment to Uncommitted Letter of Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2011, the “ Original L/C Facility Agreement ”), whereby Bank provided an uncommitted letter of credit facility (the “ Original Facility ”) and issued L/Cs, from time to time, at the request, and on behalf, of Holdings in favour of Beneficiary, and (ii) Clients and Bank amended and restated the Original L/C Facility Agreement by entering into that certain Amended and Restated Letter of Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2011 (as amended by the First Amendment to Amended and Restated Letter of Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2011, the Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Letter of Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2011, the Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Letter of Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of September 29, 2011, and the Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Letter of Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2011, the “ Existing L/C Facility Agreement ”), in order to modify, replace and supersede in its entirety the Original Facility (as so amended, the “ Existing Facility ”), whereby Bank provided a partly committed and partly uncommitted letter of credit facility (the “ Existing Facility ”) and issued L/Cs, from time to time, at the request, and on behalf, of Holdings in favour of Beneficiary ;

 

- Clients and Bank desire to amend and restate the Existing L/C Facility Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein (as so amended and restated, this “ Agreement ”) in order to modify, replace and supersede in its entirety the Existing Facility (as so amended, the “ Facility ”) to be, in part, a committed letter of credit facility of up to the Maximum Committed Amount (as hereinafter defined) outstanding at any time, under which Bank shall maintain the Existing L/Cs (as defined below) and issue additional L/Cs, from time to time, at the request, and on behalf, of Holdings in favour of Beneficiary upon the satisfaction of the applicable conditions precedent set forth in this Agreement;

 

- To the extent in excess of the Maximum Committed Amount, up to the Maximum Facility Amount (as hereinafter defined) outstanding at any time, the Facility shall be an uncommitted letter of credit facility similar to the uncommitted tranche of the Existing Facility, under which Bank may issue L/Cs at its discretion, from time to time, on behalf of Holdings in favour of Beneficiary upon the satisfaction of the applicable conditions precedent set forth in this Agreement;

 

- Each Client will benefit from the issuance of the L/Cs hereunder;

 

- The Bank and Clients agree to amend and restate, replace and supersede in its entirety the Existing L/C Facility Agreement as set forth in this Agreement, and the Bank agrees to provide the Facility on the basis of the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Scope of Agreement

 

1.1

Upon request by Holdings, from time to time, (a) if at the time of the request for, and at the time of, the issuance of an L/C, the increase of an L/C or the extension of an L/C, as applicable, the Aggregate Anticipated Exposure (as hereinafter defined) does not exceed the lesser of (i) USD 500,000,000 (United States dollars five hundred million) and (ii) the sum of (A) the Initial Commitment (as hereinafter defined) plus (B) the Aggregate Participant Commitment (as hereinafter defined) (such lesser of (i) and (ii), the “ Maximum Committed Amount ”), the Bank shall, subject to and in accordance with Clauses 1.6 and 1.10 below and the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, issue, increase or extend L/Cs, as applicable, in favour of the Beneficiary up to the Maximum Committed Amount,

 

3


  and (b) otherwise in respect of the Aggregate Anticipated Exposure in excess of the Maximum Committed Amount, the Bank may, at its sole discretion and subject to and in accordance with Clauses 1.6 below and 1.10 below, and the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, issue, increase or extend L/Cs in favour of the Beneficiary, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), for the purposes set forth in the Recitals hereto.

Aggregate Anticipated Exposure” means the sum (without duplication) of (i) the maximum amount of all outstanding L/Cs at any relevant time, plus (ii) all unreimbursed disbursements under all L/Cs at such time, plus (iii) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Advances (as hereinafter defined) at such time plus (iv) the maximum amount of the new, amended or extended L/C then being requested.

Initial Commitment ” means USD 225,000,000 (United States dollars two hundred and twenty-five million).

Aggregate Participant Commitment” means the aggregate amount of all commitments with respect to L/Cs and Advances issued and funded hereunder, including, without duplication, those made via separate participation agreement with the Bank, excluding the Initial Commitment, as such amount may be notified to the Clients by the Bank in writing from time to time, which notice shall be binding. The Bank shall use commercially reasonable efforts to arrange for Participants with an Aggregate Participant Commitment of USD 275,000,000 (United States dollars two hundred and seventy-five million), and the Aggregate Participant Commitment shall at no time exceed such amount.

 

1.2 It is acknowledged and agreed that (a) the letters of credit listed on Schedule 3 hereto (the “ Existing L/Cs ”) were issued under the Existing L/C Facility Agreement and currently remain outstanding in accordance with the terms of the Existing L/Cs, and (b) such Existing L/Cs shall continue to be effective in accordance with their terms, are deemed to have been issued under Clause 1.1(a) above, are deemed to have been issued under and in accordance with this Agreement, and shall constitute L/Cs under this Agreement (and not the Existing L/C Facility Agreement, subject to Clause 15.4 below) for all purposes.

 

1.3 It is acknowledged and agreed that the L/Cs issued or requested to be issued pursuant to Clause 1.1(b) above are fully uncommitted , which means that the Bank may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without having to give reasons, reject any application for the issuance of such L/Cs.

 

1.4 Other than any increase or extension of an L/C that is required (and only to the extent so required) by Clause 1.1(a) above, no L/C shall be amended without the consent of the Bank, which consent the Bank may provide or withhold in its sole discretion.

 

1.5 Unless otherwise agreed in any individual application and to the extent not contrary to the express terms of this Agreement or the L/Cs, the L/Cs shall be issued subject to the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, Publication N o 600, issued by the International Chamber of Commerce.

 

1.6 The Facility is revolving, i.e. Holdings may apply to the Bank for the extension of an L/C, the increase or decrease of the amount of an L/C or the issuance of another L/C, always subject to (a) the satisfaction of the conditions for the issuance, increase and extension of L/Cs set forth in Clause 2 hereinafter, (b) the Bank’s discretion set forth under Clause 1.1(b) above, as applicable, and (c) the aggregate limit set forth under Clause 1.7 hereinafter not being exceeded at any time in connection with or following the increase of the amount of such L/C, the extension of such L/C or the issuance of such new L/C.

 

1.7 The Aggregate Anticipated Exposure at any relevant time shall not exceed the lesser of:

 

4


(i) USD 750,000,000 (United States Dollars seven hundred and fifty million); and

(ii) the sum of (A) the Maximum Committed Amount, plus (B) the Initial Uncommitted Amount (as hereinafter defined), plus (C) the Aggregate Participant Uncommitted Amount (as hereinafter defined) (the lesser of (i) and (ii), the “ Maximum Facility Amount”) .

Initial Uncommitted Amount” means USD 25,000,000 (United States Dollars twenty-five million).

Aggregate Participant Uncommitted Amount” means all uncommitted amounts with respect to L/Cs and Advances issued and funded hereunder, including, without duplication, those made via separate participation agreement with the Bank, minus the Initial Uncommitted Amount, as such amount may be notified to the Clients by the Bank in writing from time to time, which notice shall be binding. The Bank shall use commercially reasonable efforts to arrange for Participants with an Aggregate Participant Uncommitted Amount of USD 225,000,000 (United States Dollars two hundred and twenty-five million), and the Aggregate Participant Uncommitted Amount shall at no time exceed such amount.

 

1.8 Each L/C shall set forth a maximum amount that may be drawn under such L/C at any relevant time, and the face or notional amount of such L/C shall be deemed to be such maximum amount for all purposes hereunder, including the calculations set forth in Clauses 1.1 and 1.7 above.

 

1.9 In the event that the aggregate (a) maximum amount of all L/Cs then outstanding hereunder - if necessary as converted into United States Dollars on the basis of the Bank’s spot exchange rate then prevailing, plus (b) all unreimbursed disbursements under all L/Cs, plus (c) the amount of all Advances then outstanding hereunder, exceeds the Maximum Facility Amount at any time for any reason whatsoever (such as for example following any revaluation of the L/Cs pursuant to Clause 1.13 below) and regardless of whether or not the Bank has agreed to or has knowledge of such excess, the Clients shall, upon the Bank’s written demand, make a cash deposit in United States Dollars with the Bank in an amount equivalent to or higher than 103% of such excess. Such cash deposit shall be pledged to and retained by the Bank and may be used freely by the Bank to cover any disbursements made or any Advances, interests or fees due for payment hereunder. To that effect, the Clients shall execute any security instrument or amendment to a security instrument as the Bank may require in accordance with usual bank practice.

 

1.10 The validity period of each L/C shall be limited to and thus not exceed 3 (three) months, such period to be calculated from the date of the issuance thereof until maturity of the last payment to be effected thereunder (the “ Validity Period”) . In the event that L/Cs are available by way of deferred payment rather than by payment at sight, the deferred payment period shall be included in (and thus not added to) the Validity Period.

 

1.11 Each L/C will be issued either in USD (the “ Base Currency”) or in EUR (the “ Alternative Currency”) at the option of Holdings.

 

1.12 [Reserved].

 

1.13 Revaluation of L/C; if any L/C is denominated in the Alternative Currency, the Bank shall on a daily basis or at such intervals as the Bank may in its entire discretion select recalculate the Base Currency amount of said L/C by converting the outstanding amount of such L/C into the Base Currency on the basis of the Bank’s then prevailing spot exchange rate.

 

1.14

The Clients acknowledge that the L/Cs issued by the Bank pursuant to this Agreement

 

5


shall constitute undertakings independent from the underlying commercial transactions and that the Bank will make payment to the Beneficiary under the L/Cs against presentation of a claim and of documents which on their face appear to be in order (and otherwise in accordance with the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, Publication N o 600), regardless of whether or not the said underlying commercial transactions have been properly conducted and regardless of whether the Clients and/or any other person raise objections, defences or counterclaims. Each Client therefore irrevocably waives any right it may have to raise any objection of any kind with a view to discharging itself from its reimbursement obligations to the Bank and its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by the sufficiency, accuracy or genuineness of any claim or any other document, or any incapacity of, or limitation on the powers of, any person signing a claim or other document. The Clients undertake not to seek or commence any legal or other action to hinder the Bank from performing its obligations or seeking reimbursement from the Clients hereunder, save if the claim presented to the Bank is abusive.

 

2. Conditions for the issuance, increase and extension of L/Cs and funding of Advances.

 

2.1 All requests for the issuance, increase or extension of L/Cs pursuant to this Agreement shall be made using the form of utilisation request set forth in Schedule 1 (the “ Utilisation Request ”). Each Utilisation Request, together with a Cargo Confirmation Notice issued by Statoil to Paulsboro Refining or Delaware City Refining, as applicable, and Bank, as standby letter of credit issuer for Holdings, in the form of the Cargo Confirmation Notice attached as Exhibit I to the Security Agreement (as defined below), but referencing the applicable Purchase Contract and the applicable Sale Contract, relating to the Hydrocarbon Assets covered by the L/C to be issued, shall be submitted to the Bank at least 2 (two) Geneva banking days before the requested date of issuance of the L/C and within a period starting on the Effective Date of this Agreement and finishing on the Termination Date as per Clause 14 below, unless this term is extended by the Bank (the “ Availability Period ”).

 

2.2 The contents, wording and conditions of the L/Cs and any amendments thereto shall be proposed by and the L/Cs amended and issued at the Clients’ sole risk and responsibility. Before issuing or amending the L/C, the Bank however reserves its right to reject and/or to propose modifications to the contents, wording and conditions of the L/C or any amendments thereto.

 

2.3 In addition, upon the Bank’s request, the Clients shall make available to the Bank any information or document reasonably required by the Bank (a) for the purpose of ascertaining the existence, legitimacy, commercial background and effectiveness of the transaction proposed to be supported by the L/C, and (b) in the connection with a request for an Advance, including, without limitation, information regarding the status of the transportation of the applicable Hydrocarbon Assets.

 

2.4 In addition to the provisions of Clauses 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 herein above, it is a condition precedent for the issuance, increase or extension by the Bank of any L/C hereunder, or the funding by the Bank of any Advance hereunder, that:

 

  (a) all approvals, licenses and registrations necessary to conduct the contemplated underlying transactions have been obtained beforehand and to the entire satisfaction of the Bank; and

 

  (b) no Event of Default within the meaning of Clause 9 hereof has occurred or is continuing; and

 

  (c)

all the representations made and warranties given under Clause 6 hereof are true

 

6


  and accurate as at the date of the Utilisation Request, the Borrowing Request or the request for increase or extension, as applicable, and the date of issuance, increase or extension of the relevant L/C or the funding of the Advance, as applicable; and

 

  (d) the date of Issuance, increase or extension of the relevant L/C or the funding of the Advance is within the Availability Period as herein defined; and

 

  (e) the maximum amount of the relevant L/C or Advance, as applicable, and the Validity Period of the relevant L/C (including, in each case, after any increase or extension) are consistent with the other terms and conditions of this Agreement; and

 

  (f) in the case of an L/C, to the extent that such L/C is to be issued, increased or extended under Clause 1.1(b) above, the Bank shall have, in its sole discretion, elected to issue, increase or extend such L/C; and

 

  (g) in the case of an Advance, the Bank shall have, in its sole discretion, elected to fund such Advance.

 

3. Advances

 

3.1 If a shipment of Hydrocarbon Assets covered by an L/C has not yet arrived to the Destination Point specified by the Clients to Statoil and included in the applicable Cargo Confirmation Notice, and is not expected to arrive at such specified destination point prior to the date on which payment therefore is due to the Beneficiary under the applicable Purchase Contract (the “ Payment Date ”), then on the second Geneva business day prior to the Payment Date, Holdings may request that the Bank make an advance (each, an “ Advance ”) by the Payment Date for the benefit of Holdings to pay the Beneficiary for such Hydrocarbon Assets covered by such L/C, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent to the funding of an Advance set forth in Clause 2 above. Each request for an Advance shall be in writing in substantially the form of Schedule 2 hereto (each, a “ Borrowing Request ”). The amount of such Advance shall not exceed the actual amount invoiced by the Beneficiary for such shipment of Hydrocarbon Assets. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Bank may refuse to make an Advance, regardless of whether a Borrowing Request has been delivered, if a Client has informed the Bank or the Bank otherwise has knowledge that the Beneficiary has received payment for the applicable Hydrocarbon Assets.

 

3.2 The Bank may accept or reject, in its sole discretion with no explanation therefor, any request for an Advance. If the Bank agrees to make an Advance, it shall pay the amount thereof directly to the Beneficiary as full payment for the applicable shipment of Hydrocarbon Assets. No Advance shall be funded from the Bank directly to either Client.

 

4. Disbursements and reimbursement

 

4.1 The Clients hereby irrevocably and unconditionally authorise the Bank to pay any claim made and/or documents submitted under an L/C requested by Holdings and which appear on their face to be in order (a “ claim ”).

 

4.2 The Clients hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertake to reimburse any amount disbursed by the Bank following a claim under an L/C in the same currency and on the same value date of such payment by the Bank. To that effect, the Clients undertake to deposit on Holdings’ current USD/EURO (whichever applicable) account with the Bank an amount at least equivalent to the amount due under the L/C, no later than 13.00 Geneva time on the date the Bank has to effect the payment under the L/C. The Bank will notify the Clients in writing of the payment date under the L/C at least 2 (two) Geneva banking days before such payment is made, unless the terms of the L/C require that payment be made by the Bank within a shorter period of time after a claim is made under such L/C.

 

  4.3

The Clients hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertake to reimburse any Advance

 

7


  funded by the Bank hereunder upon the earlier of (a) the Termination Date and (b) fifteen (15) Geneva banking days after the funding of such Advance, in each case in United States dollars.

 

4.4 Each Advance hereunder shall bear interest at the Cost of Funds (as hereinafter defined) plus 1.5% p.a. (one and a half percent per annum) from the day after the Advance was made until such Advance is repaid. “ Cost of Funds ” means the actual cost of funding of the Bank (as determined by the Bank’s treasury department on the basis of the Reference Bank Rate (as hereinafter defined)). For the purpose of this definition, the “ Reference Bank Rate ” shall mean the arithmetic means of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) quoted to the Bank by one or more banks selected by the Bank for obtaining matching deposits in the relevant Interbank Market in a currency, in an amount and for an advance period identical to that of the relevant Advance. Any amount of any Advance, any reimbursement of principal of any L/C disbursement as well as of commissions and fees as per Clause 5 hereinafter shall, in each case if unpaid on its due date, bear interest at the “overnight” Cost of Funds rate then prevailing in respect of the relevant currency, plus a margin of 3% p.a. (three percent per annum). Interest on delayed payments shall accrue on a daily basis until payment and be calculated on an “actual/360” basis.

 

4.5 The Clients shall reimburse the Bank for all out-of-pocket reasonable expenses incurred by the Bank under or in respect of any L/C issued (including all amendments thereto) or any Advance funded at its request (including postal charges and other means of communication charges) and the Clients shall in addition reimburse the Bank for all expenses incurred by the Bank under this Agreement, the Security Agreement and any other agreement or document entered into in connection therewith which expenses cannot be attributed to a particular L/C within 2 (two) Geneva banking days from the date of the Bank’s written request, together with reasonable documentary evidence of the out-of-pocket reasonable expenses incurred. The Clients shall immediately on demand indemnify the Bank against any cost, expense (including but not limited to postal charges, other means of communication charges and reasonable legal fees) loss, liability or damage incurred by the Bank (otherwise than by reason of the Bank’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as the issuing bank under any L/C, or as the lender with respect to any Advance, requested by Holdings, or in acting as an attorney under any power of attorney granted in connection with this Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Account Agreement or any related agreement.

 

4.6 The Bank shall be entitled to retain any document received as part of a claim under an L/C until the Bank’s disbursements under said L/Cs (or any related Advances) have been reimbursed in full as aforesaid. To the extent that said documents are documents of title, the Clients hereby agree that the Bank shall hold the documents as pledgee to secure the reimbursement of all sums due to the Bank hereunder.

 

4.7 Any and all amounts due by the Clients to the Bank under this Agreement (whether related to any L/C or any Advance), including but not limited to principal, interest, commissions and fees, shall be paid free and clear of any present and future taxes, levies, withholdings, charges or other similar taxes, which shall be fully supported by the Clients and furthermore shall not be subject to any offset or counterclaim. If the Clients are compelled by any applicable law or treaty to pay any such taxes or make any such deductions, then the amounts due by the Clients hereunder shall be increased so as to ensure that the Bank shall receive a net amount equal to the full amount which it would have received without any such taxes or deductions.

 

4.8 If the Bank receives a payment from the Clients that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by the Clients under this Agreement, the Bank shall apply that payment towards the obligations of the Clients in the following order:

 

8


  (a) first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Bank under this Agreement;

 

  (b) secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement;

 

  (c) thirdly, in or towards payment of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and

 

  (d) fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under this Agreement.

 

5. Commissions and fees

 

5.1 In consideration for the Bank issuing L/Cs hereunder and, if applicable, extending and increasing L/Cs hereunder, the Clients shall pay to the Bank an issuance commission to be calculated on the maximum amount from time to time of each L/C so issued (including any such extension or increase thereto), at the rate of 1.5% p.a. (one and a half percent per annum); provided , that (i) in the case of an issuance of an L/C, such commission shall not be less than the amount that would be due if the L/C were outstanding for thirty days (whether or not the L/C is outstanding for such duration), and (ii) in the case of an increase of an L/C, if clause (i) above has otherwise increased the commission payable with respect to such L/C, then the number of days in the thirty day period of calculation with respect to which the increased amount of the L/C shall apply shall be the difference of thirty days minus the number of days since the issuance of such L/C.

 

5.2 The issuance commission shall be calculated on an “actual/360” basis on the last business day of each calendar month on the basis of the actual number of calendar days of utilisation. The commission shall accrue from the date of issuance of each L/C until the earlier of its expiry date (including any extension thereof) or the date of the Bank’s disbursement thereunder. In the event that the maximum amount of an L/C is increased, such increased amount shall be taken into account beginning on the effective date of such increase for purposes of calculating the commission for such L/C. In the event that partial payments are made by the Bank under an L/C, then the issuance commission shall continue to accrue and be charged on the undisbursed portion of said L/C until expiry (after giving effect to any extensions) or full disbursement. The issuance commission shall be due and payable within 2 (two) Geneva banking days following the end of each calendar month.

 

5.3 [reserved].

 

5.4 In consideration for the Bank arranging the Facility and arranging for Participants in connection herewith, the Clients shall pay on the date hereof to the Bank an arrangement fee in an amount equal to USD 100,000 (United States Dollars one hundred thousand).

 

5.5 In consideration for the commitments hereunder and the entering into of the Facility by the Bank, the Clients shall pay on the date hereof to the Bank upfront fees in an aggregate amount equal to (a) 0.25% of (i) the Maximum Committed Amount minus (ii) USD 350 million (United States Dollars three hundred and fifty million) plus (b) 0.15% of USD 350 million (United States Dollars three hundred and fifty million).

 

5.6 In consideration for the provision of the committed portion of the Facility, the Clients shall pay to the Bank a commitment fee which shall accrue at the rate of 0.375% p.a. (three- eighths of one percent per annum) on the unused portion of the Maximum Committed Amount, which shall be due and payable within 2 (two) Geneva banking days following the end of each calendar quarter.

 

9


5.7 In the event that an L/C is to be amended (other than to extend such L/C to cover a new shipment of Hydrocarbon Assets or increase such L/C), the Bank shall be entitled to charge an amendment fee at a rate equal to CHF 250 (Swiss Franc two hundred fifty), which, for the avoidance of doubt, such fee shall be payable in the equivalent amount of United States Dollars.

 

5.8 The Bank’s other fees, if any, shall be charged in accordance with the rates negotiated on a case by case basis; provided that the confirmation fee payable to the Bank for the account of its affiliate, BNP Paribas Paris, for each L/C shall be no more than USD $1,000.00 (United States Dollars one thousand) per L/C confirmation.

 

5.9 For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Clause 4.4 (interest on delayed payments) and 4.7 hereof (payments to be free of tax) shall also apply to commissions and fees.

 

5.10 For the avoidance of doubt, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that (a) the fees and commissions specified in this Article 5 are the only fees and commissions payable by the Clients to the Bank and/or any Participant in connection with the Facility and (b) the fees specified in Clauses 5.5 and 5.6 hereof shall be payable to the Bank to be divided among the Participants holding any of the Aggregate Participant Commitment based on their pro rata share of the Aggregate Participant Commitment.

 

6. Representations and warranties

Each Client represents and warrants to and for the benefit of the Bank that:

 

6.1 It is a company legally organized and validly existing under the laws of Delaware (United States of America) and it has all requisite power and authority to own its assets and to conduct its operations in the manner in which they are currently owned and conducted;

 

6.2 it has all the necessary corporate powers and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Security Agreement and any other agreement or document entered into in connection with the issuance of the L/Cs and the funding of Advances; the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement, the Security Agreement and any other agreement or document entered into in connection with the issuance of the L/Cs and the funding of the Advances has been duly authorised through all necessary corporate action on its part; and this Agreement, the Security Agreement and any other agreement or document entered into in connection with the issuance of the L/Cs and the funding of Advances have been duly and validly executed and delivered by it and constitute its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with their terms, except to the extent enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to principals of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in law or in equity. In addition, it has obtained and will obtain all public authorisations, approvals and/or permits necessary to conduct the transactions contemplated hereunder and to fulfil its obligations towards the Bank as herein defined;

 

6.3 there is no legal action pending or, to the best of its knowledge, threatened against it in writing which might affect its ability to fulfil any of its obligations hereunder;

 

6.4 there is no provision of any law or regulation currently in force, nor any provision of its certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement, other organizational document, nor any provision of any mortgage, any security agreement or any existing contract or agreement binding upon it, which would either prevent or hinder the issuances of the L/C’s, the funding of the Advances or the performance by it of its obligations hereunder;

 

10


6.5 its obligations under this Agreement are direct and non-subordinated obligations, which in all events will rank at least pari-passu with all other present and future direct and non- subordinated obligations;

 

6.6 It is not in default in the performance, observance or fulfilment of any obligation, covenant or condition in any agreement to which it is a party or by which it may be bound, and no litigation or administrative proceedings are presently pending or, to its knowledge threatened against it in writing, which default, litigation or proceedings would have a material adverse effect on its business, assets or financial standing or which seeks to terminate or calls into question the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, the Security Agreement or any other agreement or document entered into in connection with the issuance of the L/Cs or the funding of the Advances. No event has occurred or is threatening that constitutes or would constitute an Event of Default under Clause 9 hereof;

 

6.7 the written statements and the written information made or furnished by it to the Bank are complete and accurate, and it has no knowledge of any facts or circumstances, which if delivered to the Bank, would, in the Bank’s reasonable opinion, negatively influence the Bank’s decision to enter into this Agreement;

 

6.8 its accounts are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP) and audited by certified public auditors. Its latest Balance Sheet and the Statement of Income delivered hereunder (the “ Original Financial Statements ”), fairly represent in all material respects its financial position and the results of its operations as of the dates and for the periods indicated therein. There has been no material adverse change in its financial position (including contingent liabilities) from that set forth in the Original Financial Statements delivered, and it has not entered into any material direct or contingent obligation and is not subject to any material unrealised or expected losses, which are not disclosed by or reserved against in such account or in subsequent interim reports;

 

6.9 none of the entering into this Agreement, the issuance of the L/C’s, the funding of the Advances, the use of proceeds thereof, or the granting of liens under the Security Agreement to secure the obligations hereunder constitutes (i) a breach of any agreement or undertaking (including any negative covenant or negative pledge) of any Client with any third party, which would have a material adverse effect on its business, assets or financial condition or (ii) any default under any of (a) that certain Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2011, by and among the Clients, as borrowers, the other parties thereto, and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of January 20, 2012, and Amendment No. 2 and Increase Joinder Agreement to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of March 13, 2012, and as modified by the Partial Release of Liens, dated as of February 9, 2012 (as so amended and modified and as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified), and (b) that certain Indenture, dated as of February 9, 2012, by and among the Clients, PBF Finance Corporation, the other Guarantors party thereto, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified) (the agreements identified in clauses (a) and (b) of this subclause (ii) are herein referred to as the “ PBF Financing Documents ”);

 

6.10 it is in compliance with the laws applicable to it, including, without limitation, all tax and environmental laws non-compliance with which may have a material adverse effect on its ability to perform under this Agreement;

 

6.11

it has no overdue tax liabilities, other than (i) those it has disclosed to the Bank; (ii) those it

 

11


  is contesting in good faith by appropriate proceedings and in respect of which adequate reserves have been established; or (iii) those the non-payment of which would not have a material adverse effect on its business, property, assets, operation or financial condition;

 

6.12 all information/documentation provided by it is accurate and complete;

Each of the representations and warranties set out above shall be deemed to be repeated as at the date of any Utilisation Request, the date of any request for an increase or extension of an L/C, the date of any issuance, increase or extension of an L/C, the date of any Borrowing Request, and the date of any funding of an Advance.

 

7. Undertakings

Each Client hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes until such time as the Maximum Facility Amount is cash collateralized at 103% of the amount thereof (except for Clause 7.12, which shall be respected at all times during the term of this Agreement and each L/C):

 

7.1. to notify without delay the Bank of any material change of ownership as well as of any Event of Default under Clause 9 below, or any other event, which would jeopardise or endanger its capacity to fulfil its payment obligations towards the Bank;

 

7.2. to give the Bank prompt notice of any action, suit or proceedings in or before any court, or board of arbitration or administrative body or commission against or affecting it which, if adversely determined, might be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on its business, property, assets, operations or financial condition;

 

7.3. to provide the Bank with a copy of the consolidated audited financial statements of Holdings within 6 months of the end of Holdings’ financial year;

 

7.4. to furnish the Bank with any other information that may have a material effect on its financial position;

 

7.5. not to, without the prior approval of the Bank, through one or several transactions simultaneously change its main business purpose as a whole, either through divestments or acquisitions, etc.;

 

7.6. to provide the Bank with a fully executed copy of each Purchase Contract within five days of receipt by either Client of a copy of such Purchase Contract executed by the Beneficiary;

 

7.7. to insure its actual and future assets against all risks in a way which is standard for companies with a similar business activity, more particularly to insure the Hydrocarbon Assets covered by the L/Cs to be issued and any Advances that may be funded by the Bank and to procure that the Bank is named loss payee or co-insured under any insurance covering such Hydrocarbon Assets;

 

7.8. to promptly upon the request of the Bank, supply or procure the supply of such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Bank in order for the Bank to carry out all necessary “Know Your Customer” or other similar checks on customers under all applicable laws for the purposes of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement;

 

7.9. not to, without the prior approval of the Bank, amend, amend and restate, supplement or otherwise modify any Purchase Contract in a manner adverse to the interests of the Bank or either Client; provided that Holdings shall promptly deliver to the Bank a copy of any such amendment, amendment and restatement, supplement or modification;

 

12


7.10. to provide instructions to the Beneficiary in the form of Schedule 4 hereto, which shall apply with respect to each shipment of Hydrocarbon Assets and related Bills of Lading (as defined in the Security Agreement), and to cause the Bills of Lading to be delivered in accordance with the principles set out in Clauses 8(b) and 8(d) hereof;

 

7.11. to channel the payment to be made to the Beneficiary under any Purchase Contract in cancellation of the L/Cs issued by the Bank through Holdings’ account(s) with the Bank; and

 

7.12. not to engage in any business with any country, company or person sanctioned by (a) the United States of America and as specified by the U.S. Department of the Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons, as such list may be updated from time to time, (b) the European Union and as specified on the website of the French Direction generale du Tresor at http://www.dgtpe.minefi.gouv.fr/directions_services/dgtpe/sanctions/sanctions.php , as such website may be updated from time to time, or (c) Switzerland and as specified on the website of the Swiss State Secretariat for Economic Affairs at http://www.seco.admin.ch/themen/00513/00620/00622/index.html?lang=fr or on the website of the Swiss Federal Authorities at http://www.admin.ch/dokumentation/gesetz/00068/index.html?lang=fr&unterseite=yes, in each case, as such websites may be updated from time to time.

 

8. Security

As security for the Clients’ obligations under this Facility, and any extension or renewal thereof or successor thereto, the Clients:

 

  (a) as of January 25, 2011, have executed a Security Agreement with Bank (as amended by the First Amendment to Security Agreement dated February 18, 2011, the “ Original Security Agreement ”), as of April 26, 2011, have amended and restated the Original Security Agreement by executing an Amended and Restated Security Agreement with Bank (as amended by the First Amendment to Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated July 29, 2011, the Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated September 21, 2011, the Third Amendment dated September 29, 2011 and the Fourth Amendment dated December 16, 2011, the “ Existing Security Agreement ”), and as of even date herewith, have amended and restated the Existing Security Agreement by executing the Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement with Bank (as so amended and restated, and as may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Security Agreement ”), pursuant to which each Client has pledged and granted to Bank, as collateral security for the payment and performance in full of all of the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement), a Lien on all of the right, title and interest of such Client in, to and under the following property, wherever located, and whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired from time to time (collectively, the “ Pledged Collateral ”):

 

  (i) all Saudi Oil (as defined in the Security Agreement);

 

  (ii) all Receivables (as defined in the Security Agreement) arising from the sale or other disposition of any Saudi Oil;

 

  (iii) all Contracts (as defined in the Security Agreement), bills of lading and other documents of title pertaining to the foregoing; and

 

  (iv) all Proceeds (as defined in the Security Agreement) and products of each of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for, and rents, profits and products of, each of the foregoing, any and all Proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to such Client from time to time with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

13


  (b) procure that the Beneficiary shall send, or shall cause Arab Petroleum Pipelines Company (“ SUMED ”), the Beneficiary’s supplier and the operator of the loading terminal for Hydrocarbon Assets purchased under the Initial Purchase Contract, or any other agent of the Beneficiary (if any), to send, the Bills of Lading relating to the Hydrocarbon Assets directly to the Bank, or if such Bills of Lading are received by the Clients from SUMED, the Beneficiary or its agent (as applicable), immediately send such Bills of Lading to the Bank,

 

  (c) procure to insure the Hydrocarbon Assets covered by the L/Cs issued by the Bank and Advances funded by the Bank and to have the Bank named loss payee or co-insured under any such insurance cover;

 

  (d) have granted the Bank a power of attorney to endorse any Bills of Lading relating to the Hydrocarbon Assets on behalf of the Clients to the order of the Bank;

 

  (e) with respect to any claims which the Bank may have against the Clients under the present Agreement irrespective of the date when such claims become due, Holdings hereby grants the Bank a right of pledge, a right of retention and setoff on all assets (including claims against the Bank) held in Holdings’ account with the Bank identified by account number 262 785 / 1S.

Moreover this Facility is subject to the Bank’s General Terms and Conditions as well as to any other relevant contractual documents signed by the Clients in connection with the granting of security in favour of the Bank.

 

9. Events of Default

The following events shall each constitute an Event of Default:

 

9.1 The Clients fail to pay when due any amount payable by them hereunder and such amount has not been paid within 3 (three) Geneva banking days after the Clients have received notice from the Bank of such non payment;

 

9.2 Any Client fails to duly perform or comply with any of its other obligations under this Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Account Agreement (as defined below) or any other agreement or document entered into with the Bank in connection with the issuance of the L/Cs or the funding of any Advances and such default, if capable of remedy, is not remedied within 5 (five) Geneva banking days after the Bank has given notice thereof to the Client;

 

9.3 Any representation or statement made by the Clients within the framework of this Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Account Agreement or in any certificate, agreement, instrument or document contemplated by any of the foregoing or made or delivered pursuant hereto, is or proves to be or have been incorrect, untrue or misleading in any material respect;

 

9.4 Any Client is voluntarily liquidated or ceases its business;

 

9.5 The form or the corporate purpose of any Client is changed or its registered office is transferred to another country;

 

9.6 Any material adverse change occurs in relation to Statoil, its ownership, business, property, assets, operation or financial condition which might in the opinion of the Bank adversely affect the Clients’ ability to meet their reimbursement obligations hereunder;

 

14


9.7 (a) Any Client fails to pay any amount in excess of USD 10,000,000 (United States Dollars ten million) whenever due and payable under any other obligation towards the Bank or any third party, (b) any encumbrance over material assets of any Client in respect of such failure to pay is enforced and such enforcement shall impair the ability of the Client to perform its obligations under this Agreement and (c) an Event of Default under the PBF Financing Documents and such Event of Default is not waived in accordance with the terms of such PBF Financing Document or cured within the applicable grace period set forth in such PBF Financing Document;

 

9.8 A merger of businesses affects any Client in such a way that it is no longer a separate legal entity, unless the surviving or acquiring entity resulting therefrom succeeds to all the obligations of such Client towards the Bank and secures such obligations in a manner acceptable to the Bank; or, a major reorganisation of any Client has, a negative impact on its ability to meet its obligations under the Facility, unless such reorganisation provided, in the reasonable opinion of the Bank, satisfactory protection of all obligations towards the Bank;

 

9.9 Any Client is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or by reason of existing or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness; or any Client becomes insolvent in accordance with the laws applicable to it;

 

9.10 A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Client; or an order, instruction or decree is issued by a court with jurisdiction over such Client showing that such Client has filed a petition in bankruptcy, or a petition in bankruptcy has been filed against it, or any proceedings seeking a reorganisation arrangement or suspension of payments or a general readjustment or rescheduling of its indebtedness or insolvency are filed by or against it; the issuance of an order, instruction or decree confirming that any Client is seeking a reorganisation arrangement/general readjustment or rescheduling of its indebtedness according to the applicable jurisdiction;

 

9.11 The issuance of an order, instruction or decree from a court with jurisdiction over any Client, appointing a liquidator, receiver, trustee, sequestrator or similar official body to assume the responsibility on behalf of such Client and its assets, or enacting the dissolution or liquidation of the operations of such Client, and any of these orders, instructions or decrees remain in force for a period of more than 30 (thirty) consecutive calendar days or the filing by any Client of an application for the appointment of such liquidator, receiver, trustee, sequestrator or similar official to assume the responsibility for its assets;

 

9.12 A moratorium is established on the payment of interest or repayment of principal on international debts and such moratorium is likely to prevent such Client from performing any of its obligations under or in connection with this Agreement;

 

9.13 Any enforcement proceedings, including without limitation any expropriation, attachment, distress or execution affects any asset or assets of any Client, having an aggregate value of USD 10,000,000 (United States Dollars ten million) and which are not discharged within 30 (thirty) calendar days;

 

9.14 Any of the security constituted in favour of the Bank is or becomes null and void or otherwise ineffective or unenforceable;

 

9.15

Should any material adverse change in the ownership of any Client occur (other than an initial public offering of Holdings’ stock), the Bank has the right to enter into new

 

15


negotiations with such Client on the terms and conditions of this Agreement. In the event that such negotiations do not lead to an agreement within one (1) month (or such longer time as the Bank may permit), which in form and substance is satisfactory to the Bank, such material adverse change of ownership shall allow the Bank to declare an Event of Default according to this Agreement;

 

9.16 The certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement or any other organizational document of any Client is altered in such a manner that the resulting certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement or other organizational document is in conflict with this Agreement or otherwise violates any Clause hereunder;

 

9.17 The auditors of the Clients when certifying any of the Clients’ annual financial statements have made substantial adverse qualifications or have refused to certify them;

 

9.18 Any original of the relevant Bills of Lading relating to the Hydrocarbon Assets covered by any L/C or any Advance (i) is delivered to a person other than the Bank or its agent and (a) such person is a Client, such incorrect delivery is not cured within three (3) Geneva business days or (b) such person is not a Client, such incorrect delivery is not cured within five (5) Geneva business days or (ii) is not validly and duly endorsed to the order of the Bank (except to the extent the Bank has such Bills of Lading in its possession and is validly authorized to endorse such Bills of Lading on behalf of the Clients to the order of the Bank);

 

9.19 Any Cargo Confirmation Notice is terminated or amended, supplemented or otherwise modified or assigned (other than in connection with a change in the Destination Point specified in such Cargo Confirmation Notice to another Destination Point, which Destination Point may be determined by the Clients and Statoil in accordance with the applicable Sale Contract, provided that any such change to the then-current Cargo Confirmation Notice shall be promptly provided to the Bank) without the prior written approval of the Bank;

 

9.20 Statoil ceases to be the counterparty to either Sale Contract, or Statoil transfers or assigns (other than any transfer or assignment to an affiliate of Statoil operating in the United States and that Statoil ASA controls and owns greater than 50% of the equity interests in) any of its rights or obligations thereunder with respect to the Hydrocarbon Assets (including, without limitation, the obligation to purchase such Hydrocarbon Assets), unless (i) the Bank, in its sole discretion, approves in writing such transfer or assignment, (ii) the new counterparty executes the Account Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement (as defined below) (or an amendment or supplement to each such document) and (iii) the Clients execute such amendments and provide such information reasonably requested by, and in form and substance satisfactory to, the Bank;

 

9.21 The occurrence of any “Default” or “Event of Default,” as each as such term is defined in the Second Lien Documents (as defined in the Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement dated as of even date herewith, between Bank, Statoil and the Clients);

 

9.22 This Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Account Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement, or any material provision thereof, shall for any reason, except to the extent permitted by the terms thereof, ceases to be in full force and effect and valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms against each Client or shall be repudiated by either Client, or either Client shall so state in writing.

 

10. Consequences of an Event of Default

In the event of the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default, the Bank may at its entire discretion:

 

16


  (a) increase the rate of commissions and fees applicable to the L/Cs or any Advances; and/or

 

  (b) demand that the Clients cause the Beneficiary of the L/Cs to release the Bank from any liability thereunder; and/or

 

  (c) demand that the Clients cover the Bank’s exposure under the L/Cs and the Advances by providing cash or other collateral to the satisfaction of the Bank, which collateral may be used freely by the Bank to cover any disbursement made or any Advance, interest, fee or other amount due hereunder, and the remaining portion of which, if any, will be released back to the applicable Client upon expiry of the L/Cs and repayment in full of all Advances and any interest or other amounts due with respect thereto; and/or

 

  (d) terminate this Agreement effective immediately and demand that the Bank’s exposure under all outstanding L/Cs and Advances be released, repaid or secured as provided for under items (b) and (c) of this Clause 10.

Delay or failure to act immediately on any default will not affect the Bank’s rights. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Clients authorise the Bank to apply any credit balance to which the Clients are entitled on any of their accounts with the Bank in satisfaction of any sum due and payable by the Clients to the Bank under this Agreement but unpaid; for this purpose, the Bank is authorised to purchase with the moneys standing to the credit of any such account such other currencies as may be necessary to effect such application.

 

11.   Notices

Any notice, request or other communication to be given or made under this Agreement shall be in writing and be given by facsimile or letter addressed to the addresses as set forth hereunder or to such other address or facsimile numbers as is notified in writing from time to time by one party to the other parties under this Agreement.

For the Bank:

BNP Paribas (Suisse) SA

2, Place de Hollande, P.O. Box

CH - 1211 Geneva 11

Switzerland

Attention: Bernard Le Goff

Telecopier No.: 41 58 212 26 84

Email: Bernard.legoff@bnpparibas.com

For the Clients:

PBF Holding Company LLC

1 Sylvan Way, 2 nd Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

Attention: Jeffrey Dill

Telecopy: 973-455-7562

Notices addressed shall be deemed to have been duly given when despatched (in the case of telefax), when delivered (in the case of personal delivery) or 2 (two) days after posting (in the case of letters). Any notice received on a non banking day in Geneva or after 4.30 p.m. in Switzerland shall be deemed to be given on the next following banking day in Geneva.

 

17


12.   Assignment, syndication and insurance

Subject to clause (ii) of the following paragraph, the Bank and any assignee of or participant in the Bank’s rights hereunder (collectively, “Credit Providers”) are each expressly authorised to assign its rights under this Agreement to and/or to syndicate or otherwise cover its thereto related risks with one or more third parties of its choice (the “Participant” ) and to disclose the existence and contents of this Agreement to the Participant, and upon any Credit Provider’s request the Clients shall issue a confirmation in writing to the effect:

 

  (a) that the Credit Provider is authorised to so assign, syndicate or cover its risks;

 

  (b) that the Credit Provider is authorised to notify the assignment to the Clients and to the Beneficiary;

 

  (c) that the Participant may rely on the accuracy of the representations made and warranties given by the Clients as if they had been made directly in favour of the Participant;

 

  (d) that the Clients shall fulfil directly in favour of the Participant all duties and obligations resulting from the undertakings originally committed to by the Clients towards the Bank as if they had been given directly to the Participant.

Such participation, syndication or assignment shall be authorized (i) without the consent of the Clients in the case of a participation or an assignment to an affiliate or subsidiary of the Bank or arising as a result of a corporate restructuring or merger of the Bank or (ii) otherwise with the prior written consent of the Clients.

In addition, the Bank shall be authorised to disclose the existence and contents of this Agreement and of the L/Cs and Advances to its parent company for risk consolidation, supervision and related purposes, to its auditors and regulators as well as to its agents and representatives in the course and for the purpose of performing its obligations hereunder.

No Client has any right to assign or to transfer any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement to any third party without the prior written consent of the Bank.

 

13.   Governing law and jurisdiction

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of Switzerland. Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or in relation to this Agreement, including the validity, invalidity, breach or termination thereof, shall be resolved exclusively by arbitration in accordance with the Swiss Rules of International Arbitration of the Swiss Chambers of Commerce in force on the date when the Notice of Arbitration is submitted in accordance with these Rules. The number of arbitrators shall be one. The seat of the arbitration shall be in Geneva, Switzerland. The arbitral proceedings shall be conducted in English. In addition, the parties hereto agree and recognize that no courts in the United States of America or abroad now or in the future will have general, specific or personal jurisdiction over the Bank.

 

14.   Effective Date and Termination Date

The Facility shall become effective (the Effective Date ) upon:

 

  (a) execution of the present Agreement by duly authorised representatives of the Clients and the Bank;

 

18


  (b) execution of the Second Amended and Restated Account Agreement by the Clients, the Bank and Statoil (the “ Account Agreement ”);

 

  (c) execution of the Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement referred to in Clause 8(a) above

 

  (d) execution of the Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement by the Bank, Statoil and the Clients (the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”);

 

  (e) receipt of a legal opinion from Kirkland & Ellis LLP (i) confirming the validity, enforceability and perfection of the Bank’s security interest in the Hydrocarbon Assets and all other collateral described in the Security Agreement, (ii) confirming that the execution, delivery and performance of the Clients of this Agreement and the Security Agreement do not violate the existing senior credit facilities of any Client, and (iii) addressing such other customary matters as may be reasonably requested by the Bank;

 

  (f) receipt of a certificate from the Clients that no Event of Default within the meaning of Clause 9 hereof has occurred and is continuing, and all the representations made and warranties given under Clause 6 hereof are true and accurate as of the Effective Date;

and shall terminate as of the date that is 364 days after the Effective Date (the “ Termination Date ”), and all parties hereto agree that no further L/Cs shall be issued, and no further Advances shall be funded, hereunder on and after the Termination Date. All L/Cs still outstanding on the Termination Date shall continue in force and effect until maturity on the basis of their own terms. Until such time as (i) each L/C has expired in accordance with its terms or has been terminated undrawn or, if drawn, has been discharged by payment in full in cash (other than unasserted contingent obligations) by the Clients or fully cash collateralized in a manner acceptable to Bank and (ii) all Advances, together with all interest and other amounts due with respect thereto, have been repaid in full (other than unasserted contingent obligations), then all covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Clients herein and in the certificates or other agreements or instruments delivered in connection herewith shall continue in force and effect.

 

15. Miscellaneous

 

15.1 No amendment, addendum or appendix to this Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing with a reference to this Agreement and signed by the parties.

 

15.2 It is acknowledged and agreed that the Bank shall under no circumstances be liable or responsible for any loss sustained or damage incurred by the Clients or any third party in the course of performing its obligations under this Agreement and under the L/Cs, unless such Client or such third party can prove that said damage or loss has been caused exclusively by the Bank’s wilful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence.

 

15.3 If, at any time, any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

15.4

The parties hereto acknowledge that this Agreement amends and restates the Existing L/C Facility Agreement in its entirety, and that each Existing L/C is deemed to be issued under this Agreement. It is the intent of the parties hereto this Agreement neither constitute a novation of the obligations and liabilities existing under the Existing L/C Facility Agreement nor evidence termination of any such obligations and liabilities (except to the extent any such obligations or liabilities have been repaid in full by the Clients prior to or on the date

 

19


hereof) and that this Agreement amend and restate in its entirety the Existing L/C Facility Agreement and hereafter evidence the obligations (except to the extent any such obligations have been repaid in full by the Clients prior to or on the date hereof) of the Clients outstanding thereunder. The parties hereto acknowledge that this Agreement shall continue to evidence the representations and warranties made by the Clients under the Existing L/C Facility Agreement, that this Agreement shall continue to evidence any action or omission performed or required to be performed under the Existing L/C Facility Agreement, and that the amendments and restatements set forth herein shall not cure any breach of any provisions of the Existing L/C Facility Agreement or any default or Event of Default under the Existing L/C Facility Agreement.

Made in Geneva, Switzerland, in two originals on the date first above written.

 

20


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC
By:   /s/ Matthew Lucey
Name:   Matthew Lucey
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC
By:   /s/ Matthew Lucey
Name:   Matthew Lucey
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC
By:   /s/ Matthew Lucey
Name:   Matthew Lucey
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

BNP PARIBAS (SUISSE) SA
By:   /s/ B. LE GOFF
Name:   B. LE GOFF
Title:  

 

By:   /s/ O. PRASKI
Name:   O. PRASKI
Title:  

Signature Page to

Second Amended and Restated Letter of Credit Facility Agreement


SCHEDULE 1

UTILISATION REQUEST

 

TO:

   BNP PARIBAS (SUISSE) SA
   2, Place de Hollande
   CH – 1211 Geneva 11
   Switzerland
   Att: Bernard LeGoff & Marco Macrina

FROM:

   PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC

DATE:

   (INSERT DATE)

RE:

   SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LETTER OF CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT, dated April 24, 2012, among PBF Holding Company LLC, Paulsboro Refining Company LLC, Delaware City Refining Company LLC, and BNP Paribas (Suisse) SA (hereinafter referred to as the “ Agreement ”; all capitalized terms used in this Borrowing Request shall have the same meaning as in the Agreement, unless expressed otherwise)

L/C Number:

Amount:

Expiry:

Covering:

Delivery Date:

Destination:

In consideration of you issuing this Standby Letter of Credit under our full liability guaranteeing the purchase price of the above mentioned goods, we hereby grant to you, BNP Paribas (Suisse) SA, Geneva, a first priority security interest in such goods.

We acknowledge that (i) all conditions precedent specified in Clause 2 of the Agreement are satisfied by at the date of this Utilisation Request, (ii) the Representations and Warranties provided in Clause 6 of the Agreement are true and accurate as of the date hereof and as of the date of the issuance of the letter of credit, and (iii) and no Event of Default within the meaning of Clause 9 of the Agreement has occurred or is continuing or will occur as a result of making the issuance of the letter of credit requested by the Utilisation Request.

We hereby also confirm that the proceeds of our sale to Statoil Marketing & Trading LLC fixed at the price of              and due for payment at              for which you will receive before the issuance of your letter of credit a purchase confirmation and irrevocable payment undertaking directly from them, which are irrevocably assigned in favour of your Bank in accordance with the Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement signed by us on April 24, 2012.

The above specifically refers to and is covered by the General Conditions and any other relevant document signed by ourselves in favour of your Bank.

 

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


FOOTNOTE

In consideration of you issuing this Standby Letter of Credit (“ L/C ”) under our full liability guaranteeing the purchase price of the above-mentioned Hydrocarbon Assets, we hereby grant to you, BNP Paribas (Suisse) SA, Geneva, a first priority security interest in such Hydrocarbon Assets.

We hereby also confirm that the proceeds of our sales to Statoil Marketing & Trading LLC (Statoil), in each case, for which you will receive before the issuance of your L/C applicable thereto a purchase confirmation and irrevocable payment undertaking directly from them, are irrevocably assigned in favour of your Bank in accordance with the Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement signed by us on April 24, 2012.

The above specifically refers to and is covered by the General Conditions and any other relevant documents signed by ourselves in favour of your Bank.


SCHEDULE 2

BORROWING REQUEST

 

TO:

  BNP PARIBAS (SUISSE) SA
  2, Place de Hollande
  CH – 1211 Geneva 11
  Switzerland
  Att: Bernard LeGoff & Marco Macrina

FROM:

  PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC

DATE:

  (INSERT DATE)

RE:

  SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LETTER OF CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT, dated April 24, 2012, among PBF Holding Company LLC, Paulsboro Refining Company LLC, Delaware City Refining Company LLC, and BNP Paribas (Suisse) SA (hereinafter referred to as the “ Agreement ”)

All capitalized terms used in this Borrowing Request shall have the same meaning as in the Agreement, unless expressed otherwise.

We, PBF Holding Company LLC, hereby request your Bank to make available in our favour the following Advance in cash in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement.

- Amount : USD              (United States Dollars              )

- Purpose: Covering the payment to Saudi Arabian Oil Company for              barrels of Hydrocarbon Assets delivered on                   in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Contract effective as of [ insert date of applicable Purchase Contract ] with Saudi Arabian Oil Company.

We acknowledge that (i) all conditions precedent specified in Clause 2 of the Agreement are satisfied by at the date of this Borrowing Request, (ii) the Representations and Warranties provided in Clause 6 of the Agreement are true and accurate as of the date hereof and as of the date of the Advance, and (iii) and no Event of Default within the meaning of Clause 9 of the Agreement has occurred or is continuing or will occur as a result of making the funds available under this Borrowing Request.

In consideration of the Bank’s financing for our account the purchase of the Hydrocarbon Assets described above, we hereby grant to you, BNP Paribas (Suisse) SA a first priority security interest in such Hydrocarbon Assets. We hereby also confirm that the proceeds of our sales of such Hydrocarbon Assets to Statoil Marketing & Trading LLC, for which you have received a purchase confirmation and irrevocable payment undertaking directly from them, are irrevocably assigned in favour of your Bank in accordance with the Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement signed by us on April 24, 2012.

The above specifically refers to and is covered by the General Conditions and any other relevant documents signed by ourselves in favour of your Bank.

 

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


SCHEDULE 3

EXISTING LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

1. LCIS 11050501 – 930M bbls; $126.25 million; issued 3/28/12; expiry 5/29/12

 

2. LCIS 11055571 – 930M bbls; $125.25 million; issued 4/10/12; expiry 6/5/12


SCHEDULE 4

INSTRUCTIONS

RE PBF HOLDINGS/DOX/01/2011

 

A   

DOCUMENTS

   ORIGINALS    COPIES
   BILLS OF LADING    3/3    6
   CERTIFICATE OF ORIGIN    1    6
   CERTIFICATE OF QUALITY    1    6
   CERTIFICATE OF QUANTITY    1    6
   LOADING TIME SHEET    1    6
   CARGO MANIFEST    1    6
   ULLAGE REPORT    1    6
   MASTERS SAMPLE RECEIPT    1    6
   MASTERS DOCUMENT      
   RECEIPT    1    6
   CONSIGNOR    BOLANTER CORPORATION NV   
      TO THE ORDER OF PBF HOLDING   
   CONSIGNEE:    COMPANY LLC   
      STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US)   
   SHIPPER:    INC.   

 

B   

DISTRIBUTION OF DOCUMENTS

    

1

  

MASTER FOR OWN USE

   1 COPY ALL DOX

2

  

MASTER FOR RECEIVER

   1 COPY ALL DOX

3

  

BOLANTER CORPORATION NV

   1 COPY ALL DOX
  

C/O SAUDI PETROLEUM OVERSEAS LTD

  
  

LANSDOWNE HOUSE, BERKELEY SQUARE,

  
  

LONDON, W1J 6ER

  
  

ATTN: CRUDE OIL

  
  

OPERATIONS

  

4

  

SAUDI ARAMCO

   1 COPY ALL DOX
  

DHAHRAN 31311

  
  

SAUDI ARABIA

  
  

ATTN: THE MANAGER CRUDE OIL SALES & MARKETING

  

5

  

PBF Holding Company LLC

   1 COPY ALL DOX
  

1 SYLVAN WAY, 2ND FL

  
  

PARSIPPANY, NJ 07054

  
  

ATTN: VIVIAN BONVIVANT

  

6

  

BNP PARIBAS (Suisse) S.A.

   ORGINALS
  

ATTN: M. MACRINA / AC1/ TEL: 41 58 212 2705

  
  

PLACE DE HOLLANDE, 2

  
  

1211 GENEVA 11/

  
  

SWITZERLAND

  

7

  

Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc (Buyer’s Assignee)

   1 COPY ALL DOX
  

1055 Washington Blvd

  
  

Stamford, Ct

  
  

ATTN: Kevin Mullin

  


C SAILING CABLES

IMMEDIATELY AFTER LOADING PLEASE EMAIL FULL LOAD DETAILS TO:

 

  1 SAUDI PETROLEUM OVERSEAS LTD LONDON

ATTN CRUDE OIL OPERATIONS

 

  2 SAUDI ARAMCO DHAHRAN

ATTN THE MANAGER CRUDE OIL SALES & MARKETING

 

  3 PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC

ATTN: CRUDE OPERATIONS

 

  4 STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC

ATTN: CRUDE OPERATIONS

 

D SAMPLES

 

E RELEASE

CARGO MUST NOT LOAD UNTIL RELEASED BY BOLANTER

Exhibit 10.11.1

Execution Version

AMENDMENT NO. 2 AND INCREASE JOINDER AGREEMENT

TO AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 2 and Increase Joinder Agreement to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of March 13, 2012 (this “ Amendment ”), is entered into by and among PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ” or “ Administrative Borrower ”), Delaware City Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Delaware City ”), Paulsboro Refining Company LLC (f/k/a Valero Refining Company – New Jersey, a Delaware corporation), a Delaware limited liability company (“ Paulsboro ”) and Toledo Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Toledo ” and together with Holdings, Delaware City and Paulsboro, “ Borrowers ” and each individually, a “ Borrower ”), each other Loan Party party hereto, each Lender providing an increase to its Revolving Commitment or a new Revolving Commitment, as the case may be (collectively, the “ Commitment Increase Lenders ”), the other Lenders party hereto, UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as administrative agent (in such capacity, “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders party to the Credit Agreement referred to below, and the Co-Collateral Agents.

RECITALS

A. Borrowers, Administrative Agent and Lenders are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2011 (as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of January 20, 2012, as amended hereby and as the same may hereafter be further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined within this Amendment shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

B. The Administrative Borrower has requested an increase to the Revolving Commitments in an aggregate principal amount for such increase equal to $250,000,000 pursuant to Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement (the “ Commitment Increase ”). Each Commitment Increase Lender has provided an increase to its existing Revolving Commitment or a new Revolving Commitment, as the case may be, in the amount set forth opposite such Commitment Increase Lender’s name on Schedule A to this Amendment.

C. Borrowers, Administrative Agent and Lenders are also desirous of making specific amendments to the Credit Agreement, as and to the limited extent expressly set forth herein.

D. This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document and these Recitals shall be construed as part of this Amendment.


NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of all of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Additional Revolving Commitments .

1.1. Each Commitment Increase Lender hereby acknowledges and agrees that it hereby provides an increase to its Revolving Commitment or a new Revolving Commitment, as the case may be, in the amount set forth opposite such Commitment Increase Lender’s name on Schedule A to this Amendment and each party hereto acknowledges and agrees that, after giving effect to the terms and provisions of this Amendment, including, without limitation, the proposed Commitment Increase, the Commitments of each Lender shall be as set forth on Schedule A to this Amendment.

1.2. Each Commitment Increase Lender:

(a) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Amendment;

(b) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or Agent and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement;

(c) appoints and authorizes Administrative Agent and Collateral Agents to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agents, as the case may be, by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and

(d) solely with respect to each Commitment Increase Lender providing a new Revolving Commitment hereunder, acknowledges and agrees that upon its execution of this Amendment such Commitment Increase Lender shall automatically and without further action become a “Lender” under, and for all purposes of, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall be subject to and bound by the terms thereof, and shall perform all the obligations of and shall have all rights of a Lender thereunder.

1.3. Each Commitment Increase Lender hereby agrees to make its new Revolving Commitment or increased Revolving Commitment, as the case may be, on the following terms and conditions:

(a) The terms and provisions of any Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans provided in connection with the Commitment Increase shall be identical to the Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans under the Credit Agreement as in effect immediately prior to giving effect to this Amendment.

 

2


(b) Except as expressly set forth in this Amendment, the increased Revolving Commitments and the Revolving Loans made thereunder, shall be subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

2. Amendments .

2.1. The Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as a Co-Documentation Agent on the cover page thereto and adding Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as a Co-Syndication Agent on the cover page thereto.

2.2. The definition of “Co-Collateral Agents” set forth in Section 1.01 ( Defined Terms ) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such existing definition in its entirety and replacing it with the following new definition:

“Co-Collateral Agents” shall mean, from and after the Second Amendment Effective Date, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas and Wells Fargo Bank, NA, each in their capacities as co-collateral agents under this Agreement.”

2.3. The definition of “Swingline Commitment” set forth in Section 1.01 ( Defined Terms ) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the last sentence of such definition and replacing it with the following:

“The amount of the Swingline Commitment shall, from and after the Second Amendment Effective Date, be $75,000,000, but shall in no event exceed the Revolving Commitments.”

2.4. Section 1.01 ( Defined Terms ) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new definitions in appropriate alphabetical order:

““Second Amendment” means that certain Amendment No. 2 and Increase Joinder Agreement to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of March 13, 2012, by and among the Borrowers, the other Loan Parties, the Lenders party thereto, the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agents.”

““Second Amendment Effective Date” shall mean the date on which all conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the Second Amendment have been met and the Second Amendment has become effective.”

 

3


2.5. Clause (a) ( Swingline Commitment ) of Section 2.17 ( Swingline Loans ) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the amount “$25,000,000” from such clause (a) and replacing it with the amount “$75,000,000”.

2.6. Section 9.01 ( Appointment and Authority ) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the words “UBS Collateral Agent and DB Collateral Agent” from the first sentence of such Section 9.01 and replacing them with “UBS Collateral Agent, DB Collateral Agent and Wells Fargo Bank, NA, in their capacity as Co-Collateral Agents,”.

3. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness . The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

3.1. Amendment . This Amendment shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Borrowers, each other Loan Party, Administrative Agent, each Commitment Increase Lender and Required Lenders.

3.2. Representations and Warranties . Both immediately before and after giving effect to this Amendment, the representations and warranties of each Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article III of the Credit Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (or in all respects in the case of any representations and warranties qualified by materiality), except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (or in all respects in the case of any representations and warranties qualified by materiality) as of such earlier date.

3.3. No Default . Both immediately before and after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default shall exist, or would result from, the effectiveness of this Amendment or any Borrowing made on the date thereof.

3.4. Borrowing Base . After giving effect to the Commitment Increase the sum of the total Revolving Exposures shall not exceed the lesser of (a) the total Revolving Commitments and (b) the Borrowing Base then in effect.

3.5. Breakage Payments . The Borrowers shall have made any breakage payments required by Section 2.13 of the Credit Agreement in connection with any adjustment of Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.20(d) of the Credit Agreement.

3.6. Legal Opinion . Administrative Agent shall have received an opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, as counsel to the Borrowers, with respect to this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent.

3.7. Miscellaneous . Administrative Agent shall have received such other agreements, instruments and documents as Administrative Agent may reasonably request in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment, all in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent.

 

4


4. Reference to and Effect Upon the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents .

4.1. Except for the modifications thereto expressly described in this Amendment, the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document shall remain in full force and effect.

4.2. The execution, delivery and effect of this Amendment shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to be a consent to any waiver of any term or condition or any amendment or modification of any term or condition of the Credit Agreement (except as expressly set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 above) or any other Loan Document.

4.3. The Loan Parties agree that this Amendment shall be a Loan Document for all purposes of the Credit Agreement (as specifically modified by this Amendment) and the other Loan Documents.

5. Acknowledgment and Consent of Loan Parties . Each Loan Party hereby consents to this Amendment and hereby confirms and agrees that each Loan Document to which it is a party is, and shall continue to be, in full force and effect and that the Lien granted to the Agent (as defined in the Security Agreement and the other Security Documents) in each Security Document is and shall continue to be in full force and effect, and each is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

6. Eligible Assignee . By its execution of this Agreement, each Commitment Increase Lender providing a new Revolving Commitment represents and warrants that it is an Eligible Assignee.

7. Notice Information . For purposes of the Credit Agreement, the initial notice address of each Commitment Increase Lender providing a new Revolving Commitment shall be as set forth below its signature below.

8. Recordation of New and Increased Revolving Commitments . Upon the effective date of this Amendment, Administrative Agent will record the new Revolving Commitments or increased Revolving Commitments, as the case may be, of each Commitment Increase Lender in the Register and reallocate existing Loans among the Lenders according to the new Revolving Commitments.

9. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed an original but all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by telecopier or electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart signature page to this Amendment.

 

5


10. Costs and Expenses . As provided in Section 10.03 of the Credit Agreement, Borrowers shall pay the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of this Amendment.

11. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS OPPOSED TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS) OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

12. Headings . Section headings in this Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC , as a Borrower

By:  

LOGO

  Name:   JOHN E. LUKE
  Title:   TREASURER

DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC , as a Borrower

By:  

LOGO

  Name:   JOHN E. LUKE
  Title:   TREASURER

PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC , as a Borrower

By:  

LOGO

  Name:   JOHN E. LUKE
  Title:   TREASURER

TOLEDO REFINING COMPANY LLC , as a Borrower

By:  

LOGO

  Name:   JOHN E. LUKE
  Title:   TREASURER

 

[Signature Page – Amendment No. 2]


PBF POWER MARKETING, LLC , as a Subsidiary Guarantor

By:  

LOGO

  Name:   JOHN E. LUKE
  Title:   TREASURER

DELAWARE PIPELINE COMPANY LLC , as a Subsidiary Guarantor

By:  

LOGO

  Name:   JOHN E. LUKE
  Title:   TREASURER

PAULSBORO NATURAL GAS PIPELINE COMPANY LLC , as a Subsidiary Guarantor

By:  

LOGO

  Name:   JOHN E. LUKE
  Title:   TREASURER

PBF INVESTMENTS LLC , as a Subsidiary Guarantor

By:  

LOGO

  Name:   JOHN E. LUKE
  Title:   TREASURER

PBF FINANCE CORPORATION , as a Subsidiary Guarantor

By:  

LOGO

  Name:   JOHN E. LUKE
    TREASURER

 

[Signature Page – Amendment No. 2]


UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH , as Administrative Agent, a Co-Collateral Agent and Agent (as defined in the Security Agreement and the other Security Documents)

By:  

LOGO

  Name:   Mary E. Evans
  Title:   Associate Director
By:  

LOGO

  Name:   Irja R. Otsa
  Title:   Associate Director

 

[Signature Page – Amendment No. 2]


DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS , as a Co-Collateral Agent and a Lender

By:  

LOGO

  Name:   Calli S. Hayes
  Title:   Managing Director
By:  

LOGO

  Name:   Eric Pratt
  Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page – Amendment No. 2]


WELLS FARGO BANK, NA , as a Co-Collateral Agent and a Lender

By:  

LOGO

  Name:   DAVID R. KLAGES
  Title:   VICE PRESIDENT

 

[Signature Page – Amendment No. 2]


Citibank, N.A., as a Lender
  By:  

LOGO

    Name:   MICHAEL SMOLOW
    Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page – Amendment No. 2]


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH , as a Lender

  By:  

LOGO

    Name:   Mikhail Faybusovich
    Title:   Director
  By:  

LOGO

    Name:   VIPUL DHADDA
    Title:   ASSOCIATE

 

[Signature Page – Amendment No. 2]


MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A ., as a Lender

  By:  

LOGO

    Name:   Michael King
    Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page – Amendment No. 2]


MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC. , as a Lender

  By:  

LOGO

    Name:   KELLY CHIN
    Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page – Amendment No. 2]


ROYAL BANK OF CANADA , as a Lender

  By:  

LOGO

    Name:   Philippe Pepin
    Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page – Amendment No. 2]


UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC , as a Lender
  By:  

LOGO

    Name:   Mary E. Evans
    Title:   Associate Director
  By:  

LOGO

    Name:   Irja R. Otsa
    Title:   Associate Director

 

[Signature Page – Amendment No. 2]


UNION BANK, NA as a Lender
  By:  

LOGO

    Name:   Michele Scafani
    Title:   Senior Vice President
   

445 South Figueroa St. 13 th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90071

    Attn: CFD

 

[Signature Page – Amendment No. 2]


Schedule A

to

Amendment No. 2

 

Lender

   Amount of Revolving
Commitment
Immediately Prior to
Giving Effect to
Amendment No. 2
     Increased or New
Revolving
Commitment in
connection with
Amendment No. 2
     Amount of
Revolving Credit
Commitment after
Giving Effect to
Amendment No. 2
 

UBS Loan Finance

   $ 115,000,000.00          $ 107,500,000.00   

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

   $ 75,000,000.00       $ 32,500,000.00       $ 107,500,000.00   

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.

   $ 11,637,931.03       $ 12,500,000.00       $ 24,137,931.03   

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

   $ 63,362,068.97          $ 63,362,068.97   

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch

   $ 75,000,000.00       $ 12,500,000.00       $ 87,500,000.00   

Citibank, NA

   $ 75,000,000.00       $ 25,000,000.00       $ 100,000,000.00   

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

   $ 50,000,000.00       $ 50,000,000.00       $ 100,000,000.00   

Sovereign Bank

   $ 35,000,000.00          $ 35,000,000.00   

Royal Bank of Canada

      $ 75,000,000.00       $ 75,000,000.00   

Union Bank, N.A.

      $ 50,000,000.00       $ 50,000,000.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL:

   $ 500,000,000.00       $ 250,000,000.00       $ 750,000,000.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.23

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FOR THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH THE WORD “[REDACTED]”.

AMENDED AND RESTATED CRUDE OIL ACQUISITION AGREEMENT

between

MORGAN STANLEY CAPITAL GROUP INC.

and

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC

Amended and Restated as of March 1, 2012


Table of Contents

 

     Page  

1. Definitions and Construction

     1   

2. Effective Date and Term

     12   

3. Conditions Precedent

     13   

4. Daily Sales of Crude Oil

     13   

5. Delivery Nominations and Reporting

     15   

6. Certain Representations

     18   

7. Warranties

     19   

8. Pricing of Delivered Volumes

     19   

9. Payment and Netting

     21   

10. Additional MSCG Services

     23   

11. Disposition of Crude Oil Upon Termination or Expiration

     23   

12. Financial Information, Security and Requests for Further Assurances

     24   

13. Refinery Turnaround, Maintenance and Closure

     29   

14. Taxes

     29   

15. Insurance

     30   

16. Force Majeure

     31   

17. Representations, Warranties and Covenants

     31   

18. Termination Events, Default and Early Termination

     35   

19. Indemnification and Claims

     42   

20. Limitation on Damages

     43   

21. Information and Inspection Rights

     44   

22. Governance Committee

     44   

23. Governing Law and Disputes

     45   

24. Assignment

     46   

 

i


Table of Contents

 

     Page  

25. Notices

     46   

26. Nature of the Transaction and Relationship of the Parties

     47   

27. Confidentiality

     47   

28. Miscellaneous

     48   

Schedules

Schedule 1 – Pipelines

Schedule 2 – Transfer Points and Pricing Dates

Schedule 3 – Form of Nomination and Forecast Report

Schedule 4 – Form of Weekly Nomination

Schedule 5 – Crude Oil Pricing Formulas

Schedule 6 – Form of WTI Differential Report

Schedule 7 – Estimated Transit Time and TVM Cost Calculation Methodology

Schedule 8 – Logistics Costs

Schedule 9 – Enbridge North Dakota Line Terms

Schedule 10 – Hedge Adjustment Amount

 

ii


AMENDED AND RESTATED CRUDE OIL ACQUISITION AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Crude Oil Acquisition Agreement was originally entered into between Toledo Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company who has a place of business located at One Sylvan Way, 2 nd Floor, Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887 (“ TRC ”) and Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc., a Delaware corporation whose principal place of business is located at 2000 Westchester Avenue, Floor 01, Purchase, New York 10577-2530 (“ MSCG ”) as of May 31, 2011 (such date, the “ Effective Date ” and such agreement, the “ Original Agreement ”) and is being amended and restated effective as of 12:00:01 a.m. Eastern Prevailing Time on March 1, 2012 (the “ Assignment Date ”) by MSCG and PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company who has a place of business located at One Sylvan Way, 2 nd Floor, Parsippany, New Jersey 07054-3887 (“ PBF ”) (each of MSCG and PBF are referred to individually as a “ Party ” or collectively as the “ Parties ”).

WHEREAS, TRC requested consent to the assignment of the Original Agreement from TRC to PBF and MSCG granted such consent pursuant to, and on the terms set forth in, the assignment agreement among TRC, PBF and MSCG dated as of February 28, 2012 (the “ Assignment ”);

WHEREAS , the Parties hereto wish to amend and restate the Original Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein;

WHEREAS, the Parties hereto intend that, effective as of the Assumption Time on the Assignment Date, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent set forth in the Assignment, the Original Agreement shall be amended and restated as set forth herein;

WHEREAS, PBF and MSCG each desire that, commencing on the Assignment Date, MSCG sell to PBF, and PBF purchase from MSCG, Crude Oil at Marysville, Michigan, Patoka, Illinois, Longview, Texas, Cushing, Oklahoma and St. James, Louisiana and certain other locations agreed upon between the Parties (the “ Delivery Locations ”) for shipment to the Refinery (as defined below) or to such other locations as PBF elects, upon the terms and conditions contained herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the respective promises, conditions, terms and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, MSCG and PBF hereby agree as follows:

 

1. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION

 

1.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, including the foregoing recitals, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below.

Acceptable Letter of Credit Issuer ” means a major U.S. commercial bank or a U.S. branch of a foreign bank which, at all times: (a) (i) satisfies all regulatory capital requirements applicable to it (including any individual regulatory capital requirements); (ii) is “well capitalized” within the meaning of Section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended, or any successor statute, and any applicable regulations thereunder; (iii) has a senior unsecured credit rating of at least “A” (or its then current equivalent) by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service (or any successor rating agency thereto) and at least “A2” (or its then current equivalent) by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (or any successor rating agency thereto); and (iv) meets the applicable criteria of the demanding Party for letter of credit issuers as in effect at such time, including credit, legal and risk management criteria; or (b) is otherwise acceptable to the demanding Party in its sole discretion.

 

1


Additional Termination Event ” means any of the events or circumstances specified as such in Section 18.3.

Adjustment Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.2.5.

Affected Party ” has the meaning specified in Section 18.3.

Affiliate ” means, in relation to either Party, any entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Party, any entity that controls, directly or indirectly, such Party, or any entity directly or indirectly under common control with such Party. For this purpose, “control” of any entity or Party means ownership of a majority of the issued shares, or voting power or control in fact, of the entity or Party. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Affiliate” does not include Morgan Stanley Derivative Products Inc.

Agreement ” or “ this Agreement ” means this Amended and Restated Crude Oil Acquisition Agreement and all Schedules hereto, which are incorporated herein, as may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

Ancillary Costs ” means all actual direct and indirect costs and expenses associated with or arising from the acquisition, storage, receipt, delivery, handling, loading, discharge, and movement of Crude Oil to the Delivery Locations, and all Taxes and charges imposed by any Governmental Authority. For the avoidance of doubt, Ancillary Costs shall include all Logistics Impairment costs, expenses and losses.

Applicable Law ” means (i) any law, statute, regulation, code, ordinance, license, decision, order, writ, injunction, directive, judgment, policy, decree and any judicial or administrative interpretations thereof, (ii) any agreement, concession or arrangement with any Governmental Authority or (iii) any license, permit or compliance requirement, including under any Environmental Law, in each case as may be applicable to either Party or either Party’s performance under this Agreement.

Assignment ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

Assumption Time ” has the meaning specified in the Assignment.

Bankrupt ” means, with respect to a Party, any of its Guarantors, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any entity issuing a letter of credit on its behalf hereunder, as the case may be, that such Party (or any of its Guarantors, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or an entity providing a letter of credit on its behalf hereunder): (i) is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (ii) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due; (iii) makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; (iv) institutes or has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation; (v) has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation, other than pursuant to a consolidation,

 

2


amalgamation or merger; (vi) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for all or substantially all of its assets; (vii) has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all of its assets, or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all of its assets; (viii) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of the foregoing nature; (ix) causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under Applicable Law, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in clauses (i) to (viii) (inclusive); or (x) takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

Bankruptcy Code ” means the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101 et. seq .

Barrel ” means 42 U.S. Gallons measured at a temperature of 60 degrees Fahrenheit and an absolute pressure of 29.921 inches of mercury.

Base Interest Rate ” means the lesser of [REDACTED] and the maximum rate of interest permitted by Applicable Law.

Breakage Costs ” means, without duplication, all out-of-pocket losses, damages and expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by the Performing Party as a result of termination and liquidation of this Agreement, any Supply Contract (excluding any supply contracts assigned from TRC to MSCG in February 2011) and any Specified Agreement, in each case including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, collection costs, interest charges and other disbursements, and any costs incurred in a reasonable commercial manner in obtaining, maintaining, replacing or liquidating commercially reasonable hedges or trading positions relating to (i) the volumes of Crude Oil for which MSCG has incurred forward purchase or sale obligations or forward price risks in contemplation of fulfilling its objectives under this Agreement, or (ii) any Specified Agreement that is being terminated and liquidated.

Business Day ” means a day on which banks are open for general commercial business in New York, New York.

Change of Control ” means, as to PBF or either of its Guarantors, the occurrence of, or the taking of any corporate action to facilitate, any of the following:

 

  (i) the consolidation of PBF or either of its Guarantors with another person, the merger of PBF or either of its Guarantor into another person, the merger of another person into PBF or either of its Guarantors, or any similar event pursuant to a transaction in which 50% or more of the voting shares of PBF or either of its Guarantors (other than sales of PBF Energy stock on a public exchange whereby no single party acquires 50% or more of the stock) are changed into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property (other than any such transaction where the holders of the voting shares of PBF or either of its Guarantors immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, not less than a majority of the voting shares of the surviving or resulting person or persons immediately after such transaction); or

 

3


  (ii) the consummation of any transaction or series of related transactions (including any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any person other than PBF or either of its Guarantors becomes the beneficial owner directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting shares of PBF or either of its Guarantors;

provided, however , that an initial public offering shall not constitute a Change of Control.

For purposes of this definition, any transfer of an equity interest in a person that was formed for the purpose of acquiring voting shares of a person shall be deemed to be a transfer of such portion of such voting shares as corresponds to the portion of the equity of such person that has been so transferred.

Change of Law ” means, on or after the Effective Date of this Agreement, any Applicable Law is adopted or changed or any court, tribunal or regulatory authority with competent jurisdiction changes its interpretation of any Applicable Law.

Commencement Date ” means June 1, 2011.

Consumption Month ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.2.1.

Counterparty ” means any person from whom MSCG purchases Crude Oil for delivery to a Delivery Location and sale to PBF, including any person that sells Crude Oil under a Supply Contract.

Credit Agreement ” means (i) any present or future material agreement or undertaking by TRC, PBF or PBF Energy for financing Refinery operations, (ii) any present or future material extension of credit, credit facility, guaranty, loan or indenture to or for TRC, PBF or PBF Energy, (iii) any material obligation of TRC, PBF or PBF Energy (whether present or future, contingent or otherwise, as principal or surety or otherwise) in respect of borrowed money, or any guaranty of TRC’s, PBF’s or PBF Energy’s obligations, with any bank, financial or lending institution, bond or note issuer, indenture trustee, guarantor, underwriter, Affiliate or any other person, including the Revolving Credit Agreement.

Credit Event Upon Merger ” means a Party or any of its Guarantors consolidates or amalgamates with, merges with or into, or transfers all or substantially all its assets to, another entity and, at the time of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer, (i) the resulting, surviving or transferee entity fails to assume all the obligations of such Party under this Agreement or any Specified Agreement, either by operation of law or by an agreement satisfactory to the other Party or otherwise, or (ii) in the reasonable opinion of the other Party, the creditworthiness of the successor, surviving or transferee entity, is materially weaker than the predecessor entity immediately prior to the consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer.

Crude Oil ” means crude oil, feedstock (excluding vacuum gas oils, also referred to as VGOs) and lube extracted feedstock (also referred to as LEF).

Daily Purchase Payment Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.1.

Daily Report of Refinery Volumes ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.8.

 

4


DCRC ” means Delaware City Refining Company LLC.

DCRC Offtake Agreement ” means the offtake agreement between MSCG and DCRC dated as of April 7, 2011 relating to MSCG’s purchase from DCRC of refined petroleum products produced in DCRC’s Delaware City, Delaware refinery.

Default ” means any of the events or circumstances specified as such in Section 18.2.

Default Interest Rate ” means the lesser of (i) the Prime Rate as published under “Money Rates” in the Wall Street Journal in effect at the close of the Business Day on which the payment was due plus [REDACTED]%, and (ii) the maximum rate of interest permitted by Applicable Law.

Defaulting Party ” has the meaning specified in Section 18.4.

Delivered Volumes ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.1.

Delivery Date ” means any day on which Crude Oil is delivered by MSCG to PBF at a Delivery Location and purchased by PBF at the Transfer Point.

Delivery Month ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.3.

Designated Executive ” means the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, Secretary (or other senior officer of a Party that is acceptable to the other Party) that is authorized to execute and deliver on such Party’s behalf the certificates required by Section 3.

Early Termination Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 18.4.4.

Early Termination Fee ” means the amount payable by one Party to the other Party in connection with the early termination of this Agreement in the amount specified in Section 18.5.

Effective Date ” means, assuming the due execution of this Agreement by each Party’s authorized representative, the date first written above, upon which this Agreement shall become binding upon and enforceable against the Parties.

Enbridge North Dakota Line ” means the gathering and transportation pipeline for Crude Oil from established receiving points in the areas of Montana and North Dakota to established destination points in Minnesota, Montana and North Dakota for the onward movement to interstate destinations, which is owned and operated by Enbridge Energy Partners, L.P.

Environmental Law ” means any existing or past law, policy, judicial or administrative interpretation thereof or any legally binding requirement that governs or purports to govern the protection of persons, natural resources or the environment (including the protection of ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata, endangered species or wetlands), occupational health and safety and the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, generation, handling, treatment, storage, disposal, transportation, release or management of solid waste, industrial waste or hazardous substances or materials.

 

5


EPT ” means Eastern Prevailing Time.

Event of Default ” means any of the events or circumstances specified as such in Section 18.2.

Financial Officer ” of any person shall mean the Chief Financial Officer, principal accounting officer, Treasurer or Controller of such person.

Force Majeure Event ” means any cause or event reasonably beyond the control of a Party, including fires, earthquakes, lightning, floods, explosions, storms, adverse weather, landslides and other acts of natural calamity or acts of God; navigational accidents or maritime peril; vessel damage or loss; strikes, grievances, actions by or among workers or lock-outs, whether or not such labor difficulty could be settled by acceding to any demands of any such labor group of individuals; accidents at, closing of, or restrictions upon the use of mooring facilities, docks, ports, pipelines, harbors, railroads or other navigational or transportation mechanisms; disruption or breakdown of or explosions or accidents to wells, storage plants, refineries, terminals, machinery or other facilities; acts of war, hostilities (whether declared or undeclared), civil commotion, embargoes, blockades, terrorism, sabotage or acts of the public enemy; any act or omission of any Governmental Authority; good faith compliance with any order, request or directive of any Governmental Authority; curtailment, interference, failure or cessation of supplies reasonably beyond the control of a Party; or any other cause reasonably beyond the control of a Party, whether similar or dissimilar to those above and whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, which, by the exercise of due diligence, such Party could not have been able to avoid or overcome.

For purposes of this Agreement, the failure of any Counterparty to perform its obligations to deliver Crude Oil to MSCG pursuant to any Supply Contract, whether as a result of a Force Majeure Event (as defined herein), breach of contract by such Counterparty or any other reason beyond the reasonable control of MSCG or that cannot be mitigated by MSCG through reasonable commercial efforts, shall constitute a Force Majeure Event as to MSCG with respect to MSCG’s obligation to sell such Crude Oil to PBF.

For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Force Majeure ” expressly excludes:

 

  (i) a failure of performance of any person other than the Parties (except to the extent that such failure otherwise would constitute a Force Majeure Event but for this exclusion);

 

  (ii) the loss of a Party’s market or any market conditions for any products produced at the Refinery or any market conditions that are unfavorable for either Party;

 

  (iii) any failure by a Party to apply for, obtain or maintain any permit, license, approval or right of way necessary under Applicable Law for the performance of any obligation under this Agreement; and

 

  (iv) a Party’s inability to economically perform its obligations under any transaction undertaken pursuant to this Agreement.

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis.

 

6


Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state or local governmental body, agency, instrumentality, authority or entity established or controlled by a government or subdivision thereof, including any legislative, administrative or judicial body or any person purporting to act therefor, port authority and any stock or commodity exchange or similar self-regulatory body or supervisory authority having appropriate jurisdiction.

Guarantor ” means, with respect to MSCG, Morgan Stanley, and with respect to PBF, each of PBF Energy and TRC.

Guaranty ” means (i) the guaranty by MSCG’s Guarantor of MSCG’s prompt and complete payment of obligations under this Agreement, and (ii) each of the guaranties by PBF’s Guarantors of PBF’s prompt and complete payment of obligations under this Agreement.

Independent Inspector ” means a licensed person acceptable to both Parties that performs sampling, quality analysis and quantity determinations of the Crude Oil purchased by a Party under this Agreement.

Initial Nomination ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.3.

Initial Term ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1.

Intercreditor Agreement ” means the intercreditor agreement entered into as of March 1, 2012 among MSCG, UBS AF, Stamford Branch as Revolving Agent and PBF.

Letter of Credit Default ” means the occurrence of any of the following events as to any outstanding letter of credit: (i) the Acceptable Letter of Credit Issuer no longer meets any of the criteria of an “Acceptable Letter of Credit Issuer” as defined in this Agreement; (ii) the Acceptable Letter of Credit Issuer fails to comply with or perform its obligations under such letter of credit; (iii) the Acceptable Letter of Credit Issuer disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects, in whole or in part, or challenges the validity of, such letter of credit; (iv) the letter of credit expires or terminates, or fails or ceases to be in full force and effect at any time during any period when the demanding Party requires that the other Party maintain the letter of credit; (v) the Party providing the letter of credit as Security fails to cause a renewal or replacement letter of credit to be delivered to the demanding Party at least 15 Business Days (or by such other date required by the demanding Party) prior to the expiration of such letter of credit; or (vi) the Acceptable Letter of Credit Issuer becomes or is Bankrupt.

Liabilities ” means any and all claims, demands, suits, losses, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), damages, charges, fines, penalties, deficiencies, assessments, interest, fines, costs and expenses of any kind (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and other fees, court costs and other disbursements), causes of action and liabilities of every type and character, including personal injury or death to any person or loss or damage to any personal or real property, any Liabilities directly or indirectly arising out of or related to any suit, proceeding, judgment, settlement or judicial or administrative order and any Liabilities with respect to Environmental Laws.

LIBOR ” means, as of the date of any determination, the London Interbank Offered Rate for one-month U.S. dollar deposits appearing on Page 3750 of the Telerate screen (or any successor page) at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time). If such rate does not appear

 

7


on Page 3750 of the Telerate screen (or otherwise on such screen), LIBOR shall be determined by reference to such other comparable publicly available service for displaying eurodollar rates as MSCG may select or, in the absence of such availability, by reference to the rate at which MSCG is offered one-month U.S. dollar deposits at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) in any interbank eurodollar market where its eurodollar and foreign currency and exchange operations are then being conducted. LIBOR shall be established on the first day on which a determination of the interest rate is to be made under this Agreement and shall be adjusted daily based on the one-month LIBOR quotes made available through the foregoing sources.

Lien ” means any lien, security interest, pledge, mortgage, claim, charge or other encumbrance of any nature whatsoever that secures any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

Logistics Impairment ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.5.

Material Adverse Change ” means, (i) as to PBF or either of its Guarantors, any condition, circumstance, event, change or effect or combination thereof that individually or in the aggregate has or reasonably could be expected to have or result in (A) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, PBF’s or either of its Guarantors’ operations, business, properties, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects taken as a whole, for which MSCG has reasonable grounds for insecurity under this Agreement; (B) a material impairment of the ability of PBF to perform any of its obligations under any of the Transaction Documents or any Specified Agreement or of either of its Guarantors to perform any of its obligations under its Guaranty, or (C) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against PBF of any of the Transaction Documents or any Specified Agreement or against either of its Guarantors of its respective Guaranty, or upon any rights or remedies against such Party under any of the Transaction Documents, Specified Agreement or relevant Guaranty, as the case may be, and (ii) as to MSCG, [REDACTED].

Monthly Amendment ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.3.

MSCG Acquisition Report ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.6.

MSCG In-Transit Volumes ” means, from time to time, any Crude Oil that MSCG purchased from third parties and is in-transit to a Delivery Location, wherever located, including while within a Pipeline, in storage tanks and including any line fill, tank bottoms and working inventories.

Net Daily Payment Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.1.

Nominated Volume ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.3.

 

8


Nomination and Forecast Report ” (or “ NFR ”) has the meaning specified in Section 5.3.

Non-Performing Party ” means either the Affected Party or the Defaulting Party.

NYMEX ” means the New York Mercantile Exchange.

NYMEX Trading Day ” means each day on which NYMEX is scheduled to be open for trading and on which it is actually open for trading during the hours it is so scheduled to be open; provided that where used as the basis of a forward-looking determination, “NYMEX Trading Day” means each day on which NYMEX is scheduled to be open for trading.

Original Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

Payment Amount Invoice ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.1.

Payment Date ” means, with respect to each Delivered Volume, the Business Day following the applicable Pricing Date.

PBF Energy ” means PBF Energy Inc.

Performing Party ” has the meaning specified in Section 18.4.

Pipelines ” means, collectively, each of the pipelines listed in Schedule 1, as such schedule may be amended from time to time upon the agreement of the Parties, and “ Pipeline ” means any one of these.

Potential Event of Default ” means any Event of Default, which with notice or the passage of time, would constitute an Event of Default.

PRC ” means Paulsboro Refining Company LLC, a subsidiary of PBF, and a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.

Price ” means the price per barrel of Crude Oil determined in accordance with Schedule 5.

Pricing Date ” means, with respect to the volume of Crude Oil delivered on a Delivery Date at a Delivery Location, the day specified in Schedule 2, as such schedule may be amended from time to time upon the agreement of the Parties.

Quarterly Forward Price Report ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.2.

Refinery ” means the crude oil refinery owned and operated by TRC and located in Toledo, Ohio.

Refinery Volumes ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.8.

Renewal Term ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.2.

Representatives ” means a Party’s or any of its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, auditors, consultants, banks, financial advisors and legal advisors.

 

9


Revolving Credit Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated on or about May 31, 2011, among TRC, PBF, DCRC and PRC as borrowers, and the guarantors and lenders party thereto.

Run-off Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.1.

Security ” has the meaning specified in Section 12.6.3.

Specified Agreement ” means any agreement between the Parties to purchase, sell or exchange commodities, including any spot or forward contract, future, option, swap, swap option, cap, floor or collar or other derivative transaction on or with respect to a commodity or any combination of these transactions.

Specified Indebtedness ” means any obligation (whether present or future, contingent or otherwise, as principal or surety or otherwise) of PBF or any Affiliate of PBF in respect of borrowed money.

Sunoco ” means Sunoco, Inc. (R&M).

Supply Contract ” means a contract between MSCG and a Counterparty for the purchase of Crude Oil by MSCG for the purpose of meeting MSCG’s delivery obligations to PBF under this Agreement, including any Crude Oil purchase contract assigned from TRC to MSCG.

Taxes ” means any and all U.S., Canadian and foreign federal, provincial, state and local taxes, import and export customs duties, imposts, duty fees and charges of every description, including all excise, goods and services, severance, production, carbon, environmental, oil spill (including for avoidance of doubt the U.S. federal oil spill tax), gross receipts, commercial activity, and sales and use taxes, however designated, paid or incurred with respect to the purchase, storage, exchange, use, transportation, resale, importation, importation, exportation or handling of the Crude Oil or measured by the price of the Crude Oil or the proceeds of sale under this Agreement, including for any Tax, any interest, penalties or additions to tax attributable to any such Tax or for the failure to file any tax return or report; provided, however, that the term “Taxes” does not include: (i) any tax imposed on or measured by net profits or net income unless such tax is imposed specifically on the sale of Crude Oil; (ii) any tax measured by capital value or net worth, whether denominated as franchise taxes, doing business taxes, capital stock taxes or the like; and (iii) business license or franchise taxes or registration fees.

Term ” means the Initial Term and any Renewal Term or Renewal Terms.

Termination Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 18.8.

Termination Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.1.

Termination Event ” means an Event of Default or an Additional Termination Event.

Transaction Documents ” means this Agreement, the Assignment, the Supply Contracts, any assignment contracts relating to the Pipelines between MSCG and TRC, each Guaranty, the Intercreditor Agreement, the TRC Intercreditor Agreement and any confirmations or other writings or communications that document the sales of Crude Oil from MSCG to PBF.

 

10


Transfer Points ” means the locations specified in Schedule 2 hereto.

TRC Intercreditor Agreement ” means the intercreditor agreement entered into as of May 31, 2011 among MSCG, UBS AF, Stamford Branch as Revolving Agent and TRC.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.

Unpaid Amounts ” means any amounts owed by one Party to another Party under this Agreement that have not been paid as of the date of determination.

Weekly Nomination ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.4.

Working Capital Rate ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.2.5.2.

WTI ” means light sweet U.S. domestic crude oil (West Texas Intermediate) deliverable in satisfaction of futures contract delivery obligations under the rules of NYMEX.

WTI Differential Report ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.2.1.

WTI Hedge Volume ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.2.1.

 

1.2 Interpretation . Unless the context otherwise requires or except where specifically stated otherwise, in this Agreement:

 

  1.2.1 words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively;

 

  1.2.2 references to any Party shall be construed as a reference to such Party’s successors in interest and permitted assigns;

 

  1.2.3 references to a provision of Applicable Law or Applicable Laws generally are references to that provision or Applicable Laws generally, as may be amended, extended or re-enacted from time to time;

 

  1.2.4 references to “ days ,” “ months ” and “ years ” mean calendar days, months and years, respectively, and a “ day ” consists of the 24-hour period commencing at 12:00:00 a.m. EPT and ending on 11:59:59 EPT on that day;

 

  1.2.5 references to “ dollars ” or “ $ ”mean U.S. dollars;

 

  1.2.6 references to “ Sections ” and “ Schedules ” in this Agreement, or to a provision contained therein, shall be construed as references to the Sections and Schedules of this Agreement, as may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof. References to any other agreement, or other document or to a provision contained in any of these, shall be construed, at the particular time, as a reference to it as it may then have been amended, supplemented, modified, suspended, assigned or novated in accordance with its terms;

 

11


  1.2.7 references to “ assets ” include present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

  1.2.8 references herein to “ consent ” mean, unless otherwise specified, the prior written consent of the Party at issue, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned;

 

  1.2.9 the terms “ hereof ,” “ herein ,” “ hereby ,” “ hereto ” and similar words refer to this entire Agreement and not any particular Section, subsection, Schedule or subdivision of this Agreement;

 

  1.2.10 the words “ include ” or “ including ” shall be deemed to be followed by “ without limitation ” or “ but not limited to ” whether or not they are followed by such phrases or words of like import;

 

  1.2.11 the word “or” is meant to be inclusive and shall be interpreted as “and/or”;

 

  1.2.12 references to a “ judgment ” include any order, injunction, determination, award or other judicial or arbitral measure in any jurisdiction;

 

  1.2.13 references to “ obligations ” shall be construed to mean a Party’s prompt and complete performance of its covenants and obligations required pursuant to this Agreement; and

 

  1.2.14 references to any “ person ” include any natural person, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or unincorporated organization, estate, association, partnership, statutory body, joint stock company or any other private entity or organization, Governmental Authority, court or any other legal entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity.

 

1.3 If there is any ambiguity, inconsistency, discrepancy or conflict between this Agreement and any other Transaction Document, this Agreement shall prevail.

 

1.4 Unless otherwise specified, in computing any period of time under this Agreement the day of the act, event or default from which such period begins to run shall be day “ zero ” and not included. If the last day of the period so computed is not a Business Day then, unless this Agreement provides otherwise, the period shall run until the end of the next Business Day.

 

1.5 The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the natural meanings of its terms, and the contra proferentum rule shall not apply to the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

2. E FFECTIVE D ATE AND T ERM

 

2.1 Initial Term . This Agreement shall be in effect on the Effective Date and shall continue in effect through the earlier of (i) second anniversary of the “Commercial Operations Date” under the DCRC Offtake Agreement and (ii) June 30, 2013 (in either case, the “ Initial Term ”).

 

12


2.2 Renewal Term . From and after expiration of the Initial Term, this Agreement shall automatically renew for successive one-year terms (each such renewal period, a “ Renewal Term ”). Absent an Event of Default or Additional Termination Event that results in an Early Termination Date, this Agreement shall terminate one year following written notice delivered no sooner than one year prior to expiration of the Initial Term or at any time thereafter by one Party to the other Party; provided, however, that the Parties shall perform their obligations relating to termination pursuant to Section 11.

 

3. C ONDITIONS P RECEDENT

 

3.1 The obligations of the Parties under this amended and restated Agreement shall commence at the Assumption Time under the Assignment and shall be conditional upon the satisfaction or waiver of the Conditions Precedent (as defined in the Assignment) in accordance with the terms of the Assignment.

 

4. D AILY S ALES OF C RUDE O IL

 

4.1 MSCG Crude Oil Sales . From and after the Assumption Time on the Assignment Date, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, MSCG agrees to sell and deliver to PBF, and PBF agrees to purchase and take delivery of, the Crude Oil requirements of PBF. MSCG shall sell the Crude Oil to PBF at the Delivery Locations in ratable deemed volumes as PBF may request pursuant to the nomination procedures set forth in Section 5, subject to the provisions of Section 4.1.1.

 

  4.1.1 Conditions to Sale Obligations . MSCG’s Crude Oil sale obligations are subject to: (i) the volume of Crude Oil requirements estimated by PBF, as set forth in the relevant NFR, as may be modified by any subsequent NFR or Weekly Nomination from time to time and with allowance for variation as described in Section 5.5; (ii) available pipeline capacity on the relevant Pipelines used to transport the Crude Oil to the Delivery Locations, provided that MSCG shall make commercially reasonable efforts to secure capacity as necessary to meet its delivery obligations hereunder; (iii) a Force Majeure Event (including delivery of the Crude Oil by a Counterparty); (iv) PBF providing MSCG with any Security required hereunder; (v) the absence of a default under one or more Supply Contracts that collectively have a material adverse effect on MSCG’s ability to procure Crude Oil for delivery and sale to PBF; and (vi) PBF’s performance of its obligations hereunder and under each of the other Transaction Documents.

 

4.2

Pipeline Buy/Sell Transactions . If any of the Pipelines on which MSCG ships Crude Oil to the Delivery Locations refuses to recognize MSCG’s title to the Crude Oil, the Parties shall enter into a buy/sell agreement under which MSCG will sell all volumes of Crude Oil that it desires to ship on such Pipeline to PBF as they pass the inlet flange of the Pipeline or its gathering system and MSCG will purchase from PBF such volumes of Crude Oil as they pass the exit flange of such Pipeline or its gathering system. The Parties will mutually agree upon the price for such sales, provided that the price for each sale from MSCG to PBF will equal the price for the corresponding sale from PBF to MSCG. If MSCG pays the transportation costs to the relevant Pipeline, the costs of shipping the relevant volumes on the Pipeline will be deducted from the price paid by MSCG for MSCG’s purchase from PBF. Any amounts payable in connection with a Pipeline buy/sell agreement will be included on the next Payment Amount Invoice delivered after MSCG’s determination of such amount. TRC and MSCG previously

 

13


entered into a Pipeline buy/sell agreement on the Enbridge North Dakota Line at the prices and terms set forth in Schedule 9 hereto, and TRC has assigned this agreement to PBF under the terms of the Assignment.

 

4.3 Exclusive Seller . PBF agrees that it shall procure all of the Refinery’s Crude Oil requirements, as well as any other Crude Oil Requirements of PBF, by purchasing Crude Oil from MSCG and MSCG shall be its exclusive seller of Crude Oil to be processed in the Refinery or delivered to third parties during the Term of this Agreement. The Parties acknowledge and agree that TRC is solely a processor and shall not purchase Crude Oil for processing in the Refinery. PBF agrees not to purchase Crude Oil from any person other than MSCG unless otherwise agreed in writing by MSCG or unless an Event of Default as described in Section 18.2.5 has occurred with respect to MSCG, and in any case, non-exclusivity shall only apply to affected Crude Oil volumes.

 

4.4 MSCG Hedging Obligations . MSCG shall enter into hedge transactions to hedge the price risk incurred by PBF related to the mismatch between each Delivered Volume priced on its respective Pricing Date and the actual volume consumed at the Refinery or sold to a third party as of such Pricing Date as set forth in the Daily Report of Refinery Volumes. The profits and losses on such hedging activities shall be determined in accordance with Schedule 10 and shall be payable by one Party to the other Party pursuant to Section 8.3.

 

4.5 Title and Custody .

 

  4.5.1 Transfer of Title . Title to Crude Oil purchased by PBF pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall pass from MSCG to PBF as the Crude Oil passes the relevant Transfer Point.

 

  4.5.2 Ownership . MSCG shall own and have title to all of the Crude Oil in transit to the Transfer Locations until title to such Crude Oil passes from MSCG to PBF as described in Section 4.5.1, or until MSCG otherwise disposes of such Crude Oil. PBF shall own and have title to all of the Crude Oil purchased from MSCG and in transit from the Transfer Locations and all Crude Oil at the Refinery, unless and until PBF sells such Crude Oil to a third party.

 

4.6 Importation into the United States and Foreign Trade Zone .

 

  4.6.1 PBF intends to cause TRC to continue to operate the Refinery as a subzone, FTZ Subzone 8H (the “ Subzone ”), under a valid grant of authority from the Foreign Trade Zones Board, U.S. Customs and Border Protection Service (“ Customs ”) and the Toledo-Lucas County Port Authority.

 

  4.6.2 For purposes of being able to sell jet fuel in privileged and non-privileged foreign status to Refinery customers, TRC is required to and from time to time will admit foreign-origin Crude Oil into the Subzone. Accordingly, PBF may request that MSCG transport the Crude Oil in bond pursuant to Customs’ procedures from the point of importation at the U.S. port of entry into the United States to the Delivery Location so as to preserve the foreign status of the Crude Oil.

 

  4.6.2.1

In such event, and provided that PBF or its designed representative provides MSCG with sufficient notice in writing, prior to the time of

 

14


  importation, that foreign status is to be maintained as to a particular batch or shipment of Crude Oil, MSCG agrees to be responsible for and file all necessary Customs in-bond documentation (CBP Form 7512) and secure in-bond movement under MSCG’s carrier bond. MSCG agrees to provide PBF with copies of the Forms 7512 filed with Customs promptly after the date of importation, which PBF will provide to TRC so that TRC is able to prepare all necessary Customs documentation (including CBP Form 214) to admit the Crude Oil into the Subzone.

 

  4.6.2.2 PBF shall cause TRC to prepare, maintain and file all necessary documentation in connection with operation of the Subzone and admission of foreign-status Crude Oil. PBF shall cause TRC to maintain all records, inventories and accounts of operations within the Subzone in accordance with Applicable Law and the requirements of Customs and any other Governmental Authority. PBF agrees to provide MSCG with copies of the Forms 214 filed with Customs promptly after the date of admission into the Subzone.

 

  4.6.2.3 PBF shall indemnify and hold MSCG harmless from and against all Customs duties, penalties, fines and other expenses or damages that MSCG may incur resulting from TRC’s failure to comply with Applicable Laws regarding entry of Crude Oil into the Subzone, including the failure to file accurate and timely Forms 214 that will extinguish MSCG’s liability for Customs duties under its in-bond shipments.

 

5. D ELIVERY N OMINATIONS AND R EPORTING

 

5.1 Coordination, Planning and Information Flow Procedures . The Parties intend that MSCG shall utilize its global crude oil and feedstock trading and marketing capabilities to identify and present to PBF opportunities for the purchase from MSCG of U.S. domestic, Canadian and foreign Crude Oil. The Parties shall develop procedures for the exchange of information between PBF and MSCG throughout the Term to facilitate sales to PBF and optimization of the Refinery operations. Such procedures will include meetings (whether in person or by telephone or video conference) on an as required basis and a monthly meeting in person between PBF personnel and MSCG to, amongst other things, review the then current TRC maintenance activities, present information relating to Crude Oil slates available for delivery to the Delivery Locations, refinery run plans and related commercial matters including hedging, sale and resale opportunities. Based on the planning and coordination activities described in this Section 5.1 and PBF’s nominations delivered in accordance with this Section 5, MSCG will use commercially reasonable efforts to locate and select Crude Oil meeting PBF’s requirements, determine price estimates for such Crude Oil and negotiate, purchase and transport such Crude Oil to the Delivery Locations for sale to PBF. PBF will use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with MSCG in the foregoing activities and to take delivery of the Crude Oil’s selected in accordance with the schedules agreed upon by the Parties.

 

5.2

Quarterly Forward Price Report . On or prior to the last Business Day of each week, MSCG shall provide PBF with a report of MSCG’s estimated forward prices for each relevant grade of Crude Oil for the following five calendar months and any other period requested (the “ Quarterly Forward Price Report ”). The information in the Quarterly

 

15


  Forward Price Report is being provided for the Parties’ informational and planning purposes only; MSCG is not acting as a financial advisor or fiduciary or in any similar capacity and MSCG is not giving PBF any assurance or guarantee as to the forward prices contained in the Quarterly Forward Price Report.

 

5.3

Nomination and Forecast Report . Prior to the 20 th of every month, the Parties shall consult regarding the Crude Oil available to MSCG for delivery to the Delivery Locations and the amount of Crude Oil sales at the Delivery Locations required to meet the Refinery’s Crude Oil processing requirements and PBF’s sales to third parties for the following five calendar months, and PBF shall provide MSCG with a report (the “ Nomination and Forecast Report ” or “ NFR ”), substantially in the form attached hereto in Schedule 3, that indicates PBF’s entire Crude Oil requirements for sale by MSCG and purchase by PBF for the following five months (each such month, a “ Delivery Month ”). The NFR shall include any periods of TRC-scheduled Refinery maintenance and turnaround.

 

     With respect to the fourth and fifth month following the month in which each NFR is delivered, the NFR shall be non-binding and indicative in nature and prepared solely for the Parties’ planning purposes.

 

     With respect to the third month following the month in which each NFR is delivered, the NFR shall specify the volumes of each grade of Crude Oil for delivery and purchase by PBF on each day (for each day in such month, the “ Nominated Volume ”) at each Delivery Location during such third following month and shall constitute the initial formal nomination (the “ Initial Nomination ”) for volumes to be delivered in such third following month. The Initial Nomination shall be binding, but shall be subject to amendment or adjustment as described in Section 5.5.

 

     With respect to the first and second month following the month in which each NFR is delivered, the NFR shall update the previously delivered NFR containing the Initial Nomination for the first following month and shall update the previously delivered NFR containing the Initial Nomination for the second following month, and in each case shall constitute an amendment (a “ Monthly Amendment ”) to the respective Initial Nomination as further described in Section 5.5.

 

    

By way of example, the NFR delivery prior to the 20 th of February would (i) indicate estimated volumes of each grade of Crude Oil for delivery in June and July, (ii) specify Nominated Volumes (by grade) for delivery each day in May (and shall constitute the Initial Nomination for May) and (iii) request adjustments to the Initial Nomination (which was delivered in January for April and in December for March) for March and April.

 

     PBF shall notify MSCG promptly upon becoming aware of any new circumstances that could require material changes to Nominated Volumes and MSCG shall notify PBF promptly upon becoming aware of circumstances that could materially impact its ability to deliver Crude Oil during the period covered by the NFR. The Parties agree that the NFR shall be prepared in coordination between the Parties.

 

5.4

Weekly Nomination . No later than 10:00 a.m. EPT on each Business Day, PBF shall provide to MSCG a report (the “ Weekly Nomination ”), substantially in the form attached hereto in Schedule 4, specifying the best estimate of PBF’s Crude Oil

 

16


  requirements and specifying the Nominated Volumes of Crude Oil for delivery at each Delivery Location on each of the following seven calendar days. The Parties agree that the Weekly Nomination shall be prepared in coordination between the Parties. The Parties acknowledge that PBF bears sole responsibility for the preparation, accuracy and correctness of the Weekly Nomination and notification of any changes to any Weekly Nomination that it would like to request.

 

5.5 Agreement to Purchase Nominated Volumes . In the absence of notification from MSCG to PBF within one Business Day of MSCG’s receipt of any Initial Nomination, and subject to the Parties mutual agreement to certain FOB Grade Differentials as described in Section 8.2.2, the Parties shall be deemed to have agreed to the sale by MSCG to PBF of the Nominated Volumes specified in such Initial Nomination.

 

     Each Monthly Amendment and each Weekly Nomination shall constitute an amendment to the Initial Nominations covering the same Delivery Dates. Unless MSCG notifies PBF within one Business Day of its objection to any new information contained in any Monthly Amendment or Weekly Nomination, the Parties shall be deemed to have agreed to the sale by MSCG to PBF of the Nominated Volumes specified therein, subject to pricing adjustments as set forth in Section 8.2.5.1. MSCG agrees to cooperate in the adjustment of previously agreed upon Nominated Volumes at the request of PBF to the extent the flexibility for a corresponding adjustment is allowed under the terms of any relevant Supply Contracts or may be maintained in inventory or another commercially reasonable disposition or acquisition can be agreed upon.

 

     Notwithstanding the above, the Parties acknowledge operational variability and agree that reasonable variations from the specified Nominated Volumes resulting from ordinary course operational factors shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement; provided that PBF agrees to make a good faith effort to take delivery of Crude Oil in the volumes set forth in each NFR and Weekly Nomination in accordance with the schedules set forth therein and MSCG agrees to exercise commercially reasonable efforts to accommodate such variations.

 

     PBF agrees that MSCG shall have the right to substitute alternative grades of Crude Oil as long as such substitution would not have a negative economic impact on PBF, provided that MSCG shall notify PBF in advance of any such contemplated substitution and subject to PBF’s reasonable consent to such substitutions.

 

     PBF shall indemnify MSCG for any costs, expenses or other losses that MSCG incurs as a result of any amendment to an Initial Nomination requested by PBF or any other adjustment to the Nominated Volumes (other than a substitution or other change to the Nominated Volumes requested by MSCG); provided that MSCG shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate such costs, expenses or losses.

 

    

If, due to no fault of MSCG, MSCG is unable to, or it becomes impractical to, ship Crude Oil through a Pipeline or is unable to, or it becomes impractical to, deliver Crude Oil to any Delivery Location because of a breakdown in or significant impairment of any logistical asset utilized in the storage and transportation of Crude Oil to such Delivery Location (each, a “ Logistics Impairment ”), MSCG’s delivery obligations shall be excused to the extent affected by such Logistics Impairment and PBF shall indemnify MSCG for any losses, costs or expenses incurred as a result of such Logistics Impairment, including for any market losses (e.g. the difference between the price at

 

17


  which MSCG sells any Crude Oil that it is impractical to deliver to a Delivery Location as a result of the Logistics Impairment and the Price of such Crude Oil hereunder). MSCG shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate costs, losses and expenses resulting from a Logistics Impairment.

 

5.6 MSCG Acquisition Report . On each Business Day, MSCG shall provide PBF with a report specifying the volumes, grades, Delivery Month and pricing information for all Nominated Volumes for which the Parties have confirmed sales by mutually agreeing upon the price or the pricing formula, as applicable (the “ MSCG Acquisition Report ”).

 

5.7 Other Reports . Each Party shall provide the other Party with all daily tank gauging reports covering the Refinery tanks, any reports it receives from Pipelines or any of the pipelines that PBF utilizes to ship Crude Oil from the Delivery Locations to the Refinery or other locations, and, if reasonably requested by the other Party, any other information related to the transactions covered by this Agreement.

 

5.8 Daily Report of Refinery Volumes . On or prior to 11:00 a.m. EPT on each Business Day, PBF shall deliver to MSCG (for receipt on or prior to 11:00 a.m. EPT) a report setting forth (i) the actual volumes of Crude Oil (the “ Refinery Volumes ”) delivered into and withdrawn out of each Refinery tank on the immediately prior days and total inventory levels in each Refinery tank, in each case based on the best available information, including daily tank gauging reports and other relevant Refinery measurements, and (ii) all sales of Crude Oil to third parties (such report, the “ Daily Report of Refinery Volumes ”). The Refinery Volumes shall be subject to subsequent adjustment as may be necessary to reflect any additional or more accurate measurement information.

 

6. C ERTAIN R EPRESENTATIONS

 

6.1 The Parties intend that:

 

  6.1.1 each purchase and sale of Crude Oil between them, whether or not further documented, shall constitute a “ forward contract ” under section 101(25) and a “ swap agreement ” under section 101(53B) of the Bankruptcy Code, protected by, inter alia , section 556 and section 560 of the Bankruptcy Code, and that it will be treated as such under and in all proceedings related to any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law (regardless of the jurisdiction of application or competence of such law) or any regulation, ruling, order, directive or pronouncement made pursuant thereto; and

 

  6.1.2 this Agreement and each transaction between the Parties hereunder constitutes a “ master netting agreement ” under section 101(38A) of the Bankruptcy Code; and that the rights in Section 18 hereto include the rights referred to in section 561(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

6.2 For purposes of Section 6.1, the Parties intend and agree that, in respect of a particular week during the Term, they shall be deemed to have entered into a forward contract, swap agreement and eligible financial contract for the sale of Crude Oil by MSCG to PBF upon MSCG’s receipt of the Weekly Nomination for such calendar week.

 

6.3

Single Agreement . This Agreement and all transactions hereunder form a single integrated agreement between the Parties. During the Term of this Agreement, all

 

18


  transactions between MSCG and PBF as reflected in each NFR and Weekly Nomination are entered into in reliance on the fact that all such transactions and reports, together with this Agreement, form a single agreement.

 

7. W ARRANTIES

 

7.1 Warranties of Title .

MSCG represents and warrants to PBF, that, as of the date of delivery of Crude Oil sold hereunder, it has good and marketable title to the Crude Oil sold and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, free and clear of any Liens, and that it has full right and authority to transfer such title and effect delivery of such Crude Oil.

 

7.2 Disclaimer of Warranties . EXCEPT FOR THE WARRANTY OF TITLE, THE PARTY SELLING CRUDE OIL HEREUNDER MAKES NO WARRANTY, CONDITION OR OTHER REPRESENTATION, WRITTEN OR ORAL, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS OR SUITABILITY OF THE CRUDE OIL FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE.

 

8. P RICING OF D ELIVERED V OLUMES

 

8.1 Pricing for Delivered Volumes . With respect to the volume of each grade of Crude Oil delivered by MSCG to PBF at the Delivery Locations and purchased by PBF on each Delivery Date hereunder (for each such day, the “ Delivered Volume ”), PBF shall, on the relevant Payment Date, pay to MSCG the product of (i) the Delivered Volume and (ii) the Price for such grade determined in accordance with Schedule 5 (the sum of such amount over all grades purchased on such Delivery Date, the “ Daily Purchase Payment Amount ”). The Daily Purchase Payment Amount shall be included on the Payment Amount Invoice delivered by MSCG on the relevant Payment Date for such Delivery Date.

 

8.2 Pricing Differentials .

 

  8.2.1

WTI Differential Report . On the [REDACTED] day of the month two months prior to each month in which PBF intends to have TRC process Crude Oil that it previously purchased from MSCG hereunder or sell such Crude Oil to third parties (each such month, a “ Consumption Month ”) (or the next Business Day if such [REDACTED] day is not a Business Day), MSCG shall prepare and deliver to PBF a report substantially in the form of Schedule 6 (the “ WTI Differential Report ”). The WTI Differential Report will list the pro forma volume of [REDACTED] by contract month (the “ WTI Hedge Volume ”) that would need to be purchased and sold to [REDACTED] (as described in Schedule 5 under component D of the Price formula) of [REDACTED] pricing from the [REDACTED] to the [REDACTED] for the Nominated Volumes that PBF will purchase in a Delivery Month and later process or sell in such Consumption Month. MSCG shall prepare and deliver to PBF an updated WTI Differential Report following any agreed upon adjustment to a Nominated Volume.

 

  8.2.2

Setting WTI Differentials . The WTI Differential component of the Price (component D of the Price formula in Schedule 5) applicable to the Nominated Volumes related to a particular Consumption Month will be established ratably

 

19


(by WTI Hedge Volume), based on the applicable [REDACTED] effective on each [REDACTED] from (and including) the [REDACTED] of the second month preceding the Consumption Month (or the next Business Day if applicable) to the [REDACTED] prior to the day on which the [REDACTED] expires during the month preceding the Consumption Month (the “ Pricing Period ”), [REDACTED] (applied only to the prices for [REDACTED] purchases) (such pricing mechanism, the “ Ratable Method ”).

 

  8.2.3 In lieu of the foregoing method for the determination of the WTI Differential, PBF may notify MSCG on or prior to the date of MSCG’s delivery of the WTI Differential Report that it would like MSCG to establish fixed values for the WTI Differentials by mutual agreement. In such case, PBF shall notify MSCG on each [REDACTED] during the Pricing Period of the volume for which it wishes to establish WTI Differential values on such day (such notification a “ Fixed Value Request ”), provided that if MSCG does not receive a Fixed Value Request on any [REDACTED], MSCG will not seek to establish WTI Differential values on such day. MSCG shall make commercially reasonable efforts to fulfill each Fixed Value Request based on the then-current forward [REDACTED] for the applicable WTI Hedge Volume. The WTI Differential may be established in volumes of 100,000 Barrels up to the full volumes listed in the Initial Nomination (as amended from time to time) relating to the Nominated Volumes that would be processed or sold during the Consumption Month. Upon establishing a WTI Differential for a particular volume to be processed or sold in a Consumption Month pursuant to a Fixed Value Request, MSCG shall send a confirmation to PBF confirming the value of such WTI Differential, and PBF shall execute such confirmation and deliver a copy of the executed confirmation back to MSCG. If, using commercially reasonable efforts, MSCG is unable to fulfill any Fixed Value Request with respect to a volume as of any [REDACTED] during the Pricing Period, then no WTI Differential will be set as to such volume on such day.

MSCG shall price any portion of the [REDACTED] and otherwise in accordance with the Ratable Method; provided that if greater than [REDACTED]% of the total WTI Hedge Volume remains unpriced as of the [REDACTED] prior to the [REDACTED] contract expiration, then MSCG will establish a WTI Differential as of the sixth [REDACTED] prior to the [REDACTED] contract expiration with respect to any excess over [REDACTED]% of the total WTI Hedge Volume that remains unpriced.

 

  8.2.4 Setting FOB Grade Differentials . The FOB Grade Differentials shall be determined using the methodology set forth in Schedule 5 (as component B of the Price formula in Schedule 5). As described in Schedule 5, the FOB Grade Differential will be established either by a formula utilizing published prices or by mutual agreement based on then-current spot market conditions. If the Parties are unable to agree upon an FOB Grade Differential for any volumes, then MSCG shall be deemed not to have entered into a commitment to sell, and PBF shall be deemed not to have entered into a commitment to purchase, such volumes. In this event, the Parties shall cooperate in identifying alternative grades and volumes for sale, as outlined in Section 5.1.

 

20


  8.2.5 Differential Adjustments .

 

  8.2.5.1 Adjustments of Nominated Volumes . Following any adjustment to a Nominated Volume, MSCG shall determine, in consultation with PBF and in a commercially reasonable manner, the difference between the WTI Differentials, FOB Grade Differentials and the Delivery Costs (components B, C and D of the Price formula in Schedule 5) that would have applied to the previously Nominated Volumes and the WTI Differentials, FOB Grade Differentials and Delivery Costs that apply to the Nominated Volumes after any adjustments (including differences applicable to canceled or “unwound” Nominated Volumes) (the “ Adjustment Amount ”). MSCG shall make a payment to PBF of any positive Adjustment Amount and PBF shall make a payment to MSCG of any negative Adjustment Amount. The Adjustment Amount shall be included on the next following Payment Amount Invoice.

 

  8.2.5.2 Delivery Costs . The capital costs included in the calculation of Delivery Costs (component C of the Price formula in Schedule 5) will be calculated based on a working capital rate (the “ Working Capital Rate ”) of [REDACTED]), which, as of each day, would be applied to the current market value of the MSCG In-Transit Volumes on such day and the total amount of MSCG accounts receivable owing from PBF and associated with MSCG sales under this Agreement as of such day. Upon the occurrence of an MS CDS Event (as defined below), either Party may request on a reasonable basis an adjustment to the Working Capital Rate and the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to determine the adjustment to the Working Capital Rate that shall apply; provided, that any request by MSCG for an increase in the Working Capital Rate after an MS CDS Event shall be effective, subject only to PBF’s right of termination pursuant to Section 18.1.3. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, a “ MS CDS Event ” shall be deemed to have occurred following any calendar quarter in which the average of the daily settlement prices (spreads) for Morgan Stanley’s five-year credit default swap on the trading platform operated by Markit Group Limited changes by more than [REDACTED] % from the previous calendar quarterly average. The price (spread) for such credit default swap as of the Commencement Date was [REDACTED].

 

8.3 Hedge Adjustment Amount . After the expiry of each front month NYMEX crude oil contract, MSCG shall determine the Hedge Adjustment Amount for such calendar month in accordance with Schedule 10 in order to account for hedging losses and gains resulting from any mismatch between the day on which Delivered Volumes are priced hereunder and the day on which Delivered Volumes enter the Refinery processing units or PBF delivers Delivered Volumes to third parties in a third party transaction. The Hedge Adjustment Amount shall be included in the next following Payment Amount Invoice after determination. From time to time the Parties may agree to adjust the hedge to account for volumetric losses.

 

9. P AYMENT AND N ETTING

 

9.1 On each Payment Date, MSCG shall net the following amounts:

 

21


  (i) the Daily Purchase Payment Amount payable by PBF to MSCG on such day;

 

  (ii) the Hedge Adjustment Amount, if applicable;

 

  (iii) any adjustments to amounts paid by one Party to the other Party hereunder based upon additional information obtained after invoicing, including adjustments to the prices or volumes used to determine any previously invoiced Daily Purchase Payment Amount, and including any Adjustment Amount as described in Section 8.2.5;

 

  (iv) any Ancillary Costs incurred prior to such day and not previously paid to MSCG or any adjustment to Ancillary Costs previously determined and invoiced;

 

  (v) any outstanding interest that accrues pursuant to Section 9.4; and

 

  (vi) any other amounts due and payable as of such day under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

(the aggregate net amount payable, the “ Net Daily Payment Amount ”).

MSCG shall notify PBF of the Net Daily Payment Amount and the Party to whom such Net Daily Payment Amount is owed shall prepare and deliver to the other Party an invoice in respect such amount by 11:00 a.m. EPT on such Payment Date (the “ Payment Amount Invoice ” for such day). The Party owing the Net Payment Amount shall pay such amount to the other Party on or prior to 3:00 p.m. EPT on such day, subject to Section 9.3.

 

9.2 Payments . All payments to be made under this Agreement shall be made by wire transfer of same day funds in U.S. Dollars to such bank account at such bank as the payee shall designate in writing to the payor from time to time. All payments shall be deemed received on the Business Day on which same day funds therefor are received by the payee. Payments received after any applicable time set forth in this Agreement on any Business Day or on a day that is not a Business Day shall be deemed to have been received on the following Business Day. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all payments by PBF or MSCG shall be made in full without discount, offset, withholding, counterclaim or deduction whatsoever for any claims which one Party may now have or hereafter acquire against the other Party, whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise except as expressly provided herein. The Parties recognize and acknowledge that the exchange of certain information in a timely manner and subsequent payments based on the information are interrelated, and a reasonable delay in one aspect of the process will not relieve the obligation of a Party to reasonably comply with any response to the information or payment. If payment would be due hereunder on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment shall be deemed instead to be due on the next Business Day after such day.

 

9.3

Disputed Invoices . If an invoiced Party, in good faith, disputes the accuracy of the amount invoiced, the invoiced Party shall pay such amount as it in good faith believes to be correct and provide written notice stating the reasons why the remaining disputed amount is incorrect, along with supporting documentation. In the event the Parties are

 

22


unable to resolve such dispute, either Party may pursue any remedy available at law or in equity to enforce its rights hereunder. In the event that it is determined or agreed that the Party that is disputing an invoice must or will pay the disputed amount, then such Party shall pay interest from and including the original payment due date until, but excluding, the date the disputed amount is received by the owed Party, at the Base Interest Rate.

 

9.4 Interest on Late Payments . Interest shall accrue on late payments under this Agreement at the Default Interest Rate from and including the date that payment is due until but excluding the date that payment is actually received by the Party to whom it is payable.

 

10. A DDITIONAL MSCG S ERVICES

 

10.1 Additional MSCG Risk Management Services . Throughout the Term, MSCG shall provide risk management services to PBF as requested by PBF, including (i) updates on relevant commodities markets and price quotes for swaps and options, and (ii) providing swap or option products on the terms agreed upon between the Parties, such terms to include volumes, prices, tenors and settlement dates.

 

11. D ISPOSITION OF C RUDE O IL U PON T ERMINATION OR E XPIRATION

 

11.1 Final Disposition . On the date of expiration or termination of this Agreement (the “ Termination Date ”), whether this Agreement terminates at the end of its Term or on an Early Termination Date, subject to MSCG’s rights under Section 18.6, MSCG shall not enter any more Supply Contracts, but may, in its sole discretion, continue to sell to PBF the MSCG In-Transit Volumes as of the Termination Date and any other volumes of Crude Oil that MSCG is obligated to purchase pursuant to the terms of any Supply Contracts outstanding as of the Termination Date, in each case in accordance with the terms hereof, such sales to occur over the period of time necessary for MSCG to sell all such Crude Oil to PBF (the “ Run-off Period ”), and PBF’s obligation to purchase such Crude Oil under the terms of this Agreement shall survive termination.

 

11.2

Termination Payment Amount . On or prior to the later of (i) 30 th day following the Termination Date and (ii) the tenth Business Day following the end of the Run-off Period, if applicable (in either case, the “ Final Settlement Date ”), MSCG shall calculate a final accounting and true up of all amounts owed by PBF to MSCG or by MSCG to PBF under this Agreement and all other Transaction Documents (such amount, the “ Termination Payment Amount ”). The Termination Payment Amount shall include payment of the price in respect of all Delivered Volumes that have not yet been paid.

 

11.3 For purposes of such calculation, the Payment Date for any such Delivered Volumes that would occur after the Final Settlement Date shall be accelerated and deemed to occur on the Final Settlement Date. MSCG shall notify PBF of the Termination Payment Amount and the Party to whom such amount is payable shall prepare an invoice (the “ Final Invoice ”) and deliver it to the other Party by the fifth Business Day following MSCG’s calculation and notification of such amount. The Party owing the Termination Payment Amount shall pay to the other Party the Termination Payment Amount on or prior to the fifth Business Day following receipt of the Final Invoice.

 

11.4 Pipeline Shipping History . After termination of this Agreement and after the completion of any Run-off Period, MSCG shall assign to PBF or its designated Affiliate all shipper history generated during the Term that is attributable to sales of Crude Oil under this Agreement, subject to any required consents by the Pipelines.

 

23


12. F INANCIAL I NFORMATION , S ECURITY A ND R EQUESTS F OR F URTHER A SSURANCES

 

12.1 Provision of Financial Information .

 

  12.1.1 Each Party shall provide the other Party, to the extent not publicly available, (i) within 120 days following the end of each of its fiscal years (or such earlier date on which it is required to file a Form 10-K under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“ Exchange Act ”)), beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010, a copy of its or, if applicable, its Guarantor’s audited consolidated financial statements for such fiscal year certified by independent certified public accountants; (ii) within 45 days after the end of its first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (or such earlier date on which it is required to file a Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act), a copy of its or, if applicable, its Guarantor’s quarterly unaudited consolidated financial statements for such fiscal quarter; and (iii) with respect to PBF, within 30 days after the end of each of the first two months of each fiscal quarter, beginning with [April 30], 2012, the consolidated balance sheet of PBF as of the end of each such month and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows of PBF for such month and for the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, accompanied by a certificate of a Financial Officer stating that such financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of PBF as of the date and for the periods specified in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes. In all cases the financial statements delivered pursuant to this Section 12.1.1 shall be for the most recent accounting period and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied, or, at the election of PBF, in accordance with the accounting principles provided by the International Financial Reporting Standards enacted by the International Accounting Standards Board. In the case of PBF, upon delivery to MSCG, the applicable report delivered by PBF to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of the Revolving Credit Agreement shall satisfy its related requirement under this Section 12.1.1.

 

  12.1.2 Within 90 days after the beginning of each fiscal year, PBF shall provide to MSCG a budget for PBF in form reasonably satisfactory to MSCG, but to include balance sheets, statements of income and sources and uses of cash, for (i) each month of such fiscal year prepared in detail and (ii) each fiscal year thereafter, through and including the fiscal year in which the Termination Date is scheduled to occur at such time pursuant to the terms of Section 2, prepared in summary form, in each case, with appropriate presentation and discussion of the principal assumptions upon which such budgets are based, accompanied by the statement of a Financial Officer of PBF to the effect that the budget of PBF is a reasonable estimate for the periods covered thereby and, promptly when available, any significant revisions of such budget. In the case of PBF, upon delivery to MSCG, the applicable budget delivered by PBF to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of the Revolving Credit Agreement shall satisfy its related requirement under this Section 12.1.2.

 

24


  12.1.3 Upon reasonable notice, a Party also shall provide to the other Party any other information sufficient to enable it to ascertain such other Party’s or a Guarantor’s current financial condition and for such Party to assure itself of the other Party’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or a Guarantor’s ability to perform its obligations under its Guaranty.

 

12.2 Guaranty . As security for the prompt payment and performance in full when due of MSCG’s obligations under this Agreement, MSCG shall cause its Guarantor to deliver to PBF prior to the Assignment Date a Guaranty substantially in the form of the guaranty provided to TRC under the Original Agreement. As security for the prompt payment and performance in full when due of PBF’s obligations under this Agreement, (i) PBF shall cause TRC to deliver to MSCG prior to the Assignment Date a Guaranty in form and substance similar to the prior PBF guaranty to MSCG and (ii) within five Business Days of a written request by MSCG, but not sooner than the tenth Business Day following the listing of PBF Energy public stock on an exchange (i.e., NYSE), PBF shall cause PBF Energy to deliver to MSCG a Guaranty substantially in the same form as the guaranty provided by PBF under the Original Agreement.

 

12.3 Security Interest in Crude Oil .

 

  12.3.1 As security for all obligations of PBF to MSCG under the Transaction Documents, PBF hereby pledges to MSCG, as a secured party, and grants to MSCG a first priority continuing security interest in, Lien on and right of set-off against all of PBF’s right, title and interest in the Crude Oil, wheresoever located and all proceeds thereof (except as set forth in the last sentence below, the “ Collateral ”). PBF shall take such actions, at PBF’s expense, as MSCG may from time to time reasonably request to further evidence or perfect such security interest, Lien and right of set-off. Notwithstanding the above, MSCG’s rights in the Collateral shall at all times be subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement so long as such Intercreditor Agreement remains effective, and so long as such Intercreditor Agreement remains effective, “Collateral” shall not include any assets that are not included in the definition of “MSCG Assets and Collateral” as defined in such Intercreditor Agreement.

 

  12.3.2 PBF represents and warrants to MSCG that it has good title to the Collateral, free and clear of all Liens other than the security interest and Lien granted to MSCG hereunder and that the Collateral shall at all times remain free and clear of all Liens other than the security interest and Lien granted to MSCG hereunder. This representation and warranty shall be a continuing representation and warranty for so long as MSCG’s security interest in and Lien on the Collateral remain in effect. In connection with any sale by PBF of Collateral to a third party, the Parties agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that all payments in respect of the purchase of the Collateral by a third party are paid directly to MSCG in an amount up to the amount owed to MSCG for the Collateral, consistent with the then applicable terms of the Intercreditor Agreement. If any such sale by PBF of Collateral is in connection with the movement of Collateral to a refinery owned by PBF or a PBF Affiliate, or if the purchaser in any sale of Collateral is a PBF Affiliate, PBF shall pay to MSCG the purchase price in respect of the sale of such Collateral from MSCG to PBF prior to PBF’s transfer of title to the third party or Affiliate purchaser, notwithstanding the Payment Date that would otherwise be applicable to PBF’s purchase from MSCG pursuant to the terms of Section 8 and Schedule 2.

 

25


  12.3.3 PBF hereby irrevocably authorizes MSCG at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements and amendments thereto that contain the information required by Article 9 of the UCC of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment relating to the Collateral.

 

  12.3.4 PBF shall keep and maintain, and shall cause TRC to keep and maintain, to the extent applicable, at its own cost and expense complete records of the movements of the Collateral from the Delivery Locations to the Refinery and from the Refinery tanks to the processing units or from the Delivery Locations to the point of sale to a third party, in a manner consistent with prudent business practice, including all pipeline reports and notifications (including pipeline nominations and revisions to nominations, daily pipeline schedule of oil flow, apportionment notices and disruption notices, notices and reports for physical batch swaps) and Refinery and terminal reports, and all other documentation relating thereto. PBF shall, at PBF’s sole cost and expense, upon MSCG’s demand made at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default by PBF or an Additional Termination Event, deliver all tangible evidence of the location, volume and quality of the Collateral (by Tank or other location), including all reports from the Refinery, terminals or pipelines and books and records relating thereto to MSCG or to its representatives (copies of which evidence and books and records may be retained by PBF) to the extent not already provided to MSCG pursuant to PBF’s reporting obligations under Section 5. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default by PBF or an Additional Termination Event, MSCG may transfer a full and complete copy of PBF’s books, records, reports, memoranda and all other writings relating to the Collateral to and for the use by any person that has acquired or is contemplating acquisition of an interest in the Collateral or MSCG’s security interest therein, without the consent of PBF.

 

  12.3.5 Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default by PBF or an Additional Termination Event, MSCG shall have all of the default rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC. PBF acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent notice of sale or other disposition of the Collateral or any part thereof shall be required by law, ten days’ prior notice to PBF of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition is to take place shall be commercially reasonable notification of such matters.

 

  12.3.6 Catastrophic Loss of Collateral . In connection with any catastrophic loss of Collateral (any loss other than a normal handling loss), at the election of MSCG in its sole discretion, either (i) the Payment Date in respect of the purchase by PBF from MSCG of the volume of Crude Oil that constituted such Collateral shall be accelerated to the date of such loss or (ii) PBF shall immediately replace the Collateral subject to the loss with additional Collateral or other Security having an equal or greater value. In the case of subclause (i), the pricing of the Crude Oil shall be based on the then current price for such volume determined in accordance with Schedule 5.

 

26


12.4 Notification of Certain Events . Each Party shall notify the other Party in writing within two Business Days of learning of any of the following events:

 

  12.4.1 any Event of Default or Additional Termination Event, specifying the nature and extent thereof and the corrective action (if any) taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto;

 

  12.4.2 in the case of PBF, TRC’s or PBF’s binding agreement to sell, lease, sublease, transfer or otherwise dispose of, or grant any person (including an Affiliate) an option to acquire, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, all or a material portion of the Refinery assets;

 

  12.4.3 it or any of its Guarantors consolidates or amalgamates with, merges with or into, or transfers all or substantially all of its assets to, another entity (including an Affiliate);

 

  12.4.4 in the case of PBF, any labor disturbances at the Refinery that could adversely impact the scheduled sales under an NFR;

 

  12.4.5 any event that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change as to it or any of its Guarantors, which may include the filing or commencement of, or any threat or notice of intention of any person to file or commence, any action, suit, litigation or proceeding, whether at law or in equity by or before any Governmental Authority, against PBF or any Affiliate thereof, that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change;

 

  12.4.6 a final judicial or administrative judgment against it or any of its Guarantors that individually or in the aggregate is in excess of $10,000,000;

 

  12.4.7 in the case of PBF, any default by any party under any Credit Agreement, or any event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would become an event of default under any Credit Agreement, including any notice of acceleration, demand, termination, suspension or foreclosure issued by any secured party or person acting in a similar capacity; or

 

  12.4.8 In the case of PBF, PBF’s entrance into a binding agreement that would result in a Change of Control with respect to PBF or the entry by any of PBF’s Guarantors into a binding agreement that would result in a Change of Control with respect to such Guarantor, such notice to be provided no later than five Business Days following execution of such agreement. This Section 12.5.8 shall not apply to any future public offering of stock of PBF or any of its Affiliates.

 

12.5 Security and Further Assurances .

 

  12.5.1 Bilateral Further Assurances . Each Party may, in its reasonable discretion and upon notice to the other Party, require that such other Party provide it with satisfactory security for or adequate assurance of (“ Performance Assurance ”) its or, if applicable, any of its Guarantor’s performance within a specified time period as appropriate, when (i) such demanding Party determines that a Material Adverse Change has occurred as with respect to the other Party, or, if applicable, any of its Guarantors; and (ii) such other Party fails to comply with any material provision of this Section 12 or breaches any covenant set forth in Section 17.4 in any material respect.

 

27


  12.5.2 Variation Margin . MSCG may, in its reasonable discretion and upon notice to PBF, require that PBF provide it with satisfactory security (“ Variation Margin ”) in an amount equal to MSCG’s estimate of its Exposure (as defined below) on any day on or prior to the third Business Day following such date of determination, subject to a minimum exposure to be mutually agreed between the Parties from time to time.

 

  12.5.2.1 MSCG shall calculate its “ Exposure ” by netting the following amounts:

(i) the aggregate [REDACTED];

(ii) the [REDACTED] on any relevant day;

(iii) the difference between [REDACTED]; and

(iv) the [REDACTED].

 

  12.5.3 Base Margin . MSCG may, in its reasonable discretion and upon notice to PBF, require that PBF provide it with security for or adequate assurance of PBF’s and its Guarantors’ performance of their obligations under the Transaction Documents (“ Base Margin ”, and together with Performance Assurance and Variation Margin, “ Security ”) in an amount to be mutually agreed upon, which is intended to mitigate MSCG’s potential exposure and incurred costs upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, an Additional Termination Event in respect of PBF and any resulting early termination of this Agreement (in excess of any amount covered by any Variation Margin posted by PBF at such time).

 

  12.5.4

Form and Delivery of Security . A Party shall provide Security to the other Party on or prior to the second Business Day following demand therefor in the form of Collateral, cash or a letter of credit, or in any other document or mechanism acceptable to the demanding Party. The Security provided by a Party shall be for a duration and in an amount sufficient to cover a value up to the other Party’s estimated financial exposure under this Agreement, including reasonable contingencies for the designated time period, which may be calculated in accordance with Sections 12.5.2 and 12.5.3. If Security is provided in the form of a letter of credit, such letter of credit shall be issued by an Acceptable Letter of Credit Issuer and shall be in a form reasonably acceptable to the demanding Party in its sole discretion. All bank charges relating to any letter of credit and any

 

28


fees, commissions, costs and expenses incurred with respect to furnishing security are for the account of the Party providing the Security. [REDACTED].

 

  12.5.5 Each Party agrees, at any time and from time to time upon the request of the other Party, to execute, deliver and acknowledge, or cause to execute, deliver and acknowledge, such further documents and instruments and do such other acts and things as such Party may reasonably request in order to fully effect the purposes of this Agreement.

 

13. R EFINERY T URNAROUND , M AINTENANCE A ND C LOSURE

 

  13.1 Scheduled Maintenance . PBF shall provide to MSCG on an annual basis, at least 30 days prior to the beginning of each year during the Term, TRC’s anticipated timing of scheduled maintenance or turnaround that may affect PBF’s Crude Oil requirements during the upcoming year, and shall update such schedule promptly following any change to the maintenance schedule.

 

  13.2 Unscheduled Maintenance . PBF immediately shall notify MSCG orally (followed by prompt written notice) of any previously unscheduled downtime, maintenance or turnaround and its expected duration.

 

14. T AXES

 

14.1 PBF shall pay MSCG the amount of all Taxes paid or incurred by MSCG directly or indirectly with respect to the Crude Oil sold hereunder. MSCG shall provide PBF with supporting documentation. To the extent not included in the purchase price, MSCG shall itemize separately any Taxes on the daily invoice. PBF hereby agrees to reimburse MSCG for any such Tax which MSCG may incur with respect to such Crude Oil, whether determined during the duration of this Agreement or on audit after termination; provided, however, that PBF’s obligation to reimburse MSCG for Taxes shall survive termination of this Agreement for a period which equals the statute of limitations applicable to the specific Tax in question. PBF shall pay MSCG for any Taxes arising from audit within two Business Days of receipt of MSCG’s invoice. MSCG shall notify PBF promptly upon being notified of the commencement of any audit that may result in payments by PBF under this Section 14.1.

 

14.2 In the event that MSCG receives any refund of, or realizes the benefit of any credit with respect to Taxes that PBF previously had paid to MSCG, MSCG shall pay the amount of such refund or credit to PBF, together with any interest thereon paid to MSCG by the Governmental Authority, but otherwise without interest thereon. If it is later determined that MSCG was not entitled to such refund, credit or interest, then the portion thereof which is repaid, recaptured or disallowed will be treated as a Tax for which PBF shall reimburse and indemnify MSCG pursuant to this Section 14.

 

14.3

Upon the reasonable request of PBF, PBF shall, at its sole expense, have the right to cause MSCG to contest the validity, applicability or amount of any Tax for which MSCG is liable; provided, however, that MSCG shall not be required to take or consent to PBF taking any such action if, in MSCG’s sole discretion, such action could have a material adverse affect on MSCG. MSCG shall be entitled to select counsel of its choice. MSCG

 

29


shall not settle or compromise any claim or contest without PBF’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that MSCG shall be entitled in its sole discretion to settle or compromise any claims or contest of Tax liability if such settlement or compromise is made in connection with a closing agreement governing tax periods that cover both Tax liability hereunder and tax liabilities of MSCG that are not related to this Agreement.

 

15. I NSURANCE

 

15.1 Insurance Required to be provided by MSCG . MSCG shall insure the Crude Oil under its cargo and casualty insurance policy.

 

15.2 Insurance Required to be provided by PBF and TRC . PBF shall procure, or provide through an Affiliate, and maintain in full force and effect throughout the Term insurance coverage of the following types and amounts and with insurance companies rated not less than A- by A.M. Best, or otherwise reasonably acceptable to MSCG, in respect of PBF’s and TRC’s receipt, handling and storage of Crude Oil under this Agreement:

 

  15.2.1 Workers Compensation coverage in compliance with the Applicable Law;

 

  15.2.2 automobile liability coverage in a minimum amount of $1,000,000;

 

  15.2.3 casualty insurance coverage; and

 

  15.2.4 comprehensive or commercial general liability coverage and umbrella excess liability coverage, which includes bodily injury, broad form property damage and contractual liability coverages, in a minimum amount of $75,000,000, which includes losses for Crude Oil while in PBF’s or TRC’s care, custody and control, and “ sudden and accidental pollution ” liability coverages (excluding events that result in acidic deposition).

 

15.3 Additional Insurance Requirements .

 

  15.3.1 Each Party shall cause its insurance carriers to furnish insurance certificates to the other Party, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the other Party, evidencing the existence of the coverages required pursuant to Sections 15.1 and 15.2. Each Party shall provide renewal certificates within 30 days of expiration of the previous policy under which coverage is maintained.

 

  15.3.2 Each Party shall include an endorsement in the foregoing policies indicating that the underwriters agree to waive all rights of subrogation to the extent of such Party’s obligations. Further, each Party shall name the other Party as an additional insured under the foregoing policies to the extent of the indemnities required under this Agreement.

 

  15.3.3 The mere purchase and existence of insurance coverage shall not reduce or release either Party from any Liabilities incurred or assumed under this Agreement.

 

  15.3.4 In the event of a Crude Oil loss for which a Party must indemnify the other Party under this Agreement, the indemnifying Party’s insurance shall be the primary and exclusive coverage for such loss, notwithstanding the existence of other valid and collectible insurance.

 

30


16. F ORCE M AJEURE

 

16.1 Neither Party shall be liable to the other Party if it is rendered unable by a Force Majeure Event to perform in whole or in part any obligation or condition of this Agreement for so long as the Force Majeure Event exists and to the extent that performance is hindered by the Force Majeure Event; provided, however, that the Party unable to perform shall use any commercially reasonable efforts to avoid or remove the Force Majeure Event, and in the case of PBF, where applicable, PBF shall cause TRC to use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid or remove the Force Majeure Event. During the period that performance by the affected Party of a part or whole of its obligations has been suspended by reason of a Force Majeure Event, the other Party likewise may suspend the performance of all or a part of its obligations to the extent that such suspension is commercially reasonable, other than any payment or indemnification obligations that arose prior to the Force Majeure Event.

 

16.2 The affected Party rendered unable to perform shall give written notice to the other Party within 24 hours after receiving notice of the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event, including, to the extent feasible, the details and the expected duration of the Force Majeure Event and the volume of Crude Oil affected. Such Party also shall promptly notify the other when the Force Majeure Event has terminated.

 

17. R EPRESENTATIONS , W ARRANTIES AND C OVENANTS

 

17.1 Mutual Representations and Warranties . Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party as of the Effective Date, and shall be deemed to represent and warrant as of the Commencement Date and as of the date of any purchase of Crude Oil hereunder, that:

 

  17.1.1 it is (A) an “ eligible commercial entity ” and an “ eligible contract participant ” as defined in Sections 1a(11) and 1a(12) of the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, and (B) a “ forward contract merchant ” under section 101(26) and a “ master netting agreement participant ” under section 101(38B), for purposes of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

  17.1.2 it is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation and, if relevant under such laws, in good standing, has the power to execute and deliver this Agreement and any other related documentation that it is required by this Agreement to deliver and to perform its obligations under this Agreement, and has taken all necessary action to authorize such execution, delivery and performance;

 

  17.1.3 such execution, delivery and performance do not violate or conflict with any Applicable Law in any material respect, any provision of its constitutional documents, order or judgment of any court or Governmental Authority or, in any material respect, any of its assets or any contractual restriction binding on or affecting it or any of its assets;

 

  17.1.4

all governmental and other authorizations, approvals, consents, notices and filings that are required to have been obtained or submitted by it with respect to

 

31


  this Agreement (including any internal authorizations, approvals and consents required by such Party under its organizational documents) have been obtained or submitted and are in full force and effect, and all conditions of this Agreement have been obtained or submitted and are in full force and effect, and all conditions of any such authorizations, approvals, consents, notices and filings have been complied with, in all material respects;

 

  17.1.5 its obligations under this Agreement constitute its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable principles of general application regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law);

 

  17.1.6 it is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction in which it is required to perform under this Agreement, and all governmental and other authorizations, approvals, consents, notices, licenses and filings that are required to have been obtained or submitted by it in order to perform under this Agreement under the Applicable Laws of each relevant jurisdiction have been obtained or submitted and are in full force and effect;

 

  17.1.7 no Termination Event or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and no such event or circumstance would occur as a result of its entering into or performing its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  17.1.8 there is not pending, nor to its knowledge threatened against it, any action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity or before any court, tribunal, Governmental Authority, official or any arbitrator that is likely to affect the legality, validity or enforceability against it of this Agreement or its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  17.1.9 it is not relying upon any representations of any other Party other than those expressly set forth in this Agreement;

 

  17.1.10 it has entered into the Transaction Documents and will enter into any transaction thereunder as principal (and not as advisor, agent, broker or in any other capacity, fiduciary or otherwise) and with a full understanding of the material terms and risks of the same, and has made its own independent decision to enter into the Transaction Documents and any transaction and as to whether the Transaction Documents and any transaction are appropriate or suitable for it based upon its own judgment and upon advice from such advisers as it has deemed necessary and not in reliance upon any view expressed by any other Party;

 

  17.1.11 it is capable of assessing the merits of and understanding (on its own behalf or through independent professional advice) the Transaction Documents and any transaction, understands and accepts the terms, conditions and risks of the Transaction Documents and any transaction, and is capable of assuming, and assumes, the risks of the Transaction Documents and any transactions contemplated thereunder; and it is capable of assuming those risks;

 

32


  17.1.12 the other Party (i) is acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s-length contractual counterparty with respect to this Agreement, (ii) is not acting as a financial advisor or fiduciary or in any similar capacity with respect to this Agreement and (iii) has not given to it any assurance or guarantee as to the expected performance or result of this Agreement;

 

  17.1.13 it is not bound by any agreement that would preclude or hinder its execution, delivery, or performance of any of the Transaction Documents;

 

  17.1.14 neither it nor any of its Affiliates has been contacted by or negotiated with any finder, broker or other intermediary in connection with the sale of Crude Oil hereunder who is entitled to any compensation with respect thereto; and

 

  17.1.15 none of its directors, officers, employees or agents or those of its Affiliates has received or will receive any commission, fee, rebate, gift or entertainment of significant value in connection with any of the Transaction Documents.

 

17.2 Mutual Covenants .

 

  17.2.1 Compliance with Applicable Laws . Each Party undertakes and covenants to the other Party that it shall comply in all material respects with all Applicable Laws, including all Environmental Laws, to which it may be subject in connection with the performance of any obligation or exercise of any rights under any of the Transaction Documents or in connection with any transaction contemplated by or undertaken pursuant to this Agreement, and PBF undertakes and covenants that it shall cause TRC to comply in all material respects with all Applicable Laws to which TRC may be subject in connection with PBF’s performance of any obligation or exercise by MSCG of any rights under any of the Transaction Documents or in connection with any transaction contemplated by or undertaken pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  17.2.2 Books and Records . All records or documents provided by any Party to the other Party shall, to the best knowledge of such Party, accurately and completely reflect the facts or estimates about the activities and transactions to which they relate. Each Party shall promptly notify the other Party if at any time such Party has reason to believe that any records or documents previously provided to the other Party no longer are accurate or complete.

 

  17.2.3 Indemnity . In addition to any other remedies under this Agreement, a Party that fails to comply with the requirements of Section 17.2.1 or 17.2.2 shall indemnify the other Party from and against any and all losses of whatever nature arising out of or connected with such non-compliance.

 

17.3 Additional PBF Representations and Warranties . PBF represents and warrants to MSCG as of the Effective Date, and shall be deemed to represent and warrant as of the Commencement Date and as of the date of any purchase of Crude Oil hereunder, that:

 

  17.3.1

In the case of any action, inaction, consent, approval or other conduct that falls within the definition of “ Bankrupt ” with respect to PBF, PBF intends that MSCG’s rights and entitlements to the following shall not be stayed, avoided or otherwise limited by the Bankruptcy Code, and PBF shall not oppose the exercise

 

33


  of MSCG’s rights and entitlements to accelerate, close-out, liquidate, collect, net and set off rights and obligations under any of the Transaction Documents, including the rights set forth in Section 18.

 

  17.3.2 It acknowledges that MSCG from time to time during the Term will own all Crude Oil that MSCG purchased from third parties and is in-transit to the Transfer Points, wherever located, including while within a Pipeline, until transfer of title to PBF or a third party, and further, will own all receivables and proceeds generated from the foregoing and has the right to sell, encumber and pledge such Crude Oil.

 

17.4 Additional PBF Covenants .

 

  17.4.1 PBF agrees that neither it nor TRC shall have any interest in or the right to dispose of, and shall not permit the creation of, or suffer to exist, any Lien with respect to, any portion of the MSCG In-Transit Volumes.

 

  17.4.2 PBF agrees that, during the Term hereof, neither it nor TRC shall enter into any Crude Oil arrangement for the purchase of Crude Oil to be shipped by PBF or TRC, as applicable, to the Refinery or third parties or otherwise relating to the Refinery or PBF’s other operations utilizing the pipeline and storage facilities that are utilized by PBF in its purchase and shipment of Crude Oil to the Refinery under this Agreement other than this Agreement.

 

  17.4.3 PBF agrees, from time to time on MSCG’s request, to execute, deliver and acknowledge, or to cause any party to any Credit Agreement to execute, deliver and acknowledge, such further documents and instruments and to take such other actions as MSCG may reasonably request in order to more fully effect the purposes of the transactions contemplated by and the provisions of this Agreement.

 

  17.4.4 PBF agrees that, during the Term hereof, any binding agreement entered into by it that would result in a Change of Control with respect to PBF or any of its Guarantors will provide for a period no shorter than 60 days from the date of execution of such binding agreement to the date upon which the Change of Control becomes effective.

 

  17.4.5 If the Parties mutually agree that it would be commercially reasonable for MSCG to sell any portion of the MSCG In-Transit Volumes to a third party or otherwise dispose of any such MSCG In-Transit Volumes as a result of cessation of operations at the Refinery (due to a Force Majeure Event or otherwise) or for any other reason, PBF agrees that it will reimburse MSCG for all costs, losses and expenses incurred by MSCG in connection therewith, and MSCG agrees that it will pay through to PBF any gains in connection therewith. Each Party shall act in a commercially reasonable manner in such determination. For the avoidance of doubt, such losses, costs and expenses (or gains) would include MSCG’s market losses (or gains) related to the difference in the price at which MSCG is able to sell or otherwise dispose of Crude Oil and the Price that would have applied to such Crude Oil if sold to PBF under this Agreement, and would include losses (or gains) incurred in connection with any related hedge transactions. MSCG shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate costs, losses or expenses resulting from a cessation of Refinery operations.

 

34


18. T ERMINATION E VENTS , D EFAULT A ND E ARLY T ERMINATION

 

18.1 Non-fault Based Early Termination Events .

 

  18.1.1 Change of Law .

Each Party shall make reasonable efforts to monitor proposed Changes of Law which may reasonably be expected to have an impact on such Party’s performance of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or its ability to hedge in a commercially reasonable manner trading positions related to purchases and sales under this Agreement or in contemplation of fulfilling the objectives of this Agreement (“ Hedging Activities ”) and shall promptly notify the other Party upon becoming aware of any such proposed Change of Law. Such notice shall identify the proposed Change of Law and set out, in reasonable detail, the effects the notifying Party anticipates such Change of Law would have upon the Transaction Documents (or such Party’s performance thereunder) or its Hedging Activities if enacted. The Parties shall in good faith meet to discuss what, if any, measures can be taken by either Party (or both) to minimize or mitigate the effect of any such proposed Change of Law.

If a Change of Law results or would result in a Party (the “ Adversely Affected Party ”) incurring incremental damages, losses, costs, expenses, fees, fines, payments, Taxes, liabilities, penalties or other sanctions of a monetary nature (“ Losses ”) in excess of $3,000,000 per annum solely as a result of such Party’s performance of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or as a result of its Hedging Activities, the Adversely Affected Party shall be entitled to request that the Parties meet for purposes of addressing such Change of Law by providing written notice (a “ Change of Law Notice ”) to the other Party (the “ Non-Affected Party ”), provided always that the Adversely Affected Party shall use all reasonable efforts to minimize the effects of such Change of Law or to mitigate the incremental Losses incurred by such Adversely Affected Party as a result of such Change of Law.

Within seven days of receipt of a Change of Law Notice, the Parties shall meet in good faith with a view to identifying any steps (“ Consequential Steps ”) that would alleviate the effects of the relevant Change of Law on the Adversely Affected Party, which may constitute an agreement between the Parties to share the relevant incremental Losses incurred by the Adversely Affected Party or the amendment of any Transaction Document. In identifying the Consequential Steps, the Parties shall, as far as is reasonably practicable, do so in a manner that preserves the balance of the commercial agreement (including economic benefits, risk allocation, costs and liabilities) existing between the Parties under this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

In the event the Parties cannot reach agreement on the Consequential Steps and on the implementation of the same within 30 days of receipt by the Non-Affected Party of the Change of Law Notice, the Adversely Affected Party may terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 11, effective as of the earlier of (i) the

 

35


effective date of the Change of Law and (ii) six months following receipt by the Non-Affected Party of the Change of Law Notice and terminate all other Transaction Documents and all other agreements that may then be outstanding between the Parties that relate specifically to this Agreement, each in accordance with its terms.

 

  18.1.2 Change of Control . Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control with respect to PBF or any of its Guarantors, MSCG may, in its sole discretion, accelerate this Agreement and designate a Termination Date, which shall be no earlier than the effective date of such Change of Control event, on which to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 11, and terminate all other Transaction Documents and all other agreements that may then be outstanding between the Parties that relate specifically to this Agreement, each in accordance with its terms.

 

  18.1.3 Increase in Working Capital Rate .

In the event the Parties cannot reach agreement on an adjustment to the Working Capital Rate upon a request by MSCG to increase the Working Capital Rate pursuant to Section 8.2.5.2 (“ Increase Request ”) within 10 days of such Increase Request, if such adjustment would be reasonably likely to result in PBF incurring increased costs in connection with this Agreement in excess of $[REDACTED] per annum, PBF may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to MSCG specifying a Termination Date no earlier than six months following PBF’s receipt of the Increase Request. In connection with such termination, the Parties shall terminate all other Transaction Documents and all other agreements that may then be outstanding between the Parties that relate specifically to this Agreement, each in accordance with its terms.

For the period from and excluding the date of the Increase Request through the Termination Date, the Working Capital Rate shall be increased by MSCG to a rate that would not be reasonably likely to result in PBF incurring increased costs in connection with this Agreement in excess of $[REDACTED] per annum.

 

18.2 Events of Default . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the occurrence of any of the following events or circumstances shall constitute a “ Default ” or an “ Event of Default ”:

 

  18.2.1 A Party or any of its Guarantors fails to make payment when due under this Agreement within two Business Days following receipt of a demand for payment by the other Party.

 

  18.2.2 A Party fails to (i) provide financial information as required by Section 12.1, or (ii) provide the other Party with Security as required by Section 12.6, or such Security expires, terminates or no longer is in full force and effect, in each case within two Business Days following receipt of a demand therefor.

 

  18.2.3

A Party breaches any representation, warranty made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated by the Party in any material respect when made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated under this Agreement, or any warranty or representation proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any

 

36


  material respect when made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated under this Agreement; provided, however, that if such breach is curable, such breach is not cured to the reasonable satisfaction of the other Party (in its sole discretion) within ten Business Days from the date that such Party receives notice that corrective action is needed.

 

  18.2.4 Other than a default more specifically described in this Section 18.2, a Party fails to perform any obligation or breaches a covenant required under this Agreement, which, if capable of cure, is not cured to the reasonable satisfaction of the other Party (in its sole discretion) within five Business Days from the date that such Party receives written notice that corrective action is needed, provided that no grace period will apply to any failure by PBF to notify MSCG of a Change of Control in accordance with Section 12.5.8.

 

  18.2.5 There shall have occurred a default, event of default or other similar condition or event (however described) in respect of a Party or any of its Guarantors under any Specified Agreement, which is not cured within the applicable time period, if any. Upon the occurrence of such event, the defaulting party (or in the case of a default by a Guarantor, the Party whose Guarantor defaulted) under the Specified Agreement shall be deemed to be the Defaulting Party hereunder and the other Party shall be deemed to be the Performing Party.

 

  18.2.6 A Party or any of a Party’s Guarantors or direct or indirect parent companies becomes or is Bankrupt.

 

  18.2.7 Any of a Party’s Guarantors (i) fails to satisfy, perform or comply with any material obligation in accordance with its Guaranty if such failure continues after any applicable grace or notice period, (ii) breaches any representation, covenant or warranty or any representation proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect under its Guaranty, which is not cured to the other Party’s reasonable satisfaction, in its sole discretion, within any applicable grace or notice period, or (iii) repudiates, disclaims, disaffirms or rejects, in whole or part, any obligation under its Guaranty, or challenges the validity of its Guaranty.

 

  18.2.8 Receipt of notice by the other Party of a consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer that would constitute a Credit Event Upon Merger or the occurrence of a Credit Event Upon Merger with respect to a Party or any of its Guarantors.

 

  18.2.9 There shall have occurred either (i) a default, event of default or other similar condition or event (however described) in respect of PBF or any of its Affiliates under one or more agreements or instruments relating to Specified Indebtedness in an aggregate amount of not less than $10,000,000 that has resulted in such Specified Indebtedness becoming immediately due and payable under such agreements and instruments before it would have otherwise been due and payable, including any notice of acceleration, demand, termination, suspension or foreclosure issued by any secured party or person acting in a similar capacity; or (ii) a default by PBF or any of its Affiliates (individually or collectively) in making one or more payments on the due date thereof in an aggregate amount of not less than $10,000,000 under such agreements or instruments (after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period).

 

37


  18.2.10 Any claim is asserted or Lien (other than a Lien granted by MSCG) is placed on any portion of the Crude Oil owned by PBF or any portion of the MSCG In-Transit Volumes due to an act or omission of PBF, TRC or any of PBF’s or TRC’s creditors or such Lien or claim is imminent. Upon the occurrence of such event, PBF shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Party hereunder and MSCG shall be deemed to be the Performing Party.

 

  18.2.11 Due to an act or omission of PBF, TRC or any of PBF’s or TRC’s creditors, MSCG’s first priority Lien in any portion of the Crude Oil owned by PBF or any portion of the MSCG In-Transit Volumes shall cease to exist or shall lose its priority, or any action is taken to impair or negatively impact MSCG’s first priority Lien in any portion of the Crude Oil owned by PBF or any portion of the MSCG In-Transit Volumes, including the assertion by any creditor that MSCG would not be entitled to an exclusive, first priority Lien in any of such Crude Oil, and, if it is reasonably likely to MSCG that such event is capable of cure within three Business Days, such event shall not have been cured by the third Business Day following PBF’s receipt of notice that corrective action is needed. Upon the occurrence of such event, PBF shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Party hereunder and MSCG shall be deemed to be the Performing Party.

 

  18.2.12 There shall have occurred a default, event of default or other similar condition or event (however described) in respect of a Party under any Transaction Document.

 

  18.2.13 There shall have occurred a default under the Intercreditor Agreement in respect of any party thereto that is prejudicial to a Party’s rights hereunder, provided that where such default under the Intercreditor Agreement occurs with respect to a party other than the Parties hereto, PBF shall be deemed to be the Defaulting Party hereunder and MSCG shall be deemed to be the Performing Party.

 

  18.2.14 The occurrence of a Letter of Credit Default in relation to any letter of credit provided by a Party hereunder.

 

  18.2.15 There shall have occurred a default, event of default or other similar condition or event (howsoever described) in respect of a Party or a Party’s Affiliate under the Products Offtake Agreement between PRC and MSCG dated as of December 14, 2010, the DCRC Offtake Agreement or any future refinery supply or offtake agreement between a PBF Affiliate and MSCG and such agreement is accelerated or there occurs a default (howsoever described) with respect to a Party or a Party’s Affiliate thereunder substantially similar to one of the defaults described in Sections 18.2.1 (if such default is in an amount in excess of $1,000,000), 18.2.2 (sub-clause (ii) only), 18.2.6, 18.2.7, 18.2.8 or 18.2.9.

 

18.3 Additional Termination Events . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the occurrence of any of the events or circumstances specified in Sections 18.3.1 through and including 18.3.4 shall constitute an “ Additional Termination Event ” and, in each instance, PBF shall be deemed to be the “ Affected Party ” and MSCG shall be deemed to be the Performing Party (as defined in Section 18.4) for purposes of determining the rights and remedies available to the Performing Party under Sections 18.4 and 18.6.

 

38


  18.3.1 The sale, lease, sublease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition by TRC, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of all or a material portion of the Refinery assets other than to an Affiliate.

 

  18.3.2 Operations at the Refinery shall have ceased other than as a result of a Force Majeure Event for a period of at least 60 consecutive days.

 

  18.3.3 There occurs an inability to inject Crude Oil into any Pipeline (in each case, other than as a result of a Force Majeure Event), in any material respect for a period of at least 60 consecutive days and alternative arrangements cannot be mutually agreed to by the Parties.

 

  18.3.4 A Force Majeure Event affecting the Refinery or a Pipeline has occurred and is continuing for a period of at least 60 consecutive days.

 

18.4 Remedies Generally . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any Guaranty or any Specified Agreement, upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default with respect to a Party or any of such Party’s Guarantors (such Party referred to as the “ Defaulting Party ”), or upon the occurrence and continuance of an Additional Termination Event with respect to the Affected Party, the other Party (in each case, the “ Performing Party ”) may in its sole discretion, in addition to all other remedies available to it and without incurring any Liabilities (for any costs arising from delay or otherwise) to the Affected Party or the Defaulting Party, as the case may be, do any or all of the following:

 

  18.4.1 suspend its performance under this Agreement, including any Crude Oil sale, purchase, receipt, delivery or payment obligations, upon written notice to the Defaulting Party or Affected Party;

 

  18.4.2 accelerate the Payment Date with respect to all Delivered Volumes that have not yet been paid for;

 

  18.4.3 declare all or any portion of the Defaulting Party’s or Affected Party’s obligations under this Agreement to be forthwith due and payable, all without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by the Defaulting Party or Affected Party;

 

  18.4.4 upon written notice to the Defaulting Party or the Affected Party, specify a date (the “ Early Termination Date ”) on which to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 11, subject to MSCG’s rights under Section 18.6 if MSCG is the Performing Party;

 

  18.4.5 terminate all other Transaction Documents and all other agreements that may then be outstanding between the Parties that relate specifically to this Agreement;

 

  18.4.6 close out any Specified Agreements pursuant to Section 18.7;

 

  18.4.7 determine the Termination Amount due the Performing Party upon early termination as provided in Section 18.8; and

 

39


  18.4.8 exercise any rights and remedies provided or available to the Performing Party under this Agreement or at law or equity.

 

18.5 Early Termination Fee .

 

  18.5.1 In the event that this Agreement is terminated by MSCG pursuant to its rights under Section 18.1.2, PBF shall pay to MSCG an Early Termination Fee in an amount equal to (i) if such termination occurs before the first anniversary of the Commencement Date, $[REDACTED], or (ii) if such termination occurs after the first anniversary of the Commencement Date, $[REDACTED].

 

  18.5.2 In the event that this Agreement is terminated by a Performing Party pursuant to its rights under Section 18.4.4 as a result of an Event of Default, the Defaulting Party shall pay to the Performing Party an Early Termination Fee in an amount equal to (i) if the Event of Default occurs before the first anniversary of the Commencement Date, $[REDACTED] or (ii) if the Event of Default occurs after the first anniversary of the Commencement Date, $[REDACTED].

 

  18.5.3 In the event that this Agreement is terminated by a Performing Party pursuant to its rights under Section 18.4.4 as a result of an Additional Termination Event, the Affected Party shall pay to the Performing Party an Early Termination Fee in an amount equal to $[REDACTED].

 

  18.5.4 The Parties agree that the Early Termination Fee payable from one Party to the other Party pursuant to Section 18.5.1 represents a genuine pre-estimate of the loss that MSCG will suffer as a result of the termination of this Agreement in the circumstances described in Section 18.5.1 and is payable in lieu of MSCG’s rights to claim damages resulting from such termination.

 

  18.5.5 The Parties agree that the Early Termination Fee payable from the Defaulting Party or the Affected Party, as applicable, to the Performing Party pursuant to Section 18.5.2 or 18.5.3 represents a genuine pre-estimate of the minimum loss that the Performing Party will suffer as a result of the termination of this Agreement in the circumstances described in Section 18.5.2 or 18.5.3, and that the payment of the Early Termination Fee shall be in addition to the payment of any other amounts the Performing Party shall be entitled to in connection with termination pursuant to this Section 18.

 

18.6 Additional Remedies Available to MSCG if PBF Is the Defaulting Party or the Affected Party . If a Termination Event has occurred and is continuing and PBF is the Non-Performing Party, MSCG may, in its sole discretion: (i) demand that PBFC purchase from MSCG all of the MSCG In-Transit Volumes, (ii) arrange for the alternate disposition of any of the MSCG In-Transit Volumes; and (iii) terminate the assignment of any Supply Contracts or Pipeline agreements from TRC to MSCG resulting in their reversion to TRC where applicable.

 

18.7

Export of Defaults to and Liquidation of Specified Agreements . The occurrence of an Early Termination Date shall constitute a material breach and an event of default, howsoever described, under all Specified Agreements, and the Performing Party may, by giving a notice to the Non-Performing Party, designate an early termination date (which shall be no earlier than the Early Termination Date) for all Specified Agreements and,

 

40


upon such designation, terminate, liquidate, accelerate and otherwise close out all Specified Agreements that lawfully may be closed out and terminated or, to the extent that in the reasonable opinion of the Performing Party certain of such Specified Agreements may not be liquidated and terminated under Applicable Law on such date, as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. In such event, the Performing Party shall calculate the payments due upon early termination of such Specified Agreements in accordance with the terms set forth in such Specified Agreements, which shall be aggregated or netted to a single liquidated amount (the “ Specified Agreement Close-Out Amount ”) and paid pursuant to the terms of such agreements, or if no payment date is specified, on the payment date specified in Section 18.9. In determining the Specified Agreement Close-Out Amount, the Performing Party may foreclose upon and apply any collateral provided by or on behalf of the Non-Performing Party under this Agreement or any Specified Agreement.

 

18.8 Determination of the Termination Amount in the Event of Early Termination . The amount payable in respect of early termination shall comprise (without duplication) all of the following amounts, which shall be aggregated or netted to a single liquidated amount (the “ Termination Amount ”) owing from one Party to the other Party:

 

  18.8.1 if MSCG requires PBF to purchase the MSCG In-Transit Volumes pursuant to Section 18.6, the applicable Price of the MSCG In-Transit Volumes determined in accordance with Schedule 5 as of the Early Termination Date;

 

  18.8.2 the Specified Agreement Close-Out Amount as determined pursuant to Section 18.7;

 

  18.8.3 the amount of any performance assurance, credit support or collateral provided by or on behalf of PBF under this Agreement or any Specified Agreement held by MSCG at the Early Termination Date, which shall be applied as a credit to PBF;

 

  18.8.4 Breakage Costs, including, for avoidance of doubt, the losses and costs (or gains) incurred (or realized) by the Performing Party, if MSCG is the Performing Party, in terminating, transferring, or otherwise modifying any outstanding contracts with Customers (except supply contracts assigned by TRC to MSCG in February 2011);

 

  18.8.5 all Unpaid Amounts, including any purchase price for Crude Oil that has not yet been paid as described in Section 18.4.2;

 

  18.8.6 any other amounts or adjustments that are owed one Party by the other Party under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document; and

 

  18.8.7 the applicable Early Termination Fee, if any, as provided in Section 18.5.

 

18.9 Payment of Termination Amount . The Performing Party shall notify the Non-Performing Party of the Termination Amount due from or due such Party. If the Non-Performing Party owes the Termination Amount to the Performing Party, the Non-Performing Party shall pay the Termination Amount on the second Business Day after it receives the statement. If the Performing Party owes the Termination Amount to the Non-Performing Party, the Performing Party shall pay the Termination Amount once it has reasonably determined all amounts owed by the Non-Performing Party to it under all Specified Agreements and pursuant to its rights of close-out and setoff under Section 18.10.

 

41


18.10 Setoff Rights of Performing Party . If the Performing Party elects to designate an Early Termination Date under Section 18.4.4, the Performing Party shall be entitled, at its option and in its discretion (and without prior notice to the Non-Performing Party), to setoff against the Termination Amount (whether such Termination Amount is payable to the Performing Party or to the Non-Performing Party) any other amounts payable under any agreements between the Non-Performing Party and the Performing Party (whether or not matured or contingent and irrespective of the currency, place of payment or place of booking of the obligation, including amounts payable under any guaranty provided by the Non-Performing Party). To the extent that the Termination Amount is so set off, the Termination Amount and other amounts will be discharged promptly and in all respects. The Performing Party will give notice to the other Party of any set-off effected under this Section 18.10.

 

18.11 Non-Exclusive Remedies . The Performing Party’s rights under this Section 18 are in addition to, and not in limitation or exclusion of, any other rights of setoff, recoupment, combination of accounts, Lien or other right which it may have, whether by agreement, operation of law or otherwise. No delay or failure on the part of a Performing Party to exercise any right or remedy shall constitute an abandonment of such right or remedy and the Performing Party shall be entitled to exercise such right or remedy at any time after a Termination Event has occurred and is continuing.

 

18.12 Indemnification . The Non-Performing Party shall reimburse the Performing Party for its costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with the enforcement of, suing for or collecting any amounts payable by the Non-Performing Party. The Non-Performing Party shall indemnify and hold harmless the Performing Party for any damages, losses and expenses incurred by the Performing Party as a result of any Termination Event.

 

19. I NDEMNIFICATION A ND C LAIMS

 

19.1 To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law and except as specified otherwise elsewhere in this Agreement, PBF shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless MSCG, its Affiliates, and their Representatives, agents and contractors for and against any Liabilities which is caused by PBF or its Representatives, agents or contractors in performing its obligations under this Agreement, or which is caused by acts or omissions of TRC that are related to PBF’s performing its obligations under this Agreement, except in each case to the extent that such injury, disease, death, or damage to or loss of property was caused by the negligence or willful misconduct on the part of MSCG, its Representatives, agents or contractors.

 

19.2 PBF agrees to indemnify MSCG for [REDACTED] except to the extent that such liability could have been mitigated by MSCG’s use of commercially reasonable efforts.

 

42


19.3 To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law and except as specified otherwise elsewhere in this Agreement, MSCG shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless PBF, its Affiliates, and their Representatives, agents and contractors for and against any Liabilities caused by MSCG or its Representatives, agents or contractors in performing its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent that such injury, disease, death, or damage to or loss of property was caused by the negligence or willful misconduct on the part of PBF, its Representatives, agents or contractors.

 

19.4 In addition to the indemnification obligations set forth in Sections 19.1 though 19.3 and elsewhere in this Agreement, each Party (referred to as the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall indemnify and hold the other Party (the “ Indemnified Party ”), its Affiliates, and their Representatives, agents and contractors, harmless from and against any and all Liabilities directly or indirectly arising from (i) the Indemnifying Party’s breach of any of its obligations under or covenants made in this Agreement; (ii) the Indemnifying Party’s negligence or willful misconduct, and in the case of PBF, TRC’s negligence or willful misconduct; (iii) the Indemnifying Party’s, or in the case of PBF, TRC’s, failure to comply with Applicable Law with respect to the sale, transportation, storage, handling or disposal of Crude Oil or violation of any Environmental Law caused by the Indemnifying Party or its Representatives, agents or contractors, or in the case of PBF, caused by TRC, unless such violation liability results from the Indemnified Party’s negligence or willful misconduct; or (iv) if any of the Indemnifying Party’s representations, covenants or warranties made herein proves to be materially incorrect or misleading when made.

 

19.5 The Parties’ obligations to defend, indemnify, and hold each other harmless under the terms of this Agreement shall not vest any rights in any third party (whether a Governmental Authority or private entity), nor shall they be considered an admission of liability or responsibility for any purposes other than those enumerated in this Agreement.

 

19.6 Each Party agrees to notify the other Party as soon as practicable after receiving notice of any suit brought against it within the indemnities of this Agreement, shall furnish to the other the complete details within its knowledge and shall render all reasonable assistance requested by the other in the defense. Each Party shall have the right but not the duty to participate, at its own expense, with counsel of its own selection, in the defense and settlement thereof without relieving the other of any obligations hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Indemnifying Party shall not be entitled to assume responsibility for and control of any judicial or administrative proceeding if such proceeding involves a Termination Event by the Indemnifying Party under this Agreement which shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

20. L IMITATION O N D AMAGES

 

20.1 Except for the Parties’ indemnification obligations set forth in this Agreement, or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the Parties’ liability for damages is limited to direct, actual damages only and neither Party shall be liable for specific performance, lost profits or other business interruption damages, or special, consequential, incidental, punitive, exemplary or indirect damages, in tort, contract or otherwise, of any kind, arising out of or in any way connected with the performance, the suspension of performance, the failure to perform, or the termination of this Agreement. Each Party acknowledges the duty to mitigate damages hereunder.

 

43


21. I NFORMATION A ND I NSPECTION R IGHTS

 

21.1 Audit Rights . Upon request by either Party, the other Party shall provide the requesting Party with copies of all relevant documents and records in its possession that reasonably relate to the calculation of any formula, invoice, statement or the amount of any payment under this Agreement, except for any documents or pricing information concerning any of MSCG’s proprietary activities that are in the custody or control of MSCG or any other person (whether or not related to this Agreement) or MSCG’s hedging activity or trading positions with any person that may have been utilized in connection with any Supply Contracts. Upon request by MSCG, PBF shall provide MSCG with copies of all relevant documents and records in TRC’s possession that reasonably relate to the calculation of any formula, invoice, statement or the amount of any payment under this Agreement.

 

21.2 Right to Physical Inspection . From time to time during the Term, MSCG shall have the right, at its own cost and expense, to have an Independent Inspector conduct surveys and inspections of any of the Tanks or facilities at the Refinery that are used to handle, store or transfer the Crude Oil from the Tanks to the Refinery process units, and to observe any Crude Oil transfer, handling, metering or related activities; provided however that such surveys and inspections shall be made during normal working hours and upon reasonable notice and shall not disrupt the Refinery’s normal operations, and PBF shall cause TRC to provide MSCG with the facility access necessary for MSCG to exercise such rights. Such surveys and inspections shall be in compliance with the Refinery’s prevailing rules and procedures, and the Party undertaking such survey or inspection shall be responsible for its own personnel and representatives. If any dispute between the Parties has not been resolved as of the Early Termination Date or Termination Date, as applicable, MSCG’s inspection rights under this Section 21.2 shall continue for a period that is the later of (i) the date on which all amounts due by one Party to the other Party as a result of termination or expiration of this Agreement are paid as provided in Section 18 and (ii) removal of or transfer of title to the Crude Oil owned by MSCG or its consignees or assignees from the Refinery.

 

22. G OVERNANCE C OMMITTEE

 

22.1 Approved Representatives . The Parties shall each appoint by written notice to the other Party two senior individuals representing them (the “ Approved Representatives ”) to be members of a governance committee (the “ Governance Committee ”) to administer, resolve and determine matters relating to the operation and administration of the Transaction Documents and to keep the Parties apprised of all material aspects of and developments relating to the Transaction Documents. Each Approved Representative must be currently employed by the appointing Party at all times. Either Party may replace one or both of the individuals serving as its Approved Representatives in its discretion from time to time upon written notice to the other Party.

 

22.2 Meetings of the Governance Committee . The quorum for decision making at a meeting of the Governance Committee shall be not less than one Approved Representative appointed by each Party. Meetings of the Governance Committee shall be held quarterly or as required to resolve any matter or dispute or if so requested by either of the Parties.

 

22.3

Decisions of the Governance Committee . If agreement is reached in writing, the Governance Committee shall have such written agreement reflected in a mutually acceptable amendment to this Agreement; provided that revisions to the schedules to this

 

44


Agreement may be made upon the mutual agreement of the Authorized Representatives in writing (including by an exchange of e-mails or electronic messages) without a formal amendment. The Parties agree that the Governance Committee shall have due regard to the Parties’ goals and objectives that were the basis of entering into this Agreement when making any relevant decisions or making any agreement in respect of any matter referred to it under the Transaction Documents.

 

22.4 Third Party Referee . Without prejudice to any provision of this Agreement that sets out a specific time frame for consideration of a matter by the Governance Committee or for the Parties to have specific rights following the Governance Committee failing to agree on matters referred to it, in the event the Governance Committee cannot reach agreement within 30 Business Days on any matter before it, after consulting in good faith and using all reasonable efforts to reach agreement, such matter or dispute shall be referred to an independent third party for resolution. The independent third party shall have an expertise in the subject matter and shall be mutually agreed upon by the Parties. The third party’s determination shall be in the form of a written opinion, as is appropriate under the circumstances, to be delivered within 30 days of submission of the dispute to the firm or as soon thereafter as the firm can reasonably render its decision, and shall confirm that it was rendered in accordance with this Section 22, including that it was arrived at with due regard to the contract objectives. The fees and expenses of such third party for its services in resolving such dispute shall be borne equally by the Parties. With respect to any matters before the Governance Committee, the Parties agree that a Party shall not take action under Section 23 until the procedures of this Section 22 have been completed; provided, however, that any applicable statute of limitations shall be tolled during such period and either Party may seek immediate injunctive relief if so required.

 

23 . G OVERNING L AW A ND D ISPUTES

 

23.1 Governing Law . This Agreement and all matters arising in connection therewith, including validity and enforcement, shall be governed by, interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its conflicts of laws principles that would result in the application of a different law. Each Party hereby submits itself to the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal court of competent jurisdiction situated in the Borough of Manhattan, State of New York or, if any federal court declines to exercise or does not have jurisdiction, in any New York state court in the Borough of Manhattan, State of New York and to service of process by certified mail, delivered to the Party at its last designated address.

 

23.2 EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES , TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW , ANY OBJECTION TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY SUCH COURT OR TO THE VENUE THEREIN OR ANY CLAIM OF INCONVENIENT FORUM OF SUCH COURT . EACH PARTY WAIVES , TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW , ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT . EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO DESIGNATE ANY PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AS COMMERCIAL ON THE REQUEST FOR JUDICIAL INTERVENTION SEEKING ASSIGNMENT TO THE COMMERCIAL DIVISION OF THE SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK .

 

23.3

Availability of Remedies . The Parties acknowledge and agree that damages may not be an adequate remedy for a breach of the provisions of this Agreement. For this reason,

 

45


among others, the Parties could be irreparably harmed if this Agreement is not deemed to be specifically enforceable or any other legal or equitable remedy or relief is deemed not to be available, and the Parties hereby agree that, without prejudice to Section 18, this Agreement shall be specifically enforceable and that all other legal and equitable remedies and relief shall be available.

 

24. A SSIGNMENT

 

24.1 This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

24.2 A Party may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations or subcontract or delegate in whole or in part the performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement to any person without the prior written consent of the other Party, except as set forth in Section 24.3; provided, that if a Party requests assignment or transfer of this Agreement to an Affiliate, consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. If written consent is given for any assignment, the assignor shall remain jointly and severally liable with the assignee for the full performance of the assignor’s obligations under this Agreement, unless the Parties otherwise agree in writing.

 

24.3 Either Party may assign its receivables under this Agreement to a third party without the consent of the other Party.

 

24.4 Any prohibited assignment in violation of this Section 24 shall be null and void ab initio and the non-assigning Party shall have the right, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies it may have hereunder or otherwise, to terminate this Agreement effective immediately upon notice to the Party attempting such assignment.

 

25. N OTICES

 

25.1 Notices in Writing . Any notice, demand or document that a Party is required or may desire to give hereunder, except to the extent specifically provided otherwise herein, must be (i) in writing and (ii) given by personal delivery, overnight courier, facsimile, or U.S. mail registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, with the postage prepaid and properly addressed or communicated to such Party at its address or facsimile number set forth in Section 25.2, or at such other address as either Party may have furnished to the other by notice given in accordance with this Section 25.1. Other than notices relating to a Potential Event of Default, a Termination Event, termination of this Agreement, indemnification, assignment and disputes, notice may also be given by electronic mail at such e-mail address as is typically used for such type of matter in the conduct of the recipient’s business. Any notice delivered or made by personal delivery, overnight courier, facsimile, or U.S. mail shall be deemed to be given on the date of actual delivery as shown by the receipt for personal delivery or overnight courier delivery, the addresser’s machine confirmation for facsimile delivery, or the registry or certification receipt for registered or certified mail.

 

46


25.2 Addresses .

If to PBF:

PBF Holding Company LLC

1 Sylvan Way, 2nd floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

Attention: Executive Vice President, Commercial

With a copy to:

PBF Holding Company LLC

1 Sylvan Way, 2nd floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

Attention: General Counsel

If to MSCG:

Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc.

2000 Westchester Avenue, Floor 01

Purchase, New York 10577-2530

Attention: Randall O’Connor

Phone: 914-225-1466

Facsimile: 914-225-9298

E-mail: randall.o’connor@morganstanley.com

With a copy to:

Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc.

2000 Westchester Avenue, Floor 01

Purchase, New York 10577-2530

Attention: Kenneth Carlino

Phone: 914-225-1417

Facsimile: 914-225-9299

E-mail: kenneth.carlino@morganstanley.com

 

26. N ATURE O F T HE T RANSACTION A ND R ELATIONSHIP O F T HE P ARTIES

 

26.1 Neither this Agreement nor any other Transaction Document or transaction under any of them, nor the performance by the Parties of their respective obligations under this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or any transaction, shall constitute or create a joint venture, partnership or legal entity of any kind between the Parties. It is understood that each Party has complete charge of its employees and agents in the performance of its duties hereunder, and nothing herein shall be construed to make a Party, or any employee or agent of such Party, an agent or employee of another Party. A Party shall not have any authority (unless expressly conferred in writing under this Agreement or otherwise and not revoked) to bind another Party as its agent or otherwise.

 

27. C ONFIDENTIALITY

 

27.1

This Agreement and all documents related to the foregoing and any information pertaining thereto made available by a Party or its Representatives to the other Party or its Representatives, are confidential (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”). Each Party shall at a minimum use the same efforts and standard of care with respect to Confidential Information provided by the other Party that it uses to preserve its own confidential

 

47


information, and in no event less than reasonable efforts. Confidential Information shall not be discussed with or disclosed to any third party by any Party except for such information (i) as may become generally available to the public through no breach of this Section 27.1 or any other agreement between the Parties, (ii) as may be required or appropriate in response to any summons, subpoena or otherwise in connection with any litigation or to comply with any Applicable Law or accounting disclosure rule or standard or request by any supervisory or regulatory authority, (iii) as may be obtained from a non-confidential source that disclosed such information in a manner that did not violate its obligations to the other Party or its credit support provider in making such disclosure, or (iv) as may be furnished to the disclosing Party’s Affiliates or to its Representatives, all of whom are required to keep the information that is disclosed in confidence. This provision shall remain in effect for two years following the termination of this Agreement.

 

27.2 In the case of disclosure covered by clause (ii) of Section 27.1, and if the disclosing Party’s counsel advises that it is permissible to do so, the disclosing Party shall notify the other Party in writing of any proceeding of which it is aware which may result in disclosure, and use reasonable efforts to prevent or limit such disclosure. The Parties may exercise all remedies available at law or in equity to enforce or seek relief in connection with the confidentiality obligations contained in this Agreement.

 

28. M ISCELLANEOUS

 

28.1 Survival . Termination or expiration of this Agreement shall not affect any rights or obligations that may have accrued prior to termination, including any in respect of antecedent breaches and, for the avoidance of doubt but subject to the terms of this Agreement, any rights or obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents in respect of transactions entered into up to and including the date of termination or expiration of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein. The obligations of each Party that expressly survive termination, are required to take effect on or give effect to termination or the consequences of termination or which by their very nature must survive termination, shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding termination of this Agreement.

 

28.2 Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties regarding the matters contemplated herein or related thereto, and no representations or warranties shall be implied or provisions added hereto in the absence of a written agreement to such effect between the Parties after the Effective Date; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall limit, impair or contravene the Parties’ or their Affiliates’ rights as set forth in any Specified Agreement (whether entered into prior to, on or after the Effective Date) regarding the collection and determination of margin and collateral, the exporting or importing of events of default, termination events, or the netting and setting off of amounts due. This Agreement may not be altered, amended, modified or otherwise changed in any respect except in writing duly executed by an authorized representative of each Party and no representations or warranties shall be implied or terms added in the absence of a writing signed by both Parties. No promise, representation or inducement has been made by either Party that is not embodied in this Agreement, and neither Party shall be bound by or liable for any alleged representation, promise or inducement not so set forth.

 

48


28.3 Severability . If at any time any court of competent jurisdiction declares any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any Applicable Law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the Applicable Law of any other jurisdiction will, in any way, be affected or impaired. The Parties will negotiate in good faith with a view to reform this Agreement in order to give effect to the original intention of the Parties and produce as nearly as is practicable in all the circumstances the appropriate balance of the commercial interests of the Parties. The failure to agree upon such provisions for any reason or no reason shall not be considered a breach of this Agreement.

 

28.4 Waiver and Cumulative Remedies . No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy under this Agreement or provided by Applicable Law shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies (provided by Applicable Law or otherwise). Any waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

28.5 Time Is of the Essence . Time shall be of the essence for this Agreement with respect to all aspects of each Party’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

28.6 No Third-Party Beneficiaries . There are no third party beneficiaries to this Agreement and the provisions of this Agreement shall not impart any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim enforceable by any person, firm or organization other than the Parties and their successors in interest and permitted assigns.

 

28.7 Announcements . At no time during the Term of this Agreement, and for a period of two years following its expiration or termination, shall any Party issue any press announcement or public statement regarding this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, except as may be required by Applicable Law or to the extent public disclosure is required under the circumstances described in any relevant confidentiality agreement entered into between the Parties. The issuing Party will:

 

  28.7.1 use all reasonable efforts to notify the other Party of the content of such announcement at least three Business Days prior to such issue (unless otherwise required by Applicable Law or to the extent public disclosure is required under the circumstances described in any relevant confidentiality agreement entered into by the Parties); and

 

  28.7.2 take the other Party’s comments on the proposed announcement into account as is reasonable in the circumstances, provided such comments are received within two Business Days of the notification.

 

28.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by the Parties in separate counterparts and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the Party executing (or on whose behalf the signature is executed) the same with the same force and effect as if such facsimile signature page were an original thereof.

 

49


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each Party hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative.

 

Executed by
MORGAN STANLEY CAPITAL GROUP INC.
/s/ Nancy King
Name:   Nancy King
Title:   Vice President
Date:   2/29/12

 

Executed by
PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC
/s/ Jeffrey Dill
Name:   Jeffrey Dill
Title:   Secretary
Date:   2/28/12

 

50


SCHEDULE 1 – PIPELINES

Canada Pipelines:

 

(1) Peace Pipeline Limited
(2) Pembina Pipeline – Northern Pipeline (formerly Federated), Drayton Valley Pipeline, Alberta Oil Sands Pipeline
(3) Rainbow Pipeline Limited
(4) Enbridge Pipeline – Mainline
(5) Husky Mainline
(6) Suncor Mainline
(7) Keystone Pipeline

United States Pipelines:

 

(8) Belle Fourche Pipeline
(9) Enbridge Pipeline (North Dakota) LLC
(10) Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership (Lakehead)
(11) Enbridge Merchant Pipeline (Cushing)
(12) Enterprise Product Partners LP (Midland)
(13) Mesa Pipeline
(14) Plains All American Pipeline (Basin and Cushing)
(15) Sunoco Logistics Partners L.P. (Millenium, Nederland Terminal, Tulsa/Cushing)
(16) West Texas Gulf Pipeline
(17) BKPL – Sun Pipeline – Buckeye
(18) EQO1 – Shell So. LA System
(19) SGUF – Sun Pipeline Gulf Coast
(20) SPCT – Sun Pipeline Central Texas
(21) SPOK – Sun Pipeline Oklahoma
(22) SWAY – Seaway Pipeline
(23) WMO1 – Sun Pipeline Barnsdall
(24) CHAP – Chi Cap
(25) BUFF – Koch Gathering System
(26) CHDS – Deep Sea Terminal
(27) PENZ – Penzoil


SCHEDULE 2 – TRANSFER POINTS AND PRICING DATES

 

Delivery Location

  

Transfer Point

  

Pricing Date*

   Pipeline : As the Crude Oil passes the downstream flange of the meter measuring receipt of Crude Oil upon intake.   

[REDACTED]

Marysville, Michigan    Tank : As the Crude Oil passes the inlet flange of PBF’s storage tank to which the Crude Oil is being delivered.   
Patoka, Illinois    As the Crude Oil passes the downstream flange of the Marathon Eastern Trunk pipeline meter measuring receipt of Crude Oil upon intake.   

[REDACTED]

Cushing, Oklahoma    As the Crude Oil passes the downstream flange of the Ozark pipeline meter measuring receipt of Crude Oil upon intake.   

[REDACTED]

Longview, Texas    As the Crude Oil passes the downstream flange of the pipeline meter measuring receipt of Crude Oil upon intake.   

[REDACTED]

St. James, Louisiana    As the Crude Oil passes the downstream flange of the pipeline meter measuring receipt of Crude Oil upon intake.   

[REDACTED]

Mid-Valley Pipeline at

Clarkson, Kentucky

   As the Crude Oil passes the downstream flange of the pipeline meter measuring receipt of Crude Oil upon intake.   

[REDACTED]

Mid-Valley Pipeline at

Haynesville, Louisiana

   As the Crude Oil passes the downstream flange of the pipeline meter measuring receipt of Crude Oil upon intake.   

[REDACTED]

Detroit, Michigan    As the Crude Oil passes the in-take flange of the relevant tank at the Buckeye Woodhaven terminal.   

[REDACTED]

 

* If the Pricing Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then the Pricing Date shall be the next following Business Day.


SCHEDULE 3 – FORM OF NOMINATION AND FORECAST REPORT

Form of Nomination and Forecast Report

All Dates and Volume Data are Included for Illustrative Purposes Only

 

Date of Nomination:

   February 19, 2011

Delivery Month 1:

   March 2011

Delivery Month 2:

   April 2011

Delivery Month 3:

   May 2011

Delivery Month 4:

   Jun 2011

Delivery Month 5:

   July 2011

Form Author:

   PBF

Report Frequency:

   Prior to the 20th of every month

Scheduled Maintenance:

   [Insert dates/comments if any]

 

Delivery Month    1     2     3     4     5  

Crude Oil Grade

   Volume (MBPD)  

Domestic Sweet

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

Syncrude

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

Alberta Common Synthetic (ACS)

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

Michigan Sweet

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

North Dakota Sweet

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

Canadian Sweet

     —          —          —          —          —     

North Louisiana Sweet

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

LLS

     —          —          —          —          —     

Kentucky Sweet

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

West Texas Sour

     —          —          —          —          —     

LEF Composite

     —          —          —          —          —     

West Texas Intermediate

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

Gulf Coast B

     —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

Crude Oil Logistics

   Volume (MBPD)  

West Texas Gulf Pipeline

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

Mid Valley Pipeline

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

Marysville Pipeline

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

Ozark Pipeline

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

Marathon Pipeline

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED


SCHEDULE 4 – FORM OF WEEKLY NOMINATION

Form of Weekly Nomination

All Dates and Volume Data are Included for Illustrative Purposes Only

 

Date of Nomination:

   February 17, 2011   

Form Author:

   PBF   

Report Frequency:

   On Each Business Day   

Scheduled Maintenance:

   [Insert dates/comments if any]   

 

Volume in Barrels                                           
     Tank #     Total Crude  Oil
Requirement
 

Date

   405     408     409     410     412     413    

18-Feb-11

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

19-Feb-11

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

20-Feb-11

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

21-Feb-11

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

22-Feb-11

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

23-Feb-11

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED

24-Feb-11

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED


SCHEDULE 5 – CRUDE OIL PRICING FORMULAS

The prices for MSCG’s sales of Nominated Volumes to PBF would be calculated as follows:

Price (in USD per barrel, for delivery to PBF at the Transfer Point) = A + B + C + D, where:

 

A  = [REDACTED]

 

B  = [REDACTED]

 

C  =

[REDACTED]


D  = [REDACTED]

General Provisions

The Volumes listed above will be adjusted according to the crude oil selection and nomination provisions in Section 5 of the Agreement.


SCHEDULE 6 – FORM OF WTI DIFFERENTIAL REPORT

WTI Differential Report    Illustrative Example

 

Assumptions                

Refinery Run Month

     Apr-11        

Injection Month

     Mar-11        

Spread Month

     Feb-11        

Refinery Run Rate

     [REDACTED   MBD   

Days in Run Month

     [REDACTED   Days   

Total Volume for Apr-11

     [REDACTED   MB   

Total Number of Spreads to Place in Spread Month

     [REDACTED   MB   

Nymex WTI Profile

 

Injection Month Prompt Month

    Run Month    Prompt Month           

Pricing Days

   Nymex WTI Contract               Pricing Days    Nymex WTI Contract           

1-Mar

   Apr CL    Apr CL Prompt      [REDACTED   1-Apr    May CL    May CL Prompt     [REDACTED

2-Mar

   Apr CL    May CL “Prompt”      [REDACTED   4-Apr    May CL    Jun CL “Prompt”     [REDACTED

3-Mar

   Apr CL    Total Days      [REDACTED   5-Apr    May CL    Total Days     [REDACTED

4-Mar

   Apr CL         6-Apr    May CL     

7-Mar

   Apr CL    Apr CL %      [REDACTED   7-Apr    May CL    May CL %     [REDACTED

8-Mar

   Apr CL    May CL %      [REDACTED   8-Apr    May CL    Jun CL %     [REDACTED

9-Mar

   Apr CL         11-Apr    May CL     

10-Mar

   Apr CL         12-Apr    May CL     

11-Mar

   Apr CL         13-Apr    May CL     

14-Mar

   Apr CL         14-Apr    May CL     

15-Mar

   Apr CL         15-Apr    May CL     

16-Mar

   Apr CL         18-Apr    May CL     

17-Mar

   Apr CL         19-Apr    May CL     

18-Mar

   Apr CL         20-Apr    June CL     

21-Mar

   Apr CL         21-Apr    June CL     

22-Mar

   Apr CL         25-Apr    June CL     

23-Mar

   May CL         26-Apr    June CL     

24-Mar

   May CL         27-Apr    June CL     

25-Mar

   May CL         28-Apr    June CL     

28-Mar

   May CL         29-Apr    June CL     

29-Mar

   May CL                

30-Mar

   May CL                

31-Mar

   May CL                

WTI Price and Spread Profile

 

Nymex WTI Pricing as of COB    January 20, 2011                          

Contract

   Feb-11     Mar-11     Apr-11           May-11     Jun-11  

Price ($/bbl)

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED       [REDACTED     [REDACTED

Long Position (MB)

     —          —          [REDACTED       [REDACTED     —     

Short Position (MB)

     —          —          —            [REDACTED     [REDACTED

Market Structure Differential Calculation

            

Buy Apr/May

     [REDACTED     MB @ spread of        [REDACTED   $ /bbl       

Buy Apr/Jun

     [REDACTED     MB @ spread of        [REDACTED   $ /bbl       

Buy May/Jun

     [REDACTED     MB @ spread of        [REDACTED   $ /bbl       

Total / Wtd. Avg.

     [REDACTED ]       MB @ spread of        [REDACTED   $ /bbl       
  

 

 

           

Total Market Structure Differential

         [REDACTED     [REDACTED    

 


SCHEDULE 7 – ESTIMATED TRANSIT TIME AND TVM COST CALCULATION METHODOLOGY

Crude Oil Transit Time and TVM Cost Calculation

Illustrative TVM Cost Calculation

(Number of Days)

 

           Receivable Days                    
     Total Transit Time     Transit Time     Average     Payment     Total     Total     Interest        

Injection
Point

   to Delivery Point     Post Delivery Point     Tank Time     Term     Receivable Days     TVM Days     Rate     TVM Charge  

Enbridge P/L

                

Edmonton

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]% 

Hardisty

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]% 

Regina

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]% 

Cromer

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]% 

Clearbrook

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]% 

Lewiston

     —          [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]% 

Marysville

     —          [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]% 

Alexander

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]%  

Stanley

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]% 

Trenton

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]% 

Mid-Valley P/L

                

Midland

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]%  

Colorado City

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]% 

Abilene

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]% 

Longview

     —          [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]%  

Clarkson

     —          [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]% 

Haynesville

     —          [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]% 

Marathon P/L

                

Cushing

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]%  

Patoka

     —          [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED ]%      [REDACTED ]% 

Grade

     OSA                 

Volume (Bbls)

     [REDACTED              

Base Price before TVM ($/Bbl)

     [REDACTED              

Capital Usage ($)

     [REDACTED              

Injection Point

     Edmonton                 

TVM Charge

     [REDACTED ]%               

TVM Cost ($)

  

 
 

[REDACTED
 


  

             

($/Bbl)

    
 
[REDACTED
 

  
             


SCHEDULE 8 – LOGISTICS COSTS

The below tariffs are intended to be reflective of actual published tariffs.

All tariffs are expressed in US Cents/bbls.

 

Tariff Schedule

      
     Cents/Bbl  

Mesa / West Texas Gulf

  

Midland to Midland Pumpover

     [REDACTED

Midland to Colorado City

     [REDACTED

Colorado City to Longview

     [REDACTED

Abilene to Longview

     [REDACTED

Millenium

  

Nederland to Longview

     [REDACTED

Ozark

  

Enterprise to Enbridge Pumpover

     [REDACTED

Sunoco Pipeline L.P.

  

Tulsa to Cushing

     [REDACTED

Tariff from Origins along Enbridge System to Marysville by Grade

 

Grade

   Cents/Bbl  
   Edmonton     Hardisty     Kerrobert     Regina     Cromer     Clearbrook     Lewiston  

CNS

     [REDACTED            

HSB

       [REDACTED          

MST

             [REDACTED    

MSW

     [REDACTED       [REDACTED        

NSA

           [REDACTED      

OSA

     [REDACTED            

PAS

     [REDACTED            

OPTI/PSC

     [REDACTED            

SSX

     [REDACTED            

Syncrude

     [REDACTED            

UHC

               [REDACTED  

UHL

                 [REDACTED


SCHEDULE 9 – ENBRIDGE NORTH DAKOTA LINE TERMS

 

Term:

   Effective for the month of [REDACTED] and continuing as per the terms and conditions of the Crude Oil Supply Agreement between MSCG and PBF.

Quantity:

   Equal to [REDACTED]% of PBF’s owned or controlled allocated space on Enbridge’s Pipeline’s North Dakota’s system from Alexander, Trenton, Stanley and/or any other location(s) on the Enbridge system to Clearbrook, MN. This volume is currently estimated to be approximately [REDACTED] per day.

Quality:

  

[REDACTED]

MSCG’s Sale to PBF

Price:

  

[REDACTED]

   For pricing purposes, the oil delivered during any given Calendar month shall be deemed to have been delivered in equal daily quantities during such month.

Delivery:

   Delivery shall be made and title and risk of loss shall pass from MSCG to PBF as the crude oil is transferred within a location upstream of the facilities of Enbridge Pipeline North Dakota system at Alexander and/or Stanley and/or Trenton, ND.

MSCG’s Purchase from PBF

Price:

  

[REDACTED]

   For pricing purposes, the oil delivered during any given Calendar month shall be deemed to have been delivered in equal daily quantities during such month.

Delivery:

   Delivery shall be made and title and risk of loss shall pass from PBF to MSCG as the crude oil is transferred within the facilities of Enbridge Pipeline North Dakota system at Clearbrook, MN.

Payment:

   Shall be made on the 20th of the month following the month of delivery upon presentation of a faxed invoice and appropriate pipeline documentation verifying volumes. Payment will be made via wire transfer.


SCHEDULE 10 – HEDGE ADJUSTMENT AMOUNT

Calculation of June 2011 Hedge Adjustment Amount (for July CL)

 

                                   MSCG’s Hedging for PBF Account  
                             Cumulative                 Cumulative  
     TAS     Ratable     Actual     Daily     Inventory     Hedging to Offset     Contract     Hedging  
     WTI     Sale     Consumption     Imbalance     Build/(Draw)     Daily Imbalance     Roll     Position  

Date

   ($/bbl)     (Bbls)     (Bbls)     (Bbls)     (Bbls)     (Bbls)     (Bbls)     (Bbls)  

5/20/2011 (End of Prior Period)

             —              —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

5/21/2011

                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

5/22/2011

                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

5/23/2011 (Beginning of Period)

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     —          —          —            —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

5/24/2011

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED       [REDACTED
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

5/25/2011

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     —          [REDACTED     —            [REDACTED
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

5/26/2011

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     —          [REDACTED     —            [REDACTED
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

5/27/2011

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED       [REDACTED
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

5/28/2011

                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

5/29/2011

                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

5/30/2011

                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

5/31/2011

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     —          [REDACTED     —            [REDACTED
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

6/1/2011

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED       [REDACTED
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

6/2/2011

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     —          [REDACTED     —            [REDACTED
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

6/3/2011

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     —          [REDACTED     —            [REDACTED
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

6/4/2011

                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

6/5/2011

                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

6/6/2011

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     —          [REDACTED     —            [REDACTED
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

6/7/2011

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED       [REDACTED
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

6/8/2011

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     —          [REDACTED     —            [REDACTED
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

6/9/2011

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     —          [REDACTED     —            [REDACTED
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

6/10/2011

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED       [REDACTED
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

6/11/2011

                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

6/12/2011

                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

6/13/2011

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     —          [REDACTED     —            [REDACTED
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

6/14/2011

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED       [REDACTED
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

6/15/2011

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     —          [REDACTED     —            [REDACTED
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

6/16/2011

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     —          [REDACTED     —            [REDACTED
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

6/17/2011

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED       [REDACTED
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

6/18/2011

                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

6/19/2011

                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

6/20/2011

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     —          [REDACTED     —            [REDACTED
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

6/21/2011 (End of Period)

     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       [REDACTED     [REDACTED     [REDACTED       [REDACTED     [REDACTED  

 

Hedge Adjustment Amount Calculation

      

Sum of Purchase/Sale of July CL

     [REDACTED

Roll July to August CL

     [REDACTED
  

 

 

 

Total Hedge Adjustment Amount

     [REDACTED

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 333-177933 of our report dated May 14, 2012, relating to the combined and consolidated financial statements of PBF Energy Company LLC and subsidiaries (combined and consolidated with PBF Investments LLC and affiliates) appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Parsippany, New Jersey

May 14, 2012

Exhibit 23.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 333-177933 of our report dated May 14, 2012, relating to the balance sheet of PBF Energy Inc., appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Parsippany, New Jersey

May 14, 2012

Exhibit 23.3

Consent of Independent Auditors

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated September 12, 2011, with respect to the statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed of the Toledo Refinery as of December 31, 2010 and the related statements of revenues and direct expenses for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2010, included in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-177933) and related Prospectus of PBF Energy Inc. dated May 14, 2012.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

May 14, 2012

Exhibit 23.4

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors of PBF Holding Company LLC:

We consent to the use of our report with respect to the balance sheet of Paulsboro Refining Business as of December 16, 2010, and the related statements of income, changes in net parent investment, and cash flows for the period from January 1 through December 16, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009, included herein, and to the references to our firm under the headings “Experts” in the registration statement.

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

San Antonio, Texas
May 14, 2012